Q&A – Inez Berkhof-Hollander, EMEA Vice President at the global B2B payments network TreviPay discusses the future for B2B payments

Your research with 550 senior UK and European business buyers found that AI is now widely used in B2B payments. Where is it being implemented, why, and are there any risks here?

    “What we’re seeing is that AI adoption in B2B payments is less about experimentation and more about removing friction from complex, high‑volume processes that were historically manual. We see AI currently mostly used on the AP side, not so much on the AR side yet.

    Today, AI is most commonly applied in three areas: invoice processing and data extraction; payment routing; and reconciliation. The undervalued opportunity is still on the AR side. For exception handling, dispute management and in credit and risk decisioning. These are all pain points where accuracy, speed and scale really matter. Particularly in industries with high invoice volumes or complex payment terms.

    The business driver is clear… Suppliers want faster time to cash. Buyers want fewer errors and disputes. And finance teams want better cash predictability.

    That said, the risk isn’t the technology itself – it’s how it’s governed. In B2B, when AI decisions sit close to credit, compliance and customer relationships; black‑box models without explainability, or automation without appropriate guardrails, can introduce operational and regulatory risk. The most effective applications we see are those where AI augments human decision‑making. Rather than replacing it entirely, there is clear auditability and accountability built in.

    In other words, AI is already delivering tangible value in B2B payments, but the winners will be those who treat it as an enterprise capability, not just a standalone feature.”

    Looking wider – the research also examined friction within the payments process. What were the most important areas that suppliers can leverage to their competitive advantage?

      “One of the clearest signals from the research is that payment experience has become inseparable from the overall customer experience and the commercial relationship.

      The biggest opportunities sit at the intersection of flexibility and predictability. Suppliers that make it easy for buyers to pay – through compliant and accurate invoicing, aligned payment terms, and transparency throughout the lifecycle – are easier to do business with as they reduce disputes and accelerate cash flow. Hence, ultimately they will increase customer loyalty.

      What’s interesting is that many of these levers are not new, but they are finally being treated as strategic. Invoice accuracy, payment visibility, dispute resolution, and alignment between sales and finance are no longer just operational hygiene; they are differentiators. In competitive markets, the ability to offer consistent terms across regions, customized invoicing or reporting or to accommodate how buyers want to pay without creating internal complexity, is increasingly decisive.

      From an O2C perspective, friction often appears at handovers: from order to invoice, from invoice to payment, and from payment to reconciliation. Suppliers that invest in smoothing those transitions – rather than optimising individual steps in isolation – are better positioned to compete on experience without eroding margin.”

      Your report shows 82% of buyers value invoice customisation. Why has something traditionally seen as back-office admin become such a decisive competitive factor?

        “Because invoices are no longer just accounting documents – they’re a key part of the buyer experience.

        In B2B, invoices often trigger downstream processes on the buyer side: approval workflows, ERP/PO matching, compliance checks, and even cash forecasting. When invoices don’t align with a buyer’s internal requirements – whether that’s formatting, data fields or references – friction is inevitable. That friction shows up as delayed payments, disputes, and strained relationships.

        What the 82% figure really tells us is that buyers are under pressure themselves. Finance teams are expected to do more with less, manage risk more actively, and support the wider business – all while maintaining control. Invoice customisation helps them do that.

        For suppliers, this is a powerful insight. Meeting buyers where they are, instead of forcing one‑size‑fits‑all processes, has moved from ‘nice to have’ to a strategic necessity. It’s also a clear example of how O2C capabilities directly support revenue protection and growth – not just operational efficiency.”

        What was the regional difference in your data that surprised you the most?

          “What stood out most was not just what differs by region, but why.

          Across Europe, Pay by Invoice (or ‘Net Terms’) remains dominant, but the expectations around speed, visibility and automation vary significantly. In some markets, buyers are primarily focused on control and compliance; in others, on efficiency and working capital optimisation. Regulatory maturity, banking infrastructure and ERP penetration all play a role in shaping those expectations.

          What surprised me was how consistently these regional nuances translate into different definitions of ‘good experience’. The markets that move fastest are not necessarily those with the most advanced technology, but those where finance, procurement and payments strategies are more closely aligned.

          For suppliers operating pan‑European or globally, this reinforces the importance of flexibility. A single market‑specific approach rarely scales. The winning strategies are built around a common O2C backbone, with local adaptability layered on top.”

          Pay by Invoice remains dominant in Europe, but you also highlight digital wallets and even stablecoins. How do you see the payment mix evolving over the next 3-5 years?

            “Pay by Invoice will remain the backbone of B2B payments in Europe for the foreseeable future. And that’s not a sign of stagnation, but of trust in a model that supports credit, risk management and commercial flexibility at scale.

            Where we will see change is behind the scenes. Greater digitisation, faster settlement, and better integration between invoicing, payments and reconciliation will progressively modernise how Pay by Invoice operates.

            When it comes to alternative instruments like stablecoins, the conversation is still early, but it’s becoming more serious. Their potential value lies in settlement efficiency and cross‑border use cases, rather than replacing core commercial constructs like trade credit. Whether they become relevant at scale will depend on regulation, risk frameworks and clear economic benefit for both sides of the transaction.

            What’s important is that B2B payment evolution will be pragmatic, not disruptive for its own sake. Buyers and suppliers will adopt new rails where they reduce friction or risk – not because they’re new, but because they meaningfully improve the O2C lifecycle.

            Learn more at trevipay.com

            • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
            • Digital Payments

            Alex Taylor, UK Managing Director at Mangopay, on why the future of payments will not be defined by how quickly money moves, it will be defined by how intelligently it flows

            Stablecoins are the payments industry’s latest obsession. But if you listen closely, most of the conversation sounds strangely familiar: faster settlement, cross-border transfers and quicker access to funds.

            Speed is consistently positioned as the key benefit, but it’s no longer a differentiator because speed, on its own, isn’t transformative. Payments have been getting faster for years. Real-time rails are expanding globally, card networks continue to optimise settlement cycles, and even legacy infrastructure is evolving to reduce friction. Competing on speed alone is no longer enough to change how platforms operate.

            What stablecoins introduce is something far more significant: programmability.

            Beyond Movement to Logic

            Traditional payments move money from A to B and execute instructions. But programmable money does something different; it embeds logic into the transaction itself.

            This means payments can be conditional, automated, and responsive. Funds can be released based on events, split across multiple parties according to predefined rules, or held in escrow until specific criteria are met. The payment is no longer a final step in a process – it becomes part of the process itself.

            For platforms and marketplaces, this is where the real opportunity lies.

            Most platform-based payment flows aren’t simple transactions. They involve multiple stakeholders, dependencies, and conditions that sit outside the actual payment. Today, managing that complexity requires layers of reconciliation, manual intervention, and often fragmented infrastructure.

            Programmability changes that. Revenue can be split instantly at the point of transaction, escrow can be automated without bespoke workflows, and payouts can be triggered dynamically based on factors like delivery, milestones, or performance.

            It’s fair to say that stablecoins bring control into multi-party payments and rethink how money moves through a platform.

            The Missing Layer: Governance

            There is, however, a tendency to treat programmability as inherently beneficial. But without control, programmable money may introduce new risks just as quickly as it creates new possibilities.

            Stablecoins operate on transparent, public blockchains. Once a wallet address is linked to an identity, transaction histories become visible. That raises immediate questions around privacy, compliance, and data protection.

            At the same time, automation increases the stakes. If a rule is poorly defined or exploited, the impact spreads across the entire funds distribution flow. This is why programmability needs a governance layer built around it. Identity verification, compliance controls, and user-level permissions are what make programmable money usable in a regulated environment.

            Why Wallets Matter More Than Tokens

            The real bridge between fiat and stablecoins is actually the wallet, not the token. Programmable wallets provide an environment where both fiat and crypto can coexist under the same set of rules. A platform can manage revenue splits, fund holding, and payouts across different currencies and rails within a single system. It can integrate stablecoins where they add value, without reworking its entire payments stack or becoming a crypto-native business.

            A Targeted Role for Stablecoins

            The role of stablecoins in payments will be significant, but not universal. They are particularly well-suited to use cases that require transparency and efficient multi-currency handling. Cross-border treasury management, platform-based fund distribution, and real-time settlement between multiple parties are clear examples.

            At the same time, traditional rails will continue to serve many use cases effectively. The future is not about replacing existing rails but adding stablecoins to the payment mix where it makes sense.

            Platforms will need to decide which rails to use when and manage these decisions seamlessly behind the scenes.

            Privacy Will Influence Adoption

            Public blockchain infrastructure is transparent by design. While this enables traceability, it also creates tension with growing expectations around data protection and regulatory compliance.

            Stablecoins do not offer anonymity in the way cash does. Once identity is linked to a wallet, activity can be traced. For mainstream adoption, this model will need to evolve within a framework that balances transparency with privacy.

            So again, we return to the role of infrastructure. Without the right controls in place, programmability becomes difficult to scale in regulated markets.

            Stablecoins: From Speed to Intelligence

            So the value of stablecoins is reflected in how they allow money to move based on a certain logic.

            For platforms, it unlocks a different way of operating. Payments become embedded into workflows, automated at scale, and aligned with how value is actually created and distributed.

            Stablecoin adoption is not a main concern. The focus should be on integrating them into a governed, programmable infrastructure that makes them usable in the real world. Because ultimately, the future of payments will not be defined by how quickly money moves, it will be defined by how intelligently it flows.

            Learn more at mangopay.com

            • Blockchain & Crypto
            • Digital Payments
            • Neobanking

            Kartik Venkatesh, Global Head of Innovation at GBG, argues that cyber resilience must be built around people, not systems

            For years, financial institutions built walls around their systems – firewalls, encryption, and network monitoring designed to keep the intruder out. But in 2026, the new battleground for fraud isn’t in the network or the cloud; it’s in the individual. The fastest developing point of attack is no longer infrastructure – it’s identity.

            Generative AI-driven fraud in the U.S. alone is expected to hit $40 billion by 2027, according to Deloitte. The tools of deception have been democratised, industrialised, and globalised. So as AI agents, synthetic identities and deepfakes blur the line between real and imitation, financial services must shift their focus away from ‘how do we protect our systems?’ to ‘how do we trust our people?’

            The Globalisation of Fraud

            Fraud has always been an international sport, but AI has made it an industry. Cyber threats often spread rapidly across regions and industries, shape-shifting thanks to advances in technology. CIFAS reported a record number of fraud cases in the first half of 2025 and pointed to the availability of AI tools as a key reason.

            GBG’s Global Fraud Report found that 96% of fraud prevention professionals are concerned about the industrialisation of fraud, with 79% seeing a significant rise in sophistication over the past year. Fraudsters today are not lone opportunists; they’re coordinated, tech-savvy, and now powered by automation.

            Deepfakes epitomise this shift. Using advanced generative AI techniques (including GANs and diffusion models), criminals can create hyper-realistic videos and images that mimic genuine human behaviour. Popular apps like Deep-Live-Cam and Reface offer plug-and-play capabilities that can inject fake faces into authentication systems in seconds. This isn’t a fringe risk, 71% of fraud professionals in EMEA have expressed concern about deepfake threats, while regulators like the EU are responding through frameworks such as DORA (the Digital Operational Resilience Act) which explicitly push institutions toward operational and identity resilience.

            These attacks strike at the heart of trust. The questions financial institutions must now answer are deceptively simple: ‘Can I trust that the person I see on the screen is real?’ ‘Can I trust that this ID is not fake?’ The barrier of resilience is set at how confidently and quickly they can say “yes.”

            Synthetic Identity: The Art of Invisible Fraud

            Synthetic identities – fabricated personas built from real and fake data – represent one of the most profitable forms of digital fraud today. Deloitte estimates the average payoff from a synthetic identity fraud case in the U.S. is between $81,000 and $98,000, with fraudsters now using generative AI to make these identities eerily convincing.

            Unlike stolen identities, synthetics evolve. They age in the system, build credit, and interact with institutions just like genuine customers. What makes this form of fraud particularly insidious is its invisibility. Unlike with traditional identity theft, the identity doesn’t belong to a real person, so there is no one to report suspicious activity.

            That’s where behavioural identity comes in. The future of verification isn’t about what a person has (an ID) or knows (a password), but how they behave. Micro-patterns in typing rhythm, device use, and even navigation paths form part of a behavioural fingerprint that’s extremely difficult to replicate at scale. When combined with biometric and contextual data, this builds a dynamic, living model of trust – a security perimeter shaped not by static credentials, but by human nuance.

            Beyond Biometrics: Building Trust Without Friction

            Security works best when you barely notice it. Yet seamlessness must never mean vulnerability. That’s the paradox at the centre of modern digital finance: how do you protect without obstructing?

            Biometric identity verification offers an answer. Face and voice recognition systems, combined with document authentication, are now essential tools in fighting fraud and meeting regulatory expectations. But not all biometrics are equal. As deepfake technology advances, even the most human identifiers – our faces, our voices – can be mimicked.

            To defend against this, leading institutions are adopting liveness detection – technology that identifies subtle biological markers like blood flow, skin texture, and light reflection to confirm a user’s genuine presence. Passive liveness detection achieves this invisibly, verifying authenticity without forcing the customer to blink or nod into a camera. It’s the intersection of security and simplicity: frictionless defence at machine speed.

            This kind of advanced biometric intelligence doesn’t just deter fraud, it strengthens customer relationships. Real-time, omnichannel verification lets people move effortlessly between digital and physical channels, while AI-driven anomaly detection flags risks before they become breaches.

            Done right, identity verification becomes both a safeguard and a customer experience advantage.

            A New Kind of Resilience

            Throughout history, disguise has been the villain’s oldest trick. Today, AI gives that trick infinite new faces. But the same intelligence that enables deception also empowers defence.

            At GBG we’ve seen firsthand how behavioural and biometric intelligence are reshaping fraud defence, shifting from static verification to continuous authentication.

            Cyber resilience in finance will no longer hinge on perimeter walls or system redundancies. It will depend on the ability to recognise the genuine in a world of perfect forgeries. Behavioural, biometric and contextual intelligence – combined into a single trusted identity fabric – is the foundation of that future.

            Learn more at gbg.com

            • Cybersecurity in FinTech

            Karen Allan, Head of FinTech at HaysMac, on why building a company that can scale and stay ahead of regulation needs an auditor

            In August 2025, the FCA launched a considerable overhaul of the safeguarding regime for payments and e-money firms. The result? PS12/25, a policy statement that makes clear the significant new expectations under CASS 15.

            CASS 15 covers any firms which hold relevant funds above the qualifying threshold of more than £100,000, within a 53-week period, or expect to. As the May 7th deadline nears, firms can no longer ‘wait and see’. The requirement for a first CASS 15 audit is on its way, and for a firm to put its best foot forward, the preparation needs to start now.

            Be Prepared for CASS 15

            The new regulation is a big shift from the existing regime, and the requirement for a regulatory audit by a statutory auditor will make a considerable impact. The FCA has outlined extensive rules, and firms must comply with these ahead of the 7 May.

            These changes include the need for daily reconciliations, as well as monthly reporting requirements on safeguarding funds. Planning for firm failures will also be a requirement, via a CASS 15 resolution pack. Similarly, there is the clear provision for the first CASS 15 audit to be completed within 6 months.

            Many FinTech firms are run with as few employees as possible, as a way to stay agile. Under CASS 15, this won’t be as simple. Firms need to make sure they are structured correctly, with the right people in the right positions. Management also needs to lead by example, by supporting on regulatory oversight and compliance. The right tone and messaging from the top is particularly important.

            Making the Right Partnerships

            The new changes make a significant difference, and firms should start working with both a compliance advisor, to support with preparedness reviews, and a statutory auditor, to deliver CASS 15 audits. Finding a team of advisors who understand the rules and requirements in the new world of CASS 15 is key. By establishing strong partnerships now, firms can have a valuable outsourced ‘head of compliance’ to support further down the line. These can be crucial through rule mapping, for example, to identify problems, propose solutions, and deal with structural concerns a firm may have.

            The best time to bring in an auditor before CASS 15 would’ve been when the policy was first launched, but the second-best time is now. Management should be engaging with auditors now who provide CASS 15 audits, to ensure they perform the right due diligence in identifying and bringing in the right partners for the job.

            Compliance teams and directors should also be asking the right questions. Resources are an important concern, and when choosing an auditor, working out whether they can perform regular audits well, at all stages of a business scaling up, is vitally important. It may seem obvious, but is still foundational. Whether an auditor has the know-how to perform in the new CASS 15 world is key to consider.

            Communication is the Key

            These conversations should be starting now. Multiple advisors should be in the conversation to find the right match. Each firm is unique, and the audit and financial challenges they face will be different. Setting up a foundation of collaboration now makes sure that this will continue going forward.

            The first year of a CASS 15 audit will not be easy. There will likely be a learning curve for the sector as a whole. Most likely, there will be breaches across the industry, and these will be reportable to the FCA. There are therefore likely to be difficult conversations needed with auditors.

            Setting up advice and compliance partnerships now is important to avoid disappointment once we reach the 7 May. Starting the groundwork early, and allowing auditors to understand the firm’s entity, means they will more easily be able to recognise risk areas. This helps in developing a CASS 15 audit strategy, which in itself can be an advantage. All stakeholders can ensure that audit work is completed well within the deadline.

            CASS 15 is not just an exercise for compliance. It’s an opportunity to use robust governance as an advantage ahead of the rest of the market. The new rules will be an unknown to both firms and investors, and getting your house in order first shows reliability and discipline to investors. In an industry where actions are louder than words, this is very important.

            Many firms are now looking to strengthen their compliance at the cutting edge of fintech. If you want to stay ahead of the curve on regulation, and build a company that scales with confidence, approaching an auditor is an obvious next step.

            Learn more at haysmac.com

            • Digital Payments

            Asia’s FinTech ecosystem reached new heights with breakthrough announcements and industry-defining moments that will reshape the region’s financial landscape

            Money20/20, the world’s leading FinTech show and the place where money does business, concluded three days of industry‑shaping conversations. High‑impact networking, and packed stages were seen across three days from April 21–23 at the Queen Sirikit National Convention Center (QSNCC) in Bangkok, Thailand.

            Money20/20 Asia – 2026

            This year’s show welcomed over 4,500 attendees, a 40% increase in its third year. With over 360 speakers delivering over 100 hours of content across four stages. A very busy Money Hall show floor brought together delegates, sponsors and exhibitors from 90 countries. Across the show floor, companies reported a surge in commercial activity, with hundreds of partnership meetings, product demos, and investor conversations driving tangible deal‑flow throughout the three days. 

            “Money20/20 Asia is where Asia does business. The record attendance we’re seeing, combined with our relentless focus on quality – of audience, conversations, content, and experience – is translating into real partnerships and outcomes for the leaders shaping the future of financial services in the region. It’s why we are firmly established as Asia’s #1 quality FinTech show.” Danny Levy, Money20/20’s Executive Vice President & Managing Director for Money20/20 Asia and Middle East.

            Headline Sessions

            AI, cross‑border payments, digital banking, and the accelerating rise of digital assets, including stablecoins, tokenisation, and CBDCs shaped the headline sessions at Money20/20 Asia. Leaders from global banks, FinTechs, and regulators unpacked these themes across discussions on trust in banking, invisible finance, intelligent infrastructure, the future of digital banks, and ASEAN’s sustainability transition. 

            “Our goal is not just to digitise finance, but to humanise it,” said Daranee Saeju, Assistant Governor, Bank of Thailand, reinforcing the event’s focus on people‑centred innovation and trusted digital ecosystems. 

            These themes came to life across the agenda’s most talked about sessions. On Day 1, Technology, Trust and the Future of Banking in Asia brought together Scarlett Sieber of Money20/20 and Kattiya Indaravijaya of KASIKORNBANK to explore how modern infrastructure and AI‑driven intelligence are redefining trust and resilience in banking. “Uncertainty is a new normal. Banking will exist, but the way banks have to do the business will totally change,” said CEO Indaravijaya, Chief Executive Officer.

            Day 2 spotlighted the rapid evolution of digital assets with The Rise of Blockchain and Stablecoin Payment Rails, featuring leaders from Uquid, Pantera Capital, VelaFi, and Trace Finance in a forward looking discussion on next‑generation cross‑border payment rails.

            On Day 3, The New Paradigm of Cross‑Border Money Flows and International Expansion saw speakers from Money20/20, TenPay Global (Tencent), Fiserv, and Ant International unpack how Asia’s payment giants are building interoperable, multi‑rail systems to power global expansion. 

            Three Days of Expert Inisghts

            Along with KASIKORNBANK, the programme saw strong participation from leading global and regional banks, with senior executives from Standard Chartered, Deutsche Bank, J.P. Morgan, Citi, and DBS Bank present across the three days.

            FXC Intelligence and Money20/20 presented new findings from The New Era of Asia’s Cross‑Border Payments, underscoring Asia’s rapid growth, rising interoperability, and the convergence of key technologies shaping cross‑border finance. The Press Lunch additionally marked the debut of Money20/20’s new book, The New Intersection of Money – Where TradFi and DeFi Converge, exploring how traditional and decentralised finance are now co‑creating the future of financial services. 

            Money20/20 Asia spotlighted five rising startups Boost Capital, TrustPlus AI, Continuum, Eazy Digital, and zkMe, Money20/20’s Startup pitch winner during its Startup Media Panel. The show also hosted the Startup and Investor Park, where APAC startups met global investors and competed for a Golden Ticket to the 2026 Startupbootcamp Sustainability Singapore Accelerator. The program supports founders with pitching opportunities, investor access, and pathways to scale across Asia’s fast-growing fintech markets. 

            Policy20 at Money20/20 Asia 2026 brought together more than 80 of Asia’s top policymakers, regulators, and industry leaders to address the rise of sovereign intelligence in global finance. In a closed-door Governors’ and Chairs’ Roundtable, participants aligned on three priorities: embedding regional values into global standards, building harmonised but sovereignty‑respecting cross‑border rails, and advancing intelligence‑led governance through AI and real‑time data. 

            After a highly successful third year in Bangkok, Money20/20 Asia has confirmed its return to the Queen Sirikit National Convention Center next year from 27-29 April 2027. 

            • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
            • Blockchain & Crypto
            • Events
            • Host Perspectives

            CoinCover’s Chief Commercial Officer Anthony Yeung on why trust and confidence remain the key barrier to adoption with digital assets

            Stablecoins, tokenisation and decentralised finance (DeFi) have woken traditional financial institutions to the potential of digital assets. This is no longer a fringe idea; there are clear signs that digital assets are rapidly becoming a fixture of the financial system – as 86% of institutional investors already have exposure to digital assets and nine major banks announced plans to launch a euro-dominated stablecoin in September 2025. Consumer demand is also growing, with 820 million crypto wallets live in 2025.

            The scale of demand is undeniable, and the opportunity is clear. However, the question now becomes: can financial institutions offer digital assets with the same standards of security, continuity and recoverability that customers and regulators expect?

            The Institutional Opportunity

            Consumer demand for digital assets is growing, and financial institutions are alert to the commercial opportunities. But the real engine of adoption is broader than retail investment alone. Stablecoins, in particular, are shifting digital assets from a speculative use case into payments infrastructure, with clear relevance for cross-border transfers, settlement and treasury operations. The total value of issued stablecoins is forecast to reach more than $2 trillion by 2028, a surefire sign of their growing role in mainstream financial infrastructure.

            The opportunity for banks and financial institutions is enormous, but it’s also the responsibility of these institutions and regulatory bodies to ensure that digital assets can be accessed in a secure and resilient way. There is clear cause for concern, with an estimated one in five bitcoin – $350 billion worth – now permanently inaccessible due to loss of access. Consumer trust and confidence, therefore, remains one of the main barriers to the widespread adoption of digital assets, and for the sector to mature and scale, and for traditional financial institutions to take full advantage of this opportunity, customers will need assurance that innovation will not come at the expense of their financial security.

            Balancing Regulation and Innovation

            The UK’s digital asset ecosystem is growing rapidly, and regulatory requirements and expectations are developing alongside it. This represents a significant shift in how the UK manages digital assets, and it puts pressure on institutions around compliance, accountability and transparency.

            The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) has made it clear that the UK is moving towards a comprehensive set of digital asset regulations. The Cryptoasset Regulations 2026, which fully come into force in October 2027, signals a point of maturation for the market, but it also leads to increased pressures for institutions to demonstrate compliance and accountability. Equally, the Bank of England is also pushing forward with plans for stablecoin regulation in association with the FCA under the UK European Market Infrastructure Regulation. This clearly demonstrates that for the UK Government and regulators, consumer protections and preventing loss of access to assets are high on the agenda.

            Institutions are also more likely to scale activity where rules and responsibilities are clear. Done right, regulation doesn’t slow innovation, it gives institutions the structure they need, and as demand is moving in the right direction, there is only one more missing piece.

            Embedding the Right Infrastructure

            Regulation creates the right foundations, but customer trust is earned in the “what if?” moments: what if a customer loses access? What if a key-holder leaves the firm? What if a critical wallet becomes inaccessible during a market stress event?

            Scaling adoption isn’t just about building the right products, it’s about whether customers, counterparties and regulators believe the system will protect them when something goes wrong. That’s where the trust gap appears.

            The expectation across traditional financial assets is that access can be fully recovered if a mistake is made – the ‘forgotten password’ principle – and customers demand the same for digital assets. If you lose your login, misplace your device or make an operational mistake, there is a governed process to restore access and keep critical assets safe. Crypto’s design often flips that expectation; when private keys or seed phrases are lost, access is permanently lost, even if the assets remain visible on-chain. This creates an institutional issue – key loss and process failure are predictable failure modes of any human system, and you cannot build institutional trust on that fragility.

            Self-Custody

            The problem isn’t self-custody itself, it is that self-custody at scale becomes an operational risk transfer. Self-backup remains the number one method by which self-custodied consumers protect their digital assets, but it is not sustainable at institutional scale, and it is unlikely to satisfy regulatory expectations as oversight tightens.

            Institutions need robust recovery technologies and the infrastructure to build confidence and scale effectively – for their own assets and that of their customers. This needs to be incorporated from the start, not added on when something goes wrong, at which point it is already too late. This is particularly relevant as digital assets move towards mainstream adoption, where consumers cannot be expected to be cognisant of the risks of self-custody – principally, the risk of digital assets in a wallet being permanently lost due to a lost seed phrase. Having a viable recovery method as part of an institution’s core infrastructure helps to offset these concerns and puts institutional and consumer security first. Without it, institutions face risk of high-profile losses, inconsistent outcomes and a persistent perception that digital asset innovation comes at the cost of safety.

            In practice, this means layered protection against lost access, matched to the risk profile of each use case, and for consumers, it means a governed path back to access when a seed phrase or device is lost without opening the door to fraud. Institutions need wallet disaster recovery that quickly restores operations and has clear controls over who can trigger recovery is vital. This is a business continuity issue, not a ‘nice-to-have’. A firm that cannot access its own wallets is operationally frozen.

            The Path Ahead

            The institutional opportunity in digital assets is real and growing. But adoption will ultimately be defined by whether traditional finance can deliver trust at scale. Regulation is heading in the right direction, and the UK is establishing a clear framework, but regulation needs to be accompanied by progress in infrastructure. Firms need recovery capabilities that protect assets and maintain access when errors, failures or disruptions occur – the ‘forgotten password’ feature that we are used to in in traditional finance. 

            Pair comprehensive regulation with resilient recovery frameworks, and institutions can finally offer digital assets with the assurance customers expect – that innovation won’t come at the cost of security.

            Learn more at coincover.com

            • Blockchain & Crypto
            • Cybersecurity in FinTech

            Andrew Power, Head of UK&I at Tricentis, on why the right approach to AI can deliver the foundation for more resilient, predictable systems

            Artificial intelligence is reshaping software delivery in financial services. Code that once took teams weeks to develop can now be generated and deployed in a matter of hours. This isn’t just about faster delivery; it changes the fundamentals of how software is built and how it behaves in production.

            Financial institutions have moved quickly to integrate AI across core systems, from customer operations to anti-money laundering (AML) and software development to capture efficiency and innovation gains. UK parliamentary evidence shows adoption is already widespread, with the majority of firms using AI, and more planning to follow.

            But as adoption spreads and becomes more embedded within key systems, so does exposure. Risk is no longer confined to individual defects, but shaped by how quickly those defects can spread across interconnected environments.

            AI has removed the limits on how quickly software can be created, but not on how confidently it can be trusted, and financial institutions can now generate and deploy code faster than they can safely validate it.

            This creates a new paradox: AI is both accelerating the pace of software change and increasing the speed and scale at which failures can materialise.

            Machine-Speed Failure

            AI-driven development shortens the distance between change and consequence. Software updates can move through the pipeline from creation to production with significantly less friction. However, this also reduces the time available to identify, flag and contain any issues before they have an impact.

            AI-driven software changes don’t just move fast, they scale fast. Unlike traditional failures, these are systemic risks. A single misstep in an AI-generated update can propagate unpredictably.

            For financial services, this is especially significant when key systems are deeply interconnected, spanning complex layers of infrastructure, integrations, and third-party services. Even a minor defect can propagate quickly across systems, amplifying its impact.

            What would once have been contained can now escalate, cascading across systems and causing wider disruption that affects customers, operations and, in some cases, market activity. In financial services, this is not just a technical issue but a business risk with direct implications for customer trust, regulatory compliance and financial stability. The challenge is no longer simply identifying defects but maintaining confidence in what is being deployed.

            This risk is already being felt across the sector. Institutions are accelerating delivery to meet customer expectations and competitive pressures, but often without corresponding advances in validation. Tricentis’ research shows 68% of financial services organisations anticipate outages or serious incidents due to poor software quality.

            Regulatory Pressure for AI is Increasing

            The issue is also drawing attention from regulators. Earlier this year, the UK Treasury Committee warned that current approaches to AI in financial services are inadequate and could expose customers and the wider system to “serious harm”, highlighting the need for stronger guardrails, clearer accountability and more robust oversight to deploy it safely.

            Traditional resilience frameworks were never designed for systems evolving in real time, and AI can no longer be treated as a marginal technology risk. It must become central to how organisations manage and assess resilience.

            This marks a shift from software quality being an engineering concern to a board-level issue of operational resilience. If machine-speed change is the new operational hazard, then failure to address it becomes a strategic issue rather than a technical one. With that in mind, financial leaders must acknowledge AI’s dual role as both a driver of risk and a mechanism for preventing it.

            AI as Both a Safeguard & Source of Risk

            AI also offers the most effective and scalable way to manage the risks it introduces. Advanced AI-driven validation, continuous monitoring and risk-prioritised testing can identify issues earlier than any manual process, helping reduce the likelihood they reach production.

            In effect, the same AI that accelerates software creation must now be applied to validation and governance – operating at the same speed and scale.

            The same capabilities that facilitate rapid software production can be applied to validation and governance, continuously evaluating system behaviour, detecting anomalies and prioritising testing based on potential business impact, rather than volume. This allows organisations to move beyond rigid approaches and towards more adaptive, responsive quality models that more accurately reflect the way AI behaves.

            Instead of relying on standard periodic testing cycles, systems can be validated on an ongoing basis. This enables earlier intervention before issues escalate.

            AI can also help organisations better understand the complexity of their own systems. By analysing dependencies across applications and infrastructure, it becomes possible to identify which processes are most critical and where failures would have the greatest impact.

            From Acceleration to Control

            There is a clear mismatch in how financial organisations approach AI. While many are leveraging AI to accelerate development, far fewer are evolving their validation and governance to keep pace, and it’s in this gap that risk emerges.

            This is the “confidence gap”, where organisations can create software faster than they can safely deploy it.

            To address this imbalance, firms must treat software quality as a core component of their AI strategy. Development and validation must move forward together. Governance must adapt to continuous, AI-driven change. This requires a move from static testing and coverage metrics to continuous, risk-based validation, where software is assessed in real time based on potential business impact.

            If AI is the engine driving software creation, validation must act as the braking system – built in, not bolted on at the end. At machine speed, gaps in control become points of failure. The aim is not to slow innovation, but to ensure it progresses in a way that is sustainable and safe. When validation keeps pace with development, firms can move quickly and competitively, whilst maintaining control over how risk is introduced and managed.

            This is a change we are seeing across large enterprises adopting AI-driven quality approaches, where validation, monitoring and governance are increasingly orchestrated together rather than treated as separate processes.

            Preventing the Next Outage

            The financial sector has already seen how quickly failures can escalate in complex, interconnected environments. In March, an IT error at Lloyds Banking Group exposed the private financial information of nearly half a million customers, prompting the bank to issue £139,000 in compensation.

            Such incidents aren’t isolated: over the last two years, more than 33 days of unplanned banking outages have been reported to Parliament, underlining the scale of the issue.

            As AI increases the velocity of change, it also raises the stakes for getting it wrong. But the irony is that it also provides the tools needed to prevent these failures from happening in the first place. AI is both contributing to the risk of outages and becoming the most effective way to prevent them.

            By applying AI to continuous validation, monitoring and risk detection, organisations can spot issues earlier, understand their potential impact and intervene before disruption occurs. This shifts the focus from reacting to outages to preventing them, and it’s where the paradox becomes constructive. AI doesn’t have to be a source of instability.

            With the right approach, it can become the foundation for more resilient, predictable systems. Those that fail risk trading innovation for instability. In the AI era, speed without confidence is simply another form of risk.

            Learn more at tricentis.com

            • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
            • Cybersecurity
            • Cybersecurity in FinTech
            • Fintech & Insurtech

            Peer-reviewed Physical Review Research paper shows efficient preparation of financial distributions on quantum hardware

            Haiqu, a leading developer of quantum middleware, has announced the publication of joint research with HSBC in Physical Review Research demonstrating an efficient approach to encoding real-world probability distributions into quantum circuits.

            Quantum State Preparation

            Quantum state preparation, the process of encoding classical data into quantum states, is widely recognised as a major bottleneck when implementing many algorithms on hardware. This challenge is particularly relevant for applications such as financial risk modelling and simulation, where complex probability distributions must be loaded onto quantum devices.

            The research uses matrix product state (MPS) methods to construct shallow circuits that encode smooth functions, including probability distributions, directly into quantum states. It also introduces a sampling-based workflow that avoids storing the full discretised dataset in classical memory, enabling larger encoding circuits to be generated.

            The approach was validated on finance-relevant models including heavy-tailed Lévy distributions, commonly used to capture extreme market events. 

            On IBM quantum hardware, circuits up to 25 qubits produced samples that passed standard statistical tests, showing the method can accurately reproduce the probability distributions these models rely on in practice. 

            Sampling-Based Workflow

            Using the sampling-based workflow, the researchers also executed circuits up to 64 qubits, reproducing qualitative features of the target distributions under realistic device noise and demonstrating feasibility at larger scales. Similar behavior was observed in simulations up to 156 qubits, indicating the approach can extend to substantially larger problem sizes.

            “Preparing complex probability distributions efficiently is a key step in many quantum algorithms,” said Dr. Philip Intallura, Group Head of Quantum Technologies at HSBC. “This work shows how they can be implemented with much shallower circuits, bringing practical applications such as financial risk modelling closer.” 

            “One of the biggest practical barriers is getting realistic financial data onto today’s quantum hardware. This work shows a scalable path around that barrier and helps move quantum finance workflows from theory toward execution.” Mykola Maksymenko, Co-founder & CTO, Haiqu

            Read the paper in Physical Review Research. 

            About Haiqu   

            Haiqu is an emerging leader in quantum software that supports the notion that near-term, commercially viable applications are achievable with the right software, even on current hardware. Haiqu’s hardware-agnostic software can run applications with up to 100x more operations on current devices compared to competitors. Headquartered in New York City in the United States, Haiqu’s expert team operates from US, Canada, Ukraine, UK, EU, and Singapore, contributing to the company’s mission to make quantum computing practical as soon as possible.

            • Blockchain & Crypto
            • Digital Payments
            • Fintech & Insurtech
            • Infrastructure & Cloud

            Dimitrios Bougioukas, VP – IT Security Training Services at Hack The Box, on how simulations can support security teams to detect, respond, contain and mitigate in real time

            Financial institutions are operating in one of the most heavily targeted and scrutinised cyber environments in the world. They handle vast numbers of transactions, flows of sensitive personal data and have high-value digital infrastructures. Therefore, it is no surprise that the sector has invested heavily in technology. The aim is to ensure visibility of threats, including monitoring platforms, telemetry, alerting systems and threat intelligence. Yet, despite these investments, the visibility is not always translating into effective containment.

            The Hack The Box Global Cyber Skills Benchmark 2025 analysed performance from 795+ teams and over 4,500 players. Carried out across 40 real-world Capture The Flag challenges, highlights this imbalance. 

            According to the report, in simulated attacks, finance teams had a strong 37.6% average solve rate. Outperforming sectors like healthcare, education and government. They demonstrated great investigation skills, scoring 71% in OSINT, 54.6% in forensics and 51.4% in coding. These figures are all good indications that financial sector cybersecurity teams are able to effectively identify and analyse suspicious activity.

            However, the report also shows there is significant underperformance in the skills required to stop attackers once they are inside. This means the gap is not in detection skills; it is in depth of capability.

            Cyber Attackers Get Further Than They Should

            The weakest scores are being recorded in the areas where adversaries could inflict the most damage.

            According to the report, persistence scored just 21.1%, privilege escalation 20.3% and collection just 10.8% across financial cybersecurity teams. These are the tactics that determine how attackers entrench themselves, escalate access and gather sensitive data before exfiltrating it. They are central to adversarial movement inside financial networks.

            Emerging threat vectors showed even more vulnerability. Blockchain security challenges, DeFi (Decentralized Finance) and smart contract–related vulnerabilities were only solved by the teams 10.1% of the time. And in exploit development, the teams averaged just 3.9%. This exposes weaknesses in exploit awareness, with the attackers increasingly using zero-day and near-zero-day vulnerabilities.

            The combination of strong investigative skills and weaker adversarial resilience suggests that current capabilities are more focused on post-incident analysis than on preventing or containing attacks in real time.

            Visibility Doesn’t Equal Control

            Financial institutions have one of the most mature cybersecurity monitoring ecosystems across any industry. They deal with enormous volumes of logs, run highly tuned detection pipelines and leverage advanced SIEM and SOAR tooling. But this visibility on its own clearly does not equal security.

            The benchmark report found that reconnaissance and initial access had solve rates between 23.8% and 28.4%, which indicates that many attacks will not be effectively blocked. From there, attackers are often able to succeed with their persistence, privilege escalation and lateral movement tactics because defenders do not have the technical depth to disrupt the attack chain at critical points.

            In practice, this means teams may be able to see an attack unfold, but they will struggle to break it apart before data is collected for exfiltration. Even though exfiltration itself scored a relatively high at 53.4%, a low collection score suggests most teams are not catching malicious activity upstream, when intervention matters most.

            A Depth Problem, Not A Monitoring Problem

            This skills imbalance stems from how training and capability development have historically been structured. Much of the financial sector’s cybersecurity readiness has been shaped by compliance, audit frameworks and classroom-style instruction. While these approaches fulfil important governance functions, they do not by themselves produce the hands-on adversarial fluency that simulation-based training supports.

            Financial teams must move beyond compliance checklists and legacy training models because they do not provide the attacker-aligned, hands-on experience required to strengthen deeper-layer defensive capabilities.

            Attackers do not operate in silos and neither should defenders. A phishing foothold becomes privilege escalation, which becomes persistence, which becomes lateral movement – all in a matter of minutes. Without having continuous practice in this full attack flow, teams will continue to be strong in analysis and weak in action.

            Continuous, scenario-based upskilling is the clearest path to addressing this imbalance. The benchmark data in the report demonstrates the need for a cyber readiness model that is based on realistic adversarial simulation. These simulations don’t just replicate individual techniques; they replicate entire attack chains. This forces security teams to detect, respond, contain and mitigate in real time.

            Learn more at hackthebox.com

            • Blockchain & Crypto
            • Cybersecurity in FinTech

            The Innovate Finance Global Summit (IFGS) once again set the tone for London FinTech Week, transforming the historic Guildhall into…

            The Innovate Finance Global Summit (IFGS) once again set the tone for London FinTech Week, transforming the historic Guildhall into the beating heart of global financial innovation on Tuesday April 21st 2026. As the flagship event of the week-long programme, IFGS brought together more than 1,500 senior leaders from over 70 countries. Cementing its reputation as one of the most influential gatherings in the FinTech calendar.

            A mix of founders, regulators, policymakers, investors and financial institutions filled the venue’s grand halls, all drawn by a shared ambition: to shape the future of financial services. IFGS has long positioned itself as “where decision-makers meet,” and in 2026 that promise felt particularly tangible.

            A Global Stage for a Rapidly Evolving Industry

            The summit’s scale and structure reflected the complexity of today’s FinTech ecosystem. Across four stages and more than 100 sessions, attendees were immersed in a dense programme of keynote speeches, panel discussions and live demonstrations.

            What distinguishes IFGS from many industry events is its ability to convene not just innovators, but the entire value chain. Fom early-stage startups to global banks, Big Tech firms and regulators. Companies such as Google Cloud, Amazon Web Services and Microsoft were prominent throughout the programme, reflecting the growing convergence of financial services and cloud infrastructure. Where policy meets practice and innovation meets implementation.

            The agenda in 2026 was firmly aligned with the industry’s most pressing challenges and opportunities. Themes ranged from AI in financial services and open finance to stablecoins, fraud prevention and financial inclusion. Not juts abstract talking points, but the battlegrounds on which the future of finance will be decided.

            Opening Momentum: Optimism with a Call for Action

            The day began with a keynote from Innovate Finance CEO Janine Hirt, who set a confident yet pragmatic tone.

            “We have built one of the most dynamic fintech ecosystems in the world here in the UK,” she said. “But leadership is not guaranteed. It requires constant innovation, investment and collaboration.”

            Hirt highlighted the UK’s continued strength in areas such as open banking, while stressing the need to accelerate progress in digital assets, fraud prevention and global competitiveness.

            A recorded address from Chancellor Rachel Reeves reinforced this narrative, positioning fintech as a cornerstone of the UK economy.

            “Fintech is not just a success story—it is a strategic priority,” Reeves noted. “We will continue to back innovation, support digital assets development and ensure the UK remains a global hub for financial services.”

            The political backing on display underlined fintech’s growing importance—not just as a sector, but as a driver of national economic growth.

            AI, Data and the Next Wave of Innovation

            Unsurprisingly, artificial intelligence dominated much of the conversation. Across multiple sessions, speakers from firms including NVIDIA, IBM and Accenture explored how AI is reshaping everything from customer onboarding to fraud detection and credit decisioning.

            What stood out was the shift in tone. The discussion has moved beyond hype to implementation.

            “We’re past the experimentation phase,” said a senior executive from Mastercard during a panel on AI in payments. “The focus now is on scaling responsibly. Embedding AI into core systems while maintaining trust and transparency.”

            Similarly, Revolut’s leadership team pointed to AI-driven personalisation as a key differentiator in the next generation of digital banking. “Customers increasingly expect financial services to anticipate their needs. AI enables us to deliver that, but only if it’s built on strong data foundations.”

            Closely linked to AI was the continued evolution of open banking into open finance and ‘smart data’. Speakers from the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and firms such as Plaid and TrueLayer emphasised the importance of interoperability and regulatory clarity.

            “Open finance is the natural next step,” said an FCA representative. “The challenge is ensuring it delivers real value to consumers while maintaining robust safeguards.”

            Meanwhile, stablecoins and tokenisation emerged as key themes in the context of global competition. Circle, Ripple and several UK-based digital asset firms contributed to discussions around the future of programmable money.

            “The question is no longer if tokenisation will reshape markets, but how quickly,” said a Ripple executive during a digital assets panel.

            The Exhibition Floor: Innovation in Action

            Beyond the stages, the expo hall offered a tangible view of FinTech’s evolution. Established players such as Lloyds Banking Group, NatWest and Santander UK showcased innovation initiatives alongside emerging startups presenting solutions in regtech, embedded finance and payments.

            Fintech scale-ups including Checkout.com and Adyen demonstrated new capabilities in cross-border payments and merchant services, while regtech firms, such as Entrust, highlighted advances in compliance automation and fraud detection.

            This blend of established and emerging companies is one of IFGS’s defining strengths. It creates an environment where partnerships can form organically. Whether between a startup seeking scale or an incumbent looking to innovate.

            The presence of regulators, notably the FCA, added another layer of value. Initiatives such as onsite ‘office hours’ enabled direct engagement between FinTech firms and regulators.

            “Dialogue is essential,” one FCA official commented. “Events like IFGS give us the opportunity to hear directly from industry and shape regulation that supports innovation.”

            Networking: Where Deals and Ideas Converge

            If content is the backbone of IFGS, networking is its lifeblood. The summit’s design – from curated meetings to informal discussions in the Guildhall’s historic spaces – encouraged meaningful interaction.

            With thousands of attendees and a high concentration of C-level executives, the event offered unparalleled access to decision-makers. Conversations between banks, FinTechs and investors were constant, with many attendees citing partnership discussions as a key outcome.

            Even external challenges—such as a London Tube strike on the day—did little to dampen participation. If anything, it reinforced the determination of attendees to be part of the conversation.

            “Nothing was going to keep people away,” remarked one venture investor. “IFGS is where the industry sets its agenda for the year.”

            Key Takeaways: Collaboration, Competition and Confidence

            Several clear themes emerged from IFGS 2026.

            First, collaboration remains critical. The UK’s fintech success is built on strong relationships between startups, incumbents and regulators.

            Second, global competition is intensifying. Whether in AI, digital assets or open finance, the race to lead the next phase of financial innovation is well underway.

            Third, there is a growing sense of confidence in fintech’s role as an economic driver.

            “Fintech is no longer a disruptor, it is the foundation of modern financial services,” said a senior executive from HSBC during a closing session.

            Conclusion: A Catalyst for the Year Ahead

            IFGS 2026 delivered on its promise as the centrepiece of London FinTech Week. By bringing together the full spectrum of the FinTech ecosystem in a single venue, it created a powerful platform for dialogue, collaboration and innovation.

            More than just a conference, IFGS serves as a barometer for the industry’s direction. The conversations held within the Guildhall’s walls will shape strategies, partnerships and policies in the months and years ahead.

            As FinTech continues to evolve at pace, events like IFGS are not just important; they are essential. They provide the space for ideas to collide, for relationships to form and for the future of financial services to be defined.

            In 2026, IFGS once again proved why London remains at the forefront of global FinTech. And why the world continues to look to the UK for leadership in shaping what comes next.

            • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
            • Blockchain & Crypto
            • Cybersecurity in FinTech
            • Events
            • Host Perspectives

            AI is no longer seen as an add-on. It is expected as a standard in enterprise IT infrastructure explains Andreea Pleşea PhD, Co-Founder & COO at Druid AI

            Digital transformation is often hailed as the answer to improve productivity, and yet, despite significant investment, the UK continues to lag behind similar markets such as the US, France and Germany in productivity growth.

            The UK is recognised internationally for its financial and banking sector, and it sits at the heart of the UK economy. When banks operate efficiently, businesses move faster, but when banks are slowed by operational friction, the ripple effects are felt far and wide.

            UK financial institutions operate a technology stack across core banking platforms, CRM systems, contact centre infrastructure, mobile apps, fraud systems, onboarding tools, compliance platforms and knowledge bases. Each was designed to solve a specific problem, but together they have created a fragmented set of solutions that require employees to constantly switch between applications to find the information they need to answer customer queries or understand how to make improvements to the business.

            This fragmentation has created an orchestration gap, and agentic AI is the technology that can bridge it – not by adding another tool, but by becoming an essential part of the IT infrastructure.

            Scripted Bots are Out – Autonomous Execution is in

            The first wave of banking automation focused on what is referred to as ‘deflection’. Essentially, chatbots and Interactive Voice Response (IVR) systems were rolled out with the goal to reduce call volumes and answer basic account questions. But 61% of customers still escalate to human agents because these systems fail to resolve issues. Regulated banks cannot allow public Large Language Models (LLMs) to access core systems without strict governance. They generate responses, not orchestrate workflows.

            The introduction of Generative AI tools in recent years has allowed for more natural language capabilities, but improving language alone does not complete work. Many, if not all, financial institutions don’t want public LLMs accessing their core banking systems, enforcing business rules, or figuring out whether they can stand up to the test of being audited in a highly regulated industry. Quite simply, they generate responses, they do not orchestrate business processes.

            The Fundamental Difference with Agentic AI

            AI agents are built from the ground up to be decision-capable and goal-oriented. They are capable of executing multi-step workflows or processes across different core platforms while operating within the strict boundaries of financial governance.

            If a customer asks the question “What is the balance of my current account?” an AI agent will authenticate the customer, retrieve the necessary account data from core banking systems and provide the answer. They can also help with queries such as a card replacement, updating contact details or guiding a customer through the process of a loan application, to completion. Irrespective of whether the customer chooses to engage across chat, SMS, voice or mobile banking, the AI agent won’t lose the context of the request even if they switch platforms.

            Retail banking customers interact with their bank approximately 150 times per year, and when those touchpoints are fragmented across channels, cost-to-serve rises and trust declines. However, when they are resolved quickly and securely in digital channels, efficiency and retention improve.

            Making the Productivity Case for UK Banking

            The productivity opportunity for UK banking lies in automating the high-volume, repeatable journeys – not through rigid, scripted chatbots, but through intelligent, governed workflow execution.

            High-volume journeys such as account servicing, loan applications and fraud inquiries require secure verification, system checks and downstream actions. Yet customers are often forced to escalate to human agents to complete them.

            By applying unified business rules across digital channels and legacy IVR systems, AI agents standardise this fragmented logic. A single workflow can be built once and deployed consistently across web, mobile, contact centre and messaging channels. This reduces repeat contacts, eliminates ‘start over’ frustration and frees human advisors to focus on complex cases, cross-sell opportunities and relationship management.

            In a market where 17- 22% of UK consumers are actively looking for a new bank or considering switching their main bank account, consistent, frictionless service is not a luxury – it’s a competitive defence.

            Improve the Infrastructure Rather than Replace it

            The productivity impact extends beyond front-line customer enquiries and extends to how employees can navigate the maze of business applications to onboard suppliers, generate compliance reports, update policies or process internal IT requests. Agentic AI sits across these internal systems as well, automating repetitive processes and orchestrating tasks without forcing employees to switch between interfaces.

            One of the biggest barriers to adopting this transformation from CIOs and IT leaders is a fear of ‘rip-and-replace’ programmes. Core banking systems are deeply embedded with the organisation, CRM systems anchor case management and Contact Centre as a Service (CCaaS) platforms manage routing and workforce engagement.

            Agentic AI does not require these embedded systems to be replaced, it securely integrates with them, creating an operational layer that improves productivity.

            Conversational AI Platforms with autonomous agents act as an orchestration layer across existing stacks. They plug into core banking systems, CRM and CCaaS infrastructure, performing governed actions while maintaining audit trails and role-based access control. This highly customisable approach allows finance and banking institutions to modernise customer journeys without destabilising foundational systems.

            The AI Opportunity is Clear

            This is where the infrastructure argument becomes clear. UK finance and banking institutions don’t need more applications layered onto already complex, data-sensitive, highly secure enterprise IT environments – they need intelligent systems that unify what already exists.

            The UK’s next productivity gains will not come from incremental feature upgrades. They will come from rethinking how repetitive tasks move across enterprise systems. Agentic AI represents a shift from tools that respond to requests to an infrastructure that completes complex tasks, at scale. For mid-to-large retail banks and credit unions, the opportunity is clear: resolve more interactions digitally, scale capacity without expanding headcount, protect margins and strengthen customer trust.

            Learn more at druidai.com

            • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
            • Cybersecurity in FinTech
            • InsurTech
            • Neobanking

            Mark Talbot, Director, CS AI Initiatives at Appian, reasons that as organisations grow more capable with AI, the challenge shifts from proving its value to expanding access to it

            Many organisations have long treated improvement as something that arrives as a top-down effort, not something built with the people doing the work. Specialists designed new processes, discussed them in formal forums, and introduced them through large change programmes that often felt detached from daily work. For most employees, ‘transformation’ meant being asked to follow new rules, rather than designing better ways of working.

            AI is starting to reverse that pattern. Instead of concentrating control and decision rights in a small, central group, modern AI tools give more agency to the people closest to the work. They can see what is not working, imagine better approaches, and use AI to help redesign and improve the processes they rely on every day. This shift – which can be described as the democratisation of AI – changes who participates in improving the business. However, it is worth remembering that this shift only works at scale when AI is embedded within a platform that maintains governance, visibility and control. 

            Process Improvement in the Hands of Many

            Until recently, fixing a broken process often meant filing tickets, waiting for a slot on an IT roadmap, or hoping that a specialist team would eventually address the issue. Creating applications, building automations or redesigning workflows were seen as highly technical tasks. For most employees, waste and inefficiency were things to work around, not things they had the tools or authority to change.

            That obstacle is now deteriorating, as long as organizations don’t lose sight of the fact that governance remains essential, particularly in highly regulated environments

            AI agents, generative AI and conversational interfaces allow people across the business to shape how work is structured. Within this model, someone in operations can describe an outcome in plain language and have an AI system propose and embed the steps within existing processes. Within a governed platform, non-technical users can adapt existing solutions and automate repetitive tasks without waiting months for central support. At the same time, process insights give developers visibility into what is being built, enabling them to refine, standardise and scale applications more quickly across the organisation.

            Data is opening up as well. Data fabrics and related architectures connect scattered information sources into governed layers that a wider audience can access safely. Instead of waiting on static reports, people can access relevant, trusted data when they need it, and use AI to interpret and apply it to their decisions.

            When process insight and data access reach this level, best practices move beyond documentation or occasional training. Tools and workflows embed them into daily work, improving performance across the organisation.

            Scaling Improvement Across the Organisation

            As more individuals understand how their work connects to broader outcomes, organisations unlock a powerful driver of change. Process improvement no longer depends only on a small group of specialists. Employees can recognise when processes are inefficient or risky and have the means to address them at scale, inside an AI platform.

            By encoding domain knowledge into AI assistants and digital coworkers within an enterprise-grade AI platform, organisations can share expertise across roles and levels. These AI-powered helpers do not replace professional judgment. They strengthen it. They surface options, highlight inconsistencies and provide context, while humans make the final decision. Over time, each interaction becomes both a learning moment and a new piece of institutional knowledge that organisations can capture and reuse.

            In this model, process improvement is no longer episodic or confined to formal transformation projects. It becomes part of everyday work, inside a platform with AI tools that provide real-time feedback and recommendations.

            AI, Noise Reduction, and Better Oversight

            This shift raises a key question: if AI platforms make analysis, decision support, and process design more accessible, what happens to deep expertise?

            There is a concern that easy access to AI advice might weaken people’s understanding. If answers are always a prompt away, will teams still develop the knowledge that comes from working through complexity? If people follow AI suggestions without grasping the logic, how meaningful can human oversight really be?

            Over-reliance on instant guidance can create only surface-level competence. People may treat AI outputs as instructions rather than as inputs to their own reasoning.

            On the other hand, used well, AI can create more room for expertise, not less.

            By handling repetitive tasks and routine decisions, AI reduces the volume of low-value work that consumes people’s time. Teams can then focus on exceptions and refine how they make decisions. Instead of dealing with every routine request themselves, they can focus on work where context and experience matter most.

            When AI removes more of the routine burden, teams have more capacity to focus on judgement, process design and oversight. That helps build expertise while keeping improvement connected to the wider goals and governance of the business.

            Shaping AI, Not Just Living With It

            As organisations grow more capable with AI, the challenge shifts from proving its value to expanding access to it. AI is moving from something that happens to the workforce to AI being something that is built and refined with the workforce.

            Organisations should treat people as partners in shaping AI, rather than as operators of automated systems. When AI platforms can be combined with process visibility and human judgement, employees can have an outsized effect on the systems around them. They can influence how work is structured and how decisions are made. In that sense, AI redistributes who participates in designing better ways of working, and creates an opportunity to anchor that shift in thoughtful design and human expertise.

            Learn more at appian.com

            • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
            • Data & AI
            • Digital Strategy
            • Fintech & Insurtech
            • People & Culture

            Daniel Ehnhage, Head of AI Transformation at Unit4, on why those that put people and capability at the centre of their AI strategy will unlock far greater and more sustainable value than those led by technology alone.

            As the head of AI transformation, it might sound counterintuitive to suggest that artificial intelligence is not the most important part of my work. It makes a significant contribution to the radical change we are looking to achieve, but the technology itself is only about 10% of the solution. A significant part of the planning and investment must be based around addressing issues like the integration of siloed information systems, the building of the organisational capability required to adopt AI safely and finding the right business case. The key is to understand that adopting AI is not only about improving existing processes – it’s about gradually reshaping how we work in a sustainable way. The goal should be phased, practical improvements that build maturity over time.

            This can be daunting for any organisation that has well-established operating practices. It requires a deliberate shift from problem‑solving to rethinking how value is created across the organisation. AI is far more capable and can empower your teams to find new solutions such as gathering more intelligence about market opportunities to improve productivity and decision making. The focus should be on enabling internal teams to work smarter through safe, responsible AI adoption. If your organisation is prepared to embark on such change, you must recognise AI becomes most powerful when you bring the right data together. Today, many organisations, including ours, are still maturing in this area. Successful adopters of AI prioritise building data readiness step by step so AI can create real value without overpromising.

            Obviously, the role of AI transformation then becomes much broader with the added challenge of having to implement change without disrupting existing business performance. Consequently, there are some key areas where organisations must focus their attention, beyond ensuring they pick the right AI tool…

            Structural Change – Put the AI Board in Place

              AI transformation evolves how organisations work. It does not replace everything we humans do today. The goal is to focus on practical, high‑value use cases that improve productivity, quality, and employee experience without creating disruption. A widely debated expression of this change is the concern that AI will replace human employees. Personally, I think this lacks imagination around the positive impact that AI can have on a workplace. Yes, it may reduce the number of repetitive, mundane tasks, but more importantly it will create new ways of working and collaborating.

              However, given how rapidly the technology is moving it is critical your organisation puts the right safeguards in place and agrees policies about ethical usage. That requires adoption of a cross-functional AI Board to provide a framework for embracing AI which will manage the impact of the structural change. This provides focus for your organisation’s approach to AI. The goal should be to agree which tools offer the most benefit for your teams and concentrate on exploiting use cases that will deliver the most benefit.

              The AI Board should be responsible for establishing the governance structure to help the IT and cybersecurity teams to ensure the use of AI is not creating new vulnerabilities. It should provide clarity and safeguards so employees can use AI confidently and responsibly. Our goal is to enable safe experimentation – not restrict innovation.

              People Change – Enabling Collaboration and Experimentation

              The ambition should be to get employees excited about the potential of AI to open up new ways of working that can lead to rewarding opportunities and exciting new challenges. Indeed, it is widely accepted that helping your people to accommodate the change is the biggest challenge you will face, taking up about 70% of the time required to implement the technology. This is because successful implementations depend on collaboration between distinct teams, which in turn depends on breaking down barriers, both for individuals and teams.

              For example, imagine being able to use AI to analyse data from diverse systems such as customer service, product development and marketing to identify new opportunities to support customers.

              Integrating these data sources could be seen as interfering with distinct job functions, so for all employees it is critical to educate them on what will be expected of them and a good start point is explaining how they will be measured. It could include simple measures such as demonstrating usage of AI tools, but if an organisation wants employees to adopt the technology it is also important to empower them through training.

              With the right support, employees will want to experiment, which should also enable them to understand use cases for AI in their work and the competencies they need to develop. This can be achieved through opportunities for cross-functional teams to explore new ways of working and innovating and should be encouraged by senior leaders. It is crucial they set the right tone, support initiatives, celebrate successes and listen to employee feedback.

              Business Change – Building the Right Business Case

              The business case is not just about saving money to solve a specific problem. It is too easy to look at the saved hours and productivity gains from adopting AI as the sum total of the investment costs you must deal with. There are a number of internally focused requirements that you must build into your thinking about AI transformation. There will be costs around the integration work to enable AI to access data from disparate systems. Competence development must be a top priority. Time must also be allocated to the process of change management and how it may disrupt existing business processes. Security must be a top consideration. These are all internally focused tasks, but you must look at them if you are to capitalise effectively on your AI investment.

              It is tempting to become overly excited by the potential of AI as a technology, and certainly it will bring dramatic change to organisations in the years to come, but having experienced the factors necessary for successful transformations, it is absolutely critical senior leadership teams approach AI-enabled change with cool heads and clarity on what they want to achieve. Above all, they must remember success is not dependent on the implementation of the technology, but predominantly on bringing employees with them on the journey. Many commentators talk about the rise of AI-first organisations. Those that put people and capability at the centre of their AI strategy will unlock far greater and more sustainable value than those led by technology alone.

              Learn more at unit4.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy

              Vincent Guillevic, Director of Fraud Labs at Entrust, argues companies that treat identity as a continuous thread rather than a single checkpoint will be better positioned to reduce losses and protect customers

              Identity verification and tackling fraud began as a face-to-face process, built on human trust. Opening a bank account involved meeting a banker in person and from there, trust was established because both parties could see and interact with each other directly in branch.

              Fast forward to the digital age and a lot of services have moved online. Identity verification has therefore shifted from in-person checks to remote identity verification. Today, we’re in an era where identity is now central to every interaction we have online.

              Fraud has followed the same trajectory. Much like a burglar would test every possible entry point rather than just the front door, fraudsters probe every stage of the customer journey. They look for weaknesses at onboarding, during login, and throughout ongoing transactions and data requests.

              That challenge has intensified in recent years. AI has given fraudsters faster, sophisticated and scalable tools. Deepfakes can bypass checks, AI‑generated documents can appear real, and phishing and impersonation attacks can now be automated at scale.

              Once a fraudster gains access to a legitimate account, the damage escalates quickly. Global losses from account takeover (ATO) fraud were projected to reach $17 billion in 2025, up from $13 billion in 2024. While the underlying intent of fraudsters seeking the weakest point of entry, the breadth, speed and sophistication of modern attacks have.

              Identity Fraud Patterns Across the Customer Lifecycle

              Fraud can occur at any stage of the customer journey. From verifying identity at onboarding to securing connections and fighting fraud in everyday transactions. Each stage introduces its own risks, and attackers adapt their tactics based on where value can be extracted most efficiently.

              In 2025, patterns showed a clear distinction between industries targeted for new account fraud and those targeted for account takeover fraud. Businesses that offer immediate incentives such as promotional offers or sign-up bonuses are primarily targeted for new account fraud. In contrast, businesses where accounts accumulate long-term financial or data value face higher levels of ATO.

              Industries built around sign-up incentives or instance access experience most fraud at onboarding. For instance, in crypto, 67% of fraud attempts occur during account creation, largely driven by sign-up incentives. Vehicle rental follows a similar pattern, with 67% of fraud taking place at onboarding as attackers use fake identities to gain short-term access to high-value assets. In these sectors, low-friction onboarding creates opportunities to harvest incentives or establish accounts that later become avenues for future money laundering.

              Account takeover fraud reflects a different strategy. Rather than creating fake accounts, attackers focus on compromising established accounts using tactics such as stolen credentials, phishing, malware, or social engineering. Entrust data shows this is most common in industries where accounts hold enduring value. In payments, 82% of fraud attempts occur after onboarding, while in professional services the figure is 62%. High-value, long-standing accounts are attractive because they enable fund transfers, loans, and access to identity-rich data, making them more valuable than newly created accounts.

              These patterns highlight two critical realities. First, organisations can no longer optimise for one type of risk at the expense of another. Defending a single point in the journey inevitably leaves gaps elsewhere. Second, fraud has become highly professionalised. Modern fraud operations are organised, strategic, and adaptive, moving toward the highest rewards and the weakest controls.

              Prevention Must Span the Entire Journey

              If fraud can occur at any stage, prevention must operate at every stage. Organisations that implement robust, lifecycle-wide identity strategies save an average of $8 million per year in fraud-related costs. These savings come from detecting threats earlier, more accurately, and beyond a single checkpoint.

              There are three areas where that lifecycle approach needs to be strongest.

              Get onboarding right

              Onboarding is the first opportunity to establish genuine trust. Strong Know Your Customer (KYC) or Know Your Employee (KYE) processes combine document verification with biometric checks such as face recognition or fingerprint scanning to confirm that the person applying is who they claim to be. Liveness detection adds a further layer by distinguishing real users from synthetic identities and deepfakes, which are linked to approximately one in five biometric fraud attempts.

              With strong identity verification at onboarding not only reduces immediate fraud, but also limits the downstream damage caused with fraudulent accounts.

              Secure existing accounts with continuous authentication

              Verifying identity once is no longer sufficient. Continuous authentication, combining multi-factor authentication with biometric re-verification like facial recognition, allows businesses to protect established accounts without creating unnecessary friction for legitimate users.

              Crucially, it enables authentication requirements to adapt dynamically as risk levels change, rather than applying the same static check regardless of context. In payments businesses, where most fraud targets the authentication process itself, this adaptability is key to mitigating attacks before losses occur.

              Monitor behaviour in real time, not just identity

              Device intelligence and behavioural signals make it possible to assess risk based on how users interact with services, flagging unusual login patterns, device anomalies, or out-of-character transactions.

              As AI-driven fraud becomes more sophisticated and convincing, behavioural indicators provide another layer of ongoing fraud detection. Focusing monitoring on high-risk actions, rather than only high-risk identities closes a critical gap in traditional defences.

              The Window of Opportunity

              Fraud has always followed the customer journey. What has changed is the availability of advanced technology capable of tracking, analysing, and responding to threats at every stage. The key question for organisations is whether these capabilities are deployed as a connected strategy or left as isolated controls with gaps in between.

              Companies that treat identity as a continuous thread rather than a single checkpoint will be better positioned to reduce losses and protect customers, and preserve the trust that underpins long-term digital relationships.

              Learn more at entrust.com and meet the team at IFGS in London on April 21

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Cybersecurity
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Fintech & Insurtech

              Join over 1,500 attendees at London’s Guildhall for IFGS 2026

              The flagship event of UK FinTech Week is back in 2026. With over 1,500 attendees and representatives from over 70 countries, IFGS continues to attract the brightest and best from the global FinTech ecosystem to discuss and debate the crucial issues facing the sector now and in years to come.

              Register for tickets here

              IFGS kick-starts a week-long programme of events that will deliver world-class content, thought-leadership and ample networking opportunities for the entire UK FinTech ecosystem.

              FinTech founders, entrepreneurs, investors, bank ex-cos, regulators, policy-makers, academics and media from around the world will come together to learn, discuss, debate and network. Don’t miss your opportunity to be a part of the conversation!

              Why Attend IFGS?

              Ranging from innovators, institutions, regulators to policy-makers, startups and investors – key players are in one place for a day of thought-provoking discussions. The agenda will spotlight the global fintech ecosystem, with an increased focus on the key areas that enhance, empower and ensure that FinTech and financial services pave the way for economic growth, sustainability, and a financial system that caters for all.

              Exhibitors include ClearBank, UK Department for Business & Trade, Barclays, Mastercard, Starling, Lloyds Banking Group and many more…

              View the agenda to plan ahead

              Key Themes for IFGS 2026

              With four stages filled with insightful sessions, panel discussions, and in-depth presentations, this event is a must-attend for FinTech professionals.

              Gain empowering insights from industry expert speakers (representing the likes of HSBC, Monzo, Swift and Paypal) exploring the key themes and topics resonating across the FinTech ecosystem today:

              • Powering Growth: The role of FinTech in supporting the wider UK economy
              • AI in Financial Services: From responsible adoption to new business models
              • Stablecoins: Balancing innovation, trust, and regulation
              • Operational Resilience, National Sovereignty, and Geopolitical Implications: ensuring stability in an interconnected world
              • FinTech and Capital Markets: Bridging innovation and institutional finance
              • Financial Inclusion and Financial Wellness: Technology as a driver
              • The Next Generation of FinTech Unicorns: Shaping the ecosystem that enables them to thrive
              • Open Banking, Open Finance, and Smart Data: Mapping the next evolution of data-driven innovation, infrastructure and consumer empowerment
              • Next Generation Banking: Exploring what the future of financial services will look like as consumer behaviours change and new technologies evolve
              • Fighting Fraud and Cybercrime: Securing the future of digital finance

              Book your tickets now!

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance
              • Event Newsroom
              • Events

              FinTech Strategy is back with more key insights from the industry experts and thought leaders shaping the future of financial…

              FinTech Strategy is back with more key insights from the industry experts and thought leaders shaping the future of financial services.

              Read the latest issue here

              Vibrant Capital: Scaling AI on Main Street

              Our cover star Shadman Zafar, Founder & CEO of Vibrant Capital, is building a CIO-led model for enterprise transformation. Vibrant Capital is an operator-led investment and company-building platform focused on scaling AI in the real economy. “We don’t spray investments across hundreds of AI startups. We curate a portfolio with purpose – selecting companies that solve the real mission-critical problems CIOs face in scaling AI adoption.”

              FNB: Redefining Data Science in Commercial Banking

              We also hear from Yudhvir Seetharam, Chief Analytics Officer at South Africa’s First National Bank (FNB) on a data science journey characterised by curiosity, culture and the drive for a competitive edge. “Ours is a holistic approach focusing on the customer,” he explains. “Understanding the context of each customer journey and then using that context so that when we interact with you, we’re able to drive the right conversation with the right customer, at the right time, through the right channel and for the right reason. These ‘five rights’ make our interactions with clients more impactful.”

              Virginia Farm Bureau: An Enterprise CIO’s Journey

              Shifting focus to the world of insurance at the Virginia Farm Bureau, we spoke withan Enterprise CIO at a complex mission-driven organisation. As he approaches retirement, Patrick (Pat) Caine reflects on his career as a CIO and the centennial of an organisation renowned for resiliency, collaboration, commitment to a greater cause, diversity and service to its members. “In my role as CIO, I’ve always been that person who connects the dots between business needs and technology execution. Virginia Farm Bureau is digitally relevant, collaborative, and well‑positioned for the future.”

              Mastercard: Protecting Trust in the Digital Economy

              Michele Centemero, EVP Services at Mastercard Europe explains why promoting awareness, stronger collaboration and data-sharing, and continued innovation of payments ecosystems, will be critical in reducing the impact of scams and protecting trust in the digital economy. “The combination of AI, robust identity controls and open banking can help protect consumers from scams, whether across card and account‑to‑account payments or in fraudulent account openings.”

              Thales on AI Security: How FinServ’s Budget Priorities Signal a Boardroom Shift

              Todd Moore, Global VP – Data Security Products at Thales, reveals why making AI security a boardroom priority today, will help firms position themselves to capture competitive advantage, safeguard customer confidence, and define the future of secure innovation. “Balancing AI’s opportunity and risk means embedding security at every stage, from design to deployment and ongoing monitoring.”

              Paymentology: The First Live AI-Agent Payment Is a Test for Credit Infrastructure

              Thomas Benjaminsen Normann, Product Director at Paymentology, dissects the future for agentic payments and the progress still to be made. “Agentic payments demand something more granular: a clearer account of who or what acted, under what limits, and with what right to create a liability on the customer’s behalf.”

              Also in this issue, we hear from Publicis Sapient, on why asset managers must redesign their enterprise for AI-driven decision intelligence; learn from Bitpace why the most resilient payments infrastructure will be the one with the most adaptability; rank the AI maturity of 12 of the largest payments networks in the latest Evident AI Index; and round up the key FinTech events and conferences across the globe.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Read the latest issue here

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance
              • Fintech & Insurtech
              • InsurTech
              • Neobanking

              Michele Centemero, EVP Services, Mastercard Europe on why promoting awareness, stronger collaboration and data-sharing, and continued innovation of payments ecosystems, will be critical in reducing the impact of scams and protecting trust in the digital economy

              As our world becomes faster, smarter and more interconnected, scammers are evolving in parallel, developing increasingly sophisticated ways to exploit people’s trust. By harnessing new technologies and behavioural insights, they are refining their methods to appear ever more credible and convincing.

              While attacks on systems continue, today’s fraudsters are increasingly targeting people, often relying on psychological manipulation to achieve their goals.

              Understanding Social Engineering

              Many modern scams fall under the umbrella of social engineering,which isthe use of deception and emotional manipulation to influence a person’s behaviour.

              In the digital world, cybercriminals use these tactics to build false trust, create urgency or fear, and ultimately trick people into sharing confidential information or taking actions that can cause financial harm to themselves or their employer.

              Recent European industry data indicates that social engineering-related fraud and authorised push payments (APPs) – where victims are tricked into sending money to fraudsters posing as legitimate payees – now account for a growing share of overall scam losses[1].

              This is directly impacting a growing number of consumers, with the majority of people saying they’ve experienced some form of scam or fraudulent attempt to capture their personal information highlighting why awareness and vigilance are critical for people of all ages.

              Education is the First Line of Defence

              Protecting consumers and businesses from malicious activity is a priority, and it starts with awareness. When people understand how scams work, they’re more likely to spot the warning signs before it’s too late and be empowered to protect themselves against fraudsters.

              Three of the most common social engineering scams to watch out for are:

              • Imposter fraud – Criminals pose as trusted organisations (such as banks, retailers, or government bodies) to pressure victims into sharing personal or financial details. Research indicates over half (53%) of European consumers have been targeted via phone or voice call scams, with social media scams affecting around two in five people, and tech support impersonation tricking roughly one in three.*
              • Phishing – Fraudulent emails, texts, or messages that are designed to look legitimate, often urging immediate action like clicking a link or resetting a password, leading victims to disclose sensitive information or install malicious software. Nearly three in five (58%) have received phishing emails or fraudulent text messages (63%) and QR code scams are on the rise, impacting nearly a quarter of Europeans.*
              • Romance or honeypot scams – Scammers build emotional relationships over time, gaining trust before exploiting it for financial gain. These types of attacks are also widespread, with one in four people (24%) encountering fake profiles, requests for money, or online relationships that lead to financial exploitation. These scams hit younger generations hardest, with 40% of Gen Z and 35% of Millennials affected, compared with 21% of Gen X and 11% of Boomers.*

              How Businesses Can Protect Consumers from Scams

              With fraudsters increasingly using AI to commit more sophisticated, larger scale attacks, businesses and banks should also consider how they deploy technology to protect customers from bad actors.

              The combination of AI, robust identity controls and open banking can help protect consumers from scams, whether across card and account‑to‑account payments or in fraudulent account openings.

              Looking at identity controls specifically – take the example of continuous identity verification, a fraud prevention measure that verifies the user is who they claim to be throughout the entire lifecycle journey. This helps to prevent scammers from opening or taking over accounts to apply for credit, create ‘mule’ accounts or impersonate others.

              Behavioural biometric data is often used as part of this and can be used to analyse how a user interacts with their device – from typing patterns to on‑screen movements – to flag unusual behaviour.

              More in depth, AI powered transaction analysis can also help banks and financial institutions to stay ahead of payment threats. It provides banks with the intelligence needed to detect and stop payments to scammers, using AI and a network-level view of account‑to‑account transactions to enable intervention before funds leave an account.

              Staying Ahead of an Ever-Evolving Threat

              As social engineering tactics continue to evolve, staying ahead requires a combination of intelligent technology, consumer education, and proactive action from businesses and financial institutions.

              While no single measure can eliminate risk entirely, greater awareness, stronger collaboration and data-sharing, and continued innovation of payments ecosystems will be critical in reducing the impact of scams and protecting trust in the digital economy.

              *Source: This study was conducted by The Harris Poll on behalf of Mastercard from September 8 to September 25, 2025, among 5000+ consumers in the following European markets: EUR: France (n=1,005), Germany (n=1,002), Italy (n=1,016), Spain (n=1,005), UK (n=1,004)

              Mastercard: Transforming the Fight Against Scams

              Innovation – Our advanced AI-powered Identity insights examine digital footprints and assess unique patterns to detect risk and flag suspicious activity indicative of scams.

              Collaboration – We collaborate across industries, partners and organizations worldwide to secure the digital ecosystem, ensuring payments are safe for all. Combating the growing threat of scams demands a collective effort.

              Education – We work with and through our collaborators to provide knowledge and tools that help people protect themselves and their loved ones from scams, while also working to destigmatise the experience of being a victim.

              • $12.5bn in losses from U.S. consumer reported online scams in 2023
              • $486bn in global losses from scams and bank fraud schemes in 2023
              • 22% YoY growth in U.S. consumer scam losses suffered in 2023

              From sender to recipient, we vigilantly monitor accounts and transactions for any elevated scam risk

              Identity insights – Provides actionable identity insights and risk scores for businesses to improve identifying their good customers from the scammers creating “mule” accounts or impersonating someone else with a false identity.

              Transaction patterns – Flags suspicious activity across the money movement flow to prevent payments to scammers before it is sent through the real-time analysis of transaction elements.

              Account confirmation – Enables account validation to confirm account ownership and validate identity details in real-time through our open banking capability, which draws on the safe exchange of consumer-permissioned data to facilitate frictionless and secure payments.

              Learn more at mastercard.com


              [1] Joint EBA-ECB report on payment fraud: strong authentication remains effective, but fraudsters are adapting

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Cybersecurity
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Digital Strategy
              • InsurTech

              Todd Moore, Global Vice President, Data Security Products at Thales, on why making AI security a boardroom priority today, will help firms position themselves to capture competitive advantage, safeguard customer confidence, and define the future of secure innovation

              Financial Services organisations are responsible for some of the biggest growth in the global economy. Equally, they’re some of the most vulnerable. Like many other sectors, they’re racing to embrace AI, but with adoption comes new security risks.

              According to Thales’ Data Threat Report: Financial Services Edition 81% of FinServ organisations are now investing in GenAI-specific security tools, with nearly a quarter using newly allocated budget. This surge in funding marks a turning point: AI security has moved from being an IT concern to a boardroom priority.

              The fact that new budget lines are being carved out specifically for AI security signals a fundamental shift in corporate strategy. Boards increasingly recognise that protecting AI systems is as critical as safeguarding payment rails or core banking infrastructure. For an industry built on trust, resilience, and regulatory compliance, this investment wave shows how central AI has become to both risk management and competitive growth.

              Balancing AI Innovation and Security

              While FinServ organisations are aware of the security risks AI poses, they’re also seizing upon the opportunities it presents. The report has found that in 2024, FinServ businesses outpaced the broader market in AI deployment, leading in enabling employees to use AI and ahead in AI integration, which has continued into 2025. Additionally, 45% say they’re in the ‘integration’ or ‘transformation’ phases of their GenAI journey, compared to just 33% across wider industries.

              AI’s ability to accelerate services, automate processes, and analyse data at scale makes it an exciting prospect, especially in the financial sector. This makes securing AI systems a priority for FinServ organisations, with increased GenAI integration reflecting developing organisational maturity and progress beyond experimentation.

              The Risk

              Yet the scale of opportunity is matched by the scale of challenge. AI systems require vast amounts of structured and unstructured data to conduct analysis and make recommendations.

              For FinServ organisations, this often includes highly sensitive customer and transactional information, proprietary algorithms, and records bound by strict regulatory oversight. The risk is not only about whether AI systems themselves are secure, but whether the data they’re working from is accurate, as well as whether their adoption inadvertently creates new routes to data exposure and exfiltration.

              Businesses need a clear strategy to fully understand how AI models are operating within their IT infrastructure, the applications they’re interacting with, and the data they’re accessing and pulling from.

              The Response

              Balancing AI’s opportunity and risk means embedding security at every stage, from design to deployment and ongoing monitoring. Newly allocated budgets for AI security, with nearly a quarter of FinServ firms making such investments, show how central AI has become to board-level strategy. These investments move firms beyond reactive fixes to proactive frameworks that evolve with the technology. AI security is no longer just an IT concern, it’s a strategic priority requiring collaboration between security, compliance, and business leaders. By factoring risk into early planning, organisations can align innovation with responsibility and build resilience for the long term.

              Pioneering AI Security

              Building on investment in AI-specific security is only the beginning. As scrutiny intensifies, the firms that will lead are those that treat AI security as integral to business strategy, not a bolt-on layer. Success will require visibility into how models behave, continuous validation against emerging risks, and adaptive controls that evolve with the threat landscape.

              The financial services organisations that embed these safeguards into their core infrastructure will protect sensitive data as well as setting a benchmark for resilience and trust in an AI-driven economy. By making AI security a boardroom priority today, these firms position themselves to capture competitive advantage, safeguard customer confidence, and define the future of secure innovation.

              Thales: AI is the New Insider Threat 

              Thales 2026 Data Threat Report Finds 70% of Organisations Rank AI as Top Data Security Risk

              Data security has taken centre stage as the success of enterprise AI initiatives increasingly hinges on consistent, controlled access to proprietary organisational data sources. The 2026 Thales Data Threat Report examines the complex calculus that organizations must undertake to enable innovation while securing their most valuable asset – their data.

              This research was based on a global survey of 3,120 respondents fielded via web survey with targeted populations for each country, aimed at professionals in security and IT management. 

              Read the Report

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy
              • Fintech & Insurtech

              Lakhbir Sandhu, CFO at Flagstone, on the extra value gained when businesses automate and optimise their cash reserves

              A recent global risk management survey revealed that macroeconomic volatility, trade disruptions and increasing competition have pushed cash flow and liquidity into the top 10 risks for business leaders – for the first time since 2019.

              In today’s unpredictable landscape, managing cash flow and liquidity has become more challenging. As a result, more businesses are turning their focus towards improving their cash management operations.

              Yet, despite digital advances, many companies still rely on manual processes to manage cash reserves. A global survey found that 34% of businesses cite low levels of automation as their biggest cash management challenge.

              The Business Impact

              Manual cash management often involves tracking balances, forecasting liquidity, and reconciling accounts via spreadsheets. Adjustments for payroll, supplier payments, and loans are typically manually entered based on emails or reports from enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems.

              While this approach may work, it’s slow, error-prone, and lacks real-time visibility. Mistakes in data entry or forecasting can lead to cash shortfalls or missed investment opportunities.

              Yet these manual processes often serve as the glue that connects accounting activities across a wide array of complex systems and data sources, which explains why businesses are hesitant to move away from them.

              But the cost to productivity is clear. Finance teams spend an average of 26 hours per week on manual treasury tasks such as reconciliations, spreadsheet maintenance, and cash monitoring alone. 

              Dealing with financial discrepancies can take an average of 44 hours per week. This workload can lead to decreased motivation, with employees who feel overworked 70% more likely to burn out, as they try to manage unreasonable time constraints.

              Looking to Change

              Automation streamlines cash management, making processes faster, more accurate, and more reliable. This transformation reduces operational risk and frees up team members to focus on higher-value activities.

              Some companies now use AI-driven reconciliation tools that match transactions in real time, eliminating manual entry errors. A study published in 2024 demonstrated that Robotic Process Automation (RPA) systems can achieve perfect accuracy in data extraction tasks, significantly outperforming human-driven processes in both efficiency and precision.

              Centralised dashboards also improve visibility, giving treasurers an accurate picture of company finances.

              Our Savings inertia report shows that too much of the UK’s cash is left sitting idle, leaving significant value untapped. To maximise the yield on their cash reserves, some businesses are turning to high-interest savings platforms. These platforms enable them to open and manage savings accounts with multiple banks through a single platform.

              They also eliminate the burden of applying to and onboarding with each bank separately. Some offer tools that allow CFOs to achieve the right balance between liquidity, yield, and security within their portfolio by spreading their reserves across multiple accounts.

              Automated platforms serve as strategic levers to both protect and grow idle business cash, requiring minimal effort from finance teams.

              While finance specialists have used data to build forecasts and predictions for years, the addition of AI and other technologies improves accuracy and enhances potential. This is where predictive analytics are helpful, as they process large amounts of data, quickly, into useful insights, like estimating revenues, costs, behavioural patterns and even effects of macroeconomic factors.

              The Automation Dividend

              Automating manual tasks not only reduces errors and saves time – it unlocks what we call the ‘automation dividend’ – the ability for employees to focus on high-value work that drives growth and supports career development.

              Research supports this concept. More than 90% of workers in a Salesforce study agreed that automated processes had improved their productivity.

              There are plenty of real-world examples showcasing the benefits of automation too. The Coca-Cola Company began reviewing its existing process for balance sheet reconciliations across 50,000 general ledger accounts. It discovered 800 associates were spending 14,000 hours a month on this one task. By moving from manual processes to automation, Coca-Cola reallocated 40% of its team to more strategic roles like metrics reporting, and change governance.

              eBay saw similar gains by moving away from manual accounting to automation – it decreased the length of its financial close from 10 days to just three.  

              In conclusion, automating cash management is useful for both small and large companies. Not only does it drive operational efficiency and maximise the potential of cash reserves, but it also empowers employees to focus on higher-value, strategic work. In turn this creates a healthier, happier, and more productive workforce.

              Learn more at flagstoneim.com

              • Digital Payments
              • InsurTech
              • Neobanking

              Lee Fredricks, Director – Solutions Consulting, EMEA at PagerDuty, on why technology leaders should see 2026 as a time for operational resilience to shift from ambition to accountability

              Technology leaders should see 2026 as a time for operational resilience to shift from ambition to accountability. In 2025, too many cloud services outages and disruptions took place across the public and private sectors, and now regulatory, technological and cultural pressures are converging to say that enough is enough.

              Outages often translate into broader repercussions for the organisation, including revenue impact, customer churn, share price pressure and potentially regulatory reporting obligations. Operational metrics must now be discussed alongside financial KPIs at the board level. C-suite leaders understand accountability, especially within the very regulated financial sector.

              DORA’s First Birthday

              It’s now been one year since the implementation of the Digital Operational Resilience Act, or DORA, introduced by the EU to strengthen the digital resilience of financial institutions. By now, organisations have had time to consider moving from mere compliance to creating a competitive edge from their investments.

              Enterprise tech leaders are in the middle of a balancing act. They’re managing ongoing modernisation and transformation initiatives while navigating multi-jurisdictional regulatory scrutiny. At the same time, they face constant pressure from the board and must meet evolving customer needs—all competing for immediate attention. The stakes have never been higher. Operations teams are no longer viewed as a back-office IT function. Their success in keeping the organisation running and driving revenue is now a board-level concern.

              For organisations today, IT is business delivery.

              A year of DORA has seen organisations make the shift from focusing solely on mere compliance to setting meaningful demonstrable testing, third-party risk visibility and strictly mandated incident reporting timelines. Financial firms have lessened their exposure to risky situations. Payments providers aren’t only reliant on a single cloud region or SaaS supplier, or unable to provide evidence of real time incident response efforts and auditable logs after a disruption.

              One benefit of these overall systemic improvements is enhanced supply chain accountability. Financial institutions and their technology partners are both liable for potential penalties and reputational risk, which makes it highly critical that they can prove their resilience capabilities.

              Nevertheless, operational resilience is a continuous discipline. A fragmented incident response can expose firms to regulatory and reputational risk again and again if not addressed systemically. As such, many organisations are looking toward AI agents as part of a move towards ‘no-touch’ operations.

              From Autonomy to Self-Healing

              Under set policies, autonomous agents can handle incident response and operational tasks, such as detection, triage and remediation. AI agents deployed in operations may become the backbone of L1 (first contact) and L2 (more skilled) support. Contrast this with the traditional, reactive, ticket-driven model of IT. The industry can move much faster and with a higher successful close rate. Leveraging intelligent automation reduces mean time to detection/resolution and KPIs around lower incident volumes reaching L3. Additionally, it can lead to improved service availability percentages. Well integrated agents that actually support existing operations teams also help manage the issues around talent shortages faced by many organisations.

              A typical incident lifecycle with agentic processes includes several stages depending on the model, but can be summarised as: Anomaly detected, correlated with recent deployment, a remediation script triggered and a human notified if set thresholds were breached. Such no-touch operations are golden in any sector, but particularly with industries such as digital banking and retail, where peak traffic periods demand near-instant response and poor customer experience is a powerful motivator for users to instantly change providers.

              IT Standardisation

              In addition, consider standardisation as part of strategic infrastructure best practices. There is a role for central operations clouds and operational ‘golden paths’ as solid foundations for reliable operational scale and dependability. Standardisation enables consistent, scalable operational excellence especially across large, distributed enterprises. ‘There is one way and it is the right way’ can be a great time and stress saver for operational teams – particularly if a regulatory notification and clear evidence is required.

              For example, a global bank might define a single golden path for deploying customer-facing applications with pre-approved monitoring, incident response workflows, and regulatory reporting templates built in. In an outage, teams follow the same process and automatically capture the evidence required for regulators, avoiding confusion, delays, and compliance risk.

              All of these possibilities take us to an exciting new place for an evolved set of developer and operational roles. When organisations enable AI to reshape daily engineering work away from manual firefighting and low-value work it frees headspace and time for developers and engineers to move into more architectural thinking and intelligent oversight of automated systems. These augmented teams will be empowered to manage simple situations instantly and devote more time and attention to the more difficult issues – the edge cases and the strategic necessities.

              Enabling Agentic AI

              Using another lens, businesses with agentic IT operations capabilities support their current talent, extending their reach and the speed of their response. The winning organisations will be those who deploy agents strategically, freeing up humans for that higher-value work – i.e. L3 expert support – and setting new standards for operational excellence that customers can rely on. Ideally this means making commensurate investment in existing people, training and organisational change management. A culture of continual upskilling and forecasting that points humans to where they make the best impact will be just as important as the autonomous tech tools working alongside them.

              Autonomous agents allow many new services, and one of those can be described as self-healing operations. This evolution of the operations world is where predictive detection, automated remediation and embedded resilience all coalesce. With an autonomous process of testing, maintenance and remediation, organisations can focus on finely measuring improved customer trust. They can also enjoy the productivity and revenue benefits of high business continuity and availability.

              AI is still a new technology, and many are legitimately concerned with the concept of autonomous agents. There is a need for clear guardrails, audit trails and explainability in automated remediation, and many technology partners have invested in their ability to support across these areas. Moreover, firms must maintain direction with policy-driven automation rather than uncontrolled autonomy, particularly in regulated industries.

              Mandate Operational Excellence

              This year is very likely to reward organisations that treat operational resilience as core to their business strategy. Those investing in automation, standardisation and governance will set the pace for their industries in an AI-enabled and increasingly autonomous world.

              Regulators are already expanding their scrutiny and reliability expectations beyond financial services firms. Across the world, jurisdictions are increasingly looking to strengthen their economies and digital services in particular through resilience and cybersecurity measures. At the same time, agentic operations, and the organisational performance benefits they support, will rapidly become table stakes technology in all sectors. Inevitably, customers will judge brands on digital reliability as much as price or product features when evidence of outages are a click or a headline search away.

              Start now. Audit internal incident response maturity, review the potentially complex web of third-party IT dependencies and identify where automation makes clear business sense. While resilience is an investment in compliance, it is also critical to ensure customer trust and future stability.

              Learn more at pagerduty.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy
              • Fintech & Insurtech
              • Infrastructure & Cloud

              EPS Momentum’s Senior Analyst, Anthony Termini on how to develop meaningful investment insights with the right tech

              As the information age ushered in new technologies in the mid 1940s, it transformed the economic order of the post-industrial revolution. Traditional manufacturing evolved because electromechanics made nearly every operation run at scale more efficiently. That evolution accelerated, as if on steroids, when electromechanical digital computers pushed process efficiency higher than had been possible before.

              The Data Age of Investment

              The data age, which began roughly at the beginning of the 21st century, has had a similar, yet exponential effect on manufacturing. The Internet of Things (IoT) can synchronise disparate component processes across factory floors, even when they are geographically separated, to further enhance productivity.

              Now, think about your investment selection process in a similar vein. Before your personal computer was connected to the internet, investment research was the exclusive domain of Wall Street, namely the big wirehouse brokerage firms and white-shoe investment banks like Goldman Sachs. You had to be a client to get access to their insight, which was typically reserved for their largest institutional clients. The individual investor, especially the self-directed do-it-yourselfer, never had a fair chance.

              Today, the internet gives you the ability to link your computer to every investment chatroom from South Florida to South Russia. The investment insight you glean from these sites may just be scams pitched by dubious promoters or the groupthink that morphs hairbrained concepts into reasonably sounding ideas. Artificial intelligence (AI) makes both of these risks hard to identify, but AI has also helped to level the playing field for the individual investor. However, there’s a catch.

              Individual investors have to be serious about building long-term wealth. If you have made the decision to go it on your own, without the help of an advisor, take solace in the fact that you have access to every bit of data and information processing that professional investors do. But you need a plan.

              Investment Strategy

              First, make sure your investment strategy aligns with your long-term consumption goals. Then, try to align specific investment themes with that long-term outlook. Sort investment candidates into the industries and then sectors that match your long-term outlook. This is the case whether you take a top-down approach or a bottom-up approach.

              Top-down investing focuses on macroeconomic factors such as GDP growth, inflation, and interest rates in an attempt to identify the industries and sectors that could perform well, regardless of whether your outlook is positive or negative. A bottom-up approach almost ignores short-term macroeconomic forces and relies almost exclusively on good, old-fashioned fundamental securities analysis.

              Once you have these pieces in place, it’s time to screen for investment candidates and then begin your research. Most stock screeners deliver the same information. This is the case for most brokerage platforms and subscription-based research services. All the data comes from company regulatory filings. This means that most stock screening applications (online or mobile) are merely aggregating information that is already in the public domain.

              For example, earnings per share (EPS), gross margin (GM), earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT), earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA). Nearly every screener can sort by these attributes and produce tables, but few are designed to identify meaningful trends in that data or give you the ability to perform side-by-side comparisons. Figuratively, they show you all the trees, heck, all the leaves or needles too. The only thing missing is what all that stuff says about the broader forest. What’s worse is that they rarely offer functionality to compare one tree to the others.

              Most stock screening tools are devoid of their own proprietary methodology that helps you cut through the noise by identifying meaningful trends. Because of this, investment research remains the exclusive domain of what is now digital Wall Street. They don’t offer individual investors anything that can help them demystify the markets. This is not to suggest that all stock screening tools are alike. Some do provide meaningful trend analysis to help take the guesswork out of investing and to demystify the markets. It’s a short list, so they are relatively easy to find.

              The primary attribute you should look for in a stock screening tool is its use of a proprietary methodology that both identifies and quantifies (produces a score for) trends. For example, a stock screener running on an internal engine focused on earnings would explain to you the momentum of a company’s earnings, up or down. You could then use that EPS momentum score to sort for companies with the highest growth rates.

              This isn’t to suggest that you should seek out screeners that exclude data from the public domain. That’s not realistic. The raw data is what it is. It is the input from which a proprietary scoring system may be created, so a screener that can sort by things like market cap as well as its own internal metrics offers a huge bonus.

              Look for screeners that take otherwise routine, publicly available information and analyze it to produce meaningful insights that go beyond the basic numbers. For example, the term post-earnings announcement drift is common on Wall Street. It explains the sometimes anomalous price movements a stock makes after the underlying company reports quarterly results.

              In Conclusion

              Being able to identify price moves (overreaction, underreaction) is one thing. Producing drift analysis that compares the most recent reaction to past price moves, and then illustrating those moves graphically, can have a huge impact on an individual investor’s success. This is an obscure example of the types of filter categories that should be in a robust stock screener.

              This being said, a web- or mobile-based stock screener that can automate the routine and analyse it for you to produce meaningful insights is why investing isn’t just for professionals anymore.

              Learn more at epsmomentum.com

              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Neobanking

              Jamil Jiva, Global Head of Asset Management at Linedata, on why the next chapter of AI-driven finance will be shaped not just by technology, but by creativity

              Beyond Data: Where AI Finds Unexpected Inspiration

              The discussion about training AI largely focuses on concerns that accessible, human-generated data is limited and may soon run out completely. If this is the case, how can technology that depends on a seemingly endless stream of inputs to iterate, test, and adapt deliver the results we expect? AI relies on structured, high-quality data to thrive, but what happens when we run out of spreadsheets and financial models to train AI? We need new data sources to ensure it continues to learn, adapt, and deliver accurate insights. Video games stand out as offering some of the richest, most expansive, and complex environments for AI training.

              At first glance, video games and financial operations seem to belong to entirely separate worlds. However, AI connects these domains, with models leveraging virtual-world training to tackle real-world financial tasks. Financial documents such as credit agreements and tax returns are often convoluted, unstructured, and labour-intensive to process. Therefore, AI designed to interpret such data must possess strategic reasoning, real-time adaptability, and advanced pattern recognition. So, could video games be the ideal training ground?

              Contrary to popular belief, gameplay can significantly improve how people think, learn, and solve problems. The abilities required to excel at video games closely reflect the skills AI systems must acquire today.

              Levelling Up: What Virtual Worlds Teach Machines

              Practice leads to proficiency, a principle that applies to both humans and AI. Interestingly, many of the most significant advances in AI development have emerged not from conventional data training, but from taking creative approaches. Games push AI to emulate human thinking and sharpen its statistical intuition.

              These game-trained models are neither expensive nor heavily reliant on resources, and they sidestep the issue of data scarcity. As a result, they are actively shaping the future of financial intelligence. The examples below offer a clear demonstration of the potential of gameplay.

              Virtual Economies: Lessons from World of Warcraft

              World of Warcraft, with millions of players interacting in an immersive and dynamic world, features an economy that closely mirrors real-world financial systems, complete with inflation, supply and demand cycles, and fraud risks. The game even inspired one of the most renowned epidemiological studies: when the in-game ‘Corrupted Blood’ plague spread unpredictably, scientists used it as a model for real-world pandemic simulations.

              Financial models depend on vast, interconnected data networks, much like the economy in World of Warcraft. Organisations employ AI to continuously monitor patterns, detect anomalies such as fraud or misstatements, and optimise data extraction for financial reporting, mirroring the way AI analyses virtual economies.

              Urban Chaos: GTA V and Real-World Simulation

              While Grand Theft Auto (GTA) V is famous for its open-world chaos, researchers have leveraged its traffic systems and non-player character behaviours to train AI for applications such as self-driving cars, crime pattern recognition, and urban planning. At its heart, GTA provides a platform for AI to process vast amounts of unstructured data in real time.

              Similarly, financial institutions manage millions of data points from a wide range of sources. Their AI tools must automatically extract insights, classify information, and normalise complex formats. GTA serves as a controlled yet intricate environment for simulating scenarios, enabling AI to optimise for real-world tasks through ongoing feedback loops.

              Sandbox Creativity: Minecraft and Adaptive Thinking

              Minecraft provides a sandbox environment where AI learns through exploration. OpenAI even trained an AI to play Minecraft by watching YouTube tutorials, closely mimicking the way humans learn. Similarly, any AI used by financial institutions must be able to self-learn from new document types and structures, adapting just as a Minecraft AI learns to survive.

              Reinforcement learning, where AI improves based on feedback, is a key element of intelligent document processing. Thanks to its vast scalability and dynamic, hierarchical environments, Minecraft serves as an ideal setting for navigation and repeated feedback loops, helping models develop domain-flexible reasoning.

              Multiplayer Mayhem: Dota 2 and the Art of Teamwork

              Dota 2 stands out as one of the most complex competitive games ever created, presenting AI with challenges in real-time decision-making, strategic coordination, and adaptability. OpenAI Five, trained on the equivalent of 45,000 years of gameplay within just 10 months, managed to defeat renowned, professional human teams. As anyone who has mastered StarCraft knows, tactical adaptability is essential for gaining the upper hand.

              Financial institutions operate in environments that are just as dynamic as the shifting levels of a video game. Market conditions, regulations, and data formats are in constant flux. AI must be able to adjust to new document structures, handle missing information, and navigate edge cases, much like AlphaStar adapts to an opponent’s unpredictable strategies.

              From Pixels to Profits: Bringing Game Logic to Finance

              Whether to streamline operations, mitigate risks, or make informed decisions in today’s data-intensive financial landscape, AI has the potential to fundamentally transform financial offerings, delivering personalised and evolving experiences that foster understanding and combine seamlessness with regulatory compliance.

              Yet AI does not simply require more data from which to learn; it needs better data. Video games offer near limitless, pre-built, highly complex digital worlds where AI can test hypotheses, simulate scenarios, and refine decision-making models. By utilising these unique environments, AI is challenged to enhance its speed, accuracy, and efficiency. 

              The world of video games has many lessons we can learn when building AI, and given AI’s remarkable ability for transferable learning, it makes sense to leverage these pre-trained models to power essential financial workflows. It is more than just document processing; it is thinking, and the same intelligence that enables AI to defeat world champions in Dota 2 is now driving the next generation of financial AI solutions.

              The next chapter of AI-driven finance will be shaped not just by technology, but by creativity. By embracing unconventional data sources such as the immersive complexity of video games, industry leaders will unlock new possibilities for personalisation, security, and customer engagement.

              Learn more at linedata.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy
              • Fintech & Insurtech
              • Neobanking

              Richard Doherty, Head of Wealth & Asset Management, Publicis Sapient, on how asset managers must redesign their enterprise for AI-driven decision intelligence

              The asset management industry is entering a structural inflexion point. The first wave of AI focused on improving productivity through copilots and automation. The next wave will fundamentally reshape how decisions are made, executed, and governed across the enterprise. This is not a technology upgrade. It is an operating model shift.

              Despite significant investment, many firms remain trapped in fragmented AI experimentation. A majority are yet to realise meaningful economic returns from AI, not due to lack of capability, but due to a failure to redesign how intelligence is applied across the organisation. The gap between ambition and outcome is not a technology problem. It is a structural one.

              From Automation to Decision Intelligence

              The industry conversation has evolved. The question is no longer whether to adopt AI, but how to scale it across the enterprise. However, most firms are still approaching this challenge through the lens of automation, identifying tasks that can be executed faster or at lower cost. This delivers incremental value, but does not address the underlying constraint: the structure of decision-making within the organisation.

              Traditional operating models are built around sequential workflows. Work moves from function to function: research, compliance, operations, and distribution, each dependent on the previous stage. This creates latency, duplication, and fragmentation. Agentic operating models shift the focus from tasks to decisions.

              Instead of asking “Which processes can we automate?”, leading firms are asking: “Which decisions can be augmented or owned by intelligent systems?”

              This shift enables organisations to move from sequential workflows to parallel decision systems; from human-led analysis to AI-assisted reasoning; from periodic insight to continuous intelligence. The result is not a marginal improvement. It is a step-change in how the enterprise operates.

              The Pressures Driving Change

              This transformation is not happening in a vacuum. Asset managers face mounting structural pressures: margin compression driven by fee pressure and passive competition; rising operational complexity from regulation and product proliferation; and advisor capacity constraints that limit scalable growth. Agentic operating models directly address all three.

              By automating complex workflows, rather than individual tasks, firms can significantly increase advisor and analyst capacity without proportional cost increases. Parallel decision systems reduce the time required to launch products, respond to market events, and deliver client insights. This compresses cycles from months to days. Continuous monitoring of guidelines, portfolios, and operational processes reduces exposure to regulatory breaches and operational failures.

              These are not theoretical benefits. They represent measurable improvements in cost-to-serve, time-to-market, and operational resilience.

              Not all Intelligence is the Same

              To scale AI effectively, organisations must recognise that not all problems require the same type of intelligence. Enterprise AI operates across three distinct layers, and conflating them is one of the primary reasons AI initiatives fail to scale.

              Deterministic systems execute predefined rules with complete consistency. They are essential for functions where there is zero tolerance for error, trade validation, settlement processing, and regulatory reporting. If a business outcome must be identical every time, deterministic logic remains the correct approach.

              Predictive systems use historical data to forecast outcomes. Applied in areas such as portfolio risk modelling, fraud detection, and client churn prediction, they generate probabilities and insights, but they do not interpret context or make decisions independently.

              Agentic systems operate where problems require interpretation, judgment, and contextual understanding, investment guideline interpretation, regulatory document analysis, portfolio insights, and client communication. These systems can reason across complex information, generate insights, and take action within defined boundaries.

              The ‘Different but Valid’ Dilemma

              A critical challenge in adopting agentic systems is understanding how they behave. Traditional software produces identical outputs. Agentic systems produce reasoned outputs.

              This introduces what I call the ‘different but valid’ dilemma. An agent may take a different reasoning path from a human and arrive at a different, but still correct, conclusion. This variability is not an error. It is inherent to reasoning systems.

              The real risk lies in hallucination, outputs that are not grounded in data or evidence. Managing this requires organisations to clearly define where variability is acceptable. All AI-driven processes sit on a spectrum: deterministic actions with no variability (trade execution), predictive actions with controlled variability (risk scoring), and agentic actions with higher variability (investment insights).

              Leading firms design systems where agents perform reasoning, deterministic systems enforce execution, and humans retain oversight on high-consequence decisions. This balance enables both flexibility and control.

              The Operating Model Shift

              The most significant change is not technological; it is organisational. Traditional models are built on functional workflows. Agentic models are built on coordinated decision systems.

              Consider what launching a new investment product looks like under each model. In a traditional model, it involves sequential handoffs between teams, compliance reviews the guidelines, operations configures the systems, and distribution drafts the client narrative. Each stage waits for the last.

              In an agentic model, intelligent systems operate in parallel: compliance agents interpret guidelines, operations agents configure constraints, distribution agents generate client narratives, and governance agents validate outputs. This orchestration compresses timelines, reduces friction, and enables continuous decision-making. It represents a fundamental redesign of how work is performed.

              Governance: the Foundation for Trust

              Trust is the prerequisite for scaling AI. Without it, adoption stalls, not because the technology fails, but because the organisation cannot adequately explain or defend the decisions it makes.

              Leading firms implement governance models built on three principles. First, explainability: every decision must be traceable and auditable. Second, authority boundaries: agents operate within clearly defined limits. Third, human oversight: high-consequence decisions remain under human control.

              Regulatory expectations will continue to evolve, but one principle remains constant: organisations must be able to explain how decisions are made.

              Scaling AI is a Leadership Challenge

              Executives must take a deliberate approach across four areas:

              • Define the intelligence model: map business problems to deterministic, predictive, or agentic systems.
              • Build the foundation: invest in data, infrastructure, and orchestration capabilities.
              • Redesign the operating model: shift from workflows to decision systems.
              • Implement governance to ensure transparency, control, and compliance.

              Start with high-value use cases and expand rapidly across the enterprise. The firms that act now will establish a structural advantage in cost, speed, and decision quality. Those that do not risk being constrained by legacy operating models that cannot scale with the demands of modern markets.

              The Question is not if, it is Who

              The industry is not simply adopting new technology. It is redefining how decisions are made. The firms that succeed will not be those that deploy AI tools in isolation. They will be those who design the right form of intelligence for each problem, redesign their operating models around intelligent systems, and scale agentic capabilities across the enterprise.

              This shift is already underway. The question is no longer whether it will happen. The question is which firms will lead, and which will be forced to follow.

              Learn more at publicissapient.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy
              • Fintech & Insurtech

              Thomas Benjaminsen Normann, Product Director at Paymentology on the future for agentic payments and the progress still to be made

              Santander and Mastercard’s live AI-agent payment pushed the industry past the stage of talking about agentic commerce as a future use case and into the reality of a transaction moving through live banking infrastructure. In doing so, it placed an AI agent at the point of spend within a system that still assumes the person initiating the payment is also the one making the decision and carrying the liability.

              That assumption is far easier to sustain when a payment draws on existing funds than when it creates a debt that someone must later repay. And may dispute. As soon as an agent moves from guiding a choice to completing the transaction, the usual alignment between instruction, authorisation and liability becomes harder to see.

              Card authorisation has long rested on a simple premise: the person using the card is the one deciding to spend. Even when the transaction runs through a wallet, an app or a stored credential, the model still relies on a cardholder who is directly involved in the act of payment.

              Agentic payments

              Agentic payments stretch that arrangement. The customer may have set the rules, the budget or the merchant preference in advance, but the point of execution can now sit with software acting later and at speed. The question then extends beyond whether the transaction was authenticated to whether the debt it created was taken on with the kind of consent and clarity card systems have traditionally relied on.

              Mastercard has responded by building a stronger trust layer around delegated intent. Once software acts on a customer’s behalf, the usual signs of presence and intent at the moment of payment carry less weight than they do in an ordinary card transaction. Santander’s pilot showed that this can be handled inside a tightly controlled framework with predefined permissions.

              The challenge becomes very different once the same model moves into ordinary credit flows, where issuers are dealing with borrowing, repayment and dispute risk rather than a bounded test case.

              Risk models built on human behaviour

              Fraud systems and credit models have been trained to read people. How they spend, how quickly they move, where they buy, and what tends to happen before repayment trouble begins to show. An AI agent, even when acting entirely within a customer’s instructions, is unlikely to look much like that. It may search more widely, compare more aggressively, transact at unusual times and behave with a consistency that looks odd against a human baseline. Some legitimate payments will appear suspicious. Some suspect ones may look routine. Signals that once separated ordinary behaviour from risky behaviour will arrive in forms the system is not used to reading.

              Research from Capgemini indicates that 71% of consumers want generative AI integrated into shopping interactions. Meanwhile, 58% say they already use generative AI instead of traditional search for recommendations. That does not mean autonomous purchasing becomes mainstream overnight, but it does suggest the move from AI-assisted discovery to AI-executed transactions will not stay theoretical for long. For issuers, that means transaction systems are about to encounter a new behavioural signature without much history behind them.

              The pressure does not sit only with fraud screening. Credit decisioning is built on assumptions about how people build balances, revolve debt, repay over time and run into repayment trouble. An AI agent may be acting entirely within a customer’s instructions while still producing patterns those models were never trained to read cleanly. A sudden increase in spend, an unusual merchant mix or a burst of late-night activity may deserve scrutiny when a person generates it.

              The same signals may be perfectly consistent with a software agent searching widely, responding instantly to price changes or executing against preset rules with much greater speed and regularity than a person would. Once that behaviour starts landing in the credit book, signals that once carried meaning around affordability, intent or emerging repayment risk become less reliable as indicators.

              Signals the authorisation layer does not carry

              The transaction also arrives with gaps that matter more once software is involved. Existing payment messages can identify the merchant, the amount, the credential used and the authentication path. What they do not natively describe is whether the action came from a customer or an agent, what spending authority had been delegated, whether that authority was limited to a category, merchant or price threshold, and whether the funding source was intended to be debit, charge or revolving credit. A payment can be technically valid while still leaving the issuer with too little context about how the decision was made.

              A controlled pilot can solve some of that by imposing rules around the transaction from outside the standard message, which is effectively what bounded testing is for. Everyday credit use is less forgiving. If the issuer is expected to approve the payment, apply the right controls, score the exposure and later defend the outcome in a dispute, those signals have to be legible inside the flow rather than reconstructed around it after the event.

              At that point, the question is less about whether the payment experience works and more about whether the issuer-side controls underneath it can carry the weight. That includes the ability to apply rules in real time, restrict how a credential can be used, and keep a clear record of how the transaction was authorised and what kind of exposure it created.

              The missing context does not stop at authorisation. It follows the transaction further down the line, when an issuer has to explain why a payment was approved, whether the agent acted within its delegated scope. And how that scope should be evidenced if the customer challenges the transaction. Card systems are used to relying on the credential, the authentication path and the transaction record.

              Digital versus Traditional Wallets

              Agentic payments demand something more granular: a clearer account of who or what acted, under what limits, and with what right to create a liability on the customer’s behalf. The control layer around that decision, including how credentials are restricted and how delegated authority is defined, starts to matter much more than it did in a conventional wallet or stored-card journey.

              Infrastructure many issuers built out for tokenised wallets now looks more like part of the control architecture for agent-led spend. Because the payment credential itself may need tighter restrictions than the market has been used to applying.

              Santander and Mastercard have shown that an AI agent can now make it all the way through a live payment flow. What follows from that is less about whether software can reach the point of spend and more about what the rest of the stack needs to know once it gets there. If agentic payments are to move beyond controlled deployments and into ordinary credit use, issuers will need clearer ways to tell who acted, under what authority, against which funding source, and with what liability attached. Until those signals travel cleanly through the flow rather than being inferred around it, agentic payments on credit will remain easier to demonstrate than to absorb into everyday card operations.

              Learn more at paymentology.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance
              • Neobanking

              Monthly active mobile money accounts saw their highest growth since 2021

              More than $2 trillion flowed through mobile money wallets globally in 2025, found the State of the Industry Report on Mobile Money 2026, prepared by the GSMA Mobile Money programme. This is an important threshold and exemplifies the exponential growth in transaction values the industry has experienced in recent years. It took 20 years to pass $1 trillion in annual transaction values, but just four years for this figure to double. 

              From its inception, only 25 years ago, mobile money has now become a mainstream financial service for underserved populations around the world. Empowering those without access to traditional banking services and contributing to economic growth in countries where mobile money is present. The report also found that mobile money reached 2.3 billion registered accounts in 2025, growing by 268 million.  

              “Mobile money has become one of the world’s most impactful financial services. What began as a simple way to move money has evolved into a global financial ecosystem, reshaping how hundreds of millions of people manage their financial lives. The market is reaching new heights and greater maturity. Adoption and regular use are surging, and value is scaling even faster than volume, with more than $2 trillion flowing through mobile money in 2025 – doubling from the first trillion in just four years. Looking ahead, the industry’s growing scale and sophistication will bring new opportunities, and new responsibilities. By prioritising interoperability and cross‑border harmonisation; engaging in digital public infrastructure; strengthening consumer protection and fraud controls; and accelerating women’s inclusion and financial health outcomes, we can ensure mobile money continues to provide safe, inclusive and sustainable digital financial services.” Vivek Badrinath, GSMA Director General

              Regular mobile money usage is growing, supporting financial health   

              Regular mobile money usage has increased worldwide over the past year, with active 30-day accounts rising by 15% to 593 million. Most new registered and active accounts came from Sub-Saharan Africa, although almost every region where mobile money is offered experienced a rise. This has led to monthly usage of mobile money accounts growing by half a percentage point to 25.7%, the highest it has been since 2021. However, this still leaves almost 75% of accounts inactive monthly, with fraud remaining widespread and transaction taxes often encouraging users to revert to cash in the countries where they’re in effect, negatively impacting financial inclusion.  

              Through more frequent usage, mobile money users can improve their financial health – the capacity to manage day-to-day financial needs, withstand shocks and invest in the future – by benefiting from the increasing provision of adjacent services like credit, savings and insurance. The report found that the number of mobile money providers offering insurance increased by one-third in 2025. Mobile-money enabled credit remains the most widely offered adjacent financial service, and this is nearly matched by those offering saving options.  

              Regulation is supporting mobile money in improving financial inclusion  

              Regulation is playing a key role in expanding the reach of mobile money, the GSMA reports. Over 60% of mobile money providers believe that interoperability, know-your-customer and consumer protection regulations have supported their operations. Although more must be done to support the industry, significant regulatory issues remain – particularly cross-border data transfer regulations, which 24% of mobile money providers report have hindered their operations. 

              With a supportive regulatory environment, the mobile money industry will be able to continue growing and, in turn, advance financial inclusion, especially among groups that have traditionally lacked access to banking services. This is vital as a wide gender gap persists in mobile money account ownership across seven out of 10 countries surveyed in the report. Aside from in Ghana, Kenya and Nigeria, women who own a mobile money account are still less likely than men to have used it within the past month. 

              Mobile money fosters innovation for good    

              In addition to accelerating financial inclusion and supporting improved financial health, mobile money usage is enabling wider social and humanitarian benefits by enabling rapid payouts during crises, particularly in remote regions. However, for these and other use cases to succeed, mobile money needs to be complemented by digital financial literacy initiatives to continue responsible growth across regions and demographics.  

              About GSMA 

              The GSMA is a global organisation unifying the mobile ecosystem to discover, develop and deliver innovation foundational to positive business environments and societal change. Our vision is to unlock the full power of connectivity so that people, industry, and society thrive. Representing mobile operators and organisations across the mobile ecosystem and adjacent industries, the GSMA delivers for its members across three broad pillars: Connectivity for Good, Industry Services and Solutions, and Outreach. This activity includes advancing policy, tackling today’s biggest societal challenges, underpinning the technology and interoperability that make mobile work, and providing the world’s largest platform to convene the mobile ecosystem at the MWC and M360 series of events. 

              Learn more at gsma.com 

              The report is funded by the Gates Foundation.  

              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              According to a new European study of 550 business buyers commissioned by TreviPay, the global B2B payments invoicing and payments…

              According to a new European study of 550 business buyers commissioned by TreviPay, the global B2B payments invoicing and payments network, friction in the B2B buying process in the form of slow onboarding and inconsistent invoicing along with rising expectations for AI-enabled processes are where businesses are experiencing threats to loyalty beyond price.

              “Across Europe and the UK, finance teams are navigating economic pressure, regulatory complexity and rising buyer expectations. Our research shows payment and invoicing experiences now play a decisive role in supplier selection.” Inez Berkhof-Hollander, TreviPay’s Vice President of EMEA

              Top Three European Market Expectations in 2026

              1. More AI-driven purchasing options vary by country

              Nearly 8 in 10 business buyers always or often use AI technologies in B2B purchasing and payment processes; a significant shift from previous years. AI is seen primarily as a means to improve decision-making through data insights (20%), strengthen fraud prevention and risk management (16%), and reduce manual tasks.

              However, enthusiasm is tempered by practical constraints. In Germany, where compliance demands are particularly high, adoption is more cautious. In France and Germany, AI’s appeal is strongly linked to providing invoice status visibility and auto-matching invoices to purchase orders, addressing persistent pain points around invoice inaccuracy.

              1. Suppliers offering Pay by Invoice options
                Almost half (47%) of businesses actively look for the option to be invoiced as a determinant in where they place repeat business—a trend particularly important across Europe.

              “Pay by invoice remains the dominant B2B payment method across Europe,” Berkhof-Hollander said. “It’s woven into how businesses operate here. But preferences vary significantly.”       

              1. Despite widespread digitalisation, friction remains in the B2B buying process

              Buyers cite persistent challenges such as incorrect invoices, limited ERP integration, inconsistent invoice formats and delays in approval workflows.

              In Germany, 76% of buyers reported issues with payment options overall; far higher than the 37% reported in Spain.

              These pain points vary by market and company size. Larger enterprises (500+ employees) prioritize ERP integration and purchase controls more heavily, while mid-sized businesses value speed and flexibility. In the UK, fast onboarding is among suppliers’ biggest competitive levers.

              Payment preferences very by region and company size

              The research reveals significant variation across markets. Trade credit is especially prevalent in the UK and Germany (46%), while Spanish buyers rely on it far less but show the highest demand for invoice customisation (93% vs. 82% overall).

              “While there will always be regional differences, but it all comes down to reducing friction at every stage of the buying journey,” Burkhof-Hollander said. “Flexibility is key to helping suppliers cement repeat business and deliver sustainable growth.”

              Access the complete EMEA market research report for additional data here

              The research, capturing the views of 550 B2B buyers in the UK (21%), France (24%), Germany (18%), Spain (18%) and Australia (19%), was conducted by Censuswide between November 18-26, 2025.         

              About TreviPay

              TreviPay, The Pay by Invoice CompanyTM, is a fully managed B2B payments platform for global brands. Proven to increase AOV and reduce DSO, our accounts receivable automation software, enhanced by AI, optimises order-to-cash and integrates with all channels and ERPs. Delivering a superior payment experience, TreviPay is the choice of top retailers, manufacturers and travel companies, including Walmart, Lenovo and United Airlines. With more than four decades of experience powering over $8 Billion in global trade, TreviPay was named a Leader for Embedded Payment Applications by IDC and a top vendor in cash application by The Hackett Group. With offices in the US, Netherlands, Costa Rica and Australia, TreviPay supports customers in 32 countries.

              Learn more at trevipay.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments

              Money20/20, the world’s leading FinTech show, has announced 250 confirmed speakers from a total of 39 countries. They will take…

              Money20/20, the world’s leading FinTech show, has announced 250 confirmed speakers from a total of 39 countries. They will take the stage at Money20/20 Asia in Bangkok from April 21–23, 2026 at the Queen Sirikit National Convention Center (QSNCC).  

              From Infrastructure to Impact – Where Technology Meets Humanity

              This year’s theme is ‘From Infrastructure to Impact – Where Technology Meets Humanity’. It will explore how the next wave of financial innovation can deliver real outcomes across the APAC region. From digital public infrastructure and embedded finance to AI‑powered services and inclusive financial design. Money20/20 Asia will examine how technology moves beyond capability to create genuine human impact. With a speaker lineup drawn from across Asia, the show will unpack the trends, breakthroughs, and strategies shaping the future of money.

              Money20/20 Asia brings together speakers from over 40 global and regional banks. These include Standard Chartered, HSBC, Bank of America, Citi, Deutsche Bank, World Bank, Kotak Mahindra Bank, Tonik Bank, Maybank, J.P. Morgan, KASIKORNBANK, and Trust Bank Singapore to name a few. Experts from leading payment providers including Visa, Nium, Thunes, PPRO, Tazapay, Mastercard, Razorpay, Fiserv, Brankas, JusPay will discuss the evolution of payments across the region.

              “Money20/20 Asia is a platform for ideas that shapes the industry and this year’s lineup of 250+ speakers reflect the extraordinary progress happening across APAC. From digital assets and payments to AI and financial inclusion, the conversations in Bangkok will define the future of money across the region and beyond. We’re excited to bring together the leaders who are not only observing change, but actively creating it.” Danny Levy, Executive Vice President & MD APAC & Middle East, Money20/20

              Speakers Shaping the Future of Finance

              The 2026 keynote roster highlights a group of standout leaders shaping the future of finance across Asia and beyond. Some of the keynote speakers include: Faizul Ariff Ali, Governor, Reserve Bank of Fiji, Pichet Durongkaveroj, Executive Director, Bangkok Bank, Peng Ooi Goh, Founder & Executive Chairman, Silverlake Group and Anna Liu, CEO, HashKey Tokenisation

              “Thailand is emerging as a key financial innovation hub in Asia, and Money20/20 Asia provides a vital platform for us to connect with global leaders, building the future of finance. As digital transformation accelerates across the region, we see tremendous opportunity for collaboration, new business models, and technologies that will strengthen Thailand’s role in the regional financial network.” Pichet Durongkaveroj, Executive Director, Bangkok Bank

              New for 2026 at Money20/20 Asia

              New for this year at Money20/20 Asia is the Intersection Stage. Exploring the convergence of traditional finance (TradFi) and decentralized finance (DeFi), addressing how banks, fintechs, and emerging technologies are reshaping the global financial ecosystem. The stage brings together leaders from major financial institutions and well-known FinTech companies to discuss how innovation, regulation, and new financial infrastructure are transforming areas such as digital assets, trust and cybersecurity, and cross-border payments. Speakers include Siddharth Gupta of Bank of America, Sabih Behzad of Deutsche Bank, Fangfang Jiang of International Finance Corporation, Kenneth Chan of Webull, and Siva Kumar of Sumsub. They will share insights on regulatory innovation, digital asset adoption, developments in stablecoin, tokenisation and blockchain‑enabled settlement. Also how new payment rails are enabling faster and more efficient cross-border transactions.

              The show includes the Startup & Investor Park, a dedicated space where leading fintech founders from Asia connect with global investors, enterprise partners, and decision-makers. 20 standout startups from across APAC have been selected, highlighting the Park’s commitment to quality, innovation, and real-world impact. Over three days, the Park will host founder-focused sessions, investor meetups, startup showcases, and pitch competitions to accelerate early-stage growth.  Startups will also compete for the Golden Ticket to the 2026 Startupbootcamp Sustainability Singapore Accelerator, which offers SGD 70,000 in non-dilutive prize money, access to the Investment Readiness Program, and expert coaching.

              Money20/20 Asia will also feature FinTech unicorns and high‑growth innovators, including Revolut, Bolttech, Fireblocks, Circle, Bitkub, AppWorks, and Incognia, alongside technology leaders such as Meta, Finastra, FIS, and Publicis Sapient.

              “The digital asset landscape across Asia is evolving at remarkable speed, and platforms like Money20/20 Asia play a vital role in bringing together innovators, regulators, and ecosystem builders to shape that future. As the region’s leading blockchain and digital asset company, Bitkub is proud to be part of the global conversation on how tokenisation, digital identity, and next-generation financial infrastructure can unlock new economic opportunities and drive inclusive growth for millions across the region.” Jirayut (Topp) Srupsrisopa, Founder & Group CEO, Bitkub Capital Group Holdings

              In addition to the Intersection Stage Money20/20 Asia 2026 will feature three more stages. Each delivering a distinct lens on the future of money:

              • Radiant Stage: headline keynotes and industry‑defining conversations
              • Inner Forum Stage: deep‑dive discussions on payments, banking, digital assets, AI, and regulation
              • Startup Stage: spotlighting emerging founders and early‑stage innovation

              Program Highlights from the Agenda

              The 2026 agenda highlights the show’s core themes of digital assets, cross-border payments, AI, and regulation. And includes several high-impact sessions:

              • Day 1: The Future of Tokenised Markets in Asia, featuring HashKey Tokenisation, Fireblocks, Circle
              • Day 1: Real‑Time Cross‑Border Payments: The Next Leap Forward, with Nium, Thunes, Tazapay, Airwallex
              • Day 2: AI‑Driven Financial Inclusion Across APAC, with Kotak Mahindra Bank, Tonik Bank, Trust Bank Singapore
              • Day 2: The Creator Economy Meets Finance at the Intersection Stage, featuring Meta, Publicis Sapient, and leading digital creators
              • Day 3: Regulation for the Next Decade with regulators from Bank of Thailand, MAS, BSP, OJK Indonesia, Bangladesh Bank, Labuan FSA, and the Reserve Bank of New Zealand

              About Money20/20

              Launched by industry insiders in 2012, Money20/20 has rapidly become the heartbeat of the global fintech ecosystem. Over the last decade, the most innovative, fast‑moving ideas and companies have driven their growth on our platform. Mastercard, Airwallex, J.P. Morgan, SHIELD, GCash, Stripe, Google, Visa, Adyen, and more make transformational deals and raise their global profile with us. Money20/20 attracts leaders from the world’s greatest banks, payments companies, VC firms, regulators, and media platforms — convening to cut industry‑shaping deals, build world‑changing partnerships, and unlock future‑defining opportunities in Las Vegas (October 18–21, 2026), Amsterdam (June 2–4, 2026), Riyadh (September 14–16, 2026), and Bangkok (April 21–23, 2026). Money20/20 is where the world’s FinTech leaders convene to grow their brands. It is part of Informa PLC. Follow Money20/20 on X and LinkedIn for show developments and updates.

              Learn more at Money20/20.com


              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance
              • Event Newsroom
              • Events
              • InsurTech

              Martijn Gribnauis, Chief Customer Success Officer at Quant, on why Agentic AI will redefine financial services

              A recent Google Cloud survey showed that only 13% of finance organisations are currently using agentic artificial intelligence. This number needs to, and will rise when you consider that 88% of financial leaders are seeing ROI from generative AI already. Agentic is the next and most advanced evolution of artificial intelligence the world has ever seen. 

              Agentic AI is not on the way. It is here and already reshaping how forward-leaning financial institutions operate. In 2026, for IT and finance leaders to build an insurmountable competitive lead they must deploy agentic AI in every area where it can safely and effectively create value. The institutions that hesitate will find their business models under threat from familiar competitors and newcomers alike.

              Reinvention of Core Processes

              Agentic AI is poised to reinvent core financial processes. Bookkeeping, record maintenance, and period-end close are nearing complete automation. Month-end processes that once required late-night, stress-filled marathons will evolve into continuous, largely automated cycles. IT teams will no longer spend evenings on high alert waiting for failures. 

              This shift also frees IT leaders, finance teams, and operations functions from monotonous repetitive tasks. Instead of focusing on system uptime and manual reconciliation, they will collaborate with the C-suite on strategic initiatives that drive growth and revenue. 

              Understanding Why Adoption Is So Low

              Despite the promise of Agentic AI, there is understandable caution. Some 80% of organisations have reported ‘risky behaviour’ from AI agents, and in the world of finance that is an alarming number. Finance is one of the most regulated, risk-averse sectors in the world. The fear of losing control remains the primary reason so few in the industry have embraced Agentic AI.

              Loss of control and fear of catastrophic error

              Financial leaders fear that an autonomous system could go ‘off script’, mis-route payments, misinterpret rules, or inadvertently cause compliance breaches. In finance, even small errors can trigger major financial or regulatory consequences.

              Security and data privacy concerns

              Large AI models require huge quantities of sensitive data. Organisations worry about breaches, cyber-attacks, or manipulation. An AI agent with improperly configured permissions could, in theory, execute fraudulent transactions or expose confidential customer information.

              Bias and fairness risks

              If AI agents make decisions using incomplete or fragmented data, they risk perpetuating or amplifying bias. At scale, biased decision-making can undermine customer trust and expose firms to legal and regulatory challenges.

              Regulatory ambiguity and audit difficulty

              Regulators are still determining how to govern agentic AI. Some organisations fear that early adoption could unintentionally violate rules or create future audit vulnerabilities.

              These fears are legitimate, but not insurmountable.

              Tackling the Adoption Barriers: A Practical Blueprint for Finance Leaders

              To capitalise on Agentic AI’s immense potential, leaders must take a structured approach grounded in business value, security, and trust.

              1. Start With Clear, Measurable ROI and Efficiency Gains

              In finance, adoption accelerates when decision-makers see proof of value.

              Start by automating repetitive processes. Agentic AI can handle tasks like data entry, reconciliation, invoice matching, and initial fraud checks faster and more accurately than humans. This leads to reduced operational overhead as automation lowers labour costs, shortens processing times, and reduces error rates. Demonstrating these savings through case studies or internal pilots is critical to changing minds. 

              AI agents can enable revenue growth by analysing huge data sets to identify new investment opportunities, optimise trading strategies, and generate personalised product recommendations. Each of these capabilities directly impacts top-line growth.

              2. Strengthen Risk Management and Compliance Through AI

              Agentic AI will improve risk management when deployed responsibly. This starts with real-time fraud detection. AI agents can monitor transactions continuously, identifying patterns that suggest fraud long before traditional systems would detect an anomaly.

              Continuous monitoring is also incredibly helpful when it comes to compliance. AI agents excel at ensuring adherence to KYC and AML regulations. They can automatically maintain audit trails, identify missing documentation, flag anomalies, and escalate issues instantly.

              Enhanced stress testing and scenario modelling can both be completed via Agentic AI. It can simulate complex market environments more dynamically than legacy tools, providing deeper insights into vulnerabilities and improving resilience. When showcased and presented in this context, agentic AI becomes a risk-reduction tool in the eyes of decision makers. 

              3. Directly Address Security and Trust Concerns

              Trust is the cornerstone of adoption. Implement enterprise-grade security architecture that includes encryption, secure APIs, strict access controls, and continuous monitoring of agent behaviour. And, use explainable and transparent AI systems (XAI) so your finance teams understand the reasoning behind decisions. XAI helps provide interpretable outputs that support auditability and regulatory compliance.

              Start small with a controlled, low-risk pilot. A proof-of-concept in a non-critical workflow helps teams understand the technology, gather evidence, and build internal support before scaling. Produce numbers based reporting that speaks the language of the people who make the decisions. Show, don’t just tell them how agentic will move the business forward.

              4. Highlight the Competitive Advantage

              Agentic AI adoption is not just an efficiency upgrade. It is a competitive imperative. AI agents create faster innovation cycles by accelerating product development, service delivery, and operational improvements.

              They also provide superior customer experience. From instant account servicing to personalised financial recommendations, Agentic AI delivers the speed, personalisation, and convenience customers expect. Plus, it scales exponentially. No matter how many people call in at the same time, an agentic agent will answer immediately. Agentic AI reduces up to 86% of time spent in complex workflows that were traditionally handled only by people. This will be huge in getting ahead of your competition. 

              5. Build Momentum Through Internal Champions

              Adoption increases when respected leaders advocate from within. Mid-level managers, AI-literate staff, or members of the C-suite who understand the technology can serve as champions. Use them and their beliefs to drive alignment, communicate benefits, and counter misconceptions. The more people from different departments and levels of the organisation that talk up the technology, the more likely you are to get buy-in. 

              Your Time is Now

              Agentic AI will redefine financial services. The organisations that act today will build capabilities, insights, and competitive advantages that late adopters will not be able to replicate. Finance leaders must begin asking where agentic AI can support their business, where it can remove friction, where it can unlock growth, and where it can transform operations. The firms that act now will lead the industry. Those that hesitate will not get the chance to catch up.

              The only remaining question for finance organisations is not whether agentic AI will change the industry, but how quickly they choose to deploy it.

              Learn more at quant.ai

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Payments
              • Digital Strategy

              Richard Ford, Chief Technology Officer at Integrity360, on why cybersecurity must move beyond control and embrace trust

              Cybersecurity has long been focused on building walls, but the biggest threat is already inside. Today, insider risk accounts for nearly half of all data breaches. This isn’t just about malicious actors, it’s about regular employees and trusted contractors who make simple, costly mistakes.

              Remote and hybrid working has only intensified the problem. With teams distributed and work happening across cloud platforms and collaboration tools, it’s harder than ever to track what’s happening, let alone why. Although AI tools promise efficiency, they also introduce new vulnerabilities. Employees pasting code into chatbots or bypassing corporate tools to meet deadlines. All seemingly innocent, but highly risky.

              Insider Risk

              Ransomware gangs know this and are now skipping the technical breach altogether and going straight to the source – a company’s insiders. Whether through bribery or social engineering, attackers are finding that humans can be the weakest link in even the most well-defended environments. Despite this, most security budgets still focus outward.

              Traditional tools like data loss prevention (DLP) struggle to keep up with today’s dynamic and unpredictable user behaviour. Meanwhile, simulated phishing tests and punitive training schemes often breed resentment, not resilience. It’s time to rethink the model.

              Human Error, Human Fix

              We need to stop treating employees as the problem and start making them part of the solution. Enter Human Risk Management (HRM), a behavioural approach to cybersecurity that recognises the complexity of modern work. HRM tools monitor real-world user behaviour, detect anomalies in context, and deliver just-in-time nudges to prevent risky actions before they happen. Instead of punishing mistakes, they help users avoid them in the first place.

              Of course, technology alone won’t fix the issue, culture is key. Leadership must champion security as a shared responsibility, not an IT rulebook. Success should be measured by how quickly employees improve, not how often they slip up. Awareness campaigns need to be practical and rooted in real-world behaviour.

              Organisations also need to understand how digital transformation has changed the risk landscape. Shadow IT is no longer a fringe issue, it’s how work gets done. Whether it’s a developer using an AI plugin or a marketer sharing files via a personal drive, employees will always find the fastest path to productivity. Security must meet them there, not block the way.

              Cybersecurity Built on Trust

              The smartest businesses are those that treat identity like infrastructure, and behaviour like a vital data stream. They invest in tools that adapt to people, not the other way around. This means a move away from a surveillance approach and embracing the nuance of human error and design systems that support.

              In a world where threats are increasingly internal and AI is both a risk and a tool, cybersecurity can no longer be about control. It must be about trust, and that starts with understanding the humans behind the keyboards.

              Learn more at integrity360.com

              • Cybersecurity
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Digital Strategy
              • Infrastructure & Cloud

              Pierre Noel, Field Chief Information Security Officer at Expel, on why security with community-based governance is a key business pillar that better positions organisations to become more resilient and target growth

              It’s been a particularly rocky start to 2026 for the global cybersecurity landscape. From the Substack data breach to PayPal credential-stuffing attacks in February, we are not looking at IT failures alone. These attacks are balance-sheet events: direct assaults on business value, triggering remediation costs and long-term impacts on financial health. Compounded with the conflict with Iran, leading to potential ramifications in the cyber realm, it’s more important than ever for the C-suite to be aligned on cybersecurity priorities.

              Despite this, a glaring disconnect remains in planning and execution. Expel’s research found that while 85% of finance leaders view cybersecurity as a key component of business planning, only 40% express full confidence in security’s ability to align with business strategy. To bridge this gap, CISOs must move from reporting on activity and start reporting on resilience and unit cost.

              Translating Alert Volume Into Unit Cost

              CISOs must change how they present the value of their operations. CFOs are largely indifferent to technical metrics like the ‘millions of blocks pings’ or ‘SOC alert volume’ – to a finance leader, an alert is simply another form of disruption to daily operations.

              To fix this, CISOs should introduce the ‘unit of cost protection’. By breaking down security spend into the cost required for a single transaction or business unit, CFOs can understand and manage it from experience. A tiered approach works best here: high-risk business units justify higher protection costs than low-risk ones. This allows CFOs to treat security as a scalable operational expense rather than a black hole of additional tooling – the kind of framing that also resonates in a boardroom.

              Mapping Investment to Business Risk Exposure

              Expel’s research shows that while 43% of finance decision-makers are confident that security can prioritise investments based on risk, only 46% are confident that security can deliver cost-efficient solutions. To move in the right direction, CISOs should shift from ‘vulnerability management’ to thinking about ‘business risk exposure’, requiring a different view of how threats unfold over time.

              It’s all about asking the right questions. Instead of requesting more firewalls to protect a specific timeframe, start asking for the cost of securing diverse digital ecosystems across an extended risk window. The 2026 Winter Olympics is a good example: Russian-led cyber campaigns began raising concerns months before a single athlete arrived in Italy, proving that risk isn’t a one-day event but an ongoing operational cost.

              For European organisations, this framing is increasingly non-negotiable. While NIS2 and DORA help make the cost of under-investment concrete and quantifiable, the upcoming Cyber Resilience Act (CRA), with key reporting requirements starting in September 2026, extends this pressure to anyone manufacturing or selling digital products in the EU. Even for purely domestic UK entities, the new UK Cyber Security and Resilience Bill is moving the goalposts toward these same high standards. Ultimately, CFOs must understand that cybersecurity isn’t just about preventing loss; it’s a prerequisite for safe and secure growth.

              The Reputational Multiplier

              So those are the questions to ask, but how do CISOs deal with the ‘unknown unknowns’, specifically long-term brand damage? While compliance fines under NIS2 or DORA may be straightforward (and important) to model, they rarely represent the full scope of the potential damage. In such scenarios, CISOs should propose a reputation multiplier: a framework for quantifying the financial fallout of brand damage in a language CFOs know and trust, looking past immediate recovery costs to factor in the long-term implications of re-establishing market trust.

              The 2026 CarGurus breach illustrates this well. Impacting 12 million users, the cost wasn’t purely technical; it also came from the stock price dip and marketing spend required to repair the brand. For UK companies, where regulatory scrutiny is heightened, that multiplier effect is even more pronounced. This is the language of a CFO, and it helps CISOs better translate the urgency and relevance of a strong cybersecurity posture.

              Standardising the Language of ROI

              Closing the gap between CFOs and CISOs needs more than just better data; it needs a shared vocabulary. By standardising the language of ROI, CISOs transform cybersecurity from a vague insurance policy into a transparent value driver fully trusted by finance teams. Move away from complicated defensive jargon toward a unified framework of unit costs, and the gap between the CISO and CFO starts to close.

              Security has become a key pillar of business operations, and in the current threat environment, it’s genuinely a community-based governance issue. The organisations that get this right aren’t just more resilient. They’re better positioned to grow.

              Learn more at expel.com

              • Cybersecurity
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Digital Strategy
              • Infrastructure & Cloud

              Radi El Haj, CEO of global payment technology provider RS2, on the shift toward programmable, data-driven financial infrastructure designed for a real-time global economy.

              The financial industry is entering a new phase of infrastructure modernisation. While cryptocurrencies and blockchain continue to dominate headlines, a more pragmatic evolution is reshaping banking from within: tokenised deposits embedded directly into core payment systems.

              Tokenised deposits represent a practical bridge between legacy banking infrastructure and next-generation real-time capabilities. Unlike crypto-native assets, they remain fully regulated bank liabilities. But with the added advantage of programmability, automation and real-time settlement logic built directly into the banking stack.

              The recently launched Cari Network by five US regional banks signals this shift. It demonstrates how banks are beginning to rethink bank-to-bank payments and settlement at the infrastructure layer.

              Moving away from batch-based clearing toward programmable, real-time funds allows institutions to enhance efficiency, reduce settlement risk and modernise core systems without stepping outside regulatory guardrails.

              For banks re-entering acquiring, upgrading issuing, or consolidating fragmented payment systems, tokenised deposits represent not a parallel innovation, but an embedded evolution of core processing.

              What Tokenised Deposits Really Change

              At their foundation, tokenised deposits are digitally represented, insured banking liabilities. The critical distinction is that they remain part of the regulated banking system. This preserves trust, governance and compliance – the pillars that underpin institutional finance.

              The transformational value lies in programmability at the infrastructure level. When business logic is embedded into the payment instrument itself, banks can automate reconciliation, conditional settlement, liquidity allocation and multi-party disbursements in real time. Instead of adding layers of complexity on top of legacy systems, tokenisation integrates intelligence directly into the core ledger and processing environment.

              For banks operating across issuing, acquiring and cross-border settlement, this reduces friction between systems and enables a more unified, real-time operating model.

              AI as the Operational Intelligence Layer

              Tokenisation alone is not sufficient. To operate at scale, programmable deposits require an intelligent control layer. Artificial intelligence and machine learning provide that layer.

              AI can forecast liquidity requirements across issuing and acquiring portfolios, optimise routing decisions in real-time, detect anomalous behaviour and automate compliance monitoring. As transaction volumes increase and settlement windows compress, predictive intelligence becomes critical to maintaining resilience and control.

              In multi-bank or multi-ledger environments, AI also plays a key interoperability role. It reconciles cross-network flows, identifies bottlenecks and dynamically allocates capital across settlement channels. This is where infrastructure maturity matters most.

              Banks that embed AI-driven operational intelligence directly into their payment processing architecture will be best positioned to deliver speed without sacrificing stability.

              Infrastructure is the Real Challenge

              Tokenised deposits are not a feature — they are an architectural shift. Scaling them requires cloud-native, modular processing platforms capable of integrating with existing payment rails, regulatory frameworks and cross-border networks. Without modern infrastructure, tokenised deposits risk remaining contained pilots.

              For banks modernising acquiring or issuing capabilities, this becomes a broader transformation programme: upgrading the core ledger, harmonising payment rails, embedding real-time analytics and ensuring seamless interoperability across domestic and international networks.

              This is where strategic infrastructure partners become critical. Institutions need platforms that combine:

              • Cloud-native core processing
              • Real-time settlement capabilities
              • Embedded AI-driven monitoring and liquidity management
              • Open APIs for cross-network interoperability
              • Regulatory-grade resilience and auditability

              Only then can tokenisation move from concept to scalable reality.

              Embedding Innovation Into the Banking Ecosystem

              Payments innovation succeeds when it strengthens the banking ecosystem rather than bypassing it. Tokenised deposits offer a path to modernisation that reinforces trust, compliance and regulatory clarity. When combined with AI-enabled operational intelligence, they create a responsive infrastructure capable of supporting real-time commerce, embedded finance and cross-border settlement at scale.

              Institutions that approach this as an integrated infrastructure strategy — rather than a point solution — will see the greatest impact:

              • Reduced settlement risk through programmable fund controls
              • Improved liquidity optimisation across issuing and acquiring flows
              • Real-time fraud detection powered by AI
              • More efficient cross-border routing and capital allocation

              This is not about replacing banking infrastructure. It is about rebuilding it intelligently.

              The Next Phase of Real-Time Banking

              The launch of initiatives like the Cari Network signals the beginning of a broader industry evolution. As tokenised deposits mature, collaboration between banks, FinTechs and technology providers will determine how effectively they scale.

              The strategic question for banks is not whether tokenisation delivers value — it is whether their infrastructure is prepared to support it.

              Those that invest in modern, modular processing platforms capable of integrating tokenisation and AI at the core will establish long-term competitive advantage. They will move beyond incremental upgrades toward a unified, intelligent payments architecture.

              Tokenised deposits represent more than a technological enhancement. They reflect a shift toward programmable, data-driven financial infrastructure designed for a real-time global economy.

              For banks and technology providers operating at the intersection of issuing, acquiring and settlement modernisation, this marks the beginning of a new era — one defined not simply by faster payments, but by smarter, more resilient infrastructure.

              About RS2

              RS2 is a leading global provider of payment technology solutions and processing services, offering a unified approach to managing payments across all channels for banks, integrated software vendors, payment facilitators, independent sales organizations, payment service providers, and businesses worldwide. RS2’s platform stands out as a robust cloud-native solution designed for both issuing and acquiring operations. With its advanced orchestration layer seamlessly integrating all aspects of business operations, clients gain access to comprehensive analytics, reporting tools, and reconciliation features. This empowers businesses to effortlessly expand their global footprint through a single integration, while also gaining valuable insights into payment processes and customer behavior, enhancing operational efficiency, increasing conversion rates, and driving profitability.

              Learn more at RS2.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance

              Dr. Yvonne Bernard, CTO at Hornetsecurity, on meeting the challenge of managing the speed of AI adoption and harnessing its defensive capabilities while mitigating the risk of uncontrolled adoption

              The past year has been defined by acceleration. Threat actors rapidly embraced automation, AI, and social engineering. Scaling their tactics at unprecedented speed, while defenders raced to keep pace. Historically, defensive resilience evolves in step with attacker innovation, but in 2025 that balance began to falter.

              In an analysis of over 6 billion monthly emails, Hornetsecurity’s Security Labs found that the volume of sophisticated threats grew faster than most security teams could adapt to. Malware-infected emails soared by 131%, scams increased by nearly 35%, and phishing attempts – powered by access to advanced AI – rose by 21% from the previous year.

              Typically, attacks, even at volume, are easily filtered by good firewalls and secure email gateways. But the sophistication and AI-led nature of 2025’s boom made it even harder for organisations to defend themselves. The question now is: can security teams and businesses wrestle back control?

              Evolving Cyberattack Landscape

              ​​AI enhances efficiency and precision. As such, cybercriminals use it to launch faster, more convincing and adaptive attacks, ranging from deepfakes to credential stuffing. As an example, there is a concerning trend of attackers increasingly using ‘MFA bypass kits’ to create deceptive login pages. These pages capture not only the user’s credentials but also have logic built in to handle MFA prompts as well. ​​The unsuspecting user is then passed to the real login page for the target service and meanwhile the ‘kit’ grabs a copy of the user’s session token. This allows the attacker to impersonate the person and access their data. ​​​​​

              Examples of such kits include Evilginx (open source) and the W3LL panel. Protecting against these attacks can be challenging, as they are adept at bypassing MFA safeguards. Threat actors often use compromised LinkedIn accounts, for example, to gain access to substantial information and connections. This enables them to impersonate trusted business connections. Paired with the weaponisation of Agentic AI, this will magnify existing vulnerabilities within an organisation, while introducing new ones that defy traditional containment models.

              As it stands, the lack of oversight within organisations on the extent of AI’s adoption by cybercriminals has enabled the emergence of ‘Ransomware 3.0.’ Ransomware has evolved past simple encryption and exfiltration, with this next phase focusing on LLM-driven orchestration and a shift to data integrity manipulation.

              To counter AI-accelerated compromises and ‘Ransomware 3.0’ in 2026, organisations must adopt a Zero Trust-based cyber resiliency strategy. This requires businesses to implement strong, non-phishable machine authentication, strict least-privilege access, and constant monitoring to protect the integrity of the data that users and AI agents can access. It should become the baseline expectations rather than aspirational goals for this year.

              The Secret Value of ‘Least Privilege’ Access

              Another strategy to proactively improve cybersecurity defences in 2026 is to enforce the principle of ‘least privilege’ access. This tactic grants users access only to the data that’s needed for their role. Limiting excessive access is important for preventing the potential for widespread data exposure and damage in the case of an account compromise.

              Businesses, however, must strike a balance over access; if it’s too strict, it can hinder productivity and lead to shadow IT issues. Getting this balance right when it comes to privileged access is where sophisticated permission managers are invaluable tools to work with. They streamline the process and remove the guessing game of who and what to grant access to, thereby ensuring, in the case of an attack, that the entire organisation won’t be brought to its knees.

              How CISOs are Adopting ‘Resilience, not Perfection’

              The rate at which AI is advancing means not every organisation will be equipped with the tools or the know-how to tackle every AI-inspired attack. But as the saying goes, ‘prevention is better than cure’. It’s better to create a strong security culture than to continually chase after the next best tool. 

              Organisations can’t strengthen their resilience without involving every single person under their umbrella. That’s why CISOs must continue to invest in cybersecurity awareness programs.

              These should include simulated AI-phishing attacks (phishing remains the number one attack vector) to test users and enable them to apply learnings from the modules.

              If any user clicks on a phishing email, they should receive additional training at that very moment, to cement the learning. Over time, a good training system should automatically identify users who rarely fall for such attacks and reduce the training they receive while making the simulations they do receive more difficult. Conversely, giving persistent offenders additional bite-sized training and simulations can help improve security outcomes over time.

              The key challenge for 2026 is managing the speed of AI adoption and harnessing its defensive capabilities while mitigating the risk of uncontrolled adoption. But with excellent training, cyberattack practice runs, and the adoption of Zero Trust principles, organisations will find themselves in a strong position.

              About Dr. Yvonne Bernard

              Dr. Yvonne Bernard is the CTO of Hornetsecurity by Proofpoint, Proofpoint’s business unit leveraging the Hornetsecurity product suite dedicated to managed service providers (MSPs) and small to mid-sized businesses (SMBs), providing next-generation cloud-based security, compliance, backup, and security awareness solutions that help companies and organisations of all sizes around the world.

              Learn more at hornetsecurity.com

              • Cybersecurity
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy

              Dr Megha Kumar, Chief Product Officer and Head of Geopolitical Risk at CyXcel, on whether our risk and regulatory frameworks and institutional cultures can keep pace with Agentic AI

              Within the next couple of years, Agentic AI is likely to progress from early stages of operation to be fully embedded within systems. Its expansion will be subtle rather than spectacular. It will integrate steadily into enterprise platforms, logistics networks, compliance workflows, cybersecurity operations centres and executive decision-support tools. Processes will move faster, operating expenses will decline and performance indicators will trend upward.

              Yet these visible improvements mask a deeper challenge. The regulatory exposure, data governance pressures and erosion-of-trust risks associated with Agentic AI are being misjudged.

              Unlike earlier AI applications designed primarily to generate outputs – whether text, imagery, or predictive insights – agentic systems are built to act. They sequence decisions, draw from multiple data environments, initiate consequential processes and function at scale with differing levels of human supervision. In sandbox environments this can seem contained and controllable. Over extended periods in live environments, however, sustained oversight, traceability and effective governance become significantly more complex.

              Evolving Operational Complexity

              There are two key challenges that businesses must address.

              First, how do organisations monitor what agentic systems are doing once deployed? These systems evolve through updates, integrations and retraining and they interact with new data environments.

              Second, how do you ensure responsible behaviour throughout the lifecycle? Regulators, policymakers and customers will likely expect firms to shift from compliance assurance to risk assurance and demonstrable evidence of trust and transparency.

              The prevailing assumption is that human oversight will mitigate these risks. Human in the loop or human over the loop has become the default reassurance. In practice, however, that assumption breaks down far faster than many anticipate.

              When a system works 95 per cent of the time, human reviewers limit their scrutiny. Behavioural science tells us that automation bias and complacency occur when automated systems are high-performing. Employees often become validators of AI outputs rather than critical examiners. The diligence gap widens gradually and then suddenly.

              Facing Up to Difficult Questions

              How do you incentivise employees to remain diligent checkers when the system mostly ‘works’?  And how much time does effective oversight actually require? True review is not a cursory glance at a dashboard. It involves interrogating assumptions, validating inputs, checking context and assessing downstream consequences. In many cases, meaningful oversight may take nearly as long as performing the original task manually. When checking becomes more costly than doing the job yourself, pressure to ‘trust the system’ intensifies.

              And what happens to accountability when oversight exists on paper but not in practice? Governance documentation may show layered review structures, escalation pathways and audit processes. Yet if humans are functionally disengaged, responsibility becomes dispersed. When errors surface, organisations may struggle to attribute fault – was it the model design, the data, the integrator, the operator or the reviewer who signed off without fully scrutinising?

              Regulators are only beginning to grapple with these realities. In jurisdictions such as the European Union, the EU AI Act introduces risk-based obligations, documentation requirements and human oversight provisions. These are important steps, however, the operationalisation of those requirements in dynamic, agentic environments remain untested at scale. Compliance on paper will not automatically translate into resilient governance in practice.

              Addressing the Trust Challenge

              Beyond regulatory exposure, there is a broader trust challenge emerging.

              As Agentic AI systems scale across industries, they will generate vast volumes of automated outputs – reports, communications, risk assessments, content, decisions and transactions. If errors or manipulations spread through interconnected systems, confidence in digital outputs may erode.

              In geopolitically sensitive contexts, this has profound implications. Agentic systems interacting with external data sources could amplify disinformation, introduce biased datasets or make decisions based on manipulated inputs. The speed of automation may outpace the speed of verification. Trust, once diluted, is difficult to restore.

              Data protection risks will also intensify. Agentic systems frequently require broad access privileges to perform tasks effectively. They may access internal databases and personal data and interact with third-party platforms. Each interaction creates potential exposure points. A single misconfiguration or prompt injection attack could trigger cascading consequences across systems.

              The next phase of AI adoption will not simply amplify productivity: it will amplify regulatory, legal and reputational risk. This moment therefore demands serious scrutiny before agentic AI becomes deeply embedded in business infrastructure.

              The Moment for Action has Arrived

              So, what should organisations be doing now?

              To begin with, organisations need to look past superficial, tick-box compliance. Effective governance cannot live solely in policy documents – it must function in day-to-day operations. This means investing in continuous monitoring capabilities, robust audit trails and real-time anomaly detection tailored specifically to Agentic AI behaviours.

              In parallel, incentive structures should be redesigned. Meaningful human oversight will not happen if it is treated as secondary to speed or output. If employees are expected to provide meaningful review, organisations must allocate time, training and authority accordingly. Performance metrics should reflect risk management responsibilities, not just output rate.

              Clear lines of accountability are equally important. Senior leadership and boards should determine who carries ultimate responsibility for outcomes produced by agents. Where third-party vendors are involved, responsibilities must be contractually and operationally defined. Incident response mechanisms should be rehearsed in advance, rather than presumed to work when pressure is high.

              Expertise must also be integrated across functions. Legal, risk, compliance, cybersecurity, data protection and operational teams should be engaged from the outset. Deploying Agentic AI is not simply a technical upgrade – it reshapes the organisation’s risk profile.

              Finally, resilience demands deliberate stress-testing. Leaders should examine not only pathways to success but how models fail at scale. How would the organisation respond if a system update embedded systemic bias, if an integration vulnerability enabled unauthorised activity or if automated actions eroded customer confidence? Rigorous scenario exercises, however uncomfortable, are essential to building genuine preparedness.

              As Agentic AI advances, Risk Management Should Match its Pace

              None of this is an argument against adoption. Agentic AI presents meaningful productivity improvements and the potential for sustained competitive differentiation. Organisations that deploy it with discipline and foresight may secure a measurable advantage. The danger lies not in adoption itself, but in pursuing acceleration without knowing the risks and putting the right guardrails in place.

              The coming two years are critical for businesses. Before these systems become deeply embedded in core processes, organisations have an opportunity to shape the control environment around them.  However, once agentic systems are fully embedded, retrofitting controls will be far more difficult and costly. Leaders must therefore treat this period as a design phase for oversight, not merely a race for competitive advantage.

              Agentic AI is advancing rapidly. The defining question is whether our risk and regulatory frameworks and institutional cultures can evolve just as quickly.

              Learn more at cyxcel.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy

              With AI adoption booming across financial services, Laurent Descout, CEO and co-founder of Neo, explores why the technology has emerged at the right time for payments and what it signals for the industry’s future

              The payments industry is undergoing significant transformation as instant payments become the global standard and ISO 20022 reshapes financial messaging. For financial institutions, these changes are creating a more complex operating environment that demands new approaches to managing payments.

              Payments have long been the bedrock of financial systems. Allowing businesses and individuals to pay for the goods and services that keep the world’s economy moving. 

              Over time, the processes by which payments operate have evolved. From the first wire transfers in the 19thcentury to credit cards in the 1950s. Smartphones and the internet then took payments digital, with online banking, mobile wallets and pay by phone following suit. 

              Now, the next wave of innovation is beginning to reshape how payment systems operate. With 62% of global organisations reporting that they are at least experimenting with AI agents. The payments industry is no exception. From processing transactions and powering chatbots in fraud detection and compliance, AI is commercially imperative for banks of all sizes.

              Emerging at a Pivotal Moment

              The growing adoption of AI coincides with global efforts to speed up and streamline payments. Instant payments are fast becoming the global standard.

              This shift has been driven by consumer and business expectations, but also by changing regulations. In Europe, the Instant Payments Regulation in 2025. And most recently, SWIFT’s migration to ISO20022 has driven changes in the way payments are processed. 

              ISO 20022 introduces a single, data-rich standard for financial messaging. Under SWIFT’s migration, which reached a major milestone in November 2025 with the end of the coexistence period, payments can now carry more detailed and consistent information. 

              This reduces ambiguity and improves data quality throughout the transaction lifecycle. This makes payments easier to track, reducing delays and increasing customer confidence. 

              Under the upcoming November 2026 deadline, support will end for unstructured messages and retire MT101 request-for-transfer messages. Leaving only structured and hybrid formats. ISO 20022 also underpins modern payment rails and APIs. This enables banks and PSPs to offer instant payments and embedded payment services within corporate workflows.

              Furthermore, there are initiatives from SWIFT like SWIFT Go, SWIFT Pre-Validation and SWIFT Case Management. These focus on making payments less frictional, more transparent and faster at post-issuing resolution. 

              What AI Brings to the Table

              Against this backdrop of growing complexity, AI offers financial institutions powerful tools to automate processes, improve decision-making and reduce operational friction. All of these are key attributes for monitoring payment systems and have the potential to speed up processes end-to-end. 

              One of its core applications in payments is applying machine learning to navigate the complex web of global payment rails, completing transactions more efficiently and with fewer errors.

              It also unlocks more advanced capabilities from enriching payment messages, forecasting cash flow, identifying liquidity gaps, and optimising reconciliation processes.

              Crucially, AI helps PSPs cope with the increasing complexity of regulation. From document analysis to compliance reporting, AI can scan thousands of pages in seconds, extracting relevant insights and streamlining manual workflows.

              This means the end of endlessly searching through paperwork for small details, which can feel like searching for a needle in a haystack.

              Advanced AI models can even write and test code, accelerating product development, reducing time-to-market, and making system updates faster and more cost-effective.

              Fraud Protection

              In addition to promoting the good, AI in payments also keeps out the bad.

              In the fight against fraud, AI can recognise suspicious patterns and use algorithms trained on historical data to flag anomalous transactions.

              This monitoring occurs in real-time, allowing for immediate action to prevent losses and incorporating machine learning models to reduce the likelihood of false positives.

              Importantly, these checks happen silently and frictionlessly, with no disruption to legitimate users or the payment system.

              It’s unsurprising, therefore, that 90% of financial institutions are using AI for fraud prevention strategies.

              Striking the Right Balance

              However, AI is not a silver bullet for the payments industry, and when poorly implemented, it can be ineffective or introduce new risks.

              To avoid this, PSPs should reset their expectations and strategically evaluate the most effective use cases for implementing AI, such as streamlining document analysis or automating repetitive tasks, rather than applying it indiscriminately across all areas of business.

              AI implementation should be piloted in high-impact areas like fraud detection, compliance automation, and liquidity forecasting, while ensuring it is coupled with robust governance.

              A Catalyst for Progress

              As AI continues to make payments faster and safer, payment institutions should look towards fintech for best practices on how to integrate AI into systems strategically and cost-effectively. Many of these smaller firms continue to outperform larger banks with AI innovations thanks to their agility. 

              Learn more at getneo.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance

              New research from Aqua Global shows banks are struggling to keep up with compliance, as legacy tech drags them down

              Aqua Global, the financial messaging hub built for payments, treasury and securities processing, today revealed research showing European banks are prioritising compliance over customer experience as legacy infrastructure struggles to keep pace.

              The survey of 150 European IT banking leaders, with half based in the UK, showed that:

              • Regulation is putting a drag on innovation:
                • 77% of respondents say regulatory demands outweigh customer demands when it comes to payment modernisation.
                • 67% spend more effort adapting systems to new standards than improving customer experience.
              • Banks fear missing milestones – but can’t keep up:
                • 77% say missing a key regulatory milestone would cause significant operational and reputational damage.
                • But 60% admit their existing infrastructure struggles to keep pace with evolving standards.
              • Richer data requirements expose structural weaknesses:
                • 72% admit richer data requirements (e.g. AML, sanctions, fraud) have exposed gaps in their current infrastructure.
                • Structured addresses, AML/sanctions-related data and counterparty identifiers (BIC/LEI) are the most difficult piece of data to capture.

              “The challenge with richer payment data isn’t availability, it’s fragmentation. Information sits across multiple systems and formats, making it hard to build a complete, trusted view of a transaction. The ability to manage, govern and validate data at scale is quickly becoming a defining factor in payments resilience. This is why 81% of respondents believe a unified messaging hub across multiple channels will be essential to remain compliant and competitive in the future.” Elliot Wood, Chief Technology Officer at Aqua Global.

              ISO 20022 and T+1: Regulatory Compression Exposes Legacy Fragility

              One in five respondents experienced downtime and/or payment disruption during migration to the new ISO 20022 standard. Almost all respondents (97%) experienced challenges, with the top three cited as:

              1. Legacy systems unable to handle structured ISO 20022 data.
              2. Poor underlying data quality for enriched ISO 20022 fields.
              3. Integrating challenges with other third-party systems, such as AML, sanctions and fraud systems.

              As a result, 65% still rely, at least in part, on translation tools to remain compliant, even though 83% believe such short-term fixes will prove more costly in the long run.

              The same structural weaknesses are now surfacing in preparation for T+1 settlement. While 21% of banks have taken action to prepare, almost a quarter (23%) have no plans in place. Legacy systems incapable of supporting compressed settlement windows without significant investment remain the most cited barrier.

              Together, ISO 20022 and T+1 highlight a broader issue: regulatory timelines are accelerating faster than banks’ infrastructure can adapt.

              “The migration challenges we’re seeing aren’t isolated incidents – they expose the structural limits of legacy payment architecture,” says Cian Fernando, CEO of Aqua Global. “Treating regulatory change as a tick-box exercise encourages short-term fixes that increase complexity. Banks that modernise natively reduce cost, operational risk and friction over time. As regulatory deadlines tighten and data requirements grow richer, banks relying on fragmented systems face rising operational risk and mounting cost pressures, with less capacity left to compete on customer experience.”

              To learn more download the full From Compliance Burden to Competitive Advantage report

              About Aqua Global

              For over 43 years, Aqua Global has delivered a robust suite of financial messaging and transaction automation solutions for payments, treasury, and securities processing that integrate internal systems to external services. Trusted by leading banks across 22+ countries, our Aquila orchestration and integration framework offers exceptional performance, control, and scalability.

              Learn more at aquaglobal.co.uk

              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Neobanking

              Visa is leading the AI race in payments, according to Evident’s AI Index for Payments, a major new ranking of…

              Visa is leading the AI race in payments, according to Evident’s AI Index for Payments, a major new ranking of AI adoption within the industry. 

              The Index shows industry stalwarts Visa and Mastercard outpacing their peers and delivering tangible AI outcomes thanks to early investments in talent and innovation.

              Behind them, PayPal (3rd), American Express (4th), Stripe (5th) and Block (6th) emerge as the challengers. They outperformed the Index average, but are yet to match the leaders’ scale of deployment and outcome disclosure.

              AI Moving from Experimentation to Deployment

              Over the past two years, the 12 payments companies in the Index have publicly documented nearly 100 AI use cases. Underscoring how rapidly AI has moved from experimentation to deployment across core payment workflows. It’s a landscape defined by constantly evolving fraud threats and rising customer expectations for faultless, high-speed processing. Evident notes that nearly a third of these use cases disclose measurable outcomes, including efficiency gains, risk reduction and revenue uplift.

              “Payments firms adopted AI out of necessity long before many other industries – their business models demanded it. Companies who invested early – like Visa and Mastercard – have gained a clear advantage over their peers, both in AI capabilities and the value their deployments are realising.” Alexandra Mousavizadeh, Co-Founder and Co-CEO of Evident.

              Talent, Innovation, Leadership and Transparency

              The Evident AI Index for Payments provides the most comprehensive independent benchmark of AI maturity across the industry. It is based on publicly available data around four pillars critical to successful AI deployment: Talent, Innovation, Leadership and Transparency.

              According to Evident, Visa’s lead is based on consistent performance across the four pillars. And because it demonstrates the clearest evidence that AI is institutionalised across its core transaction network. Visa and Mastercard show maturity in areas such as fraud detection, cybersecurity and network-level risk reduction. Visa stands out for the scale and measurable impact of a handful of large, multi-year deployments focused on the integrity and security of its entire ecosystem.

              “Mastercard shows strong evidence of scaled deployment and quantified performance improvements. Particularly in areas like fraud detection and AML tracing,” continued Mousavizadeh. “But what sets Visa apart is the degree to which the company is demonstrating impact at scale over multiple years. From applications of AI across its operations and network. It signals a shift from individual use cases to AI as institutional capability.

              “What the Index also reveals is the importance of consistent innovation to maintain competitive advantage. With relatively nascent industry players like Stripe and Block performing well – and showing their AI potential reflected in their valuations – the Index leaders cannot afford to drop off the pace.”

              AI Impact on Show, but ROI Reporting Scarce 

              Firms in the top half of the Index account for nearly 80% of use case disclosures (with the top three providing a significant 54%). Highlighting the link between AI maturity and the ability to scale deployment.

              Visa performed strongly in this regard. For instance, its latest threat report disclosed advanced AI/ML blocked nearly 85% more fraud compared to one year prior. Similarly, when Mastercard incorporated Gen AI technology into its Decision Intelligence solution, initial modelling showed AI enhancements improved fraud detection rates from an average of 20% to as high as 300% in some instances.

              However, Evident notes that no payments company has disclosed realised or projected ROI across all enterprise or group-wide AI activities. 

              “The Index leaders are locked in a tight race at a point when the thinking around corporate AI adoption is shifting – away from chasing the biggest models to building technologies that solve real operational problems efficiently,” commented Annabel Ayles, Co-Founder and Co-CEO of Evident. “Against this backdrop, the absence of ROI disclosure – or any group targets for AI ROI – is increasingly conspicuous. Currently, 1-in-5 banks now report on group-level AI returns. However, payments firms have yet to quantify the aggregate impact of their AI investments. To keep justifying this expenditure, the market will sooner or later demand clearer evidence of value.”

              A Hotbed of AI Talent

              The Index also reveals that the average payments company has over 30% more AI-focused workers than other financial institutions, despite substantially smaller employee numbers. 

              The three major card networks – Visa, Mastercard and American Express – account for nearly half (48%) of the payments industry’s AI talent stack. PayPal is currently the biggest employer, accounting for nearly a fifth (18%) of that AI talent.

              PayPal’s AI talent has allowed it to build proprietary models tightly integrated with its data and workflows. Consequently, it accounts for nearly a quarter (24%) of the 98 AI use cases documented by its peers over the past two years – 1.7x as many AI applications as detailed by Visa or Mastercard.

              “AI maturity is no longer defined by talent volume alone, and the Index leaders combine AI development, data engineering and product capabilities in ways that allow them to move rapidly from model experimentation to production deployment,” concluded Ayles.

              The Evident AI Index Methodology

              The Evident AI Payments Index ranks the AI maturity of 12 of the largest payment networks and processors across the globe. These 12 entities were chosen by aggregating the largest payment companies, with a minimum of $2B in annual revenue. 

              It is an independent, ‘outside-in’ assessment based exclusively on publicly available information. Each company was assessed against 60+ individual indicators, organised into four pillars critical to successful AI deployment at scale: Talent (45% weighting), Innovation (30%), Leadership (15%) and Transparency of Responsible AI activity (10%).

              Data is gathered through a combination of extensive manual research and proprietary machine learning tools that extract key data points from company reporting and public disclosures (including press releases, investor relations materials, group-level website pages, group-level social media accounts, and media interviews with senior leadership), as well as a range of third-party data platforms.

              Further information on the methodology of the Index can be found at evidentinsights.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              Adam Spearing, VP of AI GTM EMEA at ServiceNow, on why those that invest in AI foundations now will shape their operating models on their own terms

              Much of the debate around AI still centres on pilots: which tools to test, which use cases to prioritise, which risks to manage. Executive teams commission proofs of concept, establish governance forums and assess compliance exposure. Far less scrutiny is applied to the consequences of waiting.

              Traditional technical debt is familiar territory for CIOs. It stems from shortcuts, ageing platforms and deferred upgrades. It builds over time and is eventually addressed through structured modernisation programmes. Visible in legacy code, brittle integrations and manual workarounds. It appears on risk registers and capital plans. Leaders know how to describe it and, in principle, how to resolve it.

              Forward-looking technical debt is different. It arises when organisations postpone the foundational changes needed for new ways of working. It is not created by past expediency, but by present hesitation. And it accumulates faster.

              AI Adoption

              In the context of AI, the effects are already emerging. Each quarter spent debating readiness instead of building it increases the distance between legacy operating models and AI-enabled competitors. As models improve and user expectations shift, that distance widens, reshaping competitive baselines. What begins as a modest capability gap can harden into structural disadvantage.

              While companies debate whether to adopt AI, the margin for strategic choice narrows. Many organisations frame AI adoption as a binary decision: adopt now or wait until the technology matures further. In practice, the room for discretion is smaller than it appears. Time spent stalled in pilots or governance loops increases the gap between internal capability and market expectation.

              More than 75% of organisations are expected to face moderate to severe AI-related technical debt in 2026, predicts Forrester. The issue will not simply be missed efficiency gains. It will be structural misalignment between how their systems operate and how work is increasingly done.

              This misalignment often appears gradually. Teams rely on manual data preparation because underlying systems cannot support automation. AI tools are layered onto fragmented architectures and deliver inconsistent outputs. Employees experiment with external tools because internal platforms cannot provide the functionality they need. Each workaround creates further fragmentation.

              Over time, these patterns compound. Integration backlogs expand. Security and risk teams struggle to enforce consistent controls across proliferating tools. Data governance becomes reactive rather than designed. What began as caution begins to constrain strategic options.

              The AI Paradox

              Here’s the paradox: organisations are either rushing into unsuccessful AI pilots that create immediate technical debt, or they’re avoiding AI entirely and creating forward-looking debt through inaction. Both paths lead to the same place – systems that can’t support the future of work.

              AI isn’t just another technology layer to bolt onto existing infrastructure. It’s fundamentally changing how people interact with systems and how work gets done. Increasingly, AI becomes an interface through which employees access information, execute tasks and navigate processes. When AI becomes the interface – not just for customers but for employees navigating their daily tasks – organisations without AI-ready foundations will find themselves unable to compete on speed, efficiency, or experience.

              The companies that hesitate aren’t just missing out on automation benefits today. They’re building a deficit that grows exponentially as AI capabilities advance. Each new model release, each competitor’s successful implementation, each customer expectation shift adds to the debt. Each significant model improvement raises the performance benchmark across the market. Unlike legacy systems that degrade slowly, this gap accelerates.

              From Avoidance to Advantage

              Breaking free from forward-looking technical debt requires a fundamental mindset shift. This isn’t about buying more technology or launching more AI pilots. It’s about creating the conditions for sustainable AI adoption that builds capability rather than complexity.

              The organisations succeeding with AI aren’t the ones with the biggest budgets or the most aggressive rollouts. They’re the ones that took a deliberate, phased approach to ensuring their data, systems, and culture could support AI at scale. They treated readiness as an operational discipline rather than an innovation side project. They understood that AI adoption isn’t a destination, it’s a continuous capability that requires solid foundations.

              This starts with honest visibility into current technology estates. Leaders must understand what systems can realistically support AI workloads, where data quality creates barriers, and which processes are ready for automation. Only then can organisations introduce AI incrementally, modernising systems where necessary rather than forcing new capabilities onto brittle foundations. Without that clarity, AI risks being layered onto structural weaknesses.

              Modernisation therefore becomes targeted. Consolidating fragmented workflows, standardising data models and reducing unnecessary integration points increase the feasibility of scaling AI across multiple use cases. Early deployments focused on well-defined processes with clear data lineage can build internal confidence while strengthening governance practices.

              Clear Debt to Stay Competitive

              Forward-looking technical debt does not appear on a balance sheet. It shows up in slower product cycles, manual workarounds, integration backlogs and frustrated employees. It surfaces when competitors deliver AI-assisted services as standard and customers begin to expect the same everywhere. By the time these symptoms are visible, the underlying gap has already widened.

              Timing therefore becomes a strategic variable. AI capability builds cumulatively: early investment in clean data, modern workflows and interoperable systems creates a base for continuous improvement. Each iteration becomes easier, faster and more reliable. Those that delay face the opposite trajectory: increasing complexity, rising retrofit costs and shrinking room for strategic choice.

              The real issue is not adoption in principle. It is whether leadership teams are prepared to treat readiness as urgent rather than optional.

              Reducing forward-looking technical debt requires acting before competitive pressure dictates terms, aligning technology modernisation with operating model reform, and accepting that disciplined progress now is less risky than accelerated catch-up later.

              AI adoption will continue irrespective of individual organisational hesitation. Vendors will continue to refine their offerings. Regulators will clarify expectations. Customers and employees will adjust their behaviours. Those that invest in foundations now will shape their operating models on their own terms. Those that delay risk reacting to a competitive gap that is already commercially significant.

              Learn more at servicenow.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy

              Chris Gunner, vCSO at Thrive – a leading NextGen MSP/MSSP, delivering global AI, cybersecurity, cloud, compliance, and digital transformation managed services – on how CISOs can position their cyber strategy to to become part of how a business navigates uncertainty

              Quantification of cyber risk is a growing trend. While this can be genuinely useful, in practice it is often misunderstood or over-applied by security leaders. It can range from an arbitrary figure to attempting to model every possible risk on the register in a Monte Carlo simulation. The focus can fall on the mechanics of quantification, rather than how financial decision-makers actually use the information.

              Think of the CFO – they don’t walk through every penny in the budget. Instead, they usually focus on the board-level levers that can materially affect the business. These often include three key areas: strategic optionality, removing friction from capital events and avoiding shocks and smoothing operating costs. Security conversations should be anchored the same way.

              The Importance of Strategic Optionality

              If faced with a credible one-year growth plan, CFOs may recommend a one-year office lease despite a 20% premium. This is because it maintains the option later of moving or re-contracting once the growth trajectory becomes more visible. Like most strategic decisions, it is about preserving flexibility in the face of uncertainty, even if that flexibility comes at a short-term cost.

              If we apply this to a cyber context, there are often businesses that have taken a calculated gamble with their existing business strategies. While the plan is sound, there is a chance it might not land as expected. When they require security services, the choice between a ‘standard’ and ‘premium’ SOC frames the decision as one of optionality rather than security spend. Paying more now to preserve the ability to adapt later down the line. A simple illustration is incident response. An on-call retainer with defined response times can look more expensive than ad hoc support. Until an incident occurs and procurement becomes the bottleneck. In those moments, flexibility is often far more valuable than marginal savings achieved earlier.

              Removing Friction from Capital Events

              For CFOs, especially those operating in the alternative investment space, the focus is on structuring capital events. As opposed to managing day-to-day operational costs. One of the most painful points in that process is due diligence. The careful exchange between acquirer and target that aims to provide enough information for each to price risk, without giving the entire game away.

              CISOs can materially influence how smooth or painful that process becomes. The most effective support often comes from understanding upfront what the diligence process will look like and preparing accordingly.

              For example, they might develop executive-level ‘Security at ACME’ overviews to sit alongside more detailed trust centre or technical reports. Being available to diligence teams for interviews, and for example clearly articulating which services are outsourced to an MSSP, and why, builds credibility between those executive teams.

              Decision-makers often don’t look at penetration test reports at a deal level. They are assessing whether the organisation understands its own control environment. A well-prepared CISO who can clearly explain why certain controls exist acts as a trust amplifier during transactions.

              It is often the difference between a diligence process that closes cleanly and one that drifts. Two organisations can have similar maturity. Yet the one that can respond within a day with clear, consistent evidence reduces follow-up questions, avoids uncertainty premiums in pricing discussions and prevents security from becoming a late-stage negotiation point.

              Avoiding Shocks and Smoothing Operating Costs

              For any individual who has worked with a finance partner to define a departmental budget will know that predictability often takes precedence over absolute cost. Contract value can be secondary to payment terms, renewal timing or the ability to forecast spend with confidence.

              CISOs can align with this by looking to reduce unplanned operating expenditure. In addition to understanding the cost structure of their controls by communicating with the technical pre-sales engineer, procurement and account teams.

              A good example is cyber insurance. While often purchased directly by finance teams, many policies are relatively off-the-shelf and provide access to services the security team already operates or has under contract. Other policies include notable exclusions for the events most likely to occur. Such as a ransomware incident without business interruption cover. In many cases, these gaps can be addressed in-policy with a flat fee or a more predictable cost model.

              The value here extends beyond risk transfer and into more predictable costs: replacing reactive spend with planned expenditure.

              Aligning Cyber Conversations to Board Priorities

              Across all of the above examples, the common thread is that the board is rarely asking security to prove its value in isolation, and is surprisingly comfortable with uncertainty. But they are asking whether the cyber papers support better decisions, fewer constraints and more predictable outcomes for the business as a whole.

              CISOs who frame their priorities in those terms will find their conversations move away from justifying individual controls and towards understanding how security choices shape the organisation’s ability to respond to change. In that context, cyber becomes part of how the business navigates uncertainty, rather than a specialist function defending its budget. Speaking the board’s language, ultimately, is less about converting cyber risk into pounds and pence. It is more about understanding which levers matter at that level and showing how security choices influence them.

              Learn more at thrivenextgen.com

              • Cybersecurity
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Digital Strategy

              AccessPay, the leading bank integration provider, has announced a new partnership with PayPoint. It will integrate PayPoint’s Confirmation of Payee (CoP) capability…

              AccessPaythe leading bank integration provider, has announced a new partnership with PayPoint. It will integrate PayPoint’s Confirmation of Payee (CoP) capability into AccessPay’s payments automation suite for modern finance teams. £258m was lost to authorised push payment (APP) fraud in the first half of 2025 alone. Organisations need access to robust payment controls that scale with their operations. PayPoint’s CoP offering enables AccessPay’s customers to verify payee account details as part of their payment workflows. Reinforcing AccessPay’s position at the centre of a growing ecosystem of technologies designed to automate and de-risk the Office of the CFO.

              Fraud Prevention

              CoP, also known as Account Name Verification (ANV), is a valuable anti-fraud measure. It checks the accuracy of payee details before funds are sent. It can be used to confirm payee details at the point of collection, when creating a payment instruction, or both. PayPoint’s CoP capability is designed to handle peak-usage scenarios for corporate clients, including payroll runs, supplier payments, and seasonal spikes. It is recognised for its ability to process exceptionally high transaction volumes. Additionally, it provides flexible access options, including APIs, user interface and bulk processing. This enables organisations at different stages of their automation journey to embed account name verification seamlessly into existing processes.

              A Partnership Expanding a Tech Ecosystem

              “Our customers want to automate high-volume, high-value payments with confidence, knowing robust safeguards are built directly into their processes. PayPoint is recognised for delivering payment and fraud services at a national scale. By partnering with them, we are strengthening the fraud and error protections available within the AccessPay platform. And improving operational efficiency by reducing payment resubmissions, exception handling and manual intervention. The service is already available to customers and has been positively received since we began working together in 2025.” Anish Kapoor, CEO of AccessPay

              “AccessPay sits at the centre of modern finance operations. It securely connecting businesses to their banks and enabling automated payment flows at scale. Partnering with AccessPay allows us to extend our CoP capability to thousands of finance teams that are actively transforming how they manage payments. Together, we’re helping organisations reduce fraud risk, minimise payment errors, and deliver more secure, trusted payment experiences.” Jo Toolan, Managing Director Payments, PayPoint

              The PayPoint partnership reinforces AccessPay’s commitment to expanding its technology ecosystem. To help finance and treasury teams automate securely, reduce manual intervention, and build resilient, future-ready payment operations. By combining AccessPay’s bank integration platform with PayPoint’s payment and fraud prevention expertise, organisations gain stronger protection against fraud. Also unlocking greater efficiency and confidence in automated finance processes.

              About PayPoint

              PayPoint is the UK’s leading multichannel payments and community services provider. It delivers innovative solutions that simplify and secure how customers and businesses transact. The core of our offering is MultiPay. A single payment platform that unifies Open Banking, card, Direct Debit, and over-the-counter cash payments into a streamlined solution.

              Our Open Banking services are designed to deliver a frictionless and secure payment journey. From account-to-account payments to Confirmation of Payee (CoP), we empower companies with the tools to build trust and reduce fraud. All through a suite of easy-to-integrate APIs. These services can be integrated into your existing financial or customer management systems. Or accessed via our portal, white-labelled websites or mobile apps—providing flexibility to meet your needs.

              As a proud Gold Partner of Open Banking Expo 2025 and winner of the Best Sector Initiative for our PayPoint OpenPay innovation at the Open Banking Expo Awards, we’re thrilled to return in 2026 to continue driving innovation and delivering value through Open Banking.

              About AccessPay 

              AccessPay is a leading provider of bank integration solutions, pioneering finance transformation for the Office of the CFO. AccessPay helps finance and treasury teams modernise their operations through secure, cloud-based bank connectivity.

              Our platform connects back-office systems to banks, enabling the automated flow and transformation of payment, bank statement and other financial data. Thousands of businesses around the world partner with AccessPay to automate supplier and client payments, Direct Debit collections, and bank statement retrieval. Improving efficiency, reducing fraud risk, and gaining real-time cash visibility.

              Founded in 2012 and headquartered in Manchester, UK, AccessPay is trusted by global enterprises to automate finance and treasury operations and build a future-ready Office of the CFO.

              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Digital Payments

              Adonis Celestine, Senior Director – Global Automation Practice Lead at Applause, on the rise of AI and why In a world of autonomous systems, trust is the ultimate competitive advantage

              Every generation of technology has its defining disruptor – the force that rises above the rest and reshapes its environment. In the mid-2000s, Marc Andreessen captured the moment when digital systems began transforming entire industries with his famous line: “software is eating the world”. At the time, software was the apex predator of technology, defining how value was created and delivered. Today, that hierarchy has shifted. Artificial Intelligence (AI) has reached the top of the technology food chain. Not just accelerating software, but fundamentally reimagining how it’s created, tested, and deployed.

              AI is no longer just a tool; it is a co-creator. Developers now rely on AI daily to translate high-level intentions into working code. A practice sometimes known as ‘vibe coding’. Tasks that once took months can now be delivered in weeks, days, or even minutes. The pace is exhilarating, but it introduces challenges that traditional quality assurance (QA) practices were never designed to meet. And if QA cannot keep up, speed will come at the cost of reliability and trust.

              When AI Outpaces QA

              Conventional QA depends on predictability. Features are defined, code is written, and test cases verify the expected behaviour. However, AI disrupts this traditional model. Generative and Agentic AI systems don’t simply follow instructions; they interpret them. These systems adapt to context, learn from data, and can produce different outputs from the same prompt, influenced by factors such as training, temperature settings, and the model’s probabilistic nature. With development cycles now measured in minutes, traditional QA handoffs are often impossible.

              This has led to a growing gap between speed and certainty. Teams can ship products faster than ever, yet it’s becoming much more difficult to ensure consistent, ethical, or safe behaviour in real-world conditions. Enterprises are already experiencing AI-powered features that fail in ways conventional testing could not anticipate, undermining trust and creating new risks.

              Hidden Risks in Autonomous AI Workflows

              AI-driven development introduces blind spots that traditional QA often struggles to detect. One key issue is context drift. This occurs when AI performs well in controlled testing environments but behaves unpredictably when faced with edge cases, cultural differences, or ambiguous inputs. For example, a customer-facing chatbot might pass functional tests but produce biased or misleading responses when deployed on a global scale.

              Another challenge is compound autonomy. When multiple AI agents are involved in code generation, testing, and deployment, the system may begin to validate its own processes. Without human oversight, errors can propagate unnoticed. An AI agent might ‘approve’ certain behaviours because they statistically align with previous outputs. Rather than meeting user or business expectations.

              Invisible change also complicates QA efforts. AI models continuously evolve through processes like retraining, prompt tuning, or data updates. A feature that worked flawlessly last week may function differently today. Traditional regression testing often fails to capture these subtle but significant shifts.

              Most critically, AI workflows blur the lines of accountability. When failures occur, it can be unclear whether the issue lies with the model, the data, the prompt, the integration, or the deployment pipeline. QA teams must continuously validate not only the outputs but also the decision-making processes behind them.

              Redefining Quality and Trust in an AI World

              Slowing AI development is neither practical nor beneficial. Organisations must redefine quality in a probabilistic, AI-driven environment. Quality now extends beyond just correctness. It involves ensuring that systems operate reliably in real-world scenarios. This shift requires moving from static test cases to continuous, adaptive validation.

              QA teams must evolve into ‘quality intelligence’ teams, broadening their responsibilities from simply detecting defects to actively fostering trust in AI systems. AI-assisted testing is crucial in this process. It can automatically generate extensive test cases by analysing requirements and code patterns. It can predict defects using machine learning. Detect visual inconsistencies across devices, and produce realistic, privacy-compliant synthetic test data. Additionally, Agentic AI can autonomously maintain and self-heal test scripts, adjusting their logic as underlying code or user interfaces change.

              Furthermore, AI systems themselves need rigorous evaluation. Techniques such as red teaming, rainbow teaming, benchmarking, bias and ethics checks, and drift monitoring are essential to help promote AI’s reliability, fairness, and alignment with business objectives.

              Human oversight is critical. While AI can scale testing and automate numerous tasks, critical thinking, risk assessment, and judgment cannot be fully delegated. Humans must guide, validate, and refine AI outputs to maintain both quality and trust.

              Emerging Roles and Responsibilities

              AI is reshaping professional roles. Developers are increasingly using AI by instructing machines through natural language rather than traditional programming methods. This shift has led to the emergence of new roles such as AI agent orchestrators, prompt engineers, QA specialists for autonomous systems, and governance leads who ensure ethical and auditable AI practices.

              These roles are essential for maintaining human oversight. Developers and testers must experiment, validate, and continuously refine AI outputs while being cautious not to rely too heavily on AI.

              Trust in the Age of the Apex Predator

              As with any apex predator, AI has changed the rules of the game. Software once “ate the world” by making systems programmable. Today, AI “eats software” by making it autonomous, capable of creating, modifying, and deploying autonomously. In this new environment, speed is no longer the ultimate measure of success; trust is. Systems may move fast, but without rigorous QA, ethical oversight, and human judgment, they may not be reliable, accurate or ethical.

              The new apex predator demands adaptation. Organisations navigating this AI-driven era must embrace automation and innovation, but pair it with strong quality practices, governance, and continual human oversight. Only by combining these elements can companies ensure their AI systems are not only fast and efficient but also dependable and aligned with business objectives. In a world of autonomous systems, trust is the ultimate competitive advantage.

              Learn more at applause.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy

              Report reveals shift from experimentation to scale as AI and digital assets drive regional leadership

              Money20/20, the world’s leading FinTech show, has unveiled its annual Future of Fintech in APAC report. Money20/20 Asia takes place in Bangkok on April 21-23 at the Queen Sirikit National Convention Center (QSNCC). The whitepaper reveals that APAC’s FinTech ecosystem has reached a pivotal inflection point. The region is shifting from experimentation to scaled deployment. Across AI, digital payments, and digital assets, marking a decisive move toward production‑grade innovation.

              The comprehensive report is based on surveys and interviews with more than 130 senior FinTech leaders across Asia. It reveals an industry moving beyond pilot programs toward enterprise-scale solutions. These prioritise collaboration, digital trust, and financial inclusion as core business imperatives for 2026.

              Key FinTech Findings

              • Southeast Asia dominates expansion plans: 22.9% of respondents identify the region as their primary growth target. Despite a decline from 31.4% last year — underscoring its continued dominance as the region’s growth engine.
              • Financial inclusion becomes strategic priority: 90.6% of executives say social good initiatives are now embedded in corporate strategy. Confirming that impact has become a commercial imperative, not a CSR exercise.
              • AI adoption accelerates: 61.2% of organisations have already adopted AI or machine learning. Only 3.5% are yet to begin exploring it.
              • Regulatory momentum accelerates: New frameworks in Singapore, Hong Kong, and Japan are driving institutional adoption of stablecoins and tokenised assets
              • Cyber-resilience emerges as top operational concern: 63.5% of leaders cite fraud prevention as their highest operational priority.

              “APAC is no longer experimenting, it’s executing. The region is building financial infrastructure that is faster, safer, and more inclusive than ever before. What happens here will influence the future of money globally.” Ian Fong, VP of Content at Money20/20 Asia.

              Digital Trust Becomes the New Currency

              As digital adoption accelerates, cyber-resilience has emerged as the region’s most urgent priority for 2026. 63.5% of leaders identifying fraud prevention as their top operational priority. Regulators and industry players are investing heavily in real-time risk intelligence and AI-driven security measures.

              The speed of digital adoption in APAC has outpaced traditional fraud models,” said Justin Lie, Founder & CEO of SHIELD. “What we’re seeing now is a shift toward real-time, device-level intelligence that operates silently in the background. Trust is the new currency of digital finance. Furthermore, the companies that embed it in every interaction while delivering a frictionless experience will define the future of the industry.”

              Stablecoins Move into Mainstream Financial Infrastructure

              Institutional engagement with stablecoins and tokenised financial instruments has grown significantly over the past year. It is supported by clearer regulatory frameworks emerging across Singapore, Hong Kong, and Japan. Blockchain and DLT were ranked by 17.9% of respondents as the most impactful emerging technology after AI. These developments are enabling faster cross-border settlements, improved liquidity management, and new treasury optimisation strategies for enterprises.

              “Across Asia, stablecoins are already embedded in real economic activity. From payments and cross-border settlements to treasury optimisation,” said Yam Ki Chan, Vice President, Asia Pacific at Circle. “The region is demonstrating how digital assets can scale within financial systems. And the next phase is about interoperability and the development of an economic operating system (OS) for the internet”.

              Digital Lending Expands Financial Access

              2.1 billion adults globally are still underbanked or unbanked. Thus, digital lenders across South and Southeast Asia are leveraging alternative data, mobile-first onboarding, and embedded finance to reach previously excluded communities. The report also highlights that 72.9% of respondents believe FinTech solutions tailored to SMEs are key to driving economic growth across APAC. Signalling a widening opportunity for inclusive financial innovation.

              “Financial inclusion isn’t achieved by simply putting products online. It requires building for the realities of everyday consumers,” said Moritz Gastl, General Manager of Tala Philippines. “In markets like the Philippines, trust, transparency, and flexibility matter just as much as credit scoring. Digital lending works when it empowers people, not when it replicates old systems with new interfaces.”

              Looking Ahead: Collaboration Will Define the Next Decade

              Together, the findings of this report point to a region no longer just testing FinTech concepts. It is actively building production-grade financial infrastructure. As AI scales, payment rails interconnect, and digital assets enter regulated markets. APAC is emerging as a blueprint for how financial systems will be built and governed globally.

              “The next wave of FinTech innovation will be defined by how well we balance technological advancement with social impact,” added Fong. “APAC markets are proving that financial innovation and inclusion can advance together.”

              The Future of Fintech in APAC report can be downloaded HERE.

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • Event Newsroom
              • Events

              Tom Lanaway is Head of Innovation at Connective3, a global brand & performance marketing agency. He leads a team building AI-powered marketing measurement and marketing intelligence tools.

              Most businesses are asking the wrong question about AI. They’re asking, ‘Which AI tool should we use?’ They should be asking: ‘Can our people actually think with AI?’ 

              I run an innovation team at a marketing agency. We’ve spent the last two years building AI into everything we do, including measurement, content, strategy, and automation. We’ve got lots of tools, 18 different products to be precise. 

              Below is what I’ve learned. But the tools aren’t always the bottleneck; sometimes the skills are. 

              The Tennis Racket Problem 

              A colleague put it perfectly recently: “AI is a tool. Think of it as if you’ve got a smart assistant sat there. But it’s saying, I’m going to give you the best tennis racket, now go and play in a Grand Slam.” 

              That metaphor stuck with me because it captures something the artificial intelligence hype cycle keeps missing. We’ve convinced ourselves it democratises everything. That anyone can now do anything. That the barrier to entry has collapsed. And there’s truth in that, but it’s incomplete. The barrier to access has collapsed, but the barrier to effectiveness hasn’t. Give someone GPT-4, and they can generate text. Give them the best tennis racket, and they can hit a ball. But the gap between hitting a ball and playing at Wimbledon is still vast. Most organisations are stuck in that gap, wondering why their AI investments aren’t transforming anything. 

              Three Skills That Aren’t Always Present 

              When I look at where teams struggle and where I see the same patterns across other businesses, three specific competencies keep showing up as gaps: 

              1. Problem Decomposition 

              Not everyone knows how to break down complex work into chunks that AI can help with. This sounds simple, but it isn’t. Most people approach AI with whole tasks such as ‘Write me a marketing strategy’, ‘Analyse this data’ Or ‘Create a campaign’. AI will then produce something, but it’s usually mediocre, because the person hasn’t done the harder work of understanding which specific parts of that task AI is good at, and which parts need human judgment. The skill isn’t using AI; it’s knowing what to give it. Someone who is brilliant at their job but can’t decompose problems will get worse results from AI than someone more junior who understands how to break work into the right pieces.  

              2. Output Assessment 

              How do you know if what AI gives you is good? This is where intuition becomes essential and it’s also where the ‘AI replaces expertise’ narrative falls apart. You need domain knowledge to evaluate AI output. You need enough experience to feel when something’s off, even if you can’t immediately articulate why. You need the pattern recognition that comes from years of doing the actual work. Artificial Intelligence doesn’t replace that intuition; it requires it. The best AI users I’ve observed aren’t the most technical; they’re the ones who’ve built up enough expertise in their field to quickly assess whether AI output is useful, directionally correct, or completely off base. They know what good looks like, so they can recognise it when they see it, or notice when it’s missing.

              3. Articulation 

              Can you clearly express what you really want? This is the unglamorous core of the whole thing. Some people struggle to articulate their requirements to other humans, let alone to AI. We’ve all sat in meetings where someone spends 20 minutes explaining what they need, and you’re still not sure what they want. AI makes that problem worse. The skill isn’t ‘prompt engineering’ in the technical sense; it’s the much older skill of clear thinking and clear communication. If you can’t articulate what you want specifically, precisely, with the right context and constraints, you won’t get useful output from AI or from anyone else. 

              The Uncomfortable Implication 

              Here’s what this means for how businesses should think about AI investment

              Stop leading with tools: Most organisations have tool fatigue already. Another platform, another integration, another training session on which buttons to click. It’s not working. 

              Start with the human work: Before asking ‘What AI should we use?’, ask ‘Can our people break down problems, assess output, and articulate requirements?’ If they can’t do those things well without AI, they won’t do them well with AI either. 

              Invest in the skills, not just the access: This doesn’t mean AI prompt engineering courses; it means developing clearer thinking, better problem decomposition, and sharper articulation. These are old skills, applied to new tools. 

              Accept that expertise still matters: The people who’ll use AI best are the ones who already know their domain deeply. AI amplifies competence; it doesn’t create it.

              Connected Intelligence Isn’t About Connected Systems 

              I’ve spent a lot of time thinking about how different marketing channels and data sources connect and how you build intelligence across systems rather than in silos.

              But I’ve come to think the more important connection isn’t between systems, it’s between human judgment and AI capability. The integration layer that matters most is the one between the person and the tool. 

              Get that wrong, and it doesn’t matter how sophisticated your AI stack is. Get it right, and even basic tools become powerful. 

              Learn more at connective3.com

              • AI in Procurement
              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy
              • People & Culture

              Hampshire Trust Bank (HTB) is using artificial intelligence (AI) to act faster on customer concerns. It is empowering its teams…

              Hampshire Trust Bank (HTB) is using artificial intelligence (AI) to act faster on customer concerns. It is empowering its teams to identify and respond quickly, whilst also meeting regulatory timeframes for handling complaints and supporting vulnerable customers.

              Netcall: AI-Powered Sentiment

              The specialist bank has worked with Netcall to deploy AI-powered sentiment analysis using Netcall’s Liberty Create platform. The solution reduces manual effort and improves operational efficiency by bringing customer emails from multiple mailboxes into a single interface. Incoming messages are automatically analysed to identify dissatisfaction, highlighting cases that may require faster intervention. This allows urgent cases to be prioritised, helping HTB to resolve issues before they escalate and improve the customer experience.

              “Our AI-powered sentiment analysis solution rapidly processes vast amounts of email data. Its efficiency allows our team to focus on resolving customer enquiries and issues rather than sorting priorities. The streamlined process ensures swifter responses and better customer outcomes, upholding our reputation for exceptional customer service.” Ed Eames, Head of Customer Savings Operations at Hampshire Trust Bank.

              The application was built by the Hampshire Trust Bank development team using Liberty Create. It worked closely with Netcall to integrate AI sentiment analysis into existing processes. Customer-facing teams were involved throughout to ensure the solution aligned with established workflows and regulatory requirements.

              Customer Service Control

              A key benefit of the approach is the level of control it gives internal teams. Keywords, sentiment thresholds, and classifications can be adjusted directly. This allows rapid refinement as customer behaviour changes or new regulatory considerations emerge, without waiting for development cycles.

              “Liberty Create has enabled my development team to work with remarkable agility. The ability to rapidly create and refine applications to meet ever-evolving business needs has significantly enhanced our efficiency. This allows us to deliver a wealth of new features to end users and customers with speed. With the integration of AI, we’ve been able to advance our processes while ensuring exceptional customer service. Our Sentiment Analysis application launch is a prime example of this.” Trina Burnett, Head of Engineering at Hampshire Trust Bank.

              The sentiment analysis system also supports automated and ad-hoc reporting. This provides a single source of insight into customer interactions and actions taken. This helps reduce manual effort, supports audit and compliance activity, and enables teams to continuously improve customer service operations.

              “As scrutiny around customer experience and accountability increases across UK financial services, the ability to listen, adapt and respond at pace is becoming a defining capability for banks seeking to maintain trust and service standards,” said Alex Ballingall, Key Account Manager at Netcall.

              “HTB’s approach shows how banks can use AI-driven insight practically. Turning customer communications into faster action without adding operational complexity,” Ballingall concluded.

              About Netcall

              Netcall is a leading provider of low-code and customer engagement solutions. A UK company quoted on the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange. By enabling customer-facing and IT talent to collaborate, Netcall takes the pain out of big change projects. It helps businesses dramatically improve the customer experience, while lowering costs. Over 600 organisations in financial services, insurance, local government and healthcare use the Netcall Liberty platform to make life easier for the people they serve. Netcall aims to help organisations radically improve customer experience through collaborative CX.

              Learn more at netcall.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Payments
              • Digital Strategy
              • Fintech & Insurtech
              • InsurTech

              Patrick Cooney, CFO at Version 1, on why, in an AI-driven operating environment, financial discipline is more important than ever

              Over the last decade, digital transformation has become part of the CFO’s remit. As organisations invested in automation, cloud and data platforms, finance leaders were well placed to oversee spend, drive efficiency and ensure technology investments delivered measurable returns. As artificial intelligence (AI) moves from experimentation into the core of how organisations operate, that model is beginning to evolve. Primarily because AI-scale transformation demands a different balance of expertise.

              A recent move by Coca-Cola illustrates this shift. The decision to take digital strategy out of CFO John Murphy’s remit and appoint Sedef Salingan Sahin as the company’s first Chief Digital Officer is not a rejection of finance-led transformation. It reflects a practical reality. While strong financial discipline remains essential, the architectural complexity and technical depth required to embed AI across an enterprise now go beyond traditional finance capabilities alone.

              This raises a critical question for financial services leaders. If AI is now a balance sheet issue — shaping cost structures, risk exposure and long-term value — what should the CFO’s role look like in the years ahead?

              AI is Changing How Finance Operates

              In all industries, AI is no longer confined to innovation labs or isolated pilots. It is increasingly embedded in how organisations operate, make decisions and manage risk. At Version 1, our earliest focus on AI was external: helping partners use AI to transform their own businesses. We have quickly turned the lens inward. Over the past quarter, we have accelerated the use of AI across our own finance and operational functions, implementing a wide range of practical use cases that fundamentally change how work gets done.

              Some of these are relatively simple but have had a significant impact. Using AI to summarise documents, generate meeting notes or surface insights from large volumes of information has become normal and is already saving time across the organisation. Others are more structural. In finance, we are applying AI to areas such as accounts payable, accounts receivable and general ledger reconciliations, where large datasets and repetitive processes create natural opportunities for automation and acceleration.

              We are also rethinking reporting itself. Rather than manually producing variance analyses each month, we are developing standardised prompts that allow AI to highlight key trends, explain deviations from budget and surface insights that would traditionally take hours to compile. These are not abstract efficiencies. Rather, they directly affect the speed, quality and value of financial decision-making.

              What is striking though is the pace of change. Even over the past few months, usage has increased exponentially as people find new ways to integrate AI into their daily work. This is no longer an optional experiment. AI is reshaping how organisations function from the inside out.

              Modern CFOs Deliver Stewardship and Governance

              One of the biggest challenges CFOs face with AI is that traditional ROI models struggle to capture its true impact. Unlike earlier waves of digital transformation, AI does not deliver value solely through cost reduction or headcount optimisation. Increasingly, its value lies in better planning, faster decision-making, improved risk management and higher-quality outputs.

              I see this clearly in how we use AI for planning. Recently, we fed a combination of internal data, previous plans and external consultancy material into a large language model and spent time crafting a detailed prompt. The output was a first-pass design for a major simplification programme (including workstreams, resourcing requirements and sequencing) that would previously have taken weeks to develop.

              It is worth noting that this new process didn’t replace human judgement – it dramatically accelerated it. We are using similar approaches to shape annual finance priorities, drawing on historic plans and organisational context to generate structured, actionable starting points. This kind of value is real, but it does not always show up neatly in short-term financial metrics.

              At the same time, the risks associated with AI are increasing. Model drift, regulatory scrutiny, data security and vendor dependency all carry financial implications. This is why governance matters as much as innovation. At Version 1, we have put formal structures in place, including an AI oversight committee that reviews and approves new tools, ensures appropriate controls are in place and sets clear boundaries around responsible use. We tightly manage which platforms can be used and how data is protected, recognising that public, uncontrolled tools pose unacceptable risks in an enterprise environment.

              This combination of accelerating value and growing risk is precisely why ownership models are changing. Many CFOs continue to play a leading role in digital transformation, with research showing that around three-quarters of finance leaders now prioritise digital strategies at the highest levels of the organisation.

              People Remain at the Heart of AI Adoption

              As AI scales, the CFO’s role is shifting from delivery ownership to strategic stewardship. Finance leaders are uniquely positioned to connect technology ambition with financial reality, ensuring AI investments are governed properly, aligned to business outcomes and measured over time.

              This aligns closely with how we think about our own operating model at Version 1. We use what we call a ‘strength in balance’ business model, built around three equally important pillars: customers, people and a strong organisation. That final pillar includes financial performance, risk management, cybersecurity and governance, all areas that become more critical, not less, as AI adoption accelerates.

              People are central to this conversation. AI inevitably raises questions about job impact and cost optimisation, and organisations have a responsibility to approach this responsibly. That means clear communication, strong change management and treating people fairly where roles evolve. It also means investing in training and enablement. We have rolled out organisation-wide AI training focused on responsible use, and we are developing a network of AI champions with deeper skills who can identify and build use cases without relying solely on central teams.

              The most effective model I see emerging is a shared one. Specialist digital leaders focus on building and embedding AI capabilities at scale. CFOs retain accountability for financial discipline, data governance and value realisation. When these roles work in partnership, organisations are far more likely to capture the value they expect from AI.

              Financially Guided Value Delivery

              As AI becomes a baseline capability rather than a differentiator, debates about who ‘owns’ digital strategy are becoming less relevant. The more important question is how organisations ensure AI investments deliver measurable, sustainable value. For CFOs, AI is now undeniably a balance sheet issue.

              Investment in the latest technology affects cost structures, risk exposure, governance and long-term resilience. Those who engage proactively, shape governance and demand disciplined value creation will help their organisations unlock lasting advantage. Those who remain passive risk inheriting complexity, cost and compliance challenges that are far harder to unwind later.

              In an AI-driven operating environment, financial discipline is not diminished. It is more important than ever.

              Learn more at version1.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy
              • Fintech & Insurtech

              Obrela’s Dr. George Papamargaritis (EVP MSS) and Dr. Konstantia Barmpatsalou,  (Blue Team Support Manager) on why embracing a risk-led cybersecurity model will leave financial organisations better positioned not just to meet regulatory requirements but to strengthen resilience, protect customers and uphold the trust that is so essential to the future of financial systems

              Cybersecurity in the financial sector was once viewed as a compliance-driven discipline. But as attackers have increasingly targeted institutions with sophisticated, persistent and often internally driven campaigns, it has become a strategic priority.

              According to the Digital Universe Report H1 2025, financial services were the second most targeted industry globally, accounting for 19% of all observed cyberattacks. This reflects both the sector’s value to adversaries and the complexity of the digital ecosystems it now operates within.

              Regulatory frameworks such as the FCA and PRA’s operational resilience rules, the EU’s Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) and NIS2 have strengthened baseline protections. However, the report’s findings demonstrate that regulation alone cannot deliver true cyber resilience. Institutions must adopt a strategic, risk-led approach that looks beyond compliance to understand real threats, behaviours and operational dependencies.

              Tailored, Internal and Stealthier Threats

              One of the most striking insights from the report is how targeted financial sector attacks have become. Industry-specific security risks now represent 32% of all incidents in the sector. This is an indication that adversaries are designing attacks using detailed knowledge of financial operations, from trading workflows to payment systems.

              Internal activity is also a major concern. Suspicious internal activity accounts for 26% of detections across financial services, reflecting the frequency of compromised accounts, misused privileges and lateral movement. For a sector historically focused on defending the perimeter, this shift highlights the need for deeper visibility into user behaviour and identity-driven risks.

              The wider threat landscape reveals adversaries are moving away from overt, signature-based attacks. In H1 2025, brute force activity made up 27% of global alerts, while vulnerability scanning accounted for 22% and known malicious indicators for 20%. Notably, direct malware payloads dropped to 0% of trending alerts, replaced by fileless techniques and living-off-the-land methods that bypass traditional defences.

              For financial institutions, this is a challenge. Many compliance requirements still centre on endpoint protection, patching and malware controls. These will of course, remain important, but they cannot address threats that are increasingly behavioural, stealth-driven and identity-focused.

              Operational Complexity

              The financial sector’s cyber risk is intensified by its expanding operational footprint. Cloud adoption, open banking, digital identity models and extensive third-party ecosystems have all created new points of exposure. Financial services operate within a global digital infrastructure that is both vast and increasingly interconnected. This level of complexity cannot be effectively protected through compliance checklists alone.

              Regulators are recognising these realities. DORA’s emphasis on ICT third-party risk, operational resilience testing and continuous oversight reflects the need for more proactive, intelligence-driven approaches. But DORA still only sets a minimum standard. True resilience requires institutions to move beyond regulatory expectations and embed cybersecurity into broader business strategy.

              Strategic, Risk-Led Cybersecurity

              A risk-led approach begins with understanding the threats that pose the greatest risk to operations and customers. Financial institutions remain priority targets for groups such as FIN7, TA505, Cobalt Group and various state-backed actors. Their tactics, such as credential harvesting, remote access tools, web-injection frameworks and lateral movement, are specifically designed to exploit the digital fabric of financial services.

              This evolving threat profile puts identity and behaviour at the heart of cyber defence. With credential-driven and internal threats so prevalent, institutions must prioritise behavioural analytics, continuous authentication and zero-trust models that verify users and devices contextually rather than relying on static controls.

              Strategic cyber resilience also needs to have continuous assurance. Traditional audits, annual testing and scheduled penetration exercises cannot keep pace with rapidly evolving threats. Leading institutions are shifting toward continuous control monitoring, automated attack simulation and persistent adversarial testing. These practices align with the Bank of England’s CBEST framework and demonstrate a sector-wide move toward ongoing, intelligence-led assurance.

              Crucially, cyber risk must be treated as an operational issue, not just a technical one. Embedding cybersecurity into enterprise risk management, financial planning, product development and board oversight is essential. This integrated approach also mirrors the direction of FCA and PRA regulation, which increasingly emphasises governance, accountability, and resilience across the entire organisation.

              Beyond Compliance

              Financial services underpin national economies and public confidence. As digital ecosystems grow and adversaries become more sophisticated, the sector faces a dual challenge: meeting rising regulatory expectations while defending against complex, targeted attacks. It is clear that cybersecurity must evolve from compliance-driven activity to a strategic capability built on intelligence, continuous assurance and behavioural insight.

              Institutions that embrace this risk-led model will be better positioned not just to meet regulatory requirements but to strengthen resilience, protect customers and uphold the trust that is so essential to the future of financial systems.

              Learn more at obrela.com

              • Cybersecurity
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Digital Strategy
              • Fintech & Insurtech
              • InsurTech

              Max Schertel, Co-founder & CEO of finmid, on why embedded lending will become a core strategic capability across Europe

              Europe has 32 million SMEs and a €400 billion financing gap that banks cannot close. The structural reasons are well understood… While traditional lenders have the capital, they lack the distribution, the data, and the economics to serve these businesses at scale. What has changed over the past few years is that a new distribution channel has emerged: the software platforms these businesses use every day to run their operations. Embedded lending is the mechanism that connects capital to that distribution. But unlocking it at pan-European scale is harder than most players anticipated when they started out in this market.

              At finmid, we have scaled embedded lending across the EU27 plus the UK, Switzerland, and Iceland. Doing so has taught us that Europe’s opportunity in embedded finance is enormous, but execution is harder than it looks. Success depends on the ability to navigate regulatory and operational complexity at every layer. The companies that invest in getting this right early will define the next decade of SME finance in Europe. The ones that do not will discover the cost of underestimating it.

              The Embedded Lending Opportunity is Unevenly Distributed

              That €400 billion financing gap is the embedded lending opportunity. Embedded lending is gaining traction in closing it but not uniformly. The clearest momentum is with large, digitally native platforms in food delivery, mobility, commerce. These are verticals where platforms have transaction data and merchants who are underserved by traditional banks. The platform already has the relationship, the data, and the trust. Financing is the natural next layer.

              Geographically, the Nordics lead on digital maturity. Merchants there are already accustomed to managing their businesses through apps. This makes embedded finance products an easier sell. Germany and France carry the largest absolute opportunity given market size. Southern and Central Europe are earlier stage, but the demand from underserved SMEs is, if anything, more acute.

              Regulatory Environment

              The first challenge in scaling embedded lending in Europe is regulatory complexity. There are shared EU frameworks, but in practice, lending regulation remains deeply local. Disclosure requirements, servicing standards, licensing interpretations, and tax treatment differ across jurisdictions.

              The Consumer Credit Directive II harmonises elements of consumer lending across the EU. Commercial lending sits outside that framework, governed by local rules affecting everything, including what constitutes a valid credit agreement.

              This complexity is precisely what makes embedded lending difficult to build in-house and why most platforms partner with specialist infrastructure providers instead. Running lending across multiple European markets requires licences, local expertise, and dedicated credit operations. For platforms whose core business lies elsewhere, that investment rarely makes sense. Infrastructure providers exist to absorb that complexity, so platforms do not have to.

              Data Access is Fragmented

              Even when the regulatory path is clear, the data infrastructure needed is not equally available across Europe. The structural advantage of embedded lending is platform data. Platforms already sit on real-time performance data: daily transaction volumes, GMV trends, customer ratings. Underwriting based on this creates a standardised signal that travels across borders more reliably than either bureau or registry infrastructure. It also opens access to merchant segments that traditional banking systematically excludes because the conventional data to assess them is limited.

              That said, other data sources matter too. Open banking, sometimes used to enrich underwriting with live bank account data, is mature in the UK and the Nordics, but less so across of Southern and Central Europe. Public registry data, which underpins the business verification process, varies significantly in quality, coverage, and accessibility by market. The key to making embedded lending work across Europe is not finding a single data source that works everywhere, but building underwriting that can combine multiple data sources based on market.

              Operational Complexity Multiplies

              The underlying infrastructure has to function reliably across currencies, languages and payment systems. Start with money movement. Mapping the flow of funds across 30 different banking and payment systems is complex engineering. Without it, disbursement and collection become operationally fragile at exactly the moments when they cannot afford to be.

              Then there is the local layer. Product and communication in local languages and currencies is table stakes. But how merchants are best reached varies significantly by market. In some, an in-app notification is the most effective channel. In others, physical mail still outperforms digital. Getting this right has a direct impact on merchant trust and platform reputation.

              Without a high degree of automation across all of these dimensions, cross-border lending becomes economically unsustainable. AI-driven workflows for screening, risk assessment, and data aggregation enable consistent standards while keeping complexity manageable.

              Looking Ahead

              Europe’s embedded lending story is still being written. Regulatory frameworks and data infrastructure are maturing and platforms are increasingly treating embedded lending as a core strategic capability. The winners will be whoever has done the unglamorous operational work and built infrastructure that treats Europe’s complexity as an opportunity, not a barrier.

              Learn more at finmid.com

              • Embedded Finance
              • Neobanking

              Gregory Mostyn, CEO and co-founder of Wexler, on why the era of generalist AI tools is over, and how the future will focus on high-precision AI designed for specific industries

              For decades, the UK’s professional services sector, including areas such as Law, Insurance, and Wealth Management, has argued that its business value is locked in its access to proprietary data and the specialised labour required to navigate it. Investors, lured by the moat of institutional knowledge, priced these companies accordingly. However, the first quarter of 2026 has seen significant AI disruption within the professional services market. The catalyst wasn’t a single event, but rather a move by foundational model providers that turned the industry’s most defensible assets into commodities. 

              When Anthropic launched its specialised legal AI plugin, OpenAI integrated a real-time insurance underwriting engine directly into its interface, and Alturist Corp automated bespoke tax strategies, the market reacted harshly. As professional services titans such as RELX, MoneySuperMarket, and St James’s Place saw their share prices decline by more than 10% in a matter of hours, the message became clear: the era of treating AI as a ‘future risk’ is over. 

              The market has been awoken to the fact that foundational AI models are no longer just plugins or nice ‘add-on’ tools; they are competitors. The move by foundation-model providers into professional services – like the legal sector – is not a one-off shock, but rather an inevitability. 

              The Proliferation of Information 

              Historically, a law firm’s competitive advantage was its access to information – repositories of case law, proprietary research, and historical contracts. Investors and clients valued these companies on the assumption that this data constituted an impenetrable barrier to competitors. Before AI entered the mainstream, the cost of extracting actionable information from thousands of pages of data required a small army of junior associates and hundreds of billable hours. 

              In 2026, that moat has mostly evaporated. Recent benchmarks show that frontier models now achieve 80% accuracy on complex documents, compared with the 71% average of a human associate. More importantly, they do it at a fraction of the cost. It is now estimated that the inference cost for a system at the level of GPT-3.5 dropped by more than 280-fold between November 2022 and October 2024. It’s predicted that UK law firms will reduce their chargeable hours by 16% through the implementation of AI. 

              The narrative that AI would be able to handle only ‘low-level’ tasks, such as NDAs or simple contract summaries, has all but evaporated. Anthropic’s move into high-stakes litigation support validates this trend. 

              AI – From Swiss Army Knives to Scalpels 

              An error made by many law firms when AI became entrenched within the market was to treat it as a ‘plug-in’, a nice-to-have built onto existing internal software. Many adopted general-purpose tools, often referred to as ‘Swiss Army knife’ solutions, that covered the breadth of legal work but lacked the precision, jurisdictional nuance, and risk-weighted requirements for high-stakes professional services. 

              The 2026 market reaction highlighted the needs of a ‘scalpel’ approach – those that go deep in a specialised vertical within a legal workflow. For example, instead of a junior associate spending billable hours searching through case files to establish the facts of a case, they could use a ‘fact intelligence’ platform that can automate that process into minutes, whilst increasing accuracy by 95% versus 78% for human reviewers and up to 90% savings in large-scale litigation. The market is no longer rewarding firms for having information. Rather, it rewards those who can apply it at the lowest possible cost and friction. 

              Reallocating Capital Across Professional Services

              We’re already seeing investors withdrawing from the traditional software market and reallocating that capital into specialised AI firms. However, the risk for legacy players is that they are being disrupted from both ends. From the bottom, they are losing the efficiency game to generalist foundation models from companies such as OpenAI and Google, which are commoditising the ‘knowledge’ aspect of professional services, including basic advice and contract drafting. At the top, they are losing the expertise game to specialised firms that use AI as a precision instrument; their overhead would be lower than that of a traditional Magic Circle firm, allowing them to undercut prices while maintaining profit margins. 

              The result is a massive reallocation of capital. Investments into vertical AI (AI built for one specific industry) are expected to surge to $115 billion by 2034. The market no longer bets on labour with tools, but on autonomous workflows. Investors have realised that the value lies in the middle layer – the software that sits between a general foundation model and a specific industry’s needs. 

              Innovation or Obsolescence 

              So far, the first market fluctuation of 2026 has taught us that you cannot outrun new technologies. To survive, firms must stop treating AI as an add-on and treat it as a foundation for their core business infrastructure. 

              For UK professional services, the choice is no longer whether to adopt AI, but whether they can evolve quickly enough to avoid becoming the training data for companies building foundational models. The firms that remain in 2030 will recognise that the competitive landscape has changed. You’re not just competing with your peers, but with the compute cycles of the world’s most powerful AI labs. 

              The era of generalist AI tools is over, and the future will focus on high-precision AI designed for specific industries. 

              Learn more at wexler.ai

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy
              • Fintech & Insurtech

              Jack Bingham, Regional Director of Digital Native UK, Ireland & South Africa, Confluent on how data, treated properly, compounds in value to drive digital disruption

              When I talk to founders and tech leaders, one question seems to consistently come up: what separates today’s disruptors from the last decade’s? In 2010, being cloud-first was what made investors sit up and take note. In 2026, it will be streaming-first.

              I’ve spent the last year or so working closely with companies that are, quite literally, building their businesses in real time. For them, real-time capability isn’t a department or a layer that supports the business. It is the business. The acid test is simple: how quickly can you capture a critical event – a payment, a login, a failed delivery – and respond with the next best action? That focus shapes how they build products, structure teams, and think about innovation.

              Here’s what I’ve learned from them:

              Lesson 1: Data is a Product, Not a By-Product

              Many traditional companies still treat data as something to collect, store, and analyse later. The new generation of businesses, on the other hand, treats it as a reusable, governed product that everyone can access. When it’s built and shared this way, teams stop rebuilding the same foundations for every new use case. They move faster because they’re working from a single, trusted view of the truth, shortening product cycles, speeding up iteration, and spending more time solving problems that matter.

              That mindset, rather than the size of the tech stack or the number of engineers, is what sets disruptive businesses apart. In these organisations, technology, data, and business strategy move in lockstep. Decisions aren’t passed up and down hierarchies, they’re made by teams who understand both the data and the customer problem in front of them.

              When you can trust your data and respond in real time, innovation stops being a department. It becomes a reflex.

              Lesson 2: Real-Time isn’t a Feature, it’s a Foundation

              A few years ago, one of the world’s largest supermarket chains realised it didn’t have a single real-time view of its inventory. Without that visibility, omnichannel experiences were impossible. Once it shifted to a streaming architecture, every transaction became a live event that updated stock, triggered supply chains, and even made it possible to get your groceries delivered straight to your kitchen fridge – coordinated through live inventory data, smart home devices, and real-time security feeds.

              That’s the practical power of streaming: it connects what happens in your business to what should happen next so you can provide products and services that take customer satisfaction to a whole other level. Real-time data stops being a reporting tool and becomes the foundation of every decision, interaction, and innovation.

              I often ask businesses what they would do differently, if they knew the state of every event in their organisation. The most forward-thinking companies already have the answer. They’re using streaming to turn business events into reusable building blocks, creating new experiences by connecting the data they already have in smarter ways.

              Lesson 3: Culture is the Multiplier

              Being streaming-first is only half about architecture. The other half is attitude. The best digital enterprises don’t wait for permission to experiment. They map their most important business events, align teams around them, and empower people at every level to react fast and learn faster.

              And the difference is visible. Feedback loops are shorter. Structures are flatter. Failure is treated as information. This culture of continuous experimentation is why these companies can move at the pace they do.

              We often run ‘Event Storming’ workshops with teams to map their critical business events. The idea is to create alignment – getting people from engineering, product, and operations to agree on what really matters and how those moments connect. That process reveals a lot. 

              Digital disruptors go beyond simply deploying streaming architectures. They build streaming mindsets. Leadership plays a crucial role here: data must be treated as a strategic asset. If it isn’t up top, it won’t be anywhere else in the organisation either.

              Lesson 4: Streaming and AI will Converge

              AI is only as good as the data you feed it. Unfortunately, most enterprises are still feeding it yesterday’s data. Streaming-first companies already know this. They’re building intelligent data pipelines that give AI the context it needs to make decisions in real time.

              That’s how the next generation of innovators will pull ahead: not by having bigger models, but by having cleaner, faster, more connected data. Streaming is what will let AI move from reactive to predictive… and from predictive to autonomous.

              Too many organisations are cutting investment in data while pouring money into AI projects. But AI without quality data is just expensive guesswork. The companies doing this well understand that data has to be a product in its own right. And when business and technology teams design around that shared understanding, innovation follows naturally.

              Lesson 5: The Mindset of the Next Disruptors

              If I were starting a company tomorrow, I’d look closely at the critical events that run my business. I’d then make sure I had a way to capture those in the stream, make them reusable, and build every product and process around them. 

              When your business can see and act on what’s happening in the moment, you gain something no traditional architecture can give you: time. And in the next wave of disruption, that’s the only advantage that really matters.

              If we look to who we can learn from in the coming months, it’s financial services and healthcare that are moving the fastest. Real-time fraud detection, patient monitoring, and risk management are becoming operational necessities – and these industries will set the benchmark for real-time data excellence. 

              Looking Ahead to 2026

              By 2026, I don’t think we’ll talk about ‘real-time’ as a differentiator. It will simply be how modern businesses operate. Batch systems won’t disappear, but they’ll coexist within a single, streaming-first platform that delivers data whenever it’s needed.

              Once every process can react instantly, the question then becomes: can it anticipate? Can it learn? That’s where AI and streaming meet and where we move from reactive to autonomous enterprises that not only respond to the present but adapt to what’s coming next.

              Data, treated properly, compounds in value. The decisions you make with it become faster, sharper, and more confident. The companies that understand this will be the ones still leading when today’s titans look like yesterday’s news.

              Learn more at confluent.io

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Payments
              • Digital Strategy
              • Embedded Finance

              Jonny Combe, President and Chief Executive Officer, PayByPhone on how urban mobility is evolving from car-centric to multimodal and the opportunity the parking industry has to play a central role by integrating payment infrastructures that support a more connected, flexible mobility ecosystem

              The journey has changed. Over the past few years, the mobility industry has undergone seismic shifts toward more digital experiences. Cash payments continue to disappear and in the US made up only about 14% of all payments in 2024. Over half of the US adult population make use of mobile wallets and many companies provide payment opportunities via apps for their services. While this has made some processes more efficient and streamlined, it has also resulted in very fragmented data streams.

              Consider this scenario: a commuter drives an Electric Vehicle (EV) to a rural or suburban transit hub where they park and charge, then boards a train into the city. The final mile is completed on an e-scooter, shared bike or another mode of public transport to reach their destination. One journey, four separate payment interactions across four different apps.

              This is the daily reality for millions of commuters, and it exposes a fundamental challenge that not only the parking industry, but also the mobility industry as a whole must confront. Continuing to build payment infrastructure for journeys that end at the curb, is no longer enough; we should be facilitating one system for these evolved modern journeys.

              City Centres Reimagined

              A substantial amount of land in city centers has traditionally been dedicated to parking, but there is a growing trend where we see city centers worldwide redesigning their urban space. On-street parking is giving way to pedestrian zones and cycle lanes. Traditional car parks are transforming into multimodal hubs that are integrating EV charging, micro-mobility stations, and last-mile logistics. Technologies like automatic number plate recognition are helping to eliminate friction at entry and exit points. However, backend complexity of the redesign of urban mobility has grown exponentially.

              Local authorities now juggle relationships with cashless payment providers, meter operators, EV charging networks, micro-mobility vendors, and logistics partners. Each bring their own payment rails, reconciliation requirements, and data formats. For many municipalities, simply reconciling payments between a meter provider and a digital parking platform already strains finance teams. Adding multiple mobility partners brings a significant extra load to existing operational capacity and the operational burden is only part of the equation.

              The Hidden Cost of Fragmentation

              The more critical issue is strategic: fragmented payment systems can create fragmented data, and fragmented data can undermine intelligent policy.

              When payment information sits in siloed systems across multiple vendors, authorities lack the consolidated view needed to answer essential questions:

              • How does parking behavior correlate with public transit usage?
              • What pricing strategies would optimize utilization across the entire mobility network?
              • Where should we invest in EV infrastructure based on actual demand patterns?
              • How do we measure progress toward carbon reduction targets?

              Without integrated payment and usage data, cities are making significant capital infrastructure decisions with an incomplete picture.

              The Payment Layer as Strategic Infrastructure

              Forward-thinking cities are, however, beginning to recognize payment infrastructure not as back-office plumbing, but as strategic architecture for the mobility ecosystem.

              The solution lies in centralized payment platforms that serve as a unifying layer – ‘super apps’ as they are called in other industries. The backend of these apps should be able to consolidate transactions across multiple mobility services, automate complex multi-party reconciliations, and create unified data lakes that enable AI-driven insights.

              This approach can deliver immediate operational relief: finance teams spend less time manually reconciling disparate systems, and the strategic value compounds over time. With consolidated data, authorities can model the true economics of mobility transitions, identify underutilized assets, dynamically price services to manage demand, and measure environmental impact with precision.

              Building for What Comes Next

              The parking industry has always been about managing physical space, yet the future is about orchestrating mobility experiences. The question for industry leaders isn’t whether parking will integrate with broader mobility systems but whether parking operators will architect that integration intentionally.

              Doing so requires a fundamental rethink of the role parking payment providers play in the payment value chain, while investing and building the technology and the payment infrastructure that makes seamless, sustainable urban mobility possible.

              The infrastructure we build today will determine whether cities can deliver on their mobility and sustainability commitments tomorrow. For parking industry leaders, this is both a challenge and an opportunity: to evolve from transaction processors into the essential connective layer of urban mobility. Those with the vision, and the technological ability to rise to that challenge, have a real opportunity to lead the next generation of multimodal mobility payments.

              About PayByPhone                                                     

              PayByPhone is a global leader in mobile parking payments. We simplify journeys for millions of UK drivers with smart, intuitive technology and user-focused features. In addition to fast, secure parking payments, drivers can also locate nearby fuel stations and EV chargers – and pay for EV charging – all in the PayByPhone app. We work with over 1,300 cities and operators across the UK, North America, France, Germany, and Switzerland. More than 110 million drivers worldwide have downloaded the PayByPhone app to simplify their parking and vehicle payments to date. To discover how our products and services can elevate your driving experience.

              Learn more at paybyphone.co.uk

              • Digital Payments
              • Digital Strategy

              Trilliam Jeong, CEO at WealthBlock on why pairing credit discipline with real-time reporting will deliver a better position to hold onto investor confidence

              There’s no shortage of noise around the direct lending market right now. On one hand, deal activity remains strong, capital continues to flow in and investor appetite hasn’t wavered. On the other, competition is fierce, rates are edging down and macro conditions are less forgiving than they were a year ago.

              But strip out the headlines and the fundamentals still look solid. The demand is there, both from borrowers looking for speed and flexibility and from investors chasing yield and consistency. That puts direct lenders in a strong position, provided they’re prepared to adapt.

              Operational Shift

              One of the most significant shifts underway is operational. We’re seeing real adoption of technology across the mid-market from AI-assisted onboarding to fully digitised investor dashboards. This isn’t just cosmetic. Faster processes and clearer visibility mean capital can move more quickly, investors stay better informed and managers have more room to protect margins, even in a tightening spread environment.

              LP expectations are shifting too. Many now expect a consumer-grade digital experience from the platforms they commit capital to. They want real-time access to reports, frictionless communication and clarity around how their money is being deployed. That shift in expectations is accelerating the tech arms race across the mid-market. It’s no longer about who can show the best deck but rather can deliver the best infrastructure. And as investor sophistication grows, that infrastructure is becoming a non-negotiable.

              Digital Infrastructure

              That shift is also influencing how mandates are awarded. Institutional investors increasingly view digital infrastructure not as a bonus, but as a sign of long-term readiness. Questions that once focused solely on deal pipeline and past performance now extend to data availability, reporting cadence and system resilience. It’s not just about what a manager can deliver but how transparently and reliably they can do it. As more allocators run tighter operational due diligence processes, digital maturity is quietly becoming a competitive edge. Platforms that can demonstrate consistent, tech-enabled processes are better positioned to win, and keep, capital.

              That matters, because rates may not stay where they are. Increased competition is already putting pressure on pricing. But firms with strong digital infrastructure are better placed to absorb it. Operational leverage, not just headline yield, is becoming a key differentiator.

              Scaling Up

              There’s also the issue of scale. Consolidation is real and it’s reshaping the market. The biggest managers are only getting bigger and their resources are hard to match. But size alone isn’t the whole story. Technology is giving smaller and mid-sized players a way to compete on experience even if not on balance sheet. A seamless, professional, tech-forward investor journey can carry real weight with LPs, particularly those who value speed and clarity over brand.

              That’s especially relevant for new entrants. There’s no shortage of managers in direct lending and standing out requires more than just a different strategy. Yes, some are carving out a niche in NAV lending, venture debt or structured credit but what really earns attention is trust. That comes from clear communication, repeatable processes and a level of transparency that goes beyond the marketing deck.

              The Outlook for Lending

              The macro outlook is part of the equation too. With corporate defaults expected to rise, discipline is going to matter more than it has in recent years. Underwriting strength, sponsor alignment and proactive portfolio monitoring are back in focus. Investors will be watching for signals that managers are prepared for downside risk. The tougher the environment, the more exposed weaker systems become. Inconsistent reporting, vague valuation logic or delayed updates might have been tolerated in a bull market – but not now. Allocators want to know how a manager will behave under stress, not just how they perform when everything’s going to plan. That makes operational maturity as important as deal-level returns.

              Firms that pair credit discipline with real-time reporting will be in a better position to hold onto investor confidence. Allocators are already asking more pointed questions and looking for managers who can back up claims with data. There’s still plenty of room to grow in direct lending, but it won’t be enough to rely on past performance or broad market tailwinds. The firms that outperform from here will need to be efficient, responsive and trusted. In a more competitive, more transparent and more regulated market, those are the traits that will endure.

              Learn more at wealthblock.ai

              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Embedded Finance
              • Fintech & Insurtech

              Zach Burks, CEO of Mintology, examines the rise of Artificial General Intelligence (AGI) and explores what the future may hold for cash

              Blockchain was built on the noble principle of creating a system of value that was fair, secure, decentralised, and incorruptible. Crypto promised to protect people from the volatility of human error, from reckless governments, greedy bankers, and the decay of trust that defines our financial institutions.

              For a time, it worked. We built code that didn’t lie; we created ledgers that couldn’t be tampered with; and we proved that finance could run on quantitative logic rather than human bias.

              But a new kind of intelligence is emerging, one that will allow malicious actors to execute on autopilot and generatively infiltrate innocent users, what will become known as Artificial General Intelligence (AGI).

              AGI is still some way off, but predictions suggest it could be in use as early as 2027, or at least propagating outwards without human knowledge at that point. Once in the open world, AGI is impossible to predict, as a chimp could not predict what a human will do next, nor can a human predict what AGI will do. However, assume these possibilities: this technology will have the power to decrypt and unlock blockchain-based currencies, learn how to crack cryptographic puzzles, run other AGI agents and rinse and repeat.

              Paradoxically, the safest asset in the world will no longer be Bitcoin; it will be physical currency or items deemed as currency.

              The Age of the Codebreaker

              It is estimated that 68–74% of all cyber-attacks involve a human element, error, manipulation, or social engineering. Our entire security architecture has been designed around that premise: defend against people.

              Smart contracts, encryption, and consensus protocols depend on predictable, rational behaviour, or protect against irrational actions. They are designed to survive attacks from individuals or organisations that rely on either quantity (bot networks) or quality (human intelligence), not both, nor novel vectors (such as novel exploits in math breakthroughs).

              A near-sentient system changes that equation. It fuses the scale of automation with the intent of human-like intelligence. If weaponised, it could probe billions of attack vectors in seconds, rewrite its own code to evolve around defences, and destroy a financial system from the inside out.

              We’ve seen the first state actor sponsored AI Agentic cyber espionage recently, and that is just from normal AI, not even AGI. Further reinforcing the point that AI is a powerful intelligence, and AGI will be on another level, unfathomable from the human’s perspective.

              Crypto’s strength has always been its demand for continuous codebreaking. It exploits the one finite human resource, time. But AGI will erase that constraint. Time ceases to be a defence in the age of autonomy.

              The End of Digital Trust

              Trust is the foundation of money. Without it, no currency, crypto or fiat can survive. Blockchain gave us a new kind of trust, trust in code and mathematical truth.

              We told ourselves that decentralisation would make corruption of the network improbable by humans. But we didn’t anticipate machine corruption, the rise of autonomous systems capable of penetrating those same decentralised defences.

              Academic research already shows that generative AI can autonomously discover one-day vulnerabilities. It can exploit them faster than existing patching cycles. Combine that with the commercialisation of state-sponsored scamming. A $1 trillion illicit economy, according to the World Economic Forum’s Global Cybersecurity Outlook 2025. And you have a perfect storm for simple AI, not accounting for what AGI’s intentions may be.

              The moment AI becomes self-directing and amoral when neutral, and outright immoral when viewed from a human perspective, but not a binary perspective (in the computer sense), the concept of secure digital value collapses. No wallet is safe if an AGI can learn every exploit in existence before the first patch is written. Or a new mathematical proof that defeats the difficulty of PoW chains like Bitcoin. Or has implanted itself in every device it can reach and simply transfers your assets away like a hacker.

              No Wallet, DeFi protocol, or even Blockchain is safe if AGI wants to take a path of gathering financial resources to enact whatever plan it may develop. As AI becomes omnipresent, the irony is that the very technologies designed to control us by centralised power, digital IDs, central-bank digital currencies (CBDCs), and government backed stablecoins, may become vectors of vulnerability.

              A Warning for CBDCs

              A report conducted by the Department of Homeland Security recently stated that CBDCs can be susceptible to high levels of cybercrime. These include phishing scams and mass exchange rate manipulation. In an era of AGI, the rate at which these vulnerabilities can be exploited becomes tenfold.

              When your savings live entirely inside a system that can be hijacked faster than you can blink, society will retreat to the one haven it knows it can trust: physical cash or cash-like equivalents. But honestly, if this happens, there isn’t much of a society left over at that point.

              Cash or Bartering Will Be King (Again)

              It sounds absurd, the idea that in an era of automated economies, humanoid robots, and algorithmic wealth managers, the safest thing you could own is a paper banknote. Yet that’s exactly where we’re headed if we go down a path of ‘unplugging’. We move off the grid to combat the AGI release, assuming we are still alive to do so at that point.

              Cash can’t be hacked or reprogrammed. It doesn’t depend on the uptime of a network or the integrity of a wallet provider. It is the last financial instrument that exists entirely outside the reach of code. Yet in the scenario of AGI going rogue and being released into the world, the most likely scenario I predict is that the markets will see a slight flicker, almost as if a single global hedge fund blew up, or maybe a bit worse… Within minutes, markets around the world will react as assets gathered by the AGI are dumped and transferred for the purpose of AGI.

              Although, paradoxically, if the AGI crashes the markets so badly, hacks billions in Bitcoin and sells it, takes over bank accounts, the cascading effect of a global crash on this order, would impart the effect of all its efforts to gather resources moot. So it cannot crash the market spectacularly. If AGI wants to use its resources in some way. If that is its plan, that is. Why pay a human when you can control a humanoid robot?

              The lesson is uncomfortable… The more intelligent our systems become, the more valuable it is to hold something that isn’t correlated to the status quo. Hence, cash (assuming the government hasn’t destroyed the value of the currency) and currency-like items via bartering will be the new status quo in this post AGI world.

              Can We Stop It?

              The survival of blockchain-based finance will depend on merging on-chain verification with off-chain intelligence. AI must be used not just as an optimisation tool but as a shield. An intelligent custodian that monitors for synthetic behaviour, agent-driven manipulation, and abnormal transaction patterns.

              Research conducted by Boston Consulting Group proposes autonomous agents, which could be used to detect and counter adversarial machine behaviour in real time. It’s a promising start, but still reactive, not preventative.

              To protect digital value, critical financial infrastructure must incorporate hardware kill-switches, air-gapped recovery procedures, and circuit breakers independent of algorithmic consensus.

              In a future where AI moves capital faster than humans can think, there must still be something that can say stop, instantly and irrevocably. This is the first path forward, when we are talking about normal AI and agentic AI as we know it today in 2025. We must fight fire with fire, and use AI agents to protect and attack, otherwise we are knights in armour on a battlefield against drones. This is all before AGI is released; then it becomes an arms race (if there is a competitor AGI) for the two to fight it out or join forces, because at that point, humans are only along for the ride.

              The New Definition of Wealth

              In the AGI era, wealth won’t be measured by what you own, but by what you can protect. Digital capital will remain essential, but it will need a new architecture that assumes non-human adversaries and responds autonomously. Regulation will never be able to move quickly enough to stop AGI, and even if it did, there remains the challenge of understanding training vs intent and rationally policing the difference between the two. The term ‘agentic state’ has never been so poignant.

              Cash will therefore – in either local currencies, new currencies, or bartered items – become king again, not for efficiency, but for situational sovereignty. The markets of the future will be defined less by access and more by security, control, and locality.

              AGI could one day manage every trade, optimise every yield, and eliminate every inefficiency if aligned for the good of humanity, but if malaligned AGI grows, the technology will become humanity’s own worst enemy.

              This dilemma means a changed society, if there is even one left, that in order to operate needs to keep something tangible in its hands, a note, a coin, a battery, a 5.56 caliber bullet,  a reminder that security isn’t always a guarantee.

              With physical currency, you sometimes let your immediate environment in, with digital money, you invite the internet in, at the speed of beyond trillions of operations a second, faster than a blink of an eye.

              About the Author

              Zach Burks is an accomplished blockchain developer with over a decade of experience in the Ethereum ecosystem. He has progressed the governing principles of Ethereum first-hand through his collaboration with the Ethereum Foundation on improving the ERC-721 standard, the cornerstone standard for all NFTs, and by authoring ERC-2981, the industry-defining on-chain royalties standard. Zach is also the mastermind behind Gasless Minting, which revolutionized the NFT creation process.

              Learn more at mintology.app

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech

              Martin Petrov, Chief Technology Officer, Payments Compliance at Integrity360


              It is tempting to view payments compliance as the finish line, a signal that a business is secure. But in practice, compliance is just the starting point. It provides a baseline security level, not a digital fortress. Standards are designed to raise the floor and eliminate obvious vulnerabilities, but they cannot cover every emerging threat or nuance – such as a supplier getting breached or a shortcut taken by an engineer at 2 a.m. That is where organisations risk becoming complacent or overly literal in their interpretations.

              True security demands a harder question than “Are we compliant”?  It demands: “Would this stop an attacker today?” That demands understanding not just what a control requirements state, but why they exist. Multi-factor authentication (MFA), for example, is not just a checkbox; it is a concept rooted in stopping unauthorised access. Compliance must be interpreted in context: against the weakest vendor, the most exposed system, the riskiest business process, and the evolving threat landscape. Too many breaches have exploited gaps that audits never covered because compliance became the ceiling, not the floor.

              Regional and cultural factors also play a part. In Northern Europe, payments compliance frameworks like PCI DSS are often seen as a baseline to exceed, with layered defences added beyond the minimum. In other regions, standards such as PCI DSS or ISO/IEC 27001 are treated more as a destination. Certification becomes the end goal – a badge to display, not a baseline to exceed. These differences matter because they determine whether compliance protects you or just protects your reputation.

              The supplier slip-up that could cost you everything

              One of the most urgent blind spots is the supply chain. You can harden and patch all of your own systems, mandate MFA, and lock down every endpoint. But a vendor’s default service account, an abandoned test tenant, or an over-permissioned API can undermine everything. As integrations and dependencies grow, so does the potential blast radius. And while many organisations know who their suppliers are, far fewer know what access they have, how often they are reviewed, or whether they follow the same standards. Supplier risk must now be managed as rigorously as internal operations; tiered, tested, and tightly controlled.

              The three-body problem: when PCI-DSS, GDPR, and the EU AI Act collide

              Then there is the pace of innovation, particularly in areas like AI. For European compliance officers, this creates a three-body problem: the EU AI Act, PCI-DSS, and GDPR orbiting each other with overlapping but misaligned requirements. And unlike physics, there is no elegant equation to solve it. Meanwhile, global response remains inconsistent, and the tension between innovation and oversight is only going to grow.

              The organisations that succeed in this environment will not just meet standards; they will go further and question whether they are compliant on paper but vulnerable in practice. By treating compliance as a foundation, not a finish line, organisations will unlock new ways to stay secure and  trusted. The question is, what does that really look like?

              What good is a lock if no one checks the door?

              One of the easiest traps for modern security teams is assuming that tools alone provide protection. But no matter how advanced the platform or how rigid the policy, it is people and processes that hold it all together – or let it fall apart. This is especially true in payments compliance, where new platforms and integrations emerge faster than policies can adapt.

              Organisations that treat compliance as a checklist often over-rely on technology, trusting automated scans, secure settings, or third-party certifications to keep them safe. But without context and human judgement, these defences can create a false sense of security and leave the business exposed.

              In the best security teams, compliance is part of the culture. Risk and DevOps teams stay in sync through constant feedback. Procurement acts as a line of defence, with a clear view of which suppliers matter most and where the risks lie. These teams know when to push back, even if it means slowing things down. And across the business, people are empowered to speak up when something feels off, whether it is a shortcut, a setting, or a workaround that could open the door to risk

              Compliance is not the end of the story

              The gap between being compliant and being protected has never mattered more. Payments compliance standards offer a necessary starting point, but it cannot keep pace with every new integration, supplier dependency, or regulatory shift. Resilient organisations recognise this. They treat compliance as one layer in a broader strategy, one that includes cultural alignment, human awareness, and operational agility.

              The difference shows up not in the paperwork, but in the response to real threats. While compliant organisations pass audits, protected ones prevent breaches. That is the shift the payments industry needs: from ticking boxes to asking better questions, and from chasing certification to building capability, resilience and responsiveness.

              Because at the end of the day, it is not about being compliant. It is about being resilient.

              Learn more at integrity360.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Digital Payments

              AccessPay, the leading bank integration provider, has released its Finance Trends 2026 report. It presents the findings of its annual survey of finance…

              AccessPaythe leading bank integration provider, has released its Finance Trends 2026 report. It presents the findings of its annual survey of finance leaders for the fourth consecutive year… AccessPay reveals marked sectoral differences between finance teams in financial services firms and those in corporates with regards to their priorities and attitudes to technology adoption.

              Key findings from the report include: 

              Finance leaders are prioritising finance efficiency and cost control

              Finance teams across all sectors are placing renewed emphasis on efficiency and cost control in 2026. 47% of general corporates cited this as a priority, a goal shared by 46% of financial services firms.

              Although cost control is a perennial concern in financial management, sluggish economic growth, rising costs, and geopolitical turmoil have brought it to the fore. Finance leaders are being pushed to do more with less, which also means there is greater interest in adopting advanced technologies; 47% of general corporates and 43% of financial services firms stated they were prioritising the adoption of AI within the coming 18 months.

              Financial services firms are pulling ahead in finance transformation

              In both the financial services (29%) and general corporate (24%) sectors, a leading pack of firms report that their finance function has a high degree of automation and integration across all back-office systems.

              Beyond this, there is a stark dichotomy between the financial and non-financial segments. 45% of financial services firms stated they were advanced in their finance transformation efforts, where most finance processes are automated. In comparison, 41% of corporates stated finance transformation efforts were progressing, with partial automation and manual workarounds. This highlights that there are still many quick wins to be realised in the corporate space through simple automation based on bank connectivity.  

              Insufficient budget is a bigger barrier to AI adoption for corporates

              Financial services firms are much more likely to have invested in AI for finance operations than general corporates. 46% of financial services firms report having implemented AI enhancements to a high degree, compared to 28% of corporates.

              Both financial and non-financial sectors faced common barriers to AI adoption, including a lack of internal expertise and resistance to cultural change. However, corporates were far more likely to cite insufficient budget as an issue with 31% raising this as a barrier, compared to 17% of financial services firms.

              “The disparities between the financial and non-financial sectors in terms of their attitudes towards technology investment are striking,” comments Anish Kapoor, CEO of AccessPay. “Longer-term, the underinvestment in general corporates could backfire. In the current macroeconomic environment, finance teams will need to stress-test plans to ensure they can operate at the low end of their scenarios. This is why we predict 2026 will be a key year for automation in payment and treasury operations. If finance departments are to operate with reduced headcount or scale without increasing staff, leaders also need to consider how to make up that shortfall with technology.”

              Download the full report here to learn more about digital transformation in finance operations and how bank connectivity solutions can help automate payments and bank statement data flows.

              AccessPay’s Finance Trends 2026 Survey was conducted online during October 2025. The aggregated results are based on 130 respondents from various sectors, including financial services, legal, retail, manufacturing and utilities. Findings for the financial services sector are based on 84 respondents across banking and insurance, while corporate findings are based on 54 respondents. A small proportion of companies is classified in both segments. Typical job titles of respondents include (Deputy) Finance Director, Financial Systems Manager, Head of Treasury, and Head of Managed Services.

              Learn more at accesspay.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Digital Payments

              From Infrastructure to Impact – Where Technology Meets Humanity

              From Infrastructure to Impact – Where Technology Meets Humanity

              Money20/20, the world’s leading FinTech show, and the place where money does business, has revealed the agenda for Money20/20 Asia. Set for April 21-23 at the Queen Sirikit National Convention Center in Bangkok. Asia’s most influential FinTech event will bring together thousands of leaders, innovators, regulators, and investors. From across the region and around the world delegates will explore how financial technology can deliver real human impact – not just technical innovation.

              From Infrastructure to Impact – Where Technology Meets Humanity

              Under the theme “From Infrastructure to Impact – Where Technology Meets Humanity,” the agenda reflects the industry’s evolution from celebrating capability to driving measurable outcomes that matter to people and communities. The program will spotlight key priorities. These include intelligent infrastructure for inclusive systems, SME empowerment, hyper-local ecosystem orchestration across diverse markets, last-mile solutions for underserved users, and the convergence of traditional and decentralised finance.

              The keynote roster features top voices shaping the future of finance across Asia and beyond. Including Peng Ooi Goh, Founder & Executive Chairman of Silverlake Group; Sridhar Narayanan, Distinguished Engineer & CTO, IBM Payments Center; Kelvin Tan, CEO of audax Singapore; Fozia Amanulla, CEO of Boost Bank Malaysia; Rob Schimek, Group CEO of Bolttech; Anu Phanse, Chief Compliance Officer at Coinbase Singapore; Raymond Ng, CEO for Singapore & SEA at Revolut; and Rahul Advani, Global Co-Head of Policy at Ripple – along with an expanding roster of sector leaders across banking, FinTech, and technology.

              A Defining Moment for the FinTech Industry

              “Money20/20 Asia 2026 is a defining moment for our industry,” says Danny Levy, EVP & MD, APAC & Middle East. “This year’s agenda has been designed not just to showcase what technology can do, but to deepen conversations about what technology should do. Solve real challenges, unlock economic potential for small businesses, and ensure inclusive access for communities across Asia. We’re thrilled to bring together a lineup of visionary leaders who share that commitment.”

              “Tokenisation is quickly moving from concept to real‑world use across Asia. Industries today are leveraging cutting edge technology to unlock liquidity and value through secure, compliant frameworks. HashKey is building the foundational infrastructure that makes it possible, and I’m looking forward to joining Money20/20 Asia to drive this shift from experimentation to real impact.”

              Anna Liu, Chief Executive Officer of HashKey Tokenisation

              Across three days of keynotes, panels, and interactive sessions, attendees will explore the critical trends shaping the future of money. From payments, banking, and digital assets to AI, regulatory innovation, and human-centred design. All with a focus on turning ideas into impact.

              Money20/20 Asia’s agenda can be viewed here

              About Money20/20

              Launched by industry insiders in 2012, Money20/20 has rapidly become the heartbeat of the global fintech ecosystem. Over the last decade, the most innovative, fast-moving ideas and companies have driven their growth on our platform. Mastercard, Airwallex, J.P. Morgan, SHIELD, GCash, Stripe, Google, VISA, Adyen, and more make transformational deals and raise their global profile with us. Money20/20 attracts leaders from the world’s greatest banks, payments companies, VC firms, regulators, and media platforms: convening to cut industry-shaping deals, build world-changing partnerships, and unlock future-defining opportunities in Las Vegas (October 18-21, 2026), Amsterdam (June 2-4, 2026), Riyadh (September 14-16, 2026), and Bangkok (April 21-23, 2026). Money20/20 is where the world’s fintech leaders convene to grow their brands.

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • Event Newsroom
              • Events
              • Neobanking

              Partnership enables financial institutions to expand faster into new markets with automated, consistent and compliant localisation workflows

              Plumery, the digital banking development platform, and Lokalise, a leading platform for continuous localisation have joined forces to embed enterprise-grade localisation functionality, including translation and market adaptation, directly into digital banking experiences. This will enable financial institutions to deliver hyper-localised experiences at scale. Improving accessibility, engagement, compliance and customer satisfaction.

              Today, financial institutions increasingly compete on experience, speed, and accessibility. Global banking customers now consider native language support a baseline expectation. This makes it essential for institutions to adopt a multilingual-by-design approach.

              Plumery combines developer-friendly, customer-centric digital banking platform with Lokalise’s best-in-class localisation infrastructure. Together, their AI orchestration will help financial institutions expand their customer base. This can be done in a scalable way by launching and updating multilingual journeys faster, with full control and compliance.

              Modern Digital Banking

              The partnership also removes one of the biggest blockers to delivering modern digital banking. Financial institutions can now deliver high-quality localised digital banking experiences. Moreover, at a fraction of the cost and time, across all channels, without engineering bottlenecks. This reduces operational overhead, speeds up market entry, improves compliance with language- and accessibility-related regulations. All of which delivers a better, more inclusive customer experience. Financial institutions can move faster without increasing operational risk.

              “Localisation is no longer a nice-to-have, it’s essential for delivering truly inclusive and personalised banking experiences. Partnering with Lokalise allows us to bring world-class localisation into every digital journey our clients build on Plumery. Together, we’re helping financial institutions launch faster, scale globally, and meet the expectations of modern customers who want banking in their own language, context and culture.”

              Danielle Cohen, Head of Product at Plumery

              “This partnership is a game-changer for financial institutions looking to scale globally with confidence. By embedding AI orchestration and continuous localisation directly into the Plumery platform, we are empowering customers to easily launch and update multilingual services at a fraction of the cost, ensuring consistent, compliant, and local experiences that accelerate market expansion and drive rapid customer growth.”

              Etgar Bonar, CMO at Lokalise

              The partnership is live across all markets Plumery and Lokalise serve, with the first mutual deployments already underway. 

              About Lokalise

              Lokalise is the most intuitive and powerful AI localisation platform, trusted and loved by 3,000+ global companies to deliver high-quality human-level translations at a fraction of the cost. Furthermore, with advanced AI orchestration, 60+ deep integrations and world-class support, it is built to automate, collaborate, and scale growth while maintaining full brand and regulatory control.

              About Plumery

              Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery’s mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide, regardless of size, to craft distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences. 

              Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. This blend has been cultivated through years of experience at start-ups, scale-ups, and established financial institutions, and most notably at globally leading financial technology companies, where they were instrumental in creating disruptive digital banking solutions and platforms that now serve 300+ banks globally.  

              Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric platform provides banks with the foundation for success beyond fast-time-to-market by expediting the development of their digital front ends while significantly cutting costs compared to in-house initiatives or solutions with high total cost of ownership (TCO).

              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance
              • Neobanking

              Brian Gaynor, European Chief Executive at BlueSnap, on leveraging the new tools that are needed to meet today’s tech demands

              Finance teams have a problem. The demands of doing business in 2025 go far beyond the limits of the tools they’ve been using for decades. Every day, teams wrestle with myriad spreadsheets, struggling to manage critical business processes with the tools they’d use to plan the Christmas party.

              But the alternative feels too risky. Decision makers shy away from changing the systems they’ve worked in for years, and the investment and imagined disruption this would bring. Surely ‘better the devil you know’ – even if the present is particularly hellish.

              On first glance, refusing to change may seem like the cheaper choice. Yet familiarity comes with a hidden premium. The cost of inefficient manual processes quickly mounts up and missed opportunities mean higher losses. As businesses face shrinking margins in a strained economic climate, this is a cost they can no longer afford.

              Spreadsheets Conceal a World of Secrets

              One of the biggest challenges finance teams face today is the lack of visibility into outstanding invoices. Manual spreadsheets often hide the true scale of late payments, often until it’s too late. When unresolved invoices pile up, companies face reduced cash flow, strained internal coordination, and great exposure to compliance risks. The extent of this damage should not be underestimated: late payments cost the UK economy £11 billion a year and shut down 38 businesses every day.

              However, modern AR automation tools can bring cash secrets into the light. They’re able to give businesses real-time visibility over accounts receivables so overdue payments are spotted earlier and businesses can launch proactive collection strategies, rather than desperately chasing overdue accounts at the very last minute. Automated reminders, dispute resolution workflows, and digital invoicing help take the friction out of invoicing, as well as giving finance teams a smarter view of receivables year-round, not just during heightened crunch periods.

              Using AR software to reduce financial bottlenecks creates a cascade of business benefits. Freed from spreadsheet hell, customer-facing teams now have the time to focus on client relationships, and drive company growth, rather than endlessly chasing late payments. This means they can bring their talent to create real value for a business, rather than being forced to take on manual tasks that should be left to a machine.

              Keeping Cash Flowing

              Cash flow is the lifeblood of every business yet legacy processes often drain it. Manual invoicing and reconciliation often end up extending collection cycles and, subsequently, straining liquidity. Stuck with outdated processes, companies end up waiting weeks – or even months – longer than they need to access their own funds. 

              By contrast, AR automation accelerates invoice collection, allowing businesses to unlock working capital much faster than any manual process could. At the same time, it helps individuals and organisations increase their productivity by eliminating repetitive, error-prone tasks such as data entry, reconciliations, and follow-ups. Finance professionals can then redirect their time to higher-value work such as interpreting data, advising leadership, and shaping strategy. This is the work that helps grow a business and allows an organisation to move with agility which is crucial to economic resilience in today’s difficult climate. The ability to free up capital and employee bandwidth can be the difference between stagnation and growth.

              Extending the Range of Vision

              Another casualty of manual processes is cash flow forecasting. Spreadsheets are reactive documents, providing a static, backwards-looking view of finances, and are often plagued by version control issues and human error. This means finance leaders are left making critical business decisions without a clear picture of future cash flow, reducing strategic planning to a roll of the dice.

              Automation offers the opposite. By offering real-time visibility of accounts, invoices, and performance, it enables finance teams to forecast cash flow with confidence. This foresight allows businesses to accurately anticipate liquidity needs, mitigate any risks, and respond faster to shifts in demand or supply chain disruption, meaning they can work proactively rather than reactively. The ability to be on the front foot is another crucial block in building business resilience.

              Enhancing the Customer Experience

              Outdated systems don’t just create internal inefficiencies, they affect an organisation’s relationship with their customers. Legacy systems have a significant impact on the customer experience, as manual processes, such as cheque reconciliation, slow down operations and make payment processing cumbersome.

              Again, automated AR solutions can help here. Automated systems enable businesses to offer customer-friendly features, like a ‘pay by link’ option that makes it easy for customers to instantly settle invoices. This reduces friction in the payment process, prompts clients to make payments quickly and on time, and helps strengthen the trust between an organisation and its customers.

              Ultimately, modern finance platforms that use automation greatly enhance the customer experience by making billing seamless, accurate, and transparent. Payments are processed faster, disputes are handled proactively, and customer satisfaction improves as a result. At a time when every client counts, such benefits can’t be ignored. 

              Familiarity Comes at a Price

              With so many advantages stemming from AR automation, why are so many organisations choosing to stick with spreadsheets? One may think that the biggest barrier to change is technology, but often, it’s their attitude. Too many finance leaders assume that because their current processes haven’t collapsed, they must be working well enough to remain in place. But ‘if it ain’t broke’ is a destructive mindset. Opting to be complacent and being satisfied with ‘good enough’ tools, is a costly decision. And are these tools actually working if they lead to lost productivity, delayed revenue, weakened forecasting, and damage to customer relationships?

              Businesses may think it’s up to them to upgrade their finance systems. But the decision to automate is quickly being taken out of their hands. Companies that still cling to the processes of the past will soon find themselves left behind, as competitors leverage the new tools that are needed to meet today’s demands. While change may seem intimidating, or feel temporarily uncomfortable, ultimately, it’s crashing into the red that’s going to feel worst of all.

              Learn more at bluesnap.com

              • Digital Payments

              Dr Antoni Vidiella, CSO of Financial Services at Globant, on why the next stage of AI in financial services depends on modernising the legacy systems that still underpin banking and FinTech

              Many financial service institutions are now moving beyond simple automation and exploring how to embed artificial intelligence across every layer of their operations, from payments and compliance to customer engagement. As banks and FinTechs continue this shift, the sector is entering a new phase in which real-time intelligence, connected data and adaptive systems will define competitiveness.

              Yet unlocking this value requires far more than the introduction of new AI tools. To turn data into meaningful business intelligence and to enable new growth models in digital finance, financial institutions must modernise the systems at their core. Without strong foundations, AI cannot scale effectively or operate in a responsible, transparent or secure way. The potential may be vast, but the path to achieving it begins with the fundamentals.

              The Challenge of Legacy Systems

              Like many other industries, financial institutions still rely on architectures that were built decades ago. These systems continue to support essential functions such as payment processing and risk modelling, yet their rigidity and fragmentation severely limit the potential of AI. Information remains scattered across mainframes, cloud platforms and on-premises databases. As a result, the data required to train and operate modern AI systems is often incomplete, inconsistent or inaccessible in real time.

              This fragmentation reflects a deeper structural issue. Many core banking systems were designed around periodic or batch processing. Fraud detection, credit assessment and compliance monitoring therefore remain reactive, even as customer expectations shift toward instantaneous experiences. The consequence is a widening gap between what AI can theoretically deliver and what institutions can achieve with the infrastructure they currently have.

              The scale of adoption shows how urgent this challenge has become. A 2024 study by the Bank of England and the Financial Conduct Authority found that 75 percent of UK financial services firms already use AI, with a further 10 percent planning adoption within the next three years. Yet research in 2025 by Lloyds Banking Group indicates that while institutions are beginning to see gains in productivity and customer experience, many acknowledge that their underlying systems are not ready for the next stage of AI maturity. The ambition is there, but the technical foundations remain uneven.

              Modernisation as the Foundation for Scalable, Trustworthy AI

              Modernisation represents the most significant step institutions can take to prepare for the intelligent financial systems of the future. Moving to cloud-native architectures, adopting microservices and improving data quality all make it possible to activate AI across an organisation rather than in isolated pilots. These shifts also make the resulting systems more secure, more transparent and easier to govern.

              Importantly, modernisation is no longer the slow, resource-intensive process it once was. AI-assisted approaches have transformed what is possible. Automated code analysis, conversion and validation can reduce modernisation timelines dramatically. In one example, more than 11,000 lines of legacy COBOL code were migrated to modern Java services in only 105 hours, a task that would traditionally have taken several months. These advances illustrate how quickly institutions can begin creating the environments required for real-time intelligence.

              The global opportunity reinforces the need for speed. AI adoption in banking is accelerating rapidly, with institutions racing to modernise their systems and unlock new operational efficiencies. Those that move first will capture the earliest benefits and operate with a level of agility that older architectures simply cannot match.

              How Intelligence is Reshaping Payments and Embedded Finance

              Payments provide a clear view of how AI is transforming the financial landscape. As digital transactions grow in both scale and complexity, the industry needs systems that can act instantly and intelligently. AI models can analyse behavioural patterns in real time, reducing false positives in fraud detection and strengthening overall resilience. They can also optimise transaction routing, identifying the most efficient or cost-effective paths in ways legacy systems are not equipped to handle.

              These shifts extend beyond payments. Embedded finance is becoming a central feature of retail, mobility, insurance and platform-based services. As the ecosystem expands, it will rely heavily on AI to offer tailored credit decisions, contextual payments and adaptive insurance coverage. These capabilities require unified, real-time data environments that can only be delivered through modernised core systems. Without this foundation, the benefits of intelligent payments remain out of reach.

              The Essential Role of Responsible Innovation

              As AI takes on a larger role in high-impact financial decisions, responsible innovation becomes a defining priority. Trust must be maintained at every stage of the customer journey. Findings from the Bank of England and the FCA show that 55 percent of AI systems in UK finance involve some form of automated decision-making, though very few operate without human oversight. This balance reflects a clear need for systems that are transparent, explainable and accountable.

              Responsible AI requires more than good intentions. It depends on strong governance frameworks, rigorous monitoring for bias and clear visibility into how decisions are made. It also relies on consistent, well-managed data. Modern cloud-enabled infrastructures make these practices more achievable, allowing institutions to meet regulatory expectations while building customer confidence. Legacy systems, by contrast, make responsible innovation significantly harder to sustain because they lack the transparency and control required for effective oversight.

              How GenAI is Reshaping Operations and Customer Experience

              Generative AI expands the possibilities for transformation even further. In customer engagement, GenAI enables natural, personalised interactions that respond to customer needs in real time. It can simplify onboarding, deliver proactive financial insights and support customers throughout complex journeys without compromising clarity or accuracy.

              Within operations, GenAI reduces the administrative burden that regulatory compliance often creates. It can summarise complex legislation, draft documentation and support audit processes far more efficiently than manual methods. In product development, it helps institutions test new ideas, model risk scenarios and understand customer behaviour more quickly, reducing time to market and increasing innovation capacity.

              However, all these capabilities rely on a consistent and reliable data environment. GenAI cannot deliver meaningful insights if the data underpinning it remains fragmented or outdated. The quality of the output will always reflect the quality of the foundations beneath it.

              Building a Resilient Path to Long-Term Innovation

              Modernisation is frequently described as a technical necessity, yet its impact is far more strategic. Institutions that invest now will be better equipped to integrate new technologies, respond to regulatory changes and develop AI-enabled products with greater precision. They will also be better positioned to enhance the customer experience, which increasingly depends on real-time intelligence and personalised insight.

              Most importantly, modernisation elevates human expertise rather than replacing it. AI supports judgement, strengthens decision-making and frees teams from manual tasks, allowing them to focus on the relationship-building and strategic insight that define successful financial services.

              Creating the Intelligent Financial Institution of the Future

              Financial services are entering a new era shaped by real-time intelligence, interconnected digital journeys and deeply personalised experiences. Achieving this vision requires modern, resilient systems that can support advanced AI and GenAI. Institutions that begin modernising now will lead the next decade of innovation and create financial ecosystems that are more adaptive, more secure and more connected than ever before. The future is intelligent, but it can only be built on strong foundations.

              Learn more at globant.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance

              Dan Nichols, Chief Technology Officer at virtualDCS, on why cloud resilience in the financial services sector hinges on shared accountability and an assume-breach philosophy

              A powerful catalyst for transformation, the cloud is reshaping how organisations compete in the financial services sector. Beyond significant cost savings and flexibility, leaders are eager to unlock the potential of AI-driven insights, intelligent automation, and real-time business modelling. And, in a space governed so strictly by data sovereignty and privacy policies, the cloud’s ability to localise, encrypt, and control data has made it a key enabler of compliance and customer confidence.

              But as threats become more frequent and sophisticated – with attackers now targeting shared platforms and partner supply chains – organisations can no longer rely on their own defences alone. For true digital resilience, shared accountability, collective readiness, and clear governance across every cloud touchpoint are equally non-negotiable.

              All Eyes on the Money

              The industry sits at a valuable intersection of data, technology, and finance. A combination that makes it uniquely attractive to attackers. It holds some of the world’s most sensitive data, directly underpins the flow of global capital, and operates through deeply complex and interconnected systems. With every integration increasing the risk of exposure. Ultimately, the attack motivation is as simple and relentless as it is in most sectors: monetary gain. Cybercriminals target institutions precisely because of the value at stake and the speed at which disruption translates to loss.

              How the Threat Landscape is Evolving

              Ransomware groups may see insurers and payment providers as high-yield targets. They understand even seconds of downtime can induce multi-million pound losses. Under pressure to protect customer trust and avoid regulatory penalties, some firms may choose to pay in order to restore their service quickly. This dangerous perception only encourages repeat targeting and paves the way for damage to spread even further. Yet it remains a common response tactic among many.

              At the same time, the rise of supply chain and third-party attacks has made it possible for criminals to bypass even the most well-defended cloud environments. By exploiting shared platforms, managed service providers, and cloud-hosted applications, perpetrators can move laterally across multiple organisations at once, amplifying both the reach and impact of their attacks. In other words, infiltrating one vendor’s weakness can cripple an entire network in one carefully coordinated strike. And, since some firms may overlook the cloud’s shared responsibility model – presuming end-to-end security sits solely with their cloud provider – multiple blind spots can inevitably emerge, creating easy openings to exploit.

              In an environment where boundaries blur and dependencies multiply, traditional perimeter-based defences are no longer enough. Hybrid and multi-cloud infrastructures demand continuous visibility, faster detection, and coordinated response across every partner and provider. The goal is not simply to prevent breaches, but to withstand and recover from them collectively. It’s about recognising that in today’s ecosystem, no financial institution is secure in isolation.

              Inside the Ransomware Economy

              Evolving beyond the scattergun attacks of the past, ransomware now operates as a professionalised, profit-driven ecosystem, where malicious actors collaborate, trade intelligence, and lease attack tools much like legitimate software vendors. The rise of ransomware-as-a-service (RaaS) has even lowered the barrier to entry, giving less skilled affiliates access to ready-made payloads and automated encryption kits in exchange for a percentage of the ransom.

              What makes it especially destructive is the precision and psychology behind the attacks. Rather than randomly striking, attackers conduct weeks of reconnaissance – learning behaviours, studying employee hierarchies, and identifying systems most critical to operations. They often infiltrate through phishing emails or compromised credentials, quietly moving laterally through the network to gain elevated access. Once embedded, they disable defences, exfiltrate sensitive data, and target backup repositories before finally encrypting production systems.

              At that point, the goal shifts from technical control to financial coercion. Victims are locked out of their systems and presented with a ransom note demanding payment, sometimes in cryptocurrency, in exchange for a decryption key. Increasingly, the threat includes public exposure of stolen data – a tactic designed to pressure leadership into paying to protect their reputation and customer trust. Even when ransoms are paid, recovery is rarely clean: data may be incomplete, corrupted, or resold on the dark web, and repeat targeting is common once an organisation is identified as a payer.

              It’s this blend of stealth, strategy, and human manipulation that makes ransomware so difficult to defend against. By the time the encryption begins, attackers have already spent weeks ensuring recovery options are limited. This background isn’t designed to scaremonger, but to highlight why resilience must start long before an attack ever reaches the endpoint.

              The Foundations of Ransomware Resilience

              Ransomware resilience isn’t achieved through a single product or policy – it’s the outcome of strategic, technical, and cultural alignment. Financial institutions, in particular, must approach it as a continuous process of readiness: Anticipating compromise, containing impact, and restoring normality quickly and transparently:

              Assume-Breach Philosophy

              The first step is shifting from a defensive mindset to an assume-breach philosophy. In practice, this means recognising that even the most sophisticated systems can and will be breached – and building architectures and response strategies designed to limit damage when this happens. It’s a pragmatic approach, grounded in the reality that attackers are increasingly sector agnostic. No organisation is too small or too secure to be targeted, but the financial sector remains a favourite because it offers both high disruption value and potentially significant monetary reward.

              Building meaningful resilience, therefore, demands layered defence and disciplined execution. The goal is to slow attackers down at every stage – detecting them early, limiting lateral movement, and ensuring business continuity when systems are disrupted. Behavioural analytics and continuous monitoring can surface and neutralise subtle anomalies that would otherwise go unnoticed – such as phishing, spear phishing, and malware, with email still the number one entry point for ransomware.

              Zero Trust & MFA

              Meanwhile, zero trust policies and multi-factor authentication methods add a second layer of protection, blocking unauthorised access even if credentials are compromised.

              When incidents do occur, a well-practised response framework ensures action is fast and coordinated, minimising disruption across critical systems, with the ability to switch to secure replica environments to keep operations running while remediation takes place. Secure, immutable, air-gapped backups underpin it all, providing a safety net that guarantees recovery can begin from a clean and uncompromised state.

              Human readiness is equally critical. Technology can contain an attack, but only people can recover from one effectively. Regular simulation exercises, incident rehearsals, and cybersecurity awareness training help teams respond calmly and cohesively, transforming response from reactive to instinctive. This operational maturity is reinforced by strong governance. Frameworks such as DORA, NIST, and ISO 27001 provide the structure to align technical teams, compliance leads, and executive decision-makers around shared resilience goals. When combined with skilled practitioners and clear accountability, they embed security into ‘business as usual’ – moving resilience from a strategy to a sustained organisational capability.

              Why Multi-Layered Backup is Critical

              When ransomware strikes, the speed and integrity of data recovery determine whether disruption lasts minutes or days – and whether the impact cascades through wider global markets. As the last and most decisive line of defence when every other control fails, it’s also fundamental to customer trust and compliance. Yet too often, backup is treated as a static safeguard rather than a dynamic resilience layer.

              Since modern ransomware often seeks out and encrypts traditional backups first, a single backup copy or centralised repository is no longer sufficient. True resilience today depends on a multi-layered approach – combining offsite or cloud-diverse storage, immutable data copies that cannot be altered or deleted, and isolated environments to protect against lateral movement.

              How frequently these backups are tested is equally important. Too often, financial institutions only discover weaknesses when recovery is already underway, at which point strategies can’t be magically strengthened, and it becomes a race against the clock to minimise downtime and reputational fallout. Regular, automated recovery testing changes that dynamic. It not only confirms that files can be restored, but provides verifiable assurance that systems come back online in the correct order, data dependencies remain intact, and teams have the muscle memory to act quickly and confidently when the worst happens.

              The Power of Shared Accountability

              In a digital economy so deeply interconnected, no organisation operates in isolation. This is especially true in financial services, where supply chains and service providers form the backbone of day-to-day operations. While this interdependence is a strength in many ways, it also means resilience is no longer defined by how well a single institution can defend itself, but by how effectively every partner in its ecosystem upholds their part of the security chain.

              This is where shared accountability becomes critical. It recognises that cloud providers, managed service partners, and financial institutions each have distinct but complementary roles to play in securing data, systems, and infrastructure. When accountability is clearly defined – and when partners collaborate rather than operate in silos – visibility improves, incident response accelerates, and the risk of systemic failure decreases.

              Shared accountability also extends beyond contractual obligation. It’s about building a culture of collective readiness: sharing intelligence, rehearsing joint incident scenarios, and supporting smaller or less-resourced partners to raise their security baseline. The result is a unified entity capable of anticipating, absorbing, and recovering from disruption together.

              Looking Ahead

              To view cyberattacks as inevitable might seem pessimistic to some, but it’s an unfortunate truth that no amount of investment can eliminate risk entirely. In an era where threats are growing in both scale and sophistication, readiness becomes the true differentiator – particularly in such a high-stakes sector. For financial institutions, that means embedding security into culture, strengthening connections across supply chains, and continually testing their ability to withstand and recover as a united ecosystem. Only then can resilience become a strategic advantage rather than a defensive necessity, and unlock the cloud’s transformative potential with absolute confidence.

              Learn more at virtualcds.co.uk

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Cybersecurity
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • InsurTech

              Emily Nash-Walker, Sr Director of Product Strategy at Tungsten Automation on finding real value for AI across financial services

              The Bank of England has recently sounded the alarm of a potential AI bubble looming. Experts are calling out clear parallels with the dot-com boom, such as over expectations on the tech, huge investment, and limited returns or focus on value addition. In the financial services sector, where innovation and risk are no strangers, the Bank of England’s warning couldn’t be more relevant.

              Since the launch of ChatGPT, financial services and FinTech firms have dedicated unprecedented time and money to AI. From LLMs to predictive analysis and AI Agents. However, underneath the rapid adoption we see, there is rising tension between experimentation and governance.

              Shadow AI

              Many FinTechs and traditional financial services firms are now working on “shadow AI” (internal systems developed without formal oversight, transparency, or risk management), creating a sort of AI “grey market”. This new market offers huge innovation, but without being managed properly, it undermines key governance, and in the fintech space, this means risking consumer data, consumer confidence, and ultimately trust. If left unchecked, this could trigger the industry’s next big credibility crisis and expose them to the next big financial crisis.

              AI Overextension

              AI can have huge transformative effects on financial services and is at the forefront of changing the industry for the better. From fraud detection to customer service automation, there’s no doubt that AI has changed how institutions engage, analyse, and operate for the better.

              But the industry’s eagerness to innovate quickly has led to a familiar problem: overextension. According to MIT research, 95% of GenAI pilots never reach production. Meanwhile, McKinsey estimates that AI technologies could potentially deliver up to $1 trillion of additional value each year if they are implemented effectively. But that is a big “if”.

              Right now, too many organisations are focused on experimentation in isolation, often in siloed AI labs. Where AI tools are being built by small internal teams without full visibility or awareness from compliance or IT departments. Algorithms are being trained on partial or poor-quality data. And models are being deployed without clear documentation of how they make decisions. More than 81% of financial compliance experts are concerned about the accountability and explainability of AI-driven decisions. Fundamentally lacking the accountability and explainability that should underpin AI that drives real, low-risk value for businesses.

              Dangers of the AI Bubble

              If the AI bubble bursts, it won’t be because of the technology. It will be because of how it’s being applied. And the more experiments an organisation invests in without real value being shown, the more they will be exposed to the effects when it pops.

              As the bubble grows, so does “Shadow AI”. The pursuit of innovation across sectors leads to siloed teams investing quickly but often without the right guardrails.

              Shadow AI shows many similarities to the early days of the cloud era, when employees adopted unsanctioned tools to move faster than IT could keep up, leaving organisations fragmented and exposed to risk. Innovation is as essential or even more essential than it has ever been, but this idea of fragmentation is also more of a risk now than it has ever been.

              In financial services, the implications are far more serious than in most industries. Consider the risks if a credit-scoring model built without audit trails begins making biased decisions. Or if a KYC automation tool fails to detect a sanctions breach because it’s running on unvalidated data. And banks built on shadow AI lack the explainability to know, let alone test or assure these models.

              AI Governance

              FinTech success depends on reliability, transparency, and data integrity. Once those foundations erode, rebuilding them becomes far harder than any technical fix. The solution isn’t to slow down innovation. It’s to govern it properly.

              The whole industry needs to move beyond AI experimentation toward governed automation. Integrating AI responsibly into existing workflows, supported by clear oversight, robust data management, and explainable outcomes, has to be the priority.

              Smart businesses are focused on AI for the right reasons. It means focusing on what’s needed, practical and measurable instead of chasing ideas of what you could potentially do. Organisations need to be aware of the hype and focus on systems that deliver compliance, accuracy, and ROI.

              Financial services have always had challengers in the sector pushing boundaries with new tech, and this has never been so true. It’s an industry that has always spent a lot of time focused on hype. But this next phase of innovation, specifically AI adoption, will see winners prioritising something different. Patience, precision, and accountability will win over efficiency, new features, and speed.

              Heeding the Warnings

              As the Bank of England has warned, overinvestment and complacency when it comes to defining and reporting concrete value may be creating a big bubble primed to pop. To prevent or limit exposure, leaders should ask three business-critical questions before plunging more investment into AI:

              • What business problem are we solving?
              • Is our data structured, accurate, and governed?
              • Can we measure the outcome and explain the result?

              If the answer to any of these is uncertain, the risk is also uncertain. The danger with shadow AI is that often the answer to all 3 is opaque and unclear. AI’s potential in financial services remains enormous. But true intelligence doesn’t come from the newest model or the biggest dataset. It comes from disciplined execution.

              When the hype fades, the organisations that endure will be those that integrate AI responsibly, manage data intelligently, and put compliance at the core of innovation.

              As with the dotcom boom and many other technological revolutions, the question isn’t whether AI will reshape the sector; it’s who will still be standing when the dust settles. The difference will come down to who governs their AI with a focus on real value versus those who chase experimental AI without true accountability.

              Learn more at tungstenautomation.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

              Marko Katavic, Director of AI and Decision Intelligence at Moneybox, argues the future of financial services should not aim to replace bureaucratic safety systems with AI, but instead integrate AI to deliver human-level accessibility

              Trust is the foundation and the currency of the financial services industry. When customers hand over their hard earned money, they trust in their chosen provider’s ability to safeguard their finances and help achieve their financial goals. 

              Long before computers came about, the financial services industry built trust and minimised risk through carefully organised processes led by people. A significant amount of bureaucracy, process control and mapping has reduced mistakes for decades. However, as technology has developed, the way the industry interacts with these processes is changing. 

              The Rise of Bureaucracy and Software

              The introduction of computers enabled the financial services industry to scale processes, increase productivity and widen customer pools. This was achieved through structured software mapped to closed deterministic and bureaucratic processes that allowed the industry to reduce errors and increase efficiency by applying the same structured decision-making to lots of customers automatically, rather than having humans make decisions for each individual customer.

              Now we face the rising popularity of AI agents, and effectively integrating these entities into the sensitive systems that were built before them. When applied correctly, they offer immense value, but applied incorrectly, and they risk causing immense harm.

              As we are at the relative start of the AI implementation journey, it is crucial to determine how we take AI tools with such significant decision making capabilities, and safely plug them into our systems now to maintain trust, and more importantly so that they help customers, rather than hinder.

              The Missing Human Layer

              The key to successful AI implementation in the financial services industry is to understand the market gap it can fill. For the last four decades, scaling financial services safely has only been achieved with many layers of bureaucracy – slowing delivery, adding friction, and ultimately limiting who could be served. Furthermore, the human experts who could navigate these bureaucratic complexities and translate it into clear, accessible decisions for customers were few and far between.

              This gap is what modern AI systems can close. AI can act as an intelligent layer in front of the bureaucracy, to help the wider public make smart financial decisions with greater confidence. We must learn from the success of large AI systems, as their approachability and ease of use is what draws customers in at scale.

              However, for AI to fulfill this promise, it must meet the same standards of institutional safety and compliance. This ease of use must be brought to customers safely, meaning we must engineer the very same systems of safety that currently underpin the financial sector, ensuring AI offers accessibility without compromising on trust. 

              Engineering Safe Boundaries

              To achieve this, we have to go beyond integration – we have to engineer clear boundaries between AI and traditional software. We must use AI to deliver an accessible, relatable customer experience, while ensuring it follows the principles built into tested software. This approach is critical because good outcomes only come as a result of managed risk and tested judgement.

              There is significant hype around feeding agents large knowledge bases of policies via Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG). While using state-of-the-art models can achieve reasonable, but not perfect, policy concordance for judgement tasks – if the aim is to deliver full flexibility of human interaction to customers at scale, then this protocol is only acceptable for basic customer service, such as issue handling. It falls short when it comes to dealing with the diverse approaches and behaviours customers bring – meaning that errors can only be minimised, not entirely controlled.

              When dealing with nuanced considerations such as investment decisions and judgements that have long-standing consequences, it is better to implement software layers that are interactive with AI for logic checking and generating results, rather than trying to emulate complex decision making principles through predictive language.

              A Recipe for Success 

              Modern AI systems, even when producing the right answer 95% of the time, are making decisions on ‘instinct’. No financial firm would implement a workforce of highly instinctual individuals making critical decisions without bureaucratic control. Therefore, putting AI on the path to make financial decisions without the tried-and-tested software to control logical reasoning is a path to failure.

              The recipe for success in a customer-facing context is clear. Providers should use AI to mimic everyday language and bring a personal dimension to customers at scale, but keep core financial decision-making within the safe domain of tried and tested software and experts. 

              While this may sound simple on paper, achieving a seamless system where everything blends together is the core differentiator between companies that will win customer confidence, and companies that will simply offer ‘cool ‘short-term gimmicks. To close the advice gap, the future of financial services should not aim to replace bureaucratic safety systems with AI, but instead integrate AI to deliver human-level accessibility – while keeping decisioning limited to the domain of purpose-built software.

              Learn more at moneyboxapp.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              New research from myPOS, the European payments provider for small and medium-sized businesses, reveals that Britain’s shift toward tap-to-pay is leaving…

              New research from myPOS, the European payments provider for small and medium-sized businesses, reveals that Britain’s shift toward tap-to-pay is leaving traditional PIN codes behind. As contactless becomes the country’s top payment preference, almost a third of young adults now admit they can’t remember the four digits once central to everyday spending.  

              myPOS data reveals 29% of Gen Z struggle to remember, or have completely forgotten, their PIN. Highlighting how digital-first habits are shaping consumer behaviour. However, it isn’t just younger groups that are feeling the effects. One in five Boomers (20%) say they face the same issue as reliance on physical cards significantly declines. 

              Contactless Payments

              This shift has been driven largely by the dominance of contactless card and mobile payments. Over two-thirds of Brits (69%) say tapping, via card, mobile phone, or smartwatch, is now their primary method of payment. In contrast, just 16% rely mainly on chip and PIN, and only 14% primarily use cash. A further 10 % of Brits now live entirely wallet-free, using only their mobile or smartwatch for day-to-day spending. 

              Convenience-led behaviours are accelerating the decline of PIN usage across the UK. Nearly half of British consumers (47%) say they would happily go completely contactless if it meant shorter queues in shops and venues. Flexibility and convenience (42%) and speed (34%) remain the largest drivers behind the rise of tap-to-pay.  

              “As the UK embraces contactless and mobile payments, it’s clear that the traditional PIN is becoming less central to everyday transactions. Businesses and payment providers should ensure security and convenience go hand-in-hand, while recognising that consumer habits are evolving rapidly.”

              Michael Ault, Country Manager at myPOS UK

              • Digital Payments
              • Fintech & Insurtech
              • Neobanking

              Jelle van Schaick, VP Marketing at Lorum, looks beyond Swift at fixing the correspondent chain to change how global money moves

              SWIFT has become a convenient villain in modern finance. When a cross-border payment takes three days to settle, frustration builds. The blame is almost instinctively placed on the messaging network itself. Vendors promise to replace it with blockchain solutions, and crypto pitch decks often speak evangelically of a world without it. However, focusing on SWIFT hides a much simpler and less glamorous reality regarding international finance. SWIFT is not the problem. The correspondent banking chain is the problem.

              To understand the delay, we need to separate the instruction from the asset. SWIFT is fundamentally a secure messaging network that allows financial institutions to send payment details. However, it does not move money, it does not hold deposits, and it does not determine when funds are released. A SWIFT payment message is simply data. The actual capital resides in nostro and vostro accounts, moving via domestic RTGS systems and local clearing schemes.

              While the SWIFT message travels across the globe in seconds, the delay lives in how each institution along the path manages its own accounts and risk parameters. When a payment stalls, the bottleneck is almost always found in that chain of custody rather than in the wire that carried the instruction. Blaming SWIFT for a delayed settlement is like blaming an email provider because the recipient waited two days to open the message and reply.

              The Hidden Cost of Every “Hop”

              Most cross-border flows continue to rely on the correspondent banking model. In this system, if a bank in one country does not have a direct relationship with a bank in another, the payment must hop through intermediaries. This is not a seamless relay; each step in the sequence adds resistance.

              Every hop adds:

              • another balance sheet to fund
              • another set of compliance checks
              • another set of cut offs, holidays, and local quirks
              • another chance to add margin, fees, or spreads

              This operational drag creates measurable latency. SWIFT’s own data shows that while roughly 90% of payments reach the destination bank within an hour, fewer than half are credited to the end customer’s account in that same timeframe. The delay is not in the transit; it is in the processing queue of the receiving institution.

              Why Banks are Paid to Wait

              If technology is not the primary issue, we must look to economic incentives. The correspondent banks facilitating these flows are typically large universal banks. Their core economic engine is lending and balance sheet management rather than clearing. These institutions earn yield by holding deposits and managing liquidity, not by pushing funds out the door as fast as possible.

              That creates predictable tensions:

              • settlement can be batched or delayed to smooth intraday liquidity
              • funds can sit in internal accounts until windows or limits align
              • risk teams can slow flows when risk appetite tightens

              When operational reality meets these misaligned incentives, the result is a compounding delay that no messaging standard can fix. Legacy cores, manual exceptions, and misaligned time zones all stack delay on top of these economic priorities. Operational teams bounce investigations between institutions through tickets and emails, magnifying the friction. None of this is a feature of SWIFT. It is the consequence of who performs clearing and what their balance sheets optimize for.

              The Case for Unbundling Clearing

              The traditional network is fracturing under this pressure. According to the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), the number of active correspondent banking relationships has declined by over 20% in the last decade. As universal banks retreat from this low-margin utility, a vacuum has opened for specialist infrastructure.

              This helps explain why many fintech projects fail to solve the core issue. Attempts to create new rails often miss the point. If the system still relies on universal banks to hold funds, the underlying friction remains. The critical design question is not how to remove SWIFT, but who should perform institutional clearing and under what incentives.

              A truly effective solution requires a structural shift where clearing is separated from lending. This has paved the way for a new category of infrastructure known as the specialist correspondent. Unlike universal banks, these institutions are designed exclusively for clearing and cash management. We see this model validated by firms like Lorum, which operate as specialist correspondents rather than generalist banks.

              By connecting to local payment rails in multiple markets and providing named account structures, this model allows institutions to work with a single clearing partner rather than managing dozens of bilateral relationships.

              For treasurers, this shift means:

              • local settlement on domestic rails wherever possible
              • a single global view of balances and flows
              • fewer intermediaries and more predictable timelines

              This approach does not replace the messaging layer, as SWIFT already moves messages well. Instead, it redesigns the institutional layer behind those messages. It focuses on the start and end of each payment where custody, timing, and control actually break. Blaming SWIFT is easy because it is visible and old. It is harder, and more useful, to redesign who holds and releases funds. The firm that fixes the correspondent chain changes how global money actually moves.

              Learn more at lorum.com

              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Digital Payments

              Richard Wood, Head of Europe – FI & NBFI at PagoNxt Payments, on the rise of embedded insurance

              As 2026 kicks off executives will once again be asked what moving, what’s shaking, and what will fade away in insurance. But what’s changing fastest in insurance isn’t the product itself, but when, where and how policies are sold. Thanks to the rise of Embedded Insurance, this is now happening at the exact moment a customer commits to a purchase. In its simplest definition, Embedded Insurance combines coverage or protections within the purchase of a product or a service itself, offered in real-time at the point of sale.

              This distribution model offers enormous potential. According to McKinsey, by 2030 around 25% of all personal lines premiums could be purchased via embedded propositions, representing over $700 billion in gross written premiums in property and casualty alone (Source: McKinsey, via Deloitte). Consumers are drawn towards comprehensive, connected solutions rather than standalone products, and it’s this that is making Embedded Insurance such a hot topic in the industry. For perhaps the first time in its history, protection is genuinely being matched with real-world behaviour

              Simply by making coverage easier to purchase, Embedded Insurance is likely to play a key role in helping to close the global insurance protection gap (the gap between economic losses and those that are insured), which has widened over recent years (Source: Swiss Re Group). Equally, traditional insurance has failed to win over younger generations (Source: LIMRA), with many citing a perceived cost, lack of clarity and distrust as reasons they’re not buying. Without reinvention, the insurance industry risks a dramatic contraction from missing out on an entire generation.

              Why Partnerships are Key to Success

              To make purchasing a new policy as convenient and seamless as possible, partnerships that blend platforms, insurers, and service providers into cohesive ecosystems are essential. By definition, no single organisation can control the full journey. Insurers don’t own the digital moments where customers make decisions. Platforms can surface offers at scale, but need regulated partners they can trust.

              Partnerships reshape the economics of insurance. Embedded channels reduce acquisition costs, open new demographics – particularly younger, underinsured consumers – and create conditions for personalised pricing based on real behaviour, not broad assumptions.

              The payment is where any buyer’s intent is clearest, context is richest, and risk is most visible. Insurers can’t reach that moment alone, and platforms can’t underwrite it. Payments providers are the connective tissue. For merchants, payments are where the relationship is strongest. Surface the right protection there and it doesn’t feel like an upsell. Instead, it builds trust, supports conversion, and gives retailers something competitors can’t easily replicate.

              What separates a great payments partner from an average one is the ability to bring clarity, compliance and context to the transaction. That means handling customer authentication cleanly, settling funds quickly and maintaining resilient infrastructure that can cope with real-time flows. It also means surfacing protection responsibly, with transparent consent that removes the ambiguity that deters younger generations.

              Payments partners able to offer real-time validation, cross-border settlement support, and reliable fraud-screening at scale become central to delivering embedded protection that actually works.

              Where Payment-Led Ecosystems will Go Next

              The next phase will see protection woven even deeper into payments infrastructure. Transaction-level insight will enable personalised cover bundles. Cross-border settlement will remove friction from claims in travel and logistics. Real-time rails, meanwhile, will make instant payouts a norm. SEPA Instant will only accelerate this shift. As near-instant euro transfers become standard across Europe, the expectation for equally instant premium collection and claims payment will rise, pushing Embedded Insurance even closer to the transaction.

              Regulators will pay close attention, as they should. Strong governance, transparent consent and clear communication must underpin every embedded journey. Regulation such as PSD2 and the newer DORA framework underline that operational resilience must be designed into every API call, every authorisation step, and every embedded offer.

              As momentum gains, the payment process will be where trust, timing and technology converge. Overtime, protection will be seamless and efficient, but this will not happen in isolation. The next leap forward demands insurance ecosystems are built around the payment itself. This is exactly where insurers, platforms and payment providers will combine their strengths to offer protection that is timely, contextual and genuinely useful.

              Learn more at pagonxt.com

              • Embedded Finance
              • InsurTech

              Michael Ault, Country Manager at integrated payments specialists myPOS, offers strategic advice for SMEs looking to scale through digital transformation and diversification

              Scaling a small business is one of the most rewarding, yet complex journeys for any entrepreneur. While growth brings opportunities for greater reach, higher revenue, and stronger market presence, it also demands foresight, discipline, and the ability to manage risk strategically. Securely integrating new technology is the main obstacle for 47% of SME’s, even though 76% of these businesses intend to expand their IT investment. This underscores a key point of tension, as many businesses want to grow through digital transformation but struggle to do so securely and sustainably.

              The business landscape continues to evolve with changing customer expectations, technology, and economic conditions. For UK SMEs, the key to long-term success lies in achieving growth but also in building resilience. Sustainable scaling comes down to three principles: embracing technology pragmatically, diversifying intelligently, and investing in people and partnerships that strengthen resilience.

              Leveraging Digital Transformation

              Digital transformation is the foundation of business growth, especially for small business. Cloud-based solutions, automation, and data analytics help to streamline operations, reduce inefficiencies, and create better customer experiences. However, transformation must be purposeful, not performative.

              The smartest approach is to scale technology investment incrementally, integrating flexible, modular systems that evolve with business needs. This approach not only lowers risk but also helps ensure digital maturity evolve over time. When SMEs use modular, cloud-based technology, operations run more smoothly and changes can be effectively analysed. Ultimately, resilience is not built through one-time upgrades but through a culture of continuous digital evolution.

              Diversifying Revenue Streams

              Depending on a single product, service, or market leaves a business vulnerable to sudden changes in demand. Diversification, when guided by customer insight and data can turn volatility into opportunity. Expanding into online sales, introducing subscription models, or targeting fresh customer segments can make income streams much more stable and sustainable.

              At myPOS, we know that even simple changes based on data, such as adding additional payment options or tapping into cross-border e-commerce, can help cash flow and protect against market shocks. The goal of technology is to mitigate specific challenges without adding layers of complexity.

              Investing in Employee Development

              Your people are pivotal to your ability to grow as a business; empowered teams are the engine of sustainable scale. A team that feels supported and motivated will bring fresh ideas, adapt to challenges, and push the business forward. Investing in training, mentoring, and development opportunities builds skills that pay back in the form of innovation and improved performance.

              In fast-changing industries, having employees who are confident in learning and adapting can make the difference between struggling through disruption and taking advantage of it. Equally, strong partnerships extend this resilience beyond the organisation. Building resilience at the team level creates resilience for the whole business, so fostering a culture of continuous learning and celebrating employee contributions is key to maintaining motivation.

              Focusing on Financial Health and Flexibility

              Financial resilience underpins sustainable growth. Scaling often requires upfront investment, and without healthy cash flow or reserves, opportunities can be lost. Monitoring income and expenses closely, cutting unnecessary costs, and preparing for seasonal fluctuations gives businesses more control.

              Having flexible financing options, like credit lines, small business loans, or even crowdfunding, provides a level of agility. Instead of being caught off guard by unexpected challenges, businesses with financial flexibility are positioned to respond quickly and strategically.

              Financial management software can make it easier to track performance, spot issues early, and forecast future needs. When you can see your finances in real time, you can make proactive, data-driven decisions instead of waiting for problems to happen. In markets that change quickly, this kind of financial management helps small firms plan with confidence, stay flexible, and establish a stronger base for long-term growth.

              Prioritising Customer Relationships and Feedback

              Your customers are not just buyers; they are advocates, sources of insight, and the foundation of repeat business and brand loyalty. Businesses that scale successfully often place customer relationships at the heart of their strategy by actively gathering feedback, responding quickly to issues, and personalising interactions, which shows customers they are valued.

              This loyalty becomes a form of resilience. In periods of uncertainty, a base of satisfied, returning customers provides more stability than constantly chasing new ones. Successful businesses use CRM tools to track customer preferences and automate follow-ups so no opportunity to strengthen a relationship is missed.

              Building Strategic Partnerships

              Partnerships can accelerate growth while also spreading risk. Working with other businesses, organisations, or influencers can provide access to new audiences, shared expertise, or additional resources. Collaboration can also create opportunities for joint marketing, co-branded initiatives, or innovative product and service offerings.

              In times of uncertainty, strong partnerships act as a support network. By aligning with others who share your values and vision, you create opportunities that are mutually beneficial and more resilient than going it alone. It is important to find partners whose goals and audiences complement your own for the best long-term impact.

              The next stage of small business success will be defined by resilience rather than speed, the ability to adapt, recover, and continue to create value in the fact of uncertainty. For SMEs, this means developing adaptable growth plans that include flexible technology, diverse models and empowered employees.

              Learn more at mypos.com

              • Data & AI
              • Digital Payments
              • Digital Strategy
              • Fintech & Insurtech

              Plumery’s AI fabric is future-proofed and designed for use cases beyond today’s horizon

              Plumery, a digital banking development platform for customer-centric banking, has released AI Fabric. It creates an artificial intelligence (AI)-ready foundation for AI-assisted digital banking.

              AI-Ready Digital Banking

              Based on an event-driven data mesh, the new solution gives financial institutions a standardised way to connect AI and generative AI (GenAI) models/agents to banking data. Eliminating the need for bespoke system integrations. AI Fabric moves institutions away from brittle point-to-point architectures towards an event-driven, API-first architecture that scales with innovation.

              Most financial institutions struggle to operationalise AI because their data is fragmented across legacy cores, channels, and point-to-point integrations. Each new AI pilot can require fresh plumbing, security reviews, and governance work, which delays time-to-value and increases risk. In addition, under increasing regulatory pressure, institutions are required to explain, audit, and govern AI decisions. Together, these factors make ad-hoc approaches to AI difficult to scale.

              AI Fabric

              Plumery’s AI Fabric enables institutions to plug in and swap AI capabilities as the ecosystem evolves. It exposes high-quality, domain-oriented banking events and data streams in a consistent, governed, and reusable way. This works across products, channels, and customer journeys. Importantly, the platform separates systems of record from systems of engagement and intelligence. Offering financial institution long-term agility instead of short-lived AI experiments.

              By reducing point-to-point integrations and one-off data pipelines, an institution can lessen operational complexity and technical debt. This makes change cheaper, safer, and more predictable. Additionally, having clear data lineage, ownership, and control makes it easier to explain decisions, manage model risk, and satisfy regulators – reducing compliance friction as AI adoption grows.

              “Financial institutions are clear about what they need from AI. They want real production use cases that improve customer experience and operations, but they will not compromise on governance, security, or control. Our AI Fabric gives them a standard, bank-grade way to allow AI use within their tools and data without rebuilding integrations for every model. The event-driven data mesh architecture improves the process by changing how banking data is produced, shared, and consumed, rather than adding another AI layer on top of fragmented systems.”

              Ben Goldin, Founder and CEO of Plumery

              Why Financial Institutions need an AI Foundation

              In today’s fast-changing world, financial institutions need an AI foundation that absorbs change instead of amplifying it. With AI Fabric, institutions can experiment, deploy, and evolve AI-assisted use cases incrementally without re-architecting every time a model, vendor, or requirement changes.

              Additionally, operational, customer, and risk decisions can be powered by live banking events rather than delayed, batch-based snapshots. This enables AI to assist where it matters most: in-journey, in-context, and in-the-moment.

              Even financial institutions not yet ready to operationalise AI can lay the groundwork today with AI Fabric, ensuring they can move quickly and safely when priorities, budgets, or markets shift.

              About Plumery

              Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery’s mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide, regardless of size, to craft distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences.

              Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. This blend has been cultivated through years of experience at start-ups, scale-ups, and established financial institutions, and most notably at globally leading financial technology companies, where they were instrumental in creating disruptive digital banking solutions and platforms that now serve more than 300 banks globally.

              Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric platform provides banks with the foundation for success beyond fast time to market by expediting the development of their digital front ends while significantly cutting costs compared to in-house initiatives or solutions with high total cost of ownership.

              Learn more at plumery.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              Radi El Haj, CEO of global payments technology leader RS2, argues that while cost-cutting is important, banks are overlooking AI’s biggest opportunity: fuelling growth through hyper-personalisation, predictive analytics, and dynamic pricing, all while staying on the right side of compliance

              In banking, artificial intelligence (AI) is often portrayed as an efficiency force-multiplier: automating back-office tasks, detecting fraud, reducing cost. Yet the bigger prize is less about cost and more about growth: unlocking new revenue streams through data monetisation, hyper-personalisation and dynamic pricing. At RS2, a platform that powers issuing and acquiring across banks and enterprises globally, we see how these possibilities can move from concept to profitable reality.

              Unlocking Transactional Data for Revenue

              Banks sit on rich transactional data – what customers buy, how they spend, when they engage. Historically, this data has helped reduce risk, fight money-laundering or optimise operations. But now it can be used to drive growth. According to an EY overview, AI-powered tools enable banks to personalise services, identify cross-sell opportunities and “potentially boost revenue streams.”

              Consider a bank that analyses a customer’s payment behaviour, identifies recurring patterns (e.g., frequent travel, high hotel spend) and then offers a tailored premium travel card or concierge-style value add. Or a commercial bank that segments SMEs by payment volume and cash-flow profile and monetises by offering dynamic pricing on foreign exchange or supply-chain financing.

              Responsible monetisation demands governance. A recent essay on monetising financial data with AI warns that “you’re sitting on a goldmine of data … but the major caveat is the need to manage risk”. The practical implication: invest in data-quality, maintain strict consent and usage controls, disaggregate personally identifying detail where possible and ensure transparency with customers. As banks move from “can we do this?” to “should we do this?”, the ones that succeed will embed data ethics, consent frameworks and explainability at the core.

              Compliance and Innovation: Building Self-Hosted AI Frameworks

              Growth-facing AI can’t sail past compliance. Banks need to remain within the bounds of regulatory regimes such as GDPR, PSD2 and CCPA. A key enabler is self-hosted or controlled AI infrastructure that allows experimentation without exposing sensitive data to third-party cloud vendors or uncontrolled derivative uses.

              In the UK, the Bank of England notes that the future of AI in financial services demands both innovation and safety – building internal capabilities while contributing to systemic resilience. For banks this means: maintain internal model-hosting (or tightly controlled cloud with data isolation), build a “sandbox to production” pipeline where models are validated for bias, fairness and explainability, and treat regulatory engagement not as a blocker but as a design parameter.

              With this architecture in place, banks can push beyond the cost-centre mindset (fraud detection, operations) into growth-mindset use-cases – real-time decisioning, dynamic pricing, micro-segment product design – all while retaining control over data flows, vendor risk and audit trails.

              Explainable AI: Trust at the Front-Line

              If AI is going to power new revenue models – dynamic offers, predictive cross-sell, hyper-personalised pricing – then customers and regulators alike must trust the outcomes. Enter explainable AI (XAI).

              Explainability isn’t a nice add-on: it’s mandatory when AI touches decisioning that affects consumers (pricing, credit, product eligibility). If a customer is offered a differential rate based on their profile, they are entitled to know (in clear language) why. If a regulator challenges the fairness of an algorithmic decision, the bank must show the decision-tree, the bias mitigation steps and the audit trail of model monitoring.

              As banks deploy AI in growth-facing scenarios, transparency becomes a strategic differentiator: one bank may claim to offer “smarter offers” – another will be able to document that those offers are fair, auditable and compliant. That traceability becomes a selling point when partnering with fintechs, regulators or corporate clients.

              Lessons from Leading Banks: Growth-Not Just Cost-Cutting

              While many banks still emphasise cost-cutting, the story is shifting. For instance, research from FIS shows that banks with a strong data strategy are tying AI investments to revenue outcomes, not just automation.

              In practice, a global bank uses AI-driven cash-flow tools for corporate clients and is now preparing to monetise the service rather than treat it purely as a cost centre. Another major institution, NatWest, has embedded AI in its digital-assistant ecosystem and already reports improved customer engagement metrics and lower servicing costs.

              From the experience at RS2, we see banks and FinTechs that pay attention to platform architecture, data lineage and flexible monetisation workflows succeed faster. The value flows not from a single “AI project” but from embedding AI into the payment rails, product lifecycle, pricing engine and loyalty ecosystem.

              It is noteworthy that banks are not alone here: payments-technology providers like RS2 are collaborating with financial institutions to integrate AI into issuing and acquiring flows, offering a way to turn payments data into behavioural insight, and knowledge into value-added services.

              Bringing it Together

              For banks, the dominant mindset should shift from “AI as efficiency tool” to “AI as growth platform”. That transition requires three foundational capabilities: a clean, consent-driven data ecosystem; an AI infrastructure that balances innovation and control; and an organisational discipline around explainability, governance and monetisation strategy.

              At RS2 we believe that the combination of payments technology, platform mindset and global scale gives us a front-row seat to this shift. The banks that lead in the next five years will be those that embed AI not in margins but in revenue lines – crafting new products, offering dynamic pricing, delivering real-time personalisation and monetising payments data in a responsible manner.

              The future isn’t about AI simply making existing processes cheaper; it is about re-working how banks generate value. If your AI agenda stops at cost-cutting, you’re leaving the biggest opportunities on the table.

              About RS2

              RS2 is a leading global provider of payment technology solutions and processing services, offering a unified approach to managing payments across all channels for banks, integrated software vendors, payment facilitators, independent sales organizations, payment service providers, and businesses worldwide. RS2’s platform stands out as a robust cloud-native solution designed for both issuing and acquiring operations. With its advanced orchestration layer seamlessly integrating all aspects of business operations, clients gain access to comprehensive analytics, reporting tools, and reconciliation features. This empowers businesses to effortlessly expand their global footprint through a single integration, while also gaining valuable insights into payment processes and customer behavior, enhancing operational efficiency, increasing conversion rates, and driving profitability. 

              Learn more at RS2.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance
              • InsurTech

              Mike Southgate, Co-founder of UK-based RegTech firm Ermi, on why artificial intelligence alone cannot replace human judgment in the creation of rules for automated transaction monitoring

              In the drive to modernise and improve financial-crime detection, artificial intelligence (AI) has emerged as a powerful tool. Machine-learning models have the ability to process vast volumes of transactional data, identify patterns invisible to the human eye and flag anomalies at scale.

              But despite these clear benefits, AI on its own cannot deliver the transparency, accountability, or contextual nuance that is needed for effective transaction monitoring. Human judgment (Human In the loop) remains absolutely essential.

              The Autonomy Illusion

              Rising financial crime, advances in laundering typologies and increased regulatory scrutiny, has put financial institutions under pressure to adopt AI-driven anti-money-laundering (AML) systems, with the promise that they will be more effective.

              According to the IICFIP Global Financial Crimes Impact Report 2025, global losses from financial crime exceed US $8 trillion annually, including money laundering losses of between US $800 billion and $2 trillion, fraud losses of over US $5 trillion, and corruption losses around US $3.6 trillion. Yet INTERPOL reports that only one percent of illicit financial flows are ever intercepted, frozen, or recovered.

              Transaction monitoring vendors are increasingly marketing AI-driven AML solutions, claiming that the algorithms are able to autonomously detect suspicious behaviour. But these capabilities are often vastly overstated. Machine-learning models suffer from multiple issues. They are only as effective as the data they are trained on and ensuring accurate (E.g. data relevant to the firm buying the tool) and up to date data is challenging. Not least because financial crime is a moving target. Criminals continually change their tactics, often faster than AI can be retrained. Because the system relies on patterns learned from historical data rather than anticipating new, adaptive strategies, subtle illicit activity, such as transactions that mimic legitimate behaviour, often go undetected. Similarly, data to train an AI must know whether past patterns were truly criminal, which we may not always know.

              Understanding AI’s Shortcomings

              Importantly, the line between criminal and normal behaviour will depend upon the client. Consider a scenario where a high-net-worth individual initiates a series of international transfers. An AI model may flag these transactions purely based on volume or geography. Without contextual understanding for the type of client, the alert is likely to be a false positive. Conversely, a sophisticated money laundering scheme could evade detection entirely by mimicking legitimate behaviour. In both cases, human insight is critical. AI lacks context of clients or in-depth knowledge of  of “normal” business models.

              Opacity is another concern. Many machine-learning systems operate as black boxes, generating alerts without and meaningful explanation. Regulators are increasingly demanding transparency, for example under the EU AI Act and Financial Action Task Force (FATF) guidance on AI in AML (FATF, 2021). Institutions have an obligation to justify why a transaction was flagged (or not), what criteria were used and how decisions align with risk-based approaches.

              Black-box models can also undermine internal governance. Compliance teams need to understand and trust the systems they rely on. And when an alert cannot be traced to a clear rule, confidence is undermined and investigations stall. Over-reliance on automation has the potential to overshadow critical human judgment.

              Human Rule Design with Context

              Effective transaction monitoring must still therefore have human-led contextual rule design. Unlike generic thresholds or static parameters, contextual rules take into account the full spectrum of customer behaviour, business models and risk exposure. Having defined rules will also allow transparency and traceability.

              For example, a transaction exceeding £10,000 may trigger a review in retail banking but is routine in corporate financial operations. Contextual rules enable financial institutions to adapt the detection rule logic based on customer type and risk, transaction purpose, jurisdictional risk and historical patterns.

              Contextual rule design also supports dynamic adaptation, so that systems are able to respond intelligently to changes in a client’s behaviour. For example, if a customer suddenly increases the volume or frequency of cross-border payments, the system evaluates these changes against historical patterns, business type, transaction purpose and associated risk factors. Alerts are then generated only when deviations are statistically or contextually significant, rather than for every fluctuation.

              By incorporating this nuanced understanding, organisations are able to reduce false positives, prioritise genuinely suspicious activity and ensure compliance teams focus on actionable alerts rather than noise.

              Contextual Rules

              Importantly, contextual rules enhance explainability. Each rule can be traced to a specific rationale, for example, regulatory guidance, internal policy, or risk appetite. This strengthens audit readiness and helps with regulatory engagement. Transparency also supports continuous improvement as threats evolve or business priorities shift.

              Financial crime detection is not just a technical challenge and is fundamentally about context. But AI struggles with nuance. It cannot distinguish between a legitimate seasonal spike and a layering attempt, in which illicit funds are moved through multiple accounts or jurisdictions to obscure their origin. It also cannot surmise intent, assess reputational risk, or weigh geopolitical implications, or above all… just be a sceptical compliance officer who doesn’t trust anyone.

              Humans excel at contextual reasoning. They interpret indicators in light of customer behaviour and relationships, market dynamics and regulatory expectations. They ask the right questions, challenge assumptions and escalate concerns when needed. In short, humans bring vital judgment to transaction monitoring.

              An example of this in action: in 2024, a European bank’s AI system flagged 80,000 transactions as “high risk.” Only 0.3 percent proved genuinely suspicious (IICFIP, 2025). Without human review, the bank would have wasted significant time chasing false positives, while potentially missing the subtler patterns of actual illicit activity.

              Augmentation, Not Automation

              The future of transaction monitoring is not about replacing humans but about strengthening them. AI should be used to support decision making by surfacing patterns and anomalies, while humans provide interpretation, oversight and context.

              Forward-thinking financial institutions are getting ready for a regulatory landscape that will demand AI models are explainable and auditable. And by carefully combining machine efficiency with human judgment that organisations will reduce operational risk and strengthen compliance.

              As financial crime grows more sophisticated, our transaction monitoring needs to evolve too. AI is a powerful tool but it is not a panacea. Effective transaction monitoring requires human insight and contextual awareness. Hybrid models that balance automation with human-led rule sets and interpretation will be essential.

              While AI offers unparalleled speed and pattern recognition, it cannot replace the human ability to reason, contextualise and make judgment calls. Human-led transparency, explainability and context are not optional features for effective AML. Organisations that use AI to augment, not replace, human judgment will be best positioned to detect sophisticated threats, maintain regulatory trust and act decisively. In stopping financial crime, trust is essential and trust cannot be automated.

              Learn more at ermitm.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Digital Payments

              Ben Francis, Insurance Lead at Risk Ledger, on navigating cyber threats by reinforcing security from the inside out

              Cyber insurance has evolved from a straightforward risk transfer mechanism into an integral component of enterprise risk strategy. As a result, the conversation has shifted beyond simply securing coverage to embracing three foundational elements: transparency in risk exposure, accountability for security measures, and active collaboration throughout the digital ecosystem.

              Rather than asking ‘are you covered?’, the more pertinent question has become ‘can you demonstrate measurable risk reduction?’. Insurers and insureds alike are recognising that what matters now is how well an organisation understands and manages its digital exposure, especially across its extended supply chain. Recent data reveals that 46% of organisations experienced at least two separate supply chain-related cyber incidents in the past year, a clear sign that exposure often lies beyond direct control. 

              From Risk Transfer to Risk Visibility 

              In recent years, the cyber insurance market has matured significantly. Once viewed as a reactive safety net to cushion the financial impact of attacks, it is now becoming a proactive tool for managing and mitigating risk. This shift is partly driven by insurers, who increasingly expect and work with organisations to demonstrate strong security practices and a nuanced understanding of their threat landscape, including risks deep within their digital supply chains; an area where many businesses still fall short.

              At the same time, the industry faces a growing challenge from systemic cyber risk within their portfolios, as many businesses rely on the same cloud providers, payment systems and digital platforms, increasing the chance of a single point of failure. Insurers must gain visibility into how policyholders are connected, not only to suppliers but to each other. Tools and frameworks that map and monitor these interconnections will be essential to avoid underestimating the wider impact of seemingly isolated cyber events.

              Mapping Beyond Third Parties

              It is no secret that cyber attackers often target the weakest link in a supply chain. These are not always direct suppliers, but fourth, fifth or even sixth-tier vendors that have indirect but critical access to systems and data. Unfortunately, many organisations lack visibility beyond their first tier, creating blind spots that attackers can easily exploit. From an insurance perspective, this presents a clear challenge. If an organisation cannot account for who it is connected to, it cannot adequately quantify its risk and neither can its insurer. Mapping these extended connections is more than just a technical exercise; it means actively practiced risk governance and responsibility. Insurers increasingly want to know how their policyholders are identifying and managing indirect dependencies, particularly in sectors like financial services and retail where disruption can ripple across entire markets.

              Collaboration as a Risk Strategy 

              One of the more underappreciated aspects of cyber resilience is the role of peer collaboration. Unlike physical incidents, cyber threats rarely exist in isolation. A single compromised vendor can impact multiple organisations simultaneously, a fact that has been highlighted by high-profile supply chain attacks such as SolarWinds and MOVEit

              As a result, businesses need to think beyond their own perimeters and adopt a more collective mindset. This includes building relationships with industry peers, sharing threat intelligence and participating in sector-wide initiatives aimed at improving visibility and preparedness. 

              In highly regulated sectors, such as insurance, this collaboration is increasingly being encouraged by oversight bodies. Frameworks like the Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) in the EU and initiatives from the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) in the UK are pushing for more transparency around third-party risk. In this context, openness is no longer optional; it will be a regulatory expectation. 

              For insurance providers, greater collaboration between policyholders also means better data on emerging threats and more accurate portfolio management. For businesses, it offers a chance to anticipate vulnerabilities that may not yet have hit their own networks but are affecting others in their industry. 

              Proactive Transparency Builds Trust 

              Organisations that take a proactive, transparent approach to cyber risk management are more likely to secure cover and potentially favourable terms, not just in terms of premiums, but also in access to additional services such as forensic support, incident response sources and legal counsel. 

              Demonstrating a mature cyber posture is not about claiming perfection. No organisation is immune to breaches. What insurers are looking for is evidence of a structured approach: the existence of incident response plans, robust governance, effective supply chain risk management, and above all, an honest view of risk. 

              A Shift in Mindset 

              Ultimately, our understanding of cyber insurance must keep evolving. It should not be treated as a simple checkbox exercise, but as a collaborative relationship between insurers and the organisations they support – one built on shared insight, clear communication, and a drive for continuous improvement.

              The organisations best equipped to navigate today’s threats will be those that prioritise transparency. Not only does it lead to stronger protection, but it also builds a culture of accountability that reinforces security from the inside out.

              Learn more at riskledger.com

              • Cybersecurity
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Digital Strategy
              • Fintech & Insurtech
              • InsurTech

              Neven Matas, Cybersecurity Team Director EU from Infinum, explores how FinTech companies can turn resilience into a source of innovation and business growth

              FinTech companies are under constant pressure to innovate rapidly while maintaining deep and ongoing trust in their platforms. And as AI becomes embedded into everything from credit decisions to customer support, these pressures are intensifying. The future of digital finance will not just be defined by who deploys the most advanced technology first but by who implements systems that can withstand attack, scale efficiently, and evolve without compromising compliance or customer confidence.

              Resilience cannot be a technical afterthought; it is a strategic requirement for FinTech. Modular platform architectures, responsible AI operations, and proactive security testing are becoming the foundations of sustainable FinTech growth. Together, they define an operating model where compliance supports innovation instead of obstructing it and where trust becomes a true competitive differentiator.

              FinTech Resilience Begins with Architecture

              Many FinTech platforms have evolved as tightly integrated but ultimately separate systems. While these can move quickly at first, they will often struggle under regulatory change, evolving security threats or simply the pressure of scale.

              Modular, API-driven architectures will enable organisations to compartmentalise risk. They also make it easier to upgrade specific services without disrupting the others and adapt to new regulatory obligations without impacting the whole business. Shared platform capabilities, such as identity management, encryption, logging and access control, will give every new product or feature an inherited baseline of good security practice and governance.

              This approach is especially important as operational resilience regulations tighten across global financial services. Requirements around third-party management, continuity planning, and incident reporting demand systems that are secure, observable, and controllable. When resilience is engineered into the platform rather than bolted on, organisations can adapt far more confidently.

              Crucially, modularity accelerates innovation rather than slowing it down. Teams can experiment at the edge without placing core systems at risk. New fraud detection models, customer features or AI-driven services can be deployed, tested and refined in isolation. Resilience, therefore, is not simply about withstanding disruption, it is what allows organisations to safely embrace continuous change.

              Scaling Digital Products Without Tripping Over Compliance

              Digital FinTech products are no longer judged just on usability. They are also evaluated on how transparently they handle data, how well they communicate risk, and whether they meet regulatory expectations across markets. Compliance, which was once seen as a barrier to innovation, is increasingly becoming a fundamental product design input.

              The most resilient organisations will embed regulatory thinking directly into product development from the outset. Rather than treating compliance as a late-stage sign-off, they feed regulatory principles into experience design and system behaviours. Consent flows, audit trails, authentication rules, and data retention logic become part of the product’s core architecture rather than something that has been retrofitted.

              This approach significantly reduces the operational burden of growth. As FinTech companies enter new regions or launch new services, they avoid the potential of costly remediation triggered by regulatory scrutiny. Instead, they operate from consolidated, well-governed platforms that limit the attack surface and simplify oversight, while also limiting duplication. The outcome is a stronger security posture and faster expansion into new markets with clearer trust signals for customers and partners.

              AI as a Trusted Partner Not a Black Box

              AI has rapidly become central to the FinTech value proposition. Real-time fraud detection and automated operational processes, for example, depend on increasingly sophisticated models. However, AI also introduces new risks, including opaque decision-making, potential bias, and heightened regulatory exposure when automated systems influence financial outcomes.

              The strategic shift now is from experimental AI adoption to accountable AI operations. This begins with defining precisely where AI adds value and where human oversight remains essential. High-impact use cases, such as lending decisions, transaction monitoring and identity verification, all need explainability as well as accuracy. Organisations must be able to demonstrate how decisions were reached, what data was used and how bias is monitored over time.

              Clear ownership, review processes, escalation paths, model validation and human-in-the-loop controls will help make large-scale AI deployment viable in a regulated environment.

              AI also has a strong defensive capability. Behavioural anomaly detection, predictive threat monitoring and intelligent authentication systems allow fintech platforms to detect and respond to risk faster than traditional rule-based approaches.

              When used responsibly, AI can strengthen both customer experience and operational resilience.

              Proactive Security Testing as a Continuous Discipline

              Modern FinTech infrastructure assumes exposure. APIs are public, ecosystems are interconnected and supply chains are large and complex. Under these conditions, security based solely on perimeter defences or annual audits is not enough. This means continuous, adversarial testing has become essential for resilient fintech organisations.

              Mature players are moving beyond compliance-driven testing into ongoing penetration assessments, red-team exercises and social-engineering simulations. These practices uncover technical vulnerabilities, as well as weaknesses in response coordination, escalation decision-making and recovery planning. They test the organisation as a living system rather than a collection of isolated applications.

              Integrating security into everyday development is equally critical. Secure coding standards, continuous testing pipelines and regular threat modelling will enable earlier detection of vulnerabilities, when issues are cheaper and easier to resolve. The goal is not to eliminate risk entirely, which is impossible, it is to reduce the time between exposure, detection and response.

              Security as a Growth Enabler

              The reframing of security from cost centre to growth driver is the most significant strategic transformation in FinTech. Having a strong security posture is not just about ticking compliance checkboxes, it is increasingly a prerequisite for partnerships, institutional trust and international expansion.

              Organisations that demonstrate operational resilience, responsible AI governance and proactive security assurance move through due diligence faster. They onboard enterprise clients more easily, integrate with partners with fewer barriers and launch advanced digital services with greater confidence.

              In crowded markets, trust is a commercial advantage.

              From the customer perspective, security and transparency are inseparable from experience. Clear communication around data usage, visible protections and consistent reliability directly impact adoption, retention and loyalty. Resilience becomes part of brand equity.

              Looking ahead, FinTech leaders will not be defined by who adopts new technology first but by who builds systems capable of absorbing disruption, scaling responsibly and evolving continuously. Modular platforms, trustworthy AI and continuous security assurance form the backbone of this.

              Learn more at infinum.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech

              Joe Jordan, co-founder at Adclear, on why FinTechs and other financial organisations need to find equilibrium between content and compliance

              FinProm. It might sound innocent enough. But in reality, these two small syllables represent a mountain of risk for FinTechs, banks, trading platforms and other financial institutions. FinProm, short for financial promotions, is the catch-all term for how finance brands market their products to customers. That means everything from YouTube ads and TfL posters, to in-app nudges and influencer collaborations. Like most things in finance, it’s an area that’s heavily regulated. And, in today’s fast-moving marketing world, it’s something that’s starting to trip companies up. 

              Navigating FinProm

              Just this year, we’ve seen Robinhood fined $26M for regulatory breaches which included failure to properly oversee the influencers plugging their platform. And three UK “finfluencers” recently landed in court for falling foul of FCA FinProm rules. As the fly-wheel of content creation speeds up, fuelled by AI tooling, FinTech brands are facing a high-stakes conundrum: how can they keep pace with modern marketing strategies without running the risk of breaching the litany of rules set by bodies stretching from the FCA to the ASA?

              Currently, fintechs and banks try to stay on the right side of the regulations by running all of their marketing content and promotions through their compliance teams. These experts review each image, video and piece of copy and suggest revisions. In the quest for compliance, this back and forth causes all sorts of friction. It slows down pace, waters down creativity, and burdens both teams with an admin-burden they’d rather do without. 

              The results? A slow marketing process which can’t capitalise on trends, nor tap into the rapid content personalisation and iteration made possible by the AI era. This means less growth and customer acquisition in a highly competitive market. The alternative? Playing fast and loose with compliance procedures in order to maximise marketing output. This might drive sales, but it could also drive firms right into the arms of some unhappy regulators. 

              Decision Time for FinTechs

              This clash of priorities is creating the ultimate stress test for FinTechs and other financial organisations as they seek to find equilibrium between content and compliance in a world which demands more marketing output, delivered faster than ever before. 

              And it’s a stress test they cannot afford to fail. Regulators like the FCA are cracking down and the consequences of enforcement action can be devastating. And, as brands expand to new markets, the risk will only grow as they find themselves having to contend with an expanded set of regulators and rulebooks across the globe. 

              FinTechs can’t bury their heads in the sand on this issue. They must heed the cautionary tales we’ve seen in recent months and reset their FinProm blueprint. The AI-powered age of marketing can’t be capitalised on if it’s supported by old-school compliance processes. Nor can it afford to ignore the very real threat of a regulatory mis-step. To create a truly modern brand that is free to embrace the latest marketing strategies, compliance strategies need to be stepped up and modernised in tandem. Innovation on one side of the FinProm coin must be counter-weighted by innovation on the other.

              FinTechs and finance platforms are used to pushing boundaries and disrupting the status quo. But to enable this to continue safely, effectively and on the right side of the law, the same energy and innovative zeal should now be applied to compliance. Without it, brands will be exposing themselves to risks and costs they likely cannot afford. 

              Learn more at adclear.ai

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech

              FinTech Strategy hears from the experts at DeepL, PagerDuty, Bitpace and Pleo who assess the impact of AI, crypto, stablecoins, tokenised payments and more on financial services in 2026

              Looking back at 2025, it was a pivotal year for financial services. The past 12 months have been marked by growing regulatory pressure, publicised outages, and a renewed focus on decentralised finance. In January, the Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) officially came into force across the EU, imposing new obligations on banks, insurers, investment firms and their technology providers to better manage ICT risks, report incidents and ensure continuity of operations.

              That regulatory shift has come at a time when real-world failures are under intense scrutiny. A report from the Treasury Committee, prompted by a wave of IT glitches, revealed that nine of the UK’s largest banks and building societies suffered at least 803 hours of unplanned outages between January 2023 and February 2025, equivalent to more than 33 days of downtime. Alongside revision of traditional finance strategy, pro-crypto policy emerging from the US with the new administration has also buoyed investor confidence in newer assets like stablecoins, with the global market slated to hit $500 to $750 billion in coming years.

              These events have reinforced a hard truth across the sector: digital infrastructure is no longer just a supporting pillar, it is mission-critical. Against this backdrop, many firms are now rethinking how they build, monitor and respond to technology risk. In this transformational moment, the voices below outline why 2026 may well become the year financial services firms turn lessons into lasting change, providing predictions about FS in 2026.

              Eduardo Crespo, VP EMEA, PagerDuty:

              “By 2026, financial services firms have turned hard-won lessons from the Treasury’s 2025 outage reports into action. Years of costly downtime and lost trust pushed the industry to rebuild around resilience. Always-on access is non-negotiable. Customers leave if they can’t transact in real time, and regulators are watching. In response, banks are overhauling legacy stacks and embedding AI at the core of incident management.

              “AI isn’t a pilot project anymore, it’s become part of frontline defence. Systems now detect and diagnose disruption before it happens, enabling predictive maintenance and softening the blow of unplanned events. In 2026, resilience is a competitive edge.”

              Anil Oncu, CEO, Bitpace:

              “By 2026, digital assets will no longer be considered emerging. They will be fully embedded in mainstream finance. The shift is accelerating, driven by clearer regulation and stronger institutional participation across the US, UK and Europe. Pro-crypto policy is now the backbone of a global effort to build stablecoin-powered commerce at scale.

              “In the UK, the Bank of England’s decision to allow stablecoin reserves to be held in short-term government debt is a significant signal of confidence. In the US, the GENIUS Act provides long-overdue oversight for dollar-backed tokens and replaces years of ambiguity with a clear path to legitimacy and widespread adoption.

              “As global stablecoin supply moves beyond $300 billion, these digital dollars will support a rapidly increasing share of cross-border transactions. They reduce fees, eliminate settlement friction, and outperform traditional rails in both speed and transparency. At the same time, regulators are finally moving in the right direction. Stablecoins are moving from a speculative tool into a trusted infrastructure layer for modern payments.

              “By 2026, digital assets will no longer sit alongside traditional finance. They will power its next phase of development. Stablecoins, crypto ETFs, and tokenised payments will be used directly within the financial stack and will be part of everyday business and consumer activity worldwide. This is not hype. It is execution, and the market is already moving.”

              Ed Crook, VP Strategy & Operations, DeepL:

              “2026 will be make-or-break for many financial services providers. In a competitive market, the edge goes to providers who adopt useful AI to cut through inefficient workflows. In this sector, where every interaction is highly regulated and reputational risk is acute, businesses need the right tools for the job. This includes data protection, account security, compliance, IT ops and customer service – keeping fundamental lines of communication open and effective. These are all areas where AI is already solving critical problems.

              “AI is fast becoming the connective tissue of international finance, and this trend will continue in 2026, particularly in customer engagement and operational support. Our FS research found that over a third (37%) of client interactions in UK finance already involve AI. Over half (52%) use AI for multilingual translation, the top use case, directly addressing linguistic fragmentation. Moving into the new year, Language AI will be a key practical tool for financial services firms. But these companies first need to iron out their strategy around AI integration. Staff will inevitably look for workarounds if the tools provided don’t meet their needs. This is why companies need to get ahead by providing secure, fit-for-purpose solutions. By building a collaborative approach between IT and frontline teams, and avoiding pitfalls around shadow AI, financial service firms can maintain a unified, strategy approach to AI deployment, protecting against cybersecurity threats, while still realising the full benefits of trusted AI.”

              Jeppe Rindom, CEO and Co-Founder, Pleo:

              “Automation and “agentification” will redefine the fintech landscape. Most of what’s considered operational today will be handled by intelligent systems, from finance ops to customer support. That playing field will level and expectations will rise.

              “To stand out, companies will need to inject identity – the one thing only humans can create. That could be through exceptional product design and user experience, considered use of human touchpoints where emotion and trust matter most, or the depth in which problems are solved for customers, not just how fast they can be solved.

              “As the average becomes automated, greatness will come from creativity, clarity and crafting products and experiences that still feel unmistakably human.”

              The Next 12 Months

              The start of 2026 marks a massive turning point for financial services. After a year defined by renewed pressure on service uptime and improvement, around outages, regulatory pressure and rapid technological acceleration, the industry is now moving from reaction to reinvention.

              In the coming year, we’ll see that firms embedding resilience, embracing intelligent automation and identifying new trends in service provision will lead the pack. The future of finance will hinge on trust, modernisation and operational strength, backed by technology.

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Digital Payments

              Gareth Richardson, CEO at Finova, on tackling the challenges that persist in creating a truly inclusive financial system

              Financial inclusion has felt out of reach for too many people. According to the FCA, nearly a million people in the UK remain unbanked, and for those who do have access to financial services, that access isn’t always affordable or designed with their everyday needs in mind.

              The UK is taking steps to address this, including the government’s latest financial inclusion strategy, which puts a welcome spotlight on digital inclusion. As more of life moves online – from paying bills to applying for credit – being digitally connected and being financially included are all packaged together.  But despite huge advances in digital banking, many consumers still find themselves priced out, left behind or navigating services that weren’t built with them in mind.

              So, in a world of instant payments and AI-powered apps, why are so many people still excluded from products that should be available to everyone? With the right technology, these rigid, outdated models can be replaced with services that adapt to customers rather than shutting them out.

              The Hidden Problem with Traditional Pricing Models

              The issue comes down to legacy thinking. Traditional pricing models didn’t grow out of customer needs. They grew out of the way banks organised themselves internally. Products are designed by departments, and those departments are managed according to systems, processes, risk models, and profit lines. The result? Customers were viewed as isolated cases. Our sector missed the bigger picture. We do not see a whole person with a rich and complicated financial life.

              So what’s the solution? It starts with innovation. Cross-product, cloud-based core systems, open banking and AI-driven decisioning tools allow lenders to build a more complete picture of someone’s financial life, including their saving habits, spending patterns and long-term behaviour.

              For example, a seasonal worker whose income rises and falls throughout the year could be penalised if a lender focused on their income profile in the quieter months. A more advanced decisioning tool could make an assessment based on a seasonal worker’s whole annual pattern, providing a fairer and fuller picture of their finances.

              Another solution is a product that automatically adjusts its rates depending on the customer’s day-to-day financial decisions. Here’s how it works: the rates would dynamically evolve in line with the product holder’s behaviour and their changes in liabilities. As a result, people with low credit history learn good financial behaviour and can improve their access to banking services.

              The message is simple. Financial products can be more flexible. They can be truly aligned with the realities of people’s everyday lives. But we must invest in the right technology to make it happen.

              How Can Smarter Pricing Reach the People Who’ve Been missed?

              The fact is that most pricing decisions today still rely on a limited view of a customer’s data. We end up with a situation where lenders are making decisions whether or not to do business with a customer based on information held by a single institution or even a product line.

              But anyone could tell you that such a narrow view isn’t enough to really understand what a person does with their money. We all manage money across several banks, financial apps and credit providers. Some of us save in one place, borrow in another and budget somewhere else entirely.

              Smarter pricing technologies can bring these pieces together in a way that feels more rounded and fair. By using open banking data, behavioural insights, and, soon, digital identity frameworks, lenders can build a richer, fairer view of a customer.

              There’s a longer term benefit, too. Digital identity and federated data models will allow people to securely share verified data across institutions. This gives customers more control over how they’re understood and ensures their financial story doesn’t reset every time they switch providers. It shifts the emphasis from exclusion to inclusion.

              Why Moving Faster Helps People Feel More Included

              Speed might not be the first thing that comes to mind when thinking about financial inclusion, but it matters more than you might expect. When products take months to design, approve and launch, lenders struggle to respond to changing customer needs – particularly for people in vulnerable situations.

              Cloud technology changes everything. Lenders can bring new ideas to market more quickly, test them with real customers and adapt the product spec based on what’s working. We can move beyond static and one-size-fits-all offerings. We can push for cloud-native systems, for a market where products can grow with a customer, rewarding positive behaviour and opening doors to better terms over time.

              The Technologies Shaping A More Inclusive Future

              Of course, a range of new technologies is coming to the market. All could make financial services more inclusive for the average everyday customer. The UK government has recently acknowledged that financial education is very poor, and it is worse in the areas of society that are typically unbanked. Our industry, of course, has known this for some time. UK Finance members have built inroads, with over 145,000 educators across 25,000 schools.

              But the work isn’t quite over. The simple fact is that financial products are hard for people to understand and scary.  AI can help people navigate decisions that once felt overwhelming or confusing. A person applying for credit for the first time, for instance, could use an AI assistant to compare options in plain language. By providing guidance that is both clear and tailored, AI helps people make informed choices without feeling intimidated.

              Next comes digital identity and data portability, which tackle one of the most persistent obstacles to inclusion: lack of verifiable financial history. For people with irregular incomes or those new to the UK, these technologies can make a huge difference. Being able to carry verified financial information securely reduces the need to repeatedly prove financial standing and ensures continuity as customers move between services.

              Finally, modern core banking architectures are laying the foundation for financial services that are flexible and human-centric. By moving away from predefined products, banks can design experiences that truly reflect a customer’s circumstances. This could mean flexible repayment plans that adapt to seasonal income or savings tools that respond to a customer’s habits over time.

              Towards A More Accessible Financial System

              Technology will play a central role in closing the financial inclusion gap in the UK. It can help create services that are easier to access and easier to understand. It’s about products that adapt to people’s lives rather than the other way around. And tools that give individuals the confidence and control they need to manage their money in a digital world.

              The goal is a financial system that works for everyone and where no one is excluded because of outdated systems, incomplete data, or products that simply don’t reflect real life. And it’s in our reach. On the battlefront for financial inclusion, AI and technology can be a force for good. It’s up to our sector to embrace it without overlooking safety or structure.

              Learn more at finova.tech

              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              Anthony Yeung, CCO at CoinCover, believes Crypto in 2026 will be defined by consolidation, institutional behaviour and long-overdue usability fixes

              CoinCover Crypto Predictions for 2026

              Prediction 1:

              Crypto is rapidly maturing, driven to a great extent by institutional adoption and regulatory oversight. For that reason, I do not expect the next 12 months to produce the sort of hype cycle we’ve seen in previous years.

              The real story will be consolidation. 2026 will be defined by the industry finally addressing long-standing usability problems. The biggest change will come from how people interact with their wallets. Seed phrases, which have caused years of confusion and unnecessary risk for everyday users, may begin to disappear as MPC wallet architecture moves into the mainstream. This change lowers the likelihood of irreversible mistakes, reduces friction during the user journey and creates a level of reassurance that the industry has struggled to provide until now.

              Retail-facing products will also evolve towards a neobanking style of experience. Kraken’s recent product direction is an early sign of this transition, with cleaner onboarding, more structured recovery paths and interfaces that feel much more like modern banking apps. These improvements support a rise in consumer confidence. However, 2026 is unlikely to deliver a major retail surge. Instead it presents a valuable window for firms to build behind the scenes, improving security, compliance, infrastructure and user experience in preparation for the next growth phase.

              Alongside this, institutions will increase their adoption of privacy networks. These networks allow regulated entities to transact on the blockchain without exposing commercially sensitive information. For banks, asset managers and corporates, this becomes an essential step in using blockchain technology while maintaining confidentiality.

              Overall, 2026 is shaped by practical progress rather than new hype, and by improving the safety and usability of the tools that already exist.

              Prediction 2:

              Retail activity may not surge in 2026, but two areas are set for meaningful growth. The first is stablecoins. The landscape is changing quickly as major consumer technology companies start issuing their own stable-value assets. Klarna is already signalling this shift. This trend marks the beginning of a future where stablecoins sit inside the ecosystems of brands that consumers already trust. Stablecoins begin to operate less like crypto-native assets and more like everyday payment infrastructure.

              The second area of growth is yield. Simplified and regulated yield products are gearing up to become a powerful on-ramp for first-time retail users. With traditional savings accounts offering returns that remain below the rate of inflation, yield products stand out as an attractive alternative. These products are becoming easier to understand and easier to access. For many new users, they may serve as the first practical interaction with digital assets.

              Taken together, these developments shift the behaviour of everyday users. Retail adoption no longer depends on speculative cycles. Instead it is driven by stablecoins embedded in familiar platforms and by yield products that offer a clear financial benefit. Even without a headline retail boom, these trends quietly expand participation and increase confidence in the broader ecosystem.

              Prediction 3 (Market Orientated):

              The market outlook for 2026 will be shaped primarily by institutional behaviour and macroeconomic conditions. As long as the current Trump’s US administration remains broadly supportive of the sector, sentiment across the industry will remain constructive. However, this does not translate into a calm market environment. With institutions now driving the majority of market activity, reactions to geopolitical events, economic data and regulatory signals will be rapid and pronounced. This creates a jittery atmosphere even in periods where the underlying fundamentals remain stable.

              Institutional investors move quickly and often algorithmically. Their responses no longer wait for retail cycles to form. As a result, price movements can feel sharp and frequent even when the long-term outlook remains positive. For crypto companies this creates an unusual opportunity. The year may feel noisy at the surface, but it offers stable political conditions, increasing institutional engagement, growing use of privacy networks and a market that is steadily moving from experimentation towards operational scale.

              In simple terms, 2026 is a year where the strongest companies can make significant progress even if the headlines feel unsettled.

              Find out more at coincover.com

              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Neobanking

              Jan Van Hoecke, VP AI Services at iManage and a highly experienced computer scientist with a passion for technology and problem-solving. on navigating the AI landscape for success in 2026

              The AI landscape faces a number of big shifts in 2026. Agentic AI will undergo a reality check as enterprises discover the gap between marketing hype and actual capabilities, while organisations will go through a mindset change from treating AI hallucinations as crises to managing them, acknowledging the inherent limitations of the technology. There will also be a shift in how data will be structured in AI systems, to help the move from just finding facts (“what”) to understanding reasons (“why”).  Middleware application providers will face new challenges, as those vendors controlling both platforms and data will become more influential. Finally, standardised AI chat interfaces will evolve into smarter, dynamically generated, task-specific user experiences that adapt to immediate needs.  

              Agentic AI Reality Check  

              2026 is the year when agentic AI will get a reality check, as the gap between marketing promises made in 2025 and their actual competencies will become starkly visible. As enterprise adopters share the mixed successes of agentic AI, the market will begin to differentiate between true autonomous agents and the clever workflow wrappers.

              Currently, many products promoted as AI agents are, in reality, rigidly programmed systems that simply follow predefined paths. They cannot independently plan or adapt in real-time to accomplish tasks. The current evolution of AI agents closely resembles the development of autonomous vehicles: early self-driving cars could only maintain lane position by relying strictly on preset instructions, and likewise, today’s AI agents are limited to executing narrowly defined tasks within established workflows. True autonomy, where AI agents can dynamically perform and solve complex problems better than humans and without human intervention, remains, for now, an aspirational goal.

              AI Hallucination Goes from Crisis to Management

              In 2026, the AI hallucination crisis will reach a critical juncture as organisations realise they must learn to coexist with the current fundamentally imperfect technology – until a new technology comes into play that can effectively address the issue. The focus will shift from AI hallucination ‘crisis’ to management.

              As the industry deliberates who carries the liability for AI’s mistakes and inaccuracies – the tool makers or the users – enterprises will stop waiting for vendors to solve the problem and take matters into their own hands. They will adopt a variety of pragmatic risk mitigation strategies – from double and triple-checking work, and enforcing human oversight for high-stakes decisions, to taking hallucination insurance policies.

              Major model builders acknowledge that current foundational LLM technology cannot eliminate hallucinations and ambiguity through incremental improvements alone. New technology is needed. Until then, and perhaps with the realisation that a technological breakthrough is years away, users will start driving the hallucination conversation – both by building systematic defenses within how they use AI, and forcing vendors to accept shared responsibility through better documentation and clearer model limitations.  

              The Next Evolution in AI Data Architecture Lies in a Shift from “What” to “Why”

              There will be a fundamental shift in how data is structured for AI systems, driven by the limitations of current approaches in answering complex questions. While Retrieval Augmented Generation (RAG) has proven effective at locating information and answering “what” questions, it struggles with the deeper “why” and “how” inquiries.

              This limitation stems from RAG’s flat-file architecture, which excels at locating information but fails to capture the complex interconnections and relationships that underpin meaningful understanding and knowledge, especially in specialised domains like legal and professional services information.

              The solution lies in AI-driven autonomous structuring of data. These systems will be better placed (than humans) to reveal critical relationships across multiple data points at scale, also highlighting the contextual dependencies essential for answering the “why” and “how” questions effectively.

              Consequently, in 2026, with machines taking the lead, the method of structuring data will undergo a complete transformation, gradually eliminating the human role in creating structure, to reveal the business-critical interconnections across multiple data points.

              Middleware AI Apps Squeeze

              Given the essential link between data and AI, middleware companies that specialise in building custom applications layered on top of data platforms will begin to get pushed to the margins, forced to compete on niche features – while the core value of data and insight is captured by the platform owners. The true leaders will be those organisations that both own and manage their data, while also offering an AI-powered interface that enables users to interact with their data securely and efficiently, fully leveraging the capabilities of modern AI technology.

              Shift to AI-generated, Task-Oriented User Interfaces

              In 2026, the current traditional vendor-designed, standard AI chat-based user interfaces will transition to dynamically AI-generated task-specific user interfaces that adapt to users’ immediate needs. This represents a fundamental shift from standardised software – for example, where everyone uses identical Microsoft Word or SharePoint interfaces – to personalised, short-term user interfaces that exist only as long as the user requires them for a specific task.

              This transformation will also address the critical pain point that users typically have – i.e, the crushing cognitive load of navigating bloated, feature-rich software. Instead of searching through endless menus in an overstuffed application like Excel, the user will simply state their goal – “Compare the Q3 and Q4 sales figures for our top 5 products and show me a chart” – and the AI will instantly generate a temporary, purpose-built interface – a “micro-app” – solely designed for that one single task.

              In the context of dynamically generated user interfaces, both data storage and the creation of bespoke interfaces will be managed by AI. The AI organisations that will truly lead in providing such bespoke user interface-generating capability are those that possess and control their own data.

              About iManage

              iManage is dedicated to Making Knowledge Work™. Our cloud-native platform is at the centre of the knowledge economy, enabling every organisation to work more productively, collaboratively, and securely. Built on more than 20 years of industry experience, iManage helps leading organisations manage documents and emails more efficiently, protect vital information assets, and leverage knowledge to drive better business outcomes. As your strategic business partner, we employ our award-winning AI-enabled technology, an extensive partner ecosystem, and a customer-centric approach to provide support and guidance you can trust to make knowledge work for you. iManage is relied on by more than one million professionals at 4,000 organisations around the world.

              Learn more at imanage.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy

              Sam Kohli, CEO at PAYNT, on the need for continued innovation with biometric payments to enhance trust

              For millions of people, biometric security, or the use of unique personal characteristics such as fingerprints or facial recognition to confirm a person’s identity, has become an everyday process. These technologies are now deeply integrated into a huge variety of activities. From unlocking smartphones to authorising mobile payments. It’s quick, efficient and, compared to many other methods, relatively secure.

              The underlying principles are long established. Fingerprinting can be traced back to around 500 BC, when it was used on clay tablets as a form of signature. In more contemporary terms, by the 1970s and 1980s, biometric systems began appearing in government and defence environments. Although these nascent technologies were expensive and slow.

              Commercial adoption only became viable in the last 30 years or so as computing power increased, when applications were focused on workplace access control rather than payments. The real breakthrough came with smartphone integration. This began with fingerprint sensors on consumer devices, such as Apple’s Touch ID and Face ID, which are now extremely popular.

              A Growing Ecosystem

              A quick glance at the underlying trends reveals just how rapidly the ecosystem is now expanding. According to Juniper Research, for example, by 2028, the total in-store transaction value for biometric payments is expected to reach $1.2 trillion across 46 billion biometric-enabled transactions globally. While that’s already impressive, there is still enormous growth potential.

              The problem is, adoption is starting to outpace trust. A recent study published by the Identity Theft Resource Center (ITRC), revealed that while nearly 90% of respondents had been asked to provide a biometric to verify their identity in the past year, nearly two-thirds expressed serious concerns about doing so. Moreover, 39% went as far as to say that the use of biometrics should be banned for both identity verification and/or recognition.

              So, what can be done to close this trust gap and help ensure biometrics are used across fintechs as a more secure alternative to passwords and PINs? One area that requires more emphasis is consent-based design. Whereby users are given clear and revocable permission regarding how their biometric data is collected, stored, and used.

              In practical terms, a consent-first design could resemble a digital wallet that provides users with clear, active choices regarding the use of biometrics. During setup, biometric authentication is optional and switched off by default. The app explains what data is collected, where it is stored and how to disable it later. During the payment process, all matching occurs locally on the device, rather than in a central database, and independent certification confirms compliance with data protection standards.

              These processes must also be designed so they continue to act in the best interests of users. For example, consent should be viewed as an ongoing decision, rather than a one-time formality. Users must be able to revisit and change biometric permissions at any point and without difficulty. Settings should not be buried under layers of menus and options. They should be readily available so that users understand they are in control at all times.

              Biometric Authentication

              For example, if a user decides they no longer want to use biometric authentication in their payment app, they should be able to switch that functionality off with a single action. In these circumstances, the app immediately reverts to PIN or password authentication, so access isn’t disrupted. At the same time, any biometric templates held on the device are securely deleted.

              If the user chooses to close their account entirely, the deletion workflow should extend to all associated data, so nothing is retained unnecessarily. Users should then receive a notification that their biometric identifiers are no longer stored.

              Even these relatively basic processes can help put users in a much stronger position to understand and control the use of their biometrics. And don’t forget, this isn’t just a nice-to-have; it is increasingly a regulatory requirement issued by the EU and other authorities worldwide. GDPR is a good example, as it classifies biometric data as a special category of data and prohibits processing it unless explicit consent or another lawful basis applies.

              Closing the Trust Gap

              Let’s be in no doubt: trust (or the lack of it) is a real problem across the payments ecosystem. Including those organisations that rely on biometrics. In many current environments, a persistent trust gap, uneven implementation and mixed user experiences show that compliance alone does not guarantee confidence. Better progress now depends on practical execution, clear communication at the point of use, and systems that make data handling visible and auditable. Collectively, these processes can help reassure people that organisations are doing the right thing consistently and for the right reasons.

              As a result, transparency and education are now key to improving confidence, ensuring users understand how their biometric data is protected and how they can stay in control. For many FinTechs, this requires a shift in mindset, where transparency is seen as a core product feature, rather than an afterthought or compliance tick box. With consent first design principles in place, users should be regularly reminded about where their biometric data resides and how to delete it.

              Additionally, regular external audits or certifications help demonstrate accountability and ensure FinTechs operate to recognised standards. Granted, relatively few consumers are likely to study the fine details, but the act of being credibly audited is an important contributor to the way consumers build trust.

              Trust as a Competitive Advantage

              In these circumstances, trust can actually evolve into a competitive advantage. Transparent payment systems and processes will always face fewer adoption barriers, fewer customer complaints and possess stronger reputational resilience in the event of incidents. Ultimately, the more open and consistent the provider, the more users adopt and stay engaged. In markets where penetration is still low, a consent-first design and a focus on trust will reassure users that they will always remain in control of their data. Encouraging increased adoption of newer, seamless payment methods.

              Regardless of how you look at it, the need for change is becoming increasingly urgent. Biometric payments are evolving beyond single-factor models toward richer, multimodal processes that introduce a combination of fingerprints, facial recognition, voice patterns and behavioural signals. As these capabilities mature, they will be applied in a wider variety of payment contexts, ranging from in-store to remote authentication and open banking apps.

              This will only serve to heighten expectations around transparency and user control. In this environment, consent-first design does more than support regulatory compliance; it lays the foundation for future adoption by building systems that are flexible enough to accommodate new biometric methods without compromising user trust. As consumers become more digitally savvy and accustomed to a culture where switching between service providers is relatively easy, building trust in biometrics will contribute significantly to FinTech success.

              Learn more at paynt.com

              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Digital Payments

              Marcin Glogowski, SVP Managing Director for Europe and UK CEO at Marqeta, on empowering businesses in the UK

              FinTechs have long supported consumers, with the modern iteration of consumer innovations beginning in the UK in the early 2000s with the launch of the Faster Payments network in 2005. The first peer-to-peer lending platform started in the same year. And in 2007, the UK became one of the first markets to introduce contactless cards. Small and medium-sized businesses (SMB) lending and payment innovation has paled in comparison.

              SMBs are the backbone of the UK economy, generating an impressive £2.8 trillion in revenue every year. Yet despite their critical role, they remain underserved when it comes to financial support. Only £62.1 billion in business loans were issued in the past year (45 times less than SMBs contribute to annual revenue) highlighting just how difficult it can be for SMBs to access the funding they need to grow. This funding gap limits not only individual businesses but also the wider economy that depends on their success.

              While FinTechs have poured innovation into consumer products, revolutionising everything from budgeting apps to buy now, pay later (BNPL), SMBs have largely been left behind. This is despite the fact that SMB lending represents one of the fastest growing opportunities for financial organisations. 

              A report earlier this year by Boston Consulting Group (BCG) highlights that we are on the cusp of a revolution not dissimilar to the one seen decades ago in mortgages, with technological advancements playing a key role. The demand for more efficient payments, smarter cashflow tools and flexible funding solutions is accelerating. Yet many businesses still find themselves navigating outdated systems and slow, manual processes.

              The issue is not that SMBs do not see the value in modern financial tools. In fact, they are ready to invest. According to our recent Marqeta 2025 State of Payments report 90% of UK SMBs surveyed said they would pay higher upfront costs for tools that deliver long-term savings and efficiency. What SMBs really want is simplicity, speed and control. They are not emotionally invested in payments themselves – they are invested in running their businesses as efficiently as possible.

              A striking finding from the Marqeta report reveals that nearly half (42%) of UK SMB owners still use personal cards to fund business expenses, citing higher credit limits and better rewards as the motivator behind this practice. This reveals an opening for payment solutions to meet businesses with credit solutions that are tailored and personalised to their specific requirements. Smart, data-driven underwriting models that look beyond traditional credit scores and reward businesses.

              The SMB Payments Frontier

              FinTechs have made great strides in improving financial experiences for individuals, but in doing so, may have missed the mark when it comes to understanding the unique needs of business owners. For SMBs, payments are not just a transaction. 

              As Marqeta’s findings highlight, UK SMBs increasingly view payment tools as strategic assets rather than mere utilities. From social commerce trends to rewards programs and digital asset management, businesses are seeking solutions that actively contribute to the growth and efficiency of their organisations. Payment providers that offer real-time, flexible tools that reward customers for their engagement are best positioned to capture this rising demand and untapped potential.

              Payments are the lifeblood of their operations, tied to cashflow, customer experience and long-term growth, with 52% of UK SMBs surveyed, as part of the State of Payment report, viewing payments as a tactical lever helping them streamline expenses, boost operational efficiencies, and free up cash flow. When payments work seamlessly, business owners can focus their energy where it matters most, serving their customers and growing their businesses.

              Beyond payments alone, SMBs are looking for platforms that provide actionable insights and preventative measures that pre-empt major issues. Solutions that anticipate cashflow gaps, suggest repayment plans and automatically identify funding opportunities. The shift from reactive to proactive financial management offers SMBs a market advantage and, critically, represents a new dawn for how fintechs can support their growth.

              Connecting the Dots

              That is why bridging the gap between payments and funding represents such a powerful opportunity. Embedded Finance is already starting to move the needle, allowing SMBs to access credit directly through their payment platforms. This integration can transform payments from a passive process into an active growth driver. Imagine a world where a business processing card payments automatically receives insights into cashflow, credit opportunities or flexible repayment options tailored to its transaction history.

              By combining real-time payment data with intelligent lending models, FinTechs can deliver funding at the point of need, not through laborious processes that may take weeks or months later. This kind of agility can make the difference between a business thriving or merely surviving. It also fosters financial resilience and trust, helping SMBs weather economic fluctuations with greater confidence in their suppliers and improved control.

              Too often, the financial world can feel overly complex and fragmented for small businesses.  Many rely on multiple providers for banking, payments, invoicing and credit, creating a patchwork of tools that rarely communicate effectively. Fintechs now have the opportunity to simplify this landscape by creating connected ecosystems that serve SMBs holistically. The future lies in frictionless experiences that combine payments, insights and lending under one roof.

              Riding the Payments Wave

              For FinTechs, the message is clear. The next wave of financial innovation will be about empowering the businesses that keep the UK economy moving. With the right approach, payment platforms can deliver more than convenience. They can provide SMBs with the confidence, agility and financial durability they need to thrive in an uncertain world.

              As SMB payments take flight, the question is not whether the opportunity exists, but whether fintechs are ready to power the future and support businesses as they navigate the new payments frontier.

              Learn more at marqeta.com

              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance

              Jamil Jiva, Head of Asset Management at Linedata, on unlocking the benefits of AI for Private Equity

              Private equity has always been a race against time: identify the right opportunity, execute the deal, and drive growth before the next cycle begins. Traditionally, the competitive edge came from sharp analysis and strategic foresight. But today, as competition intensifies and margins for inefficiency vanish, another advantage is emerging: the ability to reclaim time itself.

              Generative AI is the force multiplier behind this shift. It’s becoming an extension of the deal team, capable of accelerating the most time-consuming elements of the investment lifecycle. When applied thoughtfully, AI can unlock what may be the most important metric in modern private equity: Return on Time (ROT).

              ROT measures the hours reclaimed from manual, repetitive work and reinvested in activities that truly drive value. In other words, AI is giving deal teams the gift of time. And in private equity, there may be no greater currency.  

              AI as an Extension of the Deal Team

              Many firms have already taken the first step towards using AI to automate the ‘heavy lift’ tasks that have traditionally slowed teams down. 

              Deal sourcing is where the first savings can be made. Machine learning models trained on past investments, sector trends, and even unstructured data from news and social media are helping teams identify potential opportunities earlier. Sometimes before they even hit the market. Instead of hours spent trawling through databases or reading reports, deal professionals can now focus their energy on strategic decisions and relationship building.

              Once a target is in sight, due diligence becomes the next time-intensive phase ripe for AI optimisation. Generative and analytical AI tools can now extract and classify data from hundreds of pages of financial documents, contracts, and ESG disclosures in minutes rather than days. 

              Post-acquisition, portfolio monitoring is where AI is starting to transform how value creation is managed. Natural language processing (NLP) can scan management reports and board decks to flag anomalies or benchmark performance against similar assets. Instead of manually consolidating metrics from scattered sources, investment teams can access real-time, AI-generated insights via live dashboards, giving them more bandwidth and brain space to focus on value creation.

              At each stage, AI doesn’t replace the expertise of analysts and associates; it amplifies it. By handling the volume and velocity of modern data, AI helps firms make faster, better-informed decisions. The kind that can define fund performance.

              Measuring ROT

              In an industry where success is often quantified in basis points, ‘return on time’ may sound abstract (almost as abstract as the concept of time itself). But it’s quickly becoming a very real and measurable advantage.

              Every hour a deal professional spends wrangling data or formatting reports is an hour not spent nurturing relationships or driving portfolio performance. AI can convert those reclaimed hours into strategic capacity.

              For example, a mid-market firm that uses AI to automate quarterly portfolio reporting might save its operations team 15 hours per company per cycle. Across a 30-asset portfolio, that’s over 1,800 hours annually. That’s the equivalent of adding a full-time team member, without increasing headcount.

              More importantly, the quality of those hours improves. Teams can reallocate time to higher-value activities, like mentoring junior talent, exploring new sectors, or deepening engagement with portfolio executives. In private equity, where speed and insight often determine who wins a deal or exits successfully, that time dividend can compound dramatically.

              Scaling with Governance and Buy-In

              While the business case is clear, scaling AI across investment teams is littered with challenges. Sensitive financial and portfolio data demand strong governance frameworks, especially as regulations such as the EU Data Act tighten the rules around data privacy and AI accountability.

              Equally important is cultural buy-in. Starting small is the surest way to build trust and momentum, focusing on high-friction areas like due diligence and fragmented data workflows to deliver quick wins and tangible results. Clear communication is vital, but nothing reinforces confidence like seeing fast, impactful outcomes firsthand.

              The most successful adopters recognise that AI implementation is an organisational shift that impacts far more than just IT. Analysts, partners, and operating teams all need to understand how AI supports, not substitutes, their expertise. Training programs and visible leadership support are essential to make the change stick.

              Firms that neglect the human side of transformation risk underutilising their tools or facing quiet resistance from teams that don’t trust or understand the outputs. In contrast, firms that invest in cultural alignment often see adoption take flight organically, as teams begin to experience benefits they can see in their daily work.

              The Gift of Time

              AI’s impact on private equity will not be measured solely by reduced costs or faster workflows, but by the strategic capacity it returns to teams.

              From there, the benefits become both quantitative and qualitative. As critical KPIs see an uplift, so too will more holistic metrics like decision-making confidence, analyst satisfaction, and internal adoption rates. In an industry built on the efficient use of capital, time remains the most precious and finite resource of all. Measuring and maximising Return on Time could be the differentiator that marks the next step up in private equity performance.

              Learn more at linedata.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • InsurTech

              FinTech Connect was a crossroads for strategy and execution. Global banks, FinTech challengers, regulators and investors gathered to define 2026 priorities, debate operational challenges and benchmark technology roadmaps.

              A Decade of Fintech Innovation

              FinTech Connect marked its 10th anniversary at ExCeL London. Drawing 5,000+ industry professionals, 140+ speakers and 100+ exhibitors to explore banking, payments, compliance, digital transformation and blockchain innovation. The co-location with Tokenize: LDN brought deeper coverage of tokenisation and digital-asset infrastructure alongside core FinTech topics.


              AI in Fintech: From Vision to Practice

              A theme threaded through almost every theatre was AI adoption in financial services. But unlike earlier years’ speculative hype, this edition focused on practical deployment and risk management.

              One standout panel, “GenAI That Customers Can Trust: The One Zero Digital Banker Story,” shared how One Zero built responsible generative AI features tailored for banking workflows, emphasising transparency and user trust. Industry leaders underscored that explainability, governance and compliance are no longer optional in enterprise AI.

              A direct follow-on session, “How Do We Make AI Responsible in Practice?”, featured Rajeev Chakraborty from the Home Office discussing model governance and ethical safeguards for operational AI—an area rapidly becoming central to CIO and risk officer agendas.

              Across both days, panels also explored how AI can reduce backlog in financial institutions, with Santander UK’s Head of AI demonstrating measurable impact on operational efficiency, and tackling tech debt at scale—a perennial challenge heightened by the influx of automation projects.

              Key takeaway: AI’s role has shifted from emerging trend to core enterprise infrastructure, but success now hinges on responsible implementation, observable outcomes, and regulatory alignment.


              Digital Transformation & Core Banking Strategies

              Transforming legacy systems was another anchor topic. The Digital Transformation stage hosted robust discussions around neobanks and challenger strategies, with executives from TSB Bank and HSBC highlighting how incumbents are adopting agile ways of working while balancing risk and customer expectations.

              The session “All In on Legacy? Driving Time to Market Without Big-Bang Migrations” resonated with many practitioners: incremental modernisation beats wholesale lift-outs when prioritising stability and customer continuity.

              Another practical highlight, “Engineering Productivity Measurement: Traditional Bank to UK’s Largest Fintech,” narrated the journey of building measurable engineering benchmarks to align business goals and product delivery.

              Key takeaway: Attendees left with a reinforced understanding that successful transformation blends cultural shift, incremental modernization, and strategic tech investment—not hurried replacement of core systems.


              RegTech & Ethical Compliance: Balancing Innovation with Governance

              RegTech, Compliance & Security sessions tackled the tension between rapid innovation and tightening regulatory guardrails—a debate central to fintech scaling.

              A standout session titled “Ethical AI in Regulatory Technology: Balancing Innovation & Compliance” featured voices from governance, compliance and data-ethics functions. Panelists discussed strategies for embedding fairness, bias mitigation and traceability into machine-assisted workflows—a crucial step for institutions deploying automated decisioning.

              Another forward-looking talk, “How Quantum Innovation Will Redefine Regulatory Operations,” examined how future computing paradigms could reshape compliance tooling and data verification—but also stressed the need to prepare today’s infrastructure for tomorrow’s disruptions.

              Key takeaway: Compliance isn’t just a cost centre; speakers argued that robust RegTech can be a competitive advantage, reducing risk while enabling faster scaling.


              PayTech & eCommerce: Securing the Digital Commerce Era

              The PayTech & eCommerce stage delivered insights on securing payment flows and shaping the next wave of commerce innovation.

              In “Emerging Global Tech Trends in Payments & Cash Management,” HSBC’s payment leaders unpacked how real-time rails and open APIs are influencing cross-border flows. Fintech Connect 2025

              The panel “Transforming Payment Security with AI” brought together payment experts and academics to examine fraud detection innovations—AI-enabled risk scoring, adaptive authentication and cooperative intelligence sharing—as a defence against evolving threats. Fintech Connect 2025

              A later session on “Tackling Cyber Threats in a New Era of Digital Payments,” addressed real-time threat detection, third-party risk and securing complex ecosystems, underscoring cybersecurity’s front-and-centre role for digital commerce. Fintech Connect 2025

              Key takeaway: Payments remain fertile ground for innovation, but trust and security are foundational determinants of user adoption and ecosystem resilience.


              Tokenisation & Blockchain: Institutional Pathways Ahead

              The Tokenize: LDN co-located stage brought in robust debate around real-world asset (RWA) tokenization and Web3 infrastructure—not as fringe buzzwords, but as emerging institutional tools.

              Panels like “Bridging the RWA Infrastructure Gap” unpacked regulatory friction points and scaling challenges, highlighting custody risk, compliance complexity and standardisation needs—critical prerequisites to institutional adoption.

              Another session on “Expanding Investment Opportunities With Fractional Ownership” featured cross-sector thought leaders, including Dr Lisa Cameron (MP & Crypto APPG Chair), exploring how tokenised assets can democratise access to traditionally illiquid markets.

              Web3 panels examined trust, privacy and compliance in blockchain ecosystems and navigated the practicalities of smart contracts and decentralised identities—topics that are rapidly gaining traction with enterprise adopters.

              A key session, titled Blockchain and CBDCs: At the Heart of Public Transformation? featured NatWest’s Head of Group Payment Strategy Lee McNabb, EY’s Emerging Tech & Innovation Leader Igor Mikhalev and Joy Adams, COO for Digital Assets at Deutsche Bank. A lively debate chaired by CommerzBank’s Poonam Ahuja examined the pros and cons of digital currencies and the rise of stablecoins.

              Key takeaway: Tokenisation is still nascent, but panels stressed it’s transitioning into a practical institutional infrastructure conversation, with regulatory clarity and integration tooling cited as catalysts for broader uptake.


              Startup Innovation & Demo Highlights

              The Innovation & Start Up stage and Start-Up LaunchPad provided rapid-fire exposure to emerging companies pushing the frontier.

              Live demos included:

              • DaMoney.ai, showcasing AI-guided compliance workflows;
              • Narrative, an AI-native engagement platform for SMEs;
              • Profylr, offering comprehensive consumer duty landscapes analytics;
              • 3AI, demonstrating self-learning investment intelligence models.

              These sessions were among the most interactive parts of the show, with founders directly answering questions on integration, compliance and product-market fit.

              Key takeaway: Startups revealed solutions that dovetail with enterprise needs—especially around AML automation, customer engagement and data orchestration—making them compelling partners for larger financial services buyers.


              Networking, Community & Celebration

              FinTech Connect didn’t just deliver talks; it facilitated dense networking across peer groups, investors, regulators and tech leads. The AI-powered networking app helped attendees pre-book conversations and tailor agendas, turning serendipity into structured discovery.

              The 10th anniversary celebration—complete with drinks, a Christmas Market theme and live entertainment—reinforced the community aspect and capped the event on a high note.


              Conclusion: A Hard-Working Fintech Forum

              FinTech Connect 2025 proved to be more than a conference—it was a strategic inflection point. While technology and vendor showcases were abundant, it was the panel debates and operational talks that delivered the most actionable insight. Attendees departed with:

              • A clearer view of AI adoption roadmaps;
              • Practical frameworks for RegTech and compliance transformation;
              • Nuanced understanding of payments security and real-time rails;
              • Emerging tokenisation playbooks suitable for institutional pilots.

              As FinTech leaders prepare 2026 budgets and technology plans, FinTech Connect has reaffirmed itself as a must-attend forum where strategy, innovation and regulation intersect—and where the next decade of financial services will continue to take shape.

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Events
              • Host Perspectives
              • InsurTech
              • Neobanking

              Berkley Egenes, Chief Marketing & Growth Officer at Xsolla, on the future of frictionless payments in gaming and why convenience is king

              From subscriptions to battle passes and in-game marketplaces, today’s video games are just as much about payments as they are about play. But with players now used to lightning-fast experiences, the way money moves in gaming is undergoing a dramatic shift. In this kind of space, one truth stands out: convenience is king.

              In 2025, a slow or clunky payment experience can cost more than just a sale; it can cost a player. As global competition heats up, gaming companies are quickly realising the easier it is for someone to pay, the more likely they are to stay. 

              Players Expect More Than Just Good Gameplay

              Video games have come a long way from cartridges and cash registers. With the rise of mobile gaming, free-to-play models, and digital-first ecosystems, the way people pay and what they pay for has changed completely.

              But something else has changed, too: expectations. Players now want to make purchases without stopping the game. No long card forms, no redirects, no confusing fees. Just a quick tap, swipe, or confirmation, and they’re back in the action. It sounds simple, but delivering that kind of seamless experience is anything but.

              It’s no longer just about offering the right content; it’s about removing every hurdle between a player and their purchase. Whether it’s a new skin, currency top-up, or unlocking extra content, the process has to feel natural, safe, and crucially, fast.

              Speed, Security, and Staying Power

              When payments work well, we barely notice them. However, when they don’t, they stand out for all the wrong reasons.

              In gaming, timing is everything. A player sees an offer in the middle of a boss fight, and they want to buy. Yet if they’re forced to pause, enter details, confirm identities, or troubleshoot errors, the moment is lost. Consequently, the sale disappears, and the player might even give up altogether. 

              Security remains essential, of course. As digital fraud evolves, the challenge is building protections without creating extra friction. Gamers expect secure transactions, but they’re not willing to wait around for them. 

              This is where payments innovation is starting to shine. Tools like tokenised credentials, biometric authentication, and invisible fraud detection are helping strike that delicate balance between trust and convenience. 

              For game developers, reducing payment friction doesn’t just boost conversions; it also builds trust. A smooth first transaction can turn a casual user into a loyal player. It sets the tone for the entire relationship.

              Why Global Games Need Local Solutions

              Gaming is a global industry, but payments are still intensely local. What works for a player in California might not suit someone in Cairo or Jakarta, and this is where games can stumble. 

              Enter Xsolla, a game commerce company that’s quietly powering payment backbones of some of the biggest games worldwide. Xsolla has only one goal: to make it easy for players to pay for the games they love, wherever they are. 

              Xsolla supports 1000+ local payment methods across more than 200 countries and geographies, from mobile wallets in Southeast Asia to cash-based options in Latin America. This means players can use the payment tools they already trust, without currency confusion, hidden fees, or extra friction.

              For developers, it’s a game-changer. Xsolla handles regional taxes, compliance, and localization, making global reach feel simple. The result is that more players complete purchases, higher conversion rates, and greater long-term retention.

              In a global gaming world, going local is no longer optional – it’s essential. 

              Embedded Payments are the New Normal

              Imagine spotting a new item in a game and buying it instantly, without ever leaving the screen. No redirects, no passwords, no second devices, just one click and it’s yours. This is the point of embedded payments, and it’s quickly becoming the gold standard.

              Rather than treating payments as something which only happens outside the game, developers are increasingly building them right into the experience. Whether that’s a virtual wallet, an in-game currency, or a checkout button inside the character menu, the goal is still the same: to make the payment feel like part of the gameplay.

              It’s not just about a better experience for players; it also unlocks new possibilities for game economies. Players can trade items, gift content, or top up in real time, without ever breaking immersion.

              Even more complex technologies like blockchain and NFTs are starting to be embedded in this way. Platforms like Immutable, for example, are working to make digital asset ownership feel as simple as buying a power-up, no crypto know-how required.

              Web Shops: Gaming’s Direct Line to Players

              A growing number of game publishers are launching web shops – standalone sites where players can buy in-game currency, cosmetics, or exclusive offers directly, outside traditional app or platform stores.

              Why? It’s partly about revenue. Many major platforms can charge up to 30% in fees, but developers can offer better prices and keep more of the profits. 

              It’s also about control. Web shops allow for tailored promotions, local pricing, loyalty rewards, and a wider choice of payment methods – all without platform restrictions. But the experience still matters: web shops must be fast, secure, and mobile-friendly to meet modern expectations. 

              As regulations evolve, expect web shops to become a key part of the payment strategy – quietly reshaping how games are monetized beyond the app store.

              The Future of Payments

              Gaming is no longer just about graphics, storylines, or even community. It’s also about experience and that includes how players pay. Get the payment experience right, and you gain more than just revenue. You gain loyalty, trust, and longevity. Get it wrong and players won’t wait around for you to fix it.

              Convenience isn’t just king, it’s the kingdom. In gaming, it might just be the most powerful weapon of all. 

              Learn more at xsolla.com

              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance

              John Philips, EMEA General Manager at FloQast, on why the secret to happier, more efficient accountants is collaborating with AI – not just using it for menial tasks

              AI is on everyone’s lips right now. But for teams in small- to mid-sized organisations, it can be hard to know how to practically benefit from this huge, potentially world-changing technology. In some ways its benefits are clear and obvious. Processing information at previously unheard-of speeds, automating menial tasks, and removing the need for complex hard-coding from so many of these processes. But in others, it can be hard to channel your usage. Not just feeding your GPT of choice a bunch of scattergun tasks, but truly harnessing the capabilities of artificial intelligence to transform your work.

              With that in mind, we’ve been working on research into this exact issue. In our latest report, The Journey to AI Collaboration, produced in partnership with the University of Georgia, we’ve found that it’s the accountants who actively work and collaborate with AI, rather than simply using it for menial tasks, who see real gains. 

              AI – Good for People, Good for Business

              In this case, we’re defining ‘collaboration’ as ‘actively working with AI in intentional ways to achieve specific tasks and product deliverables related to accounting.’ And by ‘gains’, I don’t just mean what appears at the bottom of their organisations’ balance sheets. I mean benefits that can be seen in the lives of the accountants themselves. They sleep better, feel less burnt out, and report stronger satisfaction with their work. 

              For example, when scored on a ‘burnout scale’ from one to 100, AI collaborators registered only 17.5 compared to non-AI-users on 21.6. Likewise, a majority (52%) of AI collaborators reported feeling well-rested from their sleep, compared to only 18% of non-AI users. 

              Our previous research has shown organisations that improve their employees’ quality of working life and work-life balance tend to see better performance, which in turn supports growth. It’s all a virtuous cycle. So, as companies invest in their stance, they need to ensure it’s based on collaboration, rather than treating it like any other software solution.

              What’s more, accountants and CFOs who collaborate with artificial intelligence are more likely to report being proactive, staying engaged, and having a valuable voice in their roles. They are almost twice as likely to make choices that impact their organisation’s performance and make suggestions for achieving strategic objectives. They are also more likely to have a valuable voice in strategic direction.

              A Barn Door to Aim for

              Only 5–6% of accountants and CFOs have meaningfully integrated AI into their work – yet those are the ones who see the kind of benefits described above. Clearly, this is a bit of a barn door to aim for: the vast majority of accountants aren’t yet collaborating in a truly valuable way with this technology.

              This doesn’t mean AI is a foreign concept in accounting – quite the opposite. We found that 76% of respondents had used it at work. In other words, at the most basic level, it is already well bedded into our industry. But it’s that ‘meaningfully’ word that makes the difference. ‘Using’ AI covers everything from asking it to write or edit an email, to uploading data and asking a non-company-sanctioned generative AI tool to create a summary.

              Of that 76%, less than 10 percent say AI has become integral to their work. Crossing the boundary into integral collaboration rather than simply using a tool requires a qualitatively different approach. It means being intentional and specific about what you’re trying to achieve and should result in being able to complete your work more efficiently – not just differently – with that AI assistance.

              Company-Wide Benefits of AI

              AI collaboration benefits accountants, but it also transforms entire organisations. Employee retention sits at 59% for ‘AI collaborators’ – companies that fold AI into their processes as a partner, rather than an endpoint solution. In general, we found that organisations that support collaboration do better at keeping their high-value staff, have more trust in the results AI models produce, and a clearer vision for the future.

              For instance, we asked respondents to indicate their agreement with five statements on the extent to which their work and profession were important to them and their sense of self. Turning those results into a score out of 100, we found that AI collaborators hit a whopping 83, compared to non-AI users on 62. This seems to indicate a positive feedback loop between intelligent, collaborative use of artificial intelligece and a strong sense of identity with the accounting profession.

              Organisations that support accountant-AI collaboration also see increased productivity. Accountants who collaborate with AI are more likely to report that they have sufficient time to do their work (56%). Accountants in AI-forward organisations also report a lower sense of time pressure (10 points lower) than accountants who use it in a non-integrated way or accountants who do not use AI. These benefits of AI collaboration also help the CFO by making the accounting function easier to operate and freeing up accountants’ time and energy for more strategic tasks.

              A Leadership Lag

              Despite the benefits, there are significant barriers to building effective accountant-AI teams. Most accountants and CFOs do not feel prepared for the transition to AI collaboration, and only a small percentage have a complete vision for the role of artificial intelligence in accounting. While AI’s potential is huge, most leaders don’t have
a plan – only 16% of CFOs have a vision for how it will transform accounting in their organisation.

              Realising the potential of AI collaboration in accounting starts with two steps with which accountants should be familiar. First, organisations need to proactively define roles and responsibilities in relation to AI. Then, with that clarity in place, they need to work on a collaborative, human-AI team tasked with accomplishing certain shared objectives.

              It’s also crucial to work on growing employees’ trust in artificial intelligence. Knowing the roles that AI is designed to play and understanding your role relative to AI is just as important as knowing how your role connects with the role of a co-worker. Accountants who are actively collaborating with AI are also more likely to view it as auditable – which requires a clear sense of what AI is supposed to do and how it should go about those tasks. Likewise, collaborators are 25 points more likely to view AI as explainable – feeling able to explain how it does what it does.

              Making the Most of the New World

              The bottom line of these findings is simple: accountants have made the first move in starting to use AI day-to-day, but the next step is to harness its full abilities in a truly collaborative way. It’s crucial to fold artificial intelligence into accounting processes as a key player, not a standalone tool, fostering greater understanding among employees of who’s responsible for it, what its goals are, how it performs its tasks, and what its goals should be. With that kind of on-boarding, accountants and their companies alike will benefit – unlocking greater efficiency, improved job satisfaction, better work-life balance, and stronger growth.

              Learn more at floqast.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

              Peter Daunton, Chief Product Officer at Sokin, on why embedded B2B banking has flown under the radar and why that’s about to change

              CFOs are discovering that embedded finance isn’t a feature upgrade, it’s an economic engine. The companies embedding payments, foreign exchange, and financial operations into their platforms aren’t just smoothing workflows. They’re turning cost centres into direct revenue sources. In B2B, where transaction volumes and values dwarf consumer markets, the opportunity is measured in basis points that add up to millions.

              The Fragmented Finance Problem

              Modern B2B commerce runs on surprisingly fragmented financial infrastructure. A typical platform operator juggles multiple payment processors, separate FX providers, standalone reconciliation tools, and disconnected reporting systems. Each integration point adds cost in vendor fees, manual processing, and error correction. More critically, fragmentation destroys visibility. When financial data lives across siloed systems, CFOs can’t see real-time transaction flows. It’s tough to understand true unit economics, or identify margin leakage until month-end reports surface it.

              This complexity has historically been dismissed as “the cost of doing business.” But as platforms have matured and competitive pressure has intensified, CFOs are asking harder questions. Why are we paying multiple vendors to move the same money? Why does reconciliation require a team of three people? And most pointedly: Why are we treating financial flows as overhead when they could be revenue?

              Automation Unlocks the Business Case

              Embedding financial capabilities consolidates fragmented workflows into a single operational layer. The immediate benefit of this is cost reduction. Platforms replacing point solutions with embedded infrastructure typically see reductions in vendor fees. Furthermore, automation of reconciliation and reporting can eliminate entire FTE allocations. Transaction error rates drop dramatically when money movement, FX conversion, and ledger updates happen in a single system rather than requiring manual data shuttling between platforms.

              But cost savings, while compelling, are just the entry point. The strategic opportunity emerges when platforms recognise they’re not just using financial infrastructure, they’re controlling it. And control of financial rails means control of monetisation.

              From Cost Reduction to Revenue Generation

              When a B2B platform embeds payment processing, cross-border transfers, or working capital financing, something fundamental shifts: financial operations become a P&L line. The platform captures value at every transaction touchpoint.

              Payment acceptance generates processing margin, business cards generate interchange, foreign exchange generates spread; all direct revenue that previously went to external processors.

              Beyond transaction fees, embedded finance enables new revenue models. Float on customer balances generates interest income. Automated reconciliation and real-time reporting become premium features. Transaction data – properly anonymised and aggregated – provides market intelligence that’s monetisable through analytics products. Platforms with deep payment data can even offer embedded lending, using transaction history as underwriting data to extend working capital financing at attractive rates.

              Why CFOs are Driving the Conversation

              This economic reality explains why embedded finance discussions have migrated from IT roadmaps to boardroom strategy sessions. CFOs evaluating these integrations aren’t asking “does this improve user experience?”, though it does. They’re asking: “What’s the payback period? How much revenue per transaction? What’s the impact on unit economics?”

              The answers are increasingly favourable. Embedded finance implementations in B2B typically show ROI within 18-24 months, faster than most enterprise software deployments and with better margin profiles. For high-volume platforms, payback can be measured in quarters.

              More strategically, CFOs recognise that embedded finance fundamentally changes competitive positioning. A platform that can offer seamless cross-border payments, instant settlement, and integrated reconciliation isn’t just improving automation for the business, it’s also driving more predictable cash flow on repayments for suppliers or enabling market leading payment terms to customers. And in B2B markets where customer acquisition costs are high and sales cycles are long, retention economics matter enormously.

              The Infrastructure Question

              None of this works if the underlying infrastructure is fragile. B2B transactions involve larger values, more complex approval workflows, and stringent regulatory requirements. Platforms can’t afford the checkout failures or compliance gaps that might be tolerable in consumer contexts.

              This is why successful B2B embedded finance implementations treat infrastructure as a first-order concern, not an afterthought. They’re built on banking-grade rails with redundancy, real-time monitoring, and automated compliance checks. When a $2M cross-border payment needs to clear in 24 hours across multiple regulatory jurisdictions, the system either works flawlessly or it destroys customer trust.

              The platforms winning in embedded B2B finance understand this. They’re not bolting payments onto existing workflows, they’re architecting financial operations as core platform capabilities, with the reliability and visibility their customers’ CFOs demand.

              The Strategic Imperative

              Embedded finance in B2B has moved beyond experimentation. The unit economics are proven, the technology has matured, and customer expectations have shifted. Businesses that treat financial capabilities as strategic infrastructure rather than vendor-managed utilities are seeing both cost structures and revenue models transform.

              For CFOs, the question is no longer whether to embed finance, it’s how quickly they can make it a profit centre.

              Learn more at sokin.com

              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance

              Lyall Cresswell, Founder & CEO, TEG on how integrated payments are unlocking growth for SMEs in the UK’s £170bn transport and logistics sector

              Consumer fintech is booming. From instant payments to embedded finance, digital innovation has transformed how individuals manage money, access credit, and transact with businesses. Yet in B2B markets, embedded finance adoption remains stubbornly low. The question is: why?

              Instant settlement alone doesn’t solve this problem. But when combined with embedded compliance it transforms how fragmented B2B markets operate. This infrastructure enables large enterprises to scale their supplier bases from dozens to thousands while giving SME carriers immediate access to working capital, all without personal financial risk.

              The answer becomes clear when you examine the UK’s £170 billion logistics sector. Employing over 8% of the workforce, it’s a low margin industry ripe for financial innovation, but in reality, highly fragmented with many SME operators. Large operators at the top of the supply chain are simply unable to verify, onboard and manage large networks of suppliers through traditional methods. This creates delays and friction.  I’ve watched this dynamic play out over 25 years building TEG. Smaller operators tell us the same story: ‘I need money now, not next month’. Cash flow isn’t just an inconvenience, it’s existential.

              The barrier isn’t payment speed alone. It’s trust at scale. Integrated payment networks, combining instant settlement with embedded compliance and verification, create the infrastructure that enables these fragmented markets to operate differently.

              Large enterprises don’t limit themselves to a small pool of known suppliers by choice. They do so because onboarding and compliance costs make broader collaboration prohibitively expensive. Each new supplier relationship requires verification of insurance, licensing, VAT status, and payment setup. This friction doesn’t just slow things down, it fundamentally constrains supply chains.

              Recent research we conducted across six leading UK third party logistics providers (3PLs) revealed the scale of this challenge: 83% audit fewer than 10% of their subcontractors annually, and only 33% use eSourcing technology. These aren’t signs of negligence. They’re symptoms of a system where verification and onboarding are simply too resource intensive to scale.

              Traditional payment solutions, from early payment programmes to invoice finance, address cash flow symptoms but miss the fundamental barrier. Without infrastructure to verify and onboard new trading partners confidently, enterprises remain trapped working with familiar suppliers even when capacity constraints or cost pressures demand alternatives. Meanwhile, SME carriers aren’t just delayed in payment, they’re excluded from opportunities entirely.

              This dynamic turns large enterprises into inadvertent gatekeepers, not by choice, but because they lack the infrastructure to safely open their networks. The result is a continuous loop: constrained supplier choice for buyers, limited market access for SMEs, and a fragmented sector unable to collaborate efficiently. The solution requires rethinking the relationship between payments and compliance entirely. Integrated payment networks, embedding compliance verification directly into payment workflows, solve both problems simultaneously.

              Building Trust Infrastructure Through Verified Payment Networks

              The breakthrough comes when payment infrastructure and compliance verification integrate seamlessly. At TEG, we’ve built this through SmartPay’s integration with Trustd, our digital identity verification platform, embedding compliance directly into payment workflows.

              The model is straightforward: carriers are verified once through real time checks of KYC, AML, VAT status, operating licences, and insurance credentials. Once verified, they can transact across the entire network. This “verify once, transact everywhere” approach removes the need for repeated onboarding across different customers or business units.

              The operational impact has been significant: 90% faster invoice processing, 80% fewer supplier queries, with over 1 million invoices paid through the platform in 2025. By year end, the TEG rollout will connect 2,500 customers with 7,500 suppliers, demonstrating adoption at scale across the logistics sector.

              But the real transformation lies in shifting from credit based to transaction based finance models. Many carriers have historically relied on credit cards and overdrafts to bridge cash flow gaps, costly stopgaps that eat into already thin margins. Traditional invoice finance excludes many SMEs because lenders must manage risk without transparency, often retaining portions of invoice value and demanding personal guarantees.

              SmartPay changes this by leveraging verified transaction data to provide instant, non recourse access to full invoice value minus fees. No retention, no personal guarantees, simply immediate working capital based on actual trading activity. This unlocks early payment facilities for carriers who previously had no alternative to expensive short term credit.

              This creates powerful network effects. As more carriers join the verified payment network, enterprises gain confidence to work with a broader supplier base. More suppliers mean better capacity, more competitive pricing, and greater resilience. For SME carriers, verified status opens doors to opportunities previously out of reach.

              Verification Infrastructure and Working Capital Access

              It’s crucial to understand that verified payment networks operate on two distinct but complementary tracks.

              Unlocking working capital addresses the SME challenge. In a sector where margins run as low as 2% and payment cycles stretch to 90 days, liquidity is existential. Without working capital, SMEs can’t hire staff, expand capacity, or invest in growth. They’re forced to choose clients based on payment terms rather than strategic fit.

              Instant settlement delivers immediate access to working capital for wages, fuel, and expansion. The UK Small Business Plan identifies late payments as one of the biggest barriers to SME growth—instant settlement directly addresses this constraint, enabling carriers to accept larger contracts and scale their operations.

              These two tracks reinforce each other. Enterprises gain access to a larger, verified supplier base. SMEs gain both market access and the working capital to serve those opportunities effectively. The result is a more efficient, collaborative market structure.

              The Fragmented Market Opportunity

              While logistics provides the proving ground, this model applies to any fragmented B2B sector where compliance complexity limits collaboration. Construction, facilities management, and professional services all face similar dynamics: thin margins, extended payment terms, high onboarding friction, and SME suppliers excluded from opportunities.

              The key requirement is neutral, collaborative infrastructure that provides a standardised verification model without competing with participants. In sectors where supplier qualification is straightforward, instant payment alone may suffice. But in regulated industries with complex credentialing requirements, verified payment networks become essential infrastructure.

              The value isn’t in handling compliance alone. It’s in creating a trusted, shared layer that all participants can use without concern that the platform itself will compete with them.

              The transformation only occurs when you solve both problems simultaneously: enterprises need neutral, trusted verification infrastructure to expand their networks confidently, and SMEs need instant settlement to operate sustainably within those networks. In fragmented markets where no single player can create industry wide standards, this shared infrastructure becomes essential. Address one without the other, and you’ve solved neither.

              Trusted Collaboration at Scale

              The narrative around embedded B2B finance needs reframing. It’s not about faster payments. It’s about removing the friction that prevents enterprises and suppliers from working together effectively—it’s about enabling trusted collaboration at scale. True transformation happens when payment infrastructure, compliance verification, and transaction transparency operate seamlessly together to unlock cash flow and expand market access for both sides.

              Across TEG’s network of over 9,000 logistics businesses, we’ve seen how verified payment networks can reshape fragmented markets. Large enterprises can finally collaborate with the breadth of suppliers their operations demand. SME carriers can access opportunities and capital previously out of reach. The entire sector operates more efficiently.

              This is the path to unlocking B2B embedded finance adoption: build infrastructure that solves the whole problem. Verify once, transact everywhere, and unlock cashflow. When enterprises can open their networks confidently and SMEs can operate sustainably within them, you create the conditions for genuine market transformation.

              The technology exists. The business case is proven. We’ve demonstrated it works at scale. The question now is which sectors will move first to build the trust infrastructure their markets desperately need.

              Learn more at teg.tech

              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance

              Alex Mifsud, CEO and co-founder of Weavr.io, on how embedded finance is the perfect solution for employee retention

              To earn loyalty, stop making your team act like the company’s lender. In the war for talent, few things corrode trust faster than asking employees to bankroll the business they work for. Across the UK and Europe, 42 percent of employees say waiting for expenses harms their financial health, while 36 percent say it affects their mental wellbeing. Behind those percentages are real frustrations: professionals dipping into overdrafts to cover hotel bills, freelancers waiting weeks for per diems that never quite arrive, and finance teams juggling hundreds of delayed claims.

              In Twisted Sifter recently, one worker described waiting a month for reimbursement of a modest $268 business expense – only to receive $84 and “lose all motivation to go the extra mile”. It’s a small story, but it captures a bigger truth: when employees feel the system works against them, they stop believing in the company that designed it.

              The Retention Cost of Reimbursement

              Most businesses don’t connect their expense process with employee retention, yet the link is clear. Work-related stress costs the UK economy £28 billion a year, largely through lost productivity and attrition. Meanwhile, research shows that happier employees drive better results: “Company profits are much higher – and turnover is much lower – when employees feel positive and supported”.

              Reimbursement systems do the opposite. They impose a financial burden on staff, add administrative friction, and create daily reminders that the company’s systems aren’t designed around their needs. According to HR News, UK employees collectively front an estimated £51 billion a year in work-related expenses before being repaid.

              The fallout is predictable: financial anxiety, or even just annoyance, leads to disengagement; disengagement leads to turnover. Replacing a skilled employee can cost up to 1.5 times their annual salary once hiring, onboarding and lost productivity are included. That’s a high price to pay for outdated workflows.

              Where SaaS Platforms Meet the Problem

              Many purpose-built expenses management SaaS platforms have closed the gap and now offer end-to-end expense experiences, but the opportunity extends far beyond the category itself. HR systems that handle onboarding and travel approvals, accounting platforms that oversee budgets, even workforce and travel platforms that coordinate trips all touch the same underlying workflow;  employees spending on behalf of the business.

              A common pattern still emerges when employees need to travel for work, for example. They request trip approvals in one tool, capture receipts in another, and submit claims through a third. Finance teams then reconcile spend manually. Even where processes are digital, they often live in separate tools;  approvals in one place, receipt capture in another, reconciliation elsewhere.

              This fragmentation limits what SaaS platforms can achieve. They automate forms and digitise reports, but the process still ends with an employee waiting for a reimbursement that shouldn’t exist. For product and strategy leaders, this is an opportunity hiding in plain sight: the chance to redesign expense workflows around real-time spending rather than post-hoc repayment.

              Business Travel: The Perfect Illustration

              Corporate travel exposes this inefficiency in its rawest form. Most travel platforms monetise only pre-trip spend – flights, hotels and transfers – leaving meals, taxis and incidentals out of their reach. Yet by 2027, global business travel spending is forecast to reach $1.8 trillion, with a significant share of that occurring during the trip itself.

              It’s also where employees feel the pain most acutely. Travellers frequently use personal cards abroad, juggle currency conversions, photograph receipts on their phones, and then upload them into another system days later. Managers approve after the fact; finance reconciles even later. Three tools, three teams, one frustrated traveller.

              Now imagine that flow redesigned. Pre-approved budgets are assigned before travel, spend happens seamlessly during the trip, and reconciliation is automatic. Employees never pay out of pocket. Finance teams see every transaction as it occurs. The SaaS platform at the centre of this becomes indispensable – not because it automates forms, but because it eliminates friction. For the traveller, it means simplicity. For finance, control. And for the platform, visibility into the full journey, richer data on spend patterns, and incremental revenue from card transactions that flow through its ecosystem.

              The Art of The Possible

              This isn’t about layering FinTech complexity onto software. It’s about simplifying the experience by unifying what should never have been separate: approval, payment and reconciliation. We’ve already seen how embedded finance reshapes customer experience in other industries – e-commerce, ride-hailing, even healthcare. The same logic applies here: when money moves at the speed of the workflow, satisfaction follows.

              For SaaS platforms, the implication is profound. The closer a product gets to the flow of funds, the deeper its integration into the customer’s operations. That’s not just a revenue opportunity;  it’s a retention strategy. Bain & Company describes embedded finance capabilities as “a way for software platforms to become systemically irreplaceable”. Expense management may be where that principle finds its purest expression. Few workflows touch as many people, as often, or with as much potential frustration. Fixing it is not just good UX; it’s good economics.

              For SaaS leaders: A Reframing, Not a Roadmap

              There’s no single architecture for the future of expenses. Each platform,  whether in travel, HR or accounting,  will interpret it differently. The point is to stop digitising the reimbursement process and start designing for prevention, where policy, payment and visibility converge. In practice, that means mapping friction, owning the journey, and measuring how faster, stress-free processes impact satisfaction and retention. When your platform participates directly in how money moves, your relationship with the customer becomes foundational, not functional. The art of the possible here isn’t about FinTech sophistication. It’s about empathy in design.

              Retention and Reputation are Built, not Bought

              Retention isn’t earned through perks or slogans; it’s built into experiences that show respect for people’s time and money. Expense reimbursement may seem trivial, but it’s a daily ritual that shapes how employees feel about their work, and how customers feel about the tools they use. A recent survey found that employees left out of pocket by slow expense reimbursements are significantly less likely to recommend their employer to job-seekers. That makes expense friction not only a retention issue, but a reputational one.

              If the last decade of SaaS was about automating the back office, the next will be about humanising it. When expense workflows are rewired so that approval, payment and reconciliation flow as one, everyone gains: employees, employers and the platforms that serve them. Because when you stop making people act like the company’s lender, they start acting like its advocate.

              Learn more at weavr.io

              • Embedded Finance
              • Neobanking

              Abdenour Bezzouh, Chief Technology Officer at myPOS on how AI is revolutionising FinTech from reactive to proactive solutions

              AI is significantly changing the way small and medium-sized businesses manage their finances. In the UK, the number of SMEs adopting AI tools has increased 32-fold between 2022 and 2024. Meanwhile, average spending on AI tools has risen nearly sixfold over the same period. Once seen purely as a tool for automation, AI now plays a much more proactive role. It helps businesses anticipate cash-flow gaps, prevent fraud, and deliver more personalised customer experiences. 

              As the technology becomes more embedded, one question looms large. How do we ensure that automation strengthens, rather than replaces, the human relationships at the core of financial services? The answer lies in designing AI to improve human decision-making. Forward-thinking FinTechs are leveraging AI to build trust, enable inclusion, and prevent issues before they ever reach the customer. This shift, from reactive problem-solving to proactive service delivery, represents one of the most significant evolutions in digital finance.

              At myPOS, we’re focused on designing AI to augment human decision-making, enabling our teams to intervene where empathy, context, or judgement is needed. For example, our AI flags unusual transactions in real-time. But instead of automatically blocking them, it alerts our human teams, who can access the situation and act with the right context.

              From Reactive to Proactive: The New Standard in Trust  

              For decades, financial services have operated reactively: a transaction failed, then a customer called; fraud occurred, then an investigation began. AI makes it possible to reverse that logic. By analysing transactions in real time, algorithms can detect unusual patterns that may signal fraud or technical disruptions. This alllows companies to act before the customer even notices a problem. 

              This proactive approach is becoming central to trust in the FinTech industry, both in the UK and globally. It prevents disruptions, reduces disputes, and allows businesses to run more smoothly. The same principle now applies to onboarding, where document verification and compliance checks that once took days can now be completed in minutes with AI-assisted tools. When technology removes unnecessary friction, users feel more confident that their financial services will ‘just work’. 

              Augmenting, Not replacing, Human Judgement  

              Although AI can process information faster and with more accuracy than any human, it lacks emotional intelligence. In fact, a survey found that nearly 70% of UK consumers say AI chatbots fail to understand emotional cues. While AI can identify anomalies in data, it cannot detect the frustration in a customer’s voice or the urgency behind a small business owner’s request. The future of FinTech clearly depends on improving the speed and accuracy of human decision-making.

              A common mistake organisations make when deploying AI is focusing on the wrong metrics. Success is often measured solely by ‘deflection rates’, or whether a bot resolves an issue without human intervention. This approach overlooks the true indicators of quality service: first-contact resolution, customer trust, and the likelihood that users will recommend the service. Prioritising these outcomes leads to AI supporting meaningful experiences rather than just reducing manual workload.

              Ethics and Transparency  

              As AI becomes a key driver of financial decisions, ethical responsibility must be treated as a core design requirement. The principles of fairness, explainability, and accountability need to underpin every aspect of an AI system, from data collection to deployment.

              For example, transparent decision-making allows customers to understand why a transaction was flagged or a decision made, turning AI into a trust-building tool rather than a black box. At myPOS, for example, every on-device decision is explained and complimented by a ‘request human review’ button. By clicking it, merchants are redirected to a live analyst within two business hours. Crucially, human oversight is needed to interpret AI outputs, make contextual judgments, and intervene when automated systems may misclassify or misrepresent a user’s situation. Ultimately, AI ethics is foundational to trust, which only humans can fully maintain.

              A Smarter Relationship with Customers

              AI’s predictive capabilities are also changing the fundamental nature of customer relationships. Instead of responding to problems, FinTechs can now anticipate them: identifying cash-flow gaps before they occur, suggesting actions to improve financial stability, or alerting users to potential risks early.

              This proactive intelligence significantly enhances trust, shifting interactions from transactional to consultative. It empowers small and medium-sized businesses to make data-driven decisions that once required dedicated financial teams, while freeing human representatives to focus on higher-value conversations – those that demand empathy, judgment, and nuanced understanding.

              Personal, Prediction, and Human  

              The next phase of FinTech innovation will be defined by how seamlessly AI blends automation with personalisation. We’re already seeing the rise of conversational commerce, embedded payments, and tailored financial insights delivered directly at the point of sale. As these capabilities expand, so will expectations around transparency, accountability, and empathy in how AI operates.

              The future of FinTech is smarter, faster and human centric. AI will continue to handle the repetitive and reactive, but people will remain essential for what truly matters: understanding, trust, and connection. When businesses design AI around these core values – fairness, explainability, and empathy – the technology will strengthen the human relationships that keep the financial world moving.

              Learn more at mypos.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • Embedded Finance

              From banking to alternative funds, modular architecture is the missing link for effective adoption of artificial intelligence, writes Alessandro De Leonardis, CIO of Armundia Group

              The global banking industry is approaching a strategic crossroads – one that will prove expensive for those who choose the wrong direction. Financial institutions stand to lose USD 170 billion in profits over the next decade if they do not adapt rapidly to the evolution of artificial intelligence, according to the McKinsey Global Banking Annual Review 2025. Yet the report’s most provocative insight isn’t about AI itself, but the infrastructure required to leverage it effectively.

              Agentic AI has the potential to reshape banking at its foundations. Early adopters will strengthen long-term advantages, potentially boosting returns on tangible equity by up to four percentage points. On the other hand, laggards face structural declines in profitability. The difference between these outcomes won’t be determined by who adopts AI first, but who has the architectural foundations to implement it effectively. Increasingly, those foundations are modular.

              From Generative to Agentic AI: Revolution not Evolution

              To understand why architecture matters so deeply, we must distinguish between the two paradigms reshaping financial services.

              Generative AI, the star of 2023-24, excels at creating content: automated reports, document summaries, customer-service response, and so on. It is powerful, but fundamentally reactive. GenAI requires human prompts and produces outputs that must still be reviewed and acted upon by humans.

              Agentic AI represents a step-change. These systems combine autonomous reasoning, planning, and execution. They don’t only generate recommendations, they act on them. An Agentic AI system can autonomously manage an entire loan-approval workflow: collecting documents, verifying information, assessing creditworthiness, checking regulatory compliance, and making approval decisions, all without human involvement at each step.

              The impact is already measurable. MIT Technology Review Insights found that 70% of banking leaders are implementing agentic AI through production deployments (16%) or pilot projects (52%). Deloitte reports early adopters achieving 30–50% cost reductions in specific workflows. McKinsey anticipates the emergence of a “disruptive agentic business model” within three to five years, with potential cost reductions of up to 70% in some categories. But the benefits are far from evenly accessible.

              Why Monolithic Architecture are Incompatible with AI

              The uncomfortable truth is that most banks are attempting to deploy twenty-first-century AI on twentieth-century infrastructure. And it doesn’t work.

              Legacy systems still absorb around 60% of banks’ technology budgets, according to a 2024 Bloomberg Intelligence survey. These monolithic architectures were never designed for the rapid iteration, continuous integration, and granular governance demanded by AI deployment.

              Monolithic systems require release cycles lasting months; AI models require continuous retraining and fine-tuning based on real-world performance. The mismatch is structural. Modern Agentic AI relies on orchestrating multiple specialised agents… One for data collection, another for risk evaluation, a third for decision execution. Monolithic architectures struggle to support this level of inter-system communication.

              Governance is another barrier. AI systems require differentiated risk controls depending on the level of autonomy. A fully autonomous fraud-detection agent needs different guardrails than a customer-service chatbot. Monolithic systems offer all-or-nothing governance, not graduated controls.

              Financial institutions cannot transform everything at once; they need incremental adoption. Starting with high-impact use cases, learning, then expanding. Monolithic architectures force “big-bang” transformations that almost never succeed.

              This architectural misalignment explains why so many AI initiatives stall in pilot purgatory, never reaching production scale.

              Modular Architecture as an Enabler of AI

              Modular, service-based FinTech architecture solves these problems by design. Instead of monolithic platforms, modular systems are composed of independent, interoperable functional blocks connected via APIs. Each module can be developed, updated, or replaced without affecting the whole.

              The key is the concept of the service: a module that does not expose standardised technical interfaces simply does not function. Services are the technical objects enabling interoperability:

              • A compliance module exposes services for regulatory checks,
              • A data-ingestion module exposes services for data collection and structuring,
              • An Agentic AI module exposes services for executing autonomous workflows.

              This architecture creates an ecosystem where each component has clear responsibilities and well-defined interfaces.

              For AI deployment, this translates into concrete advantages. Banks are implementing Agentic AI systems into specific processes – KYC/AML screening, credit-memo generation, collections monitoring, intelligent communication routing – without rebuilding their entire stack. Service-based modularity allows AI agents to be activated on circumscribed workflows, with impact measured before expansion.

              Because agents operate within discrete modules, failures remain contained. A malfunctioning fraud-detection agent does not propagate into customer-facing systems. This isolation allows institutions to experiment more boldly.

              Service-based architectures also enable integration of best-of-breed AI solutions. One module may use Anthropic’s Claude for document analysis, another Google’s Gemini for customer interaction, a third proprietary models for highly specialised credit scoring. Monolithic systems lock institutions into single-vendor dependencies.

              Different modules can carry different levels of AI autonomy, aligned with risk profiles and regulatory requirements: high autonomy for customer-service bots, human-in-the-loop supervision for lending decisions.

              As McKinsey notes, the winners of this transformation will practise “precision over heft”- implementing AI surgically where it generates measurable bottom-line impact. Service-based modular architecture is the technical manifestation of such precision.

              Techfin vs FinTech: When Architecture Comes First

              There is a fundamental difference between starting from finance and adding technology, and starting from technology and specialising in finance.

              In the first case, solutions are built top-down – gather functional requirements, then find the technology to satisfy them.

              In the second, solutions are built bottom-up – design the architecture before the functional requirements, optimising for flexibility rather than feature completeness.

              When designing wealth- and asset-management platforms – such as FundWatch or 360 FUNDS – this distinction becomes tangible. Being AI-ready does not mean adding an ‘AI layer’ on top of an existing platform. It means the modular architecture allows AI capabilities to be integrated precisely where needed.

              Modularity operates along two dimensions:

              • Process modules (compliance, analytics, reporting, client engagement) that can be activated independently;
              • Target modules tailored for different market participants: custodians, asset servicers, alternative-fund managers, wealth advisers—each activating different module combinations.

              AI governance is embedded in the architecture, not layered on top. A fully autonomous reconciliation agent operates under different guardrails than a semi-autonomous investment-recommendation agent—different approval workflows, audit trails, and supervision requirements.

              This approach does not remove the need for transformation, but it changes its rhythm. Instead of three-year platform-replacement projects, institutions can transform progressively: start with a high-impact module, prove value, learn from deployment, scale outward.

              The key managerial shift is conceptual: the question is no longer “When will our digital transformation be finished?” but “Which module do we activate this quarter, and what do we learn?”

              The $170bn Question

              McKinsey’s warning – USD 170 billion of potential profit erosion – is not inevitable. Avoiding it requires strategic decisions today about the technology architecture of tomorrow.

              The institutions that will thrive are not necessarily the largest or the earliest adopters of AI. They will be those building modular infrastructures engineered for precision, capable of integrating AI surgically, experimenting rapidly, scaling intelligently, and governing rigorously.

              They will recognise that AI is not merely a technological deployment, it is an architectural imperative. And they will understand the deeper truth: in the Agentic AI era, precision beats scale.

              The question faced by every financial institution is not whether to adopt AI, but whether its architecture can support it. For most legacy systems built on monolithic foundations, the honest answer is no.

              The modular imperative is clear. The question remains: are you building for yesterday’s challenges or tomorrow’s opportunities?

              Find out more at armundia.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

              Chief Operating Officer Bhavna Saraf gives us the lowdown on the genesis of Quidkey and how it is leveraging APIs & AI to transform open banking networks into merchant-ready solutions driving higher conversion and borderless coverage with no-cost simple integration

              Founded in early 2023, Quidkey has quickly established itself as a trusted provider of next-generation Account-to-account (A2A) payments. Also known as ‘Pay by bank’. Leveraging AI-powered bank prediction, instant settlement, and a streamlined user experience, Quidkey has created a bank-branded checkout system powered by Open Banking. It combines refunds, rewards, and real-time settlement bringing together cash flow, trust, and convenience for merchants. Its growth in the UK and EU is now being expanded to service Australia and the US corridors.

              Chief Operating Officer Bhavna Saraf met CEO Rob Zeko and CTO Rabea Bader, Quidkey’s co-founders, at the end of her time with Santander. They were pitching Quidkey’s offering to top bank executives. Their vision was ambitious:

              • Democratising access to bank products amongst its customers through a single channel
              • Leveraging and monetising its API stack for payments
              • Providing value add services making open banking usable for businesses

              “I remember thinking it wasn’t a standard FinTech pitch,” recalls Bhavna. “It was a real infrastructure story that was additive and complimentary to all ecommerce ecosystem players, merchants, banks, PSPs and consumers. When I began figuring the next steps in my career, Rob reached out. The discussion evolved into a collaboration – the timing was serendipitous.

              Rob believes A2A payments are the future of commerce, and merchants deserve simpler, faster and fairer ways to get paid. “We’ve built a model designed to scale responsibly,” he notes. “Bhavna brings the structure and operational depth to help us do just that.”

              Rabea is responsible for technology and product at Quidkey. With a seasoned background in technology, he has developed the core engine driving Quidkey’s diverse solutions. These include bank-prediction algorithm, refund automation, and multi-currency settlement, through simple API integrations.

              “Our aim is to make the technology invisible,” Rabea explains. “If it feels effortless for merchants, it means we’ve done the hard work well.”

              Together, Rob and Rabea laid the foundation. Bhavna’s arrival added the operational layer needed to take Quidkey global.

              FinTech Strategy spoke with Bhavna to learn more about her journey. And how her experience is driving Quidkey’s progression across the payments landscape…

              Bhavna Saraf

              Tell us about your approach to leadership at Quidkey… How do you reflect on what has been achieved during your time with the organisation?

              Learning has always meant leaning into the unknown. It’s not just about a strategy, but a mindset. Taking on new business lines, exploring unfamiliar customer segments, getting closer to technology, or stepping into entirely new organisations. It’s important to look outside your comfort zone, because that’s where you find growth. Each pivot builds experience equity. The instinct to link problems with solutions, to adapt with nuance, and to lead effectively no matter the context.

              It’s the same mindset that underpins my approach to leadership. That it’s not just about hierarchy but influence. Creating an environment where people feel trusted, empowered, and part of something larger than themselves. It’s important to build a feel-good factor where collaboration replaces control and purpose drives performance. Such a philosophy can shape teams and inspire peers. It has helped me forge strong connections across clients, colleagues and ecosystems alike.

              What drives and inspires you?

              At the core of my journey is a relentless drive to deliver progress. Time is money. And… Impossible is nothing. Those words capture my pragmatism and optimism. Qualities that have guided me from scaling trade finance at Citi, to launching digital propositions at Lloyds, to leading payments innovation and strategy at Santander UK. Each chapter has broadened my perspective and sharpened my instinct for where financial infrastructure is headed next. At Quidkey, I get to bring all I’ve learned from building at Citi Ventures to leading across banks and apply it where innovation and impact truly meet on a day-to-day basis.

              Could you share how your extensive experience with the dynamics of payments across your career (Citi, Lloyds, SWIFT, Santander etc) have honed your skills in the space? How is it enabling you to drive positive change in the market through your role at Quidkey?

              Across leadership roles at Citi, Lloyds, Santander and HSBC, I built and scaled businesses that fuse technology, finance, and innovation. Taking ideas from zero to one or propelling growth to the next level. The focus has consistently been on unlocking near-term value while shaping future-ready roadmaps aligned with market trends, regulatory change, and evolving customer needs.

              Alongside my day job, at Citi, I first experienced entrepreneurship, as the founder of an intra-bank start-up within Citi Ventures’ D10X program. We raised funding, assembled a team and developed algorithms to match clients across the bank’s global network. The project advanced to Seed 2 funding, earning recognition from Citi’s Global TTS CEO and the Head of Citi Ventures.

              I caught the founder’s bug. That experience showed me the power of turning an idea into reality. It taught me to balance innovation, risk, and speed. And gave me a deep respect for what it takes to build something new.

              Tell us about the genesis of Quidkey and its mission…

              Quidkey was born from a simple idea, that merchants should be able to grow with confidence, scale sustainably, and offer customers a seamless payment experience, at home or abroad.

              For too long, fragmented rails and card scheme costs have added friction to the payment ecosystem, especially hurting SMBs. Quidkey changes that. Our payment solution requires no change to the checkout experience yet simplifies payment routing, reconciliation, and settlement optimisation behind the scenes.

              By cutting out unnecessary intermediaries and using Open Banking rails, Quidkey delivers faster, more transparent and cost-efficient payments, empowering merchants to grow and helping banks realise greater value from existing infrastructure.

              This novel approach sets the foundation for what could evolve into a global clearing layer for digital commerce, removing friction, reducing cost, and reshaping the future of payments.

              What industry challenges can Quidkey solve?

              Payments today are still more complicated than they need to be. Merchants face high fees, chargebacks, and slow settlements, while banks and PSPs struggle to turn their Open Banking investments into meaningful value. The result is a fragmented system that creates friction for everyone.

              Quidkey bridges that gap. By simplifying how money moves between banks, fintechs, and merchants, we make payments faster, cheaper and transparent. The outcome is better liquidity and smoother experiences for merchants, stronger customer relationships, and a real return on infrastructure for the banks that power it all.

              What benefits are your clients experiencing from Quidkey’s approach to open banking?

              Open banking adoption is accelerating fast. There are already more than 15 million UK consumers and small businesses taking advantage of open banking-powered services, generating two billion transactions per month and growing. We expect Open Banking payments to generate about 5x more in global revenue by 2030.

              Quidkey is at the centre of this evolution, turning Open Banking into measurable value through intelligent settlements, stronger customer loyalty, and real returns on investment. We optimise payment rails for merchants, enhance efficiency for banks, and keep payments frictionless for consumers.

              Why should UK businesses and consumers embrace open banking with Quidkey? How does Quidkey make the cross-border rails more usable so everyone can benefit?

              With the rapid global expansion in consumer adoption of A2A payments, global A2A transaction volume is expected to increase by 209% in the next 5 years. From 60 billion in 2024 to over 185 billion by 2029. This growth is driven by cost efficiency, speed, convenience and enhanced security compared to traditional card payments. It is especially prevalent across key markets like Europe, where A2A is a leading online payment method in several countries.

              Quidkey offers merchants the ability to seamlessly integrate this new technology and deploy it both domestically and for cross-border purposes, while simultaneously reducing transaction costs by up to 60-70% as compared to legacy payment models:

              • Consumers enjoy frictionless, bank-authenticated payments with protections
              • Merchants save on processing costs, increase conversions, and reduce fraud/chargebacks
              • Banks strengthen customer primacy and democratise access to their products at checkout.
              API – Application Programming Interface. Software development tool. Business, modern technology, internet and networking concept.

              How easy is it for merchants to deploy Quidkey?

              Quidkey offers easy integrations via Shopify plug-in, WooCommerce, or iFrame with set up in minutes… No code and zero impact to existing payment options – just faster payments that generate capital to invest in growth.

              With fair fees and no lock-ins, Quidkey’s daily settlement can cut costs and optimise cash flow with product bundles designed for growth. Additionally, Quidkey delivers an Apple Pay–style one-tap experience but over bank rails that reduce fraud and charge back risks.

              Talk us through some of the big success stories for Quidkey that will provide a platform for future growth?

              Our early priorities focused on go-to-market execution – getting the Quidkey solution in the hands of consumers to iterate and prove product-market fit. Quidkey is among the few companies approved to service Shopify checkout globally.

              Additionally, we’ve announced a strategic partnership with Tryp.com to power next-generation ‘Pay by Bank’ travel payments. The collaboration is delivering instant settlement, loyalty rewards, and a frictionless A2A experience – achieving a 12% checkout take-up rate versus <1% for traditional Open Banking solutions. The early data shows strong consumer resonance, with room to grow through education and incentivisation. Quidkey’s tech is industry-agnostic – already extending to sectors like fashion, cosmetics, jewellery, and home goods. And we plan to expand next into globalised B2B payments.

              What’s next? What forthcoming initiatives are you particularly excited about for 2025 and beyond…

              “The transition from multinational banking to fintech is less of a leap and more of a return. In a bank, you have all the resources but with layers of bureaucracy; in a start-up, full permission but no resources. The goal is to combine both, the creativity of a start-up with the rigour of an institution.

              Looking ahead, Quidkey’s focus is clear: scale globally, expand merchant adoption, deepen ecosystem partnerships, and build a sustainable, purpose-driven organisation.

              Cross-border commerce remains one of the toughest challenges – yet also the biggest opportunity. Global payment flows reached $45 trillion in 2023 across B2B, e-commerce, and remittances, and are expected to hit $76 trillion by 2030. Still, businesses face high fees, slow settlements, and fragmented rails.

              Quidkey is tackling this head-on by building a merchant-facing clearing layer that harmonises domestic and cross-border payments, making it as easy to sell abroad as it is at home.”

              Tell us about some of the partnerships Quidkey has forged?

              Quidkey recognised the geographical limitations in the A2A payments market presented a significant adoption barrier. It’s an increasingly globalised economy, with existing open-banking providers unable to provide full-service cross-border functionality. So, we’ve been hard at work developing a new payments paradigm with mutually beneficial partnerships to help us deliver on the full potential of globalised A2A payments. Now, with our initial solutions fully tested and our user experience optimised to provide seamless integration across channels, we are focusing on cross-border flows to build out the foundations that will underpin Quidkey as the next generation A2A global clearing house.

              For example, our partnership with Transfermate enables cross-border A2A ecommerce, harnessing open banking technology to replace costly card rails with a faster, more efficient model of payments. TransferMate’s global network of payments, receivables, and local accounts will power Quidkey’s merchant offering, enabling instant or near-instant settlement in domestic markets and accelerated cross-border payments worldwide, with a waiting list of 100+ merchants in Australia selling into EU, UK and US.

              “We believe execution doesn’t slow down innovation – it amplifies it. I want to make sure Quidkey scales with purpose – fast, but in control, ambitious, yet trusted.”

              About Quidkey

              Quidkey is a cross-border payments technology company enabling merchants to accept instant account-to-account payments across the UK, EU, and US. By operating alongside existing PSPs rather than replacing them, Quidkey gives merchants a seamless path to lower costs, faster settlement, and higher checkout conversion. Quidkey is simplifying today’s fragmented payment mix (cards/wallets), enabling tomorrow’s open banking corridors, and preparing for the future of tokenised money – capturing the $2.6tn and growing global e-commerce payments opportunity.

              Find out more at quidkey.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              Michael Heffner, Head of Global Industry and Value at Appian, on how banking’s complexity and regulatory rigour make it the perfect proving ground for agentic AI

              Let’s be frank: AI is nothing new in banking. For decades, technologies like machine learning (ML) and robotic process automation (RPA) have supported incremental efficiency gains in financial services, refining everything from risk models and fraud detection to credit scoring and claims processing. 

              Yet for all their speed and accuracy, these systems share one key limitation: they rely on explicit human prompts to complete their tasks. In other words, traditional AI assists; it doesn’t truly act. 

              From Incremental to Intelligent 

              AI’s evolution in banking has largely focused on targeted optimisations. Helpful, but insufficient to materially reshape core operations; automating high-volume, rule-based workflows that make life a little easier but are rarely transformative.   

              Think of tasks like scanning for suspicious transactions, handling data entry, or deploying chatbots to manage basic customer queries. Useful, yes. These improvements, while valuable, rarely translate into structural or enterprise-level transformation.  

              Despite their pattern recognition and predictive capabilities, most AI systems still stop short of acting on their insights. They generate recommendations or alerts, then wait for a human to decide what happens next. 

              Agentic AI marks a major leap forward. It doesn’t just generate content. Agentic AI perceives, learns, and acts with minimal human input. It can independently determine which tools or platforms to integrate with, choose the best course of action based on its set goals, and continually improve as it learns from outcomes.  

              Why Banking is Fertile Ground for Agentic AI 

              Highly regulated and flush with data, banking is — on paper at least — ideally suited to agentic AI. The sector’s complex layers of risk management, compliance requirements, and forward-thinking customers create endless opportunities for autonomous systems that can adapt and act within defined guardrails. 

              Fraud prevention is an apt example. Where traditional AI might identify a suspicious transaction and send it to a human for review, agentic AI can make decisions and put them into action. Immediately placing a temporary hold on the account or escalating the case to a human employee based on a real-time assessment of risk. 

              Credit risk is another perfect use case. Instead of static models recalibrated quarterly, agentic AI can continuously update risk profiles as new data streams in, adjusting lending limits or recommending action without the need for human input.  

              Breaking AI Out of the Back Office   

              Old habits die hard. Despite its autonomous potential, many banks still confine AI to the back office. Using it for repetitive, low-risk tasks that make processes faster but not fundamentally different. Even when AI is deployed, humans often need to manually review every output before any real action can be taken. 

              But that’s changing fast. A new generation of AI-driven agents is emerging to support both employees and customers. Acting as copilots or digital teammates, these systems help staff navigate complex compliance requirements and guide customers through products and policies, all while explaining their reasoning.  

              The benefits are already evident. For example, lending cycle times are being dramatically reduced using AI agents. Where the traditional loan process is slow and involves a lot of paperwork, an AI-assisted cycle sees the automation of time-heavy tasks like document sorting, extracting key financial details, and flagging suspicious activity.  

              Crucially, these systems don’t just provide rote, box-ticking answers. They also explain their reasoning, allowing users to understand and trust the information they receive.  

              Regulating the Rise of Autonomy 

              Of course, with greater autonomy comes greater accountability. The EU’s upcoming AI Act and similar global frameworks are reshaping how banks deploy advanced AI systems. With their risk-based classification, these laws place banking firmly in the ‘high-risk’ category — demanding transparency and rigorous data governance.  

              For agentic AI, this means accountability must be built in from day one. Every decision, recommendation, or automated action should be logged, explainable, and auditable. Humans must always retain the ability to step in and take control.  

              This explainability is a competitive differentiator as much as it is a compliance requirement. In a sector built on trust, transparency is what allows banks to balance innovation with integrity, using AI to elevate both performance and confidence. 

              Overcoming Process Debt  

              Leaving the past behind isn’t always easy, and even the most sophisticated AI can’t deliver results if it’s trapped inside outdated workflows. Many banks are still burdened by process debt.

              Process debt refers to the accumulated inefficiency embedded in legacy workflows. Anything from outdated sequencing and institutional habits to procedural guardrails that were set in motion years ago but have long since outlived their usefulness.  

              Unlike technical debt, which can be mapped and fixed through IT audits, process debt is cultural. It’s embedded in the way things have always been done. 

              Agentic AI offers a way out. By redesigning workflows around intelligent agents, banks can eliminate redundant steps, automate decision-making, and reduce operational friction, without compromising oversight or control.   

              A Future Without Bounds   

              Agentic AI represents a line in the sand, shifting banks from relying on systems that merely predict and automate to collaborating with those that can reason and act.  

              It’s a chance to move beyond the limits of legacy systems toward a model of continuous, intelligent operations. But success will depend on one thing: deploying this technology responsibly, with governance, transparency, and human oversight at its core.  

              By doing so, banks can unlock new levels of agility, efficiency, and innovation. And they’ll be setting a new standard for how the industry competes.   

              Learn more at appian.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Embedded Finance
              • InsurTech

              Emma Steeley, CEO of Infinian, the global real time credit intelligence bureau providing data to banks, lenders and other data businesses, explains the consequences of credit data being stuck in the past, and how banks and fintechs can overcome the mounting consequences

              Despite a cost-of-living crisis and unpredictable economic outlook, too many lenders are forced to make credit decisions using information that belongs to another era. This outdated data is based on small samples, derived from national averages and historical surveys that fail to capture the volatility and diversity of financial realities defining life in the UK today.

              That disconnect between data and reality harms consumers, distorts pricing, and drags on the wider economy. In short, affordability decisions are outdated before they are made. Borrowers are judged on figures that don’t reflect their actual costs, creditworthy customers are turned away, while others are approved for loans they can’t afford. Real-time, accurate, large-sample data is essential for fair and functional credit markets, and as an industry we must work to ensure decision-making is dragged into the modern day, to support the integrity of financial services and the aims of Consumer Duty for the good of financial services and consumer duty.  

              Legacy Models Versus Modern Risks

              For years, affordability models have relied on spending benchmarks from the Office for National Statistics (ONS) and other national-level datasets. ONS data, often sourced from the Living Costs and Food Survey, can lag real-world conditions by more than a year. It captures what households spent yesterday, not what they face today.

              When models depend on national averages and retrospective surveys, they miss the nuances of how people earn and spend. Workers on variable incomes, renters, and those without long credit histories are most likely to be penalised. They may be financially stable, but legacy data can’t see that, leading to unnecessary declines and reinforcing the gap between those who can access affordable credit and those who can’t. Moreover, outdated data also increases the risk of false positives, meaning lenders may approve those who are likely to default.

              False positives and negatives aren’t the only concerns, but also compliance – the Financial Conduct Authority’s Consumer Duty makes clear that firms must deliver “good outcomes” for retail customers, including through fair pricing and practical support. If lending decisions are based on incomplete or obsolete data, it becomes difficult to evidence that duty. The FCA’s own CONC 5.2A rules require a “reasonable assessment” of a customer’s ability to repay; data that misrepresents current affordability can’t reasonably support that test.

              Legacy benchmarks, once a useful proxy, now risk embedding unfairness. They distort pricing, entrench exclusion, and hold back lending when the economy most needs momentum.

              Gaining a True Perspective on Affordability

              Fresher, more granular data is changing what responsible lending can look like. Real-time or high-frequency data streams from verified income flows, transaction activity, and recurring payment histories provide lenders with a comprehensive picture of affordability.

              Unlike static surveys, these sources track actual behaviour. They show how a household’s disposable income shifts month to month, how energy or rent payments fluctuate, and how consistently people meet obligations. When used responsibly, this information enables lenders to make faster, more informed decisions that align with each borrower’s actual circumstances.

              The payoff is fairer, more inclusive, and more responsible: three goals that don’t have to be in tension. Real-time credit intelligence can also help reduce unnecessary declines, extend access to consumers previously considered “thin-file,” and still maintain prudent risk controls. In other words, responsible lending doesn’t have to mean lending less; it means lending smarter.

              It also helps lenders identify early signs of financial stress. If outgoings begin to rise faster than income, that signal appears immediately rather than months later, allowing firms to step in with tailored support before problems escalate. By closing the gap between reality and response, real-time data enables lenders to be both fairer to customers and more agile in managing their portfolios.

              The Commercial Case for Better Data

              Aside from the moral argument, and the benefits it will bring to compliance and consumer protection, there’s also commercial incentives to modernise credit data.

              With access to better data, lenders can approve more of the right customers without increasing risk. Decision engines will become sharper, with improved acceptance rates and portfolio performance simultaneously.

              Speed is another advantage. Consumers nowadays expect instant answers and laggy underwriting processes can make customers shift to faster competitors. Access to real-time credit data enables lenders to expedite these processes, thereby improving satisfaction and conversion rates. In a crowded market, those gains translate directly into loyalty and market share.

              Basing decisions on current financial behaviours also reduces the need for unnecessary full-bureau checks and manual interventions, lowering the cost per decision and freeing up resources for higher-value activity.

              Ultimately, modernisation is about competitiveness. Financial institutions, whether banks or fintechs, that invest in real-time credit intelligence today will be well-placed to earn trust, loyalty, and market advantage.

              The Future of Fair Finance

              Credit markets rely on accuracy, and accuracy in turn depends on timeliness. When the information behind lending decisions lags behind real life, fairness falters, capital is mispriced, and opportunities are lost.

              Real-time, representative data allows lenders to extend credit responsibly, price risk precisely, and support customers before problems arise. It strengthens inclusion while improving overall performance.

              In a world where household finances can change in weeks, lending models must keep pace with reality. Institutions that invest in live, comprehensive data today will set the benchmark for fair and effective finance in the years ahead.

              Find out more at infinian.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • InsurTech

              Kani Payments CTO Panos Savvas on the next generation of banking and payments and why it’s not just about fast banking but complex banking

              The future of banking won’t be decided by algorithms or apps, but by how well we manage the data that drives them...

              For years, ‘next generation banking’ has been shorthand for agility, innovation and a clean break from the technological baggage that constrained traditional institutions. Neobanks and fintech challengers built their reputations on speed, automation and digital-first thinking. Yet as the sector matures at a rapid pace, a more layered picture is emerging.

              Despite their reputation for a ‘tech-centric’ approach, many digital banks are discovering that operational excellence is harder to achieve than customer experience. In some of the most critical areas of financial infrastructure, data management, reconciliation and reporting, modern banks are grappling with challenges that feel decidedly old generation.

              Of course, this is not a failure of innovation, but a reminder that progress in banking is rarely linear. Building for scale, compliance and resilience inevitably exposes the complexity beneath the sleek surface of digital transformation and in this sense banks aren’t alone with this.

              The Automation Illusion

              Being ‘born in the cloud’ should have freed newcomers from legacy infrastructures. Yet research shows that manual processes remain surprisingly prevalent. Kani’s recent survey found that 22 per cent of UK neobanks still use spreadsheets as a standalone tool to perform reconciliation and compliance reporting. A much higher proportion than any other group surveyed.

              This is a very revealing statistic. While the customer interface has evolved rapidly, the back office hasn’t kept pace. The typical neobank experience may be seamless for users on the surface, but behind the scenes, operations often rely on fragmented data flows, multiple third-party integrations and human oversight.

              The mismatch doesn’t make them laggards. It simply highlights a structural truth: automation is easy to market, but difficult to master. Data integrity, not digital branding, is what separates the truly next generation from the merely new.

              Data: The Hidden Legacy

              Every modern bank understands that clean, reliable data is its most valuable asset. It fuels compliance, supports decision-making and underpins every audit trail. Yet half of neobanks in the same survey said data cleansing was among their most time-consuming reconciliation tasks, with 44 per cent citing auditing and 39 per cent data verification as similar drains on time.

              These are not edge cases, they are foundational disciplines. When half of a bank’s operational resource is tied up in validation rather than value creation, the issue is not technology but data governance.

              Traditional institutions often blame legacy systems for inefficiency. For fintechs, the challenge is different. Modern platforms are fast to deploy, but when combined across multiple partners without shared data standards, they can create inconsistencies that require manual resolution. The future of finance depends less on speed and more on how consistently that speed produces trustworthy data.

              Managing Risk, Not Just Reputation

              Errors in reconciliation aren’t just accounting irritants, they’re board-level risks. Half of neobanks pointed to compliance exposure as their biggest concern, with 44 per cent linking data breaks directly to market trust.

              That finding alone reflects sector maturity. Modern institutions now recognise that trust is not simply a brand asset but a measurable operational outcome. The firms investing in traceability, explainability and real-time audit trails are also the ones strengthening their regulatory relationships.

              It’s important to recognise that regulators are not barriers to innovation. They are collaborators in resilience that want firms to show evidence-based controls. The direction of regulation, particularly under initiatives like the UK’s Consumer Duty and Europe’s PSD3, points toward transparency, not obstruction.

              Turning Data into Context

              How a bank enriches and contextualises transaction data is a reliable indicator of operational maturity. Yet many organisations, not only neobanks, still have enrichment processes that rely heavily on human intervention. 61 per cent of neobanks manually add metadata to transactions, while only a third integrate third-party data automatically.

              That dependence on manual enrichment reflects an industry-wide balancing act. The challenge is not capability but confidence. Integrating external data sources requires robust governance, clear permissions and the ability to trace every enrichment to its origin. For a sector under constant regulatory scrutiny, it’s no surprise that many firms err on the side of caution.

              The next step is to make enrichment auditable as well as automated, so that data quality, not data quantity, becomes the competitive differentiator.

              The AI Rush

              Artificial intelligence (AI) has become the headline act of modern banking, promising to transform everything from fraud detection to credit scoring. Yet there’s a risk in assuming that AI will fix underlying operational inefficiencies.

              Across the industry, many are racing to bolt AI onto customer-facing functions while leaving back-office processes largely untouched. Without robust data hygiene, reconciliation and enrichment, AI is at risk of improvising around gaps rather than accelerating truth.

              True next-generation banking will emerge not from the adoption of algorithms but from the discipline of data stewardship. When banks invest in consistent, explainable data architectures, AI becomes a multiplier for accuracy and trust, not a mask for structural fragility.

              Beyond the Buzz

              The phrase “next generation banking” has become so elastic that it risks losing all definition. For some, it means AI-driven services; for others, embedded finance or real-time payments. These innovations matter, but they rest on the same foundational truth of, if the data isn’t right, nothing works as it should.

              A bank that can open an account in minutes but takes days to close its books is not yet fully digital. A platform that deploys AI for insights but can’t trace the lineage of its data is not yet intelligent. The goal of next-gen banking should be to make the invisible visible, ensuring that every process beneath the surface is as modern as the experience on top.

              The Real Definition of “Next Generation”

              It’s easy to imagine next-generation banking as something futuristic and abstract. In reality, it’s about something deeply practical: building systems that make data dependable.

              Neobanks and fintech banking began as the antidote to legacy complexity. Their next chapter will depend on how well they tackle their own hidden legacies and the invisible operational debt that lurks beneath every modern interface.

              The banks that succeed will be those that blend speed with substance, innovation with integrity, and automation with accountability. In the end, the only kind of innovation that endures is the kind that accelerates truth.

              Learn more at kanipayments.com

              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              With the rise of AI-enabled fraud in mind, Dave Rossi, Managing Director at National Hunter, argues the need for a radical rethink

              AI is making financial fraud less predictable and far more damaging. With access to new tools like Fraud GPT, deep fakes, and large-scale automated, and agentic, autonomous decision making capabilities to supercharge methods such as spearphishing, fraudsters are now able to target their activity more accurately, convincingly, and at higher volumes than ever before. Add in use of AI to flood the industry with financial applications which increase phishing and identity theft, especially for vulnerable individuals, and the cost of financial fraud continues to explode.

              As one recent report revealed, in the UK alone, banking fraud caused £417.4 million in losses across 21,392 reported cases over the past year, making it the third costliest fraud type. Combatting this explosion in financial crime requires a different approach. One that not only transforms identity checks through robust, multi-tiered tools but also includes assessment of behavioural signals, transaction monitoring and cross validation to highlight suspicious activity at any point in the customer lifecycle.

              Critically, argues Dave Rossi, Managing Director, National Hunter, it demands a new mindset based on collaboration, information sharing and a culture that encourages people to raise concerns, call out suspicious activity and prioritise fraud detection at every stage of the customer journey.

              Financial Fraud Explosion

              Financial institutions are struggling to adopt the new mindset required to protect customers, reputation and the bottom line from financial fraud. The continued internal conflict between the need to add layers of verification and detection to deliver essential safeguards and a perception that such measures will lead to customer disengagement and loss is adding unacceptable risk in a new era of AI enabled, widescale financial fraud.

              Financial fraud is no longer opportunistic and small scale. From individuals trafficked to dedicated fraud centres in the Far East to the systematic use of AI to build synthetic IDs at scale and deep fake voice and video calls used successfully for spearfishing activity, financial fraud is a global, organised crime.

              The ease with which AI can be used to generate synthetic identities alone should prompt a radical overhaul of anti-fraud measures. According to Signicat, AI-driven identity fraud is up 2,100% since 2021. It is now outpacing many traditional forms of financial crime. Rather than stolen passports and forged documents, fraudsters are now using AI to create manufactured personas, ID documents and accounts created using digital footprints that appear legitimate but have been built to deceive. Adding defence measures – both technology and human – to the process may potentially add friction to the customer experience but failing to protect either the business or customers will, without any doubt, cost significantly more. 

              Synthetic IDs

              Organisations need to understand the sheer scale of AI-enabled financial fraud. LexisNexis Risk Solutions estimates that there are around 2.8 million synthetic identities in circulation in the UK, and hundreds of thousands more are created annually. They also claim 85% of synthetic IDs go undetected by standard models, creating a potential cost to the UK economy of £4.2 billion by 2027 unless companies adopt more stringent screening measures. 

              The use of AI at this scale enables criminal gangs to play the long game, with the behaviour of synthetic accounts mirroring real customers over months or years to build a credit history before cashing out and leaving the business and bank to handle the write-off. And this tactic is being used to target business in every industry. According to Experian over a third (35%) of all UK businesses reported being targeted by AI-related fraud in the first quarter of 2025, an increase of more than 50% over the same time period last year.

              The use of synthetic IDs is just one way in which AI has changed the familiar patterns of financial fraud. The sophistication of deep fake technology is another, with fake voice and video building on chat based social engineering messaging via real-time chat scripts for LinkedIn DMs and WhatsApp messages, to successfully facilitate incredibly sophisticated spearfishing attacks. Mimicking the persona of high value individuals, especially CEOs and CFOs, such attacks have led to devastating losses, including the UK-based fintech which lost £1.8 million in 2024 following an attack using a combination of spearphishing and generative AI to impersonate the company’s CFO.

              Trust Issues

              Organisations cannot afford the current levels of (over) trust. Indeed, the success of the majority of AI-enabled financial fraud can be tied to organisational culture. Synthetic IDs succeed when the focus is only on verification – which checks identity – rather than on-going monitoring of behaviour and transactions as well as cross validation, which highlight intent. Spearfishing leverages a culture of uncertainty, succeeding in environments where individuals do not feel confident or are not encouraged to question the veracity of the CFO’s payment orders, for example.

              The reliance on credentials verification is inadequate in a world of Fraud GPT. With diverse sophisticated technologies now being deployed at scale, it is no longer acceptable to rely on traditional models of verification, such as document validation. Furthermore, organisations are losing trust in newer techniques, such as facial biometric authentication due to the sophistication of AI deepfakes. Concerns are growing about the risks associated with proposed national eIDs: when a digital ID appears to be verified by government there is a temptation to believe without additional, yet essential, scrutiny.

              Organisations need to consider intention as well as identity. What are the behavioural signals that could indicate fraud? Which transactions are suspicious and what additional insight can be surfaced through continual cross-validation of activity? Adding layers of verification and flagging possibly suspicious activity may initially annoy the odd genuine customer, but the reality of AI-enabled fraud is devastating individuals, businesses and financial institutions. It is now vital to adopt a fraud-first culture, where individuals at every level of the organisation have both the tools and understanding to spot suspicious activity and are encouraged to call out concerns, especially if they relate to senior management requests.

              Collaborative Model

              Failure to shift from over-trust to low-trust will continue to play into the hands of criminal gangs. Gangs that are constantly sharing information about weak targets. Innovative, anti-fraud organisations are leading the fight back through intelligence sharing, cross-validation and next generation screening. Adopting both robust verification and validation technologies and culture that encourages suspicion and also fosters cross-industry insight is key to addressing this complex, evolving threat.

              By proactively sharing the information surfaced through comprehensive verification as well as behavioural and device analytics, the industry can gain rapid understanding of the fast-changing tactics being deployed by these criminal gangs and take the appropriate remedial action to protect, customers, reputation and the bottom line.

              Learn more about tackling fincrime at nhunter.co.uk/

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech

              At AWS, we’re obsessed with helping our customers harness the benefits of cloud and AI. While maintaining robust security, resilience…

              At AWS, we’re obsessed with helping our customers harness the benefits of cloud and AI. While maintaining robust security, resilience and scalability. We believe the true value of he cloud is unlocked when seen as an end-to-end transformation opportunity. A chance for organisations across Asia Pacific and Japan, such as Techcombank (TCB), to seize the innovations Gen AI and Agentic AI can offer today.

              According to a new AWS-Strand Partners 2025 report, AI adoption among businesses in Vietnam is growing rapidly at an annual rate of 39%. Close to 170,000 businesses in Vietnam have already adopted AI. And 77% of those businesses expect AI to increase their revenue within the next year.

              Delivering Business Benefits

              TCB’s journey with AWS exemplifies the transformative power of cloud and AI adoption. Spanning strategic planning and co-innovation, with a shared commitment to transformation:

              • Within six months, AWS helped TCB migrate retail and corporate banking systems to the cloud. This enabled on-demand scalability, reduced infrastructure costs, improved time to market and enhanced availability for TCB, cutting downtime.
              • By rapidly scaling infrastructure, reliably and securely, TCB has seen digital transactions grow by 38%.
              • Today, 55% of new customers now join via digital channels and 97% of transactions are processed digitally.

              The AWS Data Migration Service is expected to generate projected cost savings of up to $10.4 million over five years. Driven by improved infrastructure efficiency and simplified operations.

              Harnessing Gen AI & Agentic AI

              Gen AI is delivering workplace transformations, including enabling contact centre agents to resolve customer concerns. TCB has established itself as a pioneer, becoming Vietnam’s first bank to develop proprietary applications using Amazon Bedrock. Initiatives include customer chatbots for employee use, advanced language translation tools, and SMARTIE – an AI personal assistant built on a custom Large Language Model (LLM).

              AWS: A Trusted Partner for Cloud at Scale

              AWS distinguishes itself as a transformation partner through its unique combination of global expertise, strong local partnerships, and proven implementation frameworks. This comprehensive approach enables organisations to achieve meaningful business transformation while staying at the cutting edge of technological innovation.

              “By enabling financial institutions like Techcombank to innovate at scale, we’re helping create the foundation for Vietnam’s next phase of AI-driven economic growth.”

              Eric Yeo, Country General Manager – AWS Vietnam

              Discover more about the ways Techcombank is overcoming challenges on its transformation journey with AWS from Eric Yeo, Country General Manager – AWS Vietnam


              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • InsurTech

              Financial Services Director Arunkumar Gopalakrishnan on how Publicis Sapient is developing the playbook for delivering successful AI-led digital transformations across the financial services landscape

              Publicis Sapient doesn’t sell tools; it delivers human-led, AI-enhanced solutions that blend proprietary platforms with deep industry expertise across global banking. The organisation is shaping the future of financial services by delivering complex digital transformations across continents – from the UK and Southeast Asia to the Middle East and the United States – anchored by a belief that true innovation lies at the intersection of business insight and technological depth.

              Publicis Sapient utilises a SPEED philosophy – Strategy, Product, Engineering, Experience and Data. “For us, SPEED isn’t just a framework. It’s the way we align our capabilities to accelerate transformation,” explains Financial Services Director Arunkumar Gopalakrishnan. “My focus is the ‘P’ in that process – Agile Program Management and Product Management; helping clients move from vision to value at pace.”

              Transformation at SPEED

              During his time with Publicis Sapient, Arunkumar has seen the power of transformation at SPEED on a variety of high-stakes projects: helping a major UK bank launch a digital-only entity on the cloud; partnering with a leading Thai bank to revitalise its mobile-banking experience for a fast-growing, tech-savvy customer base; supporting a sovereign-funded startup bank exploring blockchain for trade finance in collaboration with Microsoft; building a holistic wealth-management platform for a large US custodian bank; and helping another lead the way in AI adoption. These are the type of innovation journeys where Publicis Sapient excels at moving from groundwork to exponential scale.

              At the Intersection of Business and Technology

              Publicis Sapient excels by fusing two disciplines often treated as separate. “We are at the intersection of business and technology,” explains Arunkumar. “You need deep business acumen to understand client challenges. However, you must have enough technical depth to engage meaningfully with engineering teams. That balance is what enables real problem-solving.”

              From fraud prevention to blockchain and digital banking the industry is changing fast,” he notes. “Working with Generative AI today feels like standing on a new frontier. It keeps us on our toes, but it’s also what drives us – to stay relevant, deliver outcomes and connect both worlds of business and technology.”

              Meeting the Challenge: Balancing Innovation and Risk

              The biggest challenges facing financial services clients are not purely technological. They are structural and cultural. “Banks operate in complex regulatory environments,” notes Arunkumar. “There’s always a tension between innovation and risk management. On one hand, you want the next shiny thing; no one wants to be left behind in the technology race. On the other, you can’t bring something to life without going through the proper regulatory and risk-management controls.”

              That balance defines the work Publicis Sapient does. “We are a people + product business,” he says. “Our strength lies in talented people, strong domain understanding, platforms, tools and a culture that says to clients: We have your back; we get it done.

              Many of the firm’s engagements, he explains, involve deep collaboration, experimentation and iteration. “Some of the use cases we take on aren’t easy. We work with partners, we research, we prototype, we unlearn and relearn. Progress in this space is continuous, not linear.”

              A Digital Transformation Success Story

              Publicis Sapient partnered with a large US Bank to lead digital transformation efforts focused on GenAI implementation and scaling. It worked in collaboration with Google and the Bank to design, build, and adopt GenAI to spur innovation, enhance risk management and improve productivity.

              The high-level solution is composed of modular components including a secure GenAI Gateway for LLM access control, RAG framework for contextual retrieval, and Vertex AI integration leveraging Gemini models for high-quality natural language responses.

              Delivering the Solution

              The solution delivered integrated, repeatable accelerators designed to solve the central business challenges of speed, risk, and control from the ground up.

              Publicis Sapient’s Financial Services Director Arunkumar Gopalakrishnan explains how the platform was built upon some core pillars:

              Unified LLM Access & Model Context Protocol: “We streamlined the model consumption layer with a foundational gateway, built on a resilient Model Context Protocol (MCP). The MCP acts as an essential abstraction layer, ensuring all data streams, model inputs, and application requests are managed consistently, securely, and in compliance with governance rules.”

              Integrated Governance & Security: “We implemented a ‘shift-left’ security approach, embedding continuous guardrails directly into the GenAI pipelines. This pre-processing step, coupled with adversarial testing, proactively minimizes human error, reduces operational risk, and ensures a continuous, audit trail.”

              Proprietary Knowledge Grounding (RAG): “The platform enables the Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG) pattern. This involves securely indexing the bank’s vast internal repository of operational knowledge and compliance guides – by using this verified knowledge to ‘ground’ LLM responses, the platform ensures every AI output is based on the bank’s accurate, proprietary data. This successfully mitigates factual errors, minimizes hallucination risk, and protects brand integrity.”

              Agent Orchestration (Agentic AI): “Moving beyond simple chat, the platform includes capabilities for managing Agentic AI workflows which greatly improves efficiency. These agents are goal-directed systems that execute multi-step business processes (e.g., investigating a service ticket, performing patching operations etc. with human-in-loop for oversight). This is the crucial layer for end-to-end automation of complex, cross-functional tasks.”

              Unified Observability: “The final pillar establishes a system for tracking crucial metricstied to defined business outcomes. This enterprise-level observability framework captures data like response latency, quality, consumption rates etc. This data allows leadership to continuously monitor output quality and reviewing against the standards of accuracy and trustworthiness.”

              Realising the Benefits

              The positive impact of the work Publicis Sapient is doing includes:

              Scalable Framework: Designed as a Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS) model to support future GenAI use cases across the enterprise; agent-driven extensibility enables enhancements with rapid time-to-market deployments.

              Accelerated Onboarding: Automates the provisioning process by surfacing relevant documentation, policies, and procedures instantly.

              Knowledge Reuse: Leverages existing enterprise knowledge bases to reduce redundancy and improve consistency.

              Building with Purpose: From Vision to Scale

              At the heart of Publicis Sapient’s transformation philosophy is its Digital Business Transformation Framework. Teams use a playbook to take clients from problem definition to scaled delivery. “It starts with Ignite – understanding the problem and bringing in strategic expertise,” explains Arunkumar. “Then comes Hunt & Shape – identifying and defining value, mapping MVPs and roadmaps. And finally Build & Scale – turning ideas into outcomes by building the right solutions.”

              Scaling, he insists, is not only about size but certainty. “You don’t scale right away. You start small – proofs of concept, limited users, experiments and learn fast. Once you know what works, you can accelerate.”

              He points to a current AI engagement as an example. “We started with one application hosted on the platform last year. Now we have twenty-plus, and many more coming. Building the foundation took months, but once we understood the landscape, everything else became a fast follower. You develop a playbook, you know the risks, and then it’s about momentum.”

              Generative AI: A Catalyst for Reinvention

              Few technologies have captured the imagination of financial services like Generative AI. Arunkumar sees its impact as both profound and pragmatic. “While business leaders talk about productivity gains, CIOs are using GenAI to drive measurable productivity and cost efficiency by modernising high-friction IT Service Management processes,” he notes.

              Publicis Sapient identifies three areas where the shift is most visible:

              • Enhanced self-service: Intelligent Virtual Assistants act as the first line of defence. They automate a big chunk of initial inquiries, freeing human agents and improving response times.
              • IT-agent augmentation: GenAI synthesises ticket histories, diagnoses root causes and drafts expert-level resolutions. It drastically shortens the mean time to Resolution for critical incidents.
              • Developer velocity: Secure, context-aware coding assistants are improving efficiency, allowing engineers to focus on high-value work.

              Each example reflects a practical application of AI – not hype but measurable productivity and cost efficiency.

              The Rise of Agentic AI

              Publicis Sapient’s next frontier is Agentic AI, where intelligent agents move beyond analysis to orchestration and action. Teams have been testing these systems within IT service environments for major banks. “We started with a simple knowledge-search application,” he recalls. “It consolidated information across multiple systems to provide accurate, high-performance answers.”

              From there, Publicis Sapient expanded into process automation. “Imagine an IT engineer under pressure to fix issues fast,” he says. “The knowledge-search tool becomes a force multiplier, identifying root causes instantly. Next, you automate the actions – patching servers, routing tickets, escalating tasks – with a human in the loop for control.” The goal is productivity gains with safety.

              Challenges remain – particularly model drift and AI hallucination – but these can be mitigated with rigorous evaluation frameworks. “AI is probabilistic, not deterministic,” says Arunkumar. “You can’t expect one-plus-one to always equal two. That’s why continuous grounding, validation and human oversight are key.”

              Innovation in Action: Real-World Use Cases

              For Arunkumar, the most exciting part of AI transformation lies in the unexpected. “Some of the best use cases aren’t flashy but support everyday processes that, when optimised, deliver outsized value.”

              He describes one example from a banking client: improving the reliability of customer statements. “A bank may send hundreds of thousands of daily communications – statements, notifications, alerts. Sometimes statements fail to send, and by the time customers notice, the issue snowballs into reputational risk.”

              AI, he notes, can detect these failures proactively. “If a statement isn’t generated by 7 a.m., the system flags it very soon and resolves it before customers even notice. Predictive AI identifies the anomaly; GenAI drafts the corrective communication for review. It’s small, but it saves time, cost and reputation.”

              Such “mundane” use cases, he argues, are where the real transformation happens. “Everyone talks about the big, shiny things. But in complex, regulated environments, it’s the subtle automations that drive consistent outcomes.”

              Platforms for the Future

              Publicis Sapient’s investment in AI platforms underscores its commitment to innovation. Arunkumar highlights three in particular:

              • Bodhi, the foundational system for building intelligent agents
              • Slingshot, designed to accelerate software-development lifecycles
              • Sustain AI, focused on IT service management and operational resilience

              “These are our three-pronged approach to transformation,” he explains. “Each builds on the other – Bodhi as the foundation, Slingshot for velocity, and Sustain AI for long-term stability. And there’s more in the pipeline…”

              Culture, Collaboration and the Power of Small Wins

              For all the technology involved, Arunkumar insists transformation ultimately depends on people. “In any transformation, you work with stakeholders who have competing priorities,” he says. “The key is to focus on agreements first – find small wins and move forward. Progress builds trust.”

              Publicis Sapient is a people + product business where Arunkumar encourages his teams to balance ambition with empathy. “If a meeting is contentious, end with one thing agreed. Take the rest next time. Transformation isn’t about forcing alignment; it’s about building it. We tell our clients, and our teams, ‘We have your back’. That trust is what makes complex programs succeed.”

              Looking Ahead: Building Expertise and Depth

              The focus for 2026, and beyond, is on cultivating deep, dual-disciplinary expertise. “Our teams sit between business and technology,” he explains. “You must be good at both. No one can master all financial services, it’s too vast, but you can specialise. Pick a niche within key areas – asset management, wealth, retail banking, corporate banking, payments, financial crime – and become excellent at it.”

              At the same time, he urges his teams to stay curious about technology. “Even if you’re not implementing solutions yourself, you need to understand them and speak the same language as engineers and architects. That’s how collaboration works.”

              Continuous learning, he believes, is non-negotiable. “There’s so much information out there – training, communities, conversations. We just need to channel it, understand the basics and keep moving forward.”

              Transformation: A Continuous Journey

              At Publicis Sapient transformation is never static. “We don’t fix something once and move on,” he says. “We think, test, learn, and build again. You must define the real problem before you solve it, validate your progress and inspire others to see the vision.”

              Purpose and persistence turn complexity into clarity for Publicis Sapient’s clients. “The journey is continuous,” says Arunkumar with characteristic calm. “But that’s what makes it exciting. Every challenge is an opportunity to learn, collaborate and move forward – one small win at a time.”

              Find out more at publicissapient.com

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

              AI commerce is set to transform how people shop and buy. Find out how Visa Intelligent Commerce empowers AI agents to deliver reliable and secure experiences at every step…

              Artificial Intelligence is transforming the way we shop and pay. Visa is leveraging the power of its network and its decades of experience to bring trust and security to AI-powered commerce, bringing to life Visa Intelligent Commerce, which enables AI to find and buy.

              This is an innovative initiative that opens Visa’s payment network to the developers and engineers who are building the foundational AI agents that are transforming commerce.

              “Soon, people will have AI agents that will browse, select, purchase, and manage on their behalf,” according to Jack Forestell, Chief Product and Strategy Officer at Visa. “These agents will need to be trusted with payments, not just by users, but also by banks and merchants.”

              Similar to the transition from physical to online shopping, and from online to mobile shopping, Visa is setting a new standard for a new era of commerce. Now, with Visa Intelligent Commerce, AI agents can find, purchase, and pay on behalf of consumers according to their pre-selected preferences. Each consumer sets the limits, and Visa helps manage the rest.

              Creating a Trusted Future for AI Commerce

              Millions of people will soon rely on AI to find the perfect sweater, search for a new vacation destination, or complete a shopping list. Visa will eliminate the friction from payment, making it possible to transact securely and reliably in an AI-powered world.

              Visa Intelligent Commerce is built on 30 years of experience working with AI and machine learning to manage risk and fraud and to deliver secure payment experiences. Alongside industry leaders such as Anthropic, IBM, Microsoft, Mistral AI, OpenAI, Perplexity, Samsung, Stripe, and others, Visa will facilitate personalised and secure AI commerce on a global scale.

              “We are working with companies at the forefront of AI innovation to drive engagement on AI platforms and support new ways to pay, with security and trust as our number one priority,” Forestell added. “Together with our partners, we are fully harnessing the potential of AI to transform every aspect of commerce, payments, and business.”

              Empowering Consumers, Merchants, and Developers

              The transformation of AI commerce – today a futuristic and relatively unknown concept – into a frictionless, secure, and personalised experience for both merchants and consumers is underway at Visa.

              Visa Intelligent Commerce incorporates a set of integrated APIs and a merchant partner program into AI platforms, allowing developers to implement Visa’s AI commerce capabilities securely and at scale.

              Visa Intelligent Commerce offers:

              • AI-Enabled Cards. Replaces card data with tokenised digital credentials, which enhances security for consumers and simplifies payment processes for developers. In turn, it confirms that the agent chosen by the consumer is authorised to act on their behalf. This incorporates identity verification into AI commerce. Only the consumer can instruct the agent on what to do and when to activate a payment credential.
              • AI-Powered Personalisation. The consumer is in control. It shares basic spending and shopping information from Visa with the consumer’s consent to improve the agent’s performance and personalise purchasing recommendations.
              • Simple and Secure AI Payments. Allows consumers to easily set spending limits and conditions, providing clear guidelines for the agent’s transactions. Additionally, it shares real-time commerce signals with Visa, enabling Visa to monitor transactions and help manage disputes.

              Visa’s payment technologies, including tokenisation and authentication APIs, will help enable transactions that are secure and frictionless, providing confidence to consumers who use AI to make purchases. Visa has decades of experience in fraud management, along with a robust data platform, and uses this expertise to power the Visa Intelligent Commerce program.

              Find out more about Visa Intelligent Commerce visa.com/intelligentcommerce

              And learn how Visa is working with banks like CIBC to build a secure future for AI commerce.

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

              Our cover star Scott Gunther, General Partner at IAG Firemark Ventures, reveals how the company is bringing powerful investments to…

              Our cover star Scott Gunther, General Partner at IAG Firemark Ventures, reveals how the company is bringing powerful investments to life to transform the ways insurance is delivered.

              Read the latest issue of FinTech Strategy here

              IAG Firemark Ventures: Transforming Insurance

              Scott Gunther, General Partner at IAG Firemark Ventures, tells FinTech Strategy how the company is championing key InsurTech investments to transform how insurance is delivered.

              “We realised that if we were going to bring the best of the outside world in, we needed to be a truly global CVC.”

              Publicis Sapient

              Financial Services Director Arunkumar Gopalakrishnan tells us how Publicis Sapient is developing the playbook for delivering successful AI-led digital transformations across the financial services landscape.

              “Working with Generative AI today feels like standing on a new frontier. It keeps us on our toes, but it’s also what drives us – to stay relevant, deliver outcomes and connect both worlds of business and technology.”

              Techcombank

              Chief Strategy & Transformation Officer, PC Chakravarti reveals the operating model, Data & AI foundations, culture and talent playbook, and the partnerships turning ambition into market leading outcomes at Techcombank in Asia.

              Tech is not the limiting factor – it’s about supporting people and talent to leverage capabilities to enhance business models.”

              CIBC Caribbean

              Deputy CIO Trevor Wood explains how CIBC Caribbean is blending technology, culture, and customer-centricity to deliver seamless digital experiences across the region with a ‘Future Faster’ strategy.

              We want to lead in every market we operate, build maturity across our practices and be architects of a smarter financial future for all.”

              Nationwide

              Dan Wilson, Head of Customer Journey at the trusted mutual, reveals the strategic ambition driving payments innovation to modernise Nationwide’s platform delivering a resilient and secure financial future for customers across the UK.

              “We’re seeking to modernise the Society’s core infrastructure but also build the tools and features our customers need to help them manage their money and payments.”

              Alexforbes: Transforming & Diversifying Financial Services

              Chief Information Officer, Jan Bouwer, explores the work Alexforbes has undertaken to modernise and expand its financial services for its 1.2 million members and retail customers alike. “Alexforbes can now engage its 1.2 million members more directly, offering a wider range of services.”

              Read the latest issue of FinTech Strategy here

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Digital Payments
              • InsurTech
              • Neobanking

              Johannes Kolbeinsson, CEO and Co-Founder of PAYSTRAX, on how retailers can protect themselves and their customers from fraud

              According to Bloomberg, if cybercrime were a country, it would rank as the world’s third-largest economy. Behind only the United States and China. And it’s growing. By 2027, global scams are projected to cost the world $23 trillion annually, with one in three people likely to fall victim. Already in the UK, a financial scam occurs once every fifteen seconds on average.

              It is within this backdrop that Black Friday and Cyber Monday have become an increasing focus point for both retailers and scammers. Every year, the digital shopping frenzy grows bigger, faster, and more sophisticated. And so do the criminals who exploit it.

              Black Fraud-day

              Behind the flashing banners of ‘limited-time offers’ and ‘doorbuster deals’ a quieter threat lurks in the shadows of the checkout page: digital payment fraud.

              As customers rush to click ‘buy now’ fraudsters blend into the chaos, exploiting high transaction volumes and confusing customers with highly sophisticated fraud techniques. What was once a celebration of online convenience has, for many businesses, become a test of their cybersecurity resilience.

              This year, the true cost of Cyber Monday and Black Friday may not be measured in discounts, but in data breaches, chargebacks, and lost trust.

              The Warning Signs

              While many expect issues like stolen cards or hacked accounts, one of the most easily overlooked threats actually comes from genuine customers who know how to game the system.

              Friendly fraud, often called chargeback fraud, is when a customer makes a legitimate purchase but later disputes the transaction to claim a refund. High-volume periods like Black Friday create the perfect cover for this, as retailers process thousands of orders at speed and struggle to keep track of every proof of delivery. Because it is hard to prove intent, merchants often lose both the product and the refunded payment.

              Another issue that rises sharply during major sales events is card-not-present (CNP) fraud, where stolen card details are used to make online purchases. With such a large jump in transactions during Black Friday and Cyber Monday, fraudulent activity becomes harder to identify because it blends into the surge of genuine spending. Without a physical card involved, it is easier for fraudsters to bypass standard security checks, especially if retailers remove friction to create a faster checkout experience.

              Retailers also need to look out for account takeover (ATO) fraud, which has been increasing as more people shop through accounts and apps. Criminals use stolen login details to access customer profiles, change passwords, redeem loyalty points or use stored card information to make purchases. Beyond the financial loss, ATO attacks can seriously erode customer trust. Which is even harder to recover than the lost revenue.

              How Retailers Can Protect Themselves Against Fraud

              Protecting customers and safeguarding revenue does not have to come at the expense of a smooth shopping experience. The key is to strike the right balance between security and convenience, especially when order volumes surge over Black Friday and Cyber Monday.

              A good starting point is tightening defences around online payments. Simple measures can go a long way. Strong Customer Authentication and Address Verification Services can help spot suspicious activity early, without placing unnecessary friction on genuine shoppers. For higher value orders or anything that feels ‘off’, a quick email or phone check with the customer can prevent a costly chargeback later.

              Strengthening account security is equally important. Criminals often rely on weak passwords or reused login details to break into customer accounts and make purchases with stored cards or loyalty points. Encouraging customers to use strong, unique passwords and offering multi-factor authentication can dramatically reduce the chances of an account takeover. Retailers can also set up alerts for unusual behaviour, such as repeated failed logins or access from unfamiliar locations, so genuine customers can be protected before damage is done.

              Friendly fraud is harder to prevent because it often comes from legitimate customers rather than malicious actors. That makes clear communication your best defence. Transparent returns and refunds policies, visible during checkout and in order confirmations, help avoid confusion that later turns into a dispute. Keeping thorough records of fulfilment, including delivery tracking and proof of receipt, gives retailers the evidence they need to challenge any questionable chargeback claims. Small touches, such as using a clear and recognisable store name on bank statements, can also reduce “I don’t remember this transaction” disputes.

              Ultimately, the most effective approach is ongoing, not seasonal. Setting up a simple chargeback management process helps retailers learn from disputes, identify patterns, and ultimately reduce risk.

              Where Now?

              As the Cyber Five weekend continues to redefine global retail, it’s also redefining the tactics of digital criminals.

              The same tools that make online shopping faster and more convenient, saved payment methods, one-click checkout, loyalty programs, have become new frontiers for exploitation.

              For merchants, staying ahead means more than offering the best deals; it means securing every step of the digital customer journey. By investing in layered security measures, promoting account vigilance, and maintaining transparent communication with customers, businesses can turn the tide against fraudsters.

              The goal isn’t just to survive Cyber Monday and Black Friday, it’s to build the kind of trust that lasts long after the sales are over. Because in the evolving world of e-commerce, security isn’t a seasonal strategy – it’s a year-round commitment.

              Find out more at paystrax.com

              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Digital Payments

              Niamh Kingsley, Founder & CEO of the the post-digital consultancy firm ace, on the Quantum future for financial services

              Just last week, I sat across from a head of engineering at a major city-based bank and asked about their quantum preparedness. His response? “As far as I’m concerned, that’s science fiction.”

              From my perspective, this view is definitely misguided. But more concerning, it’s also really prevalent. Despite some senior leaders dismissing quantum as a distant concern, their organisations are already exposed to quantum-enabled threats, and their competitors are quietly positioning for advantage.

              Breakthroughs from the likes of IBM, Google, Rigetti, and Quantinuum show the ten-year timeline is a mirage. The quantum threat is not future tense. It is present and accelerating. In the race for computational advantage, the largest institutions are already in the lab. In the race for security, the threat actors are already in your network.

              The time for planning is over, and the time for migration is now.

              The Security Imperative: Your Data is Already at Risk

              When we talk about the quantum threat, we’re primarily talking about Shor’s Algorithm. On a sufficiently large, fault-tolerant quantum computer (CRQC), Shor would break the public-key cryptography (RSA and most ECC) that underpins many secure protocols and systems, including virtually every secure digital communication and transaction globally.

              But here is the critical point: the impact doesn’t start on the day a CRQC goes live; it began years ago the with ‘Harvest/Store-Now, Decrypt-Later (HNDL/SNDL)’ attack vector, where adversaries record encrypted traffic today to decrypt it once quantum capabilities arrive. (Symmetric cryptography like AES is affected differently by Grover’s algorithm, and it is generally mitigated by larger key sizes.)

              Why ‘Harvest Now, Decrypt Later’ is the Real Crisis

              Think about your most sensitive, high-value data:

              • KYC and client records: Confidential information that must remain private for decades.
              • Proprietary trading strategies: Models and algorithms that define your competitive edge.
              • Intellectual property and M&A communications: Data whose confidentiality window extends well beyond the projected arrival of a CRQC.

              Sophisticated adversaries, often state-sponsored, are already harvesting vast quantities of this currently encrypted data. They are storing it, bit by bit, waiting for the eventual arrival of a cryptographically relevant quantum computer, which they will then use to decrypt later.

              This means that data encrypted today will be vulnerable to breach tomorrow. The shelf-life of your confidential information directly dictates the urgency of your response. Any financial institution that relies on current public-key cryptography to protect data with a retention requirement of five years or more is already compromised in principle.

              Post-Quantum Cryptography Migration: Why it’s Non-Negotiable

              A wholesale migration to Post-Quantum Cryptography (PQC), algorithms resistant to quantum attack, is the only defence. This isn’t a simple software patch; it’s a foundational re-architecture of your digital trust layer.

              • What institutions should prioritise: Any data requiring confidentiality beyond a ten-year horizon is at risk. The UK’s National Cyber Security Centre and G7 frameworks explicitly call out finance to begin migration planning now, with several guides targeting 2035 completion for critical sectors.
              • Inventory everything: You cannot protect what you don’t know you have. Conduct a rigorous, firm-wide audit to map every single instance of public-key cryptography, from TLS certificates and VPNs to digital signatures, PKI, and key management systems.
              • Focus on the long-lived: Prioritise the migration of systems protecting data with the longest necessary confidentiality (the HNDL targets) and those that are hardest to change (e.g., embedded systems, legacy code, or critical, highly-available infrastructure).
              • Mandate the standards: Adopt the new, standardised PQC algorithms, such as CRYSTALS-Kyber (for key establishment) and CRYSTALS-Dilithium (for digital signatures), as decreed by global bodies like the US NIST.

              Capturing Computational Advantage

              But here’s what the industry isn’t telling you: whilst you’re busy securing your systems, there’s a competitive dividend waiting for institutions willing to explore quantum’s computational capabilities.

              I’m not talking about vague promises of exponential speedups. I’m talking about targeted, measurable advantages in specific use cases where quantum algorithms demonstrably outperform classical approaches.

              Monte Carlo simulations for derivative pricing, XVA calculations, and Value-at-Risk models are obvious starting points. Amplitude Estimation provides a quadratic speedup over classical Monte Carlo, achieving the same error tolerance with exponentially fewer samples. That means shorter calculation windows, faster intraday rehedging, and material energy savings. For path-dependent options or rare-event tail scenarios, quantum approaches offer better resolution of low-probability events without exploding compute budgets.

              Portfolio optimisation, collateral allocation, and limit setting are fundamentally combinatorial optimisation problems. Quantum heuristics may deliver quality and latency benefits under complex constraints, including funding requirements, capital adequacy, central counterparty margin rules.

              HSBC made headlines deploying quantum algorithms for foreign exchange pricing optimisation. That wasn’t a marketing exercise; it was a proof point that the technology has crossed from research into application.

              But, and this matters, we don’t yet have large-scale, fault-tolerant quantum computers. IBM’s roadmap targets approximately 200 logical qubits by 2029. We’re not there yet. Which means the smart play is running parallel tracks: migrate to PQC now for security; experiment with quantum algorithms in targeted pilots to understand future advantage.

              The pilot framework should be rigorous. Choose use cases where runtime and tail-risk scenarios dominate P&L. Establish measurement frameworks comparing quantum approaches against equal-error, equal-time, and equal-energy classical baselines. Report outcomes honestly. Build institutional knowledge whilst the hardware matures.

              The Competitive Landscape: The Window is Closing

              The quantum era is a global, systemic shift. It is a dual-sided challenge, an existential security risk and an unprecedented performance opportunity.

              We are entering a phase of hyper-competition. The market is already separating into two distinct groups:

              • The value capturers: These are the institutions that have already established quantum governance, initiated PQC pilots, and embedded crypto-agility into their DNA. They will be secure against HNDL, will meet regulatory mandates like DORA, and, crucially, will be the first to operationalise quantum speed-ups in pricing, risk, and optimisation. They will gain an insurmountable performance edge.
              • The vulnerable and disadvantaged: These are the firms facing “crypto-procrastination.” They risk massive compliance penalties, systemic data theft via HNDL, and the competitive disadvantage of relying on slower, less accurate classical models while competitors price derivatives and optimise collateral in real-time.

              The quantum inflection point is not an event on a distant calendar; it is a process happening right now. The firms that act today are building an unbreakable digital fortress while simultaneously designing the algorithms that will define the next decade of finance.

              Don’t wait for Q-Day. Secure your future, then innovate in it.

              Learn more at aceadvantage.io

              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech
              • Digital Payments

              Raman Korneu, CEO and Co-Founder of neobank myTU, on how FinTech innovation can push positive payments progression

              In 2025, you’d think payments would move as fast as the businesses they power. But for many digital-first companies (especially marketplaces, lenders, and online platforms) the basic task of reliably moving money in and out is still a daily struggle.

              This shouldn’t be the case. The industry has made huge advances in consumer UX, credit innovation, and embedded finance. But when it comes to back-end operations, FinTech has left too many problems unsolved. The result? A silent drag on growth, unnecessary labour costs, and a persistent erosion of customer trust.

              Broken Payments, Broken Business

              When payments are slow or opaque, everything suffers. Vendor payouts get delayed. Customer refunds take too long. Internal teams lose hours manually checking for confirmation or chasing missing funds. And while the friction is operational in nature, the consequences are strategic: damaged relationships, regulatory risk, and lost revenue.

              Take reconciliation, for example. Many businesses still use spreadsheets to match payment events across bank accounts, payment processors, and internal systems. Others run Slack channels to manually track funds. This makes things slow and leads to a complete lack of real-time, reliable visibility.

              This complexity becomes a serious burden when transaction volumes scale. Time zone differences, batch file delays, poor API support, and siloed software can all contribute to failures or mismatches that cause downstream chaos. According to Modern Treasury’s 2025 Payment Operations report, 98% of businesses still run some payment operations manually, and 49% use five or more systems, making reconciliation slow, error-prone, and expensive.

              The Core Problem: No One’s Talking to Each Other

              It’s not payment initiation that’s broken; it’s what happens after. Money gets sent, but teams don’t know if it landed. Banks don’t notify businesses. Systems don’t talk to each other. In many cases, there’s no real-time feedback loop to confirm what worked, what failed, and what needs action.

              This disconnect is a byproduct of legacy infrastructure and siloed design. Most banks don’t expose real-time payment events, and their APIs (when they exist) are often outdated, cumbersome, or not developer-friendly. This leaves businesses stuck in a limbo where payments can go missing, get delayed, or trigger compliance issues, and no one knows until it’s too late.

              What Better Systems Look Like

              FinTechs are uniquely positioned to solve this, not with dashboards, but with infrastructure that integrates directly into the tools businesses already use.

              Plug-and-play APIs and webhooks are the key. When embedded into CRMs, ERPs, and accounting platforms, they can push real-time payment updates exactly where they’re needed. No more spreadsheet-based tracking, and no more switching between portals.

              The best systems will feel less like platforms and more like invisible plumbing, meaning that they’re always running, always syncing, always up to date. Businesses won’t want to log into yet another dashboard. They’ll expect payments to “just work” within the flows they already operate in.

              Cards Help, But They’re Not the Solution

              Modern business cards can improve control on the front end (think: spend visibility, real-time limits, cash flow planning). But they don’t solve the backend challenge of inter-system communication or reconciliation. What’s needed is a shift in how we think about payments infrastructure. We need to insist on and build for clarity and control after the money moves.

              Why FinTech Hasn’t Solved This Yet

              For years, payment operations have been seen as ‘boring’. That’s why so many startups have chased flashier front-end use cases: crypto, neobanking, buy now/pay later, and super apps. But that neglect is catching up with the industry.

              As the ‘Decoupled Era’ of banking continues to fragment the value chain, the complexity of payments behind the scenes only grows. And with instant payments in the EU projected to surge 10x by 2028 (McKinsey), reconciliation needs to happen in real time, 24/7, without manual input.

              This isn’t a nice-to-have anymore. It’s an operational baseline.

              The Competitive Edge No One Talks About

              Payments should be boring, because they should work flawlessly in the background. But for too many fast-scaling businesses, they’re still one of the most complex and error-prone parts of operations.

              Ultimately this will create a divide. Businesses that build on flexible infrastructure will outpace and outperform those who constantly hit limits and choose to stick to more manual transaction tracking and the guesswork that comes with it. Pulling ahead of the competition isn’t always a matter of out-innovating them. Smoother operations are a way to steadily and quietly outcompete. Fintech is in the position to build this better, and to give smart businesses the edge they deserve

              Raman Korneu is CEO and co-founder of neobank myTU, a fully automated, AI-powered and cloud-first digital bank offering smart, secure, and affordable financial services. With over 25 years of experience in banking, Raman has held senior roles across finance, including consulting roles at Ernst & Young and PwC, where he worked on over 100 projects for over 50 major banks and companies, including Merrill Lynch Securities and Raiffeisenbank. Raman holds prestigious qualifications including an EMBA from Judge Business School at Cambridge University, the prestigious Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), and ACCA membership. Driven by his passion to tackle problems in traditional banking, Raman leverages his extensive expertise to lead myTU in delivering innovative financial solutions.

              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              After a turbulent few years, the crypto sector looks on the cusp of another period of boom. Yet, according to Anthony Yeung, Chief Commercial Officer at CoinCover, the success of this next phase will hinge on embedding responsibility and accountability at its core.

              A few years ago, the crypto sector found itself grappling with a profound image crisis. A series of high-profile scandals, widespread misconceptions about its place within the broader financial system, and a glaring absence of regulatory oversight led many to dismiss the space as a haven for tech-savvy opportunists peddling dubious tokens in a never-ending cycle of ‘get-rich-quick’ schemes.

              Fast forward to 2025, and while some of that baggage lingers, public understanding of crypto and its underlying value has matured considerably. Endorsements from major governments, coupled with rising levels of institutional investment, have helped to temper concerns about crypto’s legitimacy and long-term role in the financial ecosystem. Nevertheless, questions around trust and transparency continue to cast a shadow over its progress.

              A Collective Effort

              It’s clear that crypto remains a hotbed of innovation, much of it focused on attracting more individuals and businesses into the ecosystem. However, alongside the development of cutting-edge solutions, the sector must also dedicate time and effort to rebuilding and strengthening its public image. As we enter this next phase of growth, reinforcing trust and public confidence is just as vital as technological progress.

              At CoinCover, we believe that tackling this trust deficit could be the key to unlocking the next billion users of cryptocurrency. Driving such a shift will require more than just our efforts. As an industry, crypto must urgently find more effective ways to tell its story showcasing not only its value but also its security. A collective, coordinated effort from stakeholders across the ecosystem is essential to reshape public perception and build lasting confidence.

              The Path to the Next Billion Crypto Users

              That sentiment is unlikely to raise eyebrows. From my experience, there’s broad agreement that crypto must do more to manage how it’s perceived by those outside the space. Yet, when it comes to charting a path forward, consensus becomes far more elusive. Chief among the contentious issues is the role of external regulation; a topic that continues to divide opinion across the sector and spark lively debate.

              Unlike just a few years ago, when regulation in the crypto space was minimal, businesses today face a growing list of compliance demands. Moreover, expectations are mounting that regulatory oversight will only become more stringent in the months and years ahead. For many within the sector, this external scrutiny sits uneasily alongside the original ethos and mission of cryptocurrencies.

              Evolution, Not Revolution

              Many crypto OGs acknowledge that the space was born out of a desire for decentralisation, autonomy, and freedom from traditional financial systems. Yet, as with many movements, that founding mission has evolved over time. Today, crypto no longer exists as a siloed alternative but is increasingly integrated into the broader financial ecosystem that supports the modern global economy.

              While for some the merits of this evolution remain up for debate, its reality is undeniable. For those of us committed to broadening access to the benefits of cryptocurrency, this moment presents more opportunity than challenge. In terms of user access, the crypto space has reached heights few could have expected. The ideology that shaped the sector’s early days need not be discarded, but elements of it must evolve to reflect the times we live in.

              Responsible Regulation

              At present, regulation represents the key tension point between these two opposing worldviews. For some, external oversight undermines the very essence of crypto. For others, the wave of incoming compliance offers much-needed validation, a chance for the sector to shed its chequered reputation and re-emerge as a more trusted, credible, and accessible solution for the next billion global users.

              As a long-time crypto enthusiast, I appreciate the merits of both sides of the debate. At the same time, I’m realistic enough to acknowledge that the genie is well and truly out of the bottle. There’s no turning back the clock on regulation – and perhaps nor should there be. While few within the sector would advocate for overly stringent measures, there is a clear and pressing need for measures to be introduced and upheld that incentivise good behaviour across the board.

              Unlocking the Next Wave of Users

              Embracing responsible compliance, and viewing its introduction as an opportunity rather than a threat would mark a positive step forward for the sector. Additionally, it would help initiate the much-needed process of reshaping crypto’s public image: one that reflects a commitment to accountability, long-term growth, and sustainable progress. It could prove crucial as the sector looks to unlock the next billion global users.

              At CoinCover, we’re committed to helping shape the conversation around this issue. In the months ahead, we aim to engage openly with all sides of the debate; from regulators to crypto companies. By fostering dialogue across the ecosystem, we believe we can play a constructive role in helping the sector reach a more balanced, sustainable equilibrium — one that serves the interests of all stakeholders, and most importantly, its users.

              Find out more at coincover.com

              • Blockchain & Crypto

              PA Consulting’s payments expert Simon Williams on the seismic shift in cross-border electronic payments with ISO 20022

              November 22nd 2025 marks a turning point in electronic payments. ISO 20022 becomes mandatory for cross-border transactions on the SWIFT network. It requires banks to replace traditional payment messages with a larger, data-rich format called MX. At first glance, it sounds like a technical update – something happening at the edge of banks’ infrastructure. But its impact reaches far beyond compliance. ISO 20022 isn’t just a messaging standard. It opens the door for serious modernisation in banking and finance.

              A New Era for Payments

              For decades, electronic payment messages have relied on formats designed in the 1970s. These are messages with rigid structures, fixed-length fields, and little room for complexity. To convey essential details, banks have often resorted to private codes and workarounds. They are greed between one another to pass on critical information about a payment.

              ISO 20022 changes that paradigm, introducing a richer, more flexible, and globally standardised format. This can carry structured data seamlessly across systems. In doing so, it unlocks opportunities for better fraud detection, customer experience, and operational efficiency. These benefits extend not only to banks, but also their clients and service providers across the financial ecosystem.

              Firms that haven’t properly prepared for the November deadline risk delays, disruption, and rising costs. With SWIFT charging a penalty for every payment message sent in the legacy format. But beyond compliance, many firms are overlooking the opportunities the change poses. Payments are the lifeblood of a bank, and the data they carry is a strategic asset. So how can firms turn the ISO requirement into a competitive advantage?

              Product Owners and Customer Journey Managers

              First, banks should use this moment to strengthen their customer journeys. Starting with a deep dive into customer pain points and breaks in the payment flows. This will involve reviewing existing customer journey maps, analysing complaints data, and gathering fresh qualitative and quantitative customer insights to uncover points of friction.

              For example, unexpected delays in payments or confusion about correct tax reporting and purpose codes are common issues. Data is often at the root cause of these problems. Which is why ISO 20022’s structured data format can help fix issues. Think how tax and fee codes, transaction references, and other enriched fields could reduce ambiguity and speed up processing. Could this avoid the need for banks to contact clients for further information about the correct coding of payments made? Or prevent clients making complaints about delays and fees deducted? Beyond fixing known issues, firms can also use ISO 20022’s richer data to spot patterns. Such as correspondent banks that consistently slow down transactions. And take subsequent steps to address them.

              Money Laundering Reporting Officers (MLROs)

              ISO 20022 could also be a game-changer for economic crime prevention in 2026. Anti-money laundering, transaction monitoring, and other sanctions screening relies on interrogating transactional data. And their effectiveness is often only as strong as the data available.

              Even seemingly simple improvements to data matter. For example, ISO 20022’s structured fields call for addresses to be stored as distinct elements like ‘street name’ and ‘country code’, rather than the generic ‘line one’ and ‘line two.’ This level of precision makes it far easier to flag suspicious activity, like multiple unrelated accounts tied to the same address, or a mismatch between the street name and country code. In other words, ISO 20022 equips banks with the granular data needed to fight financial crime more effectively.

              Legal Entity Identifiers (LEIs) add another layer of value, enabling a specific organisation to be uniquely and consistently identified across borders, which could streamline KYC and sanctions screening processes. However, two challenges stand in the way: legacy platforms may not support ISO 20022 data, and other banks may not send useful data if it’s not mandatory, such as LEIs for non-financial institutions.

              Overcoming these hurdles requires a proactive approach, with banks understanding the potential, prioritising technical upgrades that deliver the greatest compliance benefits, and collaborating with other banks and payment schemes to encourage richer data exchange. The payoff? Reduced compliance burdens and a stronger defence against economic crime.

              Bank Enterprise and Data Architects

              Bank enterprise and data architects have a key role to play in helping other functions understand the richness and potential value of the ISO 20022 format. Today, many banks translate data into and out of ISO 20022 as payments move through their systems. A process that introduces risk and inefficiency. Extending ISO 20022 structures deeper into internal systems avoids these pitfalls.

              Updating customer-facing channels to capture payment instructions in an ISO-compliant format will ensure alignment with the structure of messages transmitted by the bank, avoiding the risks inherent with translation. It will also enable future changes, like annual updates to mandatory fields, to be implemented more easily.

              Thinking of ISO 20022 as a bank-wide data standard opens the door to reducing complexity and preserving data integrity. Ultimately, ISO 20022 can be used to better describe customers, their addresses, and the relationships between parties in a transaction. While it’s only required at the boundary of a bank – where payments are sent to or received from central infrastructure – aligning internal systems with the standard unlocks additional benefits, creating a more open, flexible banking system.

              Corporate Treasurers and Finance Teams

              Looking beyond banks, ISO 20022’s benefits extend to customers, corporate treasurers, accounts payable, and accounts receivable teams. Improved reconciliation, better liquidity management, and greater transparency in payment processing are all within reach. ISO 20022 makes it possible to embed detailed information directly into a payment, down to the invoice line-item level. That level of precision could eliminate misallocated payments or stop transactions from bouncing back because they can’t be reconciled.

              Many ERP systems already support ISO 20022 for both payment initiation and receiving confirmations and statements, making it possible to transmit and receive this enriched data. But success depends on collaboration across the entire payment chain. Customers should be encouraged to embed remittance data into their payments. Banks should ensure this information flows intact through their systems and into payment networks. And IT teams may need to upgrade ERP platforms or enable the use of ISO messages. When everyone plays their part, payments become faster, smarter, and far more reliable – turning payment operations from a source of friction into a driver of value.

              FinTechs

              Fintechs have a natural advantage when it comes to ISO 20022. With fewer legacy constraints, they can embed the standard into their platforms from the ground up – most have been ‘ISO-native’ from day one. The question now is how to turn that technical strength into a competitive edge.

              Consider looking across the customer ecosystem – and internally – to identify opportunities to outperform the competition and deliver benefits to customers. From delivering richer data insights to enabling faster, more transparent payment experiences, firms that move beyond compliance will stand out in an increasingly crowded market.

              Moving Beyond Compliance

              The November deadline marks the end of the readiness phase: most banks have ensured compliance at the boundary, where systems connect to payment schemes. But the real work is only beginning.

              ISO 20022 should not be seen as a technical mandate. It’s a new language for financial information, one that can unlock efficiency, transparency, and innovation across the ecosystem. We are now entering the most exciting phase; the point where true business benefits can emerge. Has your organisation considered where those opportunities lie?

              Learn more at PA Consulting

              • Digital Payments

              Paul Clarke, Chief Growth Officer at Cashdflows, on how payments infrastructure can support both trust and scale

              The UK’s game of skill, competition and raffle sector is undergoing rapid transformation. While data on the sector is limited, UK Government analysis indicates that 14% of UK adults collectively spend a total of £1.3 billion per year. For comparison, 44% of adults spend an estimated £8.2 billion annually on the National Lottery.

              The same report shows an upward market trajectory with 60% of operators anticipating an increase in ticket sales over the next three years, while only 5% expect a decline. When it comes to the players themselves, 22% have increased their spending in the past year, outpacing the 17% who have reduced theirs.

              Against this backdrop of sustained engagement, fair access to effective payment solutions is essential to support competition among merchants.

              The Payments Layer of Trust and Scale

              As operators mature, they must balance commercial growth with strong operational integrity. Unlike purely entertainment-driven apps, these platforms are rooted in real-money participation, whether through entry fees, prize payouts, or both. This heightens expectations for merchants and consumers around security, compliance, and player protection.

              Payments infrastructure therefore becomes a fundamental line of defence. Tools such as Strong Customer Authentication (SCA) and two-factor authentication (2FA) provide robust safeguards against fraud, account compromise, and unauthorised transactions, reinforcing trust with both consumers and regulators.

              Enhanced checkout features also play a significant role. Pre-populated payment details and secure card-on-file capabilities streamline repeat purchases, reducing manual errors and checkout abandonment. Click to Pay and network tokenisation support secure one-click transactions, improving conversion performance while ensuring PCI compliance.

              Real-time fraud analytics, velocity checks, and dynamic transaction routing help maintain strong approval rates and minimise friction, ensuring legitimate users enjoy a smooth and reliable payment experience.

              From Back-Office Burden to Brand Advantage

              Payments were once viewed purely as a back-end process, a necessary function behind the scenes. Today, they are a frontline driver of user experience and commercial differentiation. Deposits and withdrawals bookend the player journey, so speed, transparency, and seamless execution boost satisfaction, reduce churn, and can become pivotal to brand advocacy.

              In a high-volume environment where microtransactions dominate, even brief delays or failed payments can quickly damage trust. Conversely, efficient transactions turn reliable payments into a competitive advantage – one that encourages repeat play and referrals.

              Powering the Platform Economy of the Future

              The broader creator and competition economy is still in its infancy, with new formats emerging at pace but what unites them is a reliance on secure, scalable, and accessible payment systems. What those that succeed will have in common is whether those payment systems can support growth while maintaining compliance and safeguarding trust. As investment continues to flow into the sector, the platforms that thrive will be those that view payments not just as operational plumbing but as a strategic asset.

              Paul Clarke, Chief Growth Officer at Cashflows, has a wealth of experience successfully leading product, business strategy, and innovation functions in the payments, eCommerce, and digital sectors. He was previously Executive Vice President for Product and Innovation at international payments solutions provider: Network International. Prior to this, Paul held leadership positions at key payment organisations, such as Barclaycard, Elavon, and Worldpay. Having joined Cashflows in 2021, Paul is responsible for leading the product proposition, strategy, go to market and delivery functions of the business. 

              About Cashflows 

              Cashflows is a new breed of FinTech payments company that makes it easy for small corporates and SMEs to accept card and digital payments – online, in store and on the move. 

              Through its own acquiring platform and gateway, Cashflows provides a safe, secure ecosystem for processing payments right across Europe. Cashflows products and services are built with the latest technology and the future in mind, always to meet the specific needs of partners and customers. 

              Learn more at www.cashflows.com  

              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              The Card & Payments Awards Middle East will be taking place on Thursday 5th April 2026 at Atlantis – The Palm in Dubai. Entries are open now and close in December.. Book your table for the Awards now!

              The Card & Payments Awards is among the leading networking events of the year for the Middle East card and payments industry. With over 1,100 guests attending on the night, from over 300 different companies, and with a compelling list of blue-chip sponsors. Enter here and book your tables now.

              Recognising Excellence and Innovation in Payments

              For two decades, The Card & Payments Awards has stood as the premier networking event for the UK and Irish card and payments industry. The event was founded 20 years ago by Michael Harty.

              Building on this legacy of success, 2025 marked an exciting expansion with the inaugural Card & Payments Awards Middle East. Hosted in Dubai on April 17th, 2025, at the prestigious Ritz-Carlton, DIFC, this highly successful event celebrated best practice, innovation, and excellence within the region’s dynamic card and payments sector. It provided an invaluable networking platform, connecting key players and fostering new partnerships and collaborations to drive continued innovation across diverse verticals.

              The Card & Payments Awards Middle East welcomes entries from credit, debit, prepaid, and charge card issuers, co-brands, merchant acquirers, payment processors, retailers, and other payments companies worldwide offering programs or initiatives within the Middle East. With a range of categories covering essential disciplines, the awards offer organizations a significant opportunity to showcase their achievements and contribute to a vital industry platform that recognizes and rewards the best in the Middle East.

              Why Enter

              Entering your company for an Awards Programme is a fantastic opportunity to showcase your achievements to the industry, while benchmarking against your competitors. Ultimately success at the Awards can be leveraged on consumer facing communications.

              Some of the many reasons to consider an entry are listed below.

              • A mark of quality assurance from the leading & longest-standing Awards in the industry
              • Increase your brand exposure through media & PR coverage
              • Increase your profile with top industry blue chip companies
              • Increase your credibility and gain trust from consumers
              • Differentiate your brand
              • Gain a competitive edge
              • Benchmark against others in the industry
              • Drive best practice
              • Receive recognition, network & celebrate with others in the industry.

              Putting together an entry can seem a daunting task, so if you aren’t sure where to begin, get in touch with us and we will be able to advise.

              Enter here and book your tables now to celebrate the industry’s biggest achievements, whilst meeting the key players from across the sector in the Middle East.

              • Event Newsroom
              • Events

              Stock Investing has become increasingly popular over the last few years. The self-directed investing trend is in full swing and…

              Stock Investing has become increasingly popular over the last few years. The self-directed investing trend is in full swing and retail investors are looking for smarter and better ways of looking at the markets to identify winning stocks. A plethora of web services and chats now exist solely to service this market. Many of these services process the same limited types of data, such as market prices and tape, fundamental data, filings or even news sentiments.

              Navigating Investment Services

              How can investors navigate this crowded landscape of services? It all depends on what the investor is looking for. Broadly, there are three levels of investing behaviour and tools:

              Level 1: The Stock Tip. 

              This investor just wants a stock tip – simply what to buy and when to sell without trying to understand the why. He may “ask the audience” and use a Telegram chat or Discord chat service for that, “phone a friend” who just takes a “50/50” guess. The platforms providing these services are usually unsophisticated operations often with one or two individuals animating a series of chats. Speculation, misinformation and meme stock “pump and dump” schemes are frequent.

              Outcome: This looks great on the surface as the user gets an immediate stock tip, but what happens later is worrying. The investor will have no idea about when to sell since they did not work to understand the real reasons of why the trade has been initiated in the first place.

              Level 2: Raw and Calculated Data

              The investor relies on data platforms for  research and to decide how to identify promising candidates. From Yahoo Finance to Investing.com, many platforms offer raw and calculated data in tables and charts. These include financial data from the company (either as reported or harmonised), analysts’ recommendation price targets or estimates, company filings (13F, Form 4, 8k …) even public databases of senatorial and congressional registered trades.

              This overabundance of data can create information overload, sometimes leaving users more confused than when they started. With hundreds of fields and ratios, it takes significant financial literacy and experience to know where to look, which metric to focus on and the ones to leave out. Coupled with the information already available via a brokerage platform, often the investor is now facing a “wall” of data. Recently, new conversational AI tools that use natural language have been touted as game changers that can make sense of it all. Unfortunately these tools come with their own limitations and biases that are not always visible..

              Outcome: The investor is more confused than at the beginning of the process, unless he is trained in using the right metrics for his analysis, this is a losing game. These ChatGPT-like platforms bring a false sense of intelligence as they combine news and data from various sources in a nice summarized paragraph, which is neither reliable, accurate or fool-proof.


              Level 3: Derived Proprietary Data

              At this level, the investor would turn to a team of financial market professionals who would generate proprietary rating or scoring for each stock helping an investor focus on the right opportunities.

              These methodologies are either “proven” or “tested” representing many years of financial market expertise. This layer of human experience makes all the difference in generating valuable insights. Investor’s Business Daily has one of the best known services, providing ratings alongside a respected news bureau that has helped investors for decades.

              This approach is probably one of the best for a serious investor – one that would consume this proprietary derived data and combine it with news and other market events for a comprehensive investing picture.


              Level 4: LLMs

              This level of investing is where not only human experience and skills are in the mix but also Large Language Models processing vast amounts of unstructured data. It is processed from news or filings for a comprehensive view of market conditions and sentiment from text based data. It also brings the most important “human insight” contained in the ranks and scoring in the service.

              Stock Investing Solutions

              Beyond this vertical hierarchy, there is also a horizontal challenge; that is that the breadth of data is also an issue. Many platforms provide their own niche services, such as focusing on 13F filings, a specific technical analysis, earnings estimates or option flow. As a result, investors often end up subscribing to several services to gain a comprehensive view of the market.

              The solution: a flexible, comprehensive platform that delivers everything an investor may need including scoring, rankings and proprietary indicators but while integrating AI models to enhance and supercharge research efforts.

              Making data meaningful is the future of investing. Human expertise can be blended with intelligent technology, while modern platforms close the intimidation gap between professional insight and everyday understanding. The world is overflowing with information and trustworthy innovation lies in simplification.

              Alex Carteau is the CEO and Founder of EPSMomentum, with more than 25 years of expertise in financial market software across Asia, Europe, and the United States. He spent more than a decade at Bloomberg, advising investment managers through advanced data and market insights. Following his work on Bloomberg’s specialised equity derivatives team, he expanded his career with leadership roles at RaisePartner and TradingScreen.  

              At EPSMomentum, Alex applies his deep knowledge of hedge fund technology, stock-picking analytics and trading systems to create tools that simplify investing for everyday investors. Drawing on his background in financial technology, his work emphasises clarity and actionable insights. With a drive to challenge outdated approaches, he is committed to providing investors with professional-level resources and advancing the evolution of smarter investing drawing on insight gained over decades of experience.  

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Embedded Finance

              In FY25, Juspay’s daily transaction volume grew from 175 million to over 300 million, with annualized TPV rising 150% from $400 billion to $1 trillion currently

              Juspay, a leading multinational payments tech company has announced a profitable FY25. Reporting a net profit of $14 million, before exceptional items and tax. The company achieved its highest ever revenue of $61 million, reflecting a 61% year-on-year growth. Juspay attributed this strong performance to sustained growth in digital transaction volumes, an expanding client portfolio, enhanced operational efficiency, and global market expansion.

              Robust Financial Results

              The robust financial results were complemented by significant operational milestones. In FY25, the company’s daily transaction volume grew from 175 million to over 300 million, with annualised total payment volume (TPV) rising 150% from $400 billion to $1 trillion currently. The growth was driven by the addition of several leading merchants and banks to its global network – such as Agoda, Amadeus, HSBC, Tiket, Zurich Insurance, etc. – as well as greater operational efficiency achieved through a significant optimisation of software infrastructure costs.

              On the back of this growth, Juspay also expanded its international presence with new offices across the US, Europe, APAC, and LATAM. With long-standing partners such as Amazon, Flipkart, Google, IndiGo, Swiggy, Urban Company, Zepto, and more, Juspay continues to strengthen its position as a trusted payments infrastructure provider powering the next phase of digital commerce worldwide.

              “Our continued growth underscores the strength of our products, people, and partnerships. We achieved profitability while expanding our global footprint and strengthening key partnerships. Looking ahead to FY26, we will continue to invest on building secure, interoperable, and next-gen infrastructure that powers seamless experiences for enterprises, banks, and consumers alike. We are committed to sustainable growth, driven by deep innovation in technology.”

              Sheetal Lalwani, Co-founder & COO of Juspay

              Juspay 2026 Plan

              Juspay’s annual operating plan for FY26 projects continued investment in future-ready innovations. Meanwhile, sustaining profitability, driven by product development, global expansion, and deepening AI capabilities. The company is advancing innovations across key focus areas:

              • Transforming paymentswith orchestration across high-growth verticals worldwide, like airlines, hotels, OTAs, e-commerce, and more – enabling global connectivity and reach.
              • Empowering global banks with next-gen payment acceptance infrastructure designed for scalability, reliability, and seamless merchant experiences.
              • Advancing agentic commercewith context-aware, end-to-end purchase flows in AI-native environments, creating secure and frictionless buying journeys.
              • Leading authentication innovationwith passkeys and biometrics, strengthening security and compliance while delivering a faster, more intuitive user experience.

              Broadening International Presence

              Building on this momentum, Juspay aims to broaden its international presence. And strengthen its client portfolio through strategic partnerships across key markets. The company will continue to invest in next-generation payment innovations globally. Including biometric payments in Brazil’s Pix ecosystem, its open-source orchestration platform Hyperswitch, and a suite of technologies that enable frictionless and secure digital payments. Juspay is also expanding its infrastructure solutions for global banks. It boasts a modern acquiring stack designed for reliability, scalability, and agility.

              Juspay has a strong focus on technology and engineering excellence and close collaborations across the ecosystem. It is well-positioned to stay ahead and continue delivering cutting-edge payment solutions.

              • Digital Payments

              Alan Jones, CEO and Co-Founder, of YEO Messaging, on the need for secure communications platforms with continuous identity verification

              When it comes to cybersecurity, the financial sector is among the most heavily regulated globally. Yet even as banks invest billions in network protection and data encryption, they continue to fall at a surprisingly low hurdle: how their own people communicate.

              In the last three years, global regulators have issued fines totalling more than $2.6 billion against financial institutions. For failures in record-keeping and the misuse of consumer messaging platforms. Behind those headlines sits a deeper systemic issue: the tools most employees use every day were never designed for regulated finance environments. 

              Consumer messaging apps and collaboration tools excel at convenience. But this convenience and familiarity come at the cost of compliance. These platforms lack audit trails, administrative controls, and the data-sovereignty guarantees demanded by frameworks such as MiFID II, GDPR, and DORA. Messages can be stored across multiple jurisdictions, copied, forwarded, or deleted, usually beyond the institution’s knowledge or control.

              For compliance officers, that creates an impossible paradox. A conversation that starts as an innocent customer query can instantly become a recordable financial interaction. If it happens outside the approved communication environment, the financial institution has already breached its obligations.

              The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) have both made it clear that ignorance is no defence. Whether the messages were business-related or personal, institutions are accountable for maintaining complete, retrievable records of communications by their staff. 

              The Multi-Billion-Dollar Messaging Gap

              The operational and reputational damage of these breaches goes far beyond fines. Investigations can cost millions in legal fees, divert resources for months, and erode customer trust overnight. 

              Another avenue to consider is the increased impact of cyber incidents, especially ransomware. What’s needed, especially in the first 48 hours of any attack, is an out-of-band communications channel from which management and responders can crisis-communicate with confidence and prove responses after the fact. According to IBM Security’s 2024 Cost of a Data Breach report, the financial industry now suffers the highest remediation cost per incident, averaging $6.08 million. This is primarily due to the sensitivity and volume of information exposed through unmonitored channels. 

              Meanwhile, legacy systems such as email and call centres offer little relief. They’re slow, fragmented, and vulnerable to both human error and social engineering. The result is a growing communications gap. Institutions are caught between regulatory risk on one side and the demand for instant, mobile-first customer interaction on the other.

              From Data Protection To Identity Protection

              The next phase of compliance will hinge on something more profound than encryption and identity verification. Knowing who is actually behind each message has become as important as securing the message itself. When consumer apps are used, only the device is verified, not the person. This is a critical distinction. Traditional platforms authenticate a user once, at login. After that, anyone with access to the device – whether a colleague, a contractor, or a cybercriminal – can read or forward sensitive data. It’s a blind spot that regulators increasingly view as an unacceptable risk.

              By contrast, identity-verified messaging introduces a continuous layer of assurance. At YEO Messaging, we’ve developed patented Continuous Facial Recognition technology that biometrically validates the authorised user in real time. If the user steps away or an unauthorised face appears, messages blur instantly, preventing exposure even on a compromised device. Consider also, sadly, especially in London of late, the impact of device theft (80,000 iPhones were estimated to have been stolen in the last year alone and shipped to China to overcome their Internet firewall restrictions).

              Combined with geofencing to restrict message access by location, screenshot blocking, and invite-only network controls, this approach ensures that compliance is enforced not just by policy, but by the technology itself.

              Turning Compliance Into A Competitive Advantage

              Forward-thinking financial institutions are already realising that regulatory resilience can be a differentiator. A secure, identity-verified communication channel not only prevents breaches but also builds confidence with clients and regulators alike.

              Instead of chasing retrospective audit trails, banks can demonstrate proactive compliance: every interaction is automatically encrypted, archived, and attributable to a verified individual. For customers, that translates into trust, knowing that sensitive transactions and discussions are protected from interception, impersonation, and insider threat.

              And for the business, it delivers tangible efficiency gains. Secure, unified messaging across teams and devices eliminates the sprawl of shadow IT while cutting operational costs associated with manual monitoring and data recovery.

              The Regulator’s New Focus: Communication Integrity

              The conversation within global financial oversight bodies is shifting. From London to Paris to Basel, regulators are converging on the same message: communication integrity is no longer optional. The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) in the UK, the European Banking Authority (EBA) in France, and the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) in Switzerland are all broadening their guidance beyond data security to focus on proof of identity and control.

              This emerging principle of communication integrity, the ability to verify, in real time, that every message originates from a legitimate, authorised source and remains under institutional control throughout its lifecycle, marks a significant evolution in compliance thinking. The message itself is no longer the sole concern; the continuity of trust around that message is what matters.

              Identity-verified communication is rapidly becoming the benchmark for meeting this new expectation.

              Bridging Security & Experience

              Regulation doesn’t have to come at the expense of usability. The institutions that will thrive in this new landscape are those that integrate compliance into the user experience, not bolt it on afterwards.

              Today’s banking and insurance customers, especially digital-native generations, expect to interact with their banks as easily as they do with friends on devices. The challenge for fintech leaders is to meet that expectation securely. Platforms that combine military-grade encryption with seamless biometric verification enable both.

              A Closing Thought

              Non-compliance is no longer a technical glitch; it’s a board-level risk with financial, reputational, and ethical dimensions. The good news is that the tools to close the messaging gap already exist.

              By embedding identity verification, auditability, and privacy-by-design into every communication, financial institutions can transform compliance from a reactive burden into a proactive safeguard and in doing so, rebuild the foundation of trust upon which modern finance depends.

              Alan Jones is the CEO and Co-Founder of YEO Messaging, a UK-based secure communications platform that is pioneering continuous identity verification for regulated industries.

              • Cybersecurity in FinTech

              The finance industry is at a crossroads. With burnout reaching critical levels, Aisling Harney, Senior Director of International Finance at OneStream, examines whether AI will ease the pressure or amplify it

              As AI and automation accelerate, how can finance leaders future-proof their teams, creating a culture where people feel more empowered, resilient and fulfilled?

              Burnout in Finance: A Growing Crisis

              Burnout in the finance department is certainly nothing new, but it’s reaching unprecedented levels. Long hours, relentless reporting cycles, and high-stakes decision-making have created a culture of chronic stress. A recent study from OneStream reveals 57% of finance professionals in the UK have experienced burnout firsthand.

              This growing pressure is not only affecting current finance teams, but it’s also threatening the talent pipeline. Almost half (45%) of finance professionals identify concerns over work-life balance and burnout as one of the biggest barriers stopping the younger generation from entering careers in finance.

              This creates a worrying paradox. Just as the finance function is expected to rapidly evolve – becoming more strategic, tech-enabled and insights-driven – the very people needed to drive that transformation may be deterred, fearing burnout before their journey even begins.

              The AI Learning Curve

              Finance teams are under immense pressure to steer their organisations through uncertainty. AI and automation tools are often positioned as the solution – a way to streamline operations, reduce manual work and unlock deeper insights. But the reality is often more complex.

              New technologies often bring steep learning curves, shifting expectations and increased scrutiny. The need to adopt and adapt, while still delivering on day-to-day responsibilities, can create added strain.

              Finance teams need AI that is reliable, transparent and purpose-built – tools that integrate seamlessly into existing workflows without adding complexity. The goal isn’t to turn finance professionals into technologists, but to empower them with intelligent systems that support better, faster decision-making.

              A Generational Divide

              According to our research, nearly seven in 10 finance professionals (69%) have noticed generational differences in the workplace. The top causes? Adoption of new technology and work-life balance.

              Younger professionals are entering the workforce with high levels of digital fluency and an appetite for innovation. A reported 89% of finance students say they have enough experience with AI to integrate it into their work. However, just 54% of management-level professionals have the same confidence.

              While younger employees push for transformation, seasoned professionals may struggle to keep pace, creating tension and misalignment. Bridging this gap will be essential for building resilient, effective finance teams.

              Building Resilient, Future-Ready Finance Teams

              Will AI be the solution to burnout, or another source of stress? The answer lies in how it’s implemented.

              When deployed thoughtfully, AI can be a powerful ally. AI-powered forecasting tools, for example, can eliminate hours of manual data consolidation and analysis. This allows teams to focus on strategic planning. But if employees feel ill-equipped to use these tools, or if they see automation as a threat to their job security, anxiety will rise.

              The challenge for finance leaders isn’t just rolling out AI tools, but embedding them into a culture of inclusive learning and support. To truly future-proof their teams, leaders must prioritise thoughtful change management that empowers people, not just processes.

              So, what does this look like in action?

              • Purpose-built platforms: Only when AI is designed with finance in mind does it become a true enabler, helping teams meet rising expectations without compromising on accuracy or control. Investing in platforms that automate routine tasks to allow a greater focus on more strategic work will be crucial for attracting and retaining top young talent.
              • Continuous upskilling: Make learning a constant, not a checkbox. Invest in ongoing, practical training programs that build AI confidence across all levels. Think microlearning, peer mentoring and hands-on labs that make AI feel accessible, not intimidating.
              • Inclusive transformation: Ensure digital transformation doesn’t widen existing gaps. This means proactively supporting women, underrepresented groups and mid-career professionals in adapting to new technologies through equal access to training, visible role models, and inclusive tool design and rollout.
              • Wellbeing as a strategic priority: Recognise burnout as a business risk rather than a personal failing and embed wellness into organisational culture. This might take the shape of flexible work models, access to mental health support and leadership that models balance.
              • Redefining success: Embrace a broader definition of success that includes team wellbeing and adaptability alongside productivity and efficiency metrics. When AI is aligned with meaningful, creative work, teams are more likely to adopt it – not just for greater output, but for greater impact.

              A Turning Point for Finance

              The finance industry stands at a pivotal moment. Burnout is real, and the talent pipeline is fragile. AI offers immense potential, but only if it’s harnessed with empathy and foresight.

              To thrive in this new era, finance must evolve – both in terms of tools and mindset. This means embracing AI not as a replacement, but as a partner. It means building cultures where people feel empowered, not exhausted. And it means ensuring that the future of finance is not just tech-powered, but human-centred.

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
              • InsurTech

              Robert Kraal, Co-founder of Silverflow – a cloud-native payments platform designed to reduce cost and complexity while enabling innovation – examines the future for merchants and digital payments

              There are dozens of examples of companies, and even whole industries, that have failed because they simply weren’t aligned to what people wanted. Nobody in 1985 was desperate for Coke to taste different. In 2001 no one needed a self-balancing electric scooter. And nobody in 2021 needed to have their ownership of JPEG images recorded on the blockchain. The history of business contains many instances of ideas that seemed to emerge fully formed from the minds of their creators rather than as responses to genuine needs.

              The payments industry might not make as many headlines. However, it is just as full of companies that don’t seem to address any real need on the part of merchants. Too many providers build technology in search of a market, rather than starting with a clear understanding of the challenges merchants face.

              As payments evolve, that misalignment becomes more visible. Merchants today operate in an environment defined by thin margins, rising costs, and fast-changing customer expectations. Payment Service Providers (PSPs), PayFacs, acquirers, and processors that fail to adapt risk losing touch with what truly matters. Enabling merchants to grow their business efficiently, securely, and globally.

              So, what do merchants really want from their payments technology – and how can the industry close the gap between expectation and delivery?

              Beyond ‘Just Getting Paid

              At first glance, payments can appear to be a simple utility. Money goes in, money goes out. Merchants want to get paid quickly and cheaply – and nothing more. But that view misses the larger strategic role payments play in business operations.

              Cost certainly matters. With corporate bankruptcies at a fourteen-year high and economic uncertainty still weighing heavily, cashflow is critical. Even a small reduction in processing fees can make a difference over time. But “low cost” doesn’t automatically equal ‘good value’.

              Think of it like buying cheap shoes: they may save money upfront, but if they wear out quickly, the total cost of ownership is higher. The same principle applies to payments infrastructure. The right technology can reduce friction, improve customer experience, and unlock new revenue streams. Far outweighing a slightly higher transaction fee.

              For many merchants, payments are not just a back-office function but a strategic lever. The ability to expand into new markets, optimise acceptance rates, or adapt quickly to new consumer payment preferences can directly influence growth.

              What Merchants Say Frustrates Them Most

              Across industries, merchants face a familiar set of pain points when dealing with payments providers. These often include:

              Lack of transparency and control over fees

              Slow onboarding and inflexible contracts

              Poor technical support and inconsistent service levels

              Limited access to useful payment data and analytics

              Outdated systems that make innovation difficult

              In short, merchants feel constrained by legacy processes and opaque systems that fail to match the agility of their wider digital operations.

              What Merchants Want Now

              To move beyond seeing payments as a commodity, providers must understand the specific outcomes merchants are trying to achieve. In practice, that means focusing on five key areas:

              Higher Acceptance Rates and Fewer False Declines

              Every false decline represents lost revenue and potential long-term damage to customer loyalty. According to Aite-Novarica, merchants lose billions each year to legitimate transactions mistakenly flagged as fraudulent.

              Often, these issues arise from outdated or overly rigid risk rules, or from poor visibility into the transaction lifecycle. Merchants need access to data and tools that help identify patterns, adjust rules dynamically, and balance security with customer experience. Smarter fraud management – not just stricter – is key to protecting revenue.

              Faster Access to New Payment Methods

              The payments landscape is diversifying rapidly. Account-to-account (A2A) transfers, Buy Now Pay Later (BNPL), mobile wallets, and super-apps are reshaping how consumers pay.

              For merchants, staying relevant means supporting the methods their customers actually use – without long integration times or complex vendor dependencies. Providers that can onboard new payment types quickly and seamlessly give merchants a crucial competitive advantage.

              Simplified Cross-Border Payments

              Global expansion is a natural ambition for digital-first businesses, but cross-border payments remain a major operational headache. Local regulations, currency management, and consumer habits vary dramatically between markets.

              Merchants want simplified access to local payment methods, along with dynamic currency conversion and compliance tools that minimize friction when operating internationally. A provider that can simplify this complexity – through unified access to multiple schemes and currencies – creates tangible value beyond simple processing.

              Intelligent Payment Orchestration

              Many large merchants now work with multiple acquirers and payment processors to optimise cost, performance, and redundancy. But without an orchestration layer to intelligently route transactions, they risk inefficiency and downtime.

              Modern payment orchestration platforms can automatically send each transaction through the most cost-effective or reliable channel in real time. That capability depends on robust infrastructure – not a tangle of APIs and patches. Merchants increasingly expect their providers to offer orchestration as a native feature, not an afterthought.

              Modern, Cloud-Native Infrastructure

              This is where the real bottleneck lies. Many PSPs and acquirers still operate on systems designed decades ago – architectures built for a different era of commerce. They’ve been maintained with patches, middleware, and manual workarounds that make innovation slow and integration difficult.

              Merchants now expect cloud-native systems that are modular, scalable, and API-driven. Platforms that deliver real-time data visibility, analytics, and adaptability – allowing merchants to build and evolve without being constrained by legacy code.

              Providers that cling to old systems risk not just technical debt, but strategic irrelevance. Payments infrastructure should be an enabler of innovation, not an obstacle.

              Rethinking the Infrastructure Layer

              The issue isn’t that modern payment solutions don’t exist – they do. The problem is that too many are bolted onto outdated foundations. Layering new features onto old systems is like fitting a Formula 1 engine into a 1970s chassis: technically possible, but structurally unsound.

              The future of payments lies in rethinking the infrastructure layer entirely. That means building platforms that are natively cloud-based, flexible by design, and ready to integrate with tomorrow’s technologies.

              Modern infrastructure enables:

              • Faster onboarding and deployment
              • Greater transparency into transaction data and fees
              • Easier compliance with evolving regulations
              • Continuous innovation without system downtime

              This shift isn’t just technical – it’s strategic. It’s about giving merchants the confidence that their payment systems can scale with them, wherever their business goes next.

              A New Standard for Payments

              The payments industry has reached an inflection point. Merchants no longer see payments as a commodity or cost centre – they see them as a growth driver. Providers that continue to build products in isolation from merchant needs will fall behind.

              Success will come to those who build with a merchant-first mindset: reducing barriers, improving performance, and enabling future growth.

              The question for every PSP, PayFac, and acquirer is no longer “What features can we add?” but “Are we ready to deliver what merchants actually need?”

              About Silverflow

              Silverflow is a new kind of payment processing platform designed for today’s payment needs and fit for the future. A cloud-native solution with a single API to the card networks. One platform with one connection. Reducing cost and complexity, easy to use, data-rich, Silverflow frees you to innovate. Find out more at silverflow.com

              Co-founder Robert Kraal is one of the few people in the world with over 20 years of experience in online payments.

              After completing his degree in Geophysics, he started his career at Bibit, the first global Payment Service Provider (PSP) which was acquired by RBS/Worldpay. At RBS/Worldpay he went on to lead account management, before moving on to Google Netherlands. He joined Adyen in 2010 in the role of COO, where he was responsible for building and running the global acquiring and processing service.

              As the Business Development lead at Silverflow, Robert is responsible for maintaining relationships with the card schemes, acquirers, PSPs and regulators.  

              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              Continuing its longstanding partnership, Klarna expands its debit card offering to 15 new European markets, powered by Marqeta and Visa’s Flexible Credential technology

              Marqeta, the modern card issuing platform, has announced it is working with Klarna, the global digital bank and flexible payments provider. This will expand the Klarna Card into 15 new European markets. The launch extends Marqeta’s long-term partnership with Klarna and leverages Visa’s Flexible Credential (VFC) technology. It enables customers to choose between paying now or later, all through a single debit card experience.

              Through one integration with Marqeta’s platform, Klarna is able to accelerate time-to-market and scale efficiently across multiple countries. The Klarna Card is currently rolling out in the UK, Denmark, Germany, Norway and Poland. It is already available in Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, and the U.S.  

              “At Klarna, we believe everyday spending should be simple, flexible, and fair. Together with Marqeta and Visa, we’re redefining how people pay across Europe, combining the simplicity of debit with the power of pay-later options in one seamless experience. The Klarna Card gives consumers a smarter, more transparent way to manage their money, on their terms.”

              David Sandström, Chief Marketing Officer at Klarna

              Klarna Debit Card

              This new expansion follows the successful U.S. launch of the Klarna Card in June 2025, and builds upon Marqeta and Klarna’s long-term partnership. In July 2024, Marqeta became the first issuer processor in the U.S. certified for Visa Flexible Credential. 

              “We’re proud to enable Klarna’s European expansion with the deployment of Visa Flexible Credential in Europe. This rollout across 15 new markets demonstrates the power of Marqeta’s platform to advance innovation at scale, and we’re eager to continue growing our partnerships with Klarna and Visa to meet evolving expectations for what’s possible in payments.”

              Rahul Shah, Chief Product and Engineering Officer, Marqeta

              Marqeta’s platform empowers industry leaders like Klarna to create fully customised card programs using the latest innovative payment solutions, achieving significant scale without sacrificing control. 

              About Marqeta 

              Marqeta (NASDAQ: MQ) makes it possible for companies to build and embed financial services into their branded experience—and unlock new ways to grow their business and delight users. The Marqeta platform puts businesses in control of building financial solutions, enabling them to turn real-time data into personalized, optimized solutions for everything from consumer loyalty to capital efficiency. With compliance and security built-in, Marqeta’s platform has been proven at scale, processing nearly $300 billion in annual payments volume in 2024. Marqeta is certified to operate in more than 40 countries worldwide.

              About Klarna 

              Klarna is a global digital bank and flexible payments provider. With over 111 million global active Klarna users and 2.9 million transactions per day, Klarna’s AI-powered payments and commerce network is empowering people to pay smarter with a mission to be available everywhere for everything. Consumers can pay with Klarna online, in-store and through Apple Pay & Google Pay. More than 790,000 retailers trust Klarna’s innovative solutions to drive growth and loyalty, including Uber, H&M, Saks, Sephora, Macy’s, Ikea, Expedia Group, Nike and Airbnb.

              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              Osama Bari, Chief Technology Officer at D24 Fintech on the need for cybersecurity advancement to support the rise of crypto adoption

              Cryptocurrency adoption has accelerated dramatically, rising in popularity in recent years. Yet the sector remains a prime target for cyberattacks. As digital assets grow in value and popularity, the stakes for both exchanges and users have never been higher. High-profile incidents, such as the CoinDCX breach in July, which saw hackers steal $44 million without touching user wallets, Phemex losing $69 million in a crypto heist, and WazirX losing $230 million, demonstrate the sophisticated tactics cybercriminals now employ.

              Similarly, the Bybit hack exposed vulnerabilities in multi-signature authorisation and user interface (UI) spoofing. This highlights how even experienced professionals can be caught off guard.

              These events underscore the urgent need for exchanges and financial institutions to prioritise security. They must implement robust protocols, and adopt comprehensive risk-management strategies. There are several core areas where crypto platforms can significantly reduce the risk of security breaches.

              Strengthening Cybersecurity Protocols

              It is vital for exchanges to implement multi-party approval systems for all transactions. By using threshold-based authorisation, combined with real-time monitoring of deposits and withdrawals, platforms can identify unusual activity and flag it for manual verification. Each withdrawal should undergo a transaction audit score assessment before processing. Such measures are critical for preventing attacks that exploit UI vulnerabilities or other operational oversights. This ensures that no single point of failure can compromise user assets.

              Another essential safeguard is two-factor authentication (2FA). While a long-established security measure, its importance in protecting accounts and verifying users cannot be overstated. By requiring a second form of identification, exchanges can ensure only authorised personnel access accounts and manage balances. In practice, this simple but effective layer of protection increases the difficulty for hackers. It demonstrates an exchange’s commitment to protecting its customers’ funds. All financial providers should offer 2FA as a baseline security measure.

              Custodians also play a vital role in mitigating risks. For many exchanges, especially those handling large volumes of assets, partnering with a trusted custodian provides additional security and oversight. Custodians safeguard digital assets on behalf of clients, reducing exposure to theft, loss, or mismanagement. In the aftermath of this year’s prominent hacks, the value of external support becomes clear. Custodians enable exchanges to focus on customer experience and platform innovation while ensuring that user funds remain secure.

              A further innovation gaining traction is liveness verification, which confirms user identity through biometric measures such as facial recognition or fingerprints. With roughly 40% of banks having implemented this measure to counter fraud – up from 26% five years ago – crypto platforms have an opportunity to follow suit. Liveness checks provide an additional barrier to attackers who might otherwise exploit compromised passwords, keys, or devices. The uniqueness of biometric identifiers ensures that users’ accounts are better protected against increasingly sophisticated fraud attempts.

              Centralised cryptocurrency exchanges (CEXs) continue to demonstrate resilience in the face of attacks. Security must be embedded into operational design. The recent incidents highlight the effectiveness of CEXs’ ability to freeze or recover stolen assets quickly. By collaborating with other platforms and utilising centralised oversight, these exchanges can mitigate the impact of breaches. As crypto continues to gain mainstream traction, balancing decentralisation with strong security infrastructure is essential to maintaining investor trust and market stability.

              A Holistic Approach to Crypto Security

              Beyond these specific measures, exchanges must also adopt holistic cybersecurity strategies. Key steps include thorough risk assessments to identify vulnerabilities. Rigorous protection of private keys through encryption and secure storage. Robust wallet security with multi-factor authentication. And secure transaction protocols including encryption and transaction signing. Regular updates to software and firmware, coupled with continuous network monitoring using intrusion detection systems and threat intelligence feeds, further strengthen a platform’s defence.

              Data encryption and access control are critical to prevent unauthorised access. Furthermore, periodic security audits and assessments ensure protocols remain effective as threats evolve. Smart contract and token security, secure coding practices, and rigorous testing must also be prioritised to safeguard DeFi applications and other blockchain-based services. Importantly, exchanges should implement backup and recovery protocols to safeguard against potential data loss. And maintain clear incident response plans to mitigate the impact of any breach.

              Educating users remains an underappreciated but crucial aspect of crypto security. Platforms should guide strong password practices, phishing awareness, software updates, and overall security hygiene. Well-informed users are an integral layer of defence, reducing the likelihood of successful social engineering attacks or credential theft.

              Finally, regulatory compliance is indispensable. Exchanges operating within clear legal frameworks and adhering to anti-money laundering (AML), counter-terrorism financing (CTF), and data protection regulations significantly reduce risk exposure. Partnering with reputable security vendors and maintaining open lines of communication with regulators can enhance both operational security and market credibility.

              Learning from Previous Incidents

              The CoinDCX incident serves as a cautionary tale. By exploiting vulnerabilities without ever accessing individual wallets, attackers demonstrated high-value, sophisticated hacks can occur even in the absence of traditional breaches. This reinforces the point that centralised oversight, real-time monitoring, and rapid response protocols are crucial in mitigating damage and protecting customer assets. Exchanges that fail to implement these measures risk not only financial loss but also erosion of trust, which is arguably a more severe long-term consequence.

              As cryptocurrencies increasingly integrate into institutional portfolios and mainstream finance, robust security is no longer optional; it is fundamental. Investors, funds, and enterprise clients require assurance that digital assets are safeguarded. And that exchanges and custodians adhere to industry-leading security standards. Platforms that prioritise security will not only protect their customers but also foster broader adoption and confidence in the market.

              The Path Forward

              The evolution of crypto security is a continuous process. While decentralised networks inherently resist certain forms of attack due to their distributed structure, the human, operational, and software layers of the ecosystem remain vulnerable. The combination of multi-party approval systems, 2FA, custodian partnerships, biometric verification, continuous monitoring, and regulatory compliance provides a robust framework for mitigating these risks.

              The message is clear: security must be embedded into the DNA of every crypto platform. Only through a proactive, multi-layered approach can the industry protect its users, maintain trust, and continue to grow sustainably. As high-profile breaches like CoinDCX, WazirX, Phemex, and Bybit demonstrate, the cost of complacency is far too great. By prioritising security today, exchanges not only defend against current threats but also lay the foundation for the future of a resilient, trustworthy crypto ecosystem.

              About D24 Fintech

              D24 Fintech focuses on developing innovative technological solutions for the evolving digital and fintech landscape.

              By leveraging innovation and emerging technologies, D24 Fintech engineers integrated solutions designed to enhance transactional security, streamline digital payments, and improve operational efficiency. With a global perspective and a customer-first approach, D24 Fintech aims to redefine industry standards and drive innovation into fintech ecosystems.

              D24 Fintech’s digital solutions include developing advanced technological platforms and management tools, and more.

              • Blockchain & Crypto
              • Cybersecurity in FinTech

              ABBYY survey finds financial services industry leading on innovation, but challenges exist with deployment  

              New research commissioned by ABBYY has revealed a staggering 91% of financial services organisations are using sophisticated Generative AI tools. However, many experienced major challenges with deployment. 

              While 98% of banking firms reported positive results from GenAI, many admit to needing to augment it with other technologies for better outcomes, according to the 2025 ABBYY State of Intelligent Automation Report: GenAI Confessions. 44% of financial services companies say their investment in GenAI will rise more than 20% in 2026. 

              Managing AI Expectations

              The survey, conducted by Opinium Research, shows that training the GenAI models was harder than expected for 39% of financial services firms, 32% found it difficult to integrate into business processes and 29% found their staff did not have the necessary skills to deploy it. In addition, 26% did not have proper governance. 

              It meant 42% of companies had to add document AI to improve outputs, while 39% used process intelligence, and the same amount asked staff to manually check results – much higher than the global average of 25%, suggesting too much manual intervention. 

              Adding other technologies led to 59% of respondents having increased trust in GenAI, 55% seeing better quality outputs, and just over half (51%) benefiting from more cost savings and better integration into their workflows. 

              “It seems that financial services leaders spent money on GenAI tools that promised more than they can provide. In some cases, they didn’t even need it. Before moving forward with GenAI tools for agentic automation, companies need to first evaluate their current processes and create a visibility map of their workflow with data analytics tools such as process intelligence. When training models prove more difficult than expected, pre-trained, purpose-built AI turns out to be the right solution.” 

              Maxime Vermeir, Senior Director of AI, ABBYY

              Generative AI Creating a Buzz

              While the top reason for introducing GenAI was to increase efficiency and customer service (67%), banking industry bosses are the most concerned about employee wellbeing. Over a third of respondents (35%) hoped the technology would reduce employee burnout and a quarter (25%) cited improving job satisfaction as a key goal – much higher than other industries such as transport and logistics (11%) and manufacturing (15%). 

              However, the survey also revealed that four-in-ten (40%) of financial services leaders admit that a driving factor for introducing GenAI was that employees were already using it on a Bring Your Own Software (BYOS) basis for personal productivity – which could impact security concerns over Shadow AI. Over half (51%) say employees wanted the technology to “make them look smarter and more professional,” while 67% said it reduces workload and increases productivity.  

              Generally, staff are optimistic about GenAI, with 88% of leaders saying workers enjoy positive results. 

              “GenAI is creating remarkable opportunities to reimagine how work gets done, which is rightfully generating a great deal of excitement. However, shadow AI, when individuals use commonly available tools like ChatGPT, Grok, or Perplexity without oversight at work, potentially raises serious data privacy and compliance concerns. The corporate benefits of GenAI’s potential are truly unlocked when leaders drive secure, strategic adoption with risk management as a priority.” 

              Ulf Persson, CEO, ABBYY

              Key Findings from ABBYY

              Other key findings from the report include: 

              • 65% of financial services organizations are using purpose-built AI – compared to 59% of companies globally 
              • 62% use agentic compared to 53% on average by other industries 
              • Top uses for GenAI in banking: data analysis (59%), employee productivity (56%), automating business documents (56%), customer-facing apps like chatbots (55%) 
              • Departments using GenAI: Finance for fraud detection and cash flow predictions (57%), sales and marketing (56%) compliance and legal (45%) 
              • Wishlist of improvements for GenAI include being free of human bias and using less resources 

              Access the full State of Intelligent Automation: GenAI Confessions 2025 report 

              Methodology 

              Opinium research of 1,200 senior managers or above in companies of 100+ employees in the US, UK, France, Germany, Australia and Singapore with 110 financial services leaders questioned. Research undertaken between 20th of June and 8th of July 2025. 

              About ABBYY 

              ABBYY helps organizations optimize processes, accelerate decisions, and drive better outcomes with Process AI and Document AI. More than 10,000 enterprises, including many Fortune 500 companies, rely on ABBYY’s 35 years of innovation to turn business data into actionable insights that improve the way we work and live. Headquartered in Austin, Texas, and offices in 13 countries, ABBYY leads the way for smarter agentic automation. For more information, visit www.abbyy.com

                

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

              ClearBank research finds half of large firms say embedded finance will drive new revenue, but concerns over outdated systems, implementation challenges, integration and customer trust loom

              New research from ClearBank reveals that large UK businesses now view embedded financial services as a strategic boardroom decision and business growth driver.

              The research, The embedded economy: Why brands are embracing financial services as a driver for innovation and growth’ explores the attitudes of 200 senior business leaders at large UK-based corporates towards embedded finance and the potential for payments, accounts, and lending to enable new services, new revenue streams, and enhanced customer loyalty.

              It found that despite growing enthusiasm for embedded finance’s potential to deliver these services, many companies are still held back by fears of regulatory requirements, technical complexity, and ongoing concerns around finding the right partner to deliver at scale.

              A Boardroom Priority: Nearly Half of Corporates see Embedded Finance as a Revenue Driver

              Implementing embedded finance has rapidly moved from a niche innovation to a strategic boardroom decision. Survey results found that 38% of C-suite leaders cite embedded finance as important for their company’s growth, reflecting the shift in mindset from viewing it as a back-office payments tool to a driver of competitive advantage.

              Crucially, nearly half (48%) of corporates surveyed see embedded finance as a way to improve payments and launch new revenue-generating services. These services range from offering own brand accounts to saving tools and lending services. For many, the potential increase in revenue is compelling, with more than a quarter (28%) of the view that embedded finance could help drive double-digit revenue growth for their business. 67% believed growth would be at least 5% and just over a third (39%) suggest between 5-10% of revenue growth.

              “Embedded banking allows businesses to integrate payments, lending and account services directly into their customer propositions. For corporates, this is a real opportunity to create stronger relationships with customers while also building new and potentially significant revenue streams for the business. We believe we’re on the cusp of the embedded economy.

              “For any business looking to remain competitive in the digital age, these services can no longer be seen as ‘add-ons’. They are becoming essential infrastructure to deepen customer loyalty and open new revenue streams.

              “We see this shift first-hand through the financial services clients already embedding our infrastructure. That experience gives us a clear view of how the same approach can be applied to corporates more widely and why embedded finance is such a significant opportunity across industries.”

              Emma Hagan, ClearBank UK CEO

              Cross-Sector Growth:  Companies Across Consumer Products & Services, Retail and Healthcare Have Biggest Appetite for Embedding Financial Services

              Although embedded finance has often been associated with the retail sector, interest is broadening across other sectors. Research found that appetite was highest in consumer products and services (23%), retail (20%) and healthcare (18%), with the likes of the payroll and travel industries increasingly seeing the potential to integrate financial services into their customer journeys.

              Of those companies surveyed that said they are actively considering offering embedded financial services within their own platforms, payment services were most considered (16%), followed by insurance (13%) and lending (13%). This signals a structural change in non-financial companies as they look to add layers of value and deepen engagement and loyalty with customers.

              Untapped Potential: Only 19% Have launched Embedded Finance Services – Challenges Slowing progress

              While appetite for embedded finance is growing rapidly, adoption is still maturing. Three-quarters (75%) said they would offer embedded finance today if it were easy to implement. This gap between ambition and reality underlines the perception that embedded finance is still typically difficult to employ and highlights the need for a new type of partner to tackle practical obstacles before broader uptake can occur.

              When asked about the challenges corporates faced, some firms pointed to the technicalities of setting up such an offering in terms of integration challenges (61%), regulatory compliance (49%) and lack of technical expertise (44%)

              Beyond the technical barriers, businesses also flagged reputational and regulatory risks such as greater regulatory scrutiny (57%), a loss of customer trust (52%) with reputational damage if the service fails (65%).

              Taken together, these figures highlight that while embedded finance is seen as a major growth opportunity, corporates remain cautious. Success will depend not only on demonstrating the revenue potential but also on reducing risks during implementation through providing trusted infrastructure, regulatory clarity, and a smooth integration path that allows businesses to move from intent to action with confidence.

              The Benefits & Motivations: Convenience & Customer Loyalty

              For many corporates, embedded finance is first and foremost about strengthening customer relationships. Over half of firms 63% highlighted the opportunity to deliver a more seamless and convenient experience, positioning embedded finance as a customer service differentiator as much as a commercial driver. A further (57%) saw offering embedded services as a way of improving customer loyalty through creating more frequent and valuable touch points.

              “Traditional banks we have found, give you a good brand halo and risk expertise but the cycles are killing us. They are slow, the integrations are not really bespoke and the slower cycle of development and keeping up to track with regulation has been the problem consistently.” (spokesperson from consumer industries)

              About the Report

              Ronin conducted interviews with  30 Senior Business Leaders at UK-based organisations across technology, healthcare, consumer, retail, travel, energy, and utilities sectors, along with surveying 200 Senior Business Leaders on the evolving nature of payment strategies, with a particular focus on the role of embedded finance in enabling new services and revenue streams. The interviews took place over August and September 2025.

              • Embedded Finance
              • Neobanking

              Gerry Goodwin, VP Insurance, Western Europe at FintechOS on how InsurTech competition is forcing incumbents to modernise outdated systems

              Digital-first upstarts that have built their operations around modern technology stacks from day one are placing competitive pressure on the traditional insurance industry. Lemonade and Root Insurance have demonstrated that seamless, instant experiences are possible for insurance, from quote to claim. In the UK market, Marshmallow has similarly disrupted traditional motor insurance by leveraging AI and modern data analytics. They appeal to underserved communities with personalised pricing and streamlined digital experiences. These modern insurers operate with dramatically lower cost bases and faster product development cycles than traditional carriers.

              This disruption is an urgent imperative for modernisation among traditional insurers. Legacy players are caught between rising customer expectations for slick digital experiences driven by other financial verticals and the limitations of decades-old infrastructure. The result is a widening capability gap that threatens market share, profitability and ultimately survival. Most industry discussions focus on modernisation as a defensive response to competition. However, an equally compelling but less discussed strategic dimension is preparation for M&A opportunities.

              Modernising Insurance is a Must

              Mergers and acquisitions in insurance are notoriously complex. Integrating product portfolios, claims histories and policyholder data across multiple lines and regulatory environments can be fraught with risk. The technical reality of merging legacy platforms often determines whether acquisitions deliver their promised value. Or become costly technical quagmires that stall innovation for years.

              The potential challenges become even more pronounced when considering major legacy players. The rumoured clash of technical complexities between Aviva and Direct Line Group, both legacy giants with significant technical debt, exemplifies this. Merging outdated systems can create integration nightmares. These can compound existing inefficiencies. Such combinations risk creating even more complex, fragmented technology estates that become increasingly difficult to modernise.

              Davies Group recently secured £275 million for M&A and generative AI investment. This demonstrated that consolidation and digital transformation should be pursued in parallel. Consolidation is accelerating across the insurance industry. Carriers are discovering that reliance on outdated technology stacks doesn’t just hamper competitiveness; it makes them toxic acquisition targets or ill-equipped acquirers. According to ACORD’s 2025 Insurance Digital Maturity Study, only 25% of top insurers have truly digitalised their value chain. Furthermore, over half still exploring how to apply digitalisation to their business models.

              Legacy Systems Limit M&A 

              Most insurers’ IT environments are dominated by legacy systems that consume the majority of their resources. PwC estimates that 70% of an insurer’s annual IT budget is spent on maintaining these legacy systems. This leaves little room for innovation or strategic initiatives. While legacy infrastructure may appear inexpensive on paper, acquirers often discover upgrading or replacing core business systems post-merger requires substantial investment. This can erode the ultimate value of the deal or even derail transactions.

              A 2025 industry survey found 46.4% of insurers cite inflexibility to adapt to market changes as the most significant limitation of their current core systems. This is closely followed by integration challenges with new technologies (45.5%) and high maintenance costs (44.5%). These challenges are not just technical; they directly impact M&A outcomes. Data consolidation becomes exponentially complex when bridging inflexible legacy systems with modern platforms. Even when dealing with standard data structures, product definitions and customer identifiers.

              Modern Technology Accelerates Deal Flow

              Insurers are increasingly viewing technology through an M&A lens. The critical question has shifted from “Is this system good enough to run the business?” to “Would a buyer be able to integrate this system with minimal friction?”. Modernisation is now a core rationale for many, with forward-thinking insurers proactively upgrading systems to reduce complexity and improve interoperability.

              This approach works. The latest tranche of modernisation, including the robust integration of AI capabilities, can reduce annual expenses by as much as $480 billion in property and casualty insurance and $300 billion in life insurance globally. Internally, modernisation improves operations and accelerates innovation. Externally, it signals digital maturity and business agility, qualities that enhance an insurer’s appeal and can increase its valuation in competitive acquisition scenarios.

              Private equity firms are particularly attuned to the importance of digital maturity. In 2025, 82% of PE-backed insurance consolidators reported focusing on enhanced technology and insurtech capabilities post-acquisition, aiming to avoid the time and cost of transformation while rapidly building market share. For example, Munich Re’s $2.6 billion acquisition of Next Insurance was driven by a strategy to acquire digital capabilities, not just market share.

              Meanwhile, strategic acquirers, such as Gallagher’s $1.2 billion purchase of Woodruff Sawyer, reflect a focus on operational gains and scale. Both PE and traditional insurers agree 52% of buyers expect significantly more emphasis on technology due diligence over the next two years. This underscores the centrality of digital readiness in dealmaking.

              Cross-Business Value Creation

              Modernising legacy systems to become acquisition-ready also opens the doors to a broader pool of potential acquirers. An insurer with digital infrastructure can attract interest not only from traditional players but also from reinsurers and private capital seeking to build scalable platforms in niche segments like embedded insurance or SME cover. A well-executed modernisation programme empowers insurers to court acquisition interest or pursue joint ventures, partnerships, or IPOs from a position of strength.

              Modernisation has progressed from a back-office IT concern to a strategic enabler of business growth and M&A success. The lower the barriers to an insurer being absorbed into a larger platform, the more attractive it becomes as a target. As the insurance sector’s digital transformation accelerates, those who modernise today will be in pole position for tomorrow’s deals.

              • InsurTech

              New DeepL research finds AI is now used for over a third (37%) of customer interactions across UK financial services, with multilingual communication as the leading application. However, nearly two-thirds (65%) of UK financial services professionals admit employees are already using unapproved AI tools to communicate with customers

              Artificial intelligence is rapidly becoming essential to how UK banks and fintechs retain customers in international markets, according to new research from DeepL, a global AI product and research company. A new survey of 1,500 financial services professionals in Europe, including 500 across the UK reveals that AI is now embedded in customer communications – from faster support to real-time multilingual translation – with over a third (37%) client interactions already AI-powered. With nearly half of all client work now cross-border, firms are using AI to deliver consistent, trusted experiences at speed and scale. But the research also highlights growing risks from “shadow AI,” as employees turn to unapproved tools that could undermine customer trust and regulatory compliance.

              AI’s Developing Role in Financial Services Customer Comms

              AI is now responsible for a significant share of customer interactions in UK financial services companies. On average, 37% of all client communications already involve AI tools, a figure that is projected to rise to 46% within 12 months and 50% within three years. 

              The most common uses for AI in UK customer communications include:

              • AI powered translation (used by 52% of respondents) 
              • Virtual assistants or chatbots for banking queries with customers (51%)
              • AI for fraud alerts and transaction monitoring (50%)
              • Automated responses for credit card or account support (48%)
              • Wealth management or investment advice (48%)

              Translation is the most popular use case, reflecting the pressures financial services firms face in serving increasingly international customer bases, overcoming persistent language barriers, and addressing challenges in hiring multilingual staff.

              How AI is Changing the Face of Cross-Border Comms

              Over a third (39%) of all customer work in UK financial services companies is now cross-border. Yet firms are struggling to keep pace with the communication demands that come with international business: 85% percent of professionals report that language gaps have slowed down customer activity for non-English speakers, and 84% say it is difficult to hire staff who can communicate effectively across multiple languages and regions.

              Against this backdrop, AI is emerging as a powerful tool to improve customer communication. Seven in ten UK finance professionals say AI improves the speed and availability of customer support, while the same proportion believe it helps maintain consistent communication quality across languages. Over seven in ten also report that customers are more satisfied when service is available in their preferred language. These findings highlight how AI is not only helping firms manage the complexity of cross-border work but also strengthening customer trust and loyalty in highly competitive markets.

              Shadow AI Risks the Reputation of Financial Services Firms

              Alongside rapid adoption of AI in customer facing areas comes increased risk. The research highlights mounting concerns around “shadow AI,” where employees turn to unapproved AI tools to save time but without oversight or safeguards. 

              Nearly two-thirds (65%) of UK financial services professionals admit employees are already using unapproved AI tools to communicate with customers. This poses serious cybersecurity and compliance concerns, as sensitive data may be exposed without the right safeguards. Shadow AI often arises when teams do not have access to the specialist tools they need — for example, using general-purpose AI tools when secure, purpose-built translation solutions are required. To address this, firms must ensure IT and customer-facing teams work together to choose the right solutions.

              “In financial services, where every interaction is highly regulated and reputational risk is acute, staff will inevitably look for workarounds if the tools provided don’t meet their needs,” said David Parry-Jones, Chief Revenue Officer at DeepL. “The real risk is not employees experimenting with AI, but companies failing to give them secure, fit-for-purpose solutions. By building a collaborative approach between IT and frontline teams, organisations can avoid shadow AI, protect against cybersecurity threats, and still realise the full benefits of trusted AI.”

              About DeepL

              DeepL is a global AI product and research company focused on building secure, intelligent solutions to complex business problems. Over 200,000 customers and millions of individuals across 228 global markets today trust DeepL’s Language AI platform for human-like translation, improved writing and real-time voice translation. Building on a history of innovation, quality and security, DeepL continues to expand its offerings beyond the field of Language, including the soon to be released DeepL Agent – an autonomous AI assistant designed to transform the way businesses and knowledge workers get work done. Founded in 2017 by CEO Jaroslaw “Jarek” Kutylowski, DeepL now has over 1,000 passionate employees and is supported by world-renowned investors including Benchmark, IVP, and Index Ventures. For more information on DeepL, visit www.deepl.com

              Methodology

              As a part of DeepL’s ongoing effort to analyze industry-specific and regional trends in AI adoption, Censuswide conducted a survey in June 2025 on behalf of DeepL. The research targeted 1501 professionals in financial services, split evenly across commercial banking, retail banking, fintech, and payments. The participants were located in France, Germany, the UK and Ireland, and answered nine multiple-choice questions. The questions gathered insights on how financial services teams use AI in customer service—from multilingual communication and onboarding to fraud alerts, virtual assistants, and the impact on speed, quality, and trust.

              • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

              Elina Rayberg, Principal at Valar Ventures, on the changing face of payments across the FinTech ecosystem

              Wise’s exploration of a UK banking license is more than a single company milestone; it’s reflective of a significant, wider industry trend. Fintechs are no longer content to operate on the periphery of payments; they are stepping out of the shadows to compete directly with traditional banks. The implications for the payments ecosystem are profound.

              Expanding Beyond the Payments Value Chain

              For many years now, fintechs have added various components to the payments value chain. From BNPL, cross-border transfers, embedded payments and beyond, building financial infrastructure that allows businesses to integrate simpler, varied payment options for consumers has been a lucrative and innovative industry, one that’s attracted swathes of investment.

              Until very recently, these fintech players haven’t felt a need to expand into more consumer-facing, traditional banking settings, and particularly not the need to tackle the various compliance and capital requirements needed to become a bank. This is changing.

              Wise’s Strategic Move

              Wise is a payments giant. It already operates at a global scale, with over 10 million customers and billions in transfers each quarter. By seeking a banking license, Wise is demonstrating an ambition to move beyond payment infrastructure and offer regulated financial products such as savings and credit. This would open new revenue streams while strengthening its position as a consumer brand, not just a payments rail.

              A Broader Competitive Landscape

              Wise is part of a wider movement. Revolut has been pursuing banking licenses in both the UK and US. Block (formerly Square) holds a banking charter, whilst both Stripe and Apple have partnerships with Goldman Sachs to offer banking products and services. Together, these moves illustrate a convergence: fintechs expanding into regulated banking, while incumbent banks adopt fintech-driven product strategies to protect market share.

              The Full-Stack Future

              The movement of both fintechs into the banking space and banks integrating fintech product strategies is reshaping the payments ecosystem in real time. Broad advances in technology since the inception of banking and financial services mean that it is entirely possible for one platform to operate as a full-stack digital bank proposition.

              Traditional banks, challengers, and neobanks are all racing to execute on this opportunity, though with varying degrees of success, often constrained by regulation and the complexity of scaling financial infrastructure.

              Regulatory Implications

              As fintechs edge deeper into banking, regulators face the challenge of adapting rules to a landscape where the line between payment providers and banks blurs. This presents both opportunity and risk. Companies that can scale responsibly within regulatory frameworks may unlock significant advantage; those that outpace their compliance capabilities risk severe consequences.

              Looking Ahead

              Fintechs have historically been content to capture slices of the payments market. Today, signals suggest they are preparing to compete head-on with traditional banks. Non-bank firms that successfully leverage technology, regulatory approval, and customer reach stand to evolve into diversified, full-stack financial institutions, reshaping the future of payments in the process.

              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              New research from bluQube shows that, despite years of digital investment, many finance teams are still stuck in manual mode, with 40% of businesses managing up to half their financial data by hand

              Despite years of investment in digital transformation, finance functions remain heavily reliant on manual processes that slow down decision-making and increase risk, according to new research from finance and accounting software company bluQube.

              The survey of 700 finance and business leaders found that 40% of businesses continue to manage up to half of their financial data manually. More striking still, more than a quarter (26%) admitted that the majority of their financial data is still being handled in this way.

              Digital Transformation Delayed

              The findings point to a widespread dependence on spreadsheets and manual entry, even as digital finance tools and automation have become commonplace. This reliance is creating significant bottlenecks for organisations, leaving finance professionals tied up in routine processes rather than focusing on analysis and strategy.

              When asked where they lose the most time, nearly a third (31%) of finance teams said reconciling accounts between entities was their biggest monthly pain point, followed by the month-end close (26%) and audit and compliance reporting (20%). These time-intensive activities underline how far many teams remain from achieving true automation.

              The research also highlights a confidence gap in financial reporting. While just over half (54%) of respondents said they are very confident their current processes would satisfy investor or audit requirements for accuracy and speed, nearly half (46%) expressed at least some doubt about their data’s reliability or timeliness.

              The appetite for improvement is clear. A third (33%) of finance leaders said eliminating manual processes would have the biggest positive impact on their work, followed by faster consolidated reporting (26%) and improving cash flow visibility (24%).

              Facing Up to the Risks of Manual Processes

              The risks stretch well beyond inefficiency. Manual handling of financial data increases the likelihood of mistakes, duplication, and delays. These errors compromise the accuracy of financial reporting and reduce the confidence leaders need to make critical decisions. place in the insights they need to steer their organisations. 

              “Finance teams have been at the centre of digital transformation strategies for over a decade, yet our research shows many organisations remain trapped in outdated practices. Too much time is still being spent reconciling spreadsheets rather than generating insights that drive growth. Manual processes not only waste resources but also expose businesses to unnecessary risk. In a business environment defined by economic uncertainty, regulatory pressure, and heightened competition, that lack of reliability can have serious consequences. Automating financial workflows should now be seen as essential, not optional.”

              Simon Kearsley, CEO of bluQube

              The survey underscores the urgency for businesses to modernise their finance functions. By adopting intelligent accountancy software and embedding automation, organisations can cut down on errors, free up capacity for strategic projects and base decisions on accurate, real-time information.

              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              Kent Henderson, VP Product Management at Mangopay, on how programmable wallets turn payments into profit engines

              The world is shifting. Consumers want less waste and more second chances for products. In fact, the UK’s recommerce market is expected to reach £12.4 billion by 2028

              Yet for the circular to truly scale, it will require more than listings and logistics. It needs financial infrastructure that matches the flexibility of these new models. This is where programmable wallets come in – digital wallets that can be customised to handle the unique payment flows of second-hand, rental, or sharing models.  

               From a customer’s perspective, programmable wallets often appear as in-app wallets. These allow payments, refunds, or credits to happen instantly within the platform, without switching apps, waiting for emails, or re-entering card details. A transaction becomes as simple as a click. 

              That simplicity matters. For recommerce to rival traditional retail, the payment journey must feel just as seamless as buying something new. If second-hand, rental, or shared models feel clunky, adoption will stall. In this sense, beyond convenience, wallets are emerging as powerful financial tools.. In fact, our research shows one in four Brits (25%) have in-app wallets, making them the UK’s second most popular payment method, behind only debit and credit cards. 

              Recommerce Revenue Challenges 

              Recommerce transactions involve more than just buyers and sellers. Platforms also need to coordinate with logistics providers, delivery partners, and their own operations, creating a multi-party ecosystem with complex payment flows. 

              Conventional payment systems are not built to manage these requirements. They aren’t designed for revenue splits across several stakeholders, holding funds securely until conditions are met, or processing refunds smoothly when issues arise. These limitations expose platforms to unnecessary risks. Manual workarounds increase the likelihood of errors, revenue leakage becomes harder to control, and the overall experience for users is compromised. 

               These gaps only widen as platforms scale. Instead of supporting growth, traditional payments can undermine profitability and slow momentum at the very moment recommerce businesses need to accelerate. 

              Solving Recommerce Pain Points With Programmable Wallets 

              The biggest barrier to recommerce isn’t supply or demand – it’s trust. Without it, first-time buyers hesitate, and sellers hold back. Programmable wallets solve this by embedding safeguards directly into the payment flow. Funds are held securely in wallets, refunds are automatic, and payouts happen on time. Trust becomes the default, not the exception, opening the door for scale.  

              Beyond trust, wallets also keep value circulating within the ecosystem. Integrated rewards, cashback, loyalty programmes and cross-border payment capabilities keep value circulating within the ecosystem, incentivising repeat activity and enabling platforms to scale internationally. 

              The data shows these features resonate. Over a quarter of users (26%) collect loyalty points or rewards, and 41% even prefer refunds paid directly into their wallets over their bank accounts. 

              By combining built-in safeguards with ongoing incentives, platforms create a self-reinforcing loop: users trust the system, enjoy the experience, and keep coming back. 

              Why Choose Programmable Wallets? 

              Research shows the top factors influencing platform spending decisions are competitive pricing (45%), transparent pricing (35%), and clear return and refund policies (35%). Meeting these expectations requires more than just sharp product listings. It demands a payment infrastructure that builds trust, rewards loyalty, and scales with demand.  

               That’s exactly what programmable wallets deliver. They streamline payments to make transactions faster and more satisfying for users, boosting retention and conversion rates. By embedding loyalty schemes, rewards, and cashback directly into the wallet, they also unlock new ways to build lasting engagement. 

              The benefits extend far beyond customer experience. Programmable wallets provide the flexibility and scalability platforms need to evolve, without the limitations and heavy maintenance of legacy systems. They reduce operational risk by cutting down on fraud, refunds, and chargebacks, while also simplifying reconciliation and freeing up resources to focus on growth. Crucially, these wallets make international expansion easier, with multi-currency capabilities, localised payment options, and built-in compliance that help platforms reach new markets with confidence. 

              Circular commerce is gaining ground, but outdated payment systems remain a barrier to scale. Programmable wallets remove those barriers, transforming payments into a source of trust, flexibility, and growth. For businesses navigating this new era of commerce, wallet-native platforms are a strategic advantage.

              • Digital Payments
              • Neobanking

              Five Insurtech companies poised to lead the market in 2026 — firms that combine scale, innovation, and resilience in one of the world’s most complex financial industries

              As we approach 2026, the global insurance landscape continues to be reshaped by InsurTech innovators combining data, AI, and embedded finance to deliver faster, more transparent, and customer-centric insurance experiences. From underwriting automation to embedded protection and climate-risk modeling, these next-generation firms are redefining how risk is managed and distributed.


              1. Shift Technology — AI-Driven Decisioning at Scale

              Paris-based Shift Technology has emerged as a global leader in applying artificial intelligence to insurance decisioning — from fraud detection to claims automation. The company’s latest evolution, Shift Claims, leverages agentic AI models that can interpret complex policy data, assess claims, and detect anomalies faster than traditional systems.

              Insurers using Shift’s technology are cutting processing times dramatically while improving fraud detection accuracy. With the launch of new AI-powered products designed for both underwriting and claims management, Shift is positioning itself as a core technology partner for global insurers modernising their infrastructure.

              Why it matters: As AI regulation matures in Europe and beyond, Shift’s explainable AI models could set the standard for compliant automation in insurance operations.

              Key challenge: Scaling these intelligent systems across legacy insurer environments — where data silos and outdated IT stacks remain the norm.


              🌍 2. bolttech — Building the Embedded Insurance Ecosystem

              bolttech, headquartered in Singapore, is one of the fastest-growing insurtech firms in the world. It operates as a technology-enabled insurance marketplace, connecting insurers, distributors, and consumers through a network that spans more than 35 markets.

              Its embedded insurance solutions allow non-insurance brands — from e-commerce sites to telcos — to offer insurance products at the point of sale. This model aligns perfectly with digital commerce growth trends and customer expectations for frictionless protection.

              In 2025, bolttech was named among the world’s top 100 insurtech innovators, underscoring its leadership in distribution technology.

              Why it matters: Embedded finance is becoming a trillion-dollar global market opportunity, and bolttech’s API-driven platform is at the centre of it.

              Key challenge: Sustaining profitability and navigating regulatory differences across dozens of jurisdictions while maintaining customer trust.


              3. Parsyl — Smart Insurance for the Global Supply Chain

              Denver-based Parsyl is redefining insurance for the logistics and marine sectors through IoT and data-driven risk assessment. The firm provides coverage for perishable and temperature-sensitive goods — using real-time sensor data to monitor shipments and proactively prevent losses.

              As climate change and supply-chain disruptions intensify, Parsyl’s combination of data analytics and specialty insurance positions it uniquely in a high-value, under-served niche. Investors, including The Lightsmith Group, see its model as a blueprint for climate-resilient insurance.

              Why it matters: Parsyl bridges the gap between traditional insurance and risk prevention — giving clients visibility, not just coverage.

              Key challenge: Expanding from niche segments into mainstream marine and freight insurance markets while maintaining data integrity and regulatory compliance.


              4. Weecover — Insurance as a Service for Europe

              Spain’s Weecover is an emerging star in the Insurance-as-a-Service (IaaS) and embedded insurance ecosystem. Its platform enables retailers, fintechs, and e-commerce businesses to easily integrate insurance offerings into their digital flows through APIs.

              In early 2025, the company closed a €42 million funding round led by Swanlaab and Nauta Capital, signalling investor confidence in its scalable platform model. With its focus on simplicity, flexibility, and compliance, Weecover is fast becoming a go-to solution for European businesses looking to embed protection products into customer journeys.

              Why it matters: As Europe pushes for greater digital financial inclusion, Weecover’s B2B distribution model could make insurance more accessible to millions.

              Key challenge: Ensuring consistent underwriting quality across diverse markets and managing regulatory complexity as it scales across the EU.


              5. Counterforce Health — AI Meets Claims Advocacy

              Launched in 2025, Counterforce Health is tackling one of the most persistent pain points in U.S. healthcare: insurance claim denials. The company uses AI and data analytics to help patients and providers navigate appeals, identify errors, and challenge wrongful denials.

              In an era of escalating healthcare costs, Counterforce Health’s technology-driven advocacy model blends social impact with insurtech innovation, offering a fairer and faster route to claim resolution. If successful, it could redefine how consumers interact with insurers in one of the world’s most complex insurance systems.

              Why it matters: Counterforce’s AI tools could significantly reduce administrative waste and improve transparency in health insurance.

              Key challenge: Winning trust from both insurers and healthcare providers while navigating strict health data regulations.


              The Future of Insurtech: What Will Define 2026

              As 2026 approaches, the insurtech sector will pivot from hype to sustainable, revenue-driven innovation. The next wave of leaders will stand out not just for their technology, but for their ability to:

              Achieve profitability at scale — growth must now translate into viable margins.

              Master regulatory complexity — especially in multi-jurisdiction and cross-border operations.

              Integrate deeply with ecosystems — through APIs, partnerships, and embedded finance.

              Leverage ethical, explainable AI — ensuring compliance and consumer confidence.

              Deliver measurable impact — whether through climate resilience, accessibility, or healthcare fairness.


                The insurance industry’s digital transformation is entering its most critical phase. The InsurTechs leading the charge — from Shift Technology and bolttech to Parsyl, Weecover, and Counterforce Health — exemplify how innovation, data, and purpose can combine to reshape an entire sector.

                By 2026, these firms won’t just be “startups to watch” — they’ll be the blueprints for how the insurance industry of the future operates: smarter, fairer, and more connected than ever before.

                • InsurTech

                Evident’s annual AI Index reveals the banks making the biggest moves in AI… JPMorganChase, Capital One and Royal Bank of Canada are the three leading banks in AI adoption…

                JPMorganChase has maintained its position as the world’s most AI-advanced bank in the Evident AI Index. The global standard benchmark for AI adoption in the financial services sector.

                According to Evident, the leading banks for AI maturity have pulled away from their peers in 2025, consolidating earlier gains and – increasingly – realising ROI for their AI investments. 

                Evident AI Index

                The annual Evident AI Index evaluates the ongoing AI performance of 50 major banks in North America, Europe, and APAC against 70+ indicators drawn from millions of public data points.

                It reveals that although nearly every bank is advancing in the Evident AI Index, the top 10 banks are increasing their scores 2.3x faster year-on-year than the rest of the Index.

                This year’s top three AI performers – JPMorganChase, Capital One and Royal Bank of Canada – have retained their rankings for a third successive year. JPMorganChase takes the top spot in three of Evident’s four pillars of AI capability – Innovation, Leadership and Transparency. Capital One leads on Talent, and has continued to gain ground on its rival. While the two undisputed leaders have further extended their lead, there is now little to separate the two in terms of overall AI maturity.

                The top 10 is increasingly dominated by US-headquartered institutions, but RBC, UBS and HSBC continue to secure places among the global leaders as the top performers in Canada, Europe and the UK respectively. 

                Based on the Evident AI Index, the ten banks leading the race for AI maturity are:

                BANK2025 INDEX2024 INDEX2024-25Change
                JPMorganChase11
                Capital One22
                Royal Bank of Canada33
                CommBank45+1
                Morgan Stanley510+5
                Wells Fargo64-2
                UBS76-1
                HSBC87-1
                Goldman Sachs911+2
                Bank of America1015+5

                “Banking is one of the most advanced and competitive industries on the planet when it comes to developing and rolling out AI at scale. While some have described recent history as ‘The Summer AI Turned Ugly’, in the banking industry a different story is playing out. We’re beginning to see clear signs that AI investment is starting to translate into tangible financial gains, both in terms of efficiency and, increasingly, via new revenue opportunities. Banks and their shareholders expect ROI to accelerate over the next few years, and those in our top 10 are in pole position to see their efforts come to fruition.

                Alexandra Mousavizadeh, Co-founder & CEO, Evident

                By far, the most competitive segment of the Index was found among those banks ranked just outside the top 10. All five of the banks in this range – BNP Paribas (#11), Citigroup (#12), TD Bank (#13), BBVA (#14), and Lloyds Banking Group (#15) saw a >20% increase in scores year-on-year (compared to ~10% for the wider Index), highlighting the intensity of the battle to keep pace with the leading banks.

                Across the regions covered in the Index, all six regional leaders are unchanged from 2024, with the gap between domestic leaders’ and laggards’ AI capabilities also growing year-on-year.

                Mousavizadeh adds:

                “Bifurcation in AI maturity creates a credibility gap. Banks that fail to keep pace risk losing the confidence of boards, regulators, and investors. At the same time, lagging institutions will struggle to attract and retain top-tier AI talent. This combination of stakeholder doubt and the risk of talent flight slows deployment, undermines momentum, and compounds the difficulty of turning AI investments into measurable business outcomes.”

                HSBC Heads Top AI Performing UK Banks

                When it comes to AI adoption, the UK is one of the most consistent regions in terms of bank performance. Four of the five UK banks rank in the top half of the Index. Three of the five UK banks advanced their position in the ranking year-over-year. And all five UK banks are tightly clustered – featuring the narrowest spread between the top-performing bank (HSBC) and bottom-performing bank (Standard Chartered) across every region.

                Responsible AI continues to be an area of strength, with four of the five UK banks ranking among the top 10 in the Transparency pillar. Conversely, no UK bank places in the top 10 in the Talent pillar.

                +jTbhwAAAAZJREFUAwCML0UucyTVvwAAAABJRU5ErkJggg==

                HSBC improved its standing by +1 position across both the Talent and Innovation pillars, while ceding ground in Leadership (-10 rank) and Transparency (-3 rank). Consequently, HSBC lost one position in the overall ranking, but maintained a spot among the top 10 banks.

                In contrast, Lloyds Banking Group demonstrated the most forward momentum, rising from 27th to 15th in the ranking. This performance was buoyed by significant jumps in Talent (+12 rank), Leadership (+20 rank), and Transparency (+14 rank), with Lloyds one of only four Index banks to improve across all four pillars of the methodology.

                Mousavizadeh comments:

                “Lloyds Banking Group’s strong performance reflects a significant mindset shift at the bank, with the establishment of a centralised AI team and an increased focus on AI hires to accelerate the execution of its AI strategy. The upshot is that Lloyds is now sharing more details of its active use cases and long-term plans, translating into a much improved ranking in the Index.” 

                In a short space of time, Lloyds has matched HSBC in the number of recent AI use cases specifying outcomes. In March, the bank filed a patent for its Global Correlation Engine (CGE) – documenting an AI-driven approach to cybersecurity threats that results in 92% fewer false positives. And in July, the bank rolled out Athena, its first large-scale GenAI product.

                Measuring Returns on AI Investment

                According to Evident, twice as many banks reported a total number of active artificial intelligence use cases (jumping from 12 to 25 banks since last year), and 32 out of 50 have disclosed at least one use case with an associated financial or non-financial impact – up from 26 in 2024. 

                While more banks are reporting returns at the use-case level, only a small group have quantified the performance of their AI portfolios at Group level. Today, eight banks are disclosing portfolio-level ROI estimates – either realized or projected – with just three reporting both.

                These frontrunners include BNP Paribas, DBS, and JPMorganChase (all of which have already revised projections upwards). JPMorganChase is at the top of the table, raising its estimates from $1 billion to “heading more towards $2 billion” in AI-driven benefits, according to President and COO Daniel Pinto.

                Annabel Ayles, Co-founder & Co-CEO of Evident, comments:

                “All banks – regardless of size – are increasing their AI budgets, and our data shows virtually every key metric of AI adoption increasing.We’re already seeing these investments translate into tangible examples of use cases deployment. And our discussions with banking leaders suggest they’re expecting to see material, reportable AI returns in the next 12-18 months. Our data strongly suggests that this achievement is imminent. The question is: how big will the returns be? If they exceed expectations, current AI investment levels could pale in comparison to what comes next.”

                Talent, Innovation, Leadership and Transparency in AI

                According to Evident, the top 10 banks in the Index all demonstrate industry-leading AI performance across at least one of the four pillars, as follows:

                xLj01AAAAAGSURBVAMAUMePnkIj3s4AAAAASUVORK5CYII=

                Talent: 

                • Ten banks now employ almost half of all AI talent in the Index (circa 90,000 workers), with US banks dominating the leaderboard.
                • The AI talent pool across the top 50 banks grew 25% year-over-year, the fastest on record, nearly 5x faster than overall headcount growth.
                • On average, the top 10 banks by talent volume disclosed nearly 2x more use cases than the rest of the banks in the Index.
                • 38 of the 50 banks now disclose some form of AI training to its employees (up from 32 banks last year). And 33 banks now offer distinct training for senior leadership.

                Innovation: 

                • JPMorgan retained #1 spot for Innovation through the unparalleled strength of its AI research team and continued venture investments into AI-focused companies. 
                • Capital One overtook Royal Bank of Canada for the #2 spot, partly driven by the Discover merger, doubling its AI research team and showing steady growth in patents.
                • HSBC moved up to #8, the leading light amongst the European banks, who otherwise don’t feature.
                • Despite banks rushing to fund hyperscalers and the infrastructure that will power the AI era, general investment by banks into AI-focused and Data/Tech-focused companies is down double digits (17% from 2024) for the second year in a row.

                Leadership:

                • Over the past year, even those organizations that have traditionally chosen to keep their progress behind closed doors, are making their AI activities more visible.
                • Five banks maintained their top 10 ranks in Leadership: JPMorganChase took the top spot, strengthening its external AI communications efforts considerably, and Royal Bank of Canada jumped +5 ranks to take #3 position, publishing projected financial returns from AI for the first time during its Investor Day in March.
                • New entrants to the top-10 included: Natwest, UBS, and Morgan Stanley – and while they did not go as far disclosing financial targets for AI value, they each provided richer updates on use cases and impact than ever before.

                Transparency: 

                • JPMorganChase retained the top position for Transparency and seven of the top 10 banks carry over from 2024.
                • Responsible AI activity continues unabated across the industry – over the past year, the volume of RAI-specific talent found across the 50 banks more than doubled, and nearly 300 RAI-specific research papers were published, a +60% increase year-on-year. 
                • 35 of the 50 banks engage in partnerships with academic institutions, government bodies, or private companies (up from 31 banks last year), with nearly 80% of these partnerships yielding published case studies or use cases (up from 45% last year), demonstrating the increasingly tangible outcomes of their RAI efforts.

                Evident AI Index Methodology

                Since launching in January 2023, the Evident AI Index has quickly become established as the leading independent source of data and insight on artificial intelligence adoption across the banking industry.

                The Index combines extensive research, automated data capture from public sources, consultation across Evident’s network of AI experts, and ongoing dialogue with featured banks.

                Drawing from millions of public data points spanning 70+ individual indicators, it ranks each bank across four key capability areas which collective signal AI maturity:

                • Talent: measures the depth, density and development of AI talent within each organisation.
                • Innovation: captures long-term investment in AI-related innovation, including research, patents, partnerships and engagement with the open-source ecosystem.
                • Leadership: assesses the role of leadership in setting and communicating the organisation’s AI agenda.
                • Transparency: evaluates public engagement with Responsible AI (RAI), from internal talent and frameworks to external partnerships and disclosures.
                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Neobanking

                The Global FinTech Ecosystem. Connected.

                This year marks the 10th anniversary of FinTech Connect. The UK’s largest FinTech conference and exhibition, bringing together over 5,000 global attendees from across the financial services and technology landscape.

                FinTech Connect

                For a decade, FinTech Connect has been the launchpad for the ideas, partnerships and technologies driving the evolution of digital finance. It’s where banks meet breakthrough platforms. Where startups connect with major buyers. And where leaders across digital transformation payments, regtech, financial security and blockchain converge to shape what’s next.

                In 2025, we’re scaling up. With 100+ exhibitors, seven world-class conference tracks, live demos and the return of the Start-Up LaunchPad. This year’s event will deliver more connections, more innovation and more opportunity than ever before.

                Join us to celebrate a decade of FinTech excellence. And experience the future of finance, powered by cutting-edge tech, real-world insights. And the partnerships that will define the next 10 years.

                “FinTech connect is a great place to learn about the latest trends, concerns and enhancements in the FinTech space. Furthermore it is a fantastic opportunity to meet with up and coming companies; or names that you are already in contact with, in one convenient location.”

                Nicholas Nicolaides, Associate Director, Barclays

                Tokenize: LDN at FinTech Connect

                In 2025, FinTech Connect is growing in scale and ambition. For the first time, it will be co-located with Tokenize: LDN, the UK’s leading event for blockchain, web3 and real-world asset tokenisation. Creating a powerful convergence of FinTech and digital asset innovation under one roof.

                At Tokenize: LDN, you’ll dive into the latest developments in decentralised finance, custody solutions, tokenised infrastructure and emerging use cases across capital markets. The co-location opens the door to unparalleled cross-industry networking. Connecting FinTech professionals, institutional players and blockchain pioneers in one dynamic space.

                Tokenize: LDN is the UK’s leading showcase of the technologies, projects and investment strategies shaping the future of tokenized real-world assets (RWAs). From tokenised treasuries and real estate to on-chain credit, funds, financial infrastructure and more.

                Whether you’re navigating tokenisation for the first time or scaling existing strategies, Tokenize: LDN is where serious conversations turn into real-world innovation.

                Join asset managers, banks, institutional investors, regulators, custodians, blockchain developers and fintech innovators shaping the future of global capital markets. 

                Held in London and co-located with FinTech Connect, Tokenize: LDN is where the global conversation on liquidity, regulation, interoperability and institutional adoption comes to life. 

                Together, these two events offer a unique opportunity to explore the future of finance from every angle. Technological, Regulatory, Decentralised and Institutional.

                Register now for free tickets for general access. Join 5,000+ industry professionals for two days of talks, exhibitors and networking.

                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Cybersecurity in FinTech
                • Digital Payments
                • Event Newsroom
                • Events

                AccessPay, the leading bank integration provider, has completed the roll out of its SWIFT connectivity solution for Finseta, an international payments…

                AccessPay, the leading bank integration provider, has completed the roll out of its SWIFT connectivity solution for Finseta, an international payments and alternative banking provider. This will ensure a reliable, secure way to process cross-border payments.

                To support its global expansion strategy and service-led business, Finseta wanted to launch a new agency banking solution. And improve payment processing automation. It implemented AccessPay’s SWIFT connectivity solution, building a seamless integration between digital currency exchange platform FXPal and Barclays Bank. This enables transparent pricing, automated reporting and analytics, and full back-office-to-bank connectivity.

                The four-way project, including Barclays and SWIFT, was implemented in just six months. An impressive achievement for a first-time SWIFT user. Finseta benefits from cost savings, improved competitive advantage and a scalable architecture.

                AccessPay’s tailored, integrated solution, includes:

                • End-to-end workflow automation: A seamless integration between FXPal and Barclays Bank using AccessPay’s SWIFT connectivity through Alliance Lite2 for Business Application service. Payment files are now automatically validated, processed and monitored in real time.
                • Real-time visibility and reconciliation: Provides Finseta’s customers full transparency into payment status. Along with the ability to instantly reconcile transactions against bank statements.
                • Seamless customer experience: With AccessPay’s SWIFT capabilities, Finseta created a smooth, efficient experience for its clients. Reducing manual errors and delays.

                SWIFT Connectivity

                Finseta’s experience shows the value of working with a third-party specialist in SWIFT connectivity. AccessPay’s knowledge ensures smoother implementation and faster issue resolution. Additionally, leveraging a trusted partner helps future-proof Finseta’s payment infrastructure. Making it easier to scale globally and maintain service reliability.

                “Of the many SWIFT projects I’ve been involved in over the past dozen years, this has probably been one of the smoothest and fastest. With the service delivered in just six months. I attribute this to the strong four-way relationship. As well as the teams’ motivation and responsiveness, and a well-defined project strategy.”

                Tom Livock, Head of Enterprise Sales, AccessPay

                “AccessPay did the heavy lifting involved in implementing SWIFT connectivity. The quick route to go-live has meant that we can start realising the benefits sooner than if we built the solution in-house. I’d rather double down on what sets Finseta apart from our competitors, than trying to be an expert in SWIFT.”

                Declan Jones, Chief Product Officer, Finseta.

                Finseta will use AccessPay’s SWIFT connectivity solution globally for all its customers (high-net-worth individuals, large institutions and corporates).

                About AccessPay

                AccessPay is a leading provider of bank integration solutions, pioneering finance transformation for the Office of the CFO. AccessPay helps finance and treasury teams modernise their operations through secure, cloud-based bank connectivity. Our platform connects back-office systems to banks, enabling the automated flow and transformation of payment, bank statement and other financial data. 

                Thousands of businesses around the world partner with AccessPay to automate supplier and client payments. Alongside Direct Debit collections, and bank statement retrieval – improving efficiency, reducing fraud risk, and gaining real-time cash visibility. 

                Founded in 2012 and headquartered in Manchester, UK, AccessPay is trusted by global enterprises to automate finance and treasury operations and build a future-ready Office of the CFO. 

                About Finseta

                Finseta is a foreign exchange and payments company offering multi-currency accounts and payment solutions to businesses and individuals. Headquartered in the City of London, Finseta combines a proprietary technology platform with a high level of personalised service. It supports clients with payments in over 165 countries in 150 currencies. With a track record of over 15 years, Finseta has the expertise, experience and expanding global partner network to be able to execute complex cross-border payments. It is fully regulated, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, by the Financial Conduct Authority as an Electronic Money Institution. By the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada as a Money Services Business. And by the Dubai Financial Services Authority under a Category 3D licence.

                • Digital Payments

                Our round up of the five neobanks best positioned to lead the space in 2026… Nubank (Nu Holdings) Why It’s…

                Our round up of the five neobanks best positioned to lead the space in 2026…

                Nubank (Nu Holdings)

                Why It’s Likely to Lead in 2026: Nubank already has over 100 million customers in Latin America and is actively pushing into new markets, including applying for a U.S. banking charter. This international expansion, combined with strength in credit, deposits, and FinTech adjacent services, gives it a shot at becoming a truly global neobank.

                Risks/Challenges: Breaking into the U.S. (or other mature markets) is tough. Regulatory compliance, competition from domestic digital banks, and local consumer trust are big hurdles.

                Revolut

                Why It’s Likely to Lead in 2026: Revolut has deep product breadth (multi-currency, trading, credit, crypto, business accounts), and is aggressively expanding globally. It also has strong brand momentum. For instance, it was named the fastest-growing bank brand in the UK. Revolut’s capacity to cross-sell services and innovate puts it in a strong position.

                Risks/Challenges: Scalability of regulatory compliance across many jurisdictions, potential regulatory crackdowns, and maintaining profitability with heavy investment costs are key risks.

                Monzo

                Why It’s Likely to Lead in 2026: Monzo recently crossed into profitability, bolstered by rising interest rates and growth of its lending and subscription services. It also has ambitions to expand beyond the UK into broader Europe and the U.S. As more neobanks are judged by their ability to monetise at scale, that profitability is a strong signal.

                Risks/Challenges: Expansion outside the UK will test its product-market fit, regulatory compliance in new regions, and capital backing. Also, competition in the mature markets is fierce.

                Bunq

                Why It’s Likely to Lead in 2026: Bunq is one of the stronger pan-European neobanks, with multi-IBAN accounts, a broad user base across Europe, and deposit protections under EU frameworks. Its steady growth in deposits and commitment to European expansion gives it a solid foundation in its home turf.

                Risks/Challenges: Scaling beyond Europe (or outside the EU regulatory regime) is harder. Also, its earlier ambition in the U.S. seems to have been pulled back, demonstrating how regulatory unpredictability can slow growth.

                U.S. Digital Banks

                Why It’s Likely to Lead in 2026: While Chime, SoFi, Varo, and others aren’t “neobanks” in the same exact model in all respects, they are dominant digital banking players in the U.S. market. Their deep user bases, product stacks (savings, credit, investing), and ability to leverage scale make them key contenders in the “neobank era”. As the U.S. digital banking adoption continues, one or more of these could claim leadership by 2026.

                Risks/Challenges: U.S. regulation, interest rate cycles, competition from incumbents and fintechs, and margin pressures are big challenges. Also, converting free users to revenue-paying ones is an ongoing tension for all these models.

                Honorable Mentions / Dark Horses

                • Starling Bank (UK) — It already has a strong UK presence, though regulatory scrutiny (e.g. fines) is a risk.
                • Kroo (UK) — Newly licensed, growing deposits quickly, potentially disruptive in niche markets.
                • Regional & Asia / Africa challengers — Several neobanks in Asia, Africa, Latin America, and Southeast Asia are scaling fast; some may emerge as leaders in their regions (and eventually go global).

                Conclusion & What to Watch

                By 2026, what will separate the winners from the also-rans are:

                1. Profitability / Unit Economics — It isn’t enough to grow; you need sustainable margins.
                2. Regulatory & Compliance Strength — Multi-jurisdiction operations demand strong controls.
                3. Platform / Ecosystem Expansion — Embedding finance (e.g. via APIs, partnerships), offering non-bank products (insurance, investing) will be key.
                4. Global Reach & Localisation — The ability to expand across borders, but localise offerings to fit each market.
                5. Trust & Resilience — In banking, trust is critical. Neobanks will be judged harshly on outages, fraud, security, and financial stability.
                • Digital Payments
                • Neobanking

                Plumery’s expansion, collaborating with Vancouver-based Aequilibrium, brings specific Canadian market capabilities to support credit unions delivery of personalised, compliant, and elevated member experiences

                Plumery, the digital banking experience platform, today unveiled Canada-specific features and integrations giving Canadian credit unions a clear path to deliver personalized, compliant, and modern digital banking experiences.

                Canadian financial institutions are facing heightened customer expectations, stiff competition from FinTechs, and growing pressure to modernise legacy systems. These pressures have been amplified by Central 1 Credit Union’s announcement that it will wind down its Forge (formerly MemberDirect) digital banking platform. The system, until recently, served over 170 credit unions across Canada.

                This represents both a risk and an opportunity for credit unions. They must now plan for a replacement quickly, and also have the chance to adopt a platform that gives them greater control and the ability to compete on user experience.

                The collaboration with Aequilibrium, with their deep knowledge of the Canadian regulatory landscape and user experience design ensures Plumery’s Canadian-ready platform is built around how Canadians, especially credit union members, expect to bank.

                Though Canada’s banking sector is among the most advanced globally, many credit unions are held back by outdated infrastructure.

                Plumery Tailored for Canadians

                Meanwhile, members are demanding hyper-personalised, mobile-first and intuitive digital journeys. To meet these needs, Plumery has localised its platform with out-of-the-box features tailored for how Canadians bank. These include:

                • Everyday payments and transfers such as bill payments, cheque deposits, and Interac e-Transfers.
                • Support for Canadian savings and lending products including GICs, mortgages, and student loans.
                • Business banking capabilities like bulk payments and payroll management.
                • Compliance and user experience features including bilingual English/French support, privacy and data residency adherence, and accessibility standards.

                Ben Goldin, CEO & Founder of Plumery, said: “With Forge winding down, Canadian institutions have a rare opportunity to modernise on their own terms, rather than being tied to outdated systems. Our platform provides an immediate, future-ready option that puts control back in the hands of credit unions. By working with Aequilibrium, we are combining global banking innovation with local expertise to deliver experiences that meet the unique needs of Canadian credit unions’ members.”

                Plumery’s Canadian-ready platform is available now, and the company is already in discussions with multiple credit unions evaluating their digital futures beyond Forge.

                About Plumery

                Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery has a mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide, regardless of size, to craft distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences.

                Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. This blend has been cultivated through years of experience at start-ups, scale-ups, and established financial institutions, and most notably at globally leading financial technology companies, where they were instrumental in creating disruptive digital banking solutions and platforms that now serve 300+ banks globally. 

                Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric platform provides banks with the foundation for success beyond fast-time-to-market by expediting the development of their digital front ends while significantly cutting costs compared to in-house initiatives or solutions with high total cost of ownership (TCO).  

                About Aequilibrium

                For over 13 years, Aequilibrium has supported small to large-sized credit unions globally, helping them modernize their digital banking, elevate their training practices through VR + AI, and create member-first experiences that leave a lasting impression. They simplify technology, co-create strategies, and deliver personalised experiences that enrich people’s lives.

                • Digital Payments
                • Neobanking

                Richard May, director of product development at virtualDCS, on navigating cyber regulation, assessing risk, and building digital resilience in a cloud-first financial landscape

                In 2025, financial services are deeply reliant on digital infrastructures. Cloud services, especially, are reshaping how the sector operates.

                The cloud offers both established and challenger companies the ability to improve flexibility, efficiency, and analytics capabilities. When deployed properly, it can deliver integrated security across an organisation, but also introduces new vulnerabilities.

                Due to the sensitive nature of financial data, the sector remains a target for cyberattacks. This, combined with strict regulatory oversight, means firms must continuously align with evolving legislation while enhancing service functionality.


                Which regulations do financial services need to be aware of?

                There are several specific regulatory requirements that financial institutions must follow. These pieces of legislation are designed to ensure customer data is protected from attackers:

                Payment card information and PCI-DSS

                For businesses that handle payment card information, PCI DSS requirements dictate security and operational requirements for protecting cardholder information during storage, processing, and transmission. In practice, these requirements are 12 mandatory security controls that cover network security, data protection, vulnerability management, access control, monitoring and logging, physical security, testing, and policy enforcement. Failure to comply with the 12 security controls can lead to severe financial penalties and even liability for compensation costs.

                GDPR implications

                GDPR regulations categorise financial data as sensitive personal data. This refers to bank details, transaction histories, assets, credit scores, and anything else that might concern the overall financial health of an individual. Firms must take measures to prevent unauthorised access or risk facing fines.

                Basel III considerations

                The third Basel Accord, Basel III, sets the international standards for capital requirements, stress tests, liquidity regulations, and leverage. It is designed to reduce the risks of phenomena such as bank runs and bank failures, as we saw in the 2008 financial crash. Due to this, most of Basel III focuses on financial requirements such as liquidity to ensure banks are more resilient to changes in the international financial markets. However, it still communicates standards in relation to information and communication technology (ICT),‍ cyber incident response and reporting, and‍ third-party risk management (TPRM).

                Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA)

                Introduced in January 2025 by the European Union (EU), DORA addresses rising digital dependency in finance. It covers ICT risk management, third-party oversight, operational resilience, incident reporting, and information sharing.

                Compliance with these regulations is essential. Beyond avoiding penalties or criminal charges, it strengthens protection against growing cyber threats.

                Assessing Vulnerability and Risk in the Financial Services Industry

                Risk assessments are critical to business continuity and reducing the impact of cybersecurity breaches. A task of identifying threats and vulnerabilities, and quantifying the consequences of threats if they were to materialise, enables firms to rank services and ensure the most critical systems are protected first.

                The Financial Services Information Sharing and Analysis Center (FS-ISAC) identified several key threats to the global financial sector in its latest report, including: 

                Supply Chain Incidents

                Businesses should remain alert to the competencies and overall security of service providers they utilise. As reliance on external providers is increasingly integral to many core business strategies, firms cannot afford to overlook the cyber maturity of their partners. To mitigate potential security risks, organisations should ensure and verify that all service providers meet robust cyber-security standards.

                Fraud

                The universality of real-time payments has led to a surge in fraud action in all sectors for which financial channels and services are used. The immediacy of payment has also created a scenario where it is almost impossible to retrieve stolen funds. Online scammers are building complex operations to take advantage of this. Fraud prevention and detection are becoming more and more important to companies in the sector. Increasing friction for payments through two-factor authorisation, along with other strategic obstacles, reduces fraud risks. Without cross-border partnerships tackling this global issue, however, this is set to remain a growing threat for businesses.

                Ransomware

                Ransomware has long been a cybersecurity threat. Many victims are often opportunistically targeted by hackers, rather than chosen specifically. Incidents of spear phishing are also on the rise – attackers research individuals or organisations to create personalised messages to convince them to click on infected links. Creating barriers to stop or delay ransomware attacks is therefore essential to reduce the threat. Ransomware’s targeting of customer data also means detection and recovery protocols are critical for firms that want to reduce the threat from malicious actors.

                Distributed Denial-of-Service

                The FS-ISAC revealed that financial services accounted for a third of all distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks in 2023. DDoS attackers bring down an area of a network or application and extort the affected organisation for financial gain. Motivations may also include political statement-making, competitor sabotage, and cyber vandalism, simply to cause chaos and disruption. The increasing use of application programming interfaces (APIs) in the sector means that denial of service can have a devastating effect on financial service businesses. Firms should implement mitigation strategies to protect customer trust and service availability. 

                When, Not If: Building Cyber Resilience Through Disaster Recovery

                While cybersecurity defences are essential, effective disaster recovery is vital to reduce the impact of incidents and maintain operations.

                Speed of recovery has become the main point of difference for organisations attempting to recover from cyber incidents. Prolonged downtime can lead to reputational damage, regulatory penalties, and lost customers. Without effective disaster recovery, continuity efforts are undermined.

                Firms should develop a ‘when’, not ‘if’, mindset when it comes to disaster recovery. A comprehensive disaster playbook provides a manual in the event of a cyber incident. This plan must incorporate tools to allow for early detection of malicious action. Your plan for disaster recovery should be printed as a hard copy or saved on an external device (to ensure it remains accessible if your primary system is compromised). It must consider the first steps of: documenting evidence for cyber insurance and law enforcement, identifying and isolating infected systems, and informing relevant stakeholders an attack has taken place. Furthermore, the plan should contain information around communication and key contacts, an agreed chain of command and designated person to lead the ransomware response, and assurance the plan comes under regular review with ‘fire drill’ rehearsals.

                Financial institutions face some of the most severe cyber risks in the world. Abiding by regulatory requirements goes some way to protect against threats, but organisations must go further – by proactively assessing threats, incorporating security measures, and preparing for disruptions. Resilience isn’t just about avoiding breaches. It is about ensuring trust, safeguarding sensitive data, and maintaining the ability to deliver reliable services in a digital-first landscape.

                Learn more at virtualDCS

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech
                • Risk & Resilience

                Chirag Shah, Founder & CEO of Pulse, on ULI, and what it could mean for lenders and their customers

                The UK’s financial services ecosystem is currently in the process of profound transformation. Traditional lending frameworks, characterised by siloed systems, static risk models, and manual processes, are no longer fit for purpose. They’re outdated and ineffective, unable to answer the needs of today’s digital economy. With the growth of embedded finance, real-time data, and rising customer expectations, financial institutions, platforms, and regulators are having to rethink their infrastructure from the ground up.

                Initiatives like Open Banking, Making Tax Digital (MTD), and Open Accounting have already laid the groundwork for greater data accessibility, meaning that data is not only available but useable. But with that usability comes greater expectations – both businesses and consumers expect instant decisions, seamless experiences, and personalised products. The problem is that the lending infrastructure that should be able to deliver on this promise remains fragmented. Lending decisions are still difficult to make because data is scattered, while processes are duplicated and manual. While lenders, platforms, and regulators are unable to work in unison. The Unified Lending Interface (ULI) is emerging as both a technical solution and the next generation of lending infrastructure in the UK.

                What is ULI?

                ULI is a standardised interoperability framework that governs the exchange of credit-related data, events, and permissions across lending ecosystems. Unlike a product or single platform, ULI acts as an underlying protocol, a form of modular APIs, data schemas, and event models that make it easier for lenders, platforms, and borrowers to interact in a consistent, secure, and scalable way. The idea being that if data can be standardised and exchanged in real time, credit decisioning and servicing can become significantly more efficient, transparent, and inclusive.

                What this looks like in real terms is:

                • The use of standardised data models for origination, underwriting, and loan servicing
                • Real-time event streaming for repayments, defaults, and restructures
                • Cross-lender affordability and exposure checks
                • Secure, user-driven consent mechanisms
                • Customisable APIs to suit various regulatory and operational contexts
                • In-built analytics and reporting tools for compliance and performance

                ULI is not yet a formal regulatory term, but its equivalents are already emerging in industry-led pilots and fintech platforms. In my view, its adoption would be the next logical step in the evolution of UK lending.

                The Challenges That ULI Could Solve

                Despite the rapid uptake of embedded finance, the underlying infrastructure that should power and enable it has begun to fall behind. This disconnect has created multiple pain points that need to be addressed if innovation and effective risk management are to continue.

                One major challenge lies in siloed integrations. Many lenders rely on custom-built connections with each distribution partner, which typically results in fragile systems that are difficult to scale and costly to maintain. This is not only inefficient, it makes it harder to respond to changing market demands.

                Risk visibility is another concern. As things stand, most lenders assess credit exposure in isolation, which means that a business could have multiple existing loans on different platforms with no aggregated affordability assessment. This creates obvious blind spots, increasing the chances of overextension and missed risk signals.

                Borrowers themselves are often unaware of why or how credit decisions are made or how their data is used. This opacity leads to a lack of trust, and can deter people from responsible borrowing. And regulatory friction adds further strain. Many institutions still rely on outdated tools for supervisory reporting, including batch files and CSVs, which are prone to error and inefficiency. This creates compliance burdens and slows down oversight.

                Lastly, customer concerns around data sharing presents another barrier. Without clear, user-driven consent frameworks, individuals and businesses are reluctant to share financial data. This not only limits lenders’ ability to personalise offerings but also undermines accurate risk assessment.

                The ULI directly addresses these challenges by introducing a common framework for interoperability. It brings much-needed structure to an otherwise fragmented ecosystem, enabling lenders and platforms to work together more efficiently without stifling innovation. It also helps restore trust to all users.

                How ULI Works

                Rather than acting as a centralised system, ULI operates as a distributed interoperability layer, purpose-built for credit. It works in four general phases:

                Standardising loan origination

                ULI defines a shared schema for different credit products, whether that’s long-term loans, merchant cash advances, invoice financing, or credit lines. This shared language allows platforms and lenders to integrate quickly and consistently. My company has already pioneered this approach, embedding ULI frameworks into platforms that support the entire loan lifecycle, from application to disbursement, collections, and ongoing management.

                Affordability and risk aggregation

                A critical ULI function is its ability to aggregate exposure across multiple lenders in real time. This enables federated credit checks, prevents borrower overextension, and enhances regulatory oversight. Again, this is something that my company is already doing, with a solution that integrates with ULI to assess a borrower’s receivables, providing granular visibility into cash flow and repayment capacity.

                Real-time event notifications

                With ULI, you also introduce real-time event notifications that allow key loan events, such as repayments and missed instalments, to be monitored in real-time. This enhanced visibility enables lenders to monitor risk continuously, rather than relying on retrospective data. It also allows for the automation of collections to streamline the response to any such events. Additionally, lenders can make easy adjustments to credit limits based on a borrower’s behaviour and financial performance over time. Essentially, bringing both control and flexibility to lending.

                Streamlined application journeys

                ULI also helps streamline multi-lender application journeys through a single interface. Our system, for example, allows for automated underwriting, with over 95% of applications decisioned in under 60 seconds. This means that loan applications can be completed in minutes, drastically improving both lender efficiency and borrower experience.

                Is The UK Ready For ULI?

                Several recent developments suggest that, from a regulatory standpoint, the UK is uniquely positioned to adopt ULI, or similar. First, there’s the government’s Smart Data agenda, which is expanding the legal framework to support cross-sector, user-permissioned data sharing, which is an essential foundation for interoperable lending. While the ongoing development of Open Finance reflects a clear determination to build modular, interconnected financial services systems that mirror the goals of ULI. At the same time, increased regulatory scrutiny of traditional credit bureaus signals a broader appetite for more transparent, real-time credit models that can better serve both lenders and borrowers. As such, ULI wouldn’t replace existing financial infrastructure, it would complement it. Helping to modernise business lending and improve access to credit.

                Financial services have become increasingly modular. It’s an approach that answers the evolving needs of today’s digitally driven businesses. A side effect of that is a lack of standardisation and agility. ULI provides a solution to resolve that problem. By empowering lenders with real-time data, simplifying compliance, and creating a more inclusive and transparent borrower experience, it signals a move towards more responsible finance. In my book, that’s the future of lending.

                • Embedded Finance
                • Neobanking

                Join 3,000+ industry decision makers and influencers at Smart Retail Tech Show for your opportunity to gain the tools to stay ahead in a competitive market

                If you’re in retail and looking to stay ahead in a fast-changing market, the Smart Retail Tech Expo is a must-attend event. With thousands of industry professionals, the show is a hub for innovation, showcasing the latest technologies to enhance the customer journey, streamline operations, and drive growth. Whether it’s improving operations, enhancing safety, enabling contactless payments, or elevating the customer experience, it’s all on the show floor.

                Regardless if you’re an independent retailer or part of a global chain, this is your chance to explore cutting-edge solutions!

                Why Attend Smart Retail Tech Expo?

                With only pre-qualified decision-makers and key influencers in attendance, it’s the perfect place to network, learn, and invest in the future of retail.

                Visitors include Key Decision-Makers: CTO | Director of Retail Experience | Digital Transformation Director | Director of Innovation | Head of Customer Experience | Head of Digital & E-commerce

                • 3,200 visitors in attendance
                • 86% have purchasing authority
                • 76% are looking to source new products & services
                • 95% are senior management or above

                Smart Retail Tech Expo is where retail innovation happens! Small business or global, discover cutting-edge solutions and in one place and shape retail’s future.

                “Thanks @smartretailexpo! Packed with innovation, connected with lots of great problem solving startups doing amazing work in the space!”

                Daniel Himsworth, Marks & Spencer

                Keynote speakers include experts from e-commerce, retail, and tech backgrounds, alongside many more. They will be sharing insights from their personal journey and future-proofed strategies on customer engagement, globalising your business, social media commerce, and lots more. Come and hear from the industry’s biggest voices and learn about how to keep ahead in the white and private-label sector. Keynote speakers include expert insights from Pinterest, Tik Tok, Uber Eats, Alibaba and many more…

                Register now for free tickets and gain insider knowledge… Beyond networking, Smart Retail Tech Expo offers expert-led sessions and insights into emerging trends, sourcing strategies, and retail technology—giving you the tools to stay ahead in a competitive market.

                • Event Newsroom
                • Events

                Join over 25,000 entrepreneurs, SME owners, and senior professionals at Excel London for The Business Show London 2025

                The world’s largest award-winning business event, The Business Show London 2025, is returning to Excel London on the 12th and 13th of November 2025. Join over 25,000 SMEs and startups at this premier London business expo, designed to provide the support and resources you need to start, grow, or scale your business.

                As always, the event offers free expert advice and insights from some of the biggest names in the industry. Building on last year’s impactful keynotes, this year’s business conference features fresh faces—business leaders who have thrived in recent years. In today’s digital landscape, this is a rare opportunity to gain face-to-face experience, advice, and inspiration from those who have been in your position and succeeded.

                Whether you’re looking to network at one of the best business networking events in London or seeking new business partnerships, this event is your gateway to unlocking growth. For enquiries, registration, or to book a stand, contact the team today and secure your place at the UK’s leading SME business event.

                Why Attend The Business Show London?

                This flagship London business expo offers unparalleled opportunities to connect with industry leaders, discover cutting-edge solutions, and gain practical insights to accelerate your business.

                “Vibrant, electric and inclusive ….the atmosphere I felt today at The Business Show, London excel as a keynote speaker representing Google. Such an incredible turn out, engaged listeners and wonderful to also have 121’s with many entrepreneurs on business growth utilising AI!”

                Harmony Murphy, Google

                With thousands of exhibitors, inspiring keynote speakers, and interactive show features, the show caters to startups, established businesses, and everyone in between. Whether you’re looking to connect with startups, explore small business exhibitions, or attend the UK’s leading business growth conference, this event will equip you with fresh ideas and practical strategies to help your business succeed.

                • 500+ exhibitors
                • 86% attendee satisfaction rate
                • 75% attendees plan to return
                • 6 show features

                Don’t miss your chance to participate in one of the top business networking events in London.

                Register now for free tickets and join the UK’s most ambitious business minds to gain new partnerships, expert advice, and business development opportunities.

                • Event Newsroom
                • Events

                Wells Fargo and Google Cloud have expanded their strategic relationship to deploy Agentic AI tools across the bank. As an early…

                Wells Fargo and Google Cloud have expanded their strategic relationship to deploy Agentic AI tools across the bank. As an early adopter of Google Agentspace, Wells Fargo is equipping teams with AI agents that will help improve the customer experience, automate routine tasks, and unlock new levels of innovation.

                With a strong commitment to responsible AI, Wells Fargo and Google Cloud are focused on modernising financial services and empowering employees with Generative AI solutions to deliver more personalised support and services. This strategic relationship reflects Wells Fargo’s dedication to innovation and transforming how the bank serves its customers.

                About Wells Fargo

                Wells Fargo is a leading financial services company that has approximately $2.0 trillion in assets. We provide a diversified set of banking, investment and mortgage products and services, as well as consumer and commercial finance, through our four reportable operating segments: Consumer Banking and Lending, Commercial Banking, Corporate and Investment Banking, and Wealth & Investment Management. Wells Fargo ranked No. 33 on Fortune’s 2025 rankings of America’s largest corporations. News, insights, and perspectives from Wells Fargo are also available at Wells Fargo Stories.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Digital Payments

                Integration connects Franklin Templeton’s proprietary tokenisation platform to BNB Chain’s growing ecosystem of institutional and retail investors, supporting secure, compliant on-chain financial products

                BNB Chain, leading L1 ecosystem, and Franklin Templeton, a global investment leader with $1.6 trillion in assets under management, today announced the expansion of Franklin Templeton’s Benji Technology Platform onto the BNB Chain. This integration allows Franklin Templeton to leverage BNB Chain’s scalable, low-cost, compliance-ready, and enterprise-grade infrastructure to provide global clients with seamless access to tokenized investment products.

                Benji Blockchain Technology Platform

                The Benji Technology Platform is Franklin Templeton’s proprietary blockchain-integrated stack, designed to facilitate trading, management, and administration of token-based investments. Using this platform, Franklin Templeton launched the world’s first U.S.-registered mutual fund in 2021 using blockchain-integrated technology to process transactions and record share ownership. The firm has since launched several tokenized investment products, fully on-chain, that support a wide range of global client needs across retail, wealth, institutional, bank and collateral use cases.

                By deploying on BNB Chain, Franklin Templeton gains access to a growing ecosystem of institutional and retail participants while demonstrating the network’s ability to support real-world, on-chain financial products at scale. 

                “Our goal is to meet more investors where they’re active, while continuing to push the boundaries of what tokenization can deliver with security and compliance at the forefront. Together, Franklin Templeton and BNB Chain will work to deliver tokenized assets with greater utility, and enhanced features for retail and institutional clients across the globe.”

                Roger Bayston, Head of Digital Assets, Franklin Templeton

                BNB Chain has become a premier destination for tokenized financial products, including money market funds, public equities, credit instruments, and other real-world assets. It enables tokenisation at scale through its powerful tech stack designed for secure, low-cost execution with real-time finality.

                “BNB Chain has a purpose-built environment that issuers can’t find elsewhere: fast settlement, low fees, and compliant data tooling in one ecosystem. Franklin Templeton’s decision to expand the Benji Technology Platform to our network demonstrates that BNB Chain can support regulated, real-world assets at scale and continues to strengthen our ecosystem of tokenised financial products.”

                Sarah Song, Head of Business Development at BNB Chain

                About BNB Chain

                BNB Chain is a community-driven blockchain ecosystem that is removing barriers to Web3 adoption. It is composed of:

                • BNB Smart Chain (BSC): A secure DeFi hub with the lowest gas fees of any EVM-compatible L1; serves as the ecosystem’s governance chain.  
                • opBNB: A scalability L2 that delivers some of the lowest gas fees of any L2 and rapid processing speeds.
                • BNB Greenfield: Meets decentralized storage needs for the ecosystem and lets users establish their own data marketplaces.

                Setting a high bar for security, the AvengerDAO community protects BNB Chain users while Red Alarm provides a real-time risk-scanner for Dapps. The ecosystem also offers a range of monetary and ecosystem rewards as part of its Builder Support Program. For more, follow BNB Chain on X or start exploring via our Dapp library.

                About Franklin Templeton

                Franklin Resources, Inc. is a global investment management organisation with subsidiaries operating as Franklin Templeton and serving clients in over 150 countries. Franklin Templeton’s mission is to help clients achieve better outcomes through investment management expertise, wealth management and technology solutions. Through its specialist investment managers, the company offers specialization on a global scale, bringing extensive capabilities in fixed income, equity, alternatives and multi-asset solutions. With more than 1,500 investment professionals, and offices in major financial markets around the world, the California-based company has over 75 years of investment experience and [$1.64 trillion] in assets under management as of August 31, 2025. For more information, please visit franklintempleton.com

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                CIBC launches GenAI platform, CAI, for data analysis, accelerated research, light coding and more…

                CIBC today announced the bank-wide launch of CIBC AI (CAI), its in-house Generative AI platform, to help drive further productivity across the organization and enable team members to deliver on the bank’s client-focused strategy.

                CIBC AI (CAI)

                CAI launched a pilot phase in July 2024 with an initial group of team members across Canada, the US and the UK. The AI platform has saved team members an estimated 200,000+ hours during the pilot by enabling team members to automate common tasks such as summarizing documents, drafting emails, compiling research and other text-based content.

                “It’s been tremendous watching the uptake of CAI across our bank and how it has helped simplify routine tasks for team members, better enabling them to focus on delivering value to our clients. What sets CAI apart is its adaptability to the unique needs of each team, from writing to research and analysis or even light coding suggestions, CAI has had a positive impact across all lines of business.”

                Dave Gillespie, Executive Vice-President, Infrastructure, Architecture and Modernisation, CIBC

                CAI is a custom-built Generative AI platform that was designed by CIBC from the ground up to support team members with a task-driven approach. It features an intuitive dashboard that allows users to easily navigate through various functionalities such as data analysis, accelerated research and preparing presentations. With the adoption of CAI, team members are able to focus their time on higher value activities.

                Responsible AI

                Team members need to complete a mandatory training course in order to access CAI, which provides an understanding of CIBC’s approach to AI and data, as well as the responsible governance framework in place to guide the use of AI at the bank.

                “Innovation has long been a hallmark of CIBC’s approach to meeting client needs, and we’re incredibly proud to take another exciting step forward in enhancing everyday experiences for our team members.” added Gillespie.

                CIBC reinforced its commitment to responsible AI by becoming the first major Canadian bank to sign the Government of Canada’s Voluntary Code of Conduct on the Responsible Development and Management of Advanced Generative AI Systems in March. 

                About CIBC

                CIBC is a leading North American financial institution with 14 million personal banking, business, public sector and institutional clients. Across Personal and Business Banking, Commercial Banking and Wealth Management, and Capital Markets and Direct Financial Services businesses, CIBC offers a full range of advice, solutions and services through its leading digital banking network, and locations across Canada, in the United States and around the world. Ongoing news releases and more information about CIBC can be found at www.cibc.com/ca/media-centre.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Toine van Beusekom, Strategy Director at Icon Solutions, on embracing a transformation strategy for payments

                For banks, change is no longer something they can simply let happen. They need to make it happen.

                This marks a significant shift from the past decade, where the demands of complying with major regulatory initiatives – such as the migration to ISO 20022 in combination with support for instant and cross-border payment schemes – prompted action above all else. This is unsurprising, as you really don’t want to mess with regulators and miss imposed deadlines.

                But as a defining regulatory era starts to wind down, things stand to be much different. Without the next deadline looming to provide direction, suddenly the road ahead feels more uncertain.

                This is a good time for banks to step back, take a hard look at the current state of their payments ecosystem, and ask themselves some honest questions. Have regulatory requirements been addressed as part of a strategic approach to transforming the infrastructure to realise long-term business value and competitive differentiation? Or have they been barely met by short-term fixes, workarounds, gaffer tape and hope?

                For most banks, it is likely more the latter than they would care to admit. And this has huge implications as they look towards meeting the demands of the future.  

                Are Banks Truly Ready For ISO 20022?

                ISO 20022 migration, which has largely dominated the change agenda over recent years, is a perfect illustration. After years of work and investment, banks should now, in theory, boast a modern payments ecosystem capable of high-performance, real-time ISO 20022 processing. Yet the reality is that many still possess fragmented and complex estates that rely on various individual processing engines for different payment types, with an ISO 20022 mapper used around the edges to support low real-time volumes. This means that, despite huge investments, banks may find themselves unprepared as ISO 20022 volumes start to ramp up.

                Now comes the big problem – which extends far beyond ISO 20022. Using the regulatory agenda as a pretext for securing more budget to pay down the existing technical debt and patch a solution is no longer the failsafe option it once was. Instead, addressing the challenges now relies on the much harder work of building a compelling and viable business case for change.

                Consolidation: Spend Less Money. Make More Money. Don’t Go To Jail

                Happily, there is a way to finally break free of the constraints of outdated, legacy infrastructure: consolidation. In fact, any bank in the business of processing payments should now be looking to work towards a single, consolidated infrastructure capable of supporting any payment, anytime, anywhere. 

                The business case for consolidation is clear, as it is foundational to the three key pillars of any transformation strategy. Banks spend less money by using standardised and open technologies to realise scale economies and lower the cost per transaction. They make more money as it is far easier to bring new products to market quickly or deliver value-added services. Finally, and with resiliency and compliance in the spotlight amid high-profile outages and geopolitical manoeuvring, they avoid jail through increased performance and transparency.

                A Smarter Approach To Consolidation

                The key question then becomes how to consolidate. 20 years ago, ‘consolidation’ meant a big bang, a years-long transition programme to a black-box payments hub costing hundreds of millions and leaving banks entirely reliant on a single vendor. Unsurprisingly, all these projects failed at Tier 1 banks. Yet the significant challenges of building entirely in-house have also been laid bare in recent times by well-documented project overruns, never realised benefits and blown budgets.

                Today, we are seeing a new approach. To stay in control of their costs, build and risk, banks are increasingly turning to leverage flexible payment development framework solutions that allow them to sustainably move towards a consolidated payments processing infrastructure.

                Success here demands a clear strategy outlining why transformation is needed, what ‘good looks like’ in terms of the target state, and finally how to actually get there. Guided by this blueprint, banks can then leverage a feature-rich development framework to reimagine the payments processing value chain – moving away from a horizontal end-to-end approach for single payment types and towards decoupled, vertical, bespoke, service-aligned flows.

                This progressive, gradual approach to transformation helps to realise immediate benefits that compound over time as more flows migrate over, while enabling banks to meet the requirements of new payments types, clearing and settlement methods, markets and use-cases as they emerge.

                Lead Payments Forward

                Looking more broadly, consolidation represents a chance to finally end the cycle of short-termism and reactivity that has for so long inhibited and disincentivised meaningful, strategic change and contributed to huge technical debt. For the first time in decades – perhaps ever – banks have an unmissable opportunity to take control, transform on their own terms and truly lead payments forward. But can they recognise and seize the moment amongst all the noise and hype?

                Learn more at: https://iconsolutions.com/

                • Digital Payments
                • Embedded Finance
                • Neobanking

                Embat and MicroFin strategic alliance delivers AI-powered cash management, reconciliation and real-time visibility for finance teams managing complex, multi-entity operations

                Embat, the leading European financial management and treasury platform, has formed a strategic partnership with MacroFin, part of Cooper Parry Digital and the UK’s leading NetSuite Alliance Partner. The collaboration combines MacroFin’s market-leading NetSuite implementation expertise with Embat’s next-generation treasury technology. The alliance will help finance teams tackle the growing complexity of international operations.

                MacroFin has been recognised as NetSuite Alliance Partner of the Year since 2021, reflecting its reputation and expertise for delivering the UK’s most complex ERP implementations. Following its acquisition by Cooper Parry, MacroFin has further solidified its position as one of the UK’s premier NetSuite partners.

                Facing the Challenge to Transform

                As companies scale – particularly in sectors such as SaaS, e-commerce, retail, and hospitality – their finance teams face challenges to transform that outgrow traditional tools such as Microsoft Excel. Multi-currency operations, multiple legal entities, high transaction volumes, and increased regulatory demands. This partnership ensures NetSuite clients have access to Embat’s treasury platform bidirectionally connected to NetSuite, offering:

                • Real-time cash visibility across accounts and currencies
                • AI-powered bank reconciliation that cuts manual processing time by up to 90%
                • Advanced forecasting to support strategic planning
                • Automated treasury operations to streamline day-to-day processes
                • Seamless NetSuite integration for consistent, efficient workflows
                • TellMe, Embat’s AI-powered treasury analyst, which enables finance teams to save up to 75% of their time on manual tasks. Freeing them to focus on strategic decision making

                Treasury Management

                “Treasury management has evolved from a back-office task to a strategic driver of business growth and efficiency. By working with MacroFin, we’re making advanced treasury technology accessible to NetSuite clients who need real-time visibility and automation to manage complexity with confidence.”

                Theo Wasserberg, Head of UK&I at Embat

                “When clients face complex international and multi-entity challenges, we look for solutions that go beyond NetSuite’s native functionality. Embat’s direct integration and AI-driven automation deliver the clarity and efficiency CFOs need in today’s environment.”

                Ross Latta, Co-Founder of MacroFin

                This partnership underscores Embat and MacroFin’s shared commitment to innovation in financial technology and toempowering CFOs and finance teams with tools that enhance both operational efficiency and strategic insight.

                About Embat

                Embat is a leading European financial management and treasury platform that enables finance teams in medium and large companies to centralise all operations from banking relationships to their financial management processes. It allows finance teams to save up to 75% of their time on manual tasks by using TellMe, our AI-powered treasury analyst, so they can focus on strategic decision-making. The main functions of Embat are treasury automation, automated accounting, and payments. Clients experience cost savings (by optimising their working capital management), time savings, reduced errors and an increased quality of life.

                About MacroFin with 3RP and the CP Digital Family

                MacroFin is a UK-based consultancy specialising in finance-led ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) transformations centred around the NetSuite platform. Founded in 2018 by chartered accountants, their approach emphasises embedding finance expertise at every stage of implementation. They offer services including NetSuite implementation, optimisation, training, support, and custom development. 

                In 2024, MacroFin joined Cooper Parry to form CP Digital alongside 3RP and Cloud Orca, creating a digital transformation hub with wider expertise and tech partnerships.

                MacroFin has implemented NetSuite for leading brands like Babylon, Depop, PensionBee, and Zego, achieving average go-live in four months.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Digital Payments

                New data from Evident shows banks are increasingly turning AI research into real-world tools

                AI benchmarking and intelligence platform Evident has published its latest report… The State of AI Research in Banking, analyses over 2,700 AI-specific papers from 50 of the world’s largest banks. 

                The State of AI Research in Banking

                The report shows that the big banks have increased their annual artificial intelligence research output by 7x over the past five years. The most AI-advanced institutions are focusing on research areas that directly serve their AI production pipelines.

                Since 2019, the number of banks publishing AI research has nearly doubled from 25 to 46 from 50 banks tracked by Evident. Last year, two-thirds of this research (65%) was driven by just five banks. They are JPMorganChase (37%), Capital One (14%), Wells Fargo (5%), RBC (5%), TD Bank (4%).

                According to Evident, it’s possible to map the banks’ historic research pipelines directly to their artificial intelligence use cases and products. From RBC’s ATOM model powering responsible lending to Capital One’s multi-agent systems for customer service. Examples of banks where research papers have served as blueprints for production include:

                • Capital Markets & Trading: Scotiabank, RBC Borealis, BlackRock, JPMorganChase
                • Transactions, Risk, AML, and Fraud: RBC Borealis, NatWest, CommBank
                • Agentic AI and Workflow Automation: Capital One, JPMorganChase, UniCredit
                • Causal AI and Personalisation: BBVA, TD Bank
                • Customer Experience and Summarization: NatWest, JPMorganChase

                “Through their research programmes, banks like JPMorganChase, Capital One, RBC, Wells Fargo, and TD Bank are setting the tone for how AI will be deployed in high-stakes, regulated environments. In contrast to the more commercially-guarded R&D practices of Big Tech, these banks are signalling the future of applied AI in financial services. And, most impressively, moving from research pipelines into production at scale within two to three years. Which is lightning fast by academic standards.”

                Alexandra Mousavizadeh, Co-founder & CEO, Evident

                The Rise of Agentic AI

                The State of AI Research in Banking report also points to the rise of Agentic AI as a priority within the world’s largest banks. 

                Evident’s data shows that AI Agents and Agent-based Systems research is now the fifth most popular research paper theme. Agentic themed research accounts for nearly 6% of year-to-date 2025 publications – or twice the current share of public agentic use cases Evident found across banking. 

                As more resources pour into agentic research, there has been an accompanying year-over-year decline in papers focused on Computer Vision (-0.7%), Scientific Discovery (-1.8%), and Healthcare / Biomedicine (-2.2%). This data further underscores where and how banks are shifting efforts away from open inquiry, in favour of applied research that clearly relates to immediate business applications.

                “While academic research within big business is often dismissed as a vanity exercise to keep PhDs happy, our analysis shows the opposite. The leading banks are pushing the frontier on emerging technologies like agentic AI – building the architectures and workflows that will soon underpin real-world applications. This isn’t research for research’s sake: it’s laying the foundation for faster deployments, smarter trading agents, and the next frontier of AI-driven financial services,” added Mousavizadeh.

                About Evident

                Evident is the intelligence platform for AI adoption in financial services. The company supports leaders stay ahead of change with in-depth insights, benchmarking, and real-time data through its flagship Indexes, Insights across Talent, Innovation, Leadership, Transparency and Responsible AI pillars, a real-time Use Case Tracker, community and events. Evident also provides private outcomes benchmarking, enabling firms to understand how their adoption of artificial intelligence compares to peers. Learn more at www.evidentinsights.com

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Revolutionary integration ensures real-time policy verification, combats document fraud, and boosts trust in the supply chain

                Business Choice Direct (BCD), a leading insurance provider to the transport and logistics industry, has announced a groundbreaking partnership with Trustd, the government-certified digital identity platform for transport and logistics. They launch the logistics sector’s first use of verifiable insurance credentials. This platform facilitates digital proof of valid insurance which can be instantly confirmed by any third party. Whether a fleet owner, freight forwarder, or shipper.

                Traditionally, insurance documentation relied on physical or emailed copies. These were easily outdated or manipulated, leaving carriers, subcontractors, and freight businesses vulnerable to fraud. In many cases, invalid or refunded insurance policies are mistakenly accepted because there’s no easy way to verify them when they are presented as proof of cover. Figures from BCD renewal statistics 2025 show that on average almost 30% of insurance policies are cancelled per month. Whilst not all of these cancellations are due to fraudulent activity, this statistic highlights the significant volume of potential risks that could have gone undetected by manual paperwork processes.

                The Trustd and BCD Partnership

                Through integration with Trustd, BCD policyholders can now generate secure, real-time verifiable credentials. These provide instant verification of valid insurance coverage, accessible and confirmable by any third-party. Including fleet owners, freight forwarders, or shippers, at any time. The insurance details can be instantly authenticated through secure digital channels, ensuring full transparency and reliability. In addition, the credentials are portable and tamper-proof and can be checked without relying on phone calls or visual inspections.

                These digital insurance policies benefit over 10,000 logistics businesses on the TEG platform, one of Trustd’s flagship customers. This is achieved by providing instant updates if a policy is cancelled or expires, allowing quick action without confusion. This prevents instances of fraud and unauthorised carriers moving freight without the correct insurances. 

                The First Industry Compliance Tool for Insurance 

                “This is a game-changer for insurance verification in logistics,” said Tristan Scaife, Director of Commercial at Business Choice Direct (BCD). This is the first time the logistics industry has access to real-time confirmation that a courier genuinely holds the right insurance. Through our partnership with Trustd, we’ve eliminated the uncertainty that risk and compliance teams have faced for years. No more guesswork, just instant, verified proof. We’re proud to be the first insurer to offer this capability with Trustd. Ensuring our customers’ credentials are both secure and effortlessly verifiable”. 

                A Breakthrough for Trust, Safety, and Transparency in the Sector

                For drivers and carriers, this means an easy way to share and verify your insurance with anyone or any company for transport work.

                For businesses, it offers a reliable and seamless method to ensure every policy presented is current and valid. Minimising risk, improving compliance, and streamlining operations.

                Scaife continues: “In terms of our partnership with TEG, we can offer exclusive savings and drivers can be confident that everyone on the platform and insured with BCD, is a Trustd courier. We’re proud to offer exclusive insurance discounts to Trustd users who choose to verify their credentials digitally”.

                 “I’ve always known providing credible documents can be a challenge, so this integration with BCD is exciting. Together, we’re pioneering innovation in logistics by solving problems that have existed for decades. This partnership with BCD is just the beginning. Our platform is designed to support a growing network of credential issuers, creating a single source of truth for all the verifiable credentials that carriers and drivers need. It’s a win for everyone, from fleet operators to individual drivers.”

                Lyall Cresswell, Founder & CEO of Trustd

                Once launched, this solution will be available to all TEG users with a BCD-issued policy.

                About Business Choice Direct

                Business Choice Direct (BCD) is a specialist insurance broker offering tailored cover for professionals in the transport, courier, and logistics industries. With expert advice and competitive pricing, BCD helps small and large businesses stay protected on the move.

                About Trustd

                Trustd is the first government-certified digital identity management platform designed specifically for transport and logistics. It digitises key industry documentation into secure, verifiable profiles that enhance trust and security across the supply chain.

                • InsurTech

                Integration of open banking technology and digital banking experience platform delivers seamless, standards-compliant customer experiences

                Ozone API, the global leader in open banking and open finance technology, and Plumery, a digital banking experience platform, today announced a strategic partnership for true customer-centric banking. The collaboration combines Ozone API’s specialist open banking platform with Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric, to empower financial institutions to deliver seamless, compliant, and innovative digital banking experiences.

                The partnership combines Ozone API’s standards-based open API technology, built to support all global open banking standards and regulations, with Plumery’s modern, cloud-native digital banking experience platform. This integration empowers banks and financial institutions to rapidly deploy customer-centric mobile and web applications. These can seamlessly incorporate open banking capabilities without compromising on compliance or security.

                Ozone API & Plumery – A Digital Partnership

                “At Ozone API, we do one thing better than anyone else – provide standards-based open API technology to banks and financial institutions. Our partnership with Plumery represents the perfect orchestration of market-leading technologies. By combining our specialist open banking technology with Plumery’s innovative digital banking platform, we’re enabling financial institutions to deliver truly differentiated customer experiences with an accelerated time to market.”

                Huw Davies, Co-founder and CEO of Ozone API

                “Our partnership with Ozone API represents a significant milestone in our mission to empower financial institutions with truly customer-centric digital banking experiences. The integration enables banks to not just meet regulatory requirements, but to transform open banking from a compliance necessity into a competitive advantage. Through future-proof architecture our clients can now deliver innovative, personalised services that leverage open banking data while maintaining the flexibility and speed-to-market that our platform is known for.”

                Ben Goldin, CEO, Plumery

                The joint solution addresses the growing demand from financial institutions for integrated digital banking platforms that can harness open banking capabilities. These can enhance customer engagement and create new revenue streams. Banks can now utilise Plumery’s flexible, developer-friendly platform to craft tailored digital experiences. Meanwhile, seamlessly integrating Ozone API’s robust open banking functionality.

                About Ozone API

                Ozone API empowers banks, fintechs, and financial institutions worldwide to thrive in the world of open banking. Founded by the team behind the UK’s open banking standards, our platform delivers secure, compliant, and high-performance APIs that unlock the potential of open finance. We help clients across multiple continents comply with evolving standards, create commercial value from their data, and deliver innovation at speed. Learn more: https://ozoneapi.com

                About Plumery

                Founded in 2016 as a private consultancy collaborating with leading global banking companies, Plumery became a registered brand in 2017 and evolved into an independent product company in 2022. Backed by renowned venture capital firms, Plumery now offers a modern, cloud-native digital banking experience platform. Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. Operating across Amsterdam, Lisbon, and Vilnius, Plumery’s mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide, regardless of size, to craft distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences. Learn more: https://plumery.com/

                • Digital Payments
                • Neobanking

                Franklin Templeton and Binance are harnessing blockchain tech to create solutions that merge the scale of traditional finance with the speed and accessibility of decentralised markets

                Binance, the world’s leading cryptocurrency exchange by trading volume and users, and Franklin Templeton, a global investment leader with $1.6 trillion in assets under management, have announced a collaboration to build digital asset initiatives and solutions tailored for a broad range of investors.

                Binance and Franklin Templeton Innovating with Tokenisation

                The firms will explore ways to combine Franklin Templeton’s expertise in the compliant tokenisation of securities with Binance’s global trading infrastructure and investor reach. The goal is to deliver innovative solutions to meet the evolving needs of investors. By bringing greater efficiency, transparency and accessibility to capital markets with competitive yield generation and settlement efficiency.

                “As these tools and technologies evolve from the fringes to the financial mainstream, partnerships like this one will be essential to accelerating adoption,” said Sandy Kaul, EVP, Head of Innovation at Franklin Templeton. “We see blockchain not as a threat to legacy systems, but as an opportunity to reimagine them. By working with Binance, we can harness tokenisation to bring institutional-grade solutions like our Benji Technology Platform to a wider set of investors and help bridge the worlds of traditional and decentralized finance.”

                “Investors are asking about digital assets to remain ahead of the curve, but they need to be accessible and dependable. By working with Binance, we can deliver breakthrough products that meet the requirements of global capital markets and co-create the portfolios of the future,” said Roger Bayston, EVP and Head of Digital Assets at Franklin Templeton. “Our goal is to take tokenisation from concept to practice for clients to achieve efficiencies in settlement, collateral management, and portfolio construction at scale.”

                “Binance has a record of innovating first-in-crypto solutions that unlock access and opportunities for investors. Our strategic collaboration with Franklin Templeton to develop new products and initiatives furthers our commitment to bridge crypto with traditional capital markets and open up greater possibilities,” said Catherine Chen, Head of VIP & Institutional at Binance.

                More details of the collaboration and new product launches will be shared later this year.

                About Binance

                Binance is a leading global blockchain ecosystem behind the world’s largest cryptocurrency exchange by trading volume and registered users. It is trusted by more than 280 million people in 100+ countries for its industry-leading security, transparency, trading engine speed, protections for investors, and unmatched portfolio of digital asset products and offerings from trading and finance to education, research, social good, payments, institutional services, and Web3 features. Binance is devoted to building an inclusive crypto ecosystem to increase the freedom of money and financial access for people around the world with crypto as the fundamental means. For more information, visit: https://www.binance.com

                About Franklin Templeton

                Franklin Resources, Inc. is a global investment management organization with subsidiaries operating as Franklin Templeton and serving clients in over 150 countries. Franklin Templeton’s mission is to help clients achieve better outcomes through investment management expertise, wealth management and technology solutions. Through its specialist investment managers, the company offers specialization on a global scale, bringing extensive capabilities in fixed income, equity, alternatives, and multi-asset solutions. With more than 1,500 investment professionals, and offices in major financial markets around the world, the California-based company has over 75 years of investment experience and $1.64 trillion in assets under management as of August 31, 2025. For more information, visit: franklintempleton.com 

                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Digital Payments

                Data from Mangopay’s global fraud detection solution Nethone shows UK online platforms among most frequently attacked countries, driving a 48% year-on-year rise in fraud checks

                New data from Nethone, Mangopay’s global fraud detection solution, reveals online fraud pressure rising to record levels and breaking out of traditional holiday cycles. 

                From January 2024 to July 2025, monthly inquiries (events assessed for fraud risk such as transactions, logins and sign-ups) grew from around 240 million to over 525 million. More than doubling in 18 months. Peaks landed outside classic shopping windows, notably Sep-Oct 2024 (480m) and set a new all-time high in July 2025 of 525m. 

                The year-on-year picture tells the same story: between January and July 2025, Nethone processed an average of 470 million inquiries per month, compared to 300 million in the same period in 2024 – an increase of 48% year-on-year. 

                Nethone’s full risk profiling analyses (“profilings”), which combine device fingerprinting, behavioural biometrics and account history checks, also rose from an average of 110 million per month (January-July 2024) to 170 million (January-July 2025), a 37% year-on-year increase, with an all-time high of 245 million in June 2025. 

                Geographically, the UK emerges as one of the most targeted hubs for online fraud, alongside France, Germany and Spain. Sector patterns underscore the year-round threat. E-commerce accounts for the majority of fraud events detected across the year. This is consistently driving volumes well above 400 million monthly checks in 2025. Travel and mobility platforms bring in seasonal spikes during summer holidays, while FinTech platforms show sharp surges in specific months, reflecting event-driven criminal activity. Gaming platforms follow a similar pattern around promotional campaigns. 

                Mark Burton, VP Engineering, Fraud Platform, Nethone

                “Fraud is no longer a seasonal threat. Our data shows that criminal activity has become a year-round pressure on UK and European platforms. Fraudsters now exploit promotional cycles and refund windows just as much as traditional shopping peaks. They are becoming more persistent and opportunistic, driving higher costs for businesses and risks for consumers. Online marketplaces, travel providers, and FinTech platforms need to be prepared for a constant baseline of risk, not just one-off surges.”  

                About Mangopay 

                Founded in 2013, Mangopay powers a wallet-based payment infrastructure specifically designed for organizations with complex, multi-party fund flows. Our programmable wallet solution optimizes fund management, allowing platforms to regain control over payments, secure transactions, and automate payouts.  

                By leveraging Mangopay’s end-to-end white-label infrastructure, clients generate additional revenue and enhance operational efficiency while remaining compliant and protected with 360° AI-driven fraud prevention. 

                With over 250 million end users and more than €130 billion in processed transactions, Mangopay continues to lead in the fintech industry, providing flexible wallets designed to move money your way. 

                About Nethone, a Mangopay solution 

                Nethone, a Mangopay solution, is an AI-powered fraud detection system that offers the most in-depth user analysis and precise risk analysis for merchants and fintech companies.  The proprietary profiler analyzes thousands of data points for a 360° view of every user, detects fraudulent behavior with 130 signals combined with AI-based models, and keeps companies safe from account takeover, payment fraud, bots, and organized attacks.  

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech
                • Digital Payments

                CI&T and Reuters Events report – poor data quality is the biggest barrier to AI transformation, says almost ¾ of UK underwriters

                CI&T, a global AI and tech acceleration partner, has released new research highlighting the AI opportunity in the UK. The report, created alongside Reuters Events, reveals poor data quality, rather than technology limitations, is the number one obstacle preventing UK underwriters from accelerating AI adoption. 

                Strategising for the AI Insurance Revolution

                The report, Strategising for the AI Insurance Revolution, draws on original UK survey data and real-world case studies. It aims to uncover how insurers are tackling the AI opportunity. And what’s holding them back. Much of the market discussion focuses on technology capabilities. The findings show that data fragmentation, unstructured formats and siloed systems are the real roadblocks. The goal is to deliver faster, more accurate underwriting and pricing.

                Key Findings from the Study

                • Efficiency over personalisation: Just 15% of claims leaders believe greater personalisation will significantly improve customer satisfaction. Compared with 41% prioritising streamlined internal processes and 39% favouring a blend of digital and human touchpoints.
                • AI as a cost shield. 60% of claims leaders believe AI-led efficiency will be crucial to offset rising claim costs and premiums.
                • Sandbox before scale. Insurers are adopting Generative AI cautiously, testing in sandbox environments. This mitigates risks such as hallucinations, bias, and data privacy breaches.
                • Proven ROI in action:
                • Working with CI&T, Mitsui Sumitomo (part of Asia’s largest insurance group) saved £800,000 annually. And cut quotation times by 54% through strategic modernisation.
                • A leading Brazilian insurer cut SME onboarding time by 46%. And achieved a 26% fraud denial rate, automating 2.2 million claims.

                Mike Young, VP Insurance Industry Growth at CI&T

                “AI’s success in insurance won’t be determined by how advanced the algorithms are, but by the quality and accessibility of the data that feeds them. This research shows UK insurers are ready to innovate—but they need to get their data house in order first.”

                With deep experience in the insurance sector, CI&T has helped insurers modernise legacy systems, improve customer journeys, and achieve measurable operational gains. Central to this is CI&T FLOW, CI&T’s enterprise-grade GenAI platform. It is designed with rigorous governance and privacy safeguards so insurers can innovate without compromising sensitive data.

                About CI&T

                CI&T is an AI and tech acceleration partner. We help businesses navigate the complex, changing European technological landscape to unlock real, measurable impact with digital-first solutions. CI&T brings a 30-year track record of helping clients deliver accelerated impact through tech-integrated business solutions, with deep expertise across AI, strategy, customer experience, software development, cloud services, data and more. As one of the world’s first digital native companies, innovation is in our DNA, helping us empower clients to win by embedding digital maturity into the heart of their operations. With over 7,400 employees across 10 countries, we combine the expertise of a global business with an entrepreneurial mindset to drive transformation at scale and turn strategy into action.

                About Reuters Events

                Reuters Events is one of the largest and fastest growing events companies anywhere in the world. Reuters Events serves a diverse range of industries and places a focus on the challenges and opportunities resulting from technological and strategic innovation. Our purpose is to provide senior level executives with the trusted insight and meaningful connections they need to confidently navigate change, unlock opportunity and inform their strategy. We curate world-class events and content that are high value to our customers. For more information, visit reutersevents.com. .

                Read the full report here

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • InsurTech

                Trilliam Jeong, CEO at Wealthblock, analyses the key investment industry trends in 2025 so far…

                Every year the once-staid investment management industry experiences trends in technology, markets, and services that are viewed by many as sure to change the next year’s ways of doing business. Here are three key trends shaping up in 2025… And three from the recent past that turned out to be not-so-trendy.

                Trend 1: AI Will Continue to Transform All Areas of Investment Management

                Artificial Intelligence (AI), like cloud computing a decade ago, is reshaping the way investment firms acquire, onboard, and manage clients. In 2025, we expect to see deeper integration of AI, providing real-time portfolio insights and automating client communications. Firms will increasingly rely on AI to enhance efficiency and reduce operational costs.

                Throughout the past year, leading investment firms have been upgrading their platforms to automate tasks like investor onboarding, marketing, and reporting. This has reduced manual work and human errors. Today, with rapidly advancing technologies like AI and cloud-based solutions, firms are creating customised workflows. These solutions not only benefit clients but allow firms to quickly adjust to changing compliance needs.

                Trend 2: Secondary Market Growth

                The market for private stakes is likely to expand, offering clients liquidity options beyond traditional public market exits like IPOs. Investors may look to secondary markets for more flexible and immediate exposure to private equity investments. With IPOs remaining limited, secondary market transactions (where private equity stakes are bought and sold) are expected to grow. Both Limited and General Partnership secondaries provide liquidity without requiring a full exit, making them appealing in a market with constrained traditional exit options.

                Trend 3: Hyper-Personalisation Through AI

                The move toward hyper-personalisation will intensify, with AI tailoring investment firm client interactions to individual preferences. This is crucial for retaining clients in a competitive market. To ensure continues success in 2025, organisations should focus on adopting AI, strengthening their capabilities in secondary markets, and enhancing cybersecurity to protect client data.

                Investors now expect quicker, more transparent communication. The state-of-the-art engagement and analytics tools available today have helped reduce delays, but demand for even faster response remains. We foresee further advances in 2025 and beyond.


                Beyond these positive trends it is interesting to take note of some oft-hyped predictions in investment technology over the recent past that have not exactly worked out as predicted:

                ESG Investing

                ESG investing, which gained significant traction between 2019 and 2022, is now witnessing a notable decline. The percentage of new funds labeled as ESG has sharply decreased, and online searches for ESG investing have reverted to 2019 levels.

                Tokenisation of Investments

                Blockchain and tokenization initially promised a revolution in private investments. But adoption has been slow, primarily due to complex regulations. Firms are now being more selective about blockchain’s real value.

                Neobanks and Digital Wallets

                Neobanks for private investors have struggled to compete with traditional banks’ digital offerings, leading to a shift in focus. Digital wallets also face security and compliance hurdles in private investment.


                AI and Cloud Takes Centre Stage

                Generative AI is clearly transforming private equity, with firms exploring AI tools for due diligence, portfolio optimisation, and cost reduction in portfolio companies. While this area is rapidly growing, the high cost and expertise required could limit smaller firms from fully implementing AI solutions across the board.

                In 2025, you can expect to see AI more deeply integrated, from real-time portfolio insights to automating investor communications. Firms will likely lean on AI to cut costs and improve response times, making operations smoother overall.

                We see the continued investment in AI and Cloud as the overriding trend in 2025. As AI is deployed to help streamline everything from data analysis to investor communication, firms that focus on automating routine tasks will find their team can spend more time on high-level strategy.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Digital Payments

                The Financial Transformation Summit (FTS), presented by MoneyNext, took place June 18-19 2025 at London’s ExCeL Centre, Royal Victoria Dock. With over 2,000 attendees, 300+ speakers, and 400 roundtables, it stood out as one of the most immersive and interactive events in the financial services calendar.

                FinTech Strategy hit the conference floor at the heart of the action delivering insights from experts across Banking, Insurance, Wealth, and Lending at Financial Transformation Summit (FTS).

                Financial Transformation Summit attendees from banking, insurance, wealth, lending, fintech, consultancy, and regulatory sectors convened for two days packed with keynotes, panel talks, immersive demos, and networking among 60+ exhibitors and startups.

                Co-located streams – Banking, Insurance, Wealth, and Lending part of themed zones – meant that ticket-holders could explore adjacent sectors fluidly across a guiding theme: culture, collaboration, and customer centricity driving tech adoption and transformation.

                Programme Highlights

                Keynotes & Panels

                1. Data Silos & Cross‑Institutional Collaboration

                A panel featuring senior leaders from EVLO, Aon, Schroders, and Brit Insurance tackled how institutions – despite collectively spending over $33 billion annually on data – still struggle to collaborate due to privacy concerns and regulation. Innovative solutions included federated learning, anonymised client IDs and consent-backed APIs.

                2. Digital Insurance via Wallets

                Anna Bojic (Miss Moneypenny Technologies) unveiled a fresh take on insurance – embedding policy and claim data into Apple/Google Wallets. The idea: dynamic customer interaction directly from smartphone wallets, enhancing real‑time engagement and retention.

                3. ESG Economics & Market Reality

                Marc Kahn (Investec) challenged ESG orthodoxy, urging firms to emphasise human and planetary wellbeing – beyond purely financial returns – to capture stakeholder trust and sustainable growth.

                4. People & Psychological Safety

                Kirsty Watson (Aberdeen Group) and Vikki Allgood (Fidelity International) underlined that technological investments are futile without organisational design and psychological safety. Allgood cited a McKinsey study revealing only 26% of leaders build teams with a sense of safety – a critical step toward innovation.

                5. Human‑Centred AI

                Monica Kalia (Planda AI) championed AI that models individual financial contexts – recognising diversity within demographic cohorts and personalizing services accordingly.


                Roundtable Experiences at FTS

                At the event’s heart were the TableTalk roundtables – 400+ small-group sessions, each led by a subject-matter expert. These were limited to six participants each, enabling deep, peer-led discussions on themes like:

                • AI in risk and compliance
                • Open banking integration
                • ESG data standards
                • Cyber resilience
                • Change management and culture adaptation

                Attendees consistently praised their interactive nature – far removed from the stage‑focused “listening” format often critiqued at other conferences.


                Demonstrations & Exhibitor Showcase

                Over 60 exhibitors presented tech-driven innovations: Generative AI, open‑banking APIs, ESG reporting tools, embedded finance solutions, and more. A few standouts were:

                • CRIF highlighted AI-powered credit scoring with ESG overlays – promising dynamic risk assessments backed by sustainability data
                • Emerging FinTechs demoing AI compliance engines, digital wallet insurance packaging, and data-sharing platforms
                • Hyland demonstrated the intuitive end-user experience of its Hyland Content Innovation Cloud™ and showed how easy it is to configure, tailor and deploy solutions that can empower key stakeholders across any business

                The demo zone allowed engaging, hands-on exploration and real-time Q&As; it complemented the content with practical insights.

                Standout Themes & Strategic Insights

                1. Tech is Not Enough Without Culture

                Recurrent messaging emphasised that culture, trust, governance, and psychological safety are foundational – not secondary – to digital initiatives. Technology alone won’t deliver transformation without a people-first mindset.

                2. Cross‑Sector Data Collaboration

                Despite heavy investment, institutions still operate in silos. Shared, secure infrastructure and regulatory-aligned frameworks are being prototyped, but broad adoption remains a work in progress.

                3. AI-as-a-Personalisation Backbone

                AI is shifting from automation to empathy. Organisations showcased tools to hyper-personalise offers yet maintain privacy and inclusion – moving beyond outdated demographic frameworks into genuine behavioural understanding.

                4. Embedded Finance & Digital Wallets

                Insurance via wallet applications and embedded finance models point to seamless customer journeys – less app hopping, more value delivered at the point of need.

                5. Rebalancing ESG & Profit Metrics

                Speakers emphasised integrating ESG factors into performance metrics – not just for compliance, but as an operative advantage anchored in long-term stability and stakeholder trust.


                Who Should Attend FTS Next Year?

                Ideal for:

                • Transformation and change leaders
                • CTOs, CIOs, and Heads of Innovation
                • Data and AI strategists
                • Operational and HR leaders focused on culture
                • FinTech innovators and solution providers

                If you’re crafting digital transformation strategies, an attuned leader in financial services, or a consultant embedding tech in legacy environments, this summit provides rich, actionable content.

                Expect next year’s event to build on this foundation:

                • More AI-specific tracks, possibly Generative AI streams
                • ESG deep-dives with case studies on implementation
                • Expanded regulator involvement around data governance and cross-border compliance

                FTS: Final Verdict

                Overall, the FTS 2025 delivered on its brand promise:

                • Interactive and inclusive: 400 roundtables empowered voices across levels.
                • Cross‑sector learning: Banking, Insurance, Wealth, and Lending streams offered both breadth and depth.
                • Insightful keynotes: Big ideas on AI, ESG, data-sharing, and culture were well-explored.
                • Real-world relevance: Exhibitor demos connected theory with practice.
                • Networking with purpose: Opportunities to engage, learn, and collaborate were abundant.

                The Financial Transformation Summit struck a compelling balance between big-picture vision and granular, execution-level insight. It emphasised that while technology enables; culture, customer centricity and collaboration drive real progress. The format – with its roundtables, demos, and keynotes – offered a dynamic platform for knowledge exchange.

                If you attended, chances are you left with practical next steps. If you didn’t, you missed one of the most interactive, future-focused events shaping financial services transformation today.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Digital Payments
                • Embedded Finance
                • Events
                • Host Perspectives
                • InsurTech

                Alexandra Mousavizadeh, CEO and Co-Founder of Evident, with her top five AI innovations advancing financial services in 2025

                AI is no longer optional for the world’s biggest banks, it has become a fundamental part of their operations, rapidly transforming modern banking. As the industry faces mounting pressure to innovate, the technology is emerging as a critical tool for achieving a competitive advantage. From automating processes and enhancing customer experiences to improving risk management, banks are investing heavily in artificial intelligence to boost productivity, efficiency and profitability.

                2025 has been a pivotal year for AI adoption, as banks shift their focus from strategy development to demonstrating measurable value. Stakeholders will increasingly demand clear evidence of AI’s impact on efficiency gains, revenue growth, employee productivity and customer satisfaction. The next phase of AI adoption will distinguish early adopters who leverage it effectively from those who fall behind.

                Here are five predictions for how artificial intelligence will reshape banking in 2025 and beyond.


                1. Banks focus will shift from AI strategy to measuring value creation

                The big banks are well on their way to operationalising AI at scale and, consequently, it now has to prove its ROI.

                Capturing ROI has been one of the most discussed topics internally at banks this year but noticeably absent from the industry disclosures so far. In 2025 realised results are going to be needed to justify ongoing investments. Equity analysts will be asking for clear evidence of the value AI is delivering whether that’s efficiency gains, revenue growth, staff productivity or customer satisfaction.

                With just six banks disclosing the realised business impact of artificial intelligence in financial terms so far, it’s time for everyone else to step up.


                2. AI Training will take Centre Stage: Ensuring employees can use AI tools effectively

                AI training is shifting downstream, so the focus is no longer just having AI tools but ensuring that employees are able to use them properly.

                Our talent data suggests that 60% of incoming AI talent arriving at banks is sourced straight out of university. Banks need to ensure AI-focused training and career development opportunities are available across all levels of their organisation to fast-track adoption and start seeing a return.

                Specifically, in 2025 we expect to see banks investing in training programmes that shift the emphasis from early internal adopters and specialist hires to the rest of the bank. This could be training ‘leaders’ in AI literacy or upskilling ultimate ‘users’.


                3. Unstructured data is no longer a problem

                Whether banks are building their own AI or buying in third-party solutions, the end result will only be as good as the underlying infrastructure. Banks made these investments years ago; in 2025, as the drive towards organisation-wide AI deployment ratchets up, we’ll start to see which institutions have placed the right bets.

                However, advances in handling unstructured data may ease the burden of cleaning up legacy data pools, providing a lifeline to institutions weighed down by outdated systems. Emerging technologies like AI-powered data wrangling and natural language processing are enabling banks to extract value from messy or siloed data. This is reducing the dependency on large-scale data overhauls.


                4. We’ll see the first ‘killer app’ for Agentic AI documented at a major bank

                As trust in the technology grows, and banks continue to build artificial intelligence capabilities, we’re expecting to see more use cases that let the AI operate and make decisions without human intervention.

                2025 should be the year when the first killer apps for agentic AI surface, although it’s worth noting that, at the time of writing in January, Australia’s CommBank is the first and so far, only big bank out with a live agentic AI use case. The bank is deploying agents to solve some of the 15,000 payment disputes raised by its customers every day. The rest of the major players are yet to show their hand on the agentic front.


                5. Trump’s AI Executive Order: A rebrand, not a repeal

                Despite President Trump’s pledge to repeal President Biden’s AI Executive Order, this move resulted in a rebranding rather than a full repeal. Biden’s order primarily focused on federal government AI adoption rather than regulating the private sector, leaving industries like banking largely unaffected. Financial institutions are already collaborating with regulators to ensure AI safety and to avoid deploying contentious use cases.

                Overall, US regulations will focus on competitiveness, growth and spending cuts. As a result, we anticipate a more liberal approach to AI regulation aimed at staying ahead of China. With the recent appointments of Sriram Krishnan, Michael Kratsios and Lynne Parker we expect regulation will support open source development and avoid a pause on research, an approach that may clash with Musk’s views.

                While US AI safety advocates continue to monitor developments, Europe is likely to press ahead with its regulatory agenda regardless. This could create an uneven playing field if Europe’s approach ends up being significantly more heavy-handed than that of the US.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Rob Israch, President at finance automation specialists Tipalti, reflects on the post-hype AI landscape for innovation in financial services

                The initial excitement around AI In finance is shifting toward a more practical focus on real business value. Many companies were swept up in the early enthusiasm. However, companies are now leaning toward integrating artificial intelligence more meaningfully into core workflows to deliver lasting value.

                While 92% of companies plan to increase their AI investments over the next three years, just 1% of leaders say their organisations are truly AI mature. True maturity means AI drives measurable outcomes and is central and streamlined into daily operations.

                So for finance teams, this shift is critical. In an economy shaped by changes in inflation, tariffs and taxes, every investment must deliver clear ROI and help the business by streamlining operations, enhancing forecasts and adopting predictive analytics.

                As companies push for sustainable growth and a thawing IPO market signals possible opportunities, scalable and integrated AI solutions will be key to business success.

                Building for Real Problems, Not Hypothetical Gaps

                Most companies agree that innovation in the finance department is key to unlocking the next level of growth. However, despite growing ambition to adopt AI and automation, 84% of finance teams still rely heavily on manual processes. Leaving little leftover time for strategic thinking.

                To truly drive value, AI must be applied not just tactically, but strategically for each business. Research shows that while 74% of companies have adopted AI, only 4% have advanced capabilities that drive clear business value. Real impact is delivered when the technology goes beyond simple workflow automation and becomes a source of real-time, predictive insight across the finance function.

                Take treasury operations, for example. Traditionally, treasury teams have faced mounting challenges in managing cash flow, forecasting liquidity, and overseeing global bank relationships. With AI-powered tools, finance teams can now gain real-time, intelligent cash visibility across thousands of banks, ERP systems, and data sources. This transformation not only empowers leaders to make faster and smarter decisions but also underscores the importance of streamlined systems within the finance function.

                From a Surplus of Tools to One Unified Platform

                What businesses don’t want is extra layers of complexity; they need a straightforward, unified platform that solves real problems.

                Large enterprises may seek ‘AI-first’ products and invest in cross-functional AI platforms. But they typically have the resources to fund extensive IT teams or consultants to customise these systems. However, for most businesses, this level of support isn’t a reality. So, businesses without reams of IT people, benefit more from a consolidated system that delivers efficiency and scalability. This allows them to stay focused on growth and innovation. 

                If AI is seamlessly embedded within these solutions, it can enhance performance without increasing complexity. Whether improving automation, workflow management or operational efficiency, AI should be an integral part of the product.

                Staging the Runway for the Next Stage of Growth

                Companies that fully integrate AI will be more ready for sustainable growth. However, integration is just the start… Once AI is embedded, organisations must focus on how it can deliver real, strategic value. This means designing solutions not only to automate processes but to provide actionable insights. Currently, only 26% have developed the skills to move beyond AI conceptually and deliver real value. In the finance function, using AI strategically can lower processing costs by 81% and speed up processing times by 73%.

                As more advanced models are integrated into workplaces systems, they can predict payment patterns, cash flow trends, and vendor behaviour. In today’s dynamic environment, companies that have sustainable, AI-powered solutions centred on usability and scalability are best positioned for the next stage of growth.

                The Continued Road to AI Maturity

                As finance teams navigate a more mature AI landscape and prepare for future growth, the focus is shifting from individual features to foundational value. With investors sharpening their focus, they seek durable business models. The companies that succeed will be those that have applied AI to maximise their investment.

                These companies haven’t just chased metrics; they’ve spent the past few years strengthening their foundations and embedding AI deeply into their architecture.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                We Fix Boring founder Andrej Persolja on why investors are making bigger bets on fewer teams via the impact of AI, enhanced profiling and better targeting

                How founders can improve their chances of raising investment – team alignment, production and business differentiation, and customer-centered strategy. Creating a story that investors can easily understand and buy into.

                If you’re planning a FinTech investment pitch, the chances are that your first thoughts will relate to the numbers. You’ll open your spreadsheets and dig out your margins, forecasts, CAC-to-LTV ratios, and KPIs. You’ll do everything you can to make your brand look impressive on paper. It’s what you’ve been taught to do because metrics matter. Of course they do. However, what many founders don’t realise is that although metrics clearly carry value, they should only ever be the starting point of any investment pitch. Because, at the end of the day, investors are people first, and their decisions are based on emotion as much as they are on money.

                The Human Factor in FinTech Funding

                Investors are not machines. It might sound like stating the obvious, but when so much hinges on investor approval, it can be hard to remember that you’re dealing with human beings. So, you focus on upselling your financial model, growth projections, and market opportunity, entirely overlooking the value of an emotional response. One influenced by your narrative, your team, your product vision, and your belief in your startup’s ability to reshape an industry. And that’s where so many fintechs go wrong.

                In sectors like FinTech, where technical innovation is everywhere, what often sets a pitch apart is its ability to tell a compelling story. One that communicates not just what the product does, but why it matters. That emotional connection can often provide the edge that secures the deal.

                Innovation often outpaces regulation in fintech, and profitability can be years away. So, what convinces an investor to take a bet on an early-stage startup? The potential return on investment matters and will always be a factor. But it’s rarely the only factor. Because there are countless high-growth opportunities out there. So why choose yours?

                The answer is belief. Belief in your vision. Belief in your ability to execute. And the belief that your product solves a real, meaningful problem in a way that others haven’t. That’s why positioning, and the emotional resonance behind it, plays such a critical role in raising capital.

                When fintech investors evaluate opportunities, they aren’t just looking at your tech stack or your runway. They’re asking themselves: What does this company stand for? What kind of disruption do I want to back? What values do I want my capital to reflect? If your pitch doesn’t communicate that clearly and emotionally, it becomes just another deck in a crowded inbox.

                Strong positioning grounds your FinTech in something bigger than features or metrics. It communicates purpose. And when you pair that with an emotionally resonant brand narrative, you give investors a reason to care. Not just about your product, but about why it exists and where it’s going. Because trust, change, and vision are core themes that can move an investor from ‘interested’ to ‘committed.’

                Crafting a FinTech Brand Narrative to Drive Investment

                Building a compelling brand narrative in FinTech is no longer optional. It’s a critical part of your investment strategy. And it all starts with one fundamental question: What is your why? Beyond monetisation and market sizing, what real-world problem are you solving? Why does it matter now? Whether you’re streamlining payments, reimagining lending, or building infrastructure for digital finance, your deeper purpose is what sets your FinTech apart. And it’s what investors are really looking for. That, and a strong user experience (UX) that shows commitment to your customers and the potential to build loyalty.

                The Role of UX in Investment Pitching

                Traditionally, FinTech companies have been held back by one major challenge: compliance. But in today’s digital-first environment, where every player in banking, insurance, and payments is competing for speed, convenience, and trust, the challenge has become twofold: compliance and user experience.

                In digital finance, the core area of competition is how quickly you can get the user to value. That means having crystal-clear user journeys and a focus on where and how users perceive value. Using one of my clients – a SaaS solution for institutional investors – as an example, by simplifying the user experience across our landing pages and onboarding, we increased conversion from 0% to 37%. That didn’t just improve user experience. It provided quantifiable traction that could be shown to investors. And if you need to prove traction to investors, every click matters.

                With FinTech investment rebounding – up 5.3% in H1 2025 compared to 2024 – now is the time to act. But standing out means more than just showing attractive metrics. Investors want a clear narrative that combines numbers with a strong strategic story. They’re looking for confidence in the team, clarity in the vision, and proof that your product is ready to scale. Both operationally and emotionally.

                So, to reiterate. Yes, if you’re preparing an investment pitch for your FinTech, the financial model matters. But seasoned investors know markets shift, projections change, and competition intensifies. A fintech company that can articulate a powerful vision, show traction through product-led growth, and tell a story that resonates on a human level will always have an edge.

                So, take your ideas and take your numbers, and make them look as pretty and appealing as possible. But don’t forget to wrap them in a story if you want to spark your investor’s imagination. 

                We Fix Boring

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                In 2025, Blockchain has stopped auditioning and started plumbing real money flows. Tokenised funds are attracting institutional assets. Stablecoins are…

                In 2025, Blockchain has stopped auditioning and started plumbing real money flows. Tokenised funds are attracting institutional assets. Stablecoins are wiring into mainstream settlement. Banks and central banks are experimenting with programmable money. Treasury teams are moving value 24/7 on tokenised rails. And compliance rules are finally catching up. Below are the five breakthroughs that matter now—and why they’re reshaping how finance moves.

                Tokenised funds & collateral move into production


                BlackRock’s tokenised BUIDL fund surged past $1B AUM in March—proof that on-chain money-market exposure is crossing the credibility gap. Franklin Templeton, meanwhile, has pushed BENJI into new markets and chains. These include a European launch under local rules and integrations on public networks geared for enterprise use. On the collateral side, Euroclear and Digital Asset began the first phase of tokenised collateral mobility on the Canton Network. This is laying the pipes for faster margining and securities financing.


                Stablecoin settlement becomes a mainstream payment rail


                Visa announced it is expanding stablecoin settlement. More USD and EUR-backed coins, more blockchains, and broader use cases for issuers and acquirers. Stripe re-enabled stablecoin acceptance (USDC) after a six-year hiatus. It has been vocal that a meaningful share of its future payment volume will ride stablecoins. On the bank stack, FIS is integrating USDC into its Money Movement Hub. Making stablecoin payments available to U.S. financial institutions through existing treasury pipes.


                Bank-led “programmable money” via tokenised deposits


                The BIS Project Agorá—with seven central banks—entered design to prototype tokenised commercial bank deposits. These settle against wholesale central bank money on a unified, programmable ledger. In the UK, the Regulated Liability Network (RLN) brought together all major banks to prove shared-ledger capabilities for always-on, programmable, multi-asset settlement. Together, these efforts point to bank-grade programmability—smart-contract settlement with the finality and legal clarity of today’s two-tier system.


                Institutional on-chain payments & programmable treasury


                JPM Coin is quietly doing real work. JPMorgan confirmed the platform processes ~$1B in daily transactions, and says programmability has made volumes “explode.” Corporate treasurers are following… Payoneer now uses Citi Token Services for 24/7 blockchain-enabled intracompany transfers. Demonstrating how programmable liquidity is leaving the lab for day-to-day treasury ops.


                Compliance rails mature: MiCA + travel-rule guidance


                The EU’s MiCA regime has applied to stablecoins since 30 June 2024 and to broader crypto-asset service providers since 30 December 2024. These timelines have shaped 2025 product launches and licensing. The EBA’s “travel-rule” guidelines now spell out what information must accompany crypto-asset transfers, giving banks and CASPs a clearer path to compliance and interoperability.


                In 2025, Blockchain in FinTech is realising its potential. Tokenised funds and collateral are moving real money at scale; stablecoins are quietly becoming a dependable settlement rail; and “programmable money” is shifting from whitepapers to pilots with central banks and tier-one banks. Corporate treasuries are embracing rules-based, 24/7 transfers, while clearer rules (MiCA, travel-rule guidance) are reducing compliance friction.
                The arc is clear: finance is converging on interoperable, programmable assets and payments that settle faster, with better transparency and control. Winners will be the firms that pair regulatory credibility with real utility—bridging today’s balance sheets to tomorrow’s on-chain operating model.

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Rob Vann, Chief Solutions Officer at Cyberfort, on the importance of the human factor for successful AI integration in financial services

                Financial service institutions are currently navigating an increasingly complex digital landscape where opportunity and risk walk hand in hand. According to The Bank of England’s 2024 report, 75% of financial service firms are already using Artificial Intelligence (AI). Afurther 10% are planning to use AI over the next three years.

                It goes without saying that the rapid uptake can be attributed to the benefits of AI for financial service firms. These include enhancing fraud detection and automating customer service, to improving risk assessment and streamlining compliance processes. Financial institutions are undeniably seeing faster, more accurate decision-making and cost saving as a result of AI integration.

                However, the reality is more complicated. The same report also reveals security has emerged as the highest perceived risk of AI integration. Both now and looking three years ahead. With this in mind, banks and fintechs alike are struggling to address these immediate security concerns. As well as implementing and keeping ahead of new AI regulation. Meanwhile, also trying to prepare and anticipate what is next for AI technology. With AI becoming essential to the future of financial services, is there too much focus on technical integration and not enough on the human element?

                The Current Limitations to AI Integration

                While Generative AI’s (GenAI) ability to understand plain language makes it easier to use, this creates an abundance of potential security risks. Financial staff using these tools might accidentally share sensitive data when asking questions, or the AI could reveal confidential trading information if it’s not properly trained or restricted. This can also work in reverse, by continually telling the AI tool that an untrue thing is correct, the AI tool will adopt this position and present it as fact. For example, if a GenAI tool was trained that people called ‘Rob’ are always bad credit risks, it would quickly factor that into its answers irrespective of the clear (to humans) fact that it is nonsense. This of course works equally well accidentally and maliciously.

                Another considerable limitation of current GenAI systems lies in how the mechanisms are set to prioritise delivering information. Unlike seasoned human financial analysts who possess the experience and time to make informed decisions, GenAI mechanisms are set to prioritise over a number of known and unknown criteria, that are not necessarily trained from that specific use to the model. For example, a user disconnecting without an answer may mean the Gen AI tool prioritises responding within a specific time frame over providing correct information. This is especially prevalent in public GenAI tools where the context and desire of the user will be different to the current question but may be applied as universal learning. Furthermore, Public GenAI rarely sees the reaction to the output, so it is unable to differentiate between the good and bad answers its given, meaning training on dumb makes the GenAI less smart, not more. 

                This can lead to potentially dangerous scenarios in critical financial operations. Where the GenAI tool simply guesses or creates an answer that isn’t based on fact, potentially enabling or making the wrong decisions.

                A Comprehensive Approach to AI Integration

                Instead, financial services and institutions must focus on creating and adopting a comprehensive approach to AI integration and security to address these challenges and limitations.

                Firstly, firms should invest in building their own AI models that follow their company’s security rules, rather than relying on unreliable public systems. If public systems are being used by staff though, setting clear rules about, and controls when using these tools, like ChatGPT, will also be essential in ensuring the safety of company information. Staff need to know what they can and can’t share, and monitoring and controls should create clear boundaries and limitations to the use of open AI models.

                Companies must also train staff on how to use AI systems safely, as even the best security measures can fail if employees don’t know how to use them properly.


                Finally, organisations should also use multiple AI systems that work together with human experts to double-check results, making sure no single system can make unchecked decisions without a human AI partnership.

                So, what does a good human AI partnership look like?

                How to Leverage Human-AI Partnerships

                Finance services institutions need to recognise that the solution should focus on allowing AI and human skills to compliment each other. It isn’t just about better AI – it’s about enabling human expertise to scale efficiently.

                The simple principle of “the right tool for the right job” needs to be at the forefront of users minds. A GenAI platform can search through billions of records and identify six that are anomalous in some way. A second AI platform can ask it to validate its findings against the original question. And then a human expert can identify which 4 of the 6 are expected behaviours. And which 2 are malicious, dangerous, or need further action.

                In the same way as asking the human to search through billions of records manually is unachievable, asking the GenAI platform to apply context it doesn’t have or retain causal experience is equally unrealistic.

                AI excels at processing vast amounts of data to recognise patterns, but humans bring crucial understanding, ethical judgment, and strategic thinking. Working in unison, taking a partnership focused approach can allow organisations to leverage both the processing power of AI and the nuanced decision-making abilities of experienced professionals.

                Risk management within this partnership becomes absolutely essential. For instance, if AI flags potential money laundering, a compliance officer needs to review this before any action is taken. Or if AI suggests changes to investment portfolios based on market trends, investment managers must validate these recommendations against their market knowledge and client needs.

                Banks too need clear procedures for escalation. If AI suggests unusual trading patterns, there should be a defined process for who reviews this. Whether that’s the trading desk, a separate compliance team, or even senior management. The same applies for credit decisions, fraud alerts, or risk assessments. 

                The Real Risk: Avoiding AI Altogether

                Interestingly, the biggest risk to financial institutions isn’t from those using AI – it’s from those avoiding it altogether. The key is finding the right balance – embracing AI’s capabilities while maintaining strong human oversight and security measures. Financial institutions must create protected data environments and train AI platforms for specific tasks with specific information. They must establish clear guidelines for AI tool usage. And conduct regular security audits to ensure their AI systems remain both effective and secure.

                An AI’s development, training, utilisation and continued learning should be planned monitored and developed. This should be longside its human partner’s usage and of course the overall outputs and results.

                GenAI Platform Best Practice

                When building a GenAI platform, the following principles should be considered.

                1. Design it carefully, with a restricted scope and a set of agreed outcomes, how will it learn? What makes this the best learning data? And of course GenAI supervised by humans can play a big part in this.

                2. Validate its learning, tell it what’s right and wrong – a GenAI  model will learn (like a human) through mistakes. But it won’t hold the knowledge of why? Or what? So keep the feedback relevant, continuous and tight.

                3. Try to break it – ask it random things. For example, when it replies “I don’t know” tell it that’s a good answer. When it makes something up, be clear and provide feedback.

                4. Ensure the human partners understand its limitations – people don’t get to outsource their thinking. They get to participate with a low level, high volume intelligence. Make sure they know that and are checking every answer.

                5. Measure against your original outcome goals. Don’t scope creep without following the above principles. Yes it can analyse data, but it can’t think if what you’re asking is stupid or not.

                6. Enjoy the financial, time, accuracy and speed benefits of your human/ai partnership

                The future of financial services lies in effective human-AI collaboration, not just AI adoption. Success requires building secure, well-trained AI systems that compliment human expertise rather than replace it. Embrace this partnership mindset while maintaining strong security measures and human oversight. Then financial institutions can harness AI’s power while mitigating its risks.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                The Card & Payments Awards will be taking place on Thursday 5th February 2026 at the famous JW Marriott Grosvenor House Hotel in Mayfair, London. Entries are open now and close in October… Book your table for the Awards now!

                The Card & Payments Awards remains the longest-standing and leading networking event of the year for the UK and Irish card and payments industry. With over 1100 guests attending on the night, from over 300 different companies, and with a compelling list of blue-chip sponsors. Enter here and book your tables now.

                Recognising Excellence and Innovation in Payments

                The Card & Payments Awards has been instrumental in recognising excellence and innovation across the industry from a diverse range of corporations for the past two decades. Each year many eligible organisations compete for one of the prestigious awards which are judged by an independent panel of industry experts. The Awards concludes with its infamous Industry Achievement Award each year. 

                The Card & Payments Awards are open across the different categories to credit, debit, prepaid and charge card issuers, co-brands, merchant acquirers, payment processors, retailers and other payments companies worldwide who are offering programmes or initiatives within the UK and Irish market. There are a range of categories covering key disciplines and offering organisations the opportunity to showcase all of their achievements. 

                Why Enter

                For over 20 years, The Card & Payments Awards have been recognising excellence across the industry.

                Widely regarded as the Oscars of the card and payments world, this is your opportunity to stand out and celebrate your achievements.

                An entry gives you the chance to:

                • Gain recognition from respected industry leaders
                • Build brand credibility and consumer trust
                • Increase visibility through press and media coverage
                • Extensive networking opportunities with senior industry leaders
                • Demonstrate your commitment to excellence
                • Assessment by an independent panel of experienced industry judges

                Entries are judged on the strength of the submission and how well it meets the category criteria. Categories include: Best Industry Innovation, Best Payment Facility, Best App User Experience (CX Initiative), Best Product Design and the Financial Inclusion Award. Last year’s winners include moneyhub for Open Banking, Dojo for Innovating Customer Service with AI, and Nationwide for Product Design.

                Enter here and book your tables now to celebrate the industry’s biggest achievements, whilst meeting the key players from across the sector.

                • Digital Payments
                • Event Newsroom
                • Events

                The financial services industry has been in a state of disruption for over a decade. However, this year has marked…

                The financial services industry has been in a state of disruption for over a decade. However, this year has marked a new chapter for neobanks. What began as lean, digital-first challengers to traditional banks has now evolved into a powerful movement reshaping the definition of what a bank can be. Today’s neobanks are no longer just mobile apps for managing money…. They are full-fledged lifestyle platforms blending finance with connectivity, commerce, and personalisation.

                From telecom integration to global market expansion, neobanks are aggressively diversifying their services. They are embedding themselves deeper into everyday life. Consumers are no longer just looking for convenience. They expect financial tools that anticipate their needs, adapt to their behaviours and seamlessly connect with the services they use daily.

                Here are the top five Neobanking innovations defining 2025:

                1. Neobanks Entering the Telecom Arena with Digital SIMs & Mobile Services

                • Monzo (UK) is planning to launch a digital SIM card service. Marking its entry into telecomms to improve customer convenience and diversify its revenue streams.
                • Klarna (Sweden/US) has taken a similar step by launching a $40/month unlimited 5G mobile plan in the U.S. Available via MVNO partnerships with AT&T and Gigs.

                This trend highlights a notable shift: neobanks are blending finance with connectivity to create new customer touchpoints and offerings.


                2. Embedding Finance Across Everyday Activities

                Neobanks continue to evolve from stand-alone financial apps into integrated platforms within broader ecosystems:

                • monobank (Ukraine) introduced “Shake2Pay”—a quick, seamless way to pay for fuel at WOG gas stations by just shaking your phone.
                • It also launched “Group Expenses” for effortless bill splitting and a “market by mono” in-app marketplace offering over 20,000 products with installment buying.

                These features demonstrate how everyday financial actions—from buying to splitting bills—are becoming deeply integrated into daily life.


                3. AI-Driven Personalisation & Behavioural Coaching

                Personal finance is becoming highly tailored:

                • Industry reports emphasise that AI and machine learning are being leveraged to deliver advanced personalisation, predicting spending behaviors and recommending tailored products.

                The result is a more proactive and individualised banking experience, where the app anticipates your financial needs rather than just reacting.


                4. Global Expansion Through Licensing and Market Architecture

                Neobanks are aggressively scaling internationally:

                • Revolut has reached 60 million users in over 48 countries by mid‑2025 and is expanding further—setting up Paris as its Western European HQ and investing $1.1 billion in France.
                • It’s also pursuing a ‘lean bank’ licence in Israel, expanding its regulated banking footprint.

                This approach underscores a strategic push to become truly global, not just by user count, but by regulatory presence.


                5. Diversification Beyond Traditional Banking Services

                Traditional neobanking isn’t enough—2025 is about expanding into new verticals:

                • Klarna’s shift from BNPL to full-scale digital banking—with debit cards, mobile plans, and FDIC-insured deposit services—signals how neobanks are making themselves indispensable.
                • Neobanks increasingly aim to become one-stop financial destinations rather than niche providers.

                Neobanks have moved far beyond their origins as scrappy FinTech challengers. In 2025, they are building holistic ecosystems that combine money management, AI-driven personalisation, mobile connectivity, and lifestyle integration. This transformation signals a broader truth: banking is no longer just about finance… It’s about creating seamless experiences that fit into every corner of modern life.

                • Neobanking

                Matt Whetton, Chief Technology Officer, Acquired.com on the future of payments with cVRPs, AI and vertical integration

                There are three powerful forces shaping the future of payments and how businesses pay and get paid today. Commercial variable recurring payments (cVRPs), AI, and vertical integration. These forces are transforming the way that businesses can interact with their customers. They are still in the early stages of their development. As these technologies evolve, they hold great potential to redefine payments, benefiting both businesses and consumers alike.

                cVRPs – recurring commerce done smarter

                When open banking is discussed, many people are familiar with options like “pay by bank” at checkout. While this is mostly used for one-time purchases, recurring payments like bills and subscriptions still rely heavily on direct debits. Businesses serving British consumers, who collectively spend almost £30 billion a year on subscription services, face challenges with slow settlements. There are also high fees (especially for failed transactions), and limited customer control.

                cVRPs, the latest evolution of open banking, promise to ease many of the challenges. For example, cVRPs enable businesses to securely collect payments from customers’ bank accounts within agreed limits. These include the amount, frequency, or duration, without requiring customers to re-authenticate each time, reducing friction yet increasing optimisation.

                In addition to providing the same benefits as ‘pay by bank’ at checkout, such as the convenience of not having to enter your card details and security of not sharing these details with the retailer, cVRPs can unlock new business models for businesses dependent on recurring revenue. The open banking infrastructure which powers cVRPs allows businesses to gather data insights from these transactions. This enables the introduction of offers like dynamic pricing for subscriptions, or variable insurance premiums based on usage. Not only does this help operational efficiency, but it ultimately enhances the customer experience, encouraging them to keep coming back.

                Critically, cVRPs are more likely to successfully complete compared to traditional direct debits, as businesses leverage advanced capabilities like smarter retry logic and dynamic payment routing. These are typically implemented by providers offering VRP services. With open banking making real-time account balance checks possible, businesses can determine the best time to retry a failed payment, such as after payday. Dynamic routing enables merchants to route transactions based on pre-defined business rules, such as transaction value, geographic region, or acquirer performance. This flexibility ensures that payments are directed to the most suitable acquirer or provider. Therefore ncreasing the likelihood of successful transactions and optimising cost efficiency. Together, these capabilities help reduce failed payments, keep customers subscribed, and increase revenue over time.

                However, its nascence means there are still potential threats ahead. Regulators need to learn lessons from the growth of ‘pay by bank’. There are 27 million monthly payments now taking place after a slow start, as well as already piloted sweeping VRPs to ensure a solid business model for open banking. With collaboration from banks, FinTechs, business, and government, the ecosystem can take full advantage of these innovative capabilities to reduce friction.

                AI/ML’s transformative impact

                The advances in AI and machine learning (AI/ML) are written about every day. So, it’s perhaps no surprise that they are having a profound impact on how businesses process payments, detect fraud, and improve customer service. AI’s ability to process large volumes of transaction data efficiently helps businesses identify patterns, trends, and anomalies that would otherwise be difficult to detect.

                Not only does this capability benefit fraud prevention, but it can also help businesses gain meaningful insights from the data. Allowing them to expand their service offerings. For example, businesses can apply AI/ML to automate tasks enabled by open banking, such as income verification, affordability checks, and financial health scoring. This helps speed up onboarding and approval processes. Meanwhile, giving consumers access to more sophisticated services. These include spend forecasting, budgeting nudges, and alerts for unusual activity, thereby helping them manage their money more effectively.

                Looking ahead, AI/ML will be central to unlocking the full potential of open banking. By improving operational efficiency and enabling richer customer experiences, AI will help businesses transition from reactive to proactive financial services. Currently, the best use cases for AI are assistive, not autonomous. AI is at its most powerful when it augments human decision-making, particularly in nuanced or regulated environments. We’re still early in the maturity curve. As the technology becomes more affordable and the technology within it more explainable, it’s hard to imagine the full potential impact of AI in the payments industry.

                Tailored Solutions

                The combination of open banking and AI has led to a more tailored and specialised approach to payments technology, particularly for businesses in specific industries. While these powerful tools offer great potential, it is crucial that they are applied in the right way, at the right time, and for the right business.

                To move beyond generic payment solutions, the industry is seeing increasing vertical integration. Instead of simply processing transactions, payment providers must now deliver more comprehensive solutions that address the needs of specific sectors. In industries where payment needs are more complex, vertical integration ensures that payment solutions are tightly aligned with business operations. For example, businesses in the construction sector often require project-based billing and payment systems that reflect the way projects are managed. Elsewhere, hospitality providers need solutions that integrate payment systems with real-time inventory tracking and booking management.

                It’s fair to say firms will always be looking for any place to optimise to gain an edge. The trend towards vertical integration, combined with cVRPs, and AI are redefining the future of payments. There is a move away from a technical area of the business, to become a core operational function. Businesses adapting to leverage these technologies are well placed to create stronger connections with their customers and drive long-term growth.

                • Digital Payments

                David Sewell, Chief Technology Officer at Synechron on why robust digital infrastructure is the missing link in the UK’s AI ambitions

                The current British government wants everyone to know that it sees opportunity in AI. Across a series of flashy public events this spring, Prime Minister Keir Starmer announced a string of support packages. Culminating in a £2 billion AI investment pledge. Standing next to the Prime Minister, Nvidia’s Jensen Huang addressed a gathered audience of businessmen and politicians by mentioning the “extraordinary” atmosphere in the UK. Huang also mentioned that the UK is now the third largest AI venture capital market in the world.

                The UK has set an ambition to be a global powerhouse in artificial intelligence – building on what it’s already done. The question now is how to ensure it gets there.

                The financial industry, centred in The City but now in every corner of the nation, is core to getting there. As James Lichau, financial services co-leader at BPM said: “AI presents immense opportunities for the FinTech industry”.  From better banking applications to bespoke advisory and vastly improved investment theses, Britain’s AI dream will flower with its fintech ambitions.

                The Global AI Momentum and Infrastructure Reality

                The UK has been quick to realise the importance of the moment, but others are moving too. Two billion pounds is a sizeable commitment but compared to the United States’ $4 billion CHIPS and Science Act AI investments and China’s estimated $15 billion in annual public and private AI spending, it’s not the largest in the world.

                Capital investment is accelerating as nations and corporations are pouring large sums into artificial intelligence capabilities.  What might have previously been seen as “unnecessary spend” is now being approved as essential infrastructure. The best engineers now command salaries the equivalent of city budgets. Financial companies of all sizes have placed substantial wagers on AI’s ability to create new value.

                This means Britain will need to be smart and targeted in where to place support. The most obvious place is infrastructure. Infrastructure is critical because ambition without infrastructure is unsustainable. Even the most sophisticated AI strategies, backed by some of the largest companies in the world, will fail without the foundational digital systems to support them.

                The UK’s AI aspirations face a fundamental test: can government investment translate into real-world capability when the underlying infrastructure remains underdeveloped? History shows that technological leadership demands comprehensive ecosystem development encompassing everything from basic connectivity to advanced computing resources.

                Infrastructure: the foundation for progress

                A successful AI ecosystem requires three interconnected elements.

                First, compute capacity represents the engine of AI development. Training sophisticated machine learning models demands enormous computational resources, often requiring specialised hardware configurations that can process vast datasets efficiently. Without adequate compute infrastructure, AI development becomes expensive and time-consuming, forcing organisations to seek resources elsewhere or abandon projects entirely. Peter Kyle, Secretary of State for Science, Innovation & Technology described the possibilities this way: “Giving our researchers and innovators access to the processing power they need will not only maintain our standing as the world’s third‑biggest AI power, but put British expertise at the heart of the AI breakthroughs.”

                Second, power supply infrastructure must support the energy-intensive operations that modern AI systems require. Data centres housing AI workloads consume significantly more electricity than traditional computing facilities, creating new demands on national energy grids. This is why countries like Iceland with large geothermal and hydroelectric energy capacity typically outperform in power-intensive industries. Meanwhile, the massive grid outage this spring showed the fragility of Spain’s power system. The UK’s AI Energy Council is holding discussions about upgrading the national grid, with plans to power the next wave of AI using nuclear and renewable energy.

                Third, connectivity is crucial for reliable movement of large data sets. Networks enable real-time deployment of AI services, allowing organisations to access and process data across real-world applications. Without robust connectivity, AI remains confined to isolated research environments rather than driving economic productivity. The UK has a longstanding programme of investment in broadband infrastructure although the speed requirements represent a significant expansion of current capabilities.

                Beyond Headline Commitments: The Implementation Challenge

                The caveat frequently used by investment managers applies here as well: “Past performance is not a guarantee of future results.” Some regions have built a head start in the race for AI supremacy. That doesn’t mean they will stay in the lead.  From algorithmic trading to fraud detection, fintech applications will be among the first to falter if infrastructure lags behind innovation

                Countries that address infrastructure limitations decisively can leapfrog competitors and establish sustainable competitive advantages.

                The UK must be unafraid to copy success from elsewhere, while also finding areas to break new ground. The UK AI Opportunities Action Plan is a strong start. Government, business, and investment leaders must now collaborate to turn ambition into execution.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Join industry leaders and innovators in London at the 5th Annual Digital Banking Summit – October 21-22, a premiere event designed to explore the most transformative trends shaping the banking sector in the digital era.

                The Digital Banking Summit two-day conference covers a range of critical topics. From AI-driven banking and open finance to financial inclusion and the future of digital identity. Discover how cutting-edge technologies like edge computing, hyper-personalisation and APIs are redefining corporate and retail banking. Engage in discussions around legacy system modernisation, sustainability through ESG initiatives and the regulatory landscape, including DORA and GDPR.

                With sessions led by top executives from global financial institutions (including Santander, Revolut, Citi and Lloyds), attendees will gain actionable insights on leveraging innovation to streamline operations, enhance customer experience, and build resilient financial ecosystems. Take advantage of networking opportunities and 1:1 meetings to connect with senior leaders and experts. Don’t miss this opportunity to be part of the conversation shaping the future of digital banking.

                Book your place here

                Digital Banking Summit Day 1

                • Revolutionising Banking in the Digital Era
                • Open Banking and Open Finance
                • Financial Inclusion in Banking
                • Digital Identity: Onboarding, Compliance and Embedded Finance
                • Cross-Industry Collaboration in Banking
                • Banking for a Digital Workforce
                • Hyper-Personalisation in Wealth Management
                • Edge Computing
                • The Role of APIs in Transforming Corporate Banking
                • Digital Resilience
                • Legacy Systems vs Modernisation
                • AI in Banking

                Digital Banking Summit Day 2

                • Automation and Cloud Banking
                • Data Monetisation: Ethics and Opportunities
                • Digital Marketing in Banking
                • CBDCs
                • Sustainable Banking Future with ESG
                • Navigating DORA, GDPR and Beyond
                • Digital Wallets
                • Mobile Banking
                • Crypto, Instant Transfers and Banking
                • AI-Driven Fraud
                • Customer-Centric Innovation
                • Cybersecurity: Deepfakes, AI Attacks and Quantum Risks

                What Attendees Really Think About the Digital Banking Summit

                “Very well organised conference with a lot of possibilities to meet people and very interesting topics in the banking world”

                Director, ERI Bancaire S.A.

                 “The energy at the event was truly invigorating, as industry leaders shared innovative ideas that are reshaping the future of banking”

                Digital Product Lead, Unicredit

                “Great experience! In order to meet with professionals from the industry, a lot of networking opportunities. Great topics!”

                Strategy Manager, Akbank

                “Valuable learning and interesting conversations”

                Director, Wise

                “The audience is on a very senior level, a lot of participants. Speakers are also on a very high level, everybody learned a lot. We are very, very happy!”

                Head of Regional Marketing CEE & CIS, Finastra

                “A great opportunity to meet the industry experts and get inspirational thoughts!”

                Digital Product Manager, Innovation at Erste Bank

                Book your ticket here

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Event Newsroom
                • Events

                FinTech Strategy meets Eastern Horizon Founder & CEO Christine Le to discuss client expectations and the changing landscape of wealth management

                Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE

                At Financial Transformation Summit, Christine Le, a Chartered Financial Planner and Founder & CEO of Eastern Horizon Wealth Management, spoke on an investment panel – “Generational Wealth Transfer: Meeting the Expectation of Younger Clients”. Appearing with industry colleagued representing Citi Global Wealth, HFMC Wealth and Lightbox Wealth, Le considered: What trends and technologies are shaping NextGen investment decisions, and how can WMs stay ahead? Can digital wealth platforms meet the demand for hyper-personalised, user-friendly experiences? How does social responsibility & ESG investing influence younger investors, and how can advisors align with these priorities? How can wealth managers build and maintain trust with NextGen investors?

                Following the panel, we spoke with Christine to find out more…

                Hi Christine, tell us about your role at Eastern Horizon?

                “I’m a Chartered Financial Planner and the Founder & CEO of Eastern Horizon Wealth Management. We are a financial advisory firm and also a partner practice of St. James’s Place. They are among the biggest wealth management firms in the UK based on assets under management. We get a lot of support from St. James’s Place in terms of technology compliance and investment solutions. At my practice, we focus on a diverse range of clients including ethnic minorities, especially British Asians in the UK. I’m also the president of the Vietnam Investment and Finance Association in the United Kingdom (VIFA). We aim to provide useful financial information for Vietnamese people in the UK and become a bridge between Vietnam and the UK.”

                You were part of a panel at this Summit focused on Generational Wealth Transfer. Can you give us an overview of your thoughts?

                ‘’Having worked in the financial services industry for over 15 years, I’ve observed a persistent gap in how the industry serves diverse client segments – particularly ethnic minority communities in the UK. This gap is especially pronounced when it comes to financial education and long-term planning, including wealth transfer across generations. When I speak to members of my own Vietnamese community, I often find that there’s a limited understanding of how to navigate financial systems effectively – from managing investments and pensions to planning for intergenerational wealth. It’s not due to a lack of interest or ambition, but rather a lack of access to culturally relevant and accessible financial advice.

                “This is where I believe I can make a meaningful difference. I not only bring professional expertise and technical knowledge to the table, but also a deep understanding of the cultural values, family dynamics, and communication styles that shape financial decision-making in the community. That cultural insight is key to building trust, something that is essential when discussing personal finances and planning for the future. My goal is to help bridge that gap – to empower families with the knowledge and tools they need to make informed financial decisions, preserve their wealth, and pass it on confidently to the next generation.’’

                Why is this an exciting time for the business?

                “At the moment the world is so integrated, and many people can benefit. A lot of people want to go to the UK, invest into the UK. I think with that in mind this is an exciting time to run my business and to be able to bridge that gap, providing sufficient knowledge for people as a trusted source when they come to the UK and need to understand the financial regulations. We can give people solid support to understand the financial processes of settling and building wealth in the UK.”

                “Right now, everyone is talking about AI, and for good reason. In my business, we rely heavily on digital tools to streamline administrative tasks. It’s truly a game-changer. Compared to starting a business 15 years ago, when I would have needed a full-time assistant just to take meeting notes and summarise action points, many of those processes can now be automated, saving both time and cost. Another advantage is in how we communicate. Many of my clients are British Vietnamese. While they understand and speak English, they often feel more comfortable communicating in Vietnamese. We use AI-powered translation tools to make this process faster and more seamless. These technologies are allowing us to broaden the range of services we offer and tailor our support to each client’s needs.”

                What pain points are your clients experiencing that you need to address?  How are you meeting the challenge?

                “It’s about meeting the client’s highest priority. When people come to me, they maybe want to support their children to get onto the property ladder or plan for their retirement. They might be looking to buy a new car or move home. So, as a regulated financial advisor, I can sit with a client and talk them through key priorities and tailor the solutions best for them and help them overcome the pain points of decision-making.

                “Additionally, the UK’s financial regulations are complex and changing all the time. It’s very difficult for people to follow. It’s my job as a financial advisor to follow up those changes and stay up to date with the regulations to assess how it can impact our clients and then give them the best recommendations. Allied to this, many of our clients will need support with cross-border services as they move freely between different countries they need somebody they can trust, an expert that knows what they’re doing and who can provide the right financial services for them.”

                Tell us about a recent success story…

                “Success for Eastern Horizon is to know that our clients feel they have somebody to rely on. For example, I have an old friend who came to me as a client. She was based in Vietnam but wanted to relocate to the UK. She had assets across Europe and in Vietnam and needed to understand the big picture of financial planning in the UK. We examined her assets across different countries to bring them into the UK and find the best solution for her to utilise tax efficient savings, pensions and investments to support her family and her business in the long term.”

                What’s next for Eastern Horizon when it comes to wealth management? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?

                “Over the next few months, we are keen to collaborate with different associations and communities across the UK – whether that’s related to Vietnam or British Asian communities and offer useful information and workshops and webinars tailored to different audiences. Also, with my work for the Vietnam Investment and Finance Association I want to organise workshops for those keen to invest in the UK but don’t know where to start. They often don’t have anyone to support them so I would like to focus on building a network to offer that bridge to investment in the UK.”

                Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between traditional institutions and FinTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?

                “I spent five years working at the intersection of FinTech and WealthTech – where wealth management meets technology. During that time, I witnessed firsthand how the financial services landscape is evolving. Large incumbent banks bring undeniable strengths: scale, regulatory rigour, and long-standing client trust. However, they often struggle with agility. Their legacy infrastructures, many of which still aren’t cloud-based, make digital transformation slow and complex. On the other hand, FinTechs are born digital. They’re nimble, innovative, and quick to adapt to changing customer needs. But without the reputation and stability that traditional institutions have built over decades, they can face challenges in gaining consumer trust or navigating regulatory environments alone. What became clear to me is that banks and FinTechs cannot operate in silos.

                “Collaboration is not just beneficial, it’s essential. When they work together, they combine the best of both worlds: the reliability and compliance of traditional finance with the innovation and customer-centric design of new technology. With my own practice, we apply this mindset. We actively look for ways to streamline administrative processes using digital tools – reducing costs, improving efficiency, and freeing up more time to focus on what matters most: building strong, human relationships with our clients. The goal is to use technology not to replace that human connection, but to enhance it. By doing so, we can deliver modern, efficient, and deeply personalised financial services that clients trust.”

                Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for Eastern Horizon?

                “I’ve attended several events this year, and this has truly been one of the most enjoyable and well-organised in the UK. What stood out was the impressive mix of voices – from established financial institutions to bold, forward-thinking startups. Engaging with such a diverse group of speakers has been both insightful and thought-provoking. I’ve come away with fresh perspectives, challenged some of my own assumptions, and found new ideas to explore as we continue building meaningful partnerships for Eastern Horizon Wealth Management.”

                Find out more at easternhorizonwealth.co.uk

                About Christine Le and Eastern Horizon Wealth Management

                As an Appointed Representative of St. James’s Place, Practice Lead, and business owner, Christine leverages over 15 years of experience in financial services and wealth tech to serve our clients, acquired through extensive work in multinational financial services firms in the UK. This rich background has equipped Christine with the skills and knowledge necessary to effectively oversee the business, ensuring that every facet is managed with the highest level of professionalism.

                Christine founded and built this Practice to help clients prosper, build financial security, and attain peace of mind while overcoming financial obstacles. 

                Her primary focus is on nurturing enduring relationships with her clients, offering them trusted guidance as their financial requirements evolve over time. Throughout her advisory process, clarity remains paramount. By closely collaborating with her clients, Christine strives to identify the most efficient and tax-effective strategies to help them achieve their objectives. Specialising in tailored solutions, Christine is dedicated to understanding her clients’ financial goals and crafting strategies that align with their vision for the future.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Events
                • Together in Events

                FinTech Strategy meets with Citigroup’s Head of ESG Credit Management, Mauricio Masondo, to discover the future for ESG and sustainable finance

                Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE

                At Financial Transformation Summit, Mauricio Masondo, Head of ESG Credit Management at Citigroup, featured on a sustainability panel – ‘The Future of ESG and Sustainable Finance: Balancing Profit and Purpose’. Alongside peers fromGenerali AM, Gallagher Re and Arma Karma, Masondo considered: What key metrics should FIs use to track ESG progress, and how can they ensure authenticity in their sustainability efforts? Developing a holistic ESG strategy amid evolving regulations – key challenges and solutions. How can FIs leverage technology to meet sustainability goals and drive long-term profitability? How can FIs move beyond offering ESG products to embedding sustainability into their core business models?

                Following the panel, we spoke with Mauricio to find out more…

                Hi Mauricio, tell us about your role at Citigroup?

                “In my 32 years with Citi my career has primarily focused on wholesale credit, and in recent years I built out our portfolio management function. For the past year specifically, I’ve been leading the integration of ESG and climate considerations into our credit processes. As Head of ESG Credit Management, my role is to embed ESG requirements into our credit processes in a way that’s consistently and efficiently applied through technology, policies, training, and governance frameworks. Our strategic approach was not to create an ESG silo that replicates existing processes, but rather to integrate ESG considerations seamlessly into our current workflows. This means any credit analyst can now underwrite ESG credits, sustainable loans, or green loans, rather than requiring dedicated specialists. We’ve equipped our entire team with the knowledge and tools they need to handle these transactions effectively.”

                You were part of a panel at this Summit focused on the future for ESG and sustainable finance. Can you give us an overview of your thoughts?

                “Data standardisation is absolutely critical, especially as we advance into the AI era. I often reference Moody’s as an excellent example of strategic foresight. Moody’s operates two key businesses – credit ratings and data analytics – and early in their AI journey, they made the strategic decision to structure and normalise all their credit research data. This proved to be transformational because it enabled them to deploy AI solutions much more rapidly with clean, structured datasets. We’re working to apply this same principle at Citi. We’re developing processes to structure climate-related data in a way that will be usable across multiple applications. For example, we’re working on integrating emissions data and climate risk assessments into our credit risk rating models. We’re also exploring how this structured approach could support underwriting processes and securitisations, where comprehensive data packages could facilitate risk transfer transactions with institutional investors. The goal is to build normalised, structured data as the foundation for various applications, from portfolio management to AI-driven solutions. While we’re still in the early stages of many of these initiatives, the potential is significant.”

                Why is this an exciting time for the business?

                “We’re witnessing the convergence of several transformative trends. However, one of our biggest challenges is policy divergence across jurisdictions. Countries are taking vastly different approaches to ESG requirements, and for a global bank like Citi, this creates significant complexity in standardising processes across multiple regulatory environments. While challenging, this divergence also creates opportunities to develop scalable, cost-effective solutions that can adapt to various regulatory frameworks. Second, AI is revolutionising how we approach ESG challenges. It’s helping us structure data more effectively, enhance reporting capabilities, contextualise information, and identify trends that would have been impossible to detect manually.

                “Previously, comprehensive ESG analysis required significant time, resources, and personnel. AI has made these processes more accessible and cost-effective. Most importantly, there’s been a fundamental shift in how the industry, and governments, view ESG. It’s evolved beyond compliance and emissions reporting to become a significant business opportunity. We need to capitalise on this transition – moving from reactive reporting to proactive opportunity capture. The capital is there, and if traditional banks don’t seize these opportunities, asset managers, private credit firms, and private equity will. We’re partnering strategically with reinsurance companies and asset managers to develop innovative solutions that unlock transition capital and help companies fund decarbonisation projects.”

                “Trade flows are experiencing significant disruption due to current tariff policies. This creates both challenges and opportunities for our clients. Companies are reassessing their supply chain vulnerabilities and seeking greater resilience in their operations. I anticipate we’ll see a regionalisation of trade flows rather than a complete deglobalisation. European companies will likely increase intra-regional trade while reducing intercontinental transactions. We’re seeing similar patterns emerging in Asia and the Middle East. This shift requires banks to be more agile in how we structure trade finance and working capital solutions to meet these evolving needs.”

                What pain points are you experiencing that you need to address?  How are you meeting the challenge?

                “Working capital finance requires increasingly creative solutions that leverage advanced technology. Banks are recognising that FinTechs often have greater agility in developing and implementing these technologies. There’s significant efficiency in having one FinTech serve multiple banks rather than each institution developing independent solutions. This collaborative approach allows us to move faster while reducing development costs and time-to-market.”

                Tell us about a recent success story…

                “I designed and led the implementation of an early warning monitoring system for Citi’s credit portfolio. The project began with a fundamental concept: create a data lake, develop meaningful metrics, and engage data scientists to interpret the insights. We collaborated with trade officers and partnered with external specialists to enhance our capabilities.Initially, there was scepticism about the system’s value, particularly because we built it as an independent function within our portfolio management organisation, separate from traditional banking and risk management structures. However, this positioning allowed us to collect unique client data and develop insights that weren’t available elsewhere in the organisation. A critical component of our success was establishing a dedicated credit expert team that oversees the entire process.

                “This team leads the engagement and communication of alerts, ensuring that insights are properly interpreted and actionable recommendations reach the right stakeholders. The evolution was remarkable. We progressed from generating a few alerts daily to dozens per day, and eventually to hundreds of alerts weekly. More importantly, we developed sophisticated processes for interpreting and acting on these alerts, with our expert team serving as the bridge between data insights and business action. Bankers and risk managers began to recognise the value, and today, three years later, the system is integral to how we conduct annual reviews and client presentations. It’s incredibly rewarding to provide our bankers with comprehensive data and insights that strengthen their client relationships.”

                What’s next for Citigroup when it comes to ESG? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?

                “While it may sound clichéd, AI truly is transformative for our industry. The breadth of use cases and the rapid pace of learning make it essential to our strategic direction. We’ve established a strategic partnership with Google and are investing significantly in AI use case development and implementation across our operations. From an operational perspective, AI will undoubtedly increase our efficiency as an industry. More importantly, it’s enabling us to evolve our business models and create client solutions that weren’t previously feasible. This opens entirely new avenues for innovative product development. Additionally, since CEO Jane Fraser joined, we’ve embarked on a comprehensive transformation program that’s delivering strong results in terms of financial performance and returns. We’ve restructured and simplified our operations, which positions us more competitively as we refresh our leadership teams and attract new talent. The trajectory is very promising.”

                Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between banks and FinTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?

                “The current tariff environment is creating opportunities for FinTechs that facilitate connections between banks, investors, and corporations. It’s also presenting consolidation opportunities for private equity firms within the rapidly expanding FinTech ecosystem.”

                Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for Citigroup?

                “The panel brought together diverse perspectives from FinTech, asset management, insurance, and banking – all addressing common challenges that span our sectors. This cross-industry dialogue creates tremendous opportunities for collaboration and mutual understanding. The key now is translating these conversations into action. We need to maintain these connections, expand the dialogue, and avoid making decisions in isolation. FinTechs possess the agility to implement changes in their operating models far more quickly than large incumbents like us. However, our procurement systems and processes aren’t always conducive to collaborating with smaller, innovative companies. Events like this highlight the need to streamline how institutions like Citi can collaborate with and learn from FinTechs. We must accelerate our ability to adapt to a rapidly changing world.”

                Learn more at citigroup.com/global/our-impact

                About Citgroup

                A human bank…

                We’re helping build more sustainable, economically vibrant communities around the world.

                At Citi, helping our clients navigate the challenges and embrace the opportunities of our rapidly changing world is fundamental to our mission of enabling growth and economic progress.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Events
                • Together in Events

                FinTech Strategy spoke with Veritran’s CMO, Jorge Sanchez Barcelo, at Money20/20 Europe to find out more about the tech firm’s partnership with Manchester City reimagining CX to create a frictionless digital experience for fans

                Money20/20 Europe Exclusive

                In an era where technology defines the customer journey, Jorge Sanchez Barcelo, Chief Marketing Officer at Veritran, is leading a bold charge into a new frontier: one where financial technology fuses with fandom, and CX becomes both frictionless and deeply personal.

                Jorge’s professional journey has always followed the arc of digital transformation. From his earlier roles at AT&T and Banorte to now helming marketing at Veritran, a global technology company, his mission is clear: make life easier, better, and more secure for end users – whether they’re banking customers or football fans.

                “Our technology without a purpose is nothing. It’s just code,” Jorge says. “We build for people. And that purpose has taken us far beyond banking.”

                From Buenos Aires to Global Ambitions

                Founded in Buenos Aires almost 20 years ago, Veritran started building mobile applications before the iPhone even existed – when, as Jorge jokes, “phones were just for calls, texts, and the occasional game of Snake”.

                “Our guys were visionaries,” he continues. “They were talking about applications when we didn’t even have smartphones. Back then, you had to build a separate app for every phone model because we didn’t have iOS or Android,” he recalls.

                Despite those early technical hurdles, the company maintained a singular focus: democratising access to financial services. “Once a person starts managing their own finances, they gain control,” reasons Jorge. “And control is the first step toward growth.”

                That mission has proven timeless, and borderless. Today, Veritran has a solid footprint across Latin America and has expanded into the US and Europe.

                Why Experience Matters More Than Ever

                Jorge is acutely aware that in financial services, trust is everything. A slick PowerPoint is not enough to win over banks.

                “When I meet with a financial institution, they don’t want theory. They want proof. They want to see our tech working in the real world. But many banks are reluctant to share their strategies, even with non-competitors.”

                This desire to demonstrate capability led Veritran to seek a bold new marketing approach – one that would provide a visible, secure, and non-competitive environment to showcase its tech.

                Enter Manchester City: A Blueprint for CX Innovation

                The solution arrived via the pitch, not the boardroom. Veritran entered into a partnership with Manchester City, one of the best football teams in the world.

                “Manchester City is digitally five to seven years ahead of most clubs,” says Jorge.

                Veritran’s technology now supports key digital operations at Manchester City, helping the Club streamline processes such as user registration, membership management, and ticketing. This collaboration reflects a shared commitment to innovation and operational excellence.

                What began as a strategic partnership has evolved into a strong example of how financial technology can reinforce digital infrastructure in the sports sector. As more organisations seek reliable and scalable solutions, the model developed with Manchester City demonstrates the value of secure, efficient platforms designed to support long-term digital growth.

                Breaking the Sponsorship Mold

                Unlike traditional sports sponsorships, which often come with hefty price tags and limited strategic collaboration, Veritran’s deal with City was rooted in partnership.

                “Our partnership is beneficial for both companies, we share value,” explains Jorge.  “With the brand reach of Manchester City’s clubs we have been able to promote our company worldwide.”

                This model has opened the door to future collaborations, not only with sports clubs, but also with entertainment companies in the US who are eyeing similar digital transformations.

                Applying FinTech Learnings in New Territories

                As Veritran enters new markets, they carry the lessons of regulated finance into less restricted sectors.

                “In banking, every innovation has to pass through layers of regulation,” notes Jorge. “But in entertainment or sports, you can think outside the box and start with the experience, not the compliance checklist.”

                That freedom has allowed Veritran to experiment with new ideas, such as smile-based stadium access or face-based payments.

                “We call it ‘mouthful access’ – just smile, and you’re in. You can’t do that in banking… yet.”

                Blending Brand and Utility: A New Era for Embedded Finance

                What sets Veritran apart isn’t just its technology stack – it’s the way it applies that stack to create emotional resonance and operational value in new settings. For Jorge and his team, the convergence of financial services and lifestyle touchpoints is the most exciting, and underexplored, frontier.

                “When we embed finance into a stadium or a music festival, we’re not just processing payments,” he explains. “We’re creating seamless, branded experiences that extend customer relationships beyond the bank branch or app.”

                This philosophy echoes a wider FinTech trend: the shift from siloed services to contextual, embedded finance – delivered where customers already are, not where institutions want them to be.

                As financial brands seek new ways to engage digitally-native consumers, Jorge believes partnerships with lifestyle, sports, and entertainment brands offer huge untapped potential.

                Jorge notes that younger generations expect everything to be digital, instant, and intuitive. They don’t separate banking from shopping or attending an event, it’s all part of one journey. “If we can integrate services invisibly into those moments, that’s where the magic happens.”

                He’s quick to add that the financial industry still has work to do in aligning with this shift – both culturally and technologically.

                “It’s not just about APIs or infrastructure. It’s about mindset. The organisations that embrace this new way of thinking – who see CX as a shared responsibility across ecosystems – will lead the next decade.”

                With Veritran’s cross-industry collaborations accelerating, Jorge is confident they’re not just shaping financial journeys – they’re reshaping everyday experiences.

                Embedding Finance in the Fan Journey

                Jorge sees a massive opportunity to embed financial services into sports and entertainment ecosystems, particularly in underbanked regions like Latin America.

                “In the UK, stadiums are already cashless. In Latin America, we still have guys walking around selling Coca-Cola for cash from their pockets. We want to change that.”

                By introducing digital wallets, biometric payments, and embedded insurance services (e.g., ticket protection at the point of sale), Veritran enables clubs to become financial service providers.

                “Imagine buying a match ticket and adding travel insurance in one click. That’s the level of seamless we’re aiming for.”

                Pain Points Driving Demand

                So what are clients asking for?

                Jorge says it comes down to three priorities:

                1. Integrated Payments Ecosystems
                  Clients want unified platforms that support seamless payments across channels and partners
                2. Digital Onboarding & Identity
                  Reducing friction while enhancing security is top of mind – especially in customer acquisition
                3. End-to-End Security Suites
                  With AI-driven fraud and evolving regulations, security isn’t optional; it’s a strategic asset

                Veritran’s flexibility as a tech partner, not just a vendor, allows it to co-create with clients. This often means integrating with their existing partners, such as banks, card networks, or insurers.

                What’s Next for Veritran?

                According to Jorge, the company is at a pivotal moment. Its technology is gaining traction in new verticals with strong investment appetite – such as entertainment and live events.

                “These sectors have the budget and the ambition. No one’s serving them with the kind of Fintech-grade CX we provide.”

                The company is also exploring opportunities in public transportation and other infrastructure-heavy sectors where transactions are frequent and still inefficient.

                “Everywhere there’s a transaction, there’s an opportunity to simplify.”

                FinTech is set to play an expanding role in everyday life whereJorge believes the very definition of FinTech is evolving.

                “It’s not just about banks anymore. If you buy a coffee, book a train, or enter a concert – those are all transactions. And if we can simplify them, that’s FinTech too.”

                That’s why Veritran sees future growth in collaborative ecosystems where banks, brands, and non-traditional players converge to serve the customer journey holistically.

                Why Money20/20?

                Jorge credits the annual Money20/20 Europe conference with helping shape Veritran’s partnerships – including the initial connection with Manchester City.

                “It’s one of our top five global trade shows. We don’t just send a team – we send our top execs, including our CEO. It’s where deals happen.”

                Building with Purpose for the Future

                In an industry flooded with features and hype Veritran differentiates by staying grounded in user value.

                “Tech for tech’s sake is meaningless. But tech that improves how someone lives, spends, or connects – that’s everything,” says Jorge.

                From its Argentine roots to a global stage, Veritran’s journey underscores one enduring truth: In customer experience, the future belongs to those who build it with purpose.

                Veritran: A CX FinTech Trailblazer

                • Embedded Finance
                • Events
                • Together in Events

                FinTech Strategy meets with Seema Desai, COO at iwoca, to hear how customer experience is being redefined in a digital lending era

                Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE

                At the Financial Transformation Summit, Seema Desai, COO at iwoca, spoke on a panel (alongside representatives from Zopa Bank and Citibank) about the shifting needs for customer experience in digital lending. How can lenders create hyper-personalised loan products to meet diverse customer needs? What are the best practices for maintaining a human touch in automated lending processes? How can lenders build and maintain customer loyalty in a competitive market? What role does omnichannel strategy play in delivering a seamless lending experience?

                Following the panel, we spoke with Seema to find out more…

                Hi Seema, tell us about your role at iwoca?

                “I am the Chief Operating Officer at iwoca. We provide fast and flexible finance to small businesses across the UK and Germany. In my role as COO, I’m responsible for all of our UK operations teams. So, all of our agents that engage with customers throughout the customer journey. And I make sure that we’re offering a really high quality service that is also highly efficient.”

                You were part of a panel at this Summit focused on redefining CX in the era of digital lending. Can you give us an overview of your thoughts?

                “So, maintaining that personal touch is really important because that personal touch helps us to build trust with our customers. We all know that when dealing with money, that trust element is super important. There’s lots of things that iwoca does to maintain that. For example, every customer has a dedicated account manager. They can get through to them via a direct number. We also respond to emails fast, every email on the same day. And then we commit to answering at least 80% of calls in less than 60 seconds. We’ve got 10,000 new applications every month and about 30,000 customers making repayments currently. We’re doing all of this with an account management team of just 30 people. So, to maintain that level of personal touch whilst also being able to deal with that volume of customers, we absolutely have to leverage digital technology to be able to do that really efficiently. And there’s many ways that we do that…

                “First of all, we make sure that our account pages and our signup flow is as clear and seamless as possible so that customers can self-serve if they want to. But we also make sure that with our operations activities, we’ve broken down every step of every operational process into a task that is visible on our in-house built CRM system. And then what we can do is run tests on every single step of those to see where having human interaction really adds the most value. So, we are constantly upgrading where we apply human interaction in a really forensic way to make sure that it’s optimised as much as possible.”

                Why is this an exciting time for the business?

                “It’s really exciting right now. We’ve been having some record months recently and broken some big milestones. We are now approving around 10,000 new business loans every month, which is huge. Our loan book across the UK is almost £1 billion. And then a bit closer to home, we’ve also just moved offices. We’ve got more space and we’re still able to attract exceptional talent into iwoca and it’s great to have a new home in central London to do that.”

                “Embedded finance is a big trend right now. It’s important for us to make sure that customers can access lending when and where they need it. We’re integrating lots of partners through our open API – around a third of our applications come through partner channels. So, that’s a very important trend and growing for us in the future. We’re also seeing a lot of hyper-personalisation. We know that customers want to be able to tailor loan products exactly to their needs, and we want our products to be able to provide that flexibility to them. We’re looking at increasing loan amounts, changing durations and offering different types of repayment schedules with interest only options. And that’s hugely exciting. And one of the big trends that I’ve heard about here at FTS, and which we are working on at iwoca, is how we leverage AI and what we might be able to do with AI to make us even more efficient, but still maintain an excellent customer service.”

                What pain points are your customers experiencing that you need to address? What are they asking you for help with? How are you meeting the challenge?

                “So, it’s important to remember that iwoca exists in order to solve pain points for customers because customers were just relying on traditional lenders. Those traditional lenders, the big banks, have much longer application processes, typically taking weeks and sometimes just aren’t able to lend to those customers at all because it’s not within their risk appetite. Whereas at iwoca you can get a loan within minutes. We can also lend to customers that banks couldn’t lend to because we’re able to use data and data science to be able to understand the risk level and different customers much better.”

                Tell us about a recent success story…

                “We are operational in the UK and Germany, and a success story for us is the fact that we are now working with a loan book of almost a £1 billion and we are profitable. And we have been for quite a while now, since early 2023. So, it’s a real success story for us that we’re able to use that profitability to fund our core business growth but also use it to invest in solving other pain points for customers beyond lending.”

                What’s next for iwoca? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?

                Yeah, there’s a lot of things that we’re working on right now. I’m excited about some of the AI tools that we are trialling to make our service even more efficient. There’s a number of exciting applications out there, so there’s a lot of people at iwoca exploring and exploiting different AI technologies. It’s going to be very exciting to see how that rolls out across our business in the rest of this year. And then also looking at new ventures that are beyond lending, which we may be launching later this year or early next.”

                Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between banks and FinTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?

                “Collaboration is hugely important to us and our business model. Traditional banks are able to access capital more cheaply than we can, but they’re able to provide us with access to their balance sheet so that they provide financing to us so that we can then lend to our customers. So, with their financing, we are able to use our data and our technology to reach customers that they wouldn’t be able to reach directly. At the moment, something like 80% of our funding comes from banks such as Barclays and Citi. So, they’re hugely important to us and we are continuously reviewing with them the performance of our own book and finding ways that we’d be able to lend to more of our customers.”

                Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for iwoca?

                “This is my first time at this event, and I’ve been really impressed. It’s been really well organised and the panels have been insightful with some great speakers. I’ve learned quite a lot. I’ve met some really interesting people and I’m really impressed by the diversity of people that are coming here. So, I was just on a panel with somebody from Zopa, which is where I used to work. I also met somebody in the audience who came from Lloyd’s, which is where I worked about 15 years ago. So, it’s great to see that this ecosystem being brought together at FTS.”

                Learn more at iwoca.co.uk

                About iwoca

                Fast, flexible finance empowers small businesses to manage their cash flow better and seize opportunities – making their business and the economy stronger as a whole. At iwoca, we do just that. We help businesses get the funds they need, when they need it, often within minutes. We’ve already made several billion pounds in funding available to over 100,000 businesses since we launched in 2012 and positioned ourselves as a leading Fintech in Europe. Our mission is to finance one million businesses. We’ll get there by continuing to make our finance ever more relevant and accessible to more businesses by combining cutting-edge technology, data science and a 5-star customer service.

                • Events
                • Neobanking
                • Together in Events

                FinTech Strategy speaks with Jonas von Oldenskiöld, Head of Partnerships at Qover, about the future for the insurance industry

                Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE

                At Financial Transformation Summit, Jonas von Oldenskiöld, Head of Partnerships at Qover, spoke on a panel (alongside peers from Davies Group, Accenture, Superscript and YuLife) entitled ‘Bridging the Gap: How InsurTech is Reinventing Traditional Insurance Processes’.

                Following the panel, we spoke to Jonas to find out more…

                Hi Jonas, tell us about your role at Qover?

                “I’m the Head of Partnerships at Qover. We are focused on embedded insurance. We try to enable that for a lot of different players in the markets. Everything from motor insurance, SMEs, going the whole way down to simple things like classes[1]  such as travel, trying to be the enabler between the typical risk carrier and the distribution platform.”

                You spoke on a panel at the Summit about InsurTech innovation. Give us an overview of your thoughts…

                “It was a very interesting group of people on the panel coming from different angles across the industry. And the key things for me were around where InsurTech needs to go now and how it enables insurance companies at this point in time. The common understanding was that we, the InsurTechs, come from being disruptors to being more of a force into them where we can plug in and help them to change a little bit the behaviours that are currently going on. Being that catalyst in the organisation and helping them to drive innovation. Because I think a lot of large organisations have realized that innovation cannot be driven by a single hidden team somewhere, it needs to be driven from a business perspective.”

                Why is this an exciting time for Qover?

                I think there are many reasons. Of course, you cannot be at an event like this without speaking about AI and the opportunity that gives to us. Also, we’re seeing a generational shift. The industry needs to get ready to service a completely different type of customers going forward and that will drive a lot of exchanges we’ll see in the next couple years.”

                “I think a key one is to be able to navigate the future role of AI regulation. That will be very interesting to see what opportunities are there and what opportunities would be possible to use. More importantly, I think it is taking data from something, using data from something that is good to have, to really put it in the forefront of the operation to start planning your business process from a data perspective. This is the data that we need to have in order to deliver a good product rather than having data as the outcome of the whole process. You have set up and try to do something from that perspective. So, we need to turn the table on that.”

                What other pain points your customers are experiencing that you need to address? What are they asking you for help with? How are you meeting the challenge?

                “They particularly need help with the UX and how to deliver the product. I think the underlying product itself doesn’t change so much, but it’s a lot about the delivery, making sure that it actually does get delivered at the point in time that we like to call events driven. So, for us it is distributing insurance when you have a life event, if that is having a child, buying a car, buying a house or whatever it might be, data can help us to drive that. So, for us it’s very much around the delivery rather than the product underneath.”

                Tell us about a recent success story…

                “We’re very proud that we now have several new motor programmes in place where we have been working with large motor organisations that have realized that they’re not only selling a car, they’re selling a means of transportation and convenience, which also then includes insurance across that whole journey. We recently announced partnerships with both Volvo and BMW. And we have more in the pipeline. So, I think that has been a great success where large established industries have realised they need to go further in order to have that UX design.”

                What’s next for Qover? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?

                “In 2025, our focus is on expanding into more new verticals. We are involved in driving that engagement to see where we can expand. We started traditionally with a lot of the travel organisation and bike providers. We’re now working with neobanks[2] , traditional banks and the motor industry. I also see more opportunities in areas like utilities, in SME supporting functions, everything from accountancy to data provision and being a software provider. These expansions will be the goal over the next 24 months.”

                Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between industries and InsurTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?

                Partnerships is one of the key things changing the insurance industry. We still have some very large players around. They’re fulfilling their function, and they do it very well. But in order for them to adapt into the new situation, partnerships are important. You always need to be able to work at scale, which is important for them. Of course, with a partnership you lose a little bit of control compared to acquiring something or developing it yourself. But on the other hand you win on the speed to market and potentially also on the cost side. So, for me, the winners will be the ones that can handle partnerships in the right way. And at the end of the day, a partnership is a relationship. You can have as many contracts as you want, but it comes down to people.”

                Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for Qover?

                “We get a lot of good feedback and the great thing with events like this is that you have the chance to do networking both informal and formal. You’re having a formal agenda but also have a chance to rotate around. I always make sure to join the sessions and round tables. It has been interesting to speak to peers across the industry. It’s a good way of getting away from the desk and finding some new inspiration.”

                Learn more at qover.com

                About Qover

                Embedded insurance orchestrators… We’re creating a global safety net with insurance,

                empowering people to live life to the fullest.

                Qover was founded in 2016 by Quentin Colmant and Jean-Charles Velge. From the very beginning, our co-founders had a clear vision of the future of insurance: a simple, transparent and accessible service across borders.

                Through embedded insurance, we can create a global safety net that protects everyone, everywhere. To that end, our embedded insurance orchestration platform enables any company to harness the power of technology to embed insurance as a native component of or add-on to their core product or service.

                In doing so, embedded insurance becomes a powerful tool for businesses to enrich their value proposition, enable their success and care for their community.

                • Events
                • InsurTech
                • Together in Events

                FinTech Strategy meets Vikki Allgood, Director of Technology Strategy at Fidelity, to discuss the fundamental importance of culture in driving a successful business transformation

                Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE

                At Financial Transformation Summit, Vikki Allgood, Director of Technology Strategy at Fidelity International, gave a keynote speech entitled ‘Psychological Safety – The Hidden Key to Transforming Your Business’. Following her appearance, we spoke to Vikki to learn more…

                Hi Vikki, tell us about your role at Fidelity?

                “I am Director of Technology Strategy for Fidelity. We’re looking at how we can ensure we can adapt our response to our business’ needs through our technology to meet whatever demand is coming over the horizons tomorrow. And in the years to come.”

                You spoke at this Summit about psychological safety driving business transformation. Tell us more…

                “At Fidelity, our strategy for our technology has culture as our foundational pillar. Talking with our leaders over the last 18 months, we looked to understand how we can create a brilliant culture, recognising that psychological safety is a fundamental element in that.

                “Transformations often stumble because the business plan forgets its most volatile, and most valuable component, the people asked to deliver it. Without psychological safety, even well‑funded and organised programmes stall. Teams focus more on protecting themselves instead of challenging ideas. That’s when the risks remain hidden until it’s costly, and the collective new ideas to solve the biggest challenges are never formed. That’s why we ask leaders to invest time and energy in building a culture where it’s safe to question, experiment, challenge the status quo and admit what’s not working. In that environment the behaviours every transformation depends on (curiosity, creativity, problem‑solving, healthy challenge) all naturally emerge.

                Psychological safety isn’t some new trendy HR slogan, it’s a timeless basic human need wired into our biology through millennia of evolution. When people sense social threat, the amygdala floods the body with cortisol and the prefrontal cortex (the part of our brain we rely on for reasoning, innovation, etc.) literally dims. Remove the threat, and the brain’s chemistry flips, dopamine and oxytocin rise, and teams move from cautious compliance to bold collaboration. Leaders must ask themselves if their teams can lean in and challenge effectively or if they are staying quiet to protect themselves. The hidden key is simple, but non‑negotiable, leaders must consciously, relentlessly and courageously build psychological safety through everything they do and say. If they do that, then your technology and transformation plans will have the human engine they need to succeed.”

                Why is this an exciting time for Fidelity?

                “I think that within the industry, all the opportunities that are coming along, and our ability to adapt to our customers’ needs, is what makes it exciting. We are all on an exponential curve of change. Technical possibilities, customer expectations, regulatory demand, industry landscapes, are all going to keep moving, with new challenges and opportunities presenting themselves. We are ensuring that we can meet those needs of our customers both today and tomorrow. Finding new ways to do that is pretty exciting.”

                “So, from a technology perspective, I would say that we are making sure that all our foundational elements are there so that we can respond and adapt. One of Fidelity’s differentiators is that we have historic long running relationships with our customers. We are reintegrating our data strategy to allow us to better leverage this, in addition to market data, allowing us to provide personalised solutions to our customers.

                “AI is absolutely generating a buzz for us right now as well, and not just Generative AI. We’re seeing a push towards Agentic AI and how we can look to provide faster, quicker, more cost-effective services for our business partners who can then provide better outcomes for our customers. This in combination with our long-standing history gives us a unique opportunity.”

                What pain points are your customers experiencing that you need to address? What are they asking you for help with? How are you meeting the challenge?

                “We need to understand the new generations entering the wealth space and what their expectations are and how they engage with us. We’re looking to ensure we can keep pace with their demands. For example, we’ve just launched Pay by Bank allowing our customers to pay money into their accounts in a faster more secure way. This feature leverages the Open Banking Technology that is now available to financial institutions.”

                Tell us about a recent success story for Fidelity…

                “Across the technology landscape, we have been amplifying our existing cloud strategy by removing complexity in our hybrid setup, reducing the number of dependencies back to on-premises. This is a well-known challenge for financial institutions who have regulatory reasons to have highly confidential systems in house. This will allow us to respond at pace to what customers need. Looking a couple of years down the line nobody can be sure what the next big opportunities are going to be, so ensuring we’re building that foundation to respond to what comes over the horizon is fundamental.”

                What’s next for Fidelity? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?

                “Security is incredibly important to us. With that in mind, we are exploring Quantum to understand both the opportunities and risks that it could present in the future and how we can stay at the forefront of it. Ensuring a secure and reliable service for our customers is an absolute non-negotiable part of our strategy.”

                Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between banks and FinTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?

                “I think the reality is that we need the collective mindsets to come together to create the best outcomes. We’re never going to have all the answers all by ourselves. So, starting to engage and work with people and collaborate means that we get to have a better, wider perspective. Coming to events like this, we get to learn, understand what other industries are doing, what other areas are looking at, and it helps to widen our perspectives and have more opportunities to find those out of the box ideas that are going to then help our customers.”

                Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for Fidelity?

                “I was particularly keen to attend this conference because I think transformation and how we can do this successfully is so important at the moment. The reality is, sadly, and I covered this in my talk, a staggeringly large number of transformations miss the mark or fall short. And so, learning and embracing how you can ensure that you go after it and you get the value that you’re aiming for, that is for me what’s important. As I said, getting that learning, talking to each other, understanding what’s worked, what hasn’t worked and sharing tips and techniques is actually incredibly powerful and something you can then take back and use at your organisation.”

                Learn more at fidelity.co.uk

                About Fidelity

                It has been more than 50 years since we were founded. We’ve seen many market cycles – bull and bear, boom and bust. We have stayed the course through different investment environments regardless of market performance.

                The needs of our customers have always steered our decisions, which is why we’ve stuck to our core activity of investing. We believe this is what allows us to excel – and, even more importantly, to repay the trust placed in us by our customers.

                Whether you’re investing for the first time, or have a wealth of experience, it’s essential to be informed and to be comfortable with your decisions. Through Trustpilot, you can read up-to-the-minute, real-world reviews and see for yourself how Fidelity aims to put the customer first and make investing a bit easier.

                Our do-it-yourself online services give you 24/7 access to our investment guidance, handy tools, and range of accounts from your computer, tablet or phone. Transfer your existing investments to us, or open a new account online and begin investing in just a few steps.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Events
                • Together in Events

                FinTech Strategy met with Standard Chartered’s Head of Digital Assets – Financing & Securities Services, Waqar Chaudry, at Money20/20 Europe to discuss how the bank is connecting traditional with digital, collaborating with FinTechs directly and via SC Ventures, and taking a measured approach to entering the crypto market

                Money20/20 Europe Exclusive

                There is a buzz in the air at Money20/20 Europe. Waqar Chaudry, Head of Digital Assets – Financing & Securities Services at Standard Chartered, has just spoken on Mastercard’s Horizon Stage about the great digital assets opportunity. We meet up with him at his bank’s stand in the heart of the action at the Amsterdam RAI Arena.

                Waqar works in custody to secure digital assets at Standard Chartered. It also has a fund accounting business and offers transfer agent services. “The financing in the Financing & Securities Services elements are in our FX Prime offering,” he explains. “At the moment my sole focus is on crypto custody, tokenisation and building an ecosystem around those products.”

                The Rise of Digital Assets

                It’s an exciting time for Standard Chartered with crypto custody and the rise of stablecoins and tokenisation… Whether the asset is Bitcoin, a tokenised money market, or anything tokenisable, there have been a lot of conversations with the bank’s partners in terms of the technology quest.

                “Most of the conversations historically have been led by the fact that technology does give you the capability to do 24/7 trading and settlement. Risk management from the technology side is much better. The blockchain dream is sold to everyone, which remains true,” notes Waqar. “The issue has been that on the business side, tackling the areas that actually can work with this technology. You have your near instant settlement availability on blockchains. On the other side you have a T+1 or T+3 cash settlement time – that doesn’t gel very well.

                “Entrenched in the day-to-day business of these really large institutions is to be able to inject a new piece of technology. And then suddenly say, hey, all these things are solved. For all the inefficiencies in the system it doesn’t work that quickly. We’re actually taking one step at a time. That’s why it’s exciting that we can see in five or ten years from now what the world will look like. Basically, in our vernacular that means we have near instant settlements and near instant international transfer of value. So, that’s the kind of stuff that we are really interested in for the future.”

                Meeting the Blockchain Challenge

                Waqar explains that when something like a blockchain comes into a traditional bank, and especially blockchains like the ones that support an asset like Bitcoin, you don’t know who the counterparties are (which are clear on the SWIFT network).

                “You have to build capability from a technology side, operations side, risk management side,” he continues. “You need to develop the governance of all those functions to be able to get the value of the asset in the ecosystem. And then be able to add value to that to transact on it. We don’t yet have those ingredients, so it becomes very challenging for us to accept the assets. A lot of the work that the bank has done over the past five years has been around embedding those elements into our day-to-day operations. It’s about understanding the risk profile of the coins and understanding the risk profile of the blockchains.”

                Waqar’s team works on how to protect the ecosystem from risks from both an AML and KYC point of view. “We’re also making sure that by doing that we don’t create such a burden to the client that the service becomes useless,” he adds. “We’re trying to balance that out and that’s where the challenges lie at the moment. The next stage is to also be able to integrate all of our traditional cash and assets rails into this. And that’s where the next level of risks will come in… Where people are not used to seeing things on the blockchain… They are used to seeing things on the SWIFT network or a CSD. But when the blockchains come in, profiles will change and that’s where we have to meet the challenges.”

                Traditional Meets Digital

                For an asset manager with a variety of equities and bonds, but keen to start in crypto and other digital assets, the rails are very different… “The liquidity venues and the way you settle the instrument are very different. And they don’t naturally talk to each other,” confirms Waqar. “It’s a big challenge. But to be able to go with the provider that has all the capabilities, which includes the cash side, the asset side, the crypto side and the blockchain side, is something people are looking for now. Without having the end-to-end picture, it would be very difficult for our clients to have an equitable strategy for their clients. We need to be able to service them appropriately based on the rails they operate in.”

                For Standard Chartered’s clients it’s increasingly important for payments to facilitate activity on-chain regardless of the use case of digital assets. “There is a key challenge with payments at the moment. If you do transfer value across geographies or between B2B and B2C, what do you do with that value afterwards?” asks Waqar.

                “Are you going to keep it on the books for your treasury or account purposes or are you going to find a way to liquidate the position to pay your employees or pay your service provider? Without the capability to store the asset appropriately and then convert it into a usable form, you can’t do much with it. The only thing you can do is actually transfer value. So, for us what’s important in payments is that we get the transfer value happening immediately. Or as quickly as possible. And then also connect our payment infrastructure and the banking behind. We aim to support the transfer of value from a digital asset into an actual cash asset.”

                Building on Success

                Standard Chartered’s work with OKX in Dubai has spurred demand the bank didn’t expect. “The key ingredient is that a really large crypto exchange has come together with a really large bank,” reasons Waqar. “When you combine the product features of a large bank like ours with the liquidity of OKX it creates a unique proposition in the market. The traditional players have started to show interest in that because now they can buy diverse assets, pledge them as collateral and start trading while the assets remain safe in a genuine large institutional bank. And at the same time, they also have access to a highly regarded institutional exchange. That story is for us quite important and we’re fostering these relationships more and more…”

                It’s been a real success story for Standard Chartered on the money market fund side which is also connected to what the bank is doing on the collateral side. “Money market funds are used to gain value and have an asset that does generate yield on the one side, but also the capability to use the asset as collateral is important,” adds Waqar.

                “The money market fund that we launched for China Asset Management in Hong Kong, albeit it’s a retail use case for a start, but then the ambitions are big. The next thing is how do we start using that same asset for pledging for trading purposes and then how do we inject that into a portfolio basket of assets that people buy? At Standard Chartered, we aim to create a supermarket of tokens in a centralised ecosystem. So, our collateral story and the tokenised money market funds is connected, and we want to continue building around it. We’re thinking about other assets now too… We’re looking at equities, bonds and enabling more cryptocurrencies in the same ecosystem as well. It’s just the start of all the things we need to build in the future.”

                Why Money20/20?

                “This is my first time coming to Money20/20 Europe. Digital asset companies are here alongside financial services and related FinTechs. It’s great that they’re able to talk to each other and it’s quite evident there are lots of great meetings happening. There are many companies here we are either supporting or we’re working with. We’ve also had meetings with UK government representatives geared to attracting talent into the country. They’re trying to make sure that their FinTech ecosystem grows quite significantly for us in the UK and for other footprint markets in Asia; Middle East and Africa are also quite important in how we do that and continue to grow.”

                The Evolution of Collaboration between Banks and FinTechs

                Standard Chartered is also working in harmony with its ventures partner SC Ventures. The bank is working closely with Libeara for tokenisation and with Zodia Custody as Saas. “Our core institutional bank and our Ventures business are quite tightly coupled from that point of view,” says Waqar. “And it’s quite obvious that the reason for that is how we’ve made significant investments into them. We’ve given part of our DNA into this ecosystem and now, at the bank, they’re building the ecosystem around these capabilities, so we’re keen to bring them in and use their solutions for our services as well.”

                Standard Chartered may be a traditional bank but it is a seasoned collaborator with innovative FinTechs. “They need traditional services too,” reasons Waqar. “Once they get to a critical mass, a FinTech may not have the bandwidth to manage certain client sizes. By partnering with some of the FinTechs, we’re seeing that once a certain size of a client comes in, they prefer to work with a large institution like ours. So, that partnership is proactively managed as well from our side. From our ventures side, bringing their innovative approach to product development and technology into the bank, building the ecosystem around risk management and governance from the bank side and then connecting into the FinTechs outside of that ecosystem is something I think is quite an interesting proposition for us. We’re going to keep building on top of that.”

                Standard Chartered – Financing & Securities Services

                Promoting your future in global securities

                We’re ready to help you flourish in emerging and frontier securities services markets

                In today’s fast-moving markets, especially  across Asia, Africa and Middle East, success isn’t just about the solutions you choose – it’s about the partnerships you build.

                Standard Chartered has been committed to these regions for decades. We understand both the promise and challenges. That’s why we go beyond delivering end-to-end custody, fund, and fiduciary  solutions – we actively help shape the markets themselves.

                By working with local governments and industry associations, we bring you early insights and access to new opportunities. Partnering with leading asset managers, fintechs, and infrastructure providers, we connect you to the best of the industry, via a single partner. Because in a world of complexity, collaboration is your greatest advantage.

                Learn more at sc.com/en/corporate-investment-banking/financial-markets/financing-and-securities-services/

                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Events
                • Together in Events

                FinTech Strategy meets Ishtiaq M Ahmed, Senior Product Manager – Emerging Tech, Innovation & Ventures at HSBC, to learn more about the future of payments – real-time, cross-border and beyond

                Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE

                At the Financial Transformation Summit 2025, Ishtiaq M Ahmed, HSBC’s Senior Product Manager, for Emerging Technology, Innovation & Ventures, joined a panel with J.P. Morgan, Revolut, Lloyds and EY to explore how real-time payments, embedded finance and global collaboration are shaping the future of financial services. How are real-time payments reshaping banking infrastructure? What are the regulatory challenges for cross-border payments? How can banks compete with FinTechs in the rapidly evolving payments space? How are digital wallets and mobile payment platforms changing consumer spending behaviours?

                We spoke with Ishtiaq after the session to explore what drives HSBC’s approach to innovation, how customer expectations are evolving, and why trust remains at the core of transformation.

                Hi Ishtiaq, tell us about your role at HSBC?

                “I work on Global Product within HSBC’s Emerging Technology, Innovation & Ventures team. Our focus is to deliver next-generation propositions, particularly across payments, embedded finance and frontier technologies. We work on horizon 2 and 3 initiatives, with a view to turning emerging ideas into viable, scalable solutions. The goal isn’t just to experiment. It’s to test, validate and shape innovations that will help us serve customers better and redefine how financial services operate in the years ahead.”

                It’s a transformational time for payments with the rise of open banking and a national vision for the UK. Give us your overview…

                “Payments is possibly the most loved area by both FinTechs and banks. A lot of what is happening in payments, it’s where a lot of meaningful innovation is already landing. It’s no longer theory or ideation, its practical and accelerating. The UK’s National Payments Vision is ambitious, and rightly so. But ambition needs alignment. We need stronger collaboration between Banks, FinTechs, Regulators and infrastructure service providers. This journey will take time and coordination. It’s more a marathon than a sprint, and we’re only just getting started.”

                Why is this an exciting time for HSBC?

                “Simply because the way technology has penetrated our lives and the influence of technology on how banking is evolving are very closely knitted. Technology is no longer on the edges of banking; it’s embedded in every customer interaction.”

                “The shift towards alternative payment methods is one I feel strongly about. For decades, the path was linear: cash to cheque to card. Now, we’re entering a new chapter. Pay by Bank, or direct account-to-account payment, is gaining traction. Some regions have already scaled it. In the UK, it’s about to accelerate. This trend will unlock lower costs, faster movement of money and better control for users. It’s not just about technology. It’s about user experience and future-ready infrastructure.”

                What other pain points are your customers experiencing that you need to address? What are they asking you for help with? How are you meeting the challenge?

                “I think for customers it’s very simple. As a customer myself, I look for speed, ease, and simplicity in everything that I do. That’s universal. But what makes it complex today is the influence of AI, automation and data. People want innovation, but not at the expense of trust. So, while we innovate, we keep trust as the anchor. The real test is whether customers can do more, faster and easier, while still feeling their money is protected and their experience is safe. That’s the balance we aim to strike.”

                Tell us about a recent success story…

                “We’re particularly proud of the work we’re doing on embedded payments. The goal is to make payments feel invisible – integrated into the environment the customer is already in. Whether that’s a retail website, a social app or a business platform, customers shouldn’t have to toggle across apps to complete a payment. We have already launched products in this space, and we’re continuing to build. It’s about making banking ambient – present where the customer is, not where the bank wants them to be.”

                Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between banks and FinTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?

                “FinTechs bring urgency and imagination. Banks bring trust, infrastructure and scale. The opportunity is not in competing, but in co-creating. We have seen some encouraging partnerships, and we’re still working at the surface level. There’s a much deeper layer of value if we can move beyond tactical deals into genuine joint innovation.”

                Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for HSBC?

                “Events like this are important because they bring together different voices with a shared interest in shaping the future. What stood out to me is how open the audience and panellists are to challenging ideas and exploring new perspectives. These are places where real conversations happen; where you meet regulators, banks, FinTechs and enablers all under one roof. It’s these intersections that move the industry forward.”

                Learn more at ventures.hsbc.com

                About HSBC Emerging Technology, Innovation & Ventures

                HSBC Emerging Technology, Innovation & Ventures team is a global group of technologists, data scientists and venture specialist dedicated to shaping the banks future capabilities. Our goal is to deliver world class digital-first banking across HSBC’s global footprint.

                Our mission is to drive meaningful innovation across the organisation by identifying and unlocking opportunities that enhance customer experience, improve operational efficiency and embrace disruptive technologies.

                Our approach is rooted in experimentation, rapid prototyping, continuous iteration. By working closely with both internal and internal partners and external collaborators, we test and refine new ideas, prioritising solution that are scalable, impactful and aligned with the needs of our customers.

                We actively partner with leading technology firms, FintTechs, academic institutions and policy makers to stay at the forefront of digital innovation and accelerate time to market.

                By combining the scale, trust and resilience of HSBC with agility and mindset of a tech start-up, we aim to nurture transformative ideas, drive strategic innovation and shape the future of banking.

                • Digital Payments
                • Events
                • Together in Events

                FinTech Strategy speaks with Matt Bazley, Account Executive at Hyland, to explore how the content intelligence and process automation specialists are helping to drive operational efficiencies for their financial services clients

                Financial Transformation Summit 2025 EXCLUSIVE

                Hyland empowers organisations with unified content, process and applications intelligence solutions, unlocking the profound insights that fuel innovation. The Hyland team was at Financial Transformation Summit to reveal the ways organisations can transform their processes with the Hyland Content Innovation Cloud™. By combining AI-powered automation with built-in integrations to productivity tools and business applications, Hyland streamlines workflows across multiple channels, accelerating response times, boosting productivity and improving customer satisfaction.

                At the event, Neil Rayment, Sales Solution Engineer, demonstrated the intuitive end-user experience and showed how easy it is to configure, tailor and deploy solutions that can empower key stakeholders across any business. We spoke to Hyland’s Matt Bazley, Account Executive for Financial Services, to find out more…

                Hi Matt, tell us about your role at Hyland?

                “I’m the Account Executive responsible for banking across the UK and Ireland. I’ve been with the company for just over 18 months. Across my career, I’ve been helping financial services institutions for over 15 years with digital transformations and various programmes.”

                What are the key digital transformation solutions Hyland offers Financial Services organisations? How are they making a difference? What are some of the use cases you’re exploring?

                “Hyland is at the cutting edge of the content space. We have what we call our Content Innovation Cloud, which is delivering content intelligence, process intelligence and application intelligence. What that means in reality is that we’re helping organisations get access to their content that they don’t currently have access to because it’s spread over many siloed systems and sat in an unstructured format. So, with our content and intelligence, we’re able to get access to that unstructured data, which is around about 80% of an organisation’s data in the financial services sector. And we’re able to then provide knowledge and insight on that content, which helps organisations to make better strategic decisions. Allied to that, with this process intelligence, we’re able to help automate processes across the business. Whether it be orchestrating use cases and workflows or integrating with other systems to deliver application intelligence, we’re able to manage that whole end-to-end life cycle of information across an organisation.”

                Why is this an exciting time for the business?

                “We’re excited because our strategy is really leading the way. We’re leveraging large language models (LLMs) and AI to be able to deliver these real-life use cases that solve actual challenges. A lot of the time AI projects fail because businesses are trying to implement AI that isn’t actually a solution solving a problem. Whereas the AI we’re using is to actually solve a real-life challenge that businesses face because they want to be hyper-personalised for customers and more customer-centric. And you can’t really do that if you’re only leveraging 20% of the data you hold about your customers. And that’s why getting access and insight around this unstructured data is really vital for financial services organisations right now. We are able to help them leverage that unstructured data and meet them where their data is at. So, it’s not a case of having to migrate all of that data into different platforms or into our platform. We confederate across your information wherever it’s held as a financial services organisation; and that’s really a game-changing position for us and for the industry.”

                “AI is the big one. Although it is a bit of a buzzword that everyone’s mentioning nowadays, we’re actually delivering AI solutions to solve problems that businesses face. And that’s one of the real trends in the industries. Most AI projects fail, and companies want AI projects that succeed and deliver real value. The other thing we’re seeing is the rise of hyper-personalisation as part of being really customer-focused and customer-centric. Again, by helping businesses leverage that 80% of information around their customers that they don’t currently have access to, and provide insights on that information, we’re helping those organisations to become really specific and personalised in their dealings with their customers.

                “The final piece is around data and governance. So, security around our data as customers, because we’re all consumers at heart and want to know that our information is secure. Using best-in-class processes around security and governance is what we’re really focused on. And that’s a real trend in the market as well. We’re making sure that while we’re leveraging that information about customers, we’re keeping it safe and only using it for what it’s intended for and making sure the processes and governance around that information are really robust.”

                What other pain points are clients in the FS space experiencing that you need to address? What are they asking you for help with? How are you meeting the challenge?

                “The one big one is the siloed information across multiple systems as part of digital transformation strategies. Over the years, I’ve seen many businesses implement point solutions. They might be best-in-class point solutions… But that means you end up with information and data and processes across 10, 15 or 20 systems. How do you then unify that data and leverage it to make the user journeys more effective? And also the customer journeys better, whatever channel those customers are using?

                “What we see is that while trying to be omnichannel for their customers, organisations end up with multiple solutions. One for their mobile app, a solution for their website, a solution for in-branch banking… So, you end up with omnichannel processes that are actually siloed processes. What we are trying to help businesses do is to unify those processes. We can break down those silos and make it a really seamless, integrated journey internally and externally for colleagues and customers.”

                Tell us about a recent success story …

                “A great example is our work with ABN AMRO – a bank that is one of our longstanding and valued customers. They were looking for a solution because of this very challenge. The bank had multiple siloed systems holding a lot of information and a very complex architecture. They went to market and Hyland was able to prove our solution was able to manage the sheer volume and complexity of the information and content that they had. And most importantly we were able to help them integrate with their line-of-business systems very easily to create that seamless internal/external journey for both users and customers.”

                What’s next for Hyland? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?

                “It’s all about continuing to grow for us. With the Content Innovation Cloud, the reception we’ve received from the market, from our customers, has been absolutely tremendous. Businesses are so excited to see the ability and capability of what we’re able to do. And what we’re able to deliver for them in terms of real value through the Content Innovation Cloud. We’ve got customers onboarded already. It’s now about expanding that list of customers who are going to see real value from leveraging the cloud, our AI solutions and driving efficiencies with our content process and application intelligence across their businesses.”

                Why do you think the evolution of collaboration between banks and FinTechs is set to continue? What are you excited about?

                “Across the market over the last 15-20 years the banks are starting to see FinTechs more as allies than competitors. And they’re leveraging these technologies rather than trying to challenge them. I think that’s going to continue because FinTechs are far more agile. And as customer expectations continue to evolve and become more demanding, banks need to evolve and deal with these demands more effectively and more fluidly. And that’s why leveraging FinTechs is going to be a key differentiator over the next 10 years. That trend is going to continue where banks and FinTechs work together and collaborate rather than challenge each other.”

                Why Financial Transformation Summit? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to embrace innovation? What’s the response been like for Hyland?

                “It’s my fourth year coming here with a couple of different companies and I always find this event really valuable. Not only to obviously promote our products and our brand… But to speak to key decision-makers and peers across financial services. We aim to learn from them about whether the challenges we perceive as a vendor are seen by them as a customer. We will continue to learn and evolve our business around key market challenges. Hyland can then focus our solutions around the real-world problems our peers are seeing across financial services. Coming to this event is a great way to meet as many people as possible. And just really enjoy having those meaningful conversations with leaders in the financial services sector.”

                Learn more at hyland.com

                About Hyland

                Hyland puts your content to work, making it smarter and more accessible in the moment of need.

                Hyland’s content, process and application intelligence solutions empower customers to deliver exceptional experiences to those they serve. The solutions capture, process and manage high volumes of diverse content, helping you improve, accelerate and automate operational decisions and workflows.

                3 Core enterprise content management solutions

                20+ Distinct product offerings

                1,000s of ways to transform the way you work

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Events
                • Together in Events

                Our cover star Rebecca Fitzgerald, Director of Data & AI at Yorkshire Building Society, reveals a digital transformation journey meeting…

                Our cover star Rebecca Fitzgerald, Director of Data & AI at Yorkshire Building Society, reveals a digital transformation journey meeting customers, wherever they are.

                Read the latest issue of FinTech Strategy here

                Yorkshire Building Society: Data, AI & Inclusive Leadership

                Our cover story focuses on the data revolution taking place at Yorkshire Building Society (YBS)… Navigating this journey of change is Director of Data and AI, Rebecca Fitzgerald. Her ambitious vision is to transform the 160-year-old mutual through ethical, human-centred data strategies and AI innovation. In a rapidly evolving digital landscape, she aims to ensure YBS does not just keep up but leads from the front.

                “I’m accountable for developing and implementing strategies to enhance data-centricity and drive value from data and AI for our customers and colleagues,” Rebecca states. This directive is grounded in strong governance, positive data culture, and the empowerment of people through data literacy and technological upskilling.”

                Tyme Group: Scalable Global Digital Banking

                Dietmar Bohmer, Chief Analytics Officer at Tyme Group, on operationalising innovation, cultivating a culture of empowerment and driving transformation from the inside out…

                “It’s been wild ride from a technology point of view,” admits Dietmar… Today, that foresight is paying off. The cloud-native architecture has provided Tyme with the elasticity, resilience, and speed it needs to support its rapid growth across emerging markets. “With each new deployment, the organisation has evolved and refined its technological foundation,” notes Dietmar. “When the time came to launch GoTyme Bank in the Philippines, lessons learned from the rollout of TymeBank in South Africa enabled the team to rethink and redesign their stack, optimising for scale, performance, and localised feature delivery.”

                ČSOB: A Digital Transformation Journey

                ČSOB Slovakia is undergoing a major transformation aimed at future-proofing its technology, enhancing customer experience, and reinforcing its leadership in digital banking. Under the stewardship of its CIO Ludek Slegr, the bank’s IT team is navigating a major upgrade of its responsibility, overhauling core IT systems and implementing agile methodologies to meet its strategic goals. At the heart of this transformation is a focus on delivering value through technology, supporting people development, and fostering sustainable innovation.

                “The next step for digital-first is continuous improvement of straight-through processing ratio, i.e. reducing involvement of manual work in our processes.”

                Money20/20 Europe

                FinTech Strategy also reports from the conference floor at Money20/20 Europe in Amsterdam. Bringing together the world’s leading innovators, institutions, investors, and influencers from across the FinTech and financial services spectrum, more than 8,000 delegates from over 2,300 companies were in attendance… We sat down with Standard Chartered’s Head of Digital Assets – Financing & Securities Services, Waqar Chaudry, to discuss how the bank is connecting traditional with digital, collaborating with FinTechs and taking a measured approach to entering the crypto market. And we spoke with Veritran’s CMO, Jorge Sanchez Barcelo, to find out more about the tech firm’s partnership with Manchester City which is reimagining CX to create a frictionless digital experience for fans.

                Financial Transformation Summit

                The Financial Transformation Summit at London’s ExCel is one of the most immersive and interactive events in the financial services calendar. As a media partner, FinTech Strategy took the temperature of industry innovation at our stand with on camera hot takes from the tech leaders pushing the boundaries at Hyland, Fidelity, HSBC, Citigroup and more…

                Also in this issue, we keep you up to date with the key FinTech events across the globe; and read on for more insights from InsurTech disruptors Qover, lending innovators iwoca and investment experts Eastern Horizon…

                Read the latest issue of FinTech Strategy here

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Cybersecurity in FinTech
                • Digital Payments
                • Embedded Finance
                • InsurTech
                • Neobanking

                Our cover story charts the rise of RAKBANK in the UAE driven by agile practices and a people-first culture delivering…

                Our cover story charts the rise of RAKBANK in the UAE driven by agile practices and a people-first culture delivering banking with a human touch.

                Read the latest issue of FinTech Strategy here

                RAKBANK: A Banking Transformation in the UAE

                Our cover story explores the digital transformation journey of RAKBANK in the UAE. Head of Digital Transformation, Antony Burrows, reveals the agile practices, enterprise-wide enablement and people-first culture delivering digital banking with a human touch.

                “Culture is the cornerstone,” Antony stresses. RAKBANK codifies this into its Four Cs Framework – Connect, Communicate, Collaborate and Celebrate. “Here in the UAE, banks are pivoting from a model of ‘we know everything’ to recognising that one of the best ways to deliver continuous change and value to customers is through partnerships with startups and FinTechs. It’s no longer banks versus startups – it’s banks and startups, working together for the customer. This shift is especially meaningful as banks expand beyond traditional services to focus on customers’ broader financial lives.”

                MTN MoMo: Empowering Africa Through FinTech

                Hermann Tischendorf, Chief Information & Technology Officer at MTN MoMo (the telco’s mobile money division) reveals a bold roadmap for leveraging FinTech to drive financial inclusion across the African continent.

                “MoMo is comparable in monthly active users to some of the top ten FinTechs globally. We’re playing in the same league as Revolut or Nubank – but in much more complex markets,” notes Hermann. “Access to financial services is fundamental. Without it, people are excluded from the global economy. Our services are the equaliser allowing individuals in frontier markets to participate in trade, store value, and ultimately improve their quality of life.”

                Republic Bank: Building a Digital Bank

                Republic Bank has been serving customers via its branches for over 185 years and now serves 16 different countries across the Caribbean and beyond. It’s “a regional bank with a growing global reach,” explains Group Chief Information & Digital Transformation Officer, Houston Ross.

                His team is building a digital bank during a Year of Delivery and Accountability (YODA). “When we talk about digitalisation it’s a journey that never ends. And product is the vehicle to make sure we’re continuously improving.This is our digital pathway and we have to change minds in terms of going beyond the challenges to achieve what’s possible with the right frameworks, tools and processes for our people to serve our customers.”

                Also in this issue, we keep you up to date with the key FinTech events across the calendar and read on for insights from Lloyds Banking Group, Recorded Future, AAZZUR, Ayre Group, Marqeta, SCOR and TerraPay.

                Read the latest issue of FinTech Strategy here

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Cybersecurity in FinTech
                • Digital Payments
                • Embedded Finance
                • InsurTech
                • Neobanking

                In today’s digital economy, finance is no longer confined to banks. Thanks to embedded finance, financial services are being integrated…

                In today’s digital economy, finance is no longer confined to banks. Thanks to embedded finance, financial services are being integrated directly into non-financial platforms. This allows customers pay, borrow, insure, or invest without ever leaving the app they’re using. For businesses, embedded finance unlocks new revenue streams and deeper customer engagement. In 2025, here are five of the top FinTech solutions leading this revolution.


                1. Stripe Connect – Embedded Payments Infrastructure

                Stripe has become synonymous with online payments, but Stripe Connect takes it further… It enables platforms like marketplaces, SaaS apps, or gig platforms to onboard sellers, manage payouts, and handle compliance seamlessly. Its APIs offer modular, customisable solutions for embedding payment flows, KYC, tax reporting, and global transfers.

                Why it leads: Stripe Connect simplifies complex financial operations. It gives platforms the ability to become payment facilitators without becoming regulated entities themselves.


                2. Railsr (formerly Railsbank) – Full-Stack Embedded Finance

                Railsr provides a modular platform that allows brands to embed banking, payments, and credit products into their own apps. Whether it’s issuing branded debit cards, offering BNPL, or enabling in-app bank accounts, Railsr acts as the financial layer beneath consumer-facing businesses.

                Key strength: It provides a single, developer-friendly API to access multiple financial services. This speeds up time-to-market, reducing infrastructure complexity.


                3. Unit – Embedded Banking-as-a-Service (BaaS)

                Unit is a US-focused BaaS provider that helps FinTechs and software companies embed features. These include checking accounts, cards, ACH payments, and lending directly into apps. Its toolkit includes compliance workflows, ledgering, and integrations with banking partners.

                Why it stands out: Unit’s out-of-the-box functionality allows tech companies to go from idea to launch in weeks, not months. Furthermore, staying compliant with US banking regulations.


                4. UpLift – Embedded BNPL for Travel and Lifestyle

                UpLift is a niche embedded finance provider focused on travel, hospitality, and lifestyle experiences. Its BNPL tool is integrated directly into checkout pages for airlines, cruise lines, and vacation providers. This allows consumers to split costs into manageable monthly payments.

                Unique angle: By focusing on high-ticket discretionary purchases, UpLift helps merchants increase conversions and average order value. Moreover, giving consumers more flexible options.


                5. Qover – Embedded Insurance for Digital Platforms

                Qover is a leading embedded insurance provider that enables companies to integrate customised, white-labelled insurance directly into their apps or services. From gig platforms and neobanks to mobility and travel apps, Qover supports multiple insurance lines. These include motor, health, cyber, and income protection—across more than 30 countries in Europe.

                What sets it apart: Qover’s modular APIs let businesses plug insurance into user journeys with minimal friction. It also handles underwriting partnerships, multilingual customer service, and real-time claims dashboards, offering full-stack support.

                Why it matters: Qover empowers platforms like Revolut and Deliveroo to offer relevant protection at scale. Moreover, boosting user trust, engagement, and retention without building insurance infrastructure from scratch.


                Embedded finance is transforming how financial products are delivered… Moving from standalone services to contextual, on-demand experiences. Tools like Stripe Connect, Railsr, Unit, UpLift, and Cover Genius empower companies to embed finance where it adds the most value: at the point of need. For FinTechs, retailers, travel firms, and SaaS platforms, these tools represent the future of customer-centric finance—convenient, invisible, and deeply integrated.

                • Embedded Finance

                Silverfin’s CEO, Lisa Miles Heal, on how the accountancy industry must innovate with technology to evolve

                The accountancy industry is at a crossroads. With rapid technological advancements, accountants are balancing the demand for more efficient compliance and an increased emphasis on value-added advisory services.

                Meeting the Challenges

                Inflation and the unstable economic outlook are also having a serious impact on all sectors. The UK has been through a tumultuous few years, and the combined effects of Brexit, the COVID-19 pandemic, and high inflation are only gradually receding. Growth remains meagre across the economy as a whole.

                At the same time, the global geopolitical situation remains unpredictable, threatening to upset the applecart again at any moment. Alongside this, the possibility of high trade tariffs coming into force in the US in 2025 brings a whole host of conceivable challenges, including spiralling goods costs suppressing growth across a host of industries, with knock-on effects across the services sector. All of this impacts accountants directly, as businesses lean on them for guidance through economic uncertainty.

                But it’s not all doom and gloom. Innovations  like automation and AI can help accountants navigate through the volatility and focus on the higher value tasks. But we know that this isn’t an easy one and done. Firms purchasing fintech technology are on an education journey, requiring a cultural shift to overcome resistance and replace fear with an understanding of how machine learning and analytics drive growth, not replace staff. As firms embrace this shift, 2025 could see accountancy transformed into even more of a more strategic, data-led profession. 

                As a result, 2025 is set to be a year of rapid change, of challenge and opportunity. Two key areas will continue to impact the sector – inflation, and further consolidation through mergers and acquisitions (M&A). Let’s explore in more detail how these two issues will shape 2025 for accountancy firms and their clients, as well as looking at the way professionals’ roles are likely to evolve in response.

                Automation Will Transform the Way Accountants Respond to Inflation

                Inflation remains a significant dynamic that accountancy firms must navigate carefully in 2025. It impacts everything – from wages and employee culture through to supply costs and cash flow. As inflation stabilises, it’s crucial for accountancy firms to reflect on how they handled recent high inflation periods, and adapt their strategies for a lower-inflation environment.

                Using technology and data insights can help firms remain competitive and navigate this new economic phase. A data-led approach is crucial given the complexity of the factors that feed into the inflationary landscape, and the myriad ways it can affect business. Reacting based on intuition won’t cut it. Accountants need to base their strategic decisions on insights derived from rich data, in as close to real time as possible.

                This approach has two critical advantages. First, it allows firms to act proactively, leveraging advanced analytics to anticipate trends and outcomes before they occur.. Second, it allows for greater agility, enabling firms  to gain deeper insights  into how  rapid market changes are affecting  their business, and to adjust their strategies swiftly in response.

                Mergers & Acquisitions Will Ramp Up

                The accounting sector is set for more consolidation as firms face high numbers of partner retirements, due to an ageing workforce. This consolidation is an opportunity for both large and specialised practices – if they can pivot in the right way. 

                Larger firms have the potential to dominate, leveraging scale to process work more efficiently across different markets. On the opposite end of the scale, smaller, niche firms can shift to offer highly personalised services. It’s the middle ground that’s at risk. Mid-sized firms that don’t evolve will either be absorbed by larger entities or see talent move towards more specialised practices. 

                Private equity is also playing a part in this M&A trend. Investors see opportunities to modernise firms and extract value through efficiency gains and technology adoption. Fintech tools, such as cloud-based financial reporting and compliance platforms, present a low-risk avenue to drive long-term value for pension funds and other stakeholders, especially during the current volatile environment. These trends signal an era of structural evolution within the sector, driven by innovation and investment.

                Accountants Will Grow Their Strategic Role

                Finally, amid all this change, accountants will need to redefine their role. By automating routine tasks, accountants can reclaim valuable time to focus on higher-value work, such as compliance and providing fiscal and legal advisory services. Firms that adapt to this shift will thrive, while those clinging to traditional models risk losing relevance or being absorbed by larger, more agile competitors.

                In 2025, the widening availability of next-gen, AI-enabled technology will make success dependent on firms that fully  integrate their operations. These firms will harness  insights and expertise from all areas of the business  to inform decision-making. Accountants have a crucial role to play in providing these insights based on the financial status of their clients – a role they can only play if they’re freed up from repetitive, low-value tasks. Technology holds the key to the evolution of the sector – 2025 is the time to take that next step.

                About Silverfin

                It all started with two founders and a big idea… to create an innovate cloud platform to make accountants more successful.​ These are exciting times for accountants.

                Technology has changed bookkeeping forever. While bookkeeping has been transformed, the day-to-day life of the accountant has yet to see the same change. Until now.

                Silverfin was founded by an accountant frustrated by how he had to work and a software architect looking for a tough problem the cloud could crack. 

                So they turned their thinking to how data, and the cloud, could make life easier for accountants, make their businesses better, and at the same time unlock new opportunities for revenue streams from value-added client advisory services.

                We give accountants the technology and tools they need to be more successful. For themselves. For their clients. We improve the efficiency, competitiveness and profitability of compliance and reporting services. We make this work faster, easier and better. Plus we power the development and delivery of new advisory services.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Neobanking

                Akbar Hussain, Co-founder and Chief Legal & Compliance Officer at TerraPay, on cross-border payment innovation

                Every transaction tells a story. Most pass by unnoticed: familial remittances, a gift, a balance topped up. But behind the scenes, every transfer or cross-border payment sets off a chain reaction of checks, rules, and decisions. Signals are assessed. Contexts are weighed. Trust is verified.

                Cross-border payments don’t operate in a vacuum. They move through regulatory frameworks and risk assessments, often in milliseconds. And as more and more transfers pass through this complex system, there is a growing need for infrastructure that knows not just how to move money effectively but how to govern its movement wisely.

                Small Transactions, Big Stakes

                There’s a myth in the payments world that small transactions carry small risk. That compliance obligations only apply at scale. Or that low-value payments fly under the regulatory radar. But in a globally connected system, nothing operates in isolation.

                Small transactions power financial inclusion: school fees, emergency loans, micro-business payments. They are frequent, personal, and essential. And when repeated millions of times across loosely monitored corridors, they can create risk patterns with system-wide consequences.

                When oversight is thin, even a modest flow of funds can be exploited for money laundering, fraud, or sanctions evasion. The notion that scale is only measured by individual ticket size ignores how quickly volume and velocity can multiply exposure. The risk isn’t always in the size of a transaction, it’s in how little is known about it.

                Risk also doesn’t scale linearly. A seemingly harmless payments corridor can, over time, become a blind spot for illicit flows if the right compliance checks aren’t embedded. That’s why building safeguards into the infrastructure, not just the interface, of any payments system is critical.

                Ultimately, there’s no such thing as a low-value transaction when the cost of failure is measured in trust.

                Innovation vs Regulation

                In much of the FinTech world, there’s still a belief that building effective cross-border payment systems means choosing between two paths: innovate fast or regulate carefully, as if the two can’t coexist. But this is a false choice. There is no sustainable growth in cross-border finance without regulatory credibility. Any system built to avoid or defer oversight will ultimately collapse, hollowed out by its own shortcuts.

                In reality, we shouldn’t think of compliance as a barrier to scale but rather as a condition of scale. It’s what unlocks markets, builds durable infrastructure, and earns the trust of partners, governments, and users. Trust isn’t a switch that flips at go-to-market; it’s something built transaction by transaction, jurisdiction by jurisdiction.

                That means licensing, yes. But it also means culture. It means embedding compliance into the architecture of your systems, the rhythms of your operations, and the priorities of your leadership. When regulatory design is built in from the start—rather than patched on later—it helps power growth.

                Systemic Risk Has No Borders

                One of the defining features of modern financial infrastructure is its interdependence. There are no isolated risks anymore. A lapse in one system—a poorly monitored corridor, a flawed due diligence model, an unvetted partner—doesn’t stay local. It echoes outward. Financial crime doesn’t respect borders. Neither does reputational damage.

                This is particularly true in high-risk markets, where traditional institutions are limited or absent, and the appetite for speed often overshadows prudence.

                These are also the places where financial inclusion efforts matter most—and where failure risks cutting people off entirely. Getting it wrong in these contexts risks shutting out the unbanked and underbanked from the systems designed to serve them, reinforcing the very barriers this industry claims to dismantle.

                Financial institutions that choose to operate in these environments must do so with heightened accountability. The organizations that lead with integrity understand this and act accordingly: investing in real-time monitoring, adapting to regulatory shifts, and holding their partners to the same standard.

                Building for the Future with Cross-Border Payments

                There’s an understandable appeal to silver-bullet solutions: AI for fraud detection, blockchain for traceability, real-time everything. These technologies are powerful, and when applied with care, they can significantly enhance the robustness of compliance systems. But they’re not infallible. When adopted without scrutiny, they risk masking deeper structural weaknesses beneath a surface-level sense of control.

                The more sustainable approach is rarely the flashiest. It’s incremental, data-driven, and adaptive. It prioritizes experimentation over assumption and refinement over scale for scale’s sake. Using anonymised data to test systems, deploying AI to extend—rather than replace—human oversight, and continuously evolving alongside the regulatory environments these systems must serve: this is where long-term resilience is built.

                Trust, in Practice

                To design for trust is to design for complexity. It means making peace with the regulatory landscape and recognizing that compliance isn’t a one-off exercise but a constant, evolving discipline that must move in step with innovation—not trail behind it.

                It may not be the flashiest part of the story, or the one that makes the headlines, but any serious player in the cross-border economy must learn to balance the urgency of go-to-market with a deep, operational understanding of compliance and security. Regulation isn’t something to be welded on later. It’s something to be baked in from the start.

                • Digital Payments

                The insurance industry, long known for its complex processes and legacy systems, is undergoing a dramatic transformation. At the heart…

                The insurance industry, long known for its complex processes and legacy systems, is undergoing a dramatic transformation. At the heart of this shift is InsurTech – the fusion of insurance and technology – bringing faster claims, personalised policies and more efficient operations. In 2025, several tools are leading the charge. Here are five of the top InsurTech solutions reshaping the sector.


                1. Tractable – AI-Powered Claims Automation

                Tractable uses computer vision and artificial intelligence to assess vehicle and property damage in real time. With just a few photos uploaded by the policyholder, the tool can evaluate damage and generate repair estimates instantly. This significantly shortens claims processing times from days or weeks to mere hours. Tractable is already used by global insurers like GEICO and Covéa and is expanding into home insurance applications as well.

                Why it’s a game changer: It replaces manual claims inspection with automated, objective AI assessments – cutting costs and improving customer satisfaction.


                2. Shift Technology – Fraud Detection Engine

                Shift Technology offers an advanced AI platform specifically trained to detect insurance fraud. Using machine learning, it analyses claims data, historical fraud patterns, and external sources to flag suspicious activities. Its algorithms adapt over time, improving their detection accuracy.

                Key advantage: It empowers insurers to prevent millions in fraudulent claims annually, without sacrificing the customer experience for legitimate policyholders.


                3. Zego – On-Demand Insurance for the Gig Economy

                Zego offers usage-based insurance tailored to gig workers, delivery drivers, and small businesses. Its app-based platform integrates with telematics, ride-hailing apps, and work schedules to offer dynamic, pay-as-you-go coverage. This flexibility makes it ideal for freelancers and platforms like Uber or Deliveroo.

                Innovation point: Zego rewrites traditional insurance models by aligning premiums with real-time usage and risk levels – ideal for the on-demand economy.


                4. Cover Genius – Embedded Insurance API

                Cover Genius provides APIs that allow digital businesses to offer embedded insurance directly within their platforms. For example, a travel booking site can offer flight cancellation protection at checkout, or an e-commerce retailer can embed product warranty options. Cover Genius handles everything – from pricing and underwriting to claims and global compliance.

                Impact: It brings insurance directly to the customer at the point of need, improving uptake and customer convenience while opening new distribution channels.


                5. Sprout.ai – Intelligent Claims Triage

                Sprout.ai combines NLP (natural language processing) and data enrichment to automate the first notice of loss (FNOL) and claims triage process. It can pull insights from emails, documents, and databases to provide context-rich claim summaries, which are then used to assign the right workflows or handlers.

                Business benefit: Sprout.ai reduces administrative overhead and speeds up claim resolution by up to 70%, while maintaining transparency and fairness.


                Insurtech tools like Tractable, Shift, Zego, Cover Genius, and Sprout.ai are not just digitising insurance, they’re reimagining it. With AI, APIs, and real-time analytics at their core, these platforms are improving efficiency, reducing fraud, and delivering a customer-first experience. As insurers adopt these innovations, expect faster, smarter, and more responsive insurance services for the modern age.

                • InsurTech

                Morne Rossouw, Chief AI Officer at Kyriba, on leveraging AI skills to enhance decision-making and compliance in financial services

                At the intersection of innovation and responsibility, the finance sector faces a pivotal challenge… The ‘trust gap’ in AI adoption. CFOs and treasury leaders are aiming to safeguard their organisations’ financial health. The promise of AI’s transformative power is often tempered by concerns around security, transparency and regulatory compliance. Yet, as the latest IDC InfoBrief and Kyriba CFO survey reveal, there is a clear path forward. It is one that requires essential AI foundation skills and a thoughtful approach to AI solutions.

                Understanding the Trust Gap

                The potential for AI in treasury and finance is compelling. Over 84% of treasury professionals agree Generative AI will significantly impact treasury processes within the next 24 months. However, the journey to widespread adoption is hindered by what many see as a  ‘trust gap’. There is a divide between transformative promise and concerns about security and privacy risks.

                These real concerns cover several aspects, first and foremost: risk aversion. Many finance professionals by training are inherently compelled to act with a risk mitigation mindset. By extension, many are cautious about the ‘black box’ nature of artificial intelligence and its role in decision-making. They prefer systems where they can better understand and interpret outcomes. Another layer is the pressure to adhere to the industry’s strict and evolving compliance requirements. These are now expanding to cover legal and industry standards around adoption, such as the EU AI Act.

                Data quality and security further complicate the picture. Financial data is highly sensitive, and organisations must address issues of accuracy, bias, and privacy when integrating AI solutions. In addition, there is a skills gap to overcome. Many finance professionals may lack the newly emerging need for expertise to leverage these tools effectively and securely in a financial context, making the development of new competencies essential for successful adoption.

                Building a Culture of Trust for AI

                Despite concerns, the interest in and potential value of artificial intelligence to streamline and optimise treasury operations are clear. In fact, the latest studies show:

                • 44% of treasury professionals see immediate value in AI-enhanced cash management
                • 50% prioritise AI for financial fraud detection
                • 46% focus on risk management applications¹

                Achieving success with artificial intelligence requires more than simply adopting new technologies. It demands a broader cultural transformation. Structured training programs are critical for helping finance teams develop confidence and competence in using AI. And gaining hands-on experience with AI tools in real-world scenarios allows professionals to apply their knowledge and adapt to evolving capabilities.

                As one CFO noted: “AI is redefining the CFO’s mandate as we speak. With the right foundation and skills, I don’t believe AI widens the trust gap; it closes it.”

                Essential Foundational Skills to Bridge the Trust Gap

                Narrowing the trust gap between the immense opportunities of AI with the real potential risk requires organisations to develop three critical foundation capabilities. The first is communication and interaction. Finance professionals should learn how to engage in clear dialogue with AI systems by asking effective questions, refining requests, and understanding how to guide AI tools to support financial reporting and analysis.

                The second foundational skill is data storytelling. Transforming complex AI outputs into clear, actionable insights helps make financial data more accessible and meaningful to stakeholders. This means not only interpreting results but also presenting them through compelling narratives and visualisations.

                As a final safeguard, teams should develop a systematic approach to validating AI-generated insights to ensure that outputs align with regulatory requirements and business logic. This process is crucial for maintaining compliance standards and fostering confidence in AI-driven decisions.

                Trusted AI requires a Trusted Platform

                Organisations can build trust in AI adoption by prioritising security and transparency in their technology choices. Selecting tools and platforms that provide enterprise-grade security and offer explainable insights is vital. Equally important is ensuring that customer data remains private and is not used to train external models, as is the use of built-in validation tools to support compliance.

                Trust is further built by user-led design. Intuitive interfaces make it easier for finance teams to interact effectively with new technologies. Leveraging visual analytics and dashboards enhances the ability to tell stories with data, while comprehensive validation frameworks help support regulatory and business frameworks.

                Establishing a trusted platform foundation is the final piece. Building on robust data infrastructure allows organisations to define key AI foundation skills. Investment in training and certification programs helps finance professionals stay up to date with best practices, while real-time validation and oversight of AI-driven decisions further reinforces organisational trust.

                The Path Forward

                The potential impact of increased AI skills, in tandem with secure solutions, is immense. Enhanced decision-making becomes possible through improved cash visibility and forecasting, while compliance is strengthened through systematic validation and fraud detection. Efficiency gains are realised via optimised AI/Human collaboration, and more accurate and insightful financial reporting is achieved through advanced data storytelling. Organisations also benefit from reduced processing time thanks to intelligent automation.

                In an era where trust underpins financial and broader business leadership, success depends on developing strong foundational capabilities alongside robust solutions. Responsible AI – such as Kyriba’s Trusted AI portfolio – emerges as a strategic partner for CFOs and treasury teams, providing not just the technology but also the framework for skill development essential to closing the gap.

                Through this comprehensive approach – combining foundation skills and trusted solutions-organisations can confidently embrace AI’s transformative potential while maintaining the security, compliance, and transparency essential to modern financial operations. The result is a future where skilled professionals leverage AI to drive data-driven business decision making that can unlock unprecedented levels of financial performance and agility.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Join industry leaders and innovators at the 5th Annual Digital Banking Summit

                Digital Banking Summit is a premiere event designed to explore the most transformative trends shaping the banking sector in the modern era. This two-day conference will delve into critical topics such as AI-driven banking, open finance, financial inclusion, and the future of digital identity. Discover how cutting-edge technologies like edge computing, hyper-personalisation, and APIs are redefining corporate and retail banking. Engage in discussions about legacy system modernisation, sustainability through ESG initiatives, and the regulatory landscape, including DORA and GDPR. Book your place here.

                Gain Expert Insights

                With sessions led by top executives from global financial institutions, attendees will gain actionable insights… Learn more about leveraging innovation to streamline operations, enhance customer experience and build resilient financial ecosystems. Speakers include thought leaders representing Wells Fargo, Revolut, Wise, Standard Chartered, Lloyds and more…

                Take advantage of networking opportunities and 1:1 meetings to connect with senior leaders and experts. Don’t miss this opportunity to be part of the conversation shaping the future of banking.


                DAY 1 @ Digital Banking Summit

                • Revolutionising Banking in the Digital Era
                • Open Banking and Open Finance
                • Financial Inclusion in Banking
                • Digital Identity: Onboarding, Compliance and Embedded Finance
                • Cross-Industry Collaboration in Banking
                • Banking for a Digital Workforce
                • Hyper-Personalisation in Wealth Management
                • Edge Computing
                • The Role of APIs in Transforming Corporate Banking
                • Digital Resilience
                • Legacy Systems vs Modernisation
                • AI in Banking

                DAY 2 @ Digital Banking Summit

                • Automation and Cloud Banking
                • Data Monetisation: Ethics and Opportunities
                • Digital Marketing in Banking
                • Central Bank Digital Currencies
                • Sustainable Banking Future with ESG
                • Navigating DORA, GDPR and Beyond
                • Wallets
                • Mobile Banking
                • Crypto, Instant Transfers and Banking
                • AI-Driven Fraud
                • Customer-Centric Innovation
                • Cybersecurity: Deepfakes, AI Attacks and Quantum Risks

                Book your ticket here.

                • Digital Payments
                • Event Newsroom
                • Events

                The FinTech industry, sitting at the nexus of finance and technology, is a prime target for cybercriminals. With the growing…

                The FinTech industry, sitting at the nexus of finance and technology, is a prime target for cybercriminals. With the growing prevalence of digital banking, mobile payments, and crypto-assets, cybersecurity has become a non-negotiable priority. In response, a new generation of tools has emerged to help FinTech companies stay ahead of threats. Here are the top five cybersecurity tools safeguarding the sector in 2025:

                1. CrowdStrike Falcon – Endpoint Protection Powerhouse

                CrowdStrike Falcon has become a leading choice for FinTech companies due to its advanced endpoint detection and response (EDR) capabilities. Powered by AI and cloud-native architecture, Falcon provides real-time monitoring and threat intelligence across endpoints, detecting suspicious behavior before it escalates. Its lightweight agent and scalable design make it ideal for rapidly evolving digital infrastructures.

                2. Snyk – Securing FinTech DevOps

                FinTech’s embrace of continuous development and integration demands security solutions built for speed. Snyk focuses on developer-first security, helping teams identify and remediate vulnerabilities in open-source dependencies, containers, and infrastructure as code. It integrates directly with GitHub, GitLab, and CI/CD pipelines, ensuring vulnerabilities are caught early—without slowing down development.

                3. Fortinet FortiWeb – Web Application Firewall (WAF)

                Web applications are the backbone of many FinTech platforms, and FortiWeb provides critical protection. This intelligent WAF defends against OWASP Top 10 threats, including SQL injection and cross-site scripting, while leveraging machine learning to tailor protections in real-time. FinTech platforms using APIs heavily benefit from FortiWeb’s deep learning inspection and bot mitigation features.

                4. IBM Security QRadar – SIEM Intelligence

                QRadar continues to lead as a top-tier Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) solution. It aggregates and analyzes data from across an organization’s digital ecosystem, detecting threats and providing actionable insights. FinTech firms rely on QRadar for compliance with financial regulations and for its ability to deliver fast, context-rich threat detection and response capabilities.

                5. Auth0 – Identity and Access Management (IAM)

                Auth0, a standout solution in identity and access management. In FinTech, controlling user access with precision is crucial. Auth0 provides secure, scalable authentication for apps and APIs, offering features like single sign-on (SSO), multi-factor authentication (MFA), and adaptive access policies. With rising threats targeting user credentials, IAM is no longer a back-office function—it’s frontline security.

                Cybersecurity in FinTech requires agility, intelligence, and regulatory alignment. Tools like CrowdStrike Falcon, Snyk, Fortinet FortiWeb, IBM QRadar, and Auth) are not just protecting infrastructure. They’re enabling innovation in one of the world’s most dynamic industries. As threats grow more sophisticated, these platforms will continue to shape the future of secure financial technology.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Manoj Pant, Senior Director, Strategy & Business Development at Pegasystems on the AI innovation driving InsurTech

                The insurance industry is undergoing a profound transformation, driven largely by the rapid advancement of artificial intelligence. AI technologies continue to evolve. Their integration into core business functions is reshaping how insurers operate, interact with customers, and manage risks. This digital shift marks the emergence of a more autonomous, data-driven enterprise model. Traditional processes are being streamlined and optimised through intelligent automation.

                Technology like Generative AI (GenAI) and Agentic AI are transforming the industry by improving workflows and minimising costs. GenAI helps reduce challenges for insurers by automating operations, improving decision-making, and enhancing customer engagement. For example, AI can help with generating claims summaries. And analysing large amounts of data quickly to identify any risk factors. Furthermore, Agentic AI can make decisions and take actions independently. For instance, helping underwriters by sharing all related news and information about a claim that just came through. Agentic AI allows insurers to focus on more complex tasks by automating manual processes like claim processing. It can also reduce human error and help in detecting any fraudulent patterns, preventing fraud.

                Despite their promise, adopting these technologies poses several strategic and operational challenges for insurers.

                Barriers to AI adoption  

                Insurers have their reservations when it comes to implementing new technology into their systems. AI models are still being tested, and algorithmic bias is a significant concern. AI models have the capability to reinforce preexisting biases which can lead to unfair claim assessments or discriminatory outcomes. This technology is still being developed. It can result in hallucinations if the right data is not used to train these models.

                Moreover, in a lot of companies, the teams work in silos. This can result in some data being missing therefore overcoming those silos at an organisational level is vital when implementing Agentic AI. Your AI is only as good as the data it is trained with.

                Insurers legacy systems and fragmented, poor-quality data make it difficult to train reliable AI models. Much of the critical information remains unstructured. A large portion of historical insurance data (handwritten claims, voice records etc) is unstructured and hard to process without significant pre-cleaning. Additionally, due to the conservative nature of insurers, these updates can come off as disruptive.

                Insurance is one of the most highly regulated industries as the use of AI requires access to vast amounts of personal data. If not careful with how this information is used, it can lead to hefty fines for the company and reputational damage.

                Black Box Fears

                On top of this, insurers are concerned about black box AI; where they can’t view any errors or steps on how a result was achieved. Agentic AI makes decisions on behalf of insurers and hence it is important that the system is transparent to make any necessary changes.

                Moreover, there’s a shortage of professionals who understand both these technologies and the complex regulatory and operational environment of insurance. Employees may resist adopting AI tools without proper training or if they feel it threatens their roles. There’s also a risk of relying too heavily on these tools to make decisions that require human judgment.

                Deploying AI for Maximum Impact

                AI in insurance is not a plug-and-play solution. Success depends on aligning technology, people, data, and strategy around high-impact, executable use cases. The few insurers who’ve succeeded have done so by treating AI as a business transformation initiative, not just a technology upgrade. Many insurers jump into AI without a clear vision or alignment between business and IT teams. They spread efforts thin across too many low-impact pilots instead of focusing on high-ROI use cases such as underwriting and claims automation.

                Having clean, integrated data, supported by strong governance and compliance frameworks is critical for success. Insurers should also focus on modernising legacy systems as it plays an essential role in supporting new technology and ensuring operational continuity. Scalable, modern technology infrastructure and cloud-native platforms enable rapid deployment and iteration of AI models.

                Agentic AI should also be guided by clear rules and processes, while remaining transparent. Due to the nature of the industry, it is imperative that insurers monitor every behaviour of the AI. By having security controls in the agents, organisations can keep an eye on the actions of each agent ensuring it’s being deployed responsibly.

                By strategically implementing artficial intelligence, insurers can apply solutions in customer engagement, underwriting, claims processing and so on while maintaining human oversight for important decisions. AI should enhance not replace the human touch, delivering faster, more personalised, and trustworthy experiences for customers and employees.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • InsurTech

                Philipp Buschmann, co-founder and CEO of AAZZUR – a one-stop-shop for smart embedded finance experience – on business transformation

                Business spending used to be a mess. Think mountains of receipts, last-minute expense reports, and a constant guessing game about where the money actually went. For many companies, especially those growing fast or juggling lots of moving parts, keeping tabs on spending felt like trying to plug holes in a sinking ship. Even with spreadsheets and corporate cards, it was hard to get real visibility or control.

                But something is changing. Behind the scenes, a quiet shift is taking place. It’s called embedded finance andwhile the name might sound technical, the impact is very real and surprisingly simple: it’s giving businesses more control over how they spend money, without adding complexity.

                At its core, Embedded Finance means putting financial tools directly inside the platforms businesses already use. So instead of switching between software to pay bills, issue cards, or track expenses, those features are built right into the systems companies rely on every day, like accounting tools, logistics platforms, or even team management apps.

                It’s like turning on the lights in a dark room. Suddenly, business leaders can *see* where the money is going, in real time. They can set rules. They can act faster. And best of all, they don’t need a finance degree to understand what’s happening.

                Goodbye Expense Reports with Embedded Finance

                This will be music to your ears. One of the most obvious and painful examples of messy spending is employee expenses. Traditionally, employees pay out of pocket, save their receipts, and submit reports at the end of the month. Finance teams then spend days chasing missing documentation and trying to figure out whether each purchase was actually necessary. The entire process is slow, frustrating, and ripe for errors.

                With embedded finance, that whole routine gets flipped. Now, companies can issue virtual cards with built-in controls, like daily limits, merchant restrictions, or even time-based rules. Employees use the cards directly from their phones, receipts are uploaded instantly, and managers can see every transaction as it happens. No more end-of-month surprises and best of all, nomore chaos.

                Real-Time Visibility, Real-Time Decisions

                Having a hard time making quick decisions? When spending is scattered across departments, locations, or tools, it’s hard to have a coherent plan. Business leaders often operate with outdated information, relying on month-end reports to spot issues that have already happened. That lag can be costly, especially in a fast-moving economy.

                Embedded Finance changes that by connecting spending directly to data. Whether it’s a construction company managing field purchases or an e-commerce brand scaling its supply chain, having real-time visibility into expenses means leaders can make smarter decisions, faster. If costs spike in one area, they can spot it and adjust instantly. If a new supplier overcharges, they’ll know right away.

                It’s not just about seeing the numbers—it’s about being able to act on them in the moment.

                Fewer Tools, Less Friction with Embedded Finance

                A big source of business friction comes from too many disconnected systems. You might have one platform for payroll, another for invoicing, and yet another for managing employee cards. Every tool means another login, another source of truth, and more opportunities for things to slip through the cracks.

                Embedded Finance simplifies the stack. Instead of stitching together a patchwork of tools, companies can use one unified system where spending and financial controls are already built in. For employees, that means fewer steps to get what they need. For finance teams, it means fewer errors to clean up. And for leadership, it means clearer insight into how money is being used to drive the business forward.

                Solaris is making waves in the circular economy by teaming up with Grover to allow people to subscribe to tech devices monthly instead of purchasing them. Due to stringent rules, they needed a product they could integrate to enable customers full control and increase loyalty. They succeeded by launching the Grover Card to boost engagement and retention and make payments borderless and hassle-free.

                Empowering Teams Without Losing Control

                One of the biggest tensions in company spending is the balance between trust and control. You want teams to move fast and make smart decisions, but you also need to avoid waste and fraud. Too much freedom, and things go off the rails. Too much control, and progress stalls.

                Embedded finance helps solve that tension. Because financial tools are built into the workflow, companies can set smart rules from the start. Maybe the marketing team can spend up to a certain limit on campaigns, but anything over, needs approval. Maybe contractors can only use their cards during work hours. These aren’t rigid roadblocks—they’re flexible guardrails that keep spending aligned with company goals.

                At the same time, employees feel more trusted. They don’t have to front their own money or wait for approvals. They can focus on doing their jobs, knowing they have the tools they need.

                Final Thoughts

                Embedded Finance isn’t about adding more technology for the sake of it. It’s about making finance work better, smarter, faster, and with less hassle. For businesses that have struggled with messy, unpredictable spending, it’s a breath of fresh air.

                The companies embracing these tools aren’t just getting more efficient, they’re unlocking new levels of clarity and confidence. And in today’s unpredictable business environment, that’s not just a nice-to-have – it’s a competitive advantage that will pay back in spades.

                • Embedded Finance

                Lysan Drabon, Managing Director at the Project Management Institute (PMI), on the critical role of project management in successfully integrating Artificial Intelligence (AI) as a tool for driving sustainability initiatives within FinTech and financial services

                The financial services sector, traditionally associated with spreadsheets and skyscrapers, is undergoing a green transformation. FinTech, at the forefront of this evolution, is increasingly leveraging Artificial Intelligence (AI) to drive sustainability initiatives. However, the path to a greener financial future isn’t paved with algorithms alone. Effective project management is the crucial compass, guiding these AI-powered initiatives towards tangible and lasting impact.

                The potential for genuine progress hinges on a structured, project-based approach. Without it, AI risks becoming a costly distraction. Failing to deliver on its promise of a more sustainable financial ecosystem.

                The challenge is significant. Financial institutions face growing pressure from investors, regulators, and customers to demonstrate their commitment to ESG principles. AI offers powerful tools for achieving these goals. From optimising energy consumption in data centres to identifying and mitigating climate-related financial risks. Yet, as Project Management Institute’s (PMI) recent research reveals, success is far from guaranteed.

                The findings highlight a clear disparity between organisations that strategically integrate AI into their sustainability efforts and those that treat them as separate endeavours. Those with a robust project management framework, capable of balancing these complex initiatives, are far more likely to achieve meaningful results.

                So, how can FinTech companies and financial institutions effectively harness the power of AI to drive sustainability? The answer lies in prioritising three key elements within a project management framework: data readiness, leadership preparedness, and strategic alignment.

                Data Readiness: The Foundation for Sustainability in Finance Using AI

                AI algorithms are only as good as the data they consume. In the context of FinTech and financial services, this means establishing robust data collection, management, and utilisation processes. These must capture a wide range of sustainability-related metrics.

                This includes data on energy consumption, carbon emissions, investment portfolios, and supply chain practices. Project managers must champion data readiness as a fundamental project requirement, ensuring that data is accurate, consistent, and readily accessible.

                Imagine trying to assess the ESG performance of an investment portfolio when data on the environmental impact of underlying assets is incomplete or unreliable. A “single source of truth” for sustainability data is essential. It provides a reliable foundation for AI models to accurately assess risks, identify opportunities, and track progress towards sustainability goals.

                This also means addressing the ethical considerations around data. Financial data is highly sensitive, and project managers must ensure that AI systems are used responsibly and ethically, protecting data privacy and preventing bias.

                Leadership Preparedness: Building Sustainability-Savvy AI Teams

                The successful integration of AI for sustainability in fintech demands a new breed of leader. Project managers must not only possess the traditional skills of planning and execution but also cultivate a deep understanding of both AI technologies and the nuances of sustainable finance. This requires a proactive approach to talent development, fostering a culture of continuous learning and experimentation.

                Building successful teams means bridging the gap between data scientists, financial analysts, sustainability experts, and regulatory compliance officers. Project managers must act as translators, delivering effective communication and collaboration across these diverse disciplines. They need to be adept at identifying and nurturing talent. Whether through upskilling existing employees or recruiting individuals with specialised expertise.

                Moreover, leadership preparedness extends to the ability to navigate the ethical complexities of AI in finance. Project managers must be equipped to address potential biases in algorithms, ensure data privacy, and promote transparency and accountability in AI-driven decision-making. This requires a strong commitment to responsible innovation and a willingness to challenge conventional thinking.

                Strategic Alignment: Embedding Sustainability into FinTech’s DNA

                AI-driven sustainability initiatives must be aligned with broader organisational objectives. Project managers must ensure sustainability is embedded into the project’s core strategy. Every stage of a project must be evaluated for its environmental and social impact.

                This requires buy-in from senior management and establishing clear metrics for measuring sustainability performance. Additionally, it means developing frameworks for reinvesting AI-driven sustainability gains into further initiatives. This creates a virtuous cycle of continuous improvement.

                Consider a FinTech company developing an AI-powered platform for lending. Without strategic alignment, the project might focus solely on optimising loan approvals, potentially overlooking the social and environmental impact of lending decisions. Project managers must work with stakeholders to define clear sustainability goals. And also establish measurable metrics, and ensure that these are integrated into the project’s overall objectives.

                Beyond Efficiency: A Holistic Vision for Sustainable Fintech

                AI offers immense potential for automating tasks and optimising processes. Moreover, it’s crucial to remember that sustainability is about more than just efficiency. Fintech companies and financial institutions must adopt a holistic approach that considers the environmental, social, and economic impacts of their operations.

                Project managers play a vital role in ensuring that AI is used responsibly and ethically, with a focus on transparency, accountability, and fairness. This includes addressing potential biases in AI algorithms and protecting data privacy. Furthermore, it also means ensuring AI systems are aligned with human values. They must contribute to a more equitable and sustainable financial system.

                By embracing a structured, project-based approach, FinTech companies and financial institutions can unlock the full potential of AI to drive genuine and lasting sustainability improvements. Project management is not just a supporting function; it’s the linchpin for success in the age of AI-driven sustainability. It’s about building the right foundations, equipping the right teams, and aligning projects with the right strategic objectives.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Solidarités International goes live with FinScan to strengthen AML compliance in global humanitarian operations

                Solidarités International, a French-based humanitarian aid organisation, has gone live with FinScan. The Innovative Systems solution comes from a leading provider of advanced anti-money laundering (AML) compliance solutions. This will enhance screening processes across its global operations in a cloud-based environment.

                As a nonprofit committed to providing life-saving assistance in areas affected by conflict and natural disasters, Solidarités International faces increasing regulatory expectations from public donors. These include the United Nations, the US Bureau for Humanitarian Assistance (BHA), and European funding bodies. These expectations include rigorous AML screening of suppliers, staff, and local partners to ensure accountability and transparency.

                FinScan for AML

                Solidarités International’s decision to adopt FinScan followed a thorough selection process involving external advisors and peer recommendations from within the NGO community. Criteria such as workflow flexibility, user delegation, audit history, and alignment with data privacy standards were central to the evaluation. FinScan is now fully operational at Solidarités International’s headquarters.

                “With FinScan, we’re able to delegate screening responsibilities across field missions while maintaining centralised oversight and data privacy. The responsiveness of the FinScan team and the tool’s intuitiveness and configurability have been key positives,” said Pierre DeSoil, IT Project Lead at Solidarités International. “Our users picked up the system quickly and are more confident with the process.”

                Designed to support complex compliance needs, FinScan helps organisations like Solidarités International meet donor due diligence requirements. It does this through customisable workflows, robust matching algorithms, and scalable deployment.

                “We’re proud to support the mission of Solidarités International with a powerful, cloud-based AML solution that helps protect humanitarian aid from financial crime risk,” said Steve Maul, Chief Customer Officer at Innovative Systems. “Their dedication to both compliance and the communities they serve exemplifies how technology and purpose can align.”

                About Solidarités International

                Founded in 1980 and headquartered in Clichy, France, Solidarités International provides urgent humanitarian aid in conflict zones and disaster-stricken areas. Its core mission is to meet the vital needs of vulnerable populations—providing water, food, and shelter in life-threatening conditions. Learn more at https://www.solidarites.org/en/.

                About FinScan

                Trusted by hundreds of organisations worldwide, Innovative Systems, Inc.’s FinScan® offers advanced Anti-Money Laundering (AML) compliance technology and consulting solutions. Built on decades of experience in data management and proprietary matching technologies, FinScan provides a data-first, risk-based approach to ensure unparalleled accuracy and efficiency in identifying and reducing risk, accelerating AML compliance workflows, and optimising team productivity. FinScan’s comprehensive, integrated platform includes Know Your Customer (KYC), unparalleled sanctions screening, risk scoring, data quality, and advisory services for implementing a holistic compliance program. FinScan offers flexible deployment including SaaS, on-premise, and hybrid options. FinScan’s SaaS clients are screening more than 300 billion names a year. Learn more at www.finscan.com and follow us on LinkedIn.  

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                As of 2025, artificial intelligence (AI) tools are revolutionising the financial industry by enhancing efficiency, accuracy, and decision-making across various…

                As of 2025, artificial intelligence (AI) tools are revolutionising the financial industry by enhancing efficiency, accuracy, and decision-making across various domains. Here are five leading AI platforms making significant impacts in finance:

                1. JPMorgan’s Coach AI & GenAI Toolkit

                JPMorgan Chase has integrated AI tools like Coach AI and a comprehensive GenAI toolkit to enhance client services and operational efficiency. Coach AI assists advisors in swiftly retrieving research and anticipating client inquiries. This has led to a 95% reduction in information retrieval time. The GenAI toolkit, utilised by over half of JPMorgan’s 200,000 employees, has contributed to nearly $1.5 billion in savings. The company has seen improvements in fraud prevention, trading, and credit decisions.


                2. BlackRock’s Asimov

                BlackRock has developed Asimov, an AI platform capable of autonomous actions such as analyzing documents and providing real-time portfolio insights. This tool enables portfolio managers to maintain situational awareness and make more informed decisions continuously, enhancing the firm’s investment processes.


                3. Hebbia

                Hebbia is an AI platform designed to perform complex, multi-step tasks autonomously, effectively functioning like a high-capability intern. It can handle tasks such as analysing financial filings, building valuation models, and drafting memos. Major financial institutions like BlackRock and KKR utilise Hebbia to streamline operations and free professionals to focus on strategic work.


                4. Datarails FP&A Genius

                Datarails offers an AI-powered Financial Planning and Analysis (FP&A) platform that automates data consolidation and financial reporting. It provides workflows, templates, and data visualisation tools to facilitate budgeting, forecasting, scenario modelling, and financial analysis. These enhance the speed and accuracy of financial decision-making.


                5. Feedzai

                Feedzai is a data science company that develops real-time machine learning tools. These identify fraudulent payment transactions and minimise risk in the financial services industry. Its AI-based applications are used for fraud detection, risk assessment, and regulatory compliance. They are helping organisations manage and mitigate financial crime risks effectively.


                These AI tools exemplify the transformative impact of artificial intelligence in finance. Offering solutions that enhance operational efficiency, risk management, and strategic decision-making.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Kenan Maciel, Director of Strategy at Lab49, on the future for cross-border payments in the global push for instant settlement

                Cross-Border payments are the unseen infrastructure powering global commerce. A multinational corporation settling international invoices, a small business sourcing products overseas, or a family transferring remittances across continents… The global economy has relied on the seamless movement of money across borders for decades. Now, with the total value of cross-border payments estimated to increase from almost $150 trillion in 2017 to over $250 trillion in 2027, it’s clear just how fundamental they are to the future of the global economy.

                However, despite their scale and importance, cross-border payments remain plagued by inefficiencies and high costs. High transaction fees, slow settlement times and a persistent lack of transparency have consistently challenged businesses and consumers. The Financial Stability Board, responsible for the G20 Roadmap for Enhancing cross-border payments, has acknowledged that “significant progress will be needed to meet the targets” this year. This statement highlights the reality of the industry as it stands. While the need for better infrastructure is widely recognised, the pace of change is unsteady.

                A Landscape of Legacy

                For decades, cross-border payments have relied on an established set of mechanisms: banks, credit card networks and money transfer operators. Traditionally, the biggest facilitators of cross-border payments have been the platforms established by major banks and governments like SWIFT, SEPA and CHIPS. These systems have served their purpose but are increasingly ill-suited to the demands of modern commerce. More recently, traditional card networks such as Visa, Mastercard and American Express have expanded their role in this space, capturing an ever-growing share of the cross-border market by offering relatively faster and more integrated solutions than conventional bank transfers.

                In recent years, the emergence of new technologies has begun to reshape the landscape, helping to expand the growth of cross-border payments. DLTs, stablecoins and CBDCs offer the promise of faster, more secure, transparent and cost-effective payments compared to traditional methods. While the overall volume of cross-border payments handled on blockchain is still a fraction of the global market, its growth trajectory is significant. BVNK, for example, estimates that stablecoin payments alone could represent a $60 trillion opportunity in the next five years.

                The Problems Persist

                Still, challenges persist. The cross-border payment model is weighed down by high fees from traditional facilitators often driven by currency conversion charges, intermediary bank costs and compliance related expenses form different regulatory jurisdictions. Often, a single payment is subject to multiple checks and validation, each requiring different sets of data, which not only slows down processing times but also increases operational complexity. FX risks and associated high funding costs further complicate the picture. Banks are often required to pre-fund transactions in destination currencies to enable timely settlement, resulting in high funding costs and the need to hold capital that could be more productively deployed elsewhere.

                A lack of transparency further compounds these issues. For many businesses, understanding the total cost of a transaction, and tracking its progress, remains frustratingly difficult. Information about fees, exchange rates and settlement times is often fragmented and inconsistent, further increasing uncertainty and risk.

                What’s Changing?

                Nevertheless, meaningful change is underway. One area seeing rapid development is FX hedging. Companies are increasingly making use of forward contracts and options to manage currency risk, while fintechs are leveraging smart contracts and decentralised finance platforms to automate FX conversion, improving both cost efficiency and predictability. The introduction of ISO 20022 and the looming November deadline, means that a global standard for financial messaging is inching closer. By standardising electronic data interchange between financial institutions, it promises to reduce friction and facilitate faster, more accurate payments.

                Another encouraging development is the expansion of central banks’ instant payment infrastructures. For example, Fed Now in the US, Faster Payments in the UK, and SEPA Instant in the EU operate around the clock, offering real-time, 24/7 settlement. These developments mark a significant departure from traditional systems like standard SEPA which typically settle over two business days and only during working hours. While the cost of using these instant infrastructures is often higher, the benefits in terms of speed, transparency and availability offer a compelling improvement. Their growing presence is helping to set new expectations for what’s possible in domestic and cross-border payments.

                With DLTs and stablecoins also gaining traction as credible alternatives to traditional methods, the industry is also moving closer to near instant global settlement and the ability to operate 24/7. A significant improvement over the lengthy settlement times and limited operating hours of legacy systems. Although, mainstream adoption still faces hurdles, with one of the primary challenges being convenience and usability. For many uses, managing digital wallets and understanding decentralised systems remains unintuitive, limiting adoption outside of extremely digital literate circles.

                Who’s Leading the Charge?

                Importantly, it is no longer just FinTechs and startups leading the charge. Traditional financial institutions are actively investing in digital asset infrastructure. Visa’s tokenised asset platform and the Bank of America’s plans for a proprietary stablecoin are prime examples of how legacy players are adapting. Institutions like these are often helping to define the future of cross-border payments.

                The industry stands at a turning point, on the cusp of achieving the required speed, cost, transparency and access for the global economic future. With ongoing technological innovation and evolving regulatory frameworks, the path is becoming clearer. However, the nature of global finance means that no single approach will dominate. Different payment models require different tools, and the most effective solutions will be those tailored to specific needs and truly fit for the modern financial ecosystem.

                • Digital Payments

                As cryptocurrency continues its march toward mainstream adoption in 2025, selecting a reliable, high-performing exchange has never been more critical….

                As cryptocurrency continues its march toward mainstream adoption in 2025, selecting a reliable, high-performing exchange has never been more critical. With factors like security, liquidity, user experience, and range of offerings playing a pivotal role, here are the top five crypto exchanges currently leading the industry.


                1. Binance

                Overview: Still the largest exchange globally by trading volume, Binance offers a comprehensive platform that serves both retail and institutional traders.

                Key Features:

                • Over 600 cryptocurrencies supported.
                • Advanced trading tools including spot, margin, and futures trading.
                • Binance Earn, Launchpad, and Staking features for passive income.
                • Highly competitive fees, starting at 0.1%.

                Security & Regulation:
                Binance has faced regulatory scrutiny in various countries but continues to work toward greater transparency and compliance. It holds licenses in several jurisdictions and maintains a robust SAFU (Secure Asset Fund for Users) for emergencies.


                2. Coinbase

                Overview: Widely regarded as the go-to platform for beginners, Coinbase maintains its stronghold in North America with a user-friendly interface and strong regulatory standing.

                Key Features:

                • Offers 150+ digital assets.
                • Integrated with Coinbase Wallet for decentralised applications.
                • Recurring buys, portfolio tracking, and robust mobile apps.
                • Listed on NASDAQ, ensuring public transparency.

                Security & Regulation:
                Coinbase is regulated by U.S. authorities and is one of the few exchanges with full AML/KYC compliance. It employs best-in-class security practices, including cold storage for over 98% of customer funds.


                3. Kraken

                Overview: Kraken is a favorite among institutional and advanced traders thanks to its robust features and reputation for security.

                Key Features:

                • Supports over 200 cryptocurrencies.
                • Offers spot, futures, and margin trading.
                • Kraken Pro for enhanced charting and order types.
                • Kraken Staking with competitive yields.

                Security & Regulation:
                One of the oldest operating exchanges (since 2011), Kraken has never suffered a major hack. It is regulated in the U.S. and holds a Special Purpose Depository Institution (SPDI) charter in Wyoming.


                4. Bybit

                Overview: Bybit has risen quickly by offering cutting-edge features tailored to derivatives traders, along with a fast and intuitive UI.

                Key Features:

                • Specializes in crypto derivatives, with high leverage options.
                • Also supports spot trading, launchpad tokens, and NFT markets.
                • Popular for its trading competitions and rewards system.

                Security & Regulation:
                Bybit prioritises fund security with cold wallets and real-time risk audits. It has begun increasing compliance in jurisdictions where regulation is tightening.


                5. OKX

                Overview: OKX has emerged as a comprehensive crypto ecosystem, offering far more than just a trading platform.

                Key Features:

                • Over 300 cryptocurrencies and DeFi integration.
                • Powerful tools for copy trading, bot trading, and options.
                • Active ecosystem for NFTs, DApps, and Web3 tools via OKX Wallet.

                Security & Regulation:
                OKX publishes monthly proof-of-reserves and maintains robust risk controls. It’s actively pursuing compliance in key regions including Hong Kong and the EU.


                Conclusion

                While the crypto landscape remains dynamic and subject to regulatory evolution, these five exchanges have proven resilient, innovative, and trustworthy. Whether you’re a newcomer or seasoned trader, choosing the right exchange depends on your specific needs. Be they security, advanced tools, or ease of use. Always consider using multiple platforms to diversify risk and maximise opportunities.

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Peter Curk, CEO of ICONOMI, a leading platform in digital asset management explores the EU’s MiCA regulation and what it means for holders of crypto assets in the UK

                Launched between June 2023 and December 2024, the European Union’s (EU) Markets in Crypto-Assets (MiCA) regulation was the first of its kind. It introduced a need for compliance into a space that had previously been beyond the remit of any governmental oversight. It was an exercise that could only be contentious. So, it’s hardly surprising that it’s been met by scrutiny and criticism. But while MiCA is a cause for concern to many within the EU, for the UK it could potentially be beneficial.

                Why the EU is struggling with MiCA

                The MiCA regulation has drawn significant criticism from both industry insiders and analysts, with concerns broadly converging around five main issues. Chief among them is the glaring omission of stablecoins from MiCA’s scope. Given that the digital currency is seen as one of the riskiest crypto assets due to its systemic volatility, as well as its potential to destabilise not only the crypto markets but the broader financial system, this exclusion has raised multiple eyebrows. So, the EU’s decision to regulate the rest of the crypto space while leaving stablecoins unregulated is widely regarded as both bizarre and problematic. It also undermines the perceived effectiveness of MiCA. This makes its more stringent provisions seem almost futile, while stablecoins are left unfettered.

                On the other hand, in the areas MiCA does cover, there are growing fears that the regulation could stifle the innovation that has been central to the crypto sector’s rapid progression. Breakthrough technologies, such as blockchain, tokenised assets, and decentralised finance, have all emerged from the crypto space.  But now, with compliance costs climbing, smaller companies and startups – the traditional drivers of innovation – are being pushed out of the EU’s crypto market. This risks stagnating growth across the industry.

                Compounding the issue is MiCA’s apparent lack of futureproofing. Despite its rigid framework, it appears to hold no contingencies for future technological developments or emerging threats. This could potentially leave loopholes for fraudulent activity and other bad actors.

                Additionally, there remain concerns regarding the cost of compliance. With this likely to be passed on to consumers, it holds the potential to raise barriers to entry while driving investors toward more affordable, less regulated markets – potentially including the UK.

                Lastly, the delayed release of MiCA’s regulatory technical standards (RTS) – which were not made available until more than 18 months after the legislation began to come into play – created prolonged uncertainty during implementation. Uncertainty that could have been avoided. It may also have helped resolve other concerns if addressed earlier.

                Collectively, these issues have cast a shadow over what could have been a positive move for the crypto space, bringing authenticity, accountability, and stability. The question is, how could MiCA’s failure to do all this help the UK’s crypto space?

                MiCA’s impact on the UK

                If the UK is clever, there are two ways in which it could use the problems with MiCA to its own advantage.

                Better Regulation

                With the EU was the first territory to roll out crypto regulation, it won’t be a lone player for long. The UK is currently in the process of preparing its own version of MiCA. The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) is suggesting 2026 implementation. MiCA can provide the learning experience that the EU lacked. It doesn’t just offer a potential framework – it shows why the traditional financial regulatory framework, adopted by MiCA, is unsuited to the crypto space. It provides clear, working examples of what not to do. But it also provides points of success that the UK can build upon – because despite the detractors, there are many good things about MiCA. The FCA can use all of this information to build a better regulatory infrastructure that limits the potential for fraud and dishonest behaviours, while helping to foster future growth and innovation – something that the crypto space has long been crying out for.

                If the UK does well with this, it could set the global standard for crypto regulation, raising its status in an area where it has previously been lacking.

                Market growth

                Before we get to regulation, however, there is also the potential for the UK market to benefit from the EU’s troubles. Right now, the EU’s crypto investors and startups are unhappy and looking for alternative places to put their money. The UK could be one of those places. 

                The UK has has only really ever dabbled in crypto. After more than 15 years, there are only around 40 registered crypto businesses in the UK, compared to more than 2,000 in the EU, and 4,852 in America. This could be the time for the UK to grow. The US is currently in a state of political and financial turmoil, making many investors wary. By contrast, the UK is a friendly near-neighbour, with a near-universal language. It won’t take much to tempt European investors and startups across – something that could be sustainable, if the FCA makes the right regulatory decisions.

                ICONOMI – Growing the UK Crypto Market

                ICONOMI is in the process of doing this. We’re officially licensed in the UK and preparing to enter the EU market under a MiCA license. This means, we’ll shortly have the ability to passport our license in other EU member states. This means the ability to attract customers from other territories across the EU. If other UK crypto businesses follow suit, there is significant potential to generate growth for the UK crypto market. For the short and longer term. 

                Cryptocurrency was never intended to go mainstream. When Satoshi Nakamoto launched Bitcoin, they had a vision of a currency that could operate outside of traditional financial institutions and regulation. Meanwhile, providing transparency and trust through technology. But the space evolved beyond expectation, creating more than 25,000 other cryptocurrencies in the process. They are worth literally billions of pounds, and millions of people have a stake in the market. If the crypto market crashes, it could significantly impact the wider economic ecosystem globally. So, no one is arguing against the fact that the crypto space needs regulation. Only that it needs to be regulated properly. And the UK could be the country to do that.

                Peter Curk is the CEO of ICONOMI, a leading platform in digital asset management. With a background in finance and blockchain, Peter is passionate about making crypto investing accessible and easy for everyone. Under his leadership, ICONOMI has grown into a trusted name in the industry, offering innovative solutions for individuals and institutions alike.

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Kristian Torode, Director & Co-Founder at Crystaline, on Closing the gap between digital convenience and regulatory compliance

                As financial firms adopt more digital tools – from instant messaging to video calls – the challenge of capturing, storing and monitoring every conversation in line with regulatory expectations for comms has grown exponentially.

                With regulators demanding stricter oversight of all business comms, financial firms must now rethink how they manage messaging across every level of the organisation. Unifiesd Communications (UC) software can help financial service providers remain compliant.

                A recent Theta Lake survey revealed that over 70 firms were fined in 2024 for failing to comply with communications regulations. What is more, almost two-thirds of financial firms anticipate even more regulatory requirements on communications in the coming years.

                Consequences of Non-Compliance

                While fines for failure to comply with comms regulations are more prevalent in the US, there have been several cases affecting financial services firms in the UK.

                In August 2023, Morgan Stanley was fined £5.4 million by Ofgem, the UK’s energy regulator, after the bank’s traders discussed wholesale energy prices over WhatsApp on private devices. Use of the platform does not meet regulatory standards for data retention and monitoring, as financial service providers are unable to record these messages concerning energy trading.

                Despite industry speculation, the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) has chosen not to implement an outright ban on WhatsApp for business use. Instead, the FCA expects firms to implement policies and monitoring tools to ensure compliance when using such platforms. While this provides some flexibility, it puts the onus on firms to maintain secure and auditable communication records across emerging technologies.

                Balancing security and convenience

                For financial businesses, the challenge lies in finding a comms solution that is both secure and convenient. WhatsApp appeals to many due to its familiarity and features like group chats, voice calls and file sharing. However, while convenient, it presents serious risks in data privacy, security and compliance, making it unsuitable as a primary communication platform for highly regulated industries like finance.

                To address these concerns, many firms are turning to UC platforms that integrate multiple communication tools. These include voice, video, instant messaging and file sharing across a single, secure interface. These platforms provide the convenience of more familiar tools such as WhatsApp while addressing compliance concerns.

                Several UC providers now offer platforms tailored to highly regulated industries like finance. Many include security features such as end-to-end encryption, centralised access management and real-time monitoring. This can detect potential compliance breaches, offer built-in archiving for regulatory adherence and consent management to meet data protection requirements.

                Digital business communications will continue to play a key role in the financial services sector, but not at the expense of traceability and data security. Unified Communications offers a secure, compliant platform for financial services without sacrificing convenience.    

                If your organisation is reassessing its communications strategy in light of evolving compliance demands, Crystaline can provide guidance on navigating the shift to unified communications.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Anshul Srivastav, Senior Vice President and Head – Europe for Zensar Technologies on securing AI with blockchain

                Artificial Intelligence (AI) is rapidly transforming financial services. According to The Bank of England, 75% of financial services firms are already using AI. A further 10% are planning to use it in the next three years.

                Firms are deploying AI because of the benefits it can bring. These include enhanced data and analytical insights, improved anti-money laundering (AML) and fraud detection and efficiencies in cybersecurity practices. As well as providing customers with better, more personalised services.

                While the wide-scale deployment of AI brings a range of benefits for the financial services sector, it’s also creating additional risks. Especially when the AI systems used to make trusted decisions are becoming a prime target for cyber-attacks.

                Attacking AI

                Bad actors can manipulate AI systems to make them malfunction or operate in ways that weren’t intended. This can have potentially severe consequences.

                Using what’s known as data poisoning attack, threat actors can intentionally compromise or alter datasets used by AI to influence the outcomes of the model for their own malicious ends.

                For example, an attacker trying to bypass the AI-powered fraud detection systems of a bank could attempt to inject false data into the system during a data training cycle the intention would be to manipulate the system into believing certain false transactions are legitimate. Ultimately this enables the threat actor to steal money or sensitive data without being noticed.

                AI systems can also result in additional threats to data privacy. Like many workers, financial service professionals can use Large Language Models (LLMs) like ChatGPT to aid with queries and tasks.

                However, this brings the risk that sensitive information could get uploaded to the model if the employee inputs certain data, such as contracts or confidential reports. This data might be saved by the model, opening businesses up to data leaks. Because with the correct prompts, it’s possible for a user from outside the company to tease out this confidential information from the LLM.

                These privacy concerns can be exacerbated by the black box nature of AI. Often, it isn’t publicly detailed how the algorithms and the decision-making process behind them operate. This lack of transparency can lead to mistrust among users and stakeholders. As well as potential issues with regulatory compliance. For example, the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA).

                All of this means that the use of AI in financial services, while beneficial, is creating new security challenges which need to be addressed. The solution to this is the integration of blockchain technology to create a secure, transparent, and trustworthy AI ecosystem. And by leveraging blockchain’s inherent security features, vulnerabilities in AI systems can be countered.

                Blockchain Explained

                Blockchain consists of a chain of blocks, each containing a list of transactions. Each block is linked to the previous one, forming a secure chain. This structure ensures that once data is recorded, it cannot be altered without changing all subsequent blocks. These mechanisms ensure that all participants agree on the state of the blockchain. Therefore preventing fraud and enhancing security.

                This is achieved through three key pillars. The first is data immutability, which ensures it can’t be altered or deleted once recorded on the blockchain. Guaranteeing that the data remains consistent and trustworthy over time, ensuring its integrity.

                The second pillar is decentralisation, based on how blockchain functions through a network of independent nodes. Unlike centralised systems, where a single point of failure can compromise the entire network, decentralisation distributes control and data across many nodes. This reduces the risk of system failures, as no single target point exists, meaning decentralisation enhances security and resilience.

                Cryptographic security is the third pillar. Blockchain uses a system of public and private keys to secure transactions and control access. The public key is visible to anyone, while the private key is a secret code known only to the authorised party.

                These fundamentals of blockchain, combined with the transparency and security it offers, can help financial services organisations address the security challenges they’re being faced with by the rapid deployment of AI.

                Combining Blockchain with AI for Improved Data Security

                Integrating blockchain with AI can massively aid with securing data integrity. For example, through creating tamper-proof records. By making immutable records of AI training data and model updates, complete with timestamps and links to previous entries, this ensures a tamper-proof history of the data. Enabling stakeholders at financial services companies to verify the integrity of the data used in AI models. Therefore improving security of the whole system and protecting it against attacks.

                Combining AI with blockchain can also help to counter potential data privacy implications introduced by the deployment of AI in financial services. Blockchain techniques like zero-knowledge proofs allow the data to be verified without revealing the actual data. This can help financial services firms to verify the data they’re using is correct. While also still maintaining the required data privacy and regulatory compliance.

                In addition to this, implementing AI with blockchain technology can aid with building trust and transparency in how AI systems work and what they’re used for. By providing a transparent record of AI decision-making processes, the blockchain allows stakeholders to review and verify the process. All the while ensuring there’s accountability of who made changes and when. This arrangement could therefore help financial services providers prevent data poisoning and other attacks targeting their AI systems.

                Building a Secure, Transparent, and Trustworthy AI Ecosystem

                The rapid adoption of AI is changing the financial services industry. However, according to The Bank of England’s survey, only 34% of financial services firms said they have ‘complete understanding’ of the AI technologies they use.

                Much of this can be attributed to how the technology is new, but also how the algorithms which power AI technology are often mysterious in their nature. This results in risks around malicious attacks and data privacy issues. However, by combining AI frameworks with blockchain technology, these security issues can be addressed.

                By taking these steps, stakeholders can collectively contribute to building a secure, transparent, and trustworthy AI ecosystem. An ecosytem that leverages the strengths of blockchain technology to address current and future challenges.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Sejal Mehta and Wendy Di Blasio from Odgers Berndtson’s Global FinTech and Financial Services Practices, discuss new leadership demands in a rapidly evolving cross-border payments space

                The global landscape for cross-border payments is at an inflection point. It is driven by rapid technological advances, evolving regulatory frameworks, and shifting consumer expectations. With Asia emerging as a hub of growth, particularly in countries like China, India, and Singapore, the industry is projected to soar to $23.8 trillion by 2032. This represents over one-third of global transactions.

                Yet, this significant growth introduces complexity. Challenges in interoperability, regulatory divergence, and varying regional consumer behaviours make effective leadership indispensable. In such an environment, strong executive leadership not only manages but proactively shapes these transformations.

                A New Leadership Mandate in Cross-Border Payments

                Today, successful leadership in cross-border payments requires much more than operational effectiveness or market penetration. Modern executives must adeptly manage uncertainty, anticipate disruption, and drive transformation at scale.

                Visionary leadership is paramount. Executives need to foresee industry trends, understanding key initiatives such as Project Nexus. This aims to integrate real-time payment systems across Asia, enhancing transaction speed and seamlessness.

                Strategic agility is equally critical. Given volatile geopolitical dynamics and fluctuating financial flows, leaders must skilfully balance immediate demands with long-term goals. The capacity to make informed, data-driven decisions amid complexity is now a hallmark of effective leadership.

                Cultural competence also defines leadership excellence. Executives must nurture inclusive, agile teams that can navigate diverse cultural contexts and regional expectations. Emotional intelligence, cultural sensitivity, and the ability to effectively lead multicultural, distributed teams are no longer optional. These are essential leadership competencies.

                Navigating Regulatory Complexity with Strategic Foresight

                Managing regulatory fragmentation across jurisdictions is a significant challenge for leadership in the cross-border payments space. Countries continue to implement and update localised rules around data protection, anti-money laundering (AML), and financial compliance. Executives are under increasing pressure to ensure both global consistency and local compliance.

                This environment calls for a nuanced understanding of international law, regional policy developments, and collaborative regulatory frameworks. Successful leaders are those who build strong regulatory partnerships, anticipate changes in legal landscapes, and embed compliance into the strategic DNA of their organisations.

                For instance, responding to initiatives like ISO 20022, which standardises financial messaging formats, requires more than technical adaptation. It demands coordinated leadership across compliance, operations, and technology functions. By staying ahead of these shifts, executives not only minimise risk but can unlock new efficiencies and competitive advantages.

                Several emerging trends are reshaping leadership in cross-border payments, significantly influencing how companies approach talent development and executive roles.

                Intergenerational leadership has become a priority as Millennials and Gen Z increasingly dominate the workforce. These groups value purpose, flexibility, and impactful work, disrupting traditional loyalty structures. Today’s leaders must actively foster collaboration and unity across diverse age groups, aligning teams around shared ambitions like innovation, sustainability, and inclusivity.

                The fluidity between traditional financial institutions (TradFi) and FinTech organisations is increasing noticeably. Executives moving between these spheres bring invaluable cross-sector expertise, methodologies, and perspectives. This intersection demands leaders who can seamlessly bridge legacy systems with innovative technologies, balancing stability with innovation.

                Consequently, organisations are more frequently leveraging tools like psychometric assessments to identify crucial leadership attributes such as adaptability, resilience, and learning agility. These assessments are increasingly applied not only to senior executives but also to non-executive board members, helping firms strategically future-proof their leadership capabilities.

                Cultivating Leadership Through Development and Succession Planning

                Effective leadership development strategies have become critical as companies scale operations and navigate ongoing technological and geopolitical changes. Organisations cannot solely rely on external hires. They must cultivate internal talent pools prepared to address future challenges.

                Forward-thinking companies are investing in targeted leadership programmes, mentorship opportunities, and rotational assignments designed to expose emerging leaders to diverse operational complexities. These practices strengthen organisational resilience, encourage internal innovation, and foster adaptability among leadership ranks.

                Strategic succession planning further enhances organisational robustness. Rather than responding reactively to sudden leadership gaps, high-performing companies proactively identify, and nurture promising talent. This approach requires upskilling the leaders by providing them with a strategic understanding of newer technologies, data models and associated risks.

                Leadership as the Cornerstone of Competitive Advantage

                In the rapidly evolving cross-border payments landscape, leadership quality will ultimately distinguish market leaders from followers. As regulatory pressures intensify and technological advancements continue to reshape the industry, effective leadership is pivotal to turning complexity into growth opportunities.

                By committing to leadership development, strategic executive recruitment, and aligning talent management with overarching business objectives, organisations position themselves for resilience and sustained success. The right leaders will not only navigate challenges but leverage them into lasting competitive advantages, transforming vision into tangible market value.

                • Digital Payments

                With the right approach, cybersecurity can be contagious argues Galeal Zino, Founder & CEO at NetFoundry – a provider of zero-trust connectivity solutions and originator of the open source tool OpenZiti

                Modern financial services are composed of a digitally integrated secure ecosystem – networked together and codependent on ecosystem APIs, microservices and shared data. Complexity and ambiguity are high.

                Sir Alex Younger, former head of the British Intelligence Service MI6 said recently that the job of the intelligence service is to dispel complexity and ambiguity.That would make a fine mission statement for the heads of information security in the financial sector.

                Meeting a Complex Security Challenge

                Most banks leverage core banking systems (CBS) from providers like Temenos, FIS and Finastra. This makes security complex. Connections are needed between the bank’s network and its CBS provider’s network. Traditionally, this necessitates nailing up VPNs. And managing permitted IP addresses in firewall ACLs, MPLS or dedicated circuit-based extranets. Also required are pre-shared certificates, shipping hardware, VDI and/or leaking routes. All of which have multiplied in complexity during digital transformation. And are about to multiply again with AI.

                A different approach is secure-by-design. Rather than bolt-on the infrastructure described above, each session is strongly identified, authenticated and authorised. All before it is granted a virtual circuit on a network. This is similar to what the banks do internally with solutions for zero trust, but it is borderless. It works across their digital supply chains, including with their core banking platform and software providers.

                One CBS leader, Euronet Worldwide, uses a third-party secure-by-design platform to enable their financial institution customers to connect to its core banking software. This is a great example of the supplier being proactive about their role in security. We’ll see this happen more as new legislation takes effect, the EU CRA. The Euronet example shows that it’s possible to remove some of the ambiguity from shared responsibility. Euronet’s secure-by-design system doesn’t just protect itself but makes every interaction with supply chain partners more secure.

                Security designed-in for Financial Services

                The same principles apply across financial services. Companies like Euronet can deploy their own zero trust supply chain connections, rather than putting the burden on their finance sector customers to figure it out. In large supply chain scenarios like CBS, this helps everyone. The reality now is that if the VPN of any one financial institution is compromised, then potentially all the banks who connect to the same CBS providers can be exploited. By removing complexity and ambiguity, Euronet is simplifying and securing the entire supply chain.

                The big picture is that the WAN/SASE/firewall model is struggling in the post digital transformation, hyperconnected, soon to be AI- powered world. That model was built to secure the WAN. However, new workflows such as the financial supply chain are outside the borders of any single WAN. So, the precious SASE WAN gets connected to the internet via open firewall ports (ACLs) and vulnerable VPNs so the business can connect to supply chain partners. It’s like building a strong boat and then punching holes in it to get a better look at the water. 

                AI is the nail in the WAN coffin because AI multiplies and accelerates these workflows. They have at least one leg outside the WAN and it makes them less predictable and more dynamic. More complexity and ambiguity. Good luck connecting AI agents via VPNs and firewall ACLs.

                Secure-by-Design Supply Chain

                So, what does a secure-by-design supply chain look like and how can financial services identify viable migration paths?

                The main characteristics are:

                • Close all inbound “listening” ports on all network firewalls and servers to make your DMZ unreachable from the underlay networks.  Eliminate the reachable firewalls and VPN servers.  No more holes beneath the waterline!
                • End-to-end zero trust between supply chain participants, meaning least-privileged access not just to the network or firewall, but all the way through to applications, APIs, servers and devices. Nothing can connect to anything else without strong identity, authentication and authorisation. This includes end-to end-encryption – no sharing of encryption keys with cloud security providers (which also helps ensure data sovereignty).
                • Microsegmentation, the ability to define in granular detail who or what has access to which applications, and to limit lateral movement in the event of a breach. In effect, every application session becomes a private network-of-one, and it is quarantined by design.

                Find out more at https://netfoundry.io/

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Alexandra Mousavizadeh, Co-Founder & CEO at Evident, on the rise of Agentic AI in financial services

                Agentic AI is no longer the preserve of the distant future. Agents are already here, embedded in the day-to-day operations of businesses. As well as answering questions and crunching numbers, they’re making decisions, taking action, and learning on the fly. They can handle customer queries, tap into APIs, and even rewrite their own instructions.

                It’s a big shift from traditional AI, which stayed firmly in the realm of prediction and recommendation. Agentic systems are very dynamic in comparison, and involve more acting and doing, which fundamentally changes the risk landscape.

                For banks looking to capitalise on agentic, the implications are especially consequential. This is a highly sensitive sector where trust, compliance and control are existential issues. That is why Responsible AI (RAI) has quickly moved from being a nice-to-have to a critical foundation. It can balance the need for controls with the promise of innovation.

                In our latest Responsible AI in Banking report at Evident, we found a clear upweighting of RAI priorities. More banks are appointing RAI leads. More are publishing principles. And more are thinking hard about how to scale those capabilities across the business.

                But Agentic AI is a different challenge. It pushes past the limits of old governance models and forces a rethink of how we manage risk, maintain oversight, and build trust. 

                Here’s why a rethink is needed…

                Static Governance Doesn’t Work for Dynamic Systems

                Most current AI oversight models are built for systems that behave predictably. They assume models will be trained, validated, deployed, and then monitored using relatively fixed parameters. This is no longer the case.

                Agentic AI systems learn and act independently. They are decision-making agents as well as tools. That makes governance more complicated.

                Banks need oversight models that can keep pace in real time. That includes enterprise-wide assurance platforms that can help to spot unexpected behaviour, adjust on the fly, and give leaders a clear view of what’s happening across the organisation.

                Building the right tooling in this way is essential. What’s harder is laying out an agentic AI strategy and ensuring it’s being applied across teams, with clear direction on where agents will be used and the governance guiding decisions.

                Having these failsafes in place is an approach that allows for continued innovation without running an unacceptable level of risk.

                We’re Seeing a Regulatory Shift – from Theory to Evidence

                AI regulation is morphing over time, moving gradually from high-level principles to concrete requirements that need to be backed up by evidence. The EU AI Act, NIST frameworks and ISO standards all suggest that financial institutions will need to demonstrate not just model performance, but responsible use.

                This creates new compliance needs. Banks will need to show how decisions are made, how risks are mitigated, and how safeguards perform under pressure. As one senior executive told us during our research, “AI risk is no longer model risk. It’s also architectural.”

                All of this means that keeping reliable documentation and maintaining end-to-end system visibility is becoming a baseline expectation. Banks will need explainability mechanisms that can keep up with increasingly complex AI systems. Pressure for more transparency on agentic AI use and human in the loop is likely to follow too.

                Responsible AI is a Strategic Capability

                Responsible AI has often been framed as a brake on progress – important for safety and reputation, but ultimately slowing things down. In practice, we’ve seen the opposite. The banks leading the charge on effective AI adoption know that RAI is a strategic enabler. That means that in addition to developing more use cases, scaling faster across business lines and hiring more talent, they are also ahead of the curve when it comes to RAI.

                They also earn more trust, whether from customers, regulators or from their own leadership. That trust will grow more important as agentic systems begin to underpin services ranging from credit assessment to wealth management.

                In this environment, responsibility is not a constraint. It is a foundation that allows banks to push further with AI, including finding new applications for agentic tools, while keeping risk in check.

                ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

                The banking industry has made huge strides on the road towards AI adoption, and the arrival of Agentic AI – while creating new compliance and safety challenges – is nevertheless an opportunity that the leading AI-first banks will be keen to embrace.

                Banks have already made significant investments in AI governance. What Agentic AI does is raise the bar, requiring them to ensure they’re able to demonstrate a deeper institutional understanding of autonomy, intent, and accountability – in essence, what the AI agent is doing and why.

                The decisions being made today about AI governance will shape the next generation of financial services. Forward-thinking institutions are already preparing for that future. JPMorgan, Citigroup, Wells Fargo, UBS and Capital One have quietly assembled specialist teams focused on agentic AI. Others are hoping their existing frameworks will stretch far enough.

                Opting for the latter approach is a big risk to take. Agentic AI is arriving faster than many expect. The challenges are real and so is the opportunity, but only for those who have already laid the groundwork via an RAI structure that lets them reap the benefits while maintaining trust, transparency and control.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                María Ávila Silván, CRO at PagoNxt Payments, on the future of B2B payments and why digital-first providers are best positioned to lead

                Despite long-standing claims that ‘cash is dead’, it continues to solve three distinct business problems for payments – immediacy, certainty, and accessibility.

                Now, however, with the European Parliament’s decision to cap cash transactions at €10,000 by 2027, businesses who rely on these attributes are facing a turning point. Where cash is no longer a viable foundation for business operations, and digital is no longer optional. While positioned as an anti-money laundering measure, this regulation’s most profound impact will be catalysing the final stage of payment digitisation across European commerce. For banks and payment providers, this represents a compliance challenge. And a strategic opportunity to extend digital payment ecosystems.

                The benefits of this acceleration towards digital payments are substantial. Over the past two decades, we’ve seen digital transactions offer enhanced traceability, providing both compliance benefits and improved financial visibility. In addition, they reduce the security risks and insurance costs associated with holding and transporting physical currency. Automated reconciliation capabilities eliminate countless hours of manual processing, while the granular data available from digital transactions generates treasury insights once thought impossible in the cash era. The operational efficiency gains alone can transform finance functions into the strategic enablers of enterprises.

                That said, the shift isn’t straightforward. Those serving cash-intensive sectors must develop solutions that deliver the same immediacy businesses expect. This requires reimagining payment workflows entirely.

                Human-Centric Design

                The €10,000 cash limitation creates distinct challenges for businesses. Consider construction companies paying contractors on completion, or wholesale distributors accepting immediate payment upon delivery. Both will face disruption to established operational rhythms. Neither are inconveniences, but touch core business relationships where immediate exchange has built trust and operational predictability.

                The digital alternatives now mandated by the EU must address human factors alongside technical capabilities. The reluctance to entirely abandon cash often stems from well-grounded concerns about digital payment accessibility, complexity, and reliability. Systems requiring multiple authentication steps, specialised hardware, or stable internet connectivity create friction points that cash simply doesn’t have. Any viable alternative to cash must address these barriers through education, simplified experiences, and demonstrable security. This is on all of us to address, and doing so must be viewed as a transformation journey rather than a compliance exercise. This means engaging clients early and understanding their specific operational concerns. We need to develop tailored pathways that address both the technical and cultural dimensions of payments change.

                Matching the Core Strengths of Cash

                As stated earlier, the greatest virtue of cash has always been its immediacy. You hand over notes, you receive goods or services. This represents a real-time transaction with instant settlement certainty.

                Digital payment systems have historically struggled to match this attribute, introducing settlement delays and reconciliation challenges that create operational friction. That is, until now. The SEPA Instant initiative addresses this gap directly, enabling settlement within seconds rather than days. Yet despite these benefits, adoption remains inconsistent, with fewer than 5% of European banks currently maintaining the robust infrastructure needed to fully support these capabilities. The cash cap now creates a powerful incentive to hasten the speed, particularly for institutions serving affected sectors.

                Real-time payment infrastructure delivers the immediacy businesses need. When combined with enhanced data capabilities, it creates a far superior experience to cash across multiple dimensions. A contractor receiving instant payment via their smartphone gains the same immediacy as cash while obtaining automatic documentation, tax records, and payment history. A wholesaler accepting immediate settlement receives not only funds but also structured invoice data that automates reconciliation and inventory updates. The possibilities are limitless.

                Building these capabilities requires substantial investment and specialisation. Institutions must manage increasing compliance demands while simultaneously accelerating their technical capabilities. This is a challenging combination even for well-resourced organisations.

                Scalable Solutions for a Complex Payments Transition

                The complexity of replacing cash transactions varies significantly across different business contexts and sectors. A unified, scalable approach becomes essential for financial institutions serving diverse client bases. Payment-as-a-Service (PaaS) models excel in this environment by providing configurable solutions that can adapt to sector-specific requirements while maintaining consistent compliance frameworks.

                Modern PaaS platforms deliver orchestration capabilities that manage the entire transaction lifecycle from initiation through compliance screening to settlement and reconciliation. This approach meets evolving AML requirements while delivering the real-time payment capabilities businesses require. Such a combination addresses both sides of the cash replacement equation – meeting regulatory demands while maintaining operational efficiency for end users

                The EU’s €10,000 cash transaction limitation marks a defining moment in European payment evolution. It creates both challenges and opportunities – forcing reconsideration of established approaches while enabling enhanced capabilities. Financial institutions have a unique opportunity to deliver solutions that preserve cash’s operational benefits while introducing new dimensions of intelligence, integration, and experience. In turn, there is a golden opportunity to create payment ecosystems that are more transparent, efficient, and valuable for all European businesses.

                • Digital Payments

                Radi El Haj, CEO and Executive Director at RS2 – a leading global provider of payment technology solutions and processing services, on a unified approach to managing payments with AI

                Do you build, buy or partner? When you need payment solutions it would seem that you only have three options. You can build a new system in-house, buy a solution outright or partner with a payments provider. All have advantages and disadvantages. Heres how AI can change that…

                Building, rather obviously, requires having the capacity to build in-house. Few payments companies are going to need to develop world-class coding expertise in their IT departments. Buying is increasingly impossible – nearly everything works on a software-as-a-service model. Partnering is by far the most common approach to extending a company’s capacities. Working alongside an established provider of payments technology to integrate their solutions into your existing technology.

                A staggering 70 cents in every dollar of a bank IT budget is spent on patching up old systems, and whether you build, buy or partner the aim is almost always to patch old systems rather than ‘rip and replace’. There is simply too much risk when completely overhauling legacy systems. So unless financial services companies are starting from scratch (like neobanks) then they will have a patchwork of modern and legacy systems gradually modernising over time.

                But what if these aren’t the only ways to build new capacities and capabilities in payments? What if AI-enabled orchestration layers could offer a pragmatic, risk-mitigated and cost-effective fourth option? According to RS2’s latest research, this is not only possible, it’s already happening. And it’s driving measurable improvements in transaction success rates, fraud reduction and customer insights across global banking operations.

                What is payment orchestration?

                A payment isn’t a simple case of sending a fixed sum from one bank to another. There is a multi-part, often multi-national process to every payment that has to take place within fractions of a second, involving multiple companies and systems, some of them AI-based.

                Just as each musician in an orchestra knows their individual part to play but needs a conductor to become a unified whole, a payment orchestrator makes sure each element in the payments chain works harmoniously. In practice, this means determining the optimal route for each transaction based on the payment itself: one particular payment might have more chance of being accepted going down one route than another, particularly when payments are being made across national borders. It means that merchants can connect with a single payment orchestrator and from there access an entire world of payments companies, each suitable for a certain part of certain payments. These transaction chains are also made to be compliant with regulations in whatever jurisdictions that they take place in.

                One under-appreciated part of payment orchestration is the top-down view it gives over a merchant’s payments, and from there how it can be analysed to improve payments and the merchant’s operations as a whole. It can give merchants insight into payment trends, customer behavior, performance and fraud, and if these aspects of payments can be optimized then there is potential for significant cost savings.

                This is key: the ultimate outcome of payment orchestration is reduced costs for merchants and their customers. Whether it is through reducing the cost of each payment through the most efficient processors or allowing data analysis to find ways in which to optimize payments, the ultimate outcome is always going to be cost savings.

                Enter AI

                Artificial intelligence has been a major news story for the past three years, but the real picture of what is happening and what could be happening in the space is much more complex and interesting.

                Almost all of the press attention on artificial intelligence over the last years has been toward Large Language Models (LLMs) like ChatGPT. These can produce convincing bodies of text but this has little utility in payments beyond being a cheap alternative to customer-service agents. The real use of AI in payments has a longer history and is much more useful, especially when combined with the influx of data that can come from payment orchestration.

                So, what can AI be used for in payments? Merchants and payments providers produce incredible amounts of data, much of which goes unanalyzed and sits inert in cloud storage, becoming a cost rather than a source of revenue. Machine-learning algorithms have shown an incredible ability to sort through this information and provide insights that no human could come up with. These insights can inform top-level decision-making (‘our customers are moving toward alternative payment methods’) or micro-scale adjustments (‘using payment service provider A instead of payment service provider B at weekends gives a 0.043% increase in acceptance rates’).

                AI-enabled orchestration layers take this a step further. They connect all banking platforms—card management, UX, third-party services, ledgers, reconciliation, interchange, and more—into a central intelligence hub. The result is dynamic optimization of transaction routing, cost reduction in acquiring and FX, and a dramatic reduction in fraud and transaction failure​.

                The AI Orchestration Layer

                Imagine that you have an orchestra with both veteran (perhaps even past their prime) musicians and enthusiastic newcomers. Hypothetically they can play the sheet music in front of them, but what they need is a conductor to bring it all together.

                This is the AI orchestration layer. Instead of building, buying or partnering to upgrade individual services, an AI system can ensure that all of the existing parts of a company’s payments ecosystem are working as a unified, insight-driven whole.

                With real-time fraud detection, transaction risk scoring, and automated escalation steps (like biometric authentication), AI orchestration layers significantly reduce chargebacks and improve compliance. Smart decline recovery techniques—such as real-time retries or alternative payment prompts—directly increase revenue and improve customer satisfaction​.

                AI also simplifies regulatory compliance. With built-in AML and KYC checks, suspicious activity monitoring, and auto-generated reporting, banks can meet growing compliance demands with fewer human resources and less manual intervention​.

                Beyond Build, Buy, or Partner

                This isn’t just a new tool—it’s a new model. RS2’s white paper describes AI orchestration as the “fourth path” beyond build, buy or partner. Rather than risky system replacements, banks can phase in AI capabilities without ever compromising core operations. By implementing self-hosted AI within secure Virtual Private Clouds, RS2 ensures full control over sensitive financial data while delivering full interoperability with ISO 20022 messaging frameworks​.

                The result? Lower fraud, higher conversion rates, smarter compliance, and a customer experience that feels truly modern—all achieved without the disruption of traditional overhaul strategies.

                Banks don’t need to choose between building from scratch, outsourcing, or stitching together third-party solutions. AI-enabled orchestration offers a more elegant, efficient, and secure way forward—and it’s available today.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Building on a long-term partnership, Klarna will leverage Marqeta’s platform and the Visa Flexible Credential to expand payment options for Klarna’s new debit card 

                Marqeta, the global modern card issuing platform enabling embedded finance solutions, has announced it is working with Klarna. It will enable the global digital bank and flexible payments provider’s new debit card. The debit card is powered by Visa Flexible Credential (VFC) that allows access to built-in flexible payment options.  

                Klarna powered by Visa Flexible Credential and Marqeta

                In July 2024, Marqeta became the first issuer processor in the US certified for Visa Flexible Credential. With VFC, Marqeta will enable Klarna customers to pay immediately or pay later when needed, all on the same card. This milestone builds on years of collaboration between Marqeta and Klarna. Including powering Klarna’s virtual cards in the US since 2018. The card is currently in a trial phase in the US, with a broader rollout expected later this year. 

                “The future of payments is flexible. We’re proud to enable this new offering together with Visa,” said Rahul Shah, Chief Product and Engineering Officer at Marqeta. “Our ongoing partnership with Klarna is a true testament to what’s possible with Marqeta’s platform. And how we enable our customers to grow and innovate at global scale.”  

                With its flexible card issuing platform, Marqeta makes it possible for global leaders like Klarna to expand to new markets. And offer innovative payment options tailored to evolving customer needs. Marqeta currently supports Klarna in six countries, helping to drive global growth and deliver seamless, consumer-first experiences.  

                “Through our continued partnership with Marqeta and Visa, we’re evolving the Klarna Card into a truly dynamic and versatile payment experience,” said David Sandström, Chief Marketing Officer, Klarna. “We’re excited to continue innovating alongside Marqeta as we scale the Klarna Card to provide smart, seamless payments that empower smarter, more informed shoppers everywhere.” 

                About Marqeta 

                Marqeta makes it possible for companies to build and embed financial services into their branded experience. And unlock new ways to grow their business and delight users. The Marqeta platform puts businesses in control of building financial solutions, enabling them to turn real-time data into personalized, optimized solutions for everything from consumer loyalty to capital efficiency. With compliance and security built-in, Marqeta’s platform has been proven at scale, processing nearly $300 billion in annual payments volume in 2024. Marqeta is certified to operate in more than 40 countries worldwide. Visit www.marqeta.com to learn more. 

                About Klarna 

                Klarna is a global digital bank and flexible payments provider. With over 100 million global active Klarna users and 2.9 million transactions per day, Klarna’s AI-powered payments and commerce network is empowering people to pay smarter with a mission to be available everywhere for everything. Consumers can pay with Klarna online, in-store and through Apple Pay in the U.S., UK and Canada. More than 724,000 retailers trust Klarna’s innovative solutions to drive growth and loyalty, including Uber, H&M, Saks, Sephora, Macy’s, Ikea, Expedia Group, Nike and Airbnb. For more information, visit Klarna.com

                About Visa 

                Visa (NYSE: V) is a world leader in digital payments, facilitating transactions between consumers, merchants, financial institutions and government entities across more than 200 countries and territories. Our mission is to connect the world through the most innovative, convenient, reliable and secure payments network, enabling individuals, businesses and economies to thrive. We believe that economies that include everyone everywhere, uplift everyone everywhere and see access as foundational to the future of money movement. Learn more at  Visa.com

                • Digital Payments
                • Neobanking

                Rob Meakin, Director of Fraud & Identity at Creditinfo, on leveraging tech to tackle fraud

                Financial fraud is increasing around the world, putting both mature and emerging digital economies at risk. The overall global economic impact of financial crime has been estimated to be $5 trillion. Furthermore, according to the 2024 Nasdaq global financial crime report, fraud losses totalled $485.6 billion worldwide. This from fraud scams and bank fraud schemes alone. As such, organisations face a series of challenges, from eroding profit margins to reputational risks to data breaches.

                Many factors contribute to this growing wave of fraud. For example, digitisation in banking has created new opportunities for bad actors. With more identity data existing online, attack surfaces have expanded. Hackers now have more possible entry points to exploit vulnerabilities.

                At the same time, new technologies, like machine learning (ML), artificial intelligence (AI), and automation are enabling bad actors to innovate faster and evade detection more effectively. AI, in particular, is a double-edged sword. While many businesses use the technology to improve efficiency and decision-making, it also gives bad actors a helping hand. Deepfakes and social engineering, for example, enable them to impersonate individuals with uncanny realism.

                Additionally, cybercrime – especially financial crime – is becoming more sophisticated. Today, over two-thirds of financial institutions admitting they’re unprepared to defend against the rising wave of attacks.

                Counting the many costs of fraud

                Rising fraud creates challenges at local, national, and global levels. Financial loss is, obviously, a primary concern. But financial loss is only part of the total cost of cybercrime. Fraud also brings reputational damage, increased risk of data breaches, and potential legal consequences.

                As organisations devise new strategies to tackle rising fraud, they must also heed regulatory requirements. Namely, Anti-Money Laundering (AML) registration, as well as other standards for privacy and consent. These regulations create further challenges for organisations as they aim to uphold rigorous compliance requirements without impacting sales, operating costs, or the customer experience.

                It’s time for a different approach to fraud detection

                On both local and global levels, mounting fraud threatens economic growth. In its Plan for Change, the UK government has recognised global co-operation will be necessary to tackle fraudsters. However, existing security strategies are too fragmented to suit the needs of diverse markets.

                Emerging economies, for example, often lack mature controls, making them inherently vulnerable to hackers. Yet, with smaller digital infrastructures, they’re also less attractive targets for financial crime.

                In contrast, more mature economies usually have stronger security defences. However, their larger digital ecosystems make them perhaps even more vulnerable to bad actors’ advances. After all, the more digital an economy becomes, the more fragmented and complex an individual’s identity and the more opportunities for bad actors to exploit or impersonate it.

                Combatting fraud at a global scale requires going local

                Considering the scale and sophistication of cybercrimes, combatting global fraud will require organisations to turn to localised data for more precise identity verification.

                By integrating data from diverse, localised sources and tailoring fraud prevention strategies to market-specific risks, organisations can better detect fraud and establish identity trust. And in a way that both upholds the customer experience and promotes financial inclusion.

                Combine credit, government, and digital data to enhance intelligence

                Thwarting fraudsters begins with building intelligence to establish trust and verify presented identities. This is where localised data can help. By combining credit bureau data with government registries and digital signals, organisations can find a correlation across multiple digital identity attributes and digital risk signals to assess risk and enable real-time identity trust.

                Credit bureau data associated with the presented identity can be used to determine risk and trust based on four vectors:

                • The bureau footprint: information comprising records from multiple contributing organisations
                • Activity history: evidence of recent and consistent payment activity
                • Data consistency: personal data stability
                • Application velocity: recent application history

                Meanwhile, government information services and other registries can be incorporated to further cross-check the presented identity and strengthen verification.

                By leveraging such a wide range of independent, localised data sources and correlating them with the presented identity attributes, organisations can significantly enhance intelligence to detect fraud without compromising the customer experience.

                Tailor strategies to specific markets to support compliance and accessibility

                It’s also important that organisations tailor their security and identity-verification strategies to the unique needs and maturity levels of specific markets. For example, in emerging economies, many people struggle to access financial services. This is often due to a lack of a formal credit history or other recognised financial records. Without this information, it can be a challenge for organisations to verify identity and reach trust decisions without inadvertently excluding legitimate users.

                But by using localised data sources and market-specific strategies, organisations can make more informed decisions to bring more traditionally excluded parties into the financial system and promote broader financial inclusion without increasing risk or compromising security.

                These targeted, market-specific fraud prevention strategies also help organisations with regulatory compliance. For example, for AML compliance, organisations must “identify, assess, and understand the money laundering and terrorist financing risk to which they are exposed.” Using localised data and market-specific strategies can help organisations meet this expectation by aligning fraud detection controls with region-specific threat intelligence.

                Conclusion

                Global financial crime continues to ramp up, creating new challenges for organisations to detect fraud, verify identities, and comply with regulations. But finding strategies to beat bad actors is made even more difficult by markets’ varying needs, maturity levels, and digital infrastructures.

                To combat fraud and cyberthreats on a global scale, organisations should pivot to a localised approach. By combining credit, government, and digital data and tailoring fraud-prevention strategies to specific markets, they can enhance intelligence, maintain compliance, and better manage risk. In doing so, they can not only strengthen security but facilitate access to financial products and services for broader financial inclusion, worldwide.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Nick Saywell, Senior Manager at PSE Consulting, on the rise of account-to-account payment

                With Apple and Android both unlocked, can account-to-account payment finally rival cards at the checkout?

                For years, account-to-account (A2A) payment providers have dreamed of bringing their low-cost, real-time model to the in-store experience. But one key problem kept getting in the way: the experience wasn’t seamless enough to challenge the tap-and-go ease of cards. That may be about to change.

                In mid-2024, the European Commission struck a landmark deal with Apple, forcing it to open access to the iPhone’s NFC chip to third-party payment providers. With both Android and iOS now unlocked, a door has opened that could finally give A2A wallets a shot at real parity with cards — and give merchants and consumers a meaningful alternative to the traditional payment rails.

                The race is on. But can A2A deliver?

                A2A Payments, Rebooted

                A2A in-store payments have technically been possible for some time. But the experience has often fallen short, marred by clunky QR codes, awkward authentication flows, and too many screens. Consumers, spoiled by contactless cards and mobile wallets, weren’t interested in waiting even a few extra seconds.

                Now, with tap-to-pay functionality available on all major devices, A2A apps can finally offer what was missing: frictionless in-store payments that rival the card experience. And with that, the real advantages of A2A — faster settlement, lower fees, and direct-to-bank transfers — are no longer hidden behind usability issues.

                The question is no longer “can they?” It’s “how far can they go?”

                The Contactless Advantage

                In-store, speed is everything. In markets like the UK, where 93% of card payments are contactless, expectations are sky-high. For A2A wallets to compete, tap-to-pay is the bare minimum – and until now, it simply wasn’t available on iOS.

                That changed in December 2024, when Vipps MobilePay launched the first-ever A2A tap-to-pay solution on iPhone, enabling “Tap with Vipps” at stores across Norway. With expansion plans underway for Denmark, Finland, and Sweden, the Nordic region is quickly becoming a proving ground for A2A in-store dominance.

                Other markets are following – and fast. Sweden’s Swish has moved from Bluetooth to NFC for Android tap-to-pay. Bizum, used by over half of Spain’s population, is rolling out “Bizum Pay”, enabling A2A and card-linked tap payments later in 2025. In Poland, where Blik already dominates eCommerce, the company is planning iOS tap-to-pay integration this year.  

                Crucially, these aren’t just tests or pilots — they’re market-ready rollouts. And they show that the A2A space is no longer content to sit in the shadow of cards.

                The Big Economies Lag Behind

                However, not everyone is moving at the same speed.

                Despite the momentum in Scandinavia, Spain, and Poland, Europe’s biggest economies have been slower to act. The UK has yet to see a major A2A wallet gain traction in-store. In Germany and France, legacy infrastructure and conservative adoption curves are proving hard to shake.

                Even Wero, the pan-European A2A wallet backed by the European Payments Initiative, won’t have an in-store solution ready until 2026. That delay risks leaving Europe’s largest markets outpaced by smaller, more agile neighbours — at a time when merchants and consumers alike are increasingly open to change.

                For now, it’s the early movers who are defining the space — and setting expectations.

                The Cross-Border Payment Battle

                While domestic progress is promising, cross-border A2A remains the next big challenge. Regional alliances are forming — including:

                • EuroPA: A partnership between Spain’s Bizum, Italy’s Bancomat Pay, and Portugal’s MB Way, which completed its first cross-border transaction in late 2024.
                • EMPSA: An alliance including Bancomat Pay, Switzerland’s Twint, and Austria’s Bluecode, focused on cross-border interoperability.

                But the road ahead is bumpy. Without a unified European solution, A2A risks becoming fragmented — more complicated for consumers, and harder to scale. Some argue that Wero offers the long-term answer. But in the short term, it’s up to these alliances to prove cross-border A2A is more than a theory.

                The pressure is on to prove that A2A can work as well across borders as it does at home — without sacrificing simplicity or reliability.

                The Moment of Truth for A2A Wallets

                This isn’t just a technical breakthrough — it’s a power shift. For the first time, A2A wallets are competing with cards on the one thing that mattered most: convenience. With NFC access now universal, and major players moving fast, the old excuses no longer apply.

                Whether A2A becomes the new default or remains a challenger brand depends on what happens next. Can providers scale fast enough? Can they deliver the reliability, UX, and trust that card payments have built over decades?

                One thing’s clear – 2025 will be a crucial year in the battle to redefine Europe’s payment scene, and a new offensive to win in-store transactions is just starting.

                About PSE Consulting

                PSE Consulting is a leading global provider of payment advisory services to players across the payments landscape. PSE’s expertise has enabled it to deliver actionable market insights and operational optimisation to senior payments leaders for over 30 years. Find out more here.

                • Digital Payments

                Russell Gammon, Chief Solutions Officer at Tax Systems, on the benefits of AI in automating routine processes to make time for higher level strategic tasks

                In the past two and a half years since the launch of ChatGPT – and the likes of Copilot – the world has been gripped with generative AI fever. However, after the initial rush of enthusiasm, many businesses today are taking a more cautious approach. Trying to identify tangible benefits and use cases that can prove its worth before making costly investments.

                One industry where the use cases are becoming more evident day by day is Financial Services. Repetitive and time-consuming tasks, traditionally completed manually with all the risk of human error that entails, can now be automated. Capabilities such as machine learning, generative AI, and advanced data analytics algorithms are being used to help ensure organisations remain compliant through delivering accurate, timely calculations, tax filings and reports. And creating clearer visibility.

                AI Revolution

                By automating routine processes, such as data analysis and reconciliation, finance executives can spend more time on higher level strategic tasks. AI can also provide insights beyond the capacity of humans thanks to its ability to crunch vast volumes of data, It can uncover trends that might otherwise go unnoticed. This enables real-time reporting and analysis with AI insight forming the basis of smarter decision-making.

                For finance, this is just the beginning of the AI revolution. Look deeper into any finance sector and a huge variety of more specialised applications are revealed. Take the tax industry, for example, where a sizeable cohort of professionals still spend a considerable amount of time checking long lists of numbers on invoices or using spreadsheets to track spending. Not only is this work frustratingly boring, it is also prone to human error. AI has the potential, at a single stroke, to handle such tasks.

                Navigating Choppy Regulatory Waters

                Staying in the tax-related field, AI can also play a pivotal role in handling incoming regulations, such as Pillar Two. Multinational corporations are grappling with the complexities of this legislation. AI is emerging as a game changing tool in compliance management, transforming tax reporting, risk mitigation, and regulatory adaptation.

                AI is being used to automate compliance and reporting processes. It can streamline data aggregation, ensure accurate reporting, and adapt to evolving regulations. AI-powered compliance tools optimise the evaluation, monitoring, and reporting of Pillar Two obligations. This can reduce complexity and improve precision. They can also integrate and standardise financial data across jurisdictions, improving consistency in tax computations.

                These solutions seamlessly connect disparate systems, extracting and harmonising data from multiple sources regardless of format. By normalising and processing this information in line with BEPS regulations, AI can swiftly identify potential compliance risks. Advanced algorithms can flag irregular transactions between related entities and pinpoint inconsistencies in transfer pricing. This helps to detect possible profit-shifting activities before they become regulatory concerns. AI thus has the potential to change compliance management from a costly obligation to a strategic advantage.

                Be Wary of AI’s Limitations

                So, there is clearly a lot of potential for AI to transform financial services in terms of daily operations and compliance. However, it is important to remain wary of its limitations. Chief amongst them, is AI’s propensity to ‘hallucinate’ or make information up if it can’t find the right answer. That casts a shadow over the accuracy of all of its output. And underlines the importance of professional gatekeepers who can verify AI content and ensure it is correct.

                AI also currently lacks the ability to interpret subtle context, which humans can more easily respond to. This can feed into spurious responses and misinterpreted data. However, with the right training, monitoring and oversight, AI tools can overcome such weaknesses.

                Supporting, Not Replacing, the Human Touch

                Understandably, given AI’s potential, many are concerned about the impact on jobs. If AI can digest thousands of lines of data and spit out a report in seconds, what do we need interns for? But it’s important to see AI as an augmentation of existing human talent, not a replacement for it.

                As noted above, the possibility of hallucination means that qualified professionals will always have a role to play in quality checking output. So, what we are seeing is the development of a symbiotic relationship wherein professionals are freed from the drudgery of repetitive grunt work. They can focus on more strategic objectives, while AI handles it under their careful eye.

                For the tech-savvy Gen-Z entering the workplace today, this is a hugely positive change. The finance and tax industries have become a less attractive career option for this generation, due to the traditional processes and lack of technological innovation. What graduate wants to spend their days entering data after years of studying their chosen subject? With AI ready as a helping hand, they can enter the workplace and use their skills and knowledge to assess the technology’s output, rather than spending hours manually doing it themselves. The finance industry is now in a position to embrace this opportunity that AI has presented. And encourage new talent into the industry.   

                Given the financial services sector is plagued with skills shortages, and ever-growing workloads, employers can now offer more attractive career opportunities. Furthermore, striking the right balance to drive improved efficiency, productivity and performance and reap the rewards of an AI-enabled future. 

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Jonathan Brander, COO at Upvest, on best practice for trading platform infrastructure

                In the early hours of market turbulence, when retail investors are scrambling to respond, it’s not volatility that fails them: it’s infrastructure. In the past, we’ve repeatedly seen investing technologies buckle under pressure during moments of peak market stress. 

                During times of high demand, many platforms might struggle to maintain uptime. In recent weeks, as Trump’s tariffs announcements saw retail trading volumes surge, some of the world’s biggest trading platforms went dark. These responses to market volatility are not outliers: they are predictablestress tests. Market volatility correlates strongly with spikes in trading volume. A study by the European Central Bank found that liquidity shocks consistently drive increases in trading activity, especially in frequently traded assets. Platforms should expect and be designed for these surges. 

                Yet time and again, outages occur at precisely the moments when retail investors and advisers need control. In these moments, investors don’t merely lose access, they lose confidence.

                Trading Platform Infrastructure

                2024 poll found that 30% of UK banking customers would consider switching providers following a technology failure. Among 25-34 year olds, this figure jumps to 57%. For trading platforms (and their technology providers) trust is hard-won and easily lost. Operating in a financial market characterised by risk, investment infrastructure resilience is no longer a “nice-to-have”. It is a strategic necessity. 

                According to McKinsey, global assets under management in private markets grew to $13.1 trillion in 2023. In the UK, over a third (39%) of adults are actively investing and the number is growing, thanks in part to government-led market reforms. As trading volumes increase, retail investors need infrastructure that doesn’t flinch under pressure. So what does this look like in practice?

                First, elasticity is essential. Systems must be able to scale to meet demand spikes. When trading activity spiked following Trump’s tariff announcement, Upvest experienced the highest trading volumes in our history. Our platform scaled exactly as it was designed to do, enabling millions of Europeans to seamlessly trade and invest in thousands of instruments with zero downtime. At times of volatility, “stability as a service” emerges as a key competitive differentiator. 

                Second, build for failure. The leading question in our conversations with clients is no longer “can you add this feature?”, it’s “can you guarantee uptime under pressure?” Financial institutions need to know that trading can continue in volatile conditions. Infrastructure providers must build with this in mind and leverage modular systems – where trading, settlement, and custody run independently – to reduce the risk that a single point of failure cascades across an entire platform. Decentralised services improve incident isolation and, in a digital-first financial ecosystem, reliable infrastructure that remains operational even when pressure peaks is the foundation of investor empowerment.

                Observability is also key. Real-time monitoring allows operations and tech teams to anticipate issues before they become outages. This means constantly tracking latency, error rates, and system health, as well as regularly simulating and stress-testing for high volume scenarios to ensure systems can perform under extreme load. These synthetic tests mimic real-world event spikes and ensure you can deliver under pressure.

                Finally, communicate transparently. When issues arise, investors deserve clear metrics on uptime and response windows. Public dashboards and incident post-mortems are no longer optional, they’re foundational to trust. At Upvest, for example, API Status is always available online so our clients can see whether we’re experiencing any issues.

                Future Resilience

                These steps are no longer operational best practice: they’re a necessity. The investment industry must move beyond treating volatility as an edge case and start building resilience into platforms as a priority. Retail investors don’t judge their investment providers during periods of calm, they judge them in crisis. When the market wobbles, infrastructure is the differentiator. That’s when confidence is earned and financial empowerment starts to happen.

                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Digital Payments

                Mark Andreev, COO at Exactly, presents a practical guide to tackling e-commerce fraud with payment tokenisation

                Tokenisation can solve a big problem… e-commerce fraud is a growing threat that continues to impact online businesses worldwide. According to recent figures from Statista (2025), global e-commerce losses due to online payment fraud are projected to exceed $100 billion by 2029. As fraudsters increasingly exploit IT vulnerabilities, it is imperative for online and brick-and-mortar businesses to fortify their cybersecurity posture.

                Amidst the current security challenges, payment tokenisation emerges as a technology to future-proof business operations and is projected to reach USD 28.97 billion worth by 2033.

                This guide explores the concept of payment tokenisation, emphasising its value and role in ensuring credit card payment processing standards for merchants.

                What is Payment Tokenisation?

                Tokenisation is the process of substituting sensitive data with non-sensitive values – tokens. It works as a key layer of protection for stored data by replacing card numbers with illegible, surrogate values.

                During a transaction, payment details are securely transmitted to a trusted payment provider via hosted payment page or through direct API integration.

                In the hosted payment page flow, the customer is redirected to a secure payment page operated by the payment provider. Here they can enter their payment information. The provider handles data collection, encryption, and transaction authorisation, keeping sensitive information off the merchant’s servers.

                In the API integration flow, the merchant’s website collects payment details using secure client-side tools. In this case, the merchant is responsible for ensuring full PCI DSS compliance, as sensitive data passes through their systems.

                Following a transaction, sensitive card data is substituted by a special character sequence. The translation of characters into randomised values refers to the tokenisation process.

                For merchants who are not PCI DSS compliant, storing sensitive information on their side is not allowed. In these cases, the third-party payment provider retains the sensitive data and the tokens for future use, while merchants don’t retain any sensitive information.

                This method is one of the key cybersecurity best practices to ensure payment providers remain compliant with PCI DSS and is also crucial for merchants using API integration to store sensitive data.

                Different Types of Tokens

                There are different types of tokens available to merchants, offering different levels of complexity and security. Simple tokens refer to randomised reference numbers that are unidentifiable and unrelated to customer data. They provide a high level of security when implemented correctly by a reputable payment provider.

                On the other hand, token vaults represent a more complex system of payment security and data handling. Essentially, token vaults are encrypted repositories of original payment data associated with tokens from each customer transaction. Depending on the type of payment gateway integration, either the merchant or the payment provider may retrieve the payment information as needed. Token vaults can also be deployed in cloud environments, mitigating the need for extensive infrastructure.

                The Value of Tokens

                In an era where cybersecurity is paramount, failing to secure customer data can come at significant costs. Recently, the IT systems of the UK’s most prominent retailers suffered significant downtime following a series of cyberattacks. They were prevented from serving their customers as a result. As the consequences of these attacks continue to linger, affected UK retailers are working overtime to get back on track. In these situations, the use of tokenisation payment security has partly helped prevent what could have been a catastrophic breach. Reducing the risk of a lateral exploitation of customer data. In fact, using payment tokens, retailers avoid the need to encrypt and retain sensitive payment details. This lowers the risk of attacks, breaches, and noncompliance with ever-changing payment processing and data security policies.

                Tokenisation also enables seamless customer experiences, addressing a crucial customer demand – convenience. In fact, with tokenisation enabling one-click checkouts, customers avoid re-entering card details and access a seamless shopping experience, meeting an important need for comfort and familiarity for consumers.

                Finally, from a regulatory perspective, compliance with PCI DSS is mandatory for payment providers and merchants specifically using API integration within payment gateways to store sensitive information. In this regulatory context, tokenisation becomes a straightforward strategy to meet fundamental data handling legal requirements. In an era of rising cyber threats and increasing customer expectations, tokenisation offers merchants a scalable, effective, and future-ready approach to safeguarding sensitive data, building trust, and preserving business integrity.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech
                • Digital Payments

                The final day at Money20/20 Europe 2025 was packed with more insights on the future of FinTech, from banks to borderless innovation.

                Money20/20 Conference Themes & Tracks

                Money20/20 Europe 2025 is structured around four thematic content tracks:

                • Digital DNA – Exploring core infrastructure, platform strategies, and foundational technologies.
                • Embedded Intelligence – AI, machine learning, data strategies, and real-time analytics.
                • Beyond Fintech – Partnerships between fintechs and other sectors like retail, health, and climate.
                • Governance 2.0 – Regulation, digital identity, privacy, and ESG compliance.

                Day three featured more impactful sessions across all four pillars, offering attendees more valuable insights and strategies for innovation.

                Highlights from Key Sessions at Money20/20 Europe:

                How to Create and Leverage FinBank Partnerships

                The discussion focused on the evolution and success of FinTech partnerships with banks. Key points included the shift from transactional partnerships to more collaborative, value-driven relationships, emphasizing joint KPIs and product creation. 

                Alex Johnson, Chief Payments Officer, Nium

                “You really have to differentiate. You really have to stand out for a bank to say, ‘Yeah, I like what you offer enough to go through, six months of onboarding.’ Dare I say, maybe more.”

                John Power, SVP, Head of JVs & AQaaS, Fiserv

                “The legacy system, it’s a fact of life. They’re there. They’re pervasive. They’re going to be here for a long time, and banks historically have made huge investments in those platforms and systems. So I think both the challenge for the for the bank and the opportunity for the FinTech is, how do you at the front end of those legacy systems develop new products that can scale and that you can bring cross border easily and readily.”

                Cecilia Tamez, Chief Strategy Officer, Dandelion Payments

                 “It really is cutting the line to be able to deliver opportunity for customers and to be able to expand propositions for new customers.”

                “The economic development supply chains shifting to low to middle income countries are incredibly important right now, and cross border payment rails have not been good in low middle income countries.”

                Where Fintech goes Next: Tapping into Platforms and Verticals 

                The discussion centred on the democratisation of financial services through embedded finance. The panel emphasised the importance of data quality, personalisation, and strategic partnerships in delivering seamless financial experiences – ultimately enhancing customer satisfaction and improving business efficiency.

                Hiba Chamas, Growth Strategy Consultant – Independent

                “Embedded finance is going to be defined by region and use cases.”

                Amy Loh, Chief Marketing Officer – Pipe

                “Small businesses don’t want to manage their business through a bunch of different tools that are stitched together. They’re looking to platforms to do everything for them and keep high end services.”

                Zack Powers, VP Commercial & Operations – Mangopay

                “Most platforms or merchants out there trying to diversify revenue, and they will get auxiliary revenue, or maybe get primary revenue through FinTech activity.”

                The Neobanks Strike Back

                ​​In a dynamic exploration of neobanking’s evolution, Ali Niknam revealed bunq’s remarkable journey from a tech-driven startup to a sustainably profitable digital bank. By leveraging AI across every aspect of their operations, bunq has transformed traditional banking, reducing support times to mere seconds and creating a hyper-personalised user experience. Niknam emphasised the power of user-centricity, showing how innovative features like simple stock trading and multi-language support can democratise financial services.

                The bank’s strategic approach – focusing on user needs rather than investor expectations – has enabled them to expand thoughtfully, with plans to enter the UK and US markets. By embracing technological change and maintaining a relentless commitment to solving real customer problems, bunq exemplifies the next generation of banking.

                Ali Niknam, Founder & CEO, bunq


                “Somewhere in the 70s, we let go of the gold standard, and now currencies are basically floating. The only reason why a dollar or a euro is worth what it’s worth is because of trust and perception. Philosophically, it’s very logical that we have found another abstraction layer by introducing stablecoin, which is not much else than a byte number that has a denomination currency as a backing asset that itself doesn’t have anything as a backing asset. A lot of people might ask, ‘Why would you need a stablecoin? We have euros. I go get a coffee, pay with Apple Pay or cash.’ But there are many countries on this planet where the local currency is not stable. If your country has an inflation rate of 30,000% like Zimbabwe, you would really love to use a different currency. The US dollar has been the currency of choice, but as a normal person, you cannot access the US dollar. A US dollar stablecoin that you can access by simply having a mobile phone – that’s going to be transformational for large groups of people.”

                Innovating When Regulation Can’t Keep Up: Lessons from NASA 

                Lisa Valencia covered an array of topics, from her 35 year career at NASA and Guinness World Record to the rise of private entities like SpaceX, which has launched 180 missions this year, and the increasing role of public-private partnerships in space exploration. The speaker also touched on international collaborations, particularly with the European Space Agency and the Italian Space Agency, and the potential for space tourism and colonization of the moon.

                Lisa Valencia, Programme Manager/Electrical Engineer – Pioneering Space, LC (ex NASA)

                “Back in the day, NASA got 4% of the national budget. Now it’s down to just 0.1%, so we’ve had to get creative with private partnerships. SpaceX is the perfect success story. They came to us in 2007 needing money after some rocket mishaps, and look at them now! From my balcony, I see their launches every other day. They’re planning 180 launches this year alone.Talk about a return on investment!” 

                “We’re planning to colonise the South Pole on the moon. The idea is to extract water and hydrogen from the regolith—both for living there and for fuel.”

                Scaling Internationally in 2025: Funding, Innovating, and Breaking into New Markets

                The conversation focused on the growth and strategy of fintech companies, particularly those with a strong presence in Europe and the US. The panel featured Ingo Uytdehaage, CEO and co-founder of Adyen, and Alexandre Prot, CEO of Qonto. Both leaders expressed a preference for organic growth over acquisitions, emphasizing the importance of scaling efficiently before pursuing an IPO.

                Ingo Uytdehaage, CEO and co-founder of Adyen

                “I think an important part of scaling a company is not just thinking about your product, but also considering the markets you want to address, and how you ensure you become local in each country.”

                “We realised over time that if we really want to bring the customers, we need to have the best licenses to operate. A banking license gives you a lot of flexibility.” 

                “Being independent from other companies, other financial institutions, that gives you flexibility to build what your customers really want.”

                “I think it’s very important, also in Europe, that we continue to be competitive. If you think about regulations and AI, we shouldn’t try to do things completely differently compared to the US.”

                Alexandre Prot, CEO of Qonto

                “We need to be very strict about tech integration and avoiding legacy which slows us down.”

                “We still need to scale a lot before we have a successful IPO. A few team members are working on it and getting the company ready for it. But, the most important thing is just scaling efficiently in the business, and maybe an IPO would be welcome in a couple of years.”

                Putting The F in Fintech

                The panel discussion focused on the role of women in FinTech based on personal experiences.

                Iana Dimitrova, CEO, OpenPayd

                “At times, being underestimated is helpful, because if you’re seen as the competition, driving an agenda is becoming more difficult. So what I found, actually, over a period, is that bringing your emotional intelligence, leaving the ego outside of the outside of the room, and just focusing on execution is is incredibly helpful.” 

                Megan Cooper, CEO & Founder, Caywood

                “The moment we start defining ourselves as like a female leader or a female entrepreneur, you almost kind of put yourself in a bit of a box. And so I think just seeing yourself on an equal playing field and then operating it on an equal playing field and interacting in that way is quite advantageous.”

                “We can’t just want diversity and hope it happens. We actually have to be intentional about creating it.”

                Valerie Kontor, Founder, Black in Fintech

                “Black women make up 1.6% over the FinTech workforce, but when we look at the financial reality of black women by the age of 60, only 53% of black women have enough money in their bank account to retire. We need to start marrying people in FinTech and the people that we need to serve.”

                Money20/20 Europe 2025 closed its doors but the next edition of the conference will return to Amsterdam from June 2–4, 2026, promising to continue the tradition of shaping the future of financial services…

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Cybersecurity in FinTech
                • Digital Payments
                • Embedded Finance
                • Host Perspectives
                • InsurTech
                • Neobanking

                Day two of Money20/20 Europe 2025 at RAI Amsterdam continued the momentum with a focus on digital assets, stablecoins, and…

                Day two of Money20/20 Europe 2025 at RAI Amsterdam continued the momentum with a focus on digital assets, stablecoins, and the evolving regulatory landscape. The event attracts over 8,000 attendees, including FinTech leaders, investors, and policymakers, all eager to explore the future of finance.

                Money20/20 Conference Themes & Tracks

                Money20/20 Europe 2025 is structured around four thematic content tracks:

                • Digital DNA – Exploring core infrastructure, platform strategies, and foundational technologies.
                • Embedded Intelligence – AI, machine learning, data strategies, and real-time analytics.
                • Beyond Fintech – Partnerships between fintechs and other sectors like retail, health, and climate.
                • Governance 2.0 – Regulation, digital identity, privacy, and ESG compliance.

                Day two featured more impactful sessions across all four pillars, offering attendees further valuable insights and strategies for innovation.

                Highlights from Key Sessions at Money20/20 Europe:

                Digital Wallets and Co-opetition

                A standout session featured industry leaders from Fluency, Curve, PayPal, and BLIK discussing the competitive yet collaborative nature of Europe’s digital wallet ecosystem. The panel delved into how traditional financial institutions and FinTech startups are navigating partnerships and competition to enhance user experiences and expand market reach.

                Africa’s Fintech Innovation

                Another significant discussion spotlighted Africa’s role in global fintech innovation. Representatives from 500 Global, Tech Safari, and Moniepoint highlighted how African startups are leveraging technology to drive financial inclusion and create scalable solutions that could influence global markets.

                Digital Assets

                A standout session featured Waqar Chaudry, Head of Digital Assets for Financing & Securities Services at Standard Chartered. In a fireside chat titled “The Digital Assets Opportunity: How Banks Can Win at Web3,” Chaudry, alongside Sygnum Bank’s Aliya Das Gupta, delved into the evolving landscape of digital assets.

                Chaudry highlighted Standard Chartered’s initiatives in digital asset custody, tokenisation, and the launch of tokenised money market funds. Furthermore, he discussed the development of stablecoin solutions aimed at improving liquidity and settlement times. Chaudry underscored the importance of banks adopting robust digital asset strategies to meet growing client demands and navigate the complex regulatory environment. Drawing from his regulatory background at the Abu Dhabi Global Market, Chaudry provided a unique perspective on balancing innovation with compliance.

                WealthTech Evolution

                Leaders from Raisin, Upvest, and PensionBee explored the transformation of wealth management through AI and APIs. The panel emphasised the importance of personalised financial services and the integration of technology to meet the evolving needs of consumers.

                Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs)

                A fireside chat with officials from the European Central Bank and the Bank of England provided insights into the development of the digital euro and pound. The discussion covered technical challenges, regulatory considerations, and the potential impact of CBDCs on the financial ecosystem.

                Navigating the Evolving Cyber Threat Landscape

                The financial services sector faces an unprecedented convergence of threats with sophisticated cyber attacks and the rise of new technologies… Recorded Future CEO Christopher Ahlberg assessed the evolving threat landscape and strategies for building secure digital ecosytems. He was joined by In Security CEO Jane Frankland and Mastercard EVP Johan Gerber

                Networking, Partnerships, and Brand Activations at Money20/20

                Notable Announcements:

                • Money20/20 and FXC Intelligence Report: A collaborative report titled “How Will Europe’s Money Move in the Future?” was released, offering insights into the future of European cross-border payments and the impact of emerging technologies.
                • Policy Exchange Roundtables: Money20/20 introduced focused roundtable discussions involving central banks, regulators, and industry leaders to address critical regulatory challenges in the digital financial landscape

                Day two of Money20/20 Europe 2025 underscored the dynamic interplay between traditional financial institutions and emerging FinTech innovations. Discussions on digital assets, stablecoins, and regulatory frameworks highlighted the industry’s commitment to embracing change while ensuring stability and compliance. The second day underscored the event’s role as a catalyst for innovation, collaboration, and growth within the fintech industry. As the conference progresses, stakeholders remain focused on shaping a resilient and inclusive financial future.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Digital Payments
                • Embedded Finance
                • Host Perspectives
                • Neobanking

                Money20/20 Europe 2025 opened its doors to a full-capacity audience at the RAI Convention Centre in Amsterdam. Bringing together the…

                Money20/20 Europe 2025 opened its doors to a full-capacity audience at the RAI Convention Centre in Amsterdam. Bringing together the world’s leading innovators, institutions, investors, and influencers from across the fintech and financial services spectrum. With more than 8,000 delegates from over 2,300 companies in attendance, the opening day set a high-energy, insight-rich tone for the rest of the week.

                “Money Morning Live”

                The day kicked off with “Money Morning Live”. A signature fast-paced keynote session hosted by Tracey Davies (President of Money20/20), Scarlett Sieber, and Zachary Anderson Pettet. The morning show served as a pulse check for the industry. Combining thought leadership with entertainment to engage both newcomers and veterans.

                Rahul Patil, CTO of Stripe, delivered a keynote on AI’s role in payments infrastructure. Highlighting how machine learning is now essential for fraud detection, customer service, and onboarding. He emphasised AI should not merely be viewed as an efficiency tool, but as a strategic pillar to create personalised user experiences. And deliver scalable innovation across markets.

                David Sandstrom, CMO at Klarna, reflected on the Swedish FinTech giant’s evolution, particularly its use of generative AI for customer engagement and internal operations. Sandstrom noted Klarna’s AI assistant, which now handles two-thirds of its customer queries globally, has dramatically improved both customer satisfaction and cost efficiency.

                Money20/20 Conference Themes & Tracks

                Money20/20 Europe 2025 is structured around four thematic content tracks:

                • Digital DNA – Exploring core infrastructure, platform strategies, and foundational technologies.
                • Embedded Intelligence – AI, machine learning, data strategies, and real-time analytics.
                • Beyond Fintech – Partnerships between fintechs and other sectors like retail, health, and climate.
                • Governance 2.0 – Regulation, digital identity, privacy, and ESG compliance.

                Day one featured impactful sessions across all four pillars, offering attendees valuable insights and strategic foresight.

                Highlights from Key Sessions at Money20/20 Europe:

                Open Banking & Payment Rails

                “Putting the Bank Back in Open Banking Payments”, saw speakers from Token.io, Santander, and BNP Paribas examine how banks are reclaiming relevance in the open banking conversation. While FinTechs initially led the charge, the panel noted banks now play a crucial role in building trusted, interoperability, and high-volume “pay by bank” solutions. The debate touched on customer adoption hurdles, PSD3’s role in shaping future APIs, and the monetisation challenges still plaguing the open banking model.

                Card Issuance at Scale

                In a fireside chat led by Thredd’s President Jim McCarthy, representatives from Railsr, Worldpay, Flagship Advisory, and Caxton discussed the complexities of issuing card programs globally. The group addressed fragmentation across regulatory environments. Especially in regions like LATAM and Asia-Pacific. They urged the need for programmatic flexibility, local compliance, and better BIN management. The panel agreed that the future of card issuing lies in seamless orchestration between platforms, banks, and third-party fintechs.

                Agentic AI: Ready for Prime Time?

                A standout session focused on the concept of Agentic AI — autonomous agents capable of completing financial tasks without manual prompts. Industry leaders from NVIDIA, bunq, and Visa debated how ready the financial services sector truly is for deploying such systems. While the technology is progressing rapidly, concerns around regulatory clarity, model interpretability, and risk frameworks remain.

                NVIDIA’s Head of Financia Technology, Jochen Papenbrock, stressed the need to democratise access to compute infrastructure. And bunq’s AI evangelist, Ali El Hassouni, showcased how the challenger bank is testing semi-autonomous agents in customer support workflows. Meanwhile, Visa SVP for Products & Solutions, Mathieu Altwegg, emphasised the importance of embedding guardrails in agentic systems to ensure ethical AI practices. Especially in credit scoring and wealth advisory roles.

                Scaling AI Across the Enterprise

                A collaborative session featuring leaders from Stripe, Starling Bank, AWS, and Swift delved into the challenges of scaling AI initiatives beyond prototypes. The discussion spotlighted the importance of clean, real-time data pipelines, strong governance structures, and cross-functional collaboration between engineering, data science, and compliance teams.

                Networking, Partnerships, and Brand Activations at Money20/20

                Notable announcements:

                Beyond the conference rooms, the exhibition floors buzzed with product demos, startup pitches, and impromptu huddles among VC firms, banks, and emerging FinTechs. Exhibitors such as Plaid, Adyen, Marqeta, and Fireblocks showcased new tools for embedded finance, real-time treasury management, and blockchain settlement.

                • Wise teased a new enterprise FX tool tailored for SMEs.
                • Checkout.com introduced an AI-enhanced fraud prevention dashboard.
                • Avalanche Foundation launched an initiative to bring blockchain-based micro-insurance products to underserved markets in Eastern Europe.

                Stablecoin News: Institutional Interest Accelerates

                A particularly significant development emerged around stablecoins, with clear signals that regulated, bank-issued digital currencies are entering a new phase of maturity:

                • U.S. Megabanks Signal Joint Stablecoin Initiative
                  Executives from JPMorgan Chase, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, and Citigroup confirmed that initial groundwork has begun on a joint U.S. dollar-denominated stablecoin, subject to the passage of the pending GENIUS Act (Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for U.S. Stablecoins).
                  The stablecoin aims to offer faster, cheaper cross-border settlement and programmable liquidity for enterprise clients. Bank leaders emphasized that this would complement, not replace, traditional banking rails.
                • Ripple Expands in the UAE
                  In a regional announcement, Zand Bank and fintech firm Mamo revealed a partnership with Ripple, using its blockchain infrastructure to enable real-time, low-cost cross-border remittances. This move, anchored in the UAE’s pro-digital asset stance, aligns with broader ambitions to make the country a hub for regulated digital currencies.
                • Institutional Stablecoin Custody
                  Panels featuring speakers from Fireblocks, Anchorage Digital, and Circle addressed the evolving role of stablecoins in treasury operations and FX management. There was widespread agreement that tokenised cash equivalents, including USDC and EURC, are increasingly being used for short-term settlement and yield farming, particularly in Asia and Europe.

                These discussions signalled a broader institutional acceptance of stablecoins, with an emphasis on compliance, transparency, and integration into traditional finance rather than bypassing it.


                Day one of Money20/20 Europe 2025 delivered on its promise of convening the brightest minds to create the future of finance. From headline-grabbing keynotes and deep-dive panels to global product launches and off-stage networking, the conference created a rich mix of thought leadership, practical innovation, and human connection.

                Whether it was the evolution of AI in banking, the future of programmable money, or the balance between innovation and regulation, the discussions revealed a clear consensus: collaboration will define the next chapter of FinTech. Day two at Money20/20 promises even more, with upcoming sessions on decentralised finance, digital identity, and CBDCs.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Digital Payments
                • Embedded Finance
                • Host Perspectives
                • Neobanking

                Dave Murphy, Head of Financial Services EMEA & APAC at Publicis Sapient, on unlocking data to unleash the intelligence with AI

                In today’s financial services landscape, the promise of artificial intelligence is everywhere… Hyper personalisation, intelligent automation, real-time insights, and AI-assisted customer experiences. But here’s the truth: AI doesn’t run on ambition. It runs on data.

                If your customer and transactional data remains locked inside monolithic core systems, even the most sophisticated AI will underdeliver. The most effective path to AI-powered transformation isn’t a complete rebuild of your core – it’s strategic decomposition. By making high-quality data available in near real-time to your channels and platforms, banks can unlock AI’s full potential without overhauling their entire architecture.

                At Publicis Sapient, we believe unlocking your data is the critical enabler for harnessing the full value of AI across the financial enterprise. It is no longer necessary to completely rebuild your core infrastructure. Instead, what’s required is strategic decomposition of monolithic systems to ensure near real-time data availability to your channels and AI applications.

                The Data Access Conundrum

                Banks are acutely aware that their legacy systems create data silos. Research reveals that 70% of banks’ IT budgets are still spent on maintaining legacy systems. Moreover, more than half cite the limitations of their core as the primary barrier to transformation.

                Despite a shared recognition of the need to change, many institutions remain hesitant, concerned by the perceived complexity, cost and risk of restructuring their data architecture and overhauling foundational platforms. But this hesitation comes at a cost. As customers demand more personalised and seamless experiences, and digital challengers launch AI-enabled services at speed, traditional institutions risk falling behind.

                Why Data Accessibility Unlocks AI’s Potential

                The simple truth is: AI cannot thrive in isolation. It needs high-quality, accessible, and timely data. It needs customer and transactional information that’s available near real-time. And it needs a composable, event-driven architecture where data can flow freely across customer journeys and operational workflows.

                Decomposing monolithic core banking systems enables all of this. By creating strategic APIs and data layers, banks can liberate critical information from legacy platforms and make it available to AI-powered services without the need for complete core replacement. In our work with leading banks globally, we’ve seen accessible data unlock:

                • 1:1 personalisation at scale
                • Real-time fraud detection and risk modelling
                • AI-assisted customer onboarding and service
                • Automation across lending, compliance and operations

                This is not theoretical. It’s already happening. In one engagement, we helped a regional bank transform its operating model via a phased core modernisation programme – delivering a one-to-one return on investment over five years by shifting from reactive IT spend to proactive value creation through accessible data.

                Progressive, Not Paralysing

                One of the biggest myths around core modernisation is that it requires a disruptive, ‘big bang’ transformation. That’s no longer the case. Advances in architecture, engineering tools, and AI-powered development platforms – such as our own Sapient Slingshot – now make it possible to modernise progressively and liberate critical data, rather than rebuilding everything from scratch.

                Techniques like multi-core routing, event-driven orchestration and domain-driven design allow banks to gradually make customer and transactional data available near real-time to channels and AI applications – all without jeopardising day-to-day operations or requiring full core replacement.

                Reorienting Around Data and People

                Technology alone is not enough. Successful transformation requires a cultural shift – one that reorients the organisation around data, agility, and human outcomes. The future-ready bank is not only AI-enabled but data-led and human-centric.

                By unlocking and democratising data through modern architecture, banks can power everything from predictive decision-making to better colleague collaboration. We are already seeing leading firms embed AI into their customer and employee journeys. Not as add-ons, but as integral parts of reimagined experiences built on liberated data.

                The Future Belongs to the AI-Enabled

                As AI capabilities continue to evolve, the divide between data-rich and data-poor, and AI-enabled and AI-limited institutions will widen. The leaders will be those that treat transformation not just as a technical challenge, but as a strategic imperative – reshaping how they operate, compete and serve.

                Now is the time to act. Unlocking your data through strategic core modernisation is no longer a question of ‘if’, but ‘how’. Because in the age of AI, the intelligence of your bank will only ever be as strong as the data it can access and learn from, and ultimately the systems that underpin it.

                Find out more from Publicis Sapient about core modernisation here

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Recorded Future’s CISO, Jason Steer, looks at how FinTechs can advance the maturity of threat intelligence programmes to strengthen the resilience of cybersecurity and deliver tangible ROI

                Data from the UK government’s Cybersecurity breaches survey for 2025 paints a stark picture for FinTechs. 48% of finance or insurance businesses identified a cybersecurity breach or attack in the last 12 months. Similar numbers have been reported by Mastercard. A survey of 5,000 small and medium-sized businesses across four continents revealing that 46% have suffered a cyberattack. It’s increasingly becoming clear that it’s a case of ‘when’ and not ‘if’ a business will be targeted by cybercriminals.

                The growing urgency surrounding cyberattacks is helping drive a strategic shift in how organisations approach threat intelligence. When everything becomes urgent, it becomes increasingly complex to determine what is and isn’t a priority. Taking decisive and impactful action can be challenging. Threat intelligence is helping to solve this problem. With the right intelligence provider, people and processes, threat intelligence can prove a crucial part of a cybersecurity programme. It enables FinTechs to create an understanding of the who, what, how, when and why of security risks. This is pivotal for managing, accepting and reducing risk, and delivering wider ROI.

                Automated Intelligence for Cybersecurity

                The effectiveness of a Cybersecurity programme ultimately depends on a combination of people, processes, products and policies. Threat intelligence can add value in each of these areas. Identifying and prioritising the threats which matter most to an organisation. Not all threats carry the same level of risk. By narrowing focus to the most relevant and probable attacks, FinTechs can strengthen their overall preparedness and resilience.

                Threat intelligence can provide actionable insights to better anticipate potential attacks and address vulnerabilities. This can help to prevent a security breach, minimise the possible impact of an attack and improve overall responsiveness. It’s for these reasons that threat intelligence can deliver tangible ROI, in both the short and long term.

                Without automated threat intelligence and context, Cybersecurity teams can be swamped with time-consuming manual workflows required to gather and analyse data. Alongside this, manual alert triage, investigation and response processes can prove time and resource intensive, as well as being slow. A recent report by Recorded Future shows how automated threat intelligence can overcome these challenges. Cybersecurity teams can save nearly 11 hours each week by streamlining threat detection. They can then move straight to responding to relevant alerts more quickly. A similar amount of time per week was also saved through more efficient threat analysis, hunting and reporting. This enables valuable security resources to shift to other meaningful tasks that expand and grow their skills. Moreover, improving the overall security posture of their organisation.  

                Further findings from the report show examples of businesses automating 70% of manual security workflows, cutting investigation times by 50% and driving a 30% reduction in response times. Teams can work more efficiently and effectively to minimise downtime. Average billion-dollar businesses investing in threat intelligence recovered over $19,000 per month in revenue. This was due to reduced downtime, according to the Recorded Future report. That figure doesn’t account for the additional impacts of downtime, such as erosion of customer trust, productivity losses, and recovery expenses.

                Protecting Brand Reputations

                Threat intelligence also had a marked impact on cyber insurance costs, with organisations reporting reduced premiums of nearly $30,000 a year. Further ROI can be experienced through the mitigation of risks on brand reputation – something that’s particularly important in financial services, where customers want to be confident that their money and financial interests are being placed in safe hands. People need to be able to trust the FinTechs they do business with, and typosquats – illegitimate but similar-looking web domains – can quickly erode this trust.  

                Typosquats can be quickly identified, whether it’s company logos or brands being abused, and removed through the comprehensive understanding of digital footprints provided by threat intelligence. This can prove crucial in minimising the risks of phishing and safeguarding customers from inadvertently disclosing personal information to cybercriminals. 

                Cybersecurity Resilience

                Cybersecurity resilience powered by threat intelligence can deliver cross-functional value across a whole organisation. It can help FinTechs to align their organisations and customers with real risks, rather than hypothetical ones, to effectively manage and mitigate the growing issue of cyberattacks. This starts by defining an organisation’s security priorities and assessing threats in the context of risk to the FinTech. It’s an important first step to determining that not all vulnerabilities will be exploited, and not all threat actors pose an immediate risk, creating opportunity to focus on addressing the actual issues that are genuinely urgent and could actually harm people, assets and business.

                To find out more about how advanced threat intelligence solutions can deliver team productivity improvements and business and brand risk reduction impact, download Recorded Future’s ROI for Cybersecurity Teams report.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Join 6,000+ attendees at Javits Center, New York June 4-5 for InsurTech Insights USA

                More than 6,000 of the world’s leading executives, entrepreneurs and investors will gather for the fastest-growing InsurTech conference. Improve your knowledge on challenging and strategic issues relevant to any organisation. Stay on top of future trends and seize new opportunities. Expand your toolbox and effectively solve the challenges of today and tomorrow. Join the decision makers and gain new insights from over 400 expert speakers, including representatives from AXA, MetLife, Munich Re, Gallagher and more.

                Join the InsurTech Revolution

                The insurance industry, no stranger to gauging risk, is facing one of the most disruptive periods in its history. Artificial intelligence, Machine Learning, Internet of Things, Blockchain, Data & Analytics, and other emerging technologies are enabling many startups to chip away at incumbent businesses. How can you transform, disrupt, and compete in the age of InsurTech?

                Join 6,000 attendees – from Insurers, InsurTechs and Investors – taking a strategic approach in a competitive landscape.

                Insurtechs

                • Understand the market and problems you are challenged with solving
                • Sharpen your proposition and identify what parts of the insurance value chain are ripe for innovation
                • Build awareness by networking with investors and insurance executives

                Insurers

                • Forge commercial partnerships and explore new ways of doing business
                • Learn how InsurTech fits in with your innovation agenda
                • Find where to gain competitive edge and find opportunities for growth in 2025
                • Discover how to adopt a culture that embraces innovation from the top down

                Investors

                • Meet the entrepreneurs shaping the future of insurance
                • Develop partnerships with insurance companies
                • Take the right approach in an increasingly strategic and competitive landscape
                • See where the money is going in 2025

                Book your tickets here.

                • Event Newsroom
                • InsurTech

                Leading US banks, including JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America, Citigroup, and Wells Fargo, are in preliminary discussions to launch a…

                Leading US banks, including JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America, Citigroup, and Wells Fargo, are in preliminary discussions to launch a joint stablecoin. This initiative aims to provide a regulated alternative to existing cryptocurrencies, facilitating faster cross-border transactions and enhancing liquidity in digital markets.

                The project is contingent on the passage of the Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for US Stablecoins Act (GENIUS Act), which seeks to establish a regulatory framework for stablecoin issuance by banks and nonbanks.

                Stablecoin Growth

                The stablecoin industry could reach a $2.5 trillion market cap by 2030, according to one estimate, up from the current $248 billion.

                New legislation that aims to regulate stablecoins, a type of cryptocurrency whose value is pegged to another asset, is on its way to a vote in the US Senate, reports MarketWatch.

                Should the bill become law, crypto bulls see potential for it to drive wider adoption of dollar-linked stablecoins, and possibly to strengthen the battered U.S. dollar. Cryptocurrencies also may end up playing a much bigger role in the broader financial system, analysts said.

                The bill, called the Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for US Stablecoins Act – or Genius Act – aims to provide a regulatory framework for stablecoins and their issuers. If enacted, it would be the first legislation in the US regulating the $248 billion stablecoin market. 

                Stablecoins could play a more important role in financial markets down the road because they can serve as a bridge between traditional finance and the $3.3 trillion crypto market. Furthermore, they can facilitate trading, borrowing and lending in the crypto ecosystem. Currently, 83% of stablecoins are denominated in U.S. dollars, according to a recent note from Deutsche Bank.

                Here are four ways the proposed bill could change the stablecoin market:

                More stablecoin issuance

                If the Genius Act becomes law, it could greatly lower the regulatory risks for issuers of stablecoins and provide a much clearer path for legal compliance in terms of product design, the Cato Institute’s Schulp said in a phone interview. 

                While there are already hundreds of stablecoin issuers, the market is dominated by two stablecoins: One is known as USDT, which is issued by Tether, and another is USDC, a dollar-backed stablecoin developed by Circle. USDT and USDC account for 61% and 24%, respectively, of the market share in terms of market capitalization, according to data from CoinMarketCap. As of February, Tether was the 21st-largest foreign holder of US Treasurys, after the United Arab Emirates and Germany, according to Deutsche Bank. Meanwhile, Circle filed for an initial public offering last month.

                If the Genius Act clears up regulatory uncertainty, more companies that have been on the sidelines are likely to launch their own stablecoins, according to Thomas Cowan, head of tokenisation at Galaxy Digital, a crypto financial services firm. He expects stablecoin issuance from traditional payments institutions to pick up if the bill becomes law, given that companies would “have the rules of the road,” he said in a phone interview. He also thinks the technology could help more companies transform their back-end systems.

                On that front, Bank of America Chief Executive Brian Moynihan said in February that the bank was likely to issue a stablecoin once legislation was passed. Fidelity also said its digital-assets arm has been testing a stablecoin. 

                More tokenised products 

                Cowan said he also expected to see more tokenised financial assets, such as bonds or equities, being launched in the next 18 months if the Genius Act becomes law. Tokenization refers to the digital representation of assets on a blockchain. 

                Stablecoins are the “bedrock” of tokenisation, as a dollar-backed stablecoin is essentially a tokenised dollar, Cowan said. “If stablecoins are increasingly looked at as a default, we’ll see the rest of the industry begin to go up on the risk curve and begin to monetise other financial assets” such as stocks and bonds.

                Wall Street heavyweights BlackRock and Franklin Templeton launched tokenised money-market funds in 2024 and 2021, respectively.

                Wider crypto adoption

                If the stablecoin bill gets passed, it could increase the adoption of digital assets in general, noted Gannon at Davis Wright Tremaine. He expects the stablecoin market cap to reach $2 trillion to $2.5 trillion by 2030.

                Traders often park their assets in stablecoins instead of fiat currencies when trading crypto to enable faster transactions. Stablecoins also already play a significant role in decentralised finance, supporting crypto lending and borrowing. Decentralised finance refers to financial activities that happen on blockchains and that are executed without middlemen.

                As more people adopt stablecoins, there “will be more opportunities to use stablecoins in new or better blockchain-based products — to self custody, make purchases, send money, use DeFi [decentralised finance] and more,” Sam Broner, a partner at venture-capital fund a16z crypto, wrote in a recent note. 

                Support for the dollar

                The rise of stablecoins may amplify the dominance of the US dollar, noted Jim Reid, head of global macro and thematic research at Deutsche Bank. The greenback’s status as a reliable safe haven was tarnished amid the extreme market volatility earlier this year as Trump aggressively rolled out his tariff agenda.

                “Essentially, stablecoin providers are acting like money-market funds supporting US short-term debt markets and driving currently non-USD liquidity holdings into USD,” Reid wrote in a recent client note.

                If the Genius Act becomes law, people in other countries might have more trust in dollar-denominated stablecoins issued by U.S. companies as a way to gain exposure to the greenback and US Treasurys, because reserves of the coins will be attested, noted Dea Markova, director of policy at crypto infrastructure firm Fireblocks.

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Intergiro’s CEO, Nick Root, on how payments providers can meet the challenges for cybersecurity in the war on fraud

                We operate in the trenches of FinTech – real-time, full-stack and fully exposed to the relentless tide of digital fraud. As an embedded payments provider across the EU, Intergiro lives at the bleeding edge where innovation meets exploitation. And let me be clear: fraud isn’t a back-office nuisance anymore. It’s an existential threat. One that every modern financial company, especially those bootstrapped like ours, must treat as core business, not a support function.

                Right now, 30% of our headcount is dedicated to fraud prevention, compliance and cybersecurity. That’s not a vanity metric – that’s the reality of staying alive in a hostile digital environment. We spend millions annually not just on tooling and infrastructure, but on reimbursing innocent victims. For a company building its future on resilience, programmatic control, and capital efficiency, these costs are brutal. But necessary.

                The Scamdemic is Here

                Fraud is no longer a sideshow; it’s the main event. In the past 18–24 months, we’ve seen a sharp escalation. Sweden’s financial police reported an 80% spike in investment fraud between 2022 and 2023. Our internal metrics tell the same story. Spiking fraud attempts, more advanced attack vectors and a user base under siege.

                And this isn’t abstract. It’s personal. For example, I got hit by a fake Uniqlo storefront. Nearly lost money. Only Intergiro’s own controls saved me. It was a sobering moment: even a FinTech founder can fall victim. For digital natives, that’s embarrassing. For the less tech-savvy – think your parents’ generation – it’s a nightmare. My own father won’t use Uber unless one of us physically adds his card to the app.

                Understanding the Threat Landscape

                To address this epidemic, we first need to clarify the categories of fraud. Payment fraud and ID theft are mostly on us – as FinTechs. If a system fails, or a tool is exploited, we own that and cover the loss. But social engineering and investment fraud? They’re tougher. These rely on psychological manipulation – human vulnerabilities we can’t patch with software updates. Still, that doesn’t mean we’re powerless. We just need to shift our lens.

                Upstream, Not Downstream…Fighting social engineering with regulation is like mopping up the floor while the roof’s still leaking. Necessary, but ultimately reactive. We need to move upstream. Way upstream.

                Social Media: The Root of the Fraud Problem

                Over 75% of fraud starts on social platforms. That’s the front door. If we don’t lock it, we’re just chasing shadows. Meta’s FIRE partnership with UK banks is a baby step in the right direction. But let’s be honest – it shifts responsibility onto banks to clean up the mess, while platforms avoid real-time accountability.

                What we need is a pan-European version of FIRE, backed by the teeth of the Digital Services Act and centralised enforcement. FinTech alone can’t drive this. We need regulators, platforms and providers rowing in the same direction.

                Public Awareness: Borrowing the Pandemic Playbook

                Think about this: between 2020–2022, fraud cost the EU €157 billion. That’s not far off the public health spend from COVID. And fraud doesn’t recede – it compounds.

                In a pandemic, we responded with mass public education: masks, distancing, handwashing. We need the same for digital fraud. A real, coordinated public awareness campaign built around these pillars:

                • Basic operational security –  Email is not secure. Banks don’t ask for details over email. Wire transfers aren’t reversible like card transactions.

                • Social media hygiene –  If it smells like a scam; even from a verified blue tick – assume it is. “Stop. Think. Click.”

                • AI as defence –  The same AI used to create scams can help spot them. Let’s teach users how to turn the tools around – scan that investment pitch, audit that wallet address.

                Delivery matters here. Dry leaflets won’t cut it. Interactive quizzes, short-form video explainers, browser plug-ins – a toolkit that reaches people where the scams do: in-feed and in-app.

                Collective Action Against Fraud: Collaboration Over Competition

                FinTech has a reputation for speed, innovation and competition. But when it comes to fraud, isolation is the enemy. No single firm can win this war alone.

                We need a secure, privacy-conscious layer for FinTech collaboration. A shared fraud intelligence layer that goes beyond blacklists and blocked BINs. We’re not talking about turning FinTechs into police forces, but enabling programmatic detection through pooled data, shared signals and joint tooling.

                At Intergiro, we’re already piloting private data-sharing models with other European players. It’s early – but promising.

                Final Word: It Takes a Village

                This war against fraud won’t be won in the back office of your local neobank. It needs a whole-of-society effort. Platforms must step up. Regulators must align. And consumers must be trained – not blamed.

                Fraud isn’t going away. As AI evolves, so will the threat. But so will we – if we move fast, stay dynamic, and invest in people, tools, and partnerships. Not just for ROI – but for resilience.

                At Intergiro, we’re all in. But we can’t do it alone. If FinTech is the infrastructure of modern commerce, fraud is the fault line beneath it. And we can’t build the future on a fault line.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Liselotte Munk, CEO at core insurance solution provider Fadata, on the benefits of InsurTech digitalisation

                Unpredictable market shifts, weather crises, and increasingly digital-only policy holders are all putting demands on the insurance industry and their ability to deliver a modern, efficient service. Insurers recognise that they need to become more agile and digital. Time-to- market is crucial. What better way to tackle these challenges, than revitalising internal IT departments and empowering them to manage digital transformation?    

                Insurance Going Digital

                Insurance digitalisation has been ongoing longer than we have seen in other industries. Thanks to a shift in mindsets, new tech talent, and a wealth of emerging technologies, digital transformation is ramping up. Insurers reclaiming control of their IT strategy, infrastructure, and execution is fuelling the InsurTech surge. The decisive step to nurture and utilise internal IT skills to enhance digital capabilities is solving many pain points. The challenges associated with traditional external implementation are being overcome. Insurers are becoming empowered with agility, reduced infrastructure expenses, and future proofing. All of which is essential to ensuring competitiveness amid the fast-paced evolution of the insurance market.

                Redefining IT’s Role in the Insurance Value Chain

                The move to strategic internalisation for digital transformation is as much a strategic and cultural decision as a technical one. Working closely with underwriting, claims, marketing, and distribution to embed digital capabilities across the entire value chain, internal IT departments foster cross-functional collaboration, turning the IT function from a support function into a business enabler. No longer operational backwaters, internal IT departments are central to business strategy. This is why insurers are recognising the need to continually enhance their IT skills to secure future-proofed technology.

                Insurance Chief Digital Officers (CDOs) are making strong business cases for high level in-house IT capabilities. They argue internalisation of digital transformation is essential for long term success. It ensures critical knowledge is kept within the business, processes are significantly more efficient, and that the cost savings are unquestionable. On top of that, it should be much easier for insurers to attract, recruit and maintain top tech talent when more engaging and strategic career paths are on offer. Ultimately, this also improves retention.

                IT transformation is also changing the nature of vendor partnerships. Instead of traditional “implementation projects,” insurers are now “onboarding” platforms, and internal teams are taking charge of leading configuration and long-term evolution. Shifting focus from one-off rollouts to continuous collaboration, insurers are teaming up with external partners that provide scalable platforms and expert guidance.

                IT and Vendor Marriage

                Insurers are adept at building substantial internal IT organisations. The complexity and regulation-intensive nature of insurance demands deep integration between technology and business processes. The appointment of high-level roles like CDOs underscores just how imperatively strategic IT is to the industry.

                At its core, the decision to internalise control of digital transformation stems from a need for greater influence over platforms that support local regulatory requirements, customer behaviour, and product innovation. The long-term partnership between insurer and core vendor flourishes when it fully incorporates an internal IT team. Insurers are turning to the core platform vendors such as Fadata, that come hand-in-hand with dedicated expert teams, promise collaboration, share KPIs, and deliver the granular understanding required to reflect insurance market-specific nuances. Outsourced executors are being phased out so that insurers can avoid inefficiencies and slow rollouts. These are among the intrinsic problems developed from reliance on a third party with a culture of locking out IT departments or building overly generic solutions that require excessive, often complicated and costly customisation.

                Maximise Scalability, Minimise Customisation

                Insurers increasingly realise that all important scalability and agility come from adhering closely to out-of-the-box solutions. The trend toward minimal customisation not only simplifies future upgrades but also accelerates implementation timelines. This positions internal teams to rapidly launch new products and respond to market changes without the delays of extensive code rewrites or vendor negotiations. In times of shifting regulatory compliance – DORA being a great example – a standardised system providing the ability to upgrade swiftly is a high priority. And a major driver for internal IT. Insurers need to feel confident that any updates in order to comply can be made fuss-free.

                Fadata has already responded to this shift by supporting clients in regaining control of their technology environments. Rather than acting solely as an external implementation partner, Fadata is supporting its clients to create ‘centres of excellence’. These bolster an IT department’s understanding of its core solution, INSIS, to promote independence. The IT departments we work with are already able to seamlessly replicate product in new geographies, and up to 85% of out-of-the-box INSIS features are being copied with the click of a button. 

                SaaS Pizzazz – The Digital Future of Insurance IT

                The industry-wide shift to SaaS models shines a spotlight on the pivotal role IT plays in digitalisation and business strategy. With infrastructure responsibilities managed externally, internal IT resources can focus on strategic application of technology and drive insurance innovation from within. Inherently upgrade-friendly cloud-based solutions make this much simpler and more viable. These deliver ongoing automatic platform enhancements and maintenance without disruptive overhauls. Which also eliminates scope creep or unexpected integration issues, and helps to avoid IT resource bottlenecks.

                Next Generation Digital Mindset

                With focus being put on fulfilling the modern expectations of policy holders, which undoubtedly is driven first and foremost by speed and simplicity, insurers are shifting their mindset to a more customer-centric insurance business. Insurers are ready to embrace agile methodologies. These create the seamless digital journeys across mobile, web, and emerging channels that modern customers expect. To be digitally successful, insurers understand that a more hands-on strategy is key. And is why a natural understanding of modern technology is becoming increasingly relevant. IT departments are 100 percent best positioned to manage long-term digital strategy. This highlights the importance of nurturing a skilled IT team that can secure future-proofed technology.

                The fast-paced, changeable insurance market calls for faster iteration and product launches with continuous deployment. Insurers are becoming much more open to SaaS platforms, APIs and ecosystems. They recognise that the partnerships which have typically been seen as a threat to internal teams, are conducive with accelerating transformation. These digital trends, which lead to the faster decision making and improved responsiveness that can define success, are challenging legacy processes and partnerships that slow innovation. Insurers looking for competitive advantage are also increasingly turning to data. Greater emphasis is being put on real-time data and analytics. Prioritising the creation of customer data platforms, automated insights, and AI-driven decision-making, all of which require digital backing. Ultimately, internalising IT offers insurers the flexibility, security, and agility they need to thrive in a competitive landscape. With trusted platforms and collaborative partners, insurance companies are becoming better positioned to shape their digital futures – on their own terms.

                • InsurTech

                Paul O’Sullivan, Global Head of Banking & Lending at Aryza, on how Open Banking is reshaping the financial ecosystem

                As Open Banking continues to gain momentum, it is poised to fundamentally reshape the financial ecosystem. Not only regarding how institutions operate but also in how individuals understand, manage, and trust their money. With secure data sharing at its core, Open Banking represents more than just a technological shift. It signals a transformation in the relationship between people and their finances.

                This piece explores five key areas where Open Banking is set to make its mark in the years to come…

                Transforming Society’s Relationship with Money

                Open Banking has the opportunity to reshape society’s relationship with money by providing greater transparency and enabling a more comprehensive view of personal finances. This heightened visibility is made possible by securely sharing financial data with trusted third-party providers. And empowering individuals to monitor spending habits, track expenses, and compare financial products and services more easily.

                Providing greater transparency and access to financial data will improve financial education for all by enabling a deeper analysis of trends across various activities. As a result, consumers can make more informed decisions. This can improve overall financial education and help to foster a healthier, more sustainable relationship with money.

                Additionally, Open Banking paves the way for more personalised financial solutions, as institutions compete to offer tailored services that meet the unique needs of customers. This increased choice not only boosts consumer confidence in managing their finances but also catalyses innovation within the financial sector. Ultimately, the shift toward Open Banking is poised to create a more dynamic, customer-centric financial services landscape. Moreover, one that will significantly enhance how individuals and businesses manage their money.

                The Convergence of Open Banking and AI

                The data provided by Open Banking should work hand in hand with AI to offer consumers advice on managing their finances. Whether that means making changes to their habits or finding more affordable products, in turn transforming financial guidance and creating a more personalised and efficient financial ecosystem.

                By enabling the secure sharing of consumer data, Open Banking provides the foundation for AI-driven solutions to analyse real-time information and offer tailored recommendations. This coule be suggesting improvements to spending habits or automating routine processes. Such AI-enabled tools will empower individuals to make more informed, data-driven decisions about their money.

                This synergy will go beyond surface-level insights, delivering hyper-personalised services that address each customer’s unique financial needs and preferences. The resulting efficiencies, such as automated account management, transaction processing, and even customer support, free human resources to focus on more complex issues. Ultimately, this combination of Open Banking and AI promises to enhance the overall customer experience. It can provide actionable, real-time support that helps individuals navigate their financial journeys more confidently and effectively.

                Evolving the Role of Traditional Banks

                While it’s still early to say for certain, traditional banks could indeed evolve into more utility-like services in an Open Banking world. We’re already seeing indications of this shift, with more consumers increasingly switching their banking services and using multiple accounts. Open Banking is a disruptive force that fosters greater competition and choice, enabling consumers to pick and choose the financial solutions that best meet their needs.

                To remain relevant, traditional banks are urged to embrace Open Banking rather than resist it. By securely leveraging customer data and collaborating with FinTechs and other third-party providers, they can create more specialised, value-added products and services. In doing so, banks can move beyond mere utility status. They can position themselves at the forefront of innovation while enhancing the overall customer experience in an increasingly competitive landscape.

                Redefining Financial Trust and Identity

                Open Banking is not only transforming technology infrastructure; it’s also redefining core principles such as trust, identity, and control. It will increase transparency by giving individuals a holistic view of their financial data. In turn, empowering them to track spending patterns, compare financial products, and make more informed decisions. Secondly, it enhances consumer control over personal data, as customers can grant or revoke access to trusted third-party providers. Therefore strengthening accountability and fostering greater confidence in the system.

                Furthermore, digital identity solutions replace traditional verification processes, enabling expanded access to financial services. This will ensure more people can participate in the banking system with ease. Underpinning these developments are trust frameworks, which establish standardised measures for data sharing, allowing banks, FinTechs and other providers to collaborate while maintaining consistent protection for users.

                A key emerging factor is the use of advanced cryptography and multi-factor authentication so that both individuals and financial institutions can operate confidently in a secure environment. This heightened focus on security and privacy can help mitigate concerns around data breaches and identity theft. Further strengthening consumer trust.

                By introducing new layers of transparency, giving consumers control over their data, and leveraging digital identity and robust security measures, Open Banking shifts our collective understanding of financial trust and identity. It moves us toward a future where trust is shared among various stakeholders. Security is paramount and individuals play a more active role in shaping their financial journeys.

                Harnessing Open Banking Data for Monetary Policy

                While often discussed through the lens of consumer empowerment, Open Banking may also prove to be instrumental in supporting smarter economic decision-making at a national level. Financial data through open banking could play a significant role in creating new tools for monetary policy. Particularly as the global financial system becomes increasingly interconnected. By providing governments and regulators with real-time insights into consumer spending patterns and business creditworthiness, Open Banking allows for more precise and targeted policy interventions. This data-driven approach can enable policymakers to respond swiftly to economic shifts. They could tailor interest rates, liquidity measures, and other monetary policy tools to specific sectors or demographics.

                Having access to comprehensive, standardised data can enhance the accuracy of economic forecasts and models. This leads to more informed decisions that can foster stability and growth in the economy. However, implementing these advanced tools requires robust data protection measures and regulatory frameworks to ensure the privacy and security of financial information. When managed responsibly, the fusion of Open Banking data and monetary policymaking promises to bolster both economic resilience and consumer trust.

                Charting the Path Ahead for Financial Innovation

                Open Banking is not just a new chapter in financial services, it’s a complete rewrite of how we engage with money, institutions, and technology. From personalised advice and AI integration to regulatory impact and redefined trust, the changes ahead are both profound and far-reaching. The next decade will be shaped by how institutions adapt, how consumers respond, and how effectively we harness data to deliver meaningful, secure, and transparent financial experiences.

                • Embedded Finance
                • Neobanking

                Join 2,500+ attendees at Excel, London June 18-19 for the Financial Transformation Summit

                Financial Transformation Summit is the industry’s most influential event, connecting banking, insurance, wealth and lending professionals with the companies transforming the industry. Book your place here.

                Financial Transformation Summit

                Join over 2,500 attendees to gain insights from 300 inspiring expert speakers from the likes of Lloyds Banking Group, Deutsche Bank, Santander, Aviva, Monzo, Accenture and more. Connect with an unparalleled programme of interactive sessions and share perspectives on the topics defining the future of financial services.

                At the heart of the summit are 400 roundtables, ensuring every attendee has a voice in shaping the industry’s future. This is the Financial Services industry’s biggest roundtable event, designed to facilitate real conversations, meaningful connections and actionable insights.

                Engage with industry peers in dynamic discussions that spark innovation and drive change. Dive deep into critical topics, share insights, and debate strategies that shape the future of banking, insurance, wealth management and lending.

                One Ticket, Four Summits

                MoneyNext Summit brings together the brightest minds in financial services to explore the future of banking, wealth management, lending, and insurance.

                Benefit from the combined power and synergies of four transformative events… The Financial Transformation Summit comprises four summits across Banking, Insurance, Wealth and Lending.

                Explore the topics transforming financial services across an interactive agenda with 14 key themes. Gain practical knowledge: Benefit from interactive demos, case studies, and best practices. Expand your horizons: Experience an inspiring and thought-provoking learning journey.

                Book your ticket here.

                • Digital Payments
                • Embedded Finance
                • Event Newsroom
                • InsurTech

                Join 25,000 attendees for Seamless FinTech, the Middle East’s biggest FinTech event, at the Dubai World Trade Centre May 20-22

                FinTech Strategy is proud to be a media partner for Seamless FinTech 2025.

                Register for your free event pass here.

                Why attend Seamless FinTech?

                Welcome to the Middle East’s biggest fintech event for 25 years. Seamless Fintech brings together big tech, government, banks, financial institutions, fintechs, investors, and media. Perfect for anyone passionate about the Middle East’s fintech and payments landscape. This event allows you to explore the fast-evolving ecosystem and engage with top industry players and innovators. And visit the Identity Showcase to discover cutting-edge solutions.

                “If I wanted to take a pulse of the vibrancy of the region, then look around at Seamless. The amount of interest and intent people are showing in us and FinTech in the region is very visible at Seamless Middle East.”

                Managing Director, Amazon Payments Service

                Furthermore, whether you’re presenting your latest payment innovations or showcasing impactful demos, this is your opportunity to foster connections and accelerate business growth. Join 25,000 attendees and 800 exhibitors gaining insights from a stellar line up of 750+ expert speakers from the likes of Revolut, J.P. Morgan, Monzo, Citi and more.

                Seamless Digital Commerce

                Seamless Fintech will be co-located with Seamless Digital Commerce. This event caters to payments companies seeking to connect with merchants, SMEs, retailers, and e-commerce platforms. The event offers valuable insights into revolutionising in-store experiences, optimising e-commerce strategies, and mastering digital marketing techniques. It provides unmatched opportunities for growth and collaboration in the digital commerce space.

                This event is perfect for those looking to forge new partnerships, gain valuable insights from industry trailblazers and drive innovation to stay ahead in the ever-evolving digital landscape. Moreover, whether you’re a startup, an established player, or an SME, Seamless Digital Commerce is designed to push the industry forward.

                Register for your free event pass here.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Digital Payments
                • Event Newsroom
                • Neobanking

                Join FinTech’s greatest event when Money20/20 Europe returns to Amsterdam’s RAI Arena June 3-5

                FinTech Strategy is proud to be a media partner for Money20/20 Europe 2025.

                Launched by industry insiders in 2011, Money20/20 is the heartbeat of the global FinTech ecosystem. Some of the most innovative, fast-moving ideas and companies have found their feet (and funding) on its show floor. From J.P. Morgan, Stripe, and Airwallex to HSBC, Deutsche Bank, and Checkout.com.

                Furthermore, this is where you’ll find new connections, business-critical insights from inspirational speakers, innovation, and partnerships you need to ensure your business succeeds for whatever comes next in money.

                The Agenda for 2025

                Come and create the future for financial services at Money20/20 Europe… This year’s agenda tracks cover Beyond FinTech, Digital DNA, Embedded Intelligence and Governance 2.0. Expert speakers include leaders from Mastercard, Monzo, Bank of England, Visa, IBM, Starling Bank, Revolut and more offering key insights on everything from agentic AI and cross-border payments to open banking and embedded finance.

                Why Money20/20?

                FinTech Strategy spoke with a host of leaders from across the FinTech spectrum. They all agreed on one thing, Money20/20 Europe is ‘the’ place to make connections and build your business.

                Gurdeep Singh Kohli, Founder, SC Ventures

                “It’s the first time I’ve attended Money 20/20 and, we’ve had some fascinating impromptu conversations that will lead to great opportunities. All the big names are here and it’s clearly a popular event from a thematic perspective – payments is a big theme this year. I have a very high regard for the quality of what’s on offer and the way the event has been organised – it’s a great customer experience, the way it’s all been structured, at scale, is actually one of the best I’ve ever seen. The response has been fantastic…”

                Stephen Everett, MD Payables & Receivables, Lloyds Banking Group

                “The majority of people at Money20/20 genuinely get up in the morning with a growth and innovation mindset. Therefore, you have to balance and recognise that when you walk into this big venue that there will be some wacky ideas. From my experience, I have seen many infant ideas turn into successful ventures, whereas I have also seen some ventures becoming unsuccessful despite having great innovation ideas. Fintechs will fail. Innovation will fail. Experiments will fail. And that’s fine. That’s what Money20/20 is all about.”

                Michelle Prance, CEO, Mettle (NatWest Group)

                “It’s good for Mettle to come here because we are a fintech that was incubated inside a large bank (NatWest) for fintechs. Quite often their route to market, route to capitalisation, is by going into a main bank being acquired. So, it’s that marriage between a big organisation and the small nimble fintech. People are really interested in what we’re doing because big incumbents want to be fast and nimble. They don’t always have the capital to invest in something like we’ve been able to do with Mettle. So, they’re interested to know the right route to go down. Do they incubate in house? Or do they buy it in? And what’s the right way to do that without killing the culture? These are the types of interesting conversations we’ve been having here.”

                Ryan O’Holleran, Head of Sales, AirWallex

                “The great thing about Money20/20, here in Europe, and in Asia and the US, is the good division between buyers and sellers. So, you have all these service providers like AirWallex, Amex, Stripe… And then you have the Heads of Payments from companies like Booking.com, Minted and Summit who are coming here with their team to meet with providers. If you think about that from a sales perspective, those meetings are very hard to get outside of this environment. But over a week you get 15 different meetings each day with that would normally take months to arrange. So, the ROI from this week is really powerful just from being able to have these conversations.”

                Merusha Naidu, Global Head of Payments, Paymentology

                “Paymentology is homegrown out of the UK so it’s important for us to make sure we’re representing the business across Europe. This is the centre of the world for banking innovation. We have customers here from Singapore, Dubai, Saudi Arabia, Ghana and beyond. People look to this event to really learn about what’s happening in the industry globally and discover what trends are going to come up. What should we be doing? How can we innovate together and learn from each other? That’s one of the things I really love about Money20/20; the talks in all of the panels are so interesting and I always leave knowing more. Being in the payments industry, and especially being an issue processor, it’s important for us to learn from the industry and understand where we need to move so that we can stay at the forefront of developments.”

                Zak Lambert, Product Lead & Europe Lead, Plaid                                                                            

                “This is my sixth straight Money20/20 and it gets busier every year! It’s great to learn more about the ecosystem at large. You can see developing trends each year, and it’s always a little bit different. You build relationships at Money20/20 that stay with you for the rest of your life. And it’s a perfect opportunity to meet people in the flesh that you might normally only see on screen. You can get a pretty direct read on what they’re working on and it’s exciting to be here making new connections.”

                Book Your Money20/20 Europe Pass Now

                To get a flavour of what you can expect from next year’s conference check out our review of Money20/20 Europe 2024.

                Book your pass now and save €200 with the code FTS200.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Digital Payments
                • Event Newsroom
                • Neobanking

                Melinda Roylett, Managing Director of Merchant Services at Lloyds Banking Group, on how the UK’s small and medium sized businesses can navigate the payments maze

                Cashflow is the lifeblood of any business, yet it remains one of the most unpredictable aspects for SMBs. According to the Federation of Small Businesses, half of UK businesses have experienced cashflow problems. Many cite late payments as a major issue. Thankfully, banking and payment providers are stepping up with innovative and integrated services that make every transaction count.

                At the recent ‘Payments Disrupted’ event, co-hosted by Lloyds and Visa at the Shard in London, they revealed exclusive business sector trends and consumer spending data. It highlighted areas of opportunity for SMBs – provided they have the tech and expert support to guide them.

                The most recent Lloyds Business Barometer shows that business confidence has rebounded to the highest level since August 2024. Nevertheless, firms still cited rising costs and economic uncertainty as major obstacles to growth and investment. These challenges are not new. However, many SMBs could be overlooking an effective way to deal with them through unified payment solutions.

                With the right strategies and tools, businesses can navigate complexities and unpredictability with confidence. Furthermore, they can unlock data-driven insights, cost savings, and the increased operational resilience and adaptability to cope with whatever the future throws at them.

                Cashflow challenges

                Sectors like retail and hospitality, where many businesses are operating on razor-thin margins, are particularly affected. Supply chain disruptions, the need to invest in growth, and seasonal fluctuations, like summer holidays, or peak sales events like Black Friday, can strain available funds.

                For instance, businesses may experience cash-rich periods during peak seasons but struggle to meet operational expenses during quieter times. And with inflation still relatively high, the rising costs of materials, transportation, and labour further exacerbate cashflow challenges.

                Cashflow problems inevitably have a way of seeping into other areas of the business. When cashflow is constrained, it prevents investment in the tools and tech businesses need to function properly. And they could miss out on new services that could streamline operations and lower costs.

                Payment method and integration complexities

                In a world of e-commerce, customer loyalty is not just about offering the best products or services. It’s about delivering a seamless and personalised experience at every touchpoint. According to UK Finance, 85% of UK consumers now use contactless payments – mobile wallet transactions are expected to account for 39% of all POS transactions by 2025. However, only 60% of small businesses have fully integrated digital payment solutions, leaving many at risk of falling behind.

                Businesses can feel bewildered when confronted with the array of payment services that have emerged. Today’s customers expect seamless, secure, and diverse payment options, whether they’re shopping online or in-store. From contactless payments and mobile wallets to QR codes and pay-by-bank solutions, businesses must keep pace with these trends to remain competitive.

                A smooth checkout experience, for instance, can be a significant competitive advantage. According to Visa, 59% of consumers consider a good checkout experience as important as having the best products. And 57% say a poor payment experience is enough to make them switch to a competitor.

                However, integrating the payment methods that customers want can be complex, especially for SMBs with limited resources and expertise. Lloyds’ own research found that 49% of businesses say they find the choice of payment gateways in today’s market overwhelming. Considering the many data security and compliance obligations they’re facing, it’s no wonder that SMBs are asking for more help from their payment providers.

                SMBs can navigate payment complexities with the right partner

                To overcome these complexities, SMBs can partner with payment providers like Lloyds Merchant Services that offer integrated payment solutions, spanning point-of-sale (POS) and omnichannel acceptance. Such solutions not only simplify the payment process but also provide valuable insights into customer behaviour, enabling businesses to tailor their offerings and enhance the customer experience.

                There are other benefits of working with integrated payment solutions. Independent Software Vendors (ISVs) are increasingly powering a lot of the business decisions that SMBs make. For example, to foster loyalty, businesses must go beyond basic payment processing and offer value-added services such as loyalty programmes, personalised discounts, and data-driven insights.

                By analysing spending behaviours, businesses can identify trends and tailor their offerings to meet customer needs. For instance, a restaurant might use payment data to identify its most loyal customers and offer them discounts to encourage repeat visits. So, being connected to these ISVs is increasingly important to ensure consistent payment performance.

                Lloyds Merchant Services has fostered partnerships with leading ISVs and tech vendors to offer the most comprehensive service range in the market. From our partnerships with PayPoint and extending our services to its 60,000-strong merchant network, to our POS device and infrastructure relationships with Fiserv, FreedomPay and Epos Now, we cover almost every business need, with scalability built-in. With Epos Now’s advanced POS, offering a powerful end-to-end solution, SMBs have access to payment acceptance technology that is robust yet flexible and can adapt changing customer needs.

                That includes our flexible Merchant Cash Advance offering which provides quick access to capital based on future card sales. Differing to traditional loans, MCA allows businesses to pay the advance as a percentage of their card transactions, ensuring that payments are in sync with their cashflow. This flexibility is particularly beneficial for businesses with seasonal revenue streams, as it removes the stress of fixed monthly payments during low-income periods.

                Prepare for the future now

                The future of payments is increasingly digital, and businesses that provide customers with the best payment experiences will thrive. Businesses must invest in scalable payment solutions that can adapt to evolving technologies and consumer preferences. By adopting integrated payment solutions, SMBs can navigate the complexities of cash flows, rising operational costs, and evolving customer expectations. Moreover, by leveraging value-added services and staying ahead of technological trends, businesses can foster customer loyalty and drive sustainable growth.

                Partnering with a knowledgeable payments provider that offers service and support that meet different business needs, dedicated relationship management, and industry insights can be a game-changer. It can give SMBs the agility and access to innovation they need to be profitable now and into the future. With expert support at every step, businesses can not only survive today but also seize the opportunities of tomorrow.

                • Digital Payments
                • Embedded Finance

                The global InsurTech sector experienced a notable resurgence in the first quarter of 2025. Funding levels surged to $1.31 billion…

                The global InsurTech sector experienced a notable resurgence in the first quarter of 2025. Funding levels surged to $1.31 billion – an impressive 90.2% increase compared to the previous quarter. This was driven by AI and P&C Sector Investments. It marks the strongest funding performance since Q3 of 2022. This signals renewed investor confidence and a maturing ecosystem poised for innovation.

                P&C

                A major catalyst behind this upswing is the significant capital flow into Property & Casualty (P&C) insurance technology providers. P&C-focused InsurTechs accounted for a staggering $1.13 billion of the total Q1 investment. This highlights a strategic shift among investors towards sectors with proven demand for digital transformation. The ability of these firms to deliver scalable, tech-enabled solutions for underwriting, claims processing, and risk assessment has made them highly attractive investment targets.

                AI

                Furthermore, artificial intelligence (AI) has emerged as a dominant theme in this funding cycle. Roughly 61.2% of the capital raised – totalling over $710 million – was allocated to AI-driven InsurTech companies. These firms are leveraging AI to disrupt traditional models by automating decision-making. This further enhances customer experience, detecting fraud, and enabling hyper-personalised policy offerings. The increasing reliance on AI reflects a broader trend across FinTech sectors, where data-driven technologies are reshaping business models and customer engagement.

                What does the future hold for the InsurTech sector?

                Meanwhile, despite this funding resurgence, early-stage startups in the InsurTech space saw a notable decline in capital inflows, hitting a five-year low. This suggests a market preference for more mature, proven business models with clearer paths to profitability. Investors appear to be adopting a more cautious, value-driven approach. Moreover, the focus is on companies with strong fundamentals and existing market traction rather than speculative early-stage ventures.

                The Q1 2025 results not only point to a healthy rebound for the sector but also underline a directional pivot towards sustainable innovation. InsurTechs that can integrate AI and address the evolving needs of insurers and policyholders alike are positioned to lead the next wave of growth. As the industry continues to digitise, the emphasis on efficiency, personalisation and resilience will likely guide future investment patterns.

                • InsurTech

                Wirex, a leading provider of Web3 banking solutions, has announced the expansion of its Wirex Business platform to BASE, a new layer-2…

                Wirex, a leading provider of Web3 banking solutions, has announced the expansion of its Wirex Business platform to BASE, a new layer-2 blockchain developed by Coinbase. This milestone marks a significant development in Wirex’s vision to provide seamless stablecoin-powered financial services to businesses across the globe.

                BASE Blockchain

                The recently launched Wirex Business platform is rapidly expanding, and this new integration with BASE will enable corporate clients to easily manage treasury functions, issue corporate cards, and handle expenses using stablecoins like USDC and EURC. This expansion allows businesses to integrate both fiat and stablecoin payments seamlessly within their existing operations, while leveraging the cutting-edge technology of the BASE blockchain.

                Key Features of Wirex Business on BASE:

                • Corporate Bank Accounts: Wirex Business provides businesses with corporate bank accounts that can hold both fiat currencies and stablecoins. This feature allows companies to seamlessly manage and convert funds between fiat and digital currencies.
                • Corporate Visa Cards: Wirex Business clients will now be able to issue corporate Visa cards to employees and contractors. These cards can be used globally to make payments in over 80 million merchants, across more than 200 countries. Wirex Business integrates stablecoins like USDC and EURC into the payment infrastructure, allowing for easy spending without the need for conversions or delays.
                • Payroll Cards: In addition to corporate cards, Wirex Business enables the issuance of payroll cards, providing a fast and cost-efficient way for businesses to pay employees and contractors in stablecoins.
                • Stablecoin Payments: Stablecoins based on the BASE blockchain can now be seamlessly spent in 80 million+ merchants globally, offering companies an innovative way to pay for goods and services, all while maintaining transparency and speed.

                Wirex Business continues to innovate and expand its reach within the corporate payments space. It offers a comprehensive suite of banking and payment solutions for Web3 companies and crypto businesses. The integration with BASE blockchain marks a new chapter in Wirex’s journey. Aligning its offerings with industry-leading blockchain technology to provide businesses with seamless, secure, and scalable payment solutions.

                A deeper strategic alliance with blockchain

                Expanding to BASE is just the first step in what will be a much deeper partnership between Wirex, BASE, and Circle throughout 2025. Behind the scenes, the teams are already working closely on broader strategic initiatives. These are aimed at transforming the way businesses interact with digital dollars onchain.

                Ambitious crosschain vision

                “Our expansion to BASE signifies a critical milestone in our commitment to making Web3 banking services accessible to businesses globally. By supporting BASE, we’re enabling corporate clients to operate with seamless, stablecoin-based financial services and empowering them to integrate the benefits of decentralized finance into their day-to-day operations

                Pavel Matveev, Сo-founder of Wirex

                This integration marks the beginning… Wirex Pay has ambitious crosschain plans, with expansion to several other major chains scheduled for later this year. This vision stems from Wirex’s belief in offering native experiences for users on BASE and other ecosystems. Rather than relying solely on swap or bridge mechanisms. Native support ensures better UX, security, and scalability for corporate clients managing stablecoin flows across multiple blockchains.

                “Wirex Business offers an innovative self-custody model that is directly connected with card and banking rails. This self-custody approach ensures that businesses maintain full control of their assets and removes any counterparty risk. By using Wirex’s platform, businesses can harness the power of stablecoins, backed by the flexibility and security of Web3, to revolutionize the way they manage and move funds globally.”

                Daniel Rowlands, General Manager of Wirex Pay

                About Wirex Pay

                Wirex Pay is a pioneering stablecoin payment platform that bridges the gap between blockchain innovation and real-world usability. It is built on Zero Knowledge (ZK) technology. Wirex Pay delivers unmatched privacy, scalability, and efficiency, redefining how stablecoins are utilised for global payments. At the core of Wirex Pay is its ability to issue non-custodial Visa cards. Empowering users to spend their stablecoins seamlessly at over 80 million merchants in 200+ countries wherever Visa is accepted. By combining the reliability of Visa’s global payment network with the innovation of blockchain, Wirex Pay ensures users can transact with confidence and convenience.

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Dave Murphy, Head of Financial Services EMEA & APAC at Publicis Sapient, on why retail banking is at an important crossroads and must react

                Retail banking stands at a pivotal juncture. As digital-first generations reshape customer expectations and competitive pressure from FinTechs and neobanks intensifies, traditional banks face a critical choice: modernise now or risk obsolescence. Publicis Sapient’s latest Global Banking Benchmark Retail Banking Report underscores that “digital by default” is no longer an aspiration. It’s an immediate necessity.

                Drawing on insights from 600 retail banking executives across 13 countries, the report highlights a convergence of transformative forces… The accelerated adoption of Gen AI, the decline of legacy IT infrastructure, and an urgent need to reimagine customer engagement for a younger, mobile-first demographic.

                Digital or Die: A Defining Moment

                Retail banking has been evolving for over two decades, but the stakes have never been higher. In Q1 2025, JPMorgan Chase reported a net income of $14.6 billion, up 9% year-over-year. This was driven by robust trading revenues and investment banking fees. Meanwhile, UK neobanks are making significant strides. Revolut achieved a net profit of $1.0 billion in 2024, marking its first billion-dollar annual profit, with revenues soaring 72% to $4.0 billion. Monzo also reported its first full year of profitability, posting a pre-tax profit of £15.4 million and doubling its revenue to £880 million.

                Despite these advancements, 62% of retail banking executives admit their pace of transformation lags behind competitors. This isn’t a minor delay – it’s a strategic disadvantage in a market where 44% of new currents accounts are already being opened with digital banks and FinTechs.

                Gen AI: Catalyst and Compulsion

                Among all the changes underway, generative AI has emerged as the most powerful and potentially disruptive force. According to the benchmark study, data and AI are the top investment areas for digital transformation over the next three years. Executives are betting big on AI not only to improve customer engagement but also to modernise operations and accelerate core transformation. The impact of Gen AI in banking is tangible. It can:

                • Personalise customer journeys at scale
                • Accelerate software development lifecycles
                • Write code and automate data management
                • Deliver hyper-relevant product recommendations
                • Power AI agents with human-like customer service abilities

                In short, Gen AI makes what was once prohibitively expensive and time-consuming not only possible but scalable.

                The banking customer has changed

                The report makes it clear: retail banks must stop building for yesterday’s customer. Gen Z, who will make up one-third of the workforce by 2030, already prefer mobile-first, always-on banking. They value immediacy, customisation, and authenticity. A staggering 83% of Gen Z consumers say they are frustrated with current bank processes.

                Compounding this generational shift is the growing irrelevance of traditional customer segmentation. Today’s consumers defy linear categorisation. The same individual can be a small business owner, a parent, and a new homeowner. Yet banks often treat them as three separate customers because of product-centric data silos.

                The core problem with legacy thinking

                Legacy systems continue to be the biggest barrier to meaningful transformation. 70% of banking executives say their legacy infrastructure is hindering their ability to deliver the digital experiences customers expect. Many core systems are COBOL-based and nearing end-of-life. Yet banks are reluctant to modernise due to perceived risk and complexity.

                The irony is clear: the risk of maintaining outdated systems now outweighs the risk of change. With Gen AI, banks finally have the tools to confront the 800-pound gorilla in the room – core modernisation.

                Why Core Modernisation is the linchpin

                Modernising the core is about more than infrastructure. It’s the key to unlocking the full value of AI, data, and digital transformation. A modern, cloud-native core enables:

                • Real-time access to first-party and third-party data
                • Agile delivery through microservices
                • Better governance and regulatory transparency
                • Faster go-to-market with new apps and services

                Retail banks that modernise their core can stop building costly middleware just to access data. Instead, they gain a unified view of the customer and the agility to respond to banking market shifts in real time.

                The virtuous cycle of AI and Core

                What’s truly powerful is the feedback loop between Gen AI and a modernised core. Gen AI helps accelerate the core transformation by generating code, automating testing, and streamlining documentation. Once modernised, that core then enhances Gen AI’s capabilities with clean, structured data. This virtuous cycle creates exponential value, making digital transformation faster, cheaper, and more sustainable.

                Retail banks are already allocating 35% of their customer experience digital transformation budgets to Gen AI. Furthermore, many are embedding AI across the entire software development lifecycle using tools like Sapient Slingshot to reduce human error, increase test coverage, and ship better code faster.

                From Product-Centric to People-Centric banking

                Ultimately, the report urges retail banks to shift from a product-centric to a people-centric mindset. That means designing experiences around life moments, not product categories. It means knowing that the mortgage customer is also a small business owner and a parent, and offering solutions that reflect that reality.

                With modern core systems and Gen AI, banks can personalise outreach, tailor financial advice, and meet customers where they are. This holistic view is essential not only for growth but also for loyalty.

                The era of deferral is over. Banks can no longer afford to delay core transformation. Gen AI has lowered the cost, reduced the complexity, and increased the speed of change. The only question left is whether banks are ready to lead or risk falling behind.

                Publicis Sapient is working at the intersection of Gen AI and core modernisation every day… Helping banks link strategy to execution and deliver on the full promise of digital transformation. The future of retail banking isn’t coming – it’s already here. The time to act is now.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Neobanking

                Sprout, the creator of a smarter mortgage payment platform to drive financial freedom, has been named the winner of of…

                Sprout, the creator of a smarter mortgage payment platform to drive financial freedom, has been named the winner of of Pitch360 at Level39 during UK FinTech Week.

                Sprout’s Co-Founder, Asis Tewari, thanked the judges and organisers for running an inspiring session and offered praise for fellow finalists. “It was a privilege to pitch alongside such passionate and innovative founders. We learned a lot… Thank you also to London Business School and Jeff Skinner for helping validate our journey, and to Sir Andrew Likierman for giving us the confidence to kick off. And for introducing us to Professor Joao F. Cocco and his white paper on Portfolio Choice in the Presence of Housing.”

                Sprout

                Sprout empowers homeowners to build lasting wealth by making smarter mortgage decisions. With AI-driven insights, smart automation, and a user-friendly interface, it can simplify homeownership – aligning your mortgage with long-term financial goals and future flexibility.

                Tewari was inspired to launch Sprout after a dinner with Anil Agarwal, billionaire industrialist and Chairman of Vedanta… “He told me: The only way to build real wealth is through investing in markets — and every generation needs to start as early as possible.”

                Why Use Sprout?

                • Do you know the true return of your property? Sprout tracks the real costs and value of your property to give an accurate return.
                • Are your mortgage repayments really building wealth? Sprout makes it simple to allocate your payment wisely, giving you the ability to pay down your mortgage smarter.
                • Is your money working hard for you? Sprout gives you exclusive access to best-in-class funds.

                Pitch360

                Innovate Finance’s flagship pitching competition, Pitch360, is taking place across the UK in 2025. There are six regional pitch events across a 12-month campaign, featuring live events in the North, South West, Midlands, Scotland, Northern Ireland and Wales. Pitch360 shines a spotlight on the best FinTech talent and emerging technologies the UK has to offer. It’s aim is to showcase how FinTech innovation can help drive the growth agenda and transform financial services.

                Find out about future events, and apply to pitch, here.

                About Innovate Finance

                Innovate Finance is the independent industry body for UK FinTech. It’s mission is to accelerate the UK’s leading role in the financial services sector. It does this by directly supporting the next generation of technology-led innovators to create a more inclusive, more democratic and more effective financial services sector that works better for everyone.

                • Embedded Finance
                • Neobanking

                The Embedded Finance Market is estimated at $115.8 billion in 2024 and is projected to reach $251.5 billion by 2029, at a…

                The Embedded Finance Market is estimated at $115.8 billion in 2024 and is projected to reach $251.5 billion by 2029, at a CAGR of 16.8% from 2024 to 2029, according to a new report by MarketsandMarkets. 

                Embedded Finance disruption

                The embedded finance market is experiencing a massive disruption because of the development of technologies such as API, AI, and Blockchain. This capability allows companies to incorporate financial services into their platforms, delivering consistent and unique solutions. Furthermore, demand for complex, value-added, readily available services that can be offered in real-time has prompted firms in almost all industries to embrace Embedded Finance.

                This shift helps non-financial firms to provide banking, lending, insurance, and payment services, which fortifies customer relations and generates more revenues. This market is divided into segments based on different aspects, such as the type, business model, and industry. These segments collectively offer a comprehensive overview of the evolving Embedded Finance landscape and its potential business implications.

                By 2029, the Embedded Finance market is expected to have a robust growth trajectory

                Substantial growth in the embedded finance market is driven by the rising digitalisation of financial services and the emergence of customised solutions across diverse industries. The seamless integration of financial services into non-financial platforms is being facilitated by technologies such as APIs and artificial intelligence, which are playing a crucial role in this transformation. Sectors such as healthcare, eCommerce, and transportation are increasingly adopting embedded payments, lending, and insurance to improve customer experiences and streamline operations. This expansion is driven by both B2B and B2C models, as businesses collaborate with FinTech providers to integrate financial services into their ecosystems. Customer relationships are being strengthened and new revenue opportunities are being unlocked.

                Based on industry, the healthcare sector is expected to have the highest growth rate

                The growing need for hassle-free, patient-focused payment solutions has led to the incorporation of embedded finance solutions into healthcare platforms. Digital health technologies, such as telemedicine and wearable devices, are driving the integration of payment, lending, and insurance options in the healthcare sector. Regulatory support for innovation in FinTech and healthcare, along with the demand for affordable and precise billing systems, is speeding up adoption for Embedded Finance solutions. Moreover, collaborations between FinTech companies and healthcare providers are making way for tailored financial products, enhancing patient access to care while simplifying provider revenue cycles. These factors are driving the widespread adoption of Embedded Finance in the healthcare industry, supporting the growth rate of the market and underscoring its transformative potential in the healthcare sector.

                FinTech innovation is thriving

                FinTech innovation is giving way to a thriving market in North America. Companies are now directly incorporating financial services, such as payments, lending, and insurance, directly into their core offerings. Companies such as Stripe, PayPal, and Plaid, which provide comprehensive solutions to enable other businesses to integrate financial capabilities efficiently, are leading the Embedded Finance sector in the United States. Canada is witnessing growth in the market, with companies like Shopify integrating payment and financing options into their eCommerce platform, thus improving the customer experience. The US Embedded Finance market is more mature, whereas Canada is catching up and the market growth would be facilitated by its robust technology ecosystem and supportive regulation.

                • Embedded Finance

                Husnain Bajwa, SVP Product – Risk Solutions at SEON, on KYC detection and verification to combat fraud in financial services

                Many fraudsters today are no longer just criminals – they’re technologists wielding powerful artificial intelligence (AI) as their primary weapon. As fraud techniques evolve, businesses are becoming increasingly vulnerable to sophisticated adversaries. With the rising wave of AI-powered fraud, traditional fraud prevention methods, which heavily emphasise Know-Your-Customer (KYC) processes, are struggling to keep pace.

                Fraudsters have learned to exploit the inherent delays in standard KYC processes. They use AI to generate synthetic identities and automate infiltration techniques at an unprecedented scale. By the time most verification processes kick in, significant resources have already been spent, and potential damage has been incurred. To gain the upper hand, companies must move beyond isolated identity checks and adopt a more integrated approach. This combines pre-KYC detection with advanced KYC verification. A dual-layered defence system that’s both proactive and agile enough to adapt to the evolving threat landscape.

                Introducing Pre-KYC fraud detection

                Since KYC processes are essential for businesses to meet regulatory requirements and maintain compliance, the solution isn’t to abandon KYC but to transform it. Organisations must adopt a pre-KYC detection layer that detects fraud before it reaches verification processes.

                What does this look like in practice? It starts by analysing a user’s digital footprint. This includes key data points, such as the age of an email address, phone number history, IP address patterns and social media activity. These indicators help assess the authenticity of a user’s identity. For example, a newly created email or an IP address associated with a known VPN service can be red flags, signalling possible fraudulent intentions and enabling businesses to proactively intervene before harm occurs.

                Device intelligence further strengthens the initial stages of pre-KYC user verification. This technology detects discrepancies in device integrity, such as emulators, proxies or device spoofing techniques. These are common tactics fraudsters employ to conceal their true identities. Advanced device fingerprinting tools are critical in identifying when a device’s profile does not match its user’s provided details or shows unusual behaviour, adding an extra layer of security.

                Adding to this framework, behavioural analytics play a pivotal role by monitoring how users interact with platforms. Analysing navigation patterns, session durations and behaviours during account setup can expose irregularities that suggest fraudulent activities. Indicators such as repetitive account creation attempts with varied data points or abnormally quick typing and navigation speeds often point to bot-driven fraud. This provides businesses with opportunities to intervene early in the user engagement process.

                Combining Pre-KYC Technology with traditional methods

                While pre-KYC tools can identify potential threats early, KYC verification remains essential for ensuring that the users who pass initial screening are legitimate. Once a user reaches this stage, robust identity verification methods must be in place to confirm the authenticity of the individual’s information.

                Modern KYC processes must combine several features: document verification, biometric checks and address verification. The first, document verification, involves using optical character recognition (OCR) and machine learning to scan government-issued IDs and detect forgeries in real time. Additional security in this realm can be attained via facial comparisons – matching a user’s selfie with the photo on their ID – to ensure that the person behind the camera is the same as the one in the presented documentation.

                Next, advanced liveness detection aids in combating both deepfake technology and image-based fraud – two fraud vectors on the rise. By requiring users to perform specific actions or gestures during verification processes, liveness detection ensures that fraudsters can’t simply upload a static image or video to impersonate someone. Lastly, address verification provides further protection, confirming a user’s address against authoritative databases or recent utility bills. These checks are crucial for businesses in regulated industries, where proof of residency is often a compliance requirement.

                The growing threat of AI-powered fraud

                Now that fraudsters can access AI tools, the fraud game has entirely changed. Bad actors can generate synthetic identities, manipulate biometric data and even create deepfake videos to pass KYC processes. Additionally, AI enables fraudsters to test security systems at scale, quickly iterating and adapting methods based on system responses.

                In light of these new threats, businesses need dynamic solutions that can learn and evolve in real time. Ironically, the same technology serving sophisticated fraud can be our most potent defence. Using AI to enhance both pre-KYC and KYC processes delivers the capability to identify complex fraud patterns, adapting faster than human-driven systems ever could. These AI-powered tools don’t just detect fraud – they predict and prevent it by continuously learning from each attempted breach.

                At the pre-KYC stage, machine learning (ML) algorithms can identify patterns and anomalies across vast amounts of user data, providing more accurate and faster risk assessments. As fraudsters evolve, these systems can recognise emerging fraud patterns, preventing bad actors from bypassing security.

                Similarly, AI-driven verification methods can detect increasingly sophisticated forgeries and manipulations in the KYC phase. At the same time, adaptive authentication systems can increase or decrease the level of verification required based on the user’s risk profile. This flexibility strengthens security and enhances the user experience by reducing friction for legitimate users.

                The stakes are set to climb

                The battle against AI-empowered fraud isn’t just about preventing financial losses. It’s about maintaining customer trust in an increasingly sceptical digital marketplace. Every fraudulent transaction erodes confidence, and that’s a cost too high to bear in today’s competitive landscape.

                Businesses that take a multi-layered approach, integrating pre-KYC and KYC processes in a unified fraud prevention strategy, can stake one step ahead of fraudsters. The key is ensuring that fraud prevention tools – data-rich, AI-driven and flexible – are as adaptive as the threats they are designed to stop. The future of fraud prevention isn’t about building higher walls; it’s about creating smarter, more adaptive and intelligent systems to anticipate and neutralise threats before they materialise.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Vikas Krishan, Chief Digital Business Officer & Head of EMEA at Altimetrik, on the disruptive power of AI in FinTech

                AI is already disrupting every area of the Financial Services Industry, and is being included in almost every strategic conversation around technology-enabled transformation. This transformation is exemplified by industry leaders like JP Morgan Chase. CEO Jamie Dimon has championed a £12 billion annual investment in data and technology, overseeing over 400 AI use cases. These include fraud detection, customer service improvements and operational efficiencies across the bank. The core platforms underpinning the industry risk buckling under the weight of modernisation. AI is gradually loosening the components of legacy institutions and presenting fresh opportunities. These are scalable, resilient and adaptable to the agile needs of Financial Services. Through this reimagining of core platforms, those who choose to act now can expect to leapfrog their competition. Meanwhile, those who fail to act now risk obscurity, lack of productivity and being disregarded by their consumer base. 

                The transition to new architectures 

                For decades, banks have relied on legacy systems to power their core operations. These often ageing platforms are becoming increasingly difficult and expensive to maintain. They have been built both in languages not commonly used and architected with a different business reality in mind. Many frequently lack the flexibility required to meet the demands of today’s digital-first customers. They also struggle to integrate with modern financial technologies. A significant challenge facing organisations is the accumulation of technical debt. There is a cost to additional work or rework caused by choosing quick or limited solutions over more robust, maintainable approaches. Over time, this can lead to significant issues that compound the challenges of legacy systems.

                This lack of nimbleness is often the byproduct of a Frankenstein approach to architectural systems. Many financial institutions have traditionally built new features or attempted to fuse together two platforms. This is a delicate balancing act, requiring extensive planning and careful execution. If done with limited oversight, challenges can arise. These include operational disruptions, increased security risks and obvious incompatibility issues. The high risks and cost burdens associated with maintaining legacy platforms has led many banks to reconsider traditional merger approaches. Increasingly opting for modern, cloud-based microservices driven solutions that offer enhanced scalability, security and integration potential. 

                Meeting the challenge

                As the industry establishes governance around this necessary transition, core platforms are being replaced by newer, more adaptable microservice-based architectures. Navigating this evolution requires leveraging an industry partner with a deep understanding of the complexities and risks involved. There are challenges moving from monolithic core systems to flexible, modern frameworks. 

                If we think back five years or so, many players in the market were already aware of this critical shift. Companies like Misys and Avaloq were acquired by private equity firms and given substantial investment to advance digital initiatives, developing solution suites. The reason for this was clear, everyone understood the market was changing. However, the challenge still remains in managing the migration of large, complex platforms. The key question has always been how to de-risk these migrations when moving to newer architectures. This is an issue across organisations, and it is something that we at Altimetrik actively work with clients in financial services to address. 

                Data first with AI

                If we consider platforms such as core banking or payments systems, the data generated from these transactions should, in theory, hold value. However, gaining insights from legacy platforms is significantly more challenging and the cost of extracting and utilising that data is often prohibitive. It is here that a data-driven approach to AI must be agreed upon.  

                High-quality, accurate data lies at the core of every successful AI implementation. AI thrives on data; the more precise the data, the better the AI can learn and provide reliable insights. This fundamental truth highlights the importance of data integrity within the AI ecosystem. However, many financial institutions are struggling in this area, both in effectively using internal data and leveraging accurate, timely external data. As companies grow, their data environments become increasingly complex, adding to these challenges. 

                As financial services organisations expand, they often face the challenge of data silos, declining data quality and scattered, disconnected data repositories. This leads to a fragmented data ecosystem. It can limit AI’s potential to deliver meaningful insights and drive improvements. This transformation requires active leadership from the top. Successful digital transformation depends on executive-level commitment and understanding. Leaders like Charles Scharf of Wells Fargo demonstrates how CEO ownership of data and AI initiatives drives organisation-wide adoption and success. Their hands-on approach ensures these technologies aren’t just IT projects, but core business strategy enablers.

                A Single Source of Truth with AI

                To overcome this, financial institutions should establish a Single Source of Truth (SSOT) and in doing so move away from older, somewhat clumsy core platforms. An SSOT will provide a unified, consistent view of data across the organisation. This accelerates decision-making with greater confidence. As demonstrated by successful implementations across the industry. For exmple, Bank of America’s AI-powered virtual assistant Erica providing personalised financial advice to Wells Fargo’s modernised data infrastructure. This enables enhanced risk assessment and management. By centralising core data, an SSOT enables the identification of operational inefficiencies, better monitoring of customer behaviours and effective execution of strategies to foster growth. 

                The key question is how to successfully de-risk this transition from a fixed cost base to a more flexible, agile one. This transition is essential for becoming an outcomes-focused business with greater adaptability. So, how can technology help achieve this?  

                One approach involves what is often (unfortunately) referred to as a Strangler Pattern. Instead of a wholesale shift from one platform to another, this modulated approach guides clients on a journey that focuses on gradually moving specific functionalities. By decomposing the legacy system function by function, we rebuild each component within the new platform. This allows the old system to run in parallel until fully replaced. Thus shrinking the monolithic structure in a manageable, low-risk way. It is a method preferred by many large financial services players when they move to become digital businesses.

                By working within a digital business methodology that prioritises outcomes over technology, we gain significant advantages. The beauty of this function is its flexibility. When implementing a new function, the management of a FS firm may discover it isn’t meeting expectations or fulfilling business needs. And yet these clients still have the security of the old platform to fall back on and can easily revert back to the original system and refine the new function before trying again. This way of working ensures a safety net. It can reduce risk and enable iterative improvements without causing major disruptions to business operations. 

                The full picture  

                The transformation of core platforms through AI presents both immense opportunity and significant challenges. Those institutions willing to embrace this change, adopting data-first approaches and modern architectures, are poised to redefine the industry landscape. The transition, whilst complex, can be managed through measured strategies allowing for gradual, low-risk modernisation. As we move forward, the success of financial institutions will increasingly hinge on their ability to harness AI’s potential. They will need to create unified data ecosystems and adapt to the evolving needs of the digital age. Financial services businesses must embrace AI and modernise their core platforms or risk becoming as obsolete as a floppy disk.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Ayre Group founder Calvin Ayre stresses the power of Blockchain in helping to overcome security and transparency challenges in financial data

                The financial services sector is built on trust. However, ongoing data breaches, security vulnerabilities, and inefficiencies have severely eroded confidence in the industry. In the past five years alone, 69% of financial institutions have experienced at least one data breach, exposing the sector’s ongoing Cybersecurity challenges.

                Financial institutions handle vast amounts of sensitive customer data, including personal identification details, transaction histories, and confidential records. All of which are prime targets for sophisticated cyber criminals. Furthermore, in exploiting weaknesses in legacy systems, third-party integrations, and cloud infrastructures, attackers gain unauthorised access, manipulate data, and compromise financial integrity.

                Leveraging Blockchain technology

                Recently, studies have been testing and trialling data breach detection systems that leverage Blockchain technology. This includes utilising smart contracts, self-executing agreements with predefined rules, to generate alert notifiers. These studies underscore the potential of Blockchain to enhance the speed and accuracy of data breach detection. Improvements from the standard 200+ days can be made up to as little as 10 seconds.

                However, external threats are only part of the problem. Internal risks such as human error, data mismanagement, and outdated compliance frameworks further exacerbate data integrity issues. Nearly a third (28%) of financial service organisations cite mistakes from manual processes as their biggest data reconciliation pain point. Another key issue is the continued reliance on legacy systems, which lack the automation, security, and scalability required to maintain accurate and tamper-proof records. This highlights the growing need to restore confidence in financial data.

                These ongoing challenges have far-reaching consequences. Alarmingly, 40% of CFOs express doubts about the accuracy of their financial records. This raises serious concerns about governance, regulatory compliance, and financial stability. Insider fraud, unauthorised transactions, and data manipulation remain major risks; calling for institutions to implement immutable systems. One such solution is Blockchain technology. As a decentralised ledger that guarantees data integrity, Blockchain can play a crucial role in enhancing the reliability of data.

                Many institutions hesitate to adopt new technologies due to high costs and operational disruption. A report by Duco and the Financial Technologies Forum revealed that 64% of financial institutions perceive the transformation of manual processes as too expensive or time-consuming. But Blockchain technology presents a new era of data resilience that. It can address these challenges head-on, enhancing security, and restoring trust in financial data.

                Restoring resilience with the power of Blockchain

                One of the most powerful features of Blockchain is its ability to create immutable records. Every transaction is securely logged, forming transparent and tamper-proof audit trails. By enabling real-time auditing and decentralised verification, Blockchain reduces the risks associated with human error, fraud, and outdated systems.

                BSV Blockchain, with its focus on scalability and low-cost transactions, enhances these benefits by enabling high-volume data processing on-chain. It makes real-time auditing more efficient and cost-effective. Additionally, its data provenance capabilities allow institutions to track the origin, history, and any modifications of every data entry. Moreover, it offers complete accuracy, ensuring the creation of auditable and reliable records that help to eliminate discrepancies. This can also minimise information asymmetry across the financial ecosystem.

                Accurate risk assessment is the cornerstone of financial services. Investors and institutions need reliable data to evaluate risk levels in specific markets and positions. Blockchain enhances this process by providing trustworthy data that can be verified and traced back to its source. It also reduces information asymmetry by ensuring wide accessibility to high-quality data. These features boost efficiency, making markets work more effectively and enabling money to flow to investments that are correctly priced according to their risk. Furthermore, because the data is always available and immutable, it allows for quick risk assessments. This helps individuals respond faster to market changes.

                Blockchain also has the ability to revolutionise credit ratings, making assessments more transparent, automated, and fair. Further ensuring businesses and individuals gain more equitable access to financial services. Traditionally, credit assessments have been opaque, slow, and prone to biases. Blockchain enables automated credit scoring using real-time data and self-executing smart contracts. This approach can provide a more accurate and unbiased measure of creditworthiness.

                For example, companies like Lendoit leverage blockchain-based platforms that use decentralised credit ratings to offer fairer access to financial services. This especially benefits individuals and businesses traditionally underserved by standard credit systems.

                A new era of trust and efficiency in financial services

                Financial institutions face an increase in sophisticated cyber threats and the challenge of managing vast data volumes. Adopting Blockchain-based solutions will be essential for long-term sustainability. With immutable records, real-time reconciliation, and automated auditing, the financial sector can reduce risks, lower operational costs, and rebuild trust among investors, regulators, and consumers. The adoption of Blockchain will be crucial in addressing the data integrity challenges highlighted earlier, helping to restore confidence in the industry.

                By embracing Blockchain, financial institutions can future proof their operations. This can foster greater financial inclusion, and redefine trust in the financial ecosystem. Those who adopt these advancements will not only strengthen their competitive position but will also help shape a new era of transparency, security, and innovation in global financial markets.

                For more Blockchain insights from Calvin Ayre visit Ayre Group

                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                HBX Group eWallet incorporates advanced features such as integrated financing, access to invoices and complete traceability of transactions

                HBX Group, a leading independent B2B travel technology marketplace has launched the HBX Group eWallet. This innovative B2B payments platform is specifically designed for the travel industry. The product has been developed in collaboration with FinPayan e-money institution regulated by the Bank of Spain. It will be initially available in Spain in April 2025, with plans to expand to OECD countries starting in June.

                B2B eWallet

                A B2B eWallet is a digital solution that allows companies to securely store and manage payments quickly, and efficiently. Operating similarly to a digital wallet for consumers, it is designed to facilitate instant, cross-border transactions between companies. HBX Group eWallet, developed specifically for the travel industry, goes a step further. It incorporates advanced features such as integrated financing, invoice access, and full transaction traceability. Its aim is to digitise and automate B2B payments, reduce transaction costs, and improve the operational scalability of the travel ecosystem.

                “HBX Group eWallet represents a decisive step toward modernising B2B payments in the travel ecosystem,” says Daniel Nordholm, chief product and new business officer at HBX Group. “We want to set a new standard for efficiency and security in the sector. The partnership with FinPay allows us to achieve this with a solution tailored to the industry’s needs.”

                “This collaboration with HBX Group leverages the full potential of financial technology applied to real-world business contexts,” says Juan Antonio Soriano, CEO of FinPay. “FinPay represents a breakthrough in the digitalisation of B2B payments and financing. And we are proud to be the technology partner making it possible.”

                Registration on the platform implies acceptance of the terms and conditions of FinPay, the entity responsible for the payment and financing services integrated into the solution.

                About HBX Group

                HBX Group is a leading global independent B2B travel technology marketplace. It owns and operates Hotelbeds, Bedsonline, and Roiback. It offers a network of interconnected travel technology products and services to partners. These include online marketplaces, tour operators, travel advisors, airlines, loyalty programmes, destinations and travel suppliers.

                The vision is to simplify the complex and fragmented travel industry through a combination of cloud-based technology solutions. This includes curated data and a broad portfolio of products designed to maximise revenue. HBX Group is present in 170 countries and employs more than 3,600 people worldwide. It is committed to making travel a force for good, creating a positive social and environmental impact.

                • Digital Payments

                Sofia Kyriakopoulou, Chief Data & Analytics Officer at SCOR on how GenAI is driving InsurTech innovation at leading reinsurer SCOR

                Sofia Kyriakopoulou, a Fintech Strategy AI Champion and Group Chief Data & Analytics Officer at SCOR, spoke at InsurTech Insights revealing how GenAI innovation at one of the world’s largest reinsurers is transcending the realm of proof of concepts to become fully productive…

                SCOR is as a tier one reinsurer – adaptable and business oriented. We are nimble, deeply technical and very focused on where and when we can play. We have an ambition to grow with our clients and see AI as the differentiator to allow us to innovate, offer new services, and to increase insurability. At SCOR, AI is not the future ambition. It’s here and now in InsurTech.

                Delivering business value at scale with AI

                In my role as SCOR’s Group Chief Data Analytics Officer I don’t just oversee data and AI initiatives, I aim to ensure they deliver business value at scale. Doing an AI proof of concept is relatively easy. Getting this into the hands of the user, that’s hard. And that’s what we strive to do at SCOR today. I want to give to you a glimpse of our approach and to share with you how we’re building the insurer of the future.

                Since GenAI came into our lives in May 2022 we have all been following the frenzy of its unprecedented rise. It has the potential to change the way we work. And there are very few places where this potential is more relevant than insurance. We have ample data that has never been touched by digitalisation… The submissions, the contracts, the statements of accounts and so on. All of us who have been in data science who have tried the traditional models, we have seen the pain. The annotations, the laborious testing validation. And finally, if we could get it to work, it would’ve been so hard to scale it throughout the lines of business from the markets. Then came GenAI. And by now, many of us have figured out what it can do and what we would like to achieve with it.

                GenAI can summarise what treaties look like across their addendums in agreements. And it can do more… Take out pieces of information and fill in my template, fill up my IT system, fill up my database. In the end, it’s not about what the technology does, it’s about what we do with it. And at the core we are focusing the opportunities in two places. Number one, the processes where it could create massive efficiencies. Number two, the new data points that could augment our analytics. And once we combine that with deep industry expertise, we believe that’s when we can go beyond pure automation.

                Data in the DNA

                At SCOR data is in our DNA. We’re a very technical company full of high calibre individuals and we’re growing. We see AI as a differentiator to be able to do more with the most precious piece of capital that we have – our people. So, we are embedding APIs where we believe it matters most. First of all, with our workforce. AI-powered tools are a commodity, but they’re essential. We are equipping our personnel with secure access to third party tools – essential to increase their effectiveness and efficiency. That’s where the value starts to arise – the processes. Identifying those document intensive processes where adding AI could significantly expedite them. Getting the data points for analytics that could make our decisions faster and more efficient. And that’s where it becomes really interesting, as we contemplate the jewels of the crown that we could be building.

                AI-Powered InsurTech Underwriting

                We believe differentiation comes from AI-powered underwriting and claims solutions. Through SCOR’s digital solutions, we’re coupling our internal knowhow with AI models to create an advantage for us as we use them internally and for our clients. We want to make the AI-powered underwriting process real when an application or submission comes in and triggers the engine to go straight to process. A certain percentage of cases work like that. Currently, if an underwriting repairer is needed the human looks at that. If we don’t have sufficient evidence that will need to be attained for the process to be reviewed again. Then we can decide what’s wrong with it. There are issues we can overcome… Number one – always back and forth with delays. Number two is human judgment – humans are not very consistent. And number three – we’re missing all the insights that we could have brought in from the past evidence. So, could we do better? Yes, we could add AI on all those human steps and augment them. We could do that. But could we look at it differently?

                Could we think of this not sequentially, but at once, synthesising all the necessary data points when they’re needed. Looking at it again, we take evidence, we apply AI, we are structuring essential elements out, we’re triggering the underwriting rule engine, and then we’re adding any further information we have available that could support the decision making. Finally, we’re recommending to the underwriter what they should do. And to signify that this is supporting the underwriter, it’s an underwriting system and the small automation that could happen upstream. This is exactly what we’re currently using internally to augment life and health to support our underwriters.

                SCOR’s AI Assistant

                Our AI-powered underwriting capability is something we can provide to our clients through SCOR’s digital solution; we call it the AI Assistant. And here’s what it does in practice. When applications come in, we select the chain of thought that we’ll apply. For example, we ask it to think like a medical underwriter. It then extracts the essential pieces from the medical reports, joint records and vital family history. And then it creates a digital twin – the standardised pieces of information that the underwriters believe are the essential data points.

                We store them and then we go deeper. We are putting the human in the loop so that humans can validate the actual sources of information. And then we complete the decision making. For example, the AI Assistant could detect an impairment and suggest the next course of action. This signifies the direction of sale. That’s the gold standard that we want to strive for.

                Scaling AI with InsurTech

                We don’t stop at experimentation. Data scientists like me, we love the tip of the iceberg. That’s where it’s exciting, and you can push to get the proof of concept to work. But in fact, under the water lies the very hard work one has to do… The building up of a data foundation; putting all the essential data assets together at the level of data quality that we can trust; establishing the necessary governance and then developing the IT platform in an equally robust way so it can scale. The proof of concept is not just an experiment.

                We must plug in the actual IT landscape, the InsurTech tools where the AI is going to be consumed. And then you can go deeper and link the processes with the humans… In order to positively disrupt the process and keep the human in the loop they must be part of the journey from day one. We must educate our teams, demystify what AI is and isn’t. We must listen to their reactions because they’re the ones we will rely on to elevate the model performance.

                Meeting the gold standard with InsurTech

                Effective change management is for me, the essential element to allow us to go end-to-end. With insurance, and reinsurance, I believe we have come a long way. From the underwriting manuals to the rule engines, to the first AI models, probably now to the first cracking of the notorious submissions… It has been such a journey transforming both technology and the way we work. The shift, however, is beyond technology. It’s about how we operate, how we innovate, and how we create value for us and for our clients. Today, thanks to our ability to be nimble and technical at SCOR, we are in a position to connect all of the new capabilities of this value chain into what is an end-to-end comprehensive risk view. And for me, that’s the gold standard for InsurTech and what we are striving for with this AI revolution.

                • InsurTech

                Collaboration combines Plumery’s API-first digital platform with Darien Technology’s regional expertise to modernise customer experiences in South America and Spain

                Plumery, a customer-centric digital banking experience platform, has announced a strategic partnership with Darien Technology. The consulting and technology firm specialises in financial services across South America and Spain.

                Digital Banking Transformation

                The partnership is focused on empowering banks and other financial institutions to modernise their digital channels. This is done without the complexity or cost of full-scale core replacements. Plumery’s developer-friendly, API-driven architecture is being combined with Darien Technology’s on-the-ground expertise in technology consulting, software development and UX/UI design. Moreover, the two companies are offering a fast, flexible path to digital transformation tailored to the needs of regional financial institutions.

                Ben Goldin, Founder and CEO of Plumery, said: “This partnership allows us to extend Plumery’s reach into markets that are undergoing rapid digital change but are often held back by rigid legacy systems. Our platform provides the foundation for financial institutions to deliver seamless digital banking journeys that are easy to launch, fully customisable, and designed to scale. Through a focus on speed, cost-efficiency, and customer experience, we’re giving institutions the autonomy to evolve continuously. Without being tied to expensive vendor lock-ins or slow, professional service-heavy delivery models.”

                A collaboration driving modern banking

                The collaboration introduces a modern digital banking stack that integrates seamlessly with existing core systems and FinTech ecosystems. It offers financial institutions the ability to deliver omnichannel digital experiences across web and mobile. From frictionless onboarding, KYC compliance to personalised engagement and full loan origination journeys. Furthermore, the combined proposition allows financial institutions to respond immediately to changing customer expectations.

                Plumery’s event-driven platform architecture and cloud-native infrastructure allow for real-time responsiveness, while its open design ensures banks and other financial institutions maintain full control over the user experience. Darien Technology complements this functionality with regional delivery capabilities and deep expertise in guiding financial institutions through complex innovation journeys.

                Luis Salazar, Digital Transformation Director & CDO, EMEA at Darien Technology, said: “We’re thrilled to partner with Plumery. Their flexible, cloud-native, event-driven architecture and developer-friendly approach to digital banking, coupled with their ability to support progressive modernisation without the need for large-scale core transformations aligns perfectly with our mission to help financial institutions innovate with speed and confidence. Together, we bring not only best-in-class technology, but also deep implementation experience and local market insight that ensures banks can turn strategy into reality with reduced risk and faster time to value.”

                About Plumery

                Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery’s mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide. Regardless of size, it crafts distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences. 

                Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. This blend has been cultivated through years of experience at start-ups, scale-ups, and established financial institutions. Most notably at globally leading financial technology companies, where they were instrumental in creating disruptive digital banking solutions and platforms that now serve 300+ banks globally.  

                Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric platform provides banks with the foundation for success beyond fast-time-to-market. It helps expedite the development of their digital front ends. Moreover, significantly cutting costs compared to in-house initiatives or solutions with high total cost of ownership (TCO).  

                About Darien Technology

                Darien Technology is a digital transformation and technology consulting firm. It empowers organisations across South America and Europe to accelerate innovation, modernise legacy systems, and deliver best-in-class digital experiences.

                The company has nearly a decade of experience delivering complex projects in financial services, government, and education. Darien is trusted by some of the region’s most forward-thinking institutions. Its capabilities span across end-to-end software development, systems integration, UX/UI design, cloud infrastructure, digital onboarding, document management, identity verification, and AI-driven data insights.

                From modernising banking platforms and CRM systems to launching digital onboarding solutions and mobile banking apps, Darien Technology brings the right mix of strategic guidance and hands-on technical delivery. Specialised teams – covering digital consulting, software factories, and marketing automation – allow it to deliver scalable, customer-centric platforms. Furthermore, these improve operational efficiency and user engagement.

                Headquartered in Panama with a growing presence in Spain, DarienT’s team of consultants, engineers, and designers understand the unique challenges of regional markets. They are committed to delivering solutions that are agile, secure, and future-ready.

                • Digital Payments

                In a major move for blockchain-powered finance, Kinexys by J.P. Morgan has launched GBP-denominated Blockchain Deposit Accounts at its London…

                In a major move for blockchain-powered finance, Kinexys by J.P. Morgan has launched GBP-denominated Blockchain Deposit Accounts at its London branch. This marks a significant expansion of its Kinexys Digital Payments platform into the UK market. The innovation introduces one of the first blockchain-native banking products of its kind in the region. It is designed to facilitate 24/7 real-time payments and cross-border transactions for institutional clients.

                SwapAgent, a London Stock Exchange Group Post Trade Solutions business, and Trafigura, a global leader in commodities trading, are the inaugural clients on the platform. The deployment signals a meaningful step in the evolution of blockchain in mainstream banking infrastructure, particularly in foreign exchange (FX) settlement, liquidity management, and programmable finance.

                Blockchain delivering Programmable, Round-the-Clock Liquidity

                The new offering allows corporate clients to settle GBP-denominated payments anytime, including weekends. And while accessing same-day FX settlements and real-time cross-border capabilities. This follows the platform’s earlier rollout of EUR-denominated blockchain accounts in Frankfurt and continues Kinexys’s push for global digital payment standardization.

                SwapAgent will integrate Kinexys accounts into its digital post-trade pilot, with an eye toward broader adoption that could see blockchain accounts become a central part of its settlement architecture.

                “As we expand SwapAgent’s settlement capabilities and enhance our digital presence, we’re eager to collaborate with Kinexys by J.P. Morgan”

                Nathan Ondyak, CEO, SwapAgent

                Trafigura Eyes Transformation in Cross-Border Treasury

                Trafigura plans to leverage Kinexys accounts for real-time payments across New York, London, and Singapore, integrating programmable fund movement to streamline treasury operations across its global network.

                “We are excited to advance our capabilities… [and] benefit from a transformative financial solution that will streamline our operations and enhance our competitive edge”

                Chris McLaughlin, Global Head of Group Treasury, Trafigura

                Kinexys: Momentum Behind the Numbers

                Since inception, Kinexys has processed more than $1.5 trillion in transactions, with daily volumes exceeding $2 billion and 10x year-over-year growth. Its programmable payments feature, offering a self-serve “if-this-then-that” interface, provides users with automation options that traditional banking infrastructure has struggled to match.

                This move cements J.P. Morgan’s blockchain unit as a first mover in institutional-grade digital payments infrastructure in the UK, positioning Kinexys as a major player in the convergence of blockchain, treasury, and cross-border payments.

                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Digital Payments

                Ozone API launches industry-first tool that enables US banks to calculate the cost of building and maintaining their own open banking APIs 

                Ozone API, the global leader in open banking technology, has launched an industry-first tool. It forecasts an accurate estimated cost for US banks planning on building their own API infrastructure. It comes in response to the recent Section 1033 rulemaking under the Dodd-Frank Act. This means that American consumers will have the right to access and share their financial data.  

                API Build It Calculator

                The “Build It Calculator” can estimate the cost to a US bank of building and maintaining its own API infrastructure. It does this by analysing data points including, but not limited to, the desired length of time for project completion, the financial institution’s hosting costs and the value of a bank’s deposits. This information is then fed into a formula built according to Ozone API’s extensive experience delivering open banking infrastructure globally.

                Moreover, the final cost even includes the salaries of employees required to support the project. This is calculated in line with the proportion of their annual working hours that would be spent on the API build, implementation and maintenance. 
                 
                Having already been tested and validated by banks in the US, the tool helps financial institutions understand the complexity and cost involved in building APIs. Furthermore, it also reveals the hidden costs of maintenance, which can often be as much as half the cost of initial implementation every single year.  
                 
                Using the Build It Calculator, banks of all sizes can estimate both the up-front cost and maintenance costs of building their own open banking APIs in a single phone call with Ozone API. This brings significant clarity to initiatives that often reach eight-figure budgets. 

                Open Banking with APIs

                “Open banking technology brings huge benefits to financial institutions as well as businesses and consumers, but building API architectures does require significant investment. We are making this tool available to help banks understand the scale of the undertaking and effectively prepare to comply with Section 1033. It’s crucial that banks are armed with accurate data to help them make the best decision, whether that is to build their own infrastructure or work with partners that can offer off-the-shelf or bespoke solutions.”  

                Eyal Sivan, General Manager, North America, Ozone API
                 
                The tool has been rolled out in the US already and is set to expand into new regions globally, including the UK, MENA, LATAM and APAC.   


                About Ozone API

                Ozone API empowers banks and financial institutions around the world to deliver high performing, standards-compliant open APIs.  
                 
                As open banking and open finance sweep the world, Ozone API helps banks and financial institutions to adapt and thrive in the new era of open data, by providing the technology to unlock the power of open finance globally.  
                 
                The UK-based FinTech is the leading standards-based open API platform, supporting all global standards and providing the tools and expertise to help banks and financial institutions comply with regulation and create real commercial value.  
                 
                With a founding team that led the development of the UK open banking standards, Ozone API continues to shape open finance globally helping regulators, banks and technology platforms to accelerate open finance. Learn more: https://ozoneapi.com/

                • Digital Payments
                • Neobanking

                Ripple, the leading provider of digital asset infrastructure for financial institutions, has announced it is acquiring Hidden Road for $1.25…

                Ripple, the leading provider of digital asset infrastructure for financial institutions, has announced it is acquiring Hidden Road for $1.25 billion. This represents one of the largest deals in the digital assets space. Additionally, with the acquisition, Ripple becomes the first crypto company to own and operate a global, multi-asset prime broker. Hidden Road is one of the fastest-growing prime brokers around the world. It offers institutions a one-stop-shop of advanced services. These include clearing, prime brokerage, and financing across foreign exchange (FX), digital assets, derivatives, swaps, and fixed income.

                Ripple driving crypto industry growth

                For the crypto industry to achieve the next phase of growth, it’s critical that core infrastructure is in place for institutional adoption. Prime brokers bring the necessary credibility and professional trading services expected in legacy finance to digital assets. Together, Ripple and Hidden Road are bringing the promise of digital assets to institutional customers at scale. They are bridging traditional finance and decentralised finance (DeFi).

                Hidden Road has a strong business, clearing $3T annually across markets with more than 300 top institutional customers. Moreover, with the backing of Ripple’s significant balance sheet, Hidden Road will exponentially expand its capacity to service its pipeline. It will become the largest non-bank prime broker globally.

                “We are at an inflection point for the next phase of digital asset adoption. The US market is effectively open for the first time due to the regulatory overhang of the former SEC coming to an end. And the market is maturing to address the needs of traditional finance,” said Brad Garlinghouse, CEO of Ripple. “With these tailwinds, we are continuing to pursue opportunities to massively transform the space. We are leveraging our unique position and strengths of XRP to accelerate our business and enhance our current solutions and technology.”

                This acquisition also reinforces Ripple USD’s (RLUSD) position as an enterprise-grade USD-backed stablecoin with real utility. Hidden Road leverages it as collateral across its prime brokerage products. This will make RLUSD the first stablecoin to enable efficient cross-margining between the digital asset space and traditional markets.

                Decentralised Finance (DeFi)

                Hidden Road will, in turn, migrate its post-trade activity across XRPL. This will streamline operations and lower costs, demonstrating XRPL’s potential as the go-to blockchain for institutional decentralised finance (DeFi). Ripple also sees the potential to optimise costs and liquidity in its cross-border payments solution, Ripple Payments. And Ripple will provide critical custody services to Hidden Road’s customers who need bank-grade digital asset custody.

                “With new resources, licenses, and added risk capital, this deal will unlock significant growth in Hidden Road’s business. Allowing us to increase capacity to our customer base, expand into new products, and service more markets and asset classes,” said Marc Asch, Founder and CEO of Hidden Road. ”Together with Ripple, we’re bringing the same level of trust and reliability that institutional clients are accustomed to in traditional markets. We are designed and optimised for a digital world.”

                Digital Asset development

                Thanks to its simple, secure, compliant digital asset infrastructure, Ripple is well-positioned to provide the core services that financial institutions need to tokenise, store, exchange and move digital assets. Furthermore, Ripple has over a decade of experience in the digital asset space and holds 60+ regulatory licenses and registrations in various jurisdictions.

                Ripple participated in Hidden Road’s Series B and is a customer of its platform, experiencing firsthand the strength of the team, technology, risk management, and operational controls. The deal is expected to close in the coming months, subject to regulatory approvals.

                • Digital Payments

                AccessPay CEO Anish Kapoor examines the positive impact of DORA on the digital payments industry

                The EU’s Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) is a positive step for the payments industry and will help boost the resilience of an ecosystem that has changed radically over the last twenty years. Even so, the implications of this landmark regulation for payment service providers (PSPs) are complex and far-reaching. It will require investment in processes and infrastructure, which must also factor in the ongoing shift to real-time payments.

                The technology backstory

                Two decades ago, payment technology predominantly referred to back-end systems used by banks and PSPs to process electronic transactions. Online banking was still in its infancy, the smartphone hadn’t yet been launched, and traditional payment methods such as cash and cheques were much more prevalent.  

                Today, it is a very different story. The number of electronic payments made via cards and digital wallets, credit transfers and direct debits has exploded. Technology is front and centre in payment service delivery, as individuals and businesses use online portals and mobile apps to manage accounts and initiate payments. While the rise of real-time payments, such as the EU’s SEPA Instant Credit Transfer (SCT Inst), means an increasing proportion of bank transfers are settled instantly rather than over several working days, which also means that anti-fraud measures and other compliance checks have to take place in real-time given the heightened fraud risk.

                So, if there is a technological failure at any point in this new world of payments, it can have immediate and considerable ramifications for individuals and businesses. The now-infamous CrowdStrike outage in July 2024 affected several sectors, including banking, with some PSPs unable to process payments. More recently, an hours-long glitch at Bank of Ireland in December 2024 caused delays in processing payroll transactions for some employers, while a two-day outage at Barclays in February 2025  left customers unable to make bank transfers and use their debit cards. To catch up, Barclays had to process payments over the weekend and extend call centre operating hours.  

                DORA’s goals

                DORA aims to make the EU’s financial institutions (FIs) more resilient to information and communication technology (ICT) risks. It will minimise the potential for IT outages and require FIs to be back online as quickly as possible when they do occur. From a practical perspective, it will oblige them to create and implement ICT risk management frameworks. And meet new requirements for resilience testing, outage reporting, and information sharing.

                Of course, the advent of DORA adds to the compliance burden for FIs, who will partly be spurred to comply to avoid fines for non-compliance and the associated negative press. Still, its rollout should be seen as positive for the industry. It should help to improve resilience across the ecosystem and boost customer confidence in the sector.

                Improving infrastructure resilience with DORA

                One angle that is less widely discussed when it comes to DORA is its implications for a PSP’s infrastructure. Whether developed in-house or outsourced, payment systems will need to have the capacity to accommodate peak loads following any outage. This will require PSPs to scale by multiples of their standard throughput.

                For example, if a PSP’s average processing volume is 1,000 transactions per hour and its systems are down for three hours, it will need to have the capacity to process those 3,000 outstanding transactions once service resumes. And without impacting new transactions coming through the system. Additionally, if they are real-time payments, the delayed transactions must be settled as soon as possible. In this hypothetical example, such an outage would mean the system needs to handle 4,000 transactions in one hour, four times its usual capacity.

                This requirement to recover quickly from IT outages will necessitate additional investment in infrastructure and automation. Especially given the move towards real-time settlement. In particular, it will likely drive interest in cloud-native technology, which can scale more readily on demand.

                Third-party vendor relationships

                DORA will also significantly impact how PSPs manage third-party IT vendor relationships. This development has been driven by the growing complexity of the financial ecosystem in the wake of digitisation and the rise of open banking. Research from McKinsey Digital highlights how the growth in the number of apps and vendors has increased the complexity and pressure on IT leaders.  

                Under DORA, FIs are expected to monitor third-party providers, update supplier contracts to cover IT resilience, and establish an oversight framework for critical third-party providers. Consequently, conducting due diligence on third-party providers, particularly new vendors, and their approach to resilience is essential. Generally, we are likely to witness a flight to quality, with the providers that invest in controls and resilience set to fare best in the long term.

                Adjusting to DORA

                The arrival of DORA is a positive development for the payments industry. The sector has changed significantly in recent decades and relies heavily on technology for service delivery. Likewise, its customers depend on the PSPs to deliver their services so that they can conduct their business uninterrupted. However, the changes required by DORA are extensive and will require PSPs to invest in their infrastructure, processes and third-party relationships. As they adjust to the requirements of DORA, PSPs should ensure that infrastructure is resilient and flexible enough to handle surges in transaction flows. And factor in the shift to real-time settlement, which will only add to the demands made of payment systems.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech
                • Digital Payments

                Arsalan Minhas, AVP Sales Engineering, EMEA & APAC, at Hyland, on how AI revolutionising financial services

                Artificial intelligence (AI) is revolutionising financial services, reshaping how institutions detect fraud, personalise customer experiences, and optimise investment strategies. From AI-powered chatbots assisting customers to machine learning models predicting market trends, the technology is driving unprecedented efficiency and insight.

                Yet, alongside these advancements come new challenges. AI-driven scams are evolving in sophistication, algorithmic biases raise ethical concerns, and regulatory scrutiny is increasing. As financial institutions accelerate AI adoption, they’re walking the fine line between harnessing its benefits and mitigating its risks. 

                AI in fraud detection and prevention – strengthening security measures

                One of the most critical areas where AI has transformed financial services is fraud detection and prevention.

                Traditional fraud prevention methods relied on static rule-based systems, which were often ineffective at identifying evolving threats. Such systems aren’t necessarily equipped to keep up with the sheer pace of financial service operations today, which has led to a surge of interest in automated alternatives.

                AI, particularly machine learning algorithms, offers a dynamic solution by analysing vast datasets in real time to identify anomalies and potential fraud. AI also enhances biometric authentication methods, such as voice and facial recognition. This can ensure secure access to accounts, reducing the reliance on passwords, which are vulnerable to breaches.

                According to a recent McKinsey report, AI-driven fraud detection systems can reduce financial fraud losses by up to 50%. Making them a crucial asset for financial institutions. These unprecedented levels of speed and versatility has made AI a priority for even the biggest players.

                Of course, fraud detection is not without its challenges. Criminals are also leveraging AI to create sophisticated scams, such as deepfake-based identity fraud. And the introduction of new technologies can challenge cybersecurity initiatives.

                With that in mind, financial institutions must constantly update their AI models to stay ahead of emerging threats. Regulatory compliance adds another layer of complexity, as AI’s decision-making much align with consumer protection laws and data privacy regulations like GDPR and CCPA.

                The future of Customer Experience

                On the customer-facing side of things, Artificial Intelligence is transforming the customer experience through hyper-personalised financial services. Gone are the days of generic banking interactions. AI now enables financial institutions to tailor services based on individual customer behaviours, preferences and financial goals.

                Leading UK banks like NatWest and Lloyds Bank have invested heavily in AI-powered virtual assistants. NatWest’s digital assistant, Cora, has handled millions of customer interactions, providing real-time financial insights, bill reminders, and even fraud detection alerts. Similarly, HSBC uses AI-driven tools to analyse spending patterns and offer personalised financial advice. The ability to assess transaction data allows banks to recommend budgeting strategies, suggest tailored loan offers, and predict future financial needs, making banking more intuitive and customer centric.

                AI-driven robo-advisors, such as those offered by Nutmeg and Moneyfarm, have revolutionised investment management by providing algorithm-based financial planning. These platforms leverage AI to assess risk tolerance, market trends, and historical data to offer personalised investment strategies with lower fees than traditional financial advisors. 

                While such tools can be incredibly effective, they do raise concerns about data privacy and algorithmic bias. The more AI knows about an individual’s financial habits, the greater the risk of data misuse or bias in lending and investment recommendations.

                Financial institutions must therefore ensure transparency and fairness in AI decision-making to build customer trust and meet regulatory regulations. The basis upon which customers share their personal data, and the protections that it is afforded, are a non-negotiable for any serious financial organisation.

                Redefining market strategies in trading and investment

                According to Deloitte, Artificial Intelligence is poised to be one of the most disruptive forces in investment management. High-frequency trading (HFT) firms now rely on AI algorithms to process vast amounts of market data within milliseconds. It also enables hedge funds and investment firms to predict market movements by analysing patterns from historical data, social media sentiment, and global economic indicators.

                Leading firms like Man Group and XTX Markets have harnessed AI to enhance their trading strategies and portfolio management. Man Group, managing $175 billion in assets, utilises machine learning tools to develop its platform, ManGPT, to analyse trades and optimise investment decisions.

                Similarly, XTX Markets, a London-based trading firm, employs advanced AI models to execute millions of trades daily, emphasising AI-driven strategies over sheer speed. Predictive analytics have become an indispensable tool in portfolio management, helping firms adjust their strategies based on real-time market fluctuations.

                Naturally, these automated tools require to-the-second oversight from the business itself. The 2010 Flash Crash, in which the stock market plunged nearly 1,000 points within minutes, was exacerbated by algorithmic trading. AI-driven trading models can react unpredictably in volatile markets, amplifying risks if not properly regulated. Humanised AI – the combination of human and AI working in concert, rather than automated systems working in isolation – is crucial.

                The future of AI in financial services

                As Artificial Intelligence continues to evolve, its integration within financial services will only deepen. Institutions that successfully integrate AI into their operations will gain a significant competitive advantage. Benefiting from enhanced fraud detection, superior customer experiences, and data-driven investment strategies.

                These businesses must also navigate the complexities of regulatory compliance, data privacy, and ethical AI deployment. The EU’s AI Act is one of many policies aiming to create the most robust governance structures for AI applications, and finance is no exception.

                Striking the right balance between innovation and regulation will be crucial to ensuring AI remains a force for positive transformation rather than disruption. Financial institutions must prioritise transparency, human oversight, and ethical considerations in deployment to fully realise its potential while maintaining consumer trust.

                The financial industry is on the brink of an AI-driven revolution. With careful implementation and responsible oversight, the technology has the power to make financial services more secure, efficient, and customer-friendly than ever before. Institutions that embrace this technology while addressing its challenges will shape the future of finance, redefining the way money is managed, invested, and protected in the years to come.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Scott Zoldi, Chief Analytics Officer at FICO, explains why there should be no AI alone in decision making processes

                Many AI models are black boxes and developed without proper consideration for interpretability, ethics, or safety of outputs. To establish trust, organisations should leverage Responsible AI. This defines standards of robust AI, explainable AI, ethical AI, and auditable AI. Under Responsible AI, developers define the conditions that lead to some transactions having less human oversight and others having more. But can we take people out of the decision-making loop entirely? To answer that question, let’s look at some developments in Responsible AI.

                Trust in Developing AI Models

                One best practice that organisations can adopt is maintaining a corporate AI model development standard. This dictates appropriate AI algorithms and processes to enable roles that keep people in the loop. This will often include the use of interpretable AI, allowing humans to review and understand what AI has learned for palatability, bias, ethical use and safety. Auditable AI will then codify the human-in-the-loop decisions and monitoring guidelines for operational use of the AI.

                Responsible AI codifies all the essential human decisions that guide how AI will be built, used and progressed. This includes approving or declining the use of data, removing unethical relationships in data (i.e., illegal or unethical data proxies), and ensuring governance and regulation standards are met. Responsible AI leverages an immutable blockchain that dictates how to monitor the AI in operation. And the decision authority of human operators, which can include conditions where AI decisions are overruled, and operations move to a ‘humble AI model.’ AI Practitioners are keenly aware that even the highest performing AI models generate large number of false positives. So, every output needs to be treated with care and strategies defined to validate, counter, and support the AI.

                A Responsible AI framework

                There should be a well-defined process to overrule or reverse AI-driven decisions. If built in a Responsible AI framework, these decisions are codified into a crystal-clear set of operating AI blockchain frameworks well before the AI is in production. When there is a crisis you need clear preset guidance, not panicked decision making. This blockchain will define when humans can overrule the AI through alternate models, supporting data, or investigative processes. This AI operating framework is defined in coordination with the model developers, who understand the strengths and weaknesses of the AI. And when it may be operating in ways it wasn’t designed, ensuring there is no gap between development and operation. When auditable AI is employed, there are no nail-biting decisions in times of crisis. You can rely on a framework that pre-defines steps to make these human-driven decisions.

                Companies that utilise Responsible AI frameworks enforce usage adherence by auditable AI, which is the operating manual and monitoring system. Embracing Responsible AI standards can help business units attain huge value. At the same time they can appropriately define the criteria where the businesses balance business risks and regulation. Domain experts/analysts will be given a defined span of control on how to use their domain knowledge and the auditable AI will monitor the system to alert and circumvent AI as appropriate.

                Drawback prevention begins with transparency

                To prevent major pull-back in AI today, we must go beyond aspirational and boastful claims to honest discussions of the risks of this technology. We must define how involved humans need to be. Companies need to empower their data science leadership to define what is high-risk AI, and how they are prepared or not to meet responsible/trustworthy AI. This comes back to governance and AI regulation. Companies must focus on developing a Responsible AI programme, and boost practices that may have atrophied during the GenAI hype cycle. 

                They should start with a review of how AI regulation is developing, and whether they have the tools to appropriately address and pressure-test their AI applications. If they’re not prepared, they need to understand the business impacts of potentially having AI pulled from their repository of tools. And get prepared by defining AI development/operational corporate standards. 

                Companies should then determine and classify business problems best suited for traditional AI vs. generative AI. Traditional AI can be constructed and constrained to meet regulation using the right algorithms to meet business objectives. Finally, companies will want to adopt a humble AI approach to have hot backups for their AI deployments. And to tier down to safer tech when auditable AI indicates AI decisioning is not trustworthy.

                The vital role of the Data Scientist

                Too many organisations are driving AI strategy through business owners or software engineers who often have limited to no knowledge of the specifics of AI algorithms’ mathematics and risks. Stringing together AI is easy. Building AI that is responsible and safe and properly operationalised with controls is a much harder exercise requiring standards, maturity and commitment to responsible AI. Data scientists can help businesses find the right paths to adopt the right types of AI for different business applications, regulatory compliances, and optimal consumer outcomes. In a nutshell: AI + human is the strongest solution. There should be no AI alone in decision-making.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Blockchain & Crypto

                InsurTech Insights Europe 2025: A Transformational Gathering for the Future of Insurance

                InsurTech Insights Europe 2025, held on March 19-20 at the InterContinental London – the O2, reaffirmed its status as the premier conference for insurance technology professionals across the continent. Drawing more than 6,000 attendees from over 80 countries, the event brought together C-level executives, startup founders, investors, and tech leaders. They explored the evolving future of insurance powered by innovation and digital transformation.

                Key Themes

                With seven stages and over 400 speakers, the conference agenda was packed with compelling keynotes, forward-looking panel discussions, fireside chats, and practical workshops.

                The overarching theme of the 2025 edition was crystal clear: artificial intelligence (AI) is no longer a futuristic concept, it’s the driving force behind today’s insurance innovation. Topics like automation, generative AI, claims transformation, underwriting analytics, embedded insurance, cyber security, and ESG all reflected a dynamic industry poised for rapid acceleration.

                A Focus on Leadership & Diversity

                One of the standout sessions was the panel discussion titled “The ROI of Gender Diversity: Breaking the Glass Ceiling for Women in Leadership”, held on the Purple Stage. Featuring high-level voices from Solera, unlock VC, and AXA XL, the panel addressed the often-overlooked yet crucial importance of gender diversity in executive roles. The discussion didn’t stop at raising awareness; it presented measurable business outcomes tied to diverse leadership and called for action to foster inclusivity across all levels of the industry.

                Complementing this session was “The Women in Insurance Power Group Meet-up”, a networking event held at the Sky Bar on the 18th floor. Attendees not only connected over lunch but were also invited into an exclusive WhatsApp group, encouraging long-term collaboration and support among female leaders and allies in the space.

                The Innovators Hub and the ITI Marquee: Where the Future Was Born

                A major addition to this year’s conference was the debut of the ITI Marquee. A vibrant, purpose-built zone dedicated to showcasing bold ideas and startup brilliance. This space housed the Innovators Hub, which included its own dedicated Innovator’s Stage. Here, early-stage ventures and InsurTech pioneers pitched their solutions to panels of VCs, corporate innovation leads, and fellow founders.

                This setting offered more than exposure, It cultivated real-time connections between startups and investors, giving many smaller players their first shot at meaningful partnerships or funding opportunities. The diversity of ideas, from AI-powered claims processors to data-driven risk models for climate insurance, reflected the industry’s hunger for next-gen solutions.

                Keynote InsurTech Highlights

                One of the most talked-about moments of the event came from Daniel Schreiber, CEO and Co-Founder of Lemonade, whose opening keynote explored how AI can dramatically enhance customer experience in insurance. He challenged the audience to rethink not just how insurance is sold or serviced, but why it’s offered. And how technology can transform its social impact.

                Another crowd favourite was the session on “The Path to Embedded Insurance”, which unpacked how insurance products are increasingly being bundled into digital ecosystems like ecommerce platforms, mobility apps, and smart home technologies. This wasn’t just a hype piece. Real-world case studies from European neobanks and auto insurers illustrated how embedded models are already driving customer growth and retention.

                Among the compelling keynotes on the Main Stage, Sofia Kyriakopoulou, a Fintech Strategy AI Champion and Group Chief Data & Analytics Officer at SCOR, revealed how GenAI innovation at one of the world’s largest reinsurers is transcending the realm of proof of concepts to become fully productive.

                InsurTech Deep Dives: AI, Data & Digital Claims

                Sessions throughout the week made it clear that AI is at the forefront of virtually every area of insurance operations. Whether it was applied in predictive underwriting, fraud detection, or personalised customer engagement, companies are looking to AI not just for marginal gains but foundational transformation.

                A standout workshop on AI in Claims Automation included live demos from startups using computer vision and NLP to automate damage assessment. Meanwhile, a session on Data-Driven Underwriting shared how insurers are replacing traditional risk proxies with real-time data streams, from wearables to smart meters.

                Cybersecurity was another hot topic, with insurers discussing how to build resilient cyber products in the face of increasing digital threats and regulatory complexity.

                Global Meets Local: The Power of Diversity

                Although a European event at heart, the conference had a distinctly global flair. Speakers came from the U.S., Singapore, Brazil, South Africa, and the Middle East. They brought diverse perspectives on shared challenges such as climate change, digital regulation, and consumer trust.

                Simultaneously, European startups shone on stage. Companies from the UK, Nordics, DACH, and Benelux presented innovative, often niche solutions for localised market challenges—from parametric crop insurance to real-time mobility coverage.

                Trade Exhibition & Brand Visibility

                The exhibition floor was a hive of activity, featuring booths from established players like Munich Re, Swiss Re, Guidewire, Duck Creek, and Cognizant, alongside vibrant startup showcases. Product demos, swag giveaways, and live challenges kept engagement high and made it easy for brands to stand out.

                The conference proved to be a golden opportunity for brand elevation, allowing companies to position themselves as thought leaders or rising disruptors in front of an incredibly curated audience.

                InsurTech Insights Europe: The Verdict

                The closing remarks from Kristoffer Lundberg, CEO of InsurTech Insights, captured the spirit of the event:

                “It’s a privilege for us to gather together the sharpest minds in the industry to discuss the role of AI in insurance. The direction and impact of these technologies will shape the space for decades to come.”

                Indeed, InsurTech Insights Europe 2025 wasn’t just a conference, it was a strategic gathering. A melting pot of ideas and a launchpad for the next generation of insurance products and platforms. Attendees walked away not just with new business cards, but with fresh ideas, collaborative leads, and the motivation to drive innovation within their own organisations.

                As the insurance industry continues to evolve amid mounting global challenges and rapidly advancing tech, this event served as a timely and energising reminder… The future is not something to wait for—it’s something to build, together.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Host Perspectives
                • InsurTech

                Guy Marion, CMO at Chargebee, on how businesses can get ahead of the ‘click-to-cancel’ movement through customer-centricity

                The promise of predictable revenue now comes with heightened customer expectations. As regulators worldwide push for ‘click-to-cancel’ requirements for subscriptions, businesses face a critical choice. Do they wait for regulations to force changes, or transform cancellation friction into an opportunity for deeper customer trust? For revenue leaders, the question isn’t just about compliance – it’s about turning a potential disruption into a competitive advantage.

                In the US, the Federal Trade Commission’s (FTC) new rule will require businesses to simplify cancellations and obtain consent for monthly renewals and the conversion of free trials to paid memberships. Similar measures are already in place in France, where self-serve cancellation buttons became mandatory in 2023. The UK’s 2024 Digital Markets, Competition and Consumers Act echoes this trend and serves as a prelude to anticipated further regulations.

                As regulations evolve in 2025, subscription businesses that proactively embrace customer-friendly cancellation policies will have a competitive advantage in the market.

                Customers value control with ‘click-to-cancel’

                Research by Chargebee reveals that ‘click-to-cancel’ options are by far the preferred offboarding method for customers. Standing in stark contrast with complicated cancellation processes that can alienate customers and jeopardise return business. Customers are pushing back against the unclear terms of ‘negative option’ subscription models. These automatically renew memberships unless explicitly cancelled. Transitioning to transparent subscription models pre-empts regulatory penalties and serves to differentiate businesses as customer-centric.

                Businesses need to adapt their strategies around cancellations by embedding the process into the product experience and prioritising it as an opportunity for dialogue with the customer. Feeling forced to maintain an unwanted subscription is not the ticket to brand loyalty or advocacy. When the cancel intent is clear it’s best to let customers leave.


                Leaving is learning

                Providing an easy exit doesn’t have to conclude the customer journey, but can instead provide an opportunity for future engagement. Subscription businesses should view every cancellation as a diagnostic tool for what went wrong. If a customer leaves, it’s usually because their perceived value of your product fell short of the cost. Maybe they’re right, and the product could be improved. In which case, you have valuable data to enhance your offering. Alternatively, perhaps they just weren’t presented with a clear enough value proposition, which if identified, gives you the chance to enlighten them.

                If the customer sees value but has budget constraints, offering discretionary reductions empowers them to choose to continue their membership. Therefore, identifying why customers want to leave can provide the intelligence needed to drive long-term loyalty. Even turning once-hesitant customers into brand advocates.

                For instance, a subscription fitness app might discover that seasonal habits influence customer retention, enabling it to adjust the timing of specific content to better align with trends. Proactive communication is key, as it helps reveal the ‘why’ behind churn. Offering exit surveys, personalised retention offers, or pausing memberships instead of outright cancellations maintains a dialogue with the customer, and may even persuade them to stay.


                Making friends with machine learning

                AI-powered analytics are transforming how businesses understand and prevent subscription cancellations. By analysing customer behaviour patterns, companies can now identify early warning signs of churn and address issues before customers reach for the cancel button. This proactive approach doesn’t just comply with click-to-cancel regulations – it helps businesses build stronger customer relationships through data-driven insights and timely interventions.

                Leveraging the predictive power of AI-enabled platforms will be key to supporting customer retention. Businesses can identify patterns of usage across individuals and demographics, spotting trends and addressing them accordingly. This can be targeted interventions, such as discounts, or reiterating the value proposition in tutorials and new product features.

                Evolve your payment system to reduce churn

                When it comes to fighting cancellations with a good customer experience, billing and payment processes need special attention. Many customers cite billing frustrations, such as unexpected charges and convoluted payment methods, as reasons for ending their memberships. Investing in advanced subscription management tools that prioritise flexibility, transparency, and personalisation is helpful to mitigate cancellation intent before it crystallises.

                Actionable insights businesses should implement: 

                • Adaptable pricing strategies: Customisable plans that cater to different customer needs and budgets help increase value perception.
                • Automated revenue recovery: Automatically recovering failed payments – such as those inadvertently caused by expired payment methods – prevents revenue loss and removes potential friction with customers.
                • Grace period and reminder: Allowing a brief buffer for overdue payments, paired with well-timed reminders, helps retain customers who may otherwise churn.
                • Data-driven insights: Levelling up your analytics capabilities helps identify patterns of disengagement, enabling you to act before cancellation occurs.

                Foundations for the Future

                The adoption of ‘click-to-cancel’ rules reflect a broader trend toward customer empowerment. Businesses that resist this shift not only risk their brand image but also forgo the opportunity to deliver better customer experiences. Ultimately, it is only a matter of time before regulations tighten and going willingly is always preferable to being pushed. Staying a step ahead means organisations can plan and implement changes smoothly – and position themselves positively. Subscription businesses that heed the warnings now and build positive cancellation experiences will reap the rewards of strengthened customer retention, in 2025 and beyond.

                • Digital Payments

                MoneyLIVE Summit 2025: A stellar combination of thought leadership, cutting-edge technology showcases and unparalleled networking opportunities

                The MoneyLIVE Summit 2025, held on March 10th-11th at London’s Business Design Centre, once again positioned itself as one of the most significant events in the banking and financial services industry. With over 1,500 attendees, 200+ speakers, and an agenda packed with insights on digital transformation, AI-driven innovation, and payment advancements, the event delivered a comprehensive overview of the future of financial services.

                As one of Europe’s most influential FinTech and banking conferences, MoneyLIVE Summit attracted executives from leading institutions, including HSBC, Revolut, Standard Chartered, Barclays, Google, and Mastercard, providing attendees with unparalleled networking opportunities and deep dives into the latest industry developments.

                The 2025 edition of MoneyLIVE Summit focused on several key themes within the financial sector, including:

                • AI and Automation in Banking
                • The Future of Payments and Open Banking
                • Sustainability and ESG in Finance
                • The Evolution of Embedded Finance
                • Cybersecurity and Fraud Prevention
                • Modernising Legacy Systems

                AI and Automation: The Next Frontier

                One of the most anticipated discussions centredd on Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Automation in Financial Services. Keynote speakers such as Taylan Turan (CEO, Retail Banking, HSBC) and Francesca Carlesi (CEO, Revolut UK) highlighted how AI is revolutionising customer interactions, risk assessments, and fraud detection.

                A standout panel featured representatives from Google Cloud, Lloyds Banking Group, and Monzo, discussing the ethical implications of AI-driven banking and how institutions can balance efficiency with regulatory compliance. The consensus? AI is no longer a futuristic concept but an operational necessity.

                On the opening day we spoke with Tim Mason, Managing Director for Artificial Intelligence at Deutsche Bank, and Publicis Sapient VP Jan-Willem Weggemans, about the rise of Agentic AI. Look out for this feature in the May edition of FinTech Strategy Magazine. Publicis Sapient also hosted an AI Champions Meet Up.

                The Future of Payments and Open Banking

                With open banking continuing to disrupt traditional financial models, this year’s summit included multiple sessions on its evolution. Speakers from Visa, Mastercard and Stripe explored how real-time payments and digital wallets are reshaping the customer experience.

                One of the most engaging sessions was on CBDCs (Central Bank Digital Currencies) and the impact of digital currencies on global trade. Representatives from the Bank of England and the European Central Bank provided valuable insights into regulatory developments and the long-term feasibility of CBDCs in mainstream banking.

                Sustainability and ESG in Finance

                The financial industry’s role in Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) initiatives was another critical theme. With growing investor interest in sustainable finance, executives from Barclays, NatWest, and BlackRock discussed how banks can integrate ESG principles into lending and investment strategies.

                A major highlight was a fireside chat with Ana Botín, Executive Chairman of Santander Group, who emphasised the need for banks to take the lead in financing climate action while maintaining profitability. She stressed that FinTech innovation must align with sustainability goals to drive real change.

                Notable Speakers & Thought Leadership

                MoneyLIVE Summit 2025 featured an impressive lineup of speakers, including CEOs, policymakers, and FinTech pioneers. Notable names included:

                • Francesca Carlesi (CEO, Revolut UK) – Discussed the role of challenger banks in redefining customer expectations.
                • Taylan Turan (CEO, Retail Banking, HSBC) – Spoke about how traditional banks must adapt to stay competitive in an increasingly digital world.
                • Saif Malik (CEO, UK, Standard Chartered Bank) – Shared insights on the rise of embedded finance and its impact on global banking.
                • Anne Boden (Founder, Starling Bank) – Highlighted the impact of neobanks on legacy banking institutions.
                • Google Cloud & AWS Representatives – Covered AI’s growing role in fraud prevention and customer engagement.
                • Lee McNabb (Head of Payment Strategy, NatWest) – Shared views on modernising core payment architecture for the long term.

                The diversity of perspectives provided attendees with a well-rounded understanding of the industry’s challenges and opportunities in the coming years.

                MoneyLIVE Networking & Attendee Experience

                Networking has always been a key highlight of MoneyLIVE Summit, and the 2025 edition did not disappoint. The event provided ample opportunities for professionals to connect, with dedicated networking zones, private meeting areas, and an exclusive VIP lounge for C-level executives.

                The FinTech Startup Village was a must-visit area, showcasing some of the most innovative fintech startups in Europe. Several emerging companies, specializing in AI-driven financial advisory, blockchain-based payments, and RegTech solutions, presented their groundbreaking products.

                A standout initiative was the Women in Finance Roundtable, which focused on fostering greater gender diversity in leadership roles within the financial industry. Featuring influential female leaders from Citi, JPMorgan, and Monzo, the discussion encouraged actionable steps towards inclusivity and representation. Publicis Sapient also hosted a networking session on Celebrating Women in Finance.

                Exhibition & Innovation Showcase

                The exhibition hall was bustling with activity, featuring booths from major players like IBM, Microsoft, Accenture, and Salesforce, as well as FinTech disruptors showcasing cutting-edge solutions. Attendees had the opportunity to experience hands-on product demos, including AI-powered chatbots, biometric authentication for secure banking, and blockchain-based smart contract platforms.

                One of the most talked-about innovations was Quantum Computing in Financial Services, presented by IBM. Experts explored how quantum computing could enhance complex financial modelling, risk analysis, and fraud detection, potentially transforming the industry in the next decade.

                Key Takeaways & Industry Impact

                MoneyLIVE Summit reaffirmed its reputation as a forward-thinking, insightful event that brings together the brightest minds in finance and technology. Some of the key takeaways included:

                • AI is mainstream – Banks and fintech firms must embrace AI-driven solutions to enhance customer experience and operational efficiency.
                • Payments are evolving rapidly – With open banking, digital wallets, and real-time payments on the rise, banks need to innovate or risk being left behind.
                • Cybersecurity remains a top priority – With increased digital transactions, fraud prevention and regulatory compliance are more critical than ever.
                • Sustainability cannot be ignored – ESG-focused financial strategies are no longer optional but a necessity for long-term growth and investor confidence.
                • Embedded Finance is the future – Traditional banks and fintechs must collaborate to integrate financial services seamlessly into everyday life.

                MoneyLIVE: The Verdict

                MoneyLIVE Summit 2025 lived up to expectations, delivering a stellar combination of thought leadership, cutting-edge technology showcases and unparalleled networking opportunities. For professionals in banking, payments, fintech, or regulatory compliance, this event provided invaluable insights into the industry’s trajectory.

                The only potential downside? With so many high-quality sessions running simultaneously, attendees had to make tough choices about which discussions to prioritise. However, the availability of on-demand session recordings meant that all the key insights attendees need were available.

                With an impressive lineup of speakers, a strong focus on industry trends, and excellent networking opportunities, MoneyLIVE Summit remains a must-attend event for financial professionals looking to stay ahead in an ever-evolving landscape.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Digital Payments
                • Embedded Finance
                • Host Perspectives

                Join the world’s largest InsurTech community hosting 13,000 Executives, Entrepreneurs and Investors each year…

                Insurtech Insights is the world’s largest insurance technology community. It offers unprecedented connection to the most comprehensive and global gathering of InsurTech entrepreneurs, investors, and insurance industry incumbents.

                Over the course of two days at its conferences, the industry gathers to showcase the forefront of innovations and form the partnerships of tomorrow. The unparalleled networking experience, with thousands of meetings, is a staple at any Insurtech Insights event.

                “The biggest feat was the sell out crow of 4,000. Seeing so many from across Europe and the US was just brilliant!”

                Nigel Walsh, Managing Director – Insurance, Google

                Book your ticket for InsurTech Insights Europe at London’s O2 March 19th-20th.

                Gain insights from over 400 expert speakers include representatives from Zurich, Allianz, Lemonade, Zego and many more…

                “Such a great event with such a great level of attendance”

                Steven Zuanella, Group Chief Digital & Innovation Officer, Generali

                Insights

                Improve your knowledge on challenging and strategic issues relevant to any organisation.
                Stay on top of future trends and seize new opportunities.
                Expand your toolset and effectively solve the challenges of today and tomorrow.

                Inspiration

                Challenge your way of thinking with new perspectives.
                Expand your professional horizon by meeting with and listening to leading insurance experts.
                Equip yourself with ideas and knowledge that adds value to you, your team, and your organisation.

                InsurTech Networking

                Expand your network by meeting with 6,000+ executives, entrepreneurs and investors from all over the world.
                Create new opportunities leading to a stronger and more global network.
                Meet with and attract the talent of tomorrow.

                Register now!

                • Event Newsroom
                • InsurTech

                Fouzi Husaini, Chief Technology & AI Officer at Marqeta, answers our questions about Agentic AI and its applications for businesses

                Agentic AI is emerging as the leading AI trend of 2025. Industry figures are hailing Agentic AI as the broadly transformative next step in GenAI development. The year so far has seen multiple businesses release new tools for a wide array of applications. 

                The technology combines the next generation of AI tech like large language models (LLMs) with more traditional capabilities like machine learning, automation, and enterprise orchestration. The end result could lead to a more autonomous version of AI: Agents. These agents can set their own goals, analyse data sets, and act with less human oversight than previous tools. 

                We spoke to Fouzi Husaini, Chief Technology & AI Officer at Marqeta about what sets Agentic AI apart whether the technology really is a leap forward in terms of solving AI’s shortcomings, and how Agentic AI could solve business problems.

                1. What makes AI “agentic”? How is the technology different from something like Chat-GPT? 

                “Agentic refers to the type of Artificial Intelligence that can act as agents and on its own. Agentic AI leverages enhanced reasoning capabilities to solve problems without prompts or constant human supervision. It can carry out complex, multi-step tasks autonomously.

                “GenAI and by extension Large Language Models, the most famous example being ChatGPT, require human input to solve tasks. For instance, ChatGPT needs user prompts before it can generate content. Then, sers need to input subsequent commands to edit and refine this. Agentic AI has the capability to react and learn without human intervention as it processes data and solves problems. This enables it to adapt and learn much faster than GenAI.”

                2. Chat-GPT and other LLMs frequently produce results filled with factual errors, misrepresentations, and “hallucinations”, making them pretty unsuited to working without human supervision – let alone orchestrating important financial deals. What makes Agentic AI any better or more trustworthy? 

                “All types of AI have the possibility to ‘hallucinate’ and produce factually incorrect information. That being said, Agentic AI is usually less likely to suffer from significant hallucinations in comparison to GenAI. 

                “Agentic AI’s focus is specifically engineered to operate within clearly defined parameters and follow explicit workflows, making it particularly well-suited for having guardrails in place to keep it on task and from making errors. Its learning capabilities also allow it to recognise and adapt to its mistakes, ensuring it is unlikely to hallucinate multiple times.”

                “On the other hand, GenAI occasionally generates factually incorrect content due to the quality of data provided, and sometimes because of mistakes in pattern recognition.”

                “In fintech, Agentic AI technology can make it possible to analyse consumer spending data and learn from it, allowing for highly tailored financial offers and services that are more accurate and help to create a personalised finance experience for consumers.” 

                3. How could agentic AI deployments affect the relationship between financial services companies and their customers? What about their employees? 

                “The integration of Agentic AI into financial services benefits multiple parties. First, 

                integrating Agentic AI into their offerings allows financial service companies to provide their customers with bespoke tools and features. For instance, AI can be used to develop ‘predictive cards’. These cards can anticipate a consumer’s spending requirements based on their past behaviour. This means AI can adjust credit limits and offer tailored rewards automatically, creating a personalised experience for each individual.

                “The status quo’s days are numbered as consumers crave tailor-made financial experiences. Agentic AI can allow fintechs to provide personalised financial services that help consumers and businesses make their money work better for them. With Agentic AI technology, fintechs can analyse consumer spending data and learn from it. This allows for more tailored financial offers and services.   

                “As for employees, Agentic AI gives them the ability to focus on more creative and interesting tasks. Agentic AI can handle more routine roles such as data entry and monitoring for fraud, automating repetitive tasks and autonomous decision making based on data. This helps to reduce human error and enables employees to focus more time and energy on the creative and strategic aspects of their roles while allowing AI to focus on more administrative tasks.”

                4. How would agentic AI make financial services safer? 

                “Agentic AI has the capability to make financial services more secure for financial institutions and consumers alike, by bringing consistency and tireless vigilance to critical financial processes. With its ability to analyse vast strings of information, it can rapidly identify anomalies in spending data that indicate potential instances of fraud and can use its enhanced reasoning and ability to act without human prompts to quickly react to suspicious activity. 

                “While a human operator will be susceptible to decision fatigue, an AI agent could always be vigilant and maintain the same high level of precision and alertness 24/7. This is vital for fields like fraud detection, where a single missed signal could lead to significant consequences.

                “Furthermore, its capability to learn without human interaction means that it can improve its ability to detect fraud over time. This gives it the ability to learn how to identify new types of fraud, helping it to adapt as schemes become more sophisticated over time.” 

                5. What kind of trajectory do you see the technology having over the next year to eighteen months?

                “In fintech, Agentic AI integration will likely begin in the operations space. These areas manage complex, but well-defined, processes and are perfect for intelligent automation. For instance, customer call centres where human agents usually follow set standard operating procedures (SOPs) that can be fed into an AI system, which makes automation easier and faster than before.

                “In the more distant future, I believe we will see Agentic AI integrated into automated workflows that span entire value chains, including tasks such as risk assessment, customer onboarding and account management.” 

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Philipp Buschmann, co-founder and CEO of AAZZUR, looks at the changing face of Embedded Finance and the rise of the API economy

                The business world is changing. If you are paying attention, you will notice one of the most exciting transformations happening right now is Embedded Finance. We hear a lot about APIs (Application Programming Interfaces) and how they power our digital lives. However, what’s really grabbing attention is the rise of the API economy. Specifically, people are excited about how embedded finance is reshaping how businesses interact with their customers.

                So, what’s all the fuss about, and why should you care? Let’s dive in.

                What is Embedded Finance Anyway?

                At its core, Embedded Finance means integrating financial services into non-financial platforms. It allows companies to offer banking-like services – think payments, lending, and insurance – directly within their apps or websites, without needing to be a bank themselves.

                It’s like how Uber lets you pay for your ride without ever leaving the app. Uber isn’t a bank, but through embedded finance, it can offer seamless payment options, providing an effortless user experience. The user doesn’t need to think about the financial side of things; it just happens in the background. And that’s the magic of embedded finance – it’s smooth, simple, and frictionless.

                APIs: The Backbone of Seamless Integration

                APIs (Application Programming Interfaces) are the unsung heroes enabling the smooth interaction between different software systems. They allow platforms to communicate and share data effortlessly, acting as bridges between various services. For instance, when companies like Airbnb incorporate payment processing, they rely on APIs to connect with third-party providers like Stripe or PayPal. Without these connections, seamless financial interactions would not be impossible.

                In the past, businesses that wanted to offer financial services had to build out much of the infrastructure themselves. However, with the rise of the API economy, this complexity has been drastically reduced. Companies can now integrate ready-made financial services quickly and focus on their core offerings. 

                However, while APIs handle much of the heavy lifting, they aren’t the whole solution. They still need to be connected to the devices or systems using them. This involves stitching them together through a middle layer that coordinates the various API functions, along with coding a front-end interface that users interact with.

                In essence, APIs provide the building blocks, but there’s still a need for a tailored architecture to ensure everything operates smoothly – from the back-end infrastructure to the user-friendly front end. This layered approach ensures businesses can offer a seamless experience without getting bogged down by technical complexities.

                Why the API Economy is Booming

                The API economy is booming because it allows businesses to be more agile, innovative, and customer-centric. APIs give companies the flexibility to offer services they wouldn’t have been able to in the past. A clothing retailer can offer point-of-sale (POS) financing without becoming a bank, or a fitness app can offer health insurance with the click of a button.

                Think about Klarna, a company that’s become a household name by offering “buy now, pay later” services. Klarna partners with thousands of retailers, allowing them to provide flexible payment options directly within their checkout process. The retailer doesn’t have to worry about the complexities of lending—it’s all handled by Klarna’s Embedded Finance platform through APIs. 

                This creates a win-win situation: customers get more flexible payment options, and retailers can drive conversions without any of the financial headaches.

                How Embedded Finance is Connecting Customers to the World

                Embedded Finance is all about breaking down barriers between industries and creating better, more holistic experiences for customers. And it’s not just about payments—it extends to lending, insurance, and even investments.

                Take Revolut, the digital bank that started as a foreign exchange app but now offers everything from insurance to cryptocurrency trading. By using APIs to embed these financial services into their platform, Revolut has transformed into an all-in-one financial hub. Customers don’t need to visit different apps or websites for banking, insurance, or investments – they can do it all within Revolut.

                The world of e-commerce has certainly embraced the world of embedded finance, Shopify, the e-commerce platform, has built it directly into its ecosystem. Through its Shopify Capital programme, the company offers its merchants quick access to business loans. This seamless integration is made possible by APIs, allowing Shopify to assess a merchant’s financial data and offer lending without the need for the merchant to seek out external financing. It’s fast, convenient, and keeps businesses within the Shopify ecosystem, further strengthening customer loyalty.

                A New Level of Personalisation

                This is more than just making payments easier – it’s about giving customers a more personalised, seamless experience. By tapping into financial data, businesses can offer products and services that really hit the mark for each individual.

                Take travel apps like Skyscanner, for example. They’ve made things super convenient by embedding travel insurance right into the booking process, so, when you’re booking a flight, you can easily add travel insurance without even leaving the app. It’s all about creating a one-stop shop that gives you exactly what you need, right when you need it.

                The Future 

                The API economy, particularly in the realm of Embedded Finance, is just getting started. Over the next few years, we can expect to see more industries leveraging this technology to enhance their offerings and create richer customer experiences. Everything from health tech to real estate is ripe for disruption.

                Businesses that adopt embedded finance solutions early will have a competitive edge. They’ll be able to offer seamless, integrated experiences that meet the modern consumer’s demand for convenience and personalisation.

                However, it’s not just about jumping on the bandwagon. Companies need to be strategic about how they implement embedded finance. It’s not a one-size-fits-all solution, and it’s crucial to understand how these services align with your business goals and customer needs.

                The rise of the API economy and embedded finance is opening up new doors for businesses and customers alike. By embedding financial services into non-financial platforms, companies are not only streamlining operations but also creating more value for their customers.

                Embedded Finance is already making waves across industries, from retail to tech, and the businesses that are brave enough to embrace it are positioning themselves at the cutting edge of this transformation. For customers, it’s opening the door to a world that’s more connected, convenient, and tailored to their needs. It’s not about whether embedded finance will change the way we do business – it’s about how quickly it’s happening, and which companies are ready to step up and lead the charge. 

                So, whether you’re running an e-commerce business, developing a tech platform, or simply thinking about how to better serve your customers, it’s time to consider how embedded finance can connect your customers to the world in ways you never thought possible. 

                The future is embedded, and it’s here.

                • Embedded Finance

                The UK-Australia Insurtech Pathway has been introduced as a joint effort to support insurance technology firms seeking expansion opportunities in…

                The UK-Australia Insurtech Pathway has been introduced as a joint effort to support insurance technology firms seeking expansion opportunities in both markets.

                The programme was launched in Australia on 18 February 2025, while a launch event is scheduled in the UK on 20 March 2025. 

                It has been developed through a partnership between the UK’s Department for Business and Trade (DBT), Insurtech UK, and Insurtech Australia. The initiative is designed to help Insurtech companies navigate regulatory frameworks, establish business operations and connect with investors and industry stakeholders.

                InsurTech Pathway

                The pathway will offer structured support to selected firms looking to enter either market, addressing key challenges related to compliance, business development, and market integration.

                The UK and Australia both have well-established insurance sectors that encourage innovation through regulatory structures and technology adoption.

                The Insurtech Pathway aims to lower entry barriers for firms by providing targeted guidance and fostering industry collaboration.

                The initiative builds on the UK-Australia Free Trade Agreement (FTA), which took effect on May 31, 2023. The agreement is intended to reduce trade restrictions and facilitate easier market entry for businesses, including through streamlined visa pathways, expanded access to government procurement, and lower investment barriers.

                Facilitating cross-border market access

                Louise Cantillon, Deputy Trade Commissioner for Australia and New Zealand, said the initiative reflects both regions’ commitment to strengthening trade ties in financial services and technology:

                “By working together, we can unlock new opportunities for insurtech companies in both markets, driving innovation and supporting job creation.”

                Insurtech UK CEO Melissa Collett said the initiative aligns with UK firms’ interest in the Australian market:

                “Insurtechs consistently feedback to us on their appetite for the Australian market due to its strong insurance industry, wide-spread insurance uptake and anglophone ties.”

                Simone Dossetor, CEO of Insurtech Australia, further highlighted the pathway’s benefits:

                “The UK is the top-rated market for global expansion for our insurtech members and with Australia being the fourth largest market for Lloyd’s there are strong synergies between the two regions.”

                The program will provide tailored support, including regulatory and compliance guidance, networking with insurers and investors, trade delegations, and engagement with key regulatory authorities to streamline market entry.

                • InsurTech

                EY Insurance Leaders Isabelle Santenac (Global), Jeff Gill (Americas), Anita Sun-Young Bong (Asia-Pacific) & Philip Vermeulen (EMEIA) present EY’s Global Insurance Outlook 2025 report. Learn how insurers can embrace InsurTech to accelerate value creation from gaps to gains

                Even as shifting global dynamics challenge insurers, EY’s 2025 Global Insurance Outlook Report shows there have never been more viable paths to innovation-led growth across the industry. Indeed, the huge gaps in protections against cyber and climate threats – with 99% of losses from cyberattacks and 60% from natural disasters uninsured – plus the massive shortfall in retirement savings present compelling value creation opportunities. Strategically orienting the enterprise around richer data and fully modernised technology is one critical step.

                Uninsured Losses

                99% of losses from cyber-attacks are uninsured

                60% of losses from natural catastrophes are uninsured

                But whether insurers prioritise new product development, M&A or geographic expansion in their growth strategies, a few key actions can unlock growth through innovation.

                1. Design purposeful products

                The biggest protection gaps – retirement savings and climate- are poised to get even bigger. The global retirement savings gap is set to grow from US$106 trillion in 2022 to US$483 trillion in 2025. Thanks to longer lifespans and aging populations worldwide, there is greater need for products that deliver income for older citizens. That’s how insurers can promote financial security across society.

                The “silver tsunami” – the huge demographic wave of Baby Boomers reaching retirement age – will cause a spike in demand for financial estate planning services as well as life and health insurance augmented with wellness programs. In the US alone, those aged 65 and over will grow from 58 million in 2023 to 82 million in 2050. Leading insurers will need to position themselves for the coming transfer of assets by demonstrating clear value propositions.

                Global Retirement Savings Gaps

                $106t in 2022

                $403t projected gap in 2050

                Purpose can also provide the motivation to deliver climate solutions with more robust coverages and tailored prevention services for the huge populations – over 40% worldwide, according to Geneva Association – that live in high-risk areas. Strengthening climate protections necessitates rethinking traditional approaches to risk management, pricing and claims modelling. Purpose can also fuel positive collaborations and partnerships with governments and other stakeholders, an important step given the increasing likelihood of new government mandates.

                US Citizens Aged 65+

                58m in 2023

                82m in 2025 (projected)

                2. Personalise offerings to expand share of wallet

                Usage-based products, modular add-on features and tailored pricing demonstrate to consumers that you are committed to serving their unique needs – a proven way to promote loyalty and engagement. Artificial intelligence (AI) tools can help in this area with tailored messaging, more accurate pricing and faster underwriting and binding processes.

                On-demand coverage and real-time risk prevention are other ways that personalisation strategies can add value. AI and advanced analytics can also target the highest-potential customers for product bundles and other offerings that maximise customer value.

                Technology Boost

                10-25% increase in operating profits for insurers with successful data and analytics strategies

                35% increase in employees’ underwriting capacity from generative AI (GenAI)-enabled automation

                3. Seek innovation at scale

                With a lean and highly automated operating environment, insurers can look to scale low-margin products to new segments via partners and ecosystems and other channels. The rapid expansion of embedded offerings demonstrates what’s possible.

                Parametric insurance – policies that pay out when specific events occur – expands the type of attractive products insurers can deliver to new customers and is expected to grow to US$29.3 billion by 2031. Parametric solutions have gained traction in the agricultural industry and as protection against natural disasters, but can also be applied to business interruptions, supply chain disruptions and cyber-attacks.

                Parametric Insurance Market Size

                $11.7b in 2021

                $29.3b in 2023

                4. Use regulation as a prompt to innovate

                The combination of more and more stringent rules in Europe and softening oversight in the US may create an unbalanced competitive playing field, with 61% of insurers cite evolving regulatory requirements as the top operational challenge for the year ahead. But firms that go beyond a minimalist, check-the-box approach may generate business value from their compliance programs.


                Consider how the EU Financial Data Access (FiDA) legislation, slated to be enacted in 2025, paves the way for consent-based data sharing across pension, savings and nonlife insurance companies and products. That’s an invitation for firms seeking to expand their offerings. Similarly, the opportunity to participate in government pension schemes requires insurers to enhance their ability to share data securely and seamlessly. The Danish Compromise is reshaping the competitive landscape by creating new opportunities in bancassurance channels in Europe. Lastly, more detailed disclosure and reporting standards should prompt more automation and integration of data flows.

                Regulation Prep

                61% of insurers cite evolving regulatory requirements as the top operational challenge for the year ahead

                5. Embrace a unified data strategy for the entire enterprise

                Success in the digital age demands that every business have a unified data strategy – one that is comprehensive and led by the C-suite. Because better data underpins every aspect of the business and is crucial to innovation, the data and technology agenda must be driven by the CEO, rather than the IT team. Further, strategic planning and resource allocations – basically any and all senior management decisions – should be redesigned to reflect the richer data sets executives now have at their disposal.


                A data strategy must reflect the need to harness the power of AI and other advanced technologies and define the necessary components of a flexible, future-ready data infrastructure. It will also need to establish appropriately robust governance models and controls environments for fully automated processes to ensure quality and build trust.

                6. Commit to serving the underserved

                What industry wouldn’t like to find tens of millions of new customers? For insurers, devising new solutions (e.g., micro coverages, starter policies) for just 1% of the estimated 4 billion underserved people worldwide could result in 40 million new customers, according to research from Forrester. Here again, it’s all about purpose – delivering protections to the people who need them most.

                New products – more affordable, easier to buy and modify – hold the key. Parametric policies, microinsurance for smaller farmers and precise coverages for small businesses and gig workers are just a few of the ways to create value for underserved segments. Carriers in some emerging markets offer health and life insurance for as little as $0.20 per month. It will take bold strategic thinking and creative action to deliver what these customers want (and can afford), but the underserved (who contribute to the lion’s share of the worldwide protection gap) offer the biggest potential for insurers to sustain their solid bottom-line performance.

                Serving the Underserved

                40m projected new customers from engaging just 1% of the 4 billion uninsured, low-income people worldwide

                Summary 

                Volatility and uncertainty – both within individual markets and across regions – define the global insurance industry to an extent not seen in decades. The run of economic prosperity and integration that benefitted the financial services sector for several decades seems gone forever. But insurers are uniquely qualified to create value during periods of instability. Those that target investments in AI-enabled tech and stronger data management capabilities to personalise communications and products will be able to create more value, create it faster and deliver it to more customers and communities than ever before.

                Read the full Global Outlook Insurance Report here

                • InsurTech

                Our maiden cover story follows the irresistible global rise of Revolut and the customer-focused growth agenda for the leading global…

                Our maiden cover story follows the irresistible global rise of Revolut and the customer-focused growth agenda for the leading global financial technology company.

                Read the launch issue of FinTech Strategy here

                Revolut: All-in-one digital money management

                Our cover story follows the irresistible global rise of Revolut. We hear from its Australia & NZ CEO Matt Baxby about the customer-focused growth agenda for the leading global financial technology company. “Traditional banks are great at putting their head in the clouds around strategy and what the vision for the future looks like. Where they really fail is translating that to what needs to happen in the next quarter to begin to realise that vision. And that’s where Revolut’s strengths lie, with a real orientation to action.” 

                ClearBank: A new era in Financial Services

                We speak with ClearBank’s UK CEO, Emma Hagan, about how the digital bank is disrupting the market to deliver regulated banking infrastructure – at speed. “We are not encumbered by legacy platforms, systems or technology and don’t have to battle outdated processes. Everything was built new based on what our clients need from an infrastructure-type bank in the market.”

                NatWest: Banking open for all

                Head of Group Payment Strategy, Lee McNabb, explains how a customer-centric vision, allied with a culture of innovation, is positioning NatWest at the heart of UK plc’s Open Banking revolution: “The market we live in is largely digital, but we have to be where customers are and meet their needs where they want them to be met. That could be in physical locations, through our app, or that could be leveraging the data we have to give them better bespoke insights. The important thing is balance… At NatWest, we’ll keep pushing the envelope on payments for a clear view of the bigger picture with banking that’s open for everyone.”

                EBRD: People, Purpose & Technology

                We speak with the European Bank for Reconstruction & Development’s Managing Director for Information Technology, Subhash Chandra Jose. With the help of Hexaware’s innovation, his team are delivering a transformation programme to support the bank’s global investment efforts: “The sweet spot for EBRD is a triangular union of purpose, people, and technology all coming together. This gives me energy to do something innovative every day to positively impact my team and our work for the organisation across our countries of operation. Ultimately, if we don’t get the technology basics right, we can’t best utilise the funds we have to make a real difference across the bank’s global efforts.”

                Innovation Group: Enabling the future of Insurance

                “What we’ve achieved at Innovation Group is truly disruptive,” reflects Group Chief Technology Officer James Coggin. “Our acquisition by one of the world’s largest insurance companies validated the strategy we pursued with our Gateway platform. We put the platform at the heart of an ecosystem of insurers, service providers and their customers. It has proved to be a powerful approach.”

                OSB Group: Building the bank of the future

                Group Chief Transformation Officer Matt Baillie talks to Interface about maintaining the soul of a FinTech with the gravitas of a FTSE business during a full stack tech transformation at OSB Group. “We’ve found the balance between making sure we maintain regulatory compliance and keeping up with customer expectations while making the required propositional changes to keep pace with markets on our existing savings and lending platforms.”

                Begbies Traynor Group: A strategic approach to digital transformation

                We learn how Begbies Traynor Group is taking a strategic approach to digital transformation… Group CIO Andy Harper talks to Interface about building cultural consensus, innovation, addressing tech debt and scaling with AI: “My approach to IT leadership involves creating enough headroom to handle transformation while keeping the lights on.”

                Read the launch issue of FinTech Strategy here

                MoneyLIVE Summit is coming to London’s Business Design Centre March 10-11. Book your tickets now!

                Hosted in the FinTech capital of the world, MoneyLIVE Summit is the global payments and banking event bringing together industry leaders at the top of their game. This is where ground-breaking partnerships are forged, where innovation is accelerated and where the brightest ideas are born.

                MoneyLIVE Summit sets the agenda for the future of banking and payments

                For over 30 years, MoneyLIVE has brought together the movers and shakers of the banking and payments industry. Through impactful conferences, webinars, reports, roundtables and digital content.

                Join 1500+ attendees and hear from 200 expert speakers across five stages. Revolut’s UK CEO Dr Francesca Carlesi, Lloyds Banking Group COO Ron van Kemenade, Standard Chartered UK CEO Saif Malik, ABN-AMRO’s CDO Jorissa Neutelings and Groupe Crédit Agricole Group COO Philippe Coue are among the baking leaders sharing insights across Payments Infrastructure, Digital ID, AI & Operations, CX, Digital currencies and Blockchain, Open Banking and much more.

                “An unmissable event for those serious about banking and payments transformation.”
                Global Head of Strategy & Innovation, ING

                Startup City

                Welcome to Startup City, the innovation epicentre of MoneyLIVE Summit 2025. This designated hub is designed to accelerate start-up and scale-up growth, featuring a dynamic stage, exclusive networking zone, and high-impact deal booths.

                If you’re on the hunt for funding, seeking scaleup opportunities, or looking to forge distribution partnerships, you’ve found your ultimate arena.

                AI-powered Networking at MoneyLIVE Summit

                4000+ QUALIFIED MEETINGS & CONNECTIONS

                Benefit from:

                The AI matchmaking tool

                Search, sort and filter the full attendee list

                Instant messaging

                Book and accept meetings

                Build your own personal agenda

                Book your ticket now!

                • Digital Payments
                • Event Newsroom
                • Neobanking

                Brendan Thorpe, Customer Success Manager at Auriga, on how banks can gain valuable insights from ATM data

                Everyday customer interactions with ATMs or ASSTs to withdraw cash or check their account means these touchpoints emit hundreds of thousands of data points per day. This data holds the answers to how customers interact with those end points and how they are performing. However, currently this data is not being fully analysed or harnessed at all.

                Data Analytics

                This is surprising when you consider how better data analytics is widely understood to be crucial to enable banks to stay ahead of the competition. Indeed, one major study found that nearly half (48 percent) of banking executives globally agreed on this. However, many do little with it. The data which is harvested from the self-service banking network, including ATMs and ASSTs, is a critical way for banks to lower their operational costs. At the same time it can improve their offerings and increase their bottom line.

                Real-time data collection and analysis is more than just critical for managing operational costs. It also plays a significant role in how banks realise their omnichannel ambitions to improve customer engagement and experience. For this to be successful, banks must leverage tools which provide actionable insights into performance across a number of channels including in-person services, ATMs, online and apps. The insights which are collected on these channels provide a complete and integrated picture of banking performance across all touchpoints.

                Actionable Insights from Data

                No matter how a customer interacts with the bank, every touchpoint provides large amounts of data which can be collected, sorted, and analysed for actionable insights. However, taking this information from raw data and transforming it into valuable insights is a challenge for many financial services organisations.

                To do this, it involves strong data management and analytics processes and end-to-end mapping of all self-service banking channels, in-person and online. Real-time insights are also key to understanding how the network is performing and how customers are interacting with the endpoints. Importantly, this information must be easily accessed throughout the organisation. Doing this will enable the bank to identify if there are any inefficiencies or issues throughout the network which can be fixed swiftly, with minimal disruption to services.

                Significantly, with real-time monitoring, banks can see any attacks on their services or endpoints from threat actors. The sensors are not only on the ATM. Those around the machines will be able to collect any interactions with the endpoints and in the surrounding area. For the most part, the sensors will pick up harmless interactions, but other times this may be an indicator that a threat actor was trying to take money out of the machine. As such, collecting, sorting, and analysing real-time data from the sensors can protect the bank and their customers and mitigate any harmful threats.

                Furthermore, predictive analytics and continuous monitoring will enable banks to forecast the future performance of each touchpoint. Banks are able to apply specific parameters. Depending on their current business objectives they can better understand how each service channel is forecasted to perform in a specific situation.

                How advanced analytics is transforming banking

                As budgets tighten with rising costs, banks need to approach their ATM networks in a smarter way to optimise cash management and data forecasting. Real-time data tracking gives banks a greater understanding into customer behaviour. This is key to service performance improvements, including knowing in real time whether the ATM self-service interface is working or not. However, banks must get their data right, before they lean on the insights.

                From real-time monitoring of customer interactions, financial services institutions can collect data based on the transaction flow, which can indicate if there is a better way for customers to complete their transaction. This will allow banks to see where network inefficiencies lie and then drive a culture of continuous improvement. The ATM is a vital touchpoint for a full omnichannel service, so banks leveraging data in the right way will ensure that the endpoint and the network are more user friendly.

                Moreover, real-time tracking will also enable banks to predict when cash cartridges need to be replenished. As such, this will ensure there is enough cash in the machines for customers, and be able to better forecast how much cash the endpoint will need. This creates efficiencies around how banks deliver cash to the machines that need it. It reduces their Cash-In-Transit (CIT), security, interest and insurance costs.

                Digital Transformation

                To make sure that banks are making the most out of the data, they should leverage a dynamic, industry-specific banking business analytics platform. This should be available to all in the business and be able to seamlessly integrate into their current systems. The platform must collect and analyse the data in real-time from all key touchpoints in a bank’s network. Importantly, this data should be converted into usable insights for customer behaviour and performance metrics for the ATM. This will enable banks to adapt their offerings to changes in customer needs and market conditions. This will place banks on the front foot so they can focus investment in the up-and-coming areas.

                The banking industry shows no signs of slowing down when it comes to digital transformation and development. The key here is to understand how all service channels, in-person and online, are performing to ensure customer demands are met. The way to do this is through leveraging real-time insights and data analytics. Financial services organisations must transform their approach to self-service banking strategies as data analytics is not only a driver of competitiveness, but also of long-term success.

                Learn more at https://www.aurigaspa.com/en/

                • Neobanking

                Akbar Hussain, Co-founder and Chief Legal & Compliance Officer at TerraPay. on how money is travelling faster and further than ever

                In the last few years, we’ve seen capital become increasingly mobile, with ever greater sums of money travelling across national borders. This trend in international payments has largely been shaped by shifting consumer behaviours and needs, an unprecedented global health crisis, technological advancements and the rapid rise of eCommerce. However, just because more of us are doing it, that doesn’t mean international money transfers have become all that much easier or quicker.

                International Payments

                Sending a digital bank transfer from A to B is one thing. But when you’re sending cash across national borders the complexities are compounded. However, while cross-border money movement can be a challenge, there are opportunities on the other side of the coin. The big prize? A chance to reimagine how money flows. 

                In a frictionless world, international payments could, and should, be effortless. But cross-border payments are still bogged down by regulatory demands, technological gaps and transparency issues. Until fairly recently, the word ‘instant’ was not associated with cross-border money transfers.

                If we get it right, and substantially ease the difficulties of sending money abroad, we can empower individuals and open up the global economy. Smoother cash flows mean markets can function more effectively, and geographic barriers to wealth and attainment can be broken down. First, it’s incumbent on us to dismantle the following barriers:

                Financial Illiteracy

                Traditionally, navigating international payments has felt like an exclusive club, accessible only to those fluent in its jargon. From formatting payments correctly to ensuring BIC and IBAN numbers are accurate, it’s easy to see why so many feel excluded.

                But it doesn’t have to be that way. Streamlined systems can make it easier for people to send their money wherever they want. Moreover, you don’t need to be wealthy or well-heeled for your cash to be a frequent flier.

                High Costs

                Hitting “pay” on an international transfer can often feel like throwing it into a black hole and hoping for the best. With no tracking or transparency, the money disappears until it finally surfaces in the recipient’s account days later. Transaction fees are high, which can really add up if you’re transferring small payments at a time.

                Compliance

                As financial regulations tighten to combat fraud and crime, cross-border payments face more scrutiny than ever. Large transfers, in particular, often encounter unexplained delays as banks – yours, intermediary banks, or even the recipient’s – verify the legitimacy of the funds. Customers are rarely kept in the loop. Instead, they’re left waiting, powerless, for their money to clear. It’s an opaque, frustrating experience that feels anything but consumer friendly.

                These challenges all pertain to traditional cross-border payments. But what if we thought about these transactions differently? Let’s reimagine cross-border payments in the same way we’ve revolutionised communication. If an SMS can reach anyone, anywhere in the world, instantly, affordably, and without interruptions, why can’t money work the same way?

                Digital Wallets

                In just over a decade, digital wallets have transformed the financial landscape, connecting millions of unbanked and underbanked individuals to the formal financial system. These tools have proven especially vital for small-value cross-border transfers, which are often critical for families, businesses, and communities. By 2026, global wallet users are projected to exceed 5.2 billion, driving transaction volumes past $12 trillion. These numbers highlight not only the scale of their impact but also the untapped potential for advancing cross-border payments.

                The question isn’t whether digital wallets can play a role in cross-border transactions, because we know that they do. The question is how we can maximise their potential across geographies. What does a payment ecosystem look like when wallets are at the heart of it?

                Two key factors are essential: building a more comprehensive ecosystem for digital wallets and ensuring greater interoperability between systems. These changes would simplify cross-border transactions for individuals and businesses alike. Creating a global financial environment where sending money is as intuitive as sending a text message.

                A thriving digital wallet ecosystem – characterised by low fees, simple interfaces, transparency, and robust security – could redefine how people connect, collaborate, and seize opportunities across borders.

                The Future for Payments

                To achieve this, the financial industry must come together to dismantle systemic barriers. Interoperability, regulatory alignment, and infrastructure upgrades are essential to creating a unified global payment framework. Advocating for cross-border interoperability at the domestic level, for example, would pave the way for transactions that transcend silos and fit within a globally recognised standard. This would lower costs, reduce risks, and boost the efficiency of cross-border payments.

                Digital wallet innovators have an opportunity to bridge the gap left by traditional banks. While established financial institutions bring legacy and scale, they’ve often been slow to innovate in ways that meet the needs of a fast-moving, increasingly interconnected world. For billions of people, the future of finance is already in the palm of their hand. 

                • Digital Payments
                • Neobanking

                Luke Kyohere, Group Chief Product and Innovation Officer at Onafriq, on payments innovations to look out for this year

                The global payments landscape is undergoing a rapid transformation. New technologies coupled with the rising demand for seamless, secure, and efficient transactions has spurred on an exciting new era of innovation and growth. With 2025 fast approaching, here are important trends that will shape the future of payments:

                1.The rise of real-time payments

                Until recently, real-time payments have been used in Africa for cross-border mobile money payments, but less so for traditional payments. At OnAfriq, we are seeing companies like Mastercard investing in this area, as well as central banks in Africa putting focus on this.

                2. Cashless payments will increase

                In 2025, we will see the continued acceleration of cashless payments across Africa. B2B payments in particular will also increase. Digital payments began between individuals but are now becoming commonplace for larger corporate transactions.

                3. Digital currency will hit mainstream

                In the cryptocurrency space, we will see an increase in the use of stablecoins like United States Digital Currency (USDC) and Tether (USDT) which are linked to US dollars. These will come to replace traditional cryptocurrencies as their price point is more stable. This year, many countries will begin preparing for Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs), government-backed digital currencies which use Blockchain. The increased uptake of digital currencies reflects the maturity of distributed ledger technology and improved API availability.

                4. Increased government oversight

                As adoption of digital currencies will increase, governments will also put more focus into monitoring these flows. In particular, this will centre on companies and banks rather than individuals. The goal of this will be to control and occasionally curb runaway foreign exchange (FX) rates.

                5. Business leaders buy into AI technology

                In 2025, we will see many business leaders buying into AI through respected providers relying on well-researched platforms and huge data sets. Most companies don’t have the budget to invest in their own research and development in AI. Therefore, many are now opting to ‘buy’ into the technology rather than ‘build’ it themselves. Moreover, many businesses are concerned about the risks associated with data ownership and accuracy so buying software is another way to avoid this risk.

                6. Continued AI Adoption in Payments

                In payments, the proliferation of AI will continue to improve user experience and increase security. To detect fraud, AI is used to track patterns and payment flows in real time. If unusual activity is detected, the technology can be used to flag or even block payments which may be fraudulent. When it comes to user experience, we will also see AI being used to improve the interface design of payment platforms. The technology will also increasingly be used for translation for international payments platforms.

                7. Rise of Super Apps

                To get more from their platforms, mobile network operators are building comprehensive service platforms. These integrate multiple payment experiences into a single app. This reflects the shift of many users moving from text-based services to mobile apps. Rather than offering a single service, super apps are packing many other services into a single app. For example, apps which may have previously been used primarily for lending, now have options for saving and paying bills.

                8. Business strategy shift

                Recent major technological changes will force business leaders to focus on much shorter prediction and reaction cycles. Because the rate of change has been unprecedented in the past year, this will force decision-makers to adapt quickly, be decisive and nimble. As the payments space evolves, businesses, banks, and governments must continually embrace innovation, collaboration, and prioritise customer needs. These efforts build a more inclusive, secure, and efficient payment system that supports local to global economic growth – enabling true financial inclusion across borders.

                • Digital Payments

                Aviva, one of the UK’s leading insurance, wealth and retirement businesses, has chosen AutoRek, a leader in automated reconciliations, as its…

                Aviva, one of the UK’s leading insurance, wealth and retirement businesses, has chosen AutoRek, a leader in automated reconciliations, as its reconciliation and CASS tool.

                The collaboration will ensure greater efficiency and compliance through automation. Aviva will leverage AutoRek’s end-to-end platform to implement a fully audited, rules-driven reconciliation process, ensuring complete transparency for CASS auditors and internal stakeholders.

                With AutoRek, Aviva will gain an improved automated solution for client money and regulatory reporting, reducing the manual effort and inherent risk associated with manual processing.

                This new capability will enable Aviva to reduce operational inefficiencies, streamline compliance, and enhance overall financial control.

                “Aviva is dedicated to investing in technology to further our growth strategy. Following an extensive tender process, we were highly impressed with the quality of the AutoRek tool. The implementation of the AutoRek solution will streamline our processes and allows us to confidently address future scalability and volume requirements.”

                Chris Golland, Head of CASS & Middle Office, Aviva

                “We’re thrilled to onboard Aviva as a client to the AutoRek platform, empowering them to achieve greater efficiency and accuracy in their operations. Together, we’re driving innovation and setting new benchmarks for financial excellence.”

                Jack Niven, VP Sales, AutoRek

                • InsurTech

                Nick Botha, Payments Lead at AutoRek, on meeting customer expectations for faster, cheaper and more transparent cross-border payments

                As international trade and e-commerce continues to expand, cross-border payments have grown substantially. According to the latest report from EY, global cross-border payments are growing at around 9% annually. And they are expected to reach $290tn by 2030. As the digital economy continues to expand, the demand for more efficient, secure, and inclusive payment systems becomes crucial. The shift from traditional T+2 and T+1 settlement periods to real-time payments has already reshaped domestic transactions. Setting the stage for a similar revolution in cross-border payments.

                Whilst there is plenty of opportunity for cross-border payments, sending and receiving payments can be a complex and challenging process. This is due to rising data volumes, fragmented systems, and different regulations across multiple territories. So, how can businesses best prepare for the evolving cross-border payments environment?

                Breaking down the barriers for cross-border payments

                It’s no secret that achieving real-time cross-border payments involves complexities beyond technology alone. Regulatory challenges are a significant hurdle. Multiple financial institutions across different countries have distinct rules around payments, fraud detection, and compliance. For example, the stringent regulations of the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) contrasts with the relatively flexible approach of the US Federal Reserve. This diversity in regulations can lead to inefficiencies, increased costs, and compliance burdens. Harmonising these regulations will be crucial for creating a seamless global payment network.

                In addition, cross-border payments often take several days to process through traditional banking systems. This can be due to time zones, inefficient processes and the involvement of multiple intermediaries, including correspondent banks, and local financial institutions. Each intermediary adds time and cost to the transaction, and the entire process can take between two to five days. For businesses, these delays can disrupt cash flow, complicate supply chain management, and create issues with paying vendors and employees promptly. Worryingly, the delay can prove hugely problematic for SME’s who often operate with tighter cash reserves and need more immediate access to funds.

                Furthermore, businesses engaged in cross-border transactions must also navigate the complexities of fluctuating exchange rates. Currency exchange rates can change dramatically, influencing the cost and value of transactions. This could lead to financial losses if a payment is delayed or if a favourable exchange rate changes before the transaction is processed.

                Unlocking potential by reducing complexity

                To overcome cross-border challenges, G20 leaders endorsed a roadmap for enhancing payments globally in 2020. This initiative set out to address the four key challenges related to cost, speed, access, and transparency. Therefore, paving the way for a more efficient and inclusive financial ecosystem. For example, the G20 aims for 75% of cross-border payments to be credited with the beneficiary within an hour by 2027. The past couple of years have undoubtedly brought major milestones with respect to this roadmap. Most notably, SWIFT has been a central figure in traditional cross-border payments. It provides a standardised network for financial institutions to send and receive information about transactions.

                The challenges faced by businesses with cross-border payments has unlocked new opportunities for financial institutions to develop innovative solutions. FinTechs are leveraging advanced technology, including blockchain, artificial intelligence (AI), and digital currencies, to make cross-border payments faster, cheaper, and more transparent. Blockchain and cryptocurrencies are often cited as potential game changers in cross-border payments due to their ability to eliminate the need for intermediaries, whilst enabling instant and transparent transactions. For example, Ripple, one of the leading blockchain-based payment networks, uses its RippleNet platform to facilitate payments between countries. This provides faster and more cost-effective payments.

                Cross-border payments traditionally have been more complex than domestic transactions due to multiple intermediaries. Furthermore, it’s important to note ongoing international collaboration will be crucial to ensuring cross-border payments remain seamless, secure, and inclusive. This opportunity can be maximised through automatic reconciliation. By automating the processing of high volumes of date from cross-border payments, businesses can remove the distractions of mismatched information, fraud concerns and accounting hold-ups. It also manages inbound payments, outbound payments, and inter-currency transfers through a centralised framework. This enables businesses to gain complete visibility of the data.

                Opportunities on the horizon for cross-border payments

                The pace of change within the payments and wider fintech industry is showing no signs of slowing down. Customer expectations for faster, cheaper and more transparent payments are driving change across the sector. It’s certainly an exciting time for the industry, but financial institutions cannot afford to rest on their laurels. Further growth can be found on the horizon for those who are equipped with the right knowledge to be able to pursue cross-border payments effectively.

                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Digital Payments

                Ben Parker, CEO at eflow Global, on how consolidating information can help organisations achieve a comprehensive view of their regulatory compliance

                When it comes to compliance, financial institutions are constantly navigating a landscape that is not only highly complex, but also in a state of perpetual flux. Firms must ensure that they are meeting the current standards set by regulators. Furthermore, they must also stay ahead of the curve in a world where regulations are continuously evolving. It’s about keeping up with the rapid advancement of technology, particularly in areas like artificial intelligence. It reshapes both the methods of regulatory enforcement and the strategies employed by those who seek to circumvent the rules.

                Accordingly, the importance of technology and data in compliance strategies is ever increasing. Traditional approaches, such as manual data entry and analysis, are increasingly inadequate in meeting the demands of modern regulations. Just look at the frequency and granularity of data reporting that is needed for the EMIR Refit regulations as a practical example.

                However, as financial firms have recognised this shift and turned to technology as the solution, the transition has brought new problems of its own. Namely, the fragmentation of data across disparate, siloed systems. So, how do firms solve this issue?

                The data fragmentation problem in compliance

                The issue of data fragmentation has become a common occurrence in compliance. Firms are often deploying multiple technology solutions to manage their regulatory obligations. Across areas such as trade surveillance, eComms surveillance, best execution and transaction reporting. As a result, they often find themselves grappling with data silos caused by using multiple, disconnected systems.

                While these tools are often very good at specific tasks, a lack of data integration between systems will harm a firm’s overarching compliance efforts. These platforms, if sourced from different vendors, may not be able to share data between one another. This ultimately undermines their effectiveness, negating the operational efficiency technology is supposed to add.

                The use of multiple systems by firms can happen for a variety of reasons. For example, legacy technology that has been in place for a number of years, the need to comply with different regulations as the business has scaled and changes in regulatory strategy. Moreover, you also need to consider that reporting formats can differ between regions, as can protocols for monitoring market abuse. When you combine all of these variables, it means only one thing – identifying non-compliant activity is trickier for firms to achieve, as is demonstrating compliance to regulators.

                This is a major problem as, perhaps more than ever before, different areas of compliance overlap. For example, being able to monitor suspicious messages shared through digital communications channels could help identify instances of market abuse. Or predict when it might take place. This relies on a firm being able to map its trade data over eComms surveillance data to create a complete picture of the activity. Without being able to do this, firms would have to spend huge amounts of time and resources manually cross-referencing data from separate systems. In turn this increases the risk of human error and the danger of breaching regulations.

                Why a holistic system supports compliance

                Rather than having to implement complex and costly integrations between in-house and third party apps, a holistic compliance platform can provide the seamless flow of data between various sources via straight-through processing. This creates a real-time overview of compliance processes and streamlines workflows, reducing human errors and enhancing efficiency.

                With such technology in place, firms have a central digital hub from which to manage their holistic regulatory strategy. If chosen wisely, additional modules can be easily added and integrated to meet new regulatory requirements as they emerge. This allows firms to scale more effectively.

                This ‘single source of truth’ also enables compliance professionals to have a broader understanding of trading activity taking place across their organisation. It also facilitates improved sharing of information between different departments, trading desks and regional offices. This ‘joined up’ approach is likely to become even more important. As the financial landscape becomes increasingly interconnected this will be incredibly challenging to achieve without a centralised digital platform.

                New regulations such as EMIR Refit require significant extra reporting requirements. The sheer amount of data and the speed with which it needs to be processed means such automation and integration tools are crucial. Moreover, in such a digitally diverse landscape, a holistic system allows companies to assess the numerous data points needed to be compliant without any regulatory gaps. 

                A future non-negotiable

                While many firms are currently grappling with multiple compliance systems and data silos, employing a centralised system will become a non-negotiable in the future of compliance. Not only are regulations constantly changing, but trading strategies are evolving even quicker. This means that instances of market abuse, driven by trends like growing interest in digital assets and AI-powered trading, are only likely to increase. If firms are hindered by disparate compliance systems, they leave themselves open to significant regulatory risk.

                The underlying challenge for companies is to find ways to maintain compliance and keep on top of changing regulations while also ensuring these efforts do not place an unnecessary strain on resources. In the face of these challenges, a holistic compliance system offers the simple solution to striking this balance – it enhances the efficiency, accuracy, adaptability and overall effectiveness of regulatory processes. Crucially, it is clear that regulators have growing expectations of firms to take a proactive approach to this challenge.

                A centralised regulatory system also sets firms up to integrate more advanced tools like AI. There are already highly sophisticated compliance tools that have integrated features like natural language processing to ‘translate’ messages and link suspicious communication to abusive trading. The more comprehensive and diverse the data, the better these models work at analysing trends and spotting abuse.

                A holistic solution to a complex compliance challenge

                While a firm’s intention may be to drive efficiency, the adoption of compliance technology without a coherent strategy can in fact create more issues. If compliance systems can’t communicate effectively with each other, errors creep into datasets and gaps in regulatory processes appear. This means firms risk breaching regulations and suffering greater market abuse, with both outcomes bringing financial and reputational damage. 

                The key lies in integrating these disparate data sources into a single, cohesive, holistic system. By consolidating information, businesses can achieve a comprehensive view of their regulatory compliance. Therefore, reducing the need for cumbersome IT infrastructure and ensuring they remain agile in the face of ongoing regulatory changes. Ultimately, a holistic system simplifies a regulatory and trading landscape that is increasingly varied and complex.

                James Butland, VP – Payment Network at Mangopay, on meeting the needs of the gig economy with Embedded Finance payment solutions

                Specialised payment solutions supported by Embedded Finance have become essential for supporting the gig economy. They offer speed, accessibility, and security in financial transactions.

                The global gig economy is forecast to reach a value of $1847 billion by 2032, reflecting its rapid expansion and impact on the workforce. This growth has unlocked flexibility and autonomy for workers. Furthermore, it has also introduced unique financial challenges, particularly in payment systems. With so many platforms available for freelancers, each one strives to offer the best experience. To succeed in the competitive world of the gig economy and handle changes in demand and pricing, platforms need to adapt fast.

                Embedded Finance is a Transformative Force

                Embedded Finance is emerging as a transformative force for gig workers. It simplifies payment processes and enhances financial management. Its impact is already evident in the streamlining of payments. Instead of waiting for traditional payroll cycles, gig workers can now access their earnings instantly. Empowering them with greater control over their finances. This approach not only alleviates cash flow challenges but also facilitates more effective ways of working for freelancers.

                Moreover, Embedded Finance enables seamless partnerships with gig economy platforms. By integrating directly into these platforms, Embedded Finance solutions allow gig workers to manage all financial processes, from receiving payments to tracking earnings, without leaving the platform. For example, partnerships with wallet-based infrastructure providers enable secure, efficient fund dissemination. Meanwhile, laying the groundwork for additional revenue opportunities through wallet-facilitated transactions. This integration enhances both worker experience and platform capabilities, fostering a more cohesive gig economy ecosystem.

                Flexible, Fast Payouts  

                The gig economy is global by nature, requiring financial solutions that can support businesses and workers across borders. Flexible FX infrastructure plays a crucial role in streamlining contractor management by ensuring seamless multi-currency payments, compliance, and administrative efficiency. This type of infrastructure empowers platforms to reduce operational costs and improve the overall user experience for both businesses and gig workers.

                By leveraging modular and flexible FX solutions, employment and HR platforms can cater to specific use cases, such as managing international contractor payments. These solutions not only enable compliant and efficient transactions but also simplify processes. This allows businesses to focus on core operations while offering a seamless experience to their users. Such advancements highlight the potential of integrated financial technology to address complex cross-border payment needs effectively.

                For gig workers, income can often be irregular, leading to cash flow uncertainties and financial stress. Specialised payment solutions, powered by Embedded Finance, address this by enabling instant payouts. By integrating low-fee processing and real-time transaction capabilities, these platforms bypass the delays of traditional payroll systems. This provides workers with immediate access to their earnings.

                The ability to access income in real time is more than a convenience; it is a critical lifeline for workers managing daily expenses, emergencies, or reinvestment in their work. This advancement significantly enhances financial stability, helping to sustain the gig economy as a viable career path.

                Digital Wallets

                A substantial number of gig workers operate outside conventional banking systems, lacking access to savings accounts, credit, or other essential financial services. Digital wallets and cross-border payment capabilities, key elements of Embedded Finance, are integral to addressing this gap. These tools allow gig workers to securely store and manage their funds, receive payments in multiple currencies, and make transactions with ease.

                Additionally, digital wallets serve as more than just repositories for funds. They can include features such as budgeting tools, savings trackers, and credit-building capabilities. These tools enable gig workers to manage their finances more effectively while opening up new opportunities for growth and security. For instance, workers can build credit profiles through wallet-based transaction histories, unlocking access to financial services that were previously out of reach.

                Security and Growth

                As the gig economy increasingly relies on digital platforms, the importance of secure and adaptable financial solutions cannot be overstated. AI insights and data-driven credit assessments are creating robust ecosystems tailored to the needs of gig workers.

                AI powered advanced analytics are transforming the way gig workers manage their finances. These tools can identify financial trends and provide actionable insights tailored to the individual. For instance, they can recommend optimal saving strategies or suggest the best times to withdraw funds, enabling workers to make smarter financial decisions and reduce uncertainty in their income flow.

                While data-driven credit assessments are breaking down traditional barriers to credit access for gig workers. With irregular income patterns, many gig workers struggle to secure loans or build credit through conventional means. Platforms are addressing this by using alternative data points—such as earnings history and payment behaviours—to create fair and accurate credit profiles. This innovation opens doors to financial opportunities that empower gig workers to achieve greater financial stability and growth.

                By streamlining payments, integrating accessible financial tools, and leveraging cutting-edge innovations for security, these solutions address both immediate and long-term needs. Through continued innovation, the gig economy is poised to thrive as a flexible, inclusive, and dynamic component of the global financial system.

                • Embedded Finance

                OnAfriq’s Amber Thetford, Chief Product Officer – Card issuing and processing, on how prepaid debit cards can enable companies to take advantage of of trade opportunities across the African continent

                As businesses seek to expand across African borders, cashless payment solutions offer a safer method of transferring money. Prepaid debit cards provide security while mitigating many infrastructure and regulatory challenges.

                The African Continental Free Trade Area Agreement (AfCTA) is moving into the operational phase. It is becoming clearer that part of its success lies in ensuring entrepreneurs and small businesses can effectively trade and receive payments across borders.

                African Trade

                As the African Union has noted, the trade area will be the biggest since the World Trade Organization was formed in 1995. Africa’s population is currently 1.2 billion people. A figure expected to reach 2.5 billion by 2050.

                South Africa took its first step in making AfCTA a reality when former Minister of Trade, Industry, and Competition, Ebrahim Patel, launched the implementation of the start of preferential trade this year. The South African Revenue Service also certified two consignments to Ghana and Kenya.

                Yet, with trade expected to grow among members from 15%-18%, a safe way of moving money is required given the risk that cash presents. Some nine-tenths of transactions in sub-Saharan Africa are, based on World Bank information, in cash.

                Card payments in the digital ecosystem

                The large amounts of cash involved in trade are also cumbersome and difficult to physically transport between markets. Card payments, part of the digital ecosystem, can enable efficient, secure, and transparent transactions. These are essential for facilitating trade.

                Card payments can eliminate the need for manual intervention and reconciliation when it comes to banking and bookkeeping. This, the World Bank states, makes them, on average, three times more cost-effective than conventional purchase order costs.

                Mobile money payments have greatly improved Africa’s ability to make cross-border payments. However, they do not meet the full scope of needs of individuals or businesses. As the United Nations points out, there are regulatory bottlenecks. Furthermore, a lack of interconnectivity among mobile transactions in some countries means people cannot transfer money across borders. Moreover, limitations of infrastructure, accessibility, and interoperability make it difficult for their users to access the global digital economy. As a result, this type of cross-border payment can be limited.

                Prepaid cards can solve trade problems

                There are solutions to these trade dilemmas. Prepaid cards can enable businesses and individuals to transact with global institutions and marketplaces without the need to own a bank account. This option removes a pain point for a business that would otherwise need to accept local alternative payment methods or cash. Navigating challenges like high fees, currency shocks and a lack of access to traditional banks can be simplified through prepaid cards. This makes them a pivotal instrument that enhances Africa’s connection to the global economy.

                For example, one of OnAfriq’s customers provides payroll solutions for seafarers and cruise ships, which frequently travel to different countries. Once the card is loaded, it is very convenient for sailors to use it as one would a normal debit card. They can swipe to pay for purchases or transmit money across borders. The beauty of this option is that whoever is loading the card with money, can be based anywhere in the world. Moreover, the same is also true of the person holding the card.

                Prepaid cards can also be used to manage expenses because they can be provided to managers. For example, a bookstore could make independent decisions about business-related purchases. But only up to a certain amount. This has the added advantage of speeding up operations as there are no lengthy delays across the company when it comes to acquiring stock. Furthermore, it goes some way towards eliminating fraud as the card has a set limit.

                Larger companies with staff who travel extensively can also provide gratuities for their employees. They can then cover incidental expenses without having to dip into their own pockets or bring back paperwork to be reimbursed.

                AfCTA dream can become a reality

                A platform that simplifies a user’s ability to transfer money to cards brings the AfCTA dream closer to reality. The versatile power of prepaid cards can be used to promote free trade between countries and unite Africa’s fragmented payment landscape.

                Prepaid solutions can aid businesses seeking to operate in other African countries to thrive – making AfCTA’s aim a reality and boosting economic growth for all.

                • Digital Payments

                Jan-Willem Weggemans, Vice President, Commercial Payments Lead at Publicis Sapient on the outlook for payments modernisation

                The payments industry is transforming rapidly, driven by customer demand shifts, regulatory developments and technological advances. Payments players need a tailored innovation approach for each value opportunity, based on their strategic position and ambition and each driver of change.

                Understanding the drivers of payments modernisation

                Driven by technological advancements, shifting customer expectations and regulatory developments, banks and financial institutions must adapt their offerings. They must modernise their payments to remain competitive in this ever-evolving landscape as we start this new year.

                Customers expect real-time, seamless and personalised payment experiences that are now standard expectations across financial services. Not only that, but users are demanding frictionless cross-border transactions, alongside advanced features like biometric authentication.

                Massive advances in technological capabilities drive customer expectations. Cloud computing, data platforms, Artificial Intelligence (AI), and Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) enable faster, scalable, resilient, and more secure payment solutions. These enable opportunities to innovate customer propositions and experiences. Moreover, supporting the modernisation of processes and technologies can lower costs and improve resilience.

                Regulatory developments are a key factor. From new (instant) payments schemes to ISO standards to KYC/AML requirements, there is an ongoing need to change/modernise the payments operating model. And possibly innovate client solutions.

                For these reasons, legacy banks can struggle with the pace of change and inefficiencies. Including enabling FinTech disruptors to gain a competitive advantage. So, how can banks examine these learnings and implement better change?

                Progressive modernisation and the impact of GenAI

                Banks and financial institutions can take a tailored approach to payment innovation and modernisation. In all of these approaches, modernising an incumbent player with significant legacy challenges is generally a process of progressive modernisation. Big bang approaches and the building of neo banks to move a legacy bank forward have generally not delivered success.

                Progressive modernisation enables a bank to move in a controlled way from the legacy to the modern state. This requires running the legacy and modern services in parallel. Meanwhile, the integration is enabled by decoupling the hardwired systems top and bottom (integration and data). Only then can you spin up the modern enterprise and core services and progressively direct more clients/transactions/products over the new stack.

                Progressive modernisation is becoming more attractive and suitable for many clients. Furtherore, GenAI can materially alter the cost and duration of these programs, offering lower risk and a significantly improved business case. With new and innovative solutions that utilise GenAI at their core, the whole journey can be greatly accelerated. Including Legacy system discovery, Target state design, Backlog creation, and Building and Testing.

                Three key approaches when facing the need to modernise Payments

                Payments players are facing an ongoing modernisation need, driven by changing client behaviours, technology innovation and regulatory activism. 

                Broadly, we recognise three approaches to payment modernisation, including:

                Fix the edge – either top of the stack or bottom, a small fix, without touching 90% of the existing tech. 

                Incremental uplift – installing a modern solution (but not fully end-to-end). For example, a new core system for a set of products/customers.

                Move to native build – setting steps on the progressive modernisation journey, after investing in decoupling the hardwired legacy systems.

                To select the right approach, we consider two key factors: the event and the players. The event looks at the size of the opportunity (or materiality of the threat) and the size/complexity of the change. The player looks at the performance of the existing operating model, whether payments are core, and whether the ambition is to be a leader in payments or to be part of the majority of players.

                How a player’s participation strategy drives modernisation choices. A client offers white label card processing services, and in their market, they need to offer the most modern solution and lead with modern technology, AI, and embedded compliance/risk solutions. A major incumbent bank decided to invest primarily in customer value propositions, driving value from the broader client relationship. The bank opted for a processing-as-a-service model when it needed to modernise the processing platform.

                Looking at the two extreme options, we see that fixing the edge works well for players where payments are not core, when they do not need to be the first mover, or when their existing operating model is performing well. From an event perspective, it fits when the opportunity is small and/or the change is minor in effort and complexity.

                At the other end of the spectrum, moving on the journey to native build is most suited for players where payments are core. Where they want to be the first mover in the market, and where the existing operating model is facing major challenges. From an event perspective, it is more suited when the event supports a significant value opportunity (or threat to the business) and requires a significant change.

                Making payments progress real

                Many new payment options, including A2A payments and instant payments, offer incremental benefit cases for many players. These are not large enough to kick off the incremental modernisation journey. Thus, most players will opt for a “fix the edge” or “incremental” modernisation approach and wait for another event for a full modernisation.

                Regarding regulation. The new ISO20022 standard is due to come into full force in November 2025. However, less than a third of messages were exchanged using the new standard in late 2024. An often cited reason for delays in implementing regulatory changes is the edge approach replanning required to keep up with the evolving set of rules regarding the ISO standards. The evolving set of rules is inevitable, as the regulator is responding to market experiences and feedback from trying to implement the initial rules set. Thus, in regulatory change with this level of impact, a cloud-native approach would be better, enabling a more nimble/agile response to continuous changes.

                What is the next move?

                Faced with the inevitable need to invest in payments, we suggest taking a portfolio approach and looking 2-3 years ahead when evaluating individual modernisation events. And your strengths/weaknesses and strategy. Modernisation is not just a technical upgrade but a strategic enabler that can drive efficiency, resilience, and innovation. You can ensure that each modernisation effort contributes to a cohesive, future-ready payments ecosystem by aligning your investments with long-term business goals. This approach will help you avoid costly short-term fixes. And build a scalable, agile infrastructure that supports evolving customer expectations, regulatory requirements, and competitive pressures.

                • Digital Payments

                Sejal Mehta, Karen Chiew, and Andrew Rodgers from Odgers Berndtson’s Global FinTech Centre of Excellence, look at five FinTech trends and how they will influence leadership hiring and assessment in 2025

                In 2024, the UK FinTech sector experienced a significant surge in hiring, reflecting the industry’s robust growth and investor confidence. From January to April 2024, FinTech job vacancies increased by 61% year-on-year, with technology roles, particularly in development and engineering, leading this expansion.

                Alongside this growth, we’re seeing a gradual blurring of boundaries between traditional finance, decentralised finance (DeFi), and technology. Moreover, this convergence is most evident at the executive leadership level. Here, movement between these sectors is becoming increasingly common – propelled by regulatory shifts and evolving global politics.

                In light of these trends, here’s a look at the types of leaders UK FinTech firms are likely to prioritise in 2025…

                Bridge Builders between Digital and Traditional Finance

                The UK is pressing ahead with development in digital payments, including blockchain applications and Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs). This signals growth in investments in digital asset companies. This aligns with the broader global trend, notably the pro-crypto stance of the new Trump administration.

                We’re already seeing an uptick in DeFi players asking for professionals from established finance and banking backgrounds who can bridge traditional and digital asset knowledge. In particular, we anticipate demand for leaders who are adept in risk management, compliance, and client services. Those who can demonstrate the ability to navigate the complexities of digital assets.

                As digital currencies and CBDCs open new possibilities in financial products, demand is rising for leaders in product development. Those who can design, test, and implement digital payment solutions that appeal to both institutional and retail users. Leaders who are agile and can thrive in an environment of ambiguity will be especially valuable in serving the overlapping needs of these different customers. 

                Hyper-Personalised Financial Specialists driven by AI

                FinTech is rapidly leveraging AI to pivot toward autonomous financial and predictive insights. In 2025, this will lead to the growth of hyper-personalised financial products and enhanced risk management.

                To capitalise on the opportunities of this developing technology, FinTech companies will look for leaders with established capabilities in data analytics and AI. Particularly those who can drive data-informed strategies, emphasising efficiency and scalability.

                Crucially, the growth of autonomous finance means FinTech firms will face significant demands on their data infrastructure and processing power. Furthermore, leadership expertise in cloud computing, AI architecture, and data scalability will be key as firms navigate these technical challenges.

                Cybersecurity Leaders with Deep Specialisms

                In 2025, cybersecurity leadership hiring in FinTech will emphasise specific skills beyond traditional cybersecurity. This is due to heightened regulatory scrutiny and evolving digital threats. With the rapid growth in digital payments, cryptoassets, and autonomous finance, we anticipate FinTech firms to prioritise leaders with expertise in digital identity verification to prevent unauthorised access and protect consumer data across platforms.

                As transaction volumes rise, transaction security leaders who can oversee real-time monitoring, anomaly detection, and encryption protocols will become essential to safeguard against data breaches and financial losses. Likewise, fraud detection capabilities and leveraging AI and machine learning will be a key focus in cybersecurity leadership roles. These will proactively identify and mitigate fraud risks, especially with the increasing adoption of open finance and decentralised finance solutions.

                Highly Adaptable Regulatory Leaders

                Multiple regulatory developments affecting FinTech companies will come into effect in 2025. These include cryptoassets, cyber security, Buy Now Pay Later (BNPL) services, open finance, and enhanced safeguarding for payments and e-money firms. Moreover, these changes will introduce stricter compliance requirements, aiming to improve transparency, consumer protection, and resilience within the FinTech sector.

                Additionally, we expect the recently published UK National Payments Vision, APP Fraud guidelines and Financial Promotions to drive payments and FinTech companies to seek leaders with expertise in compliance, cybersecurity, and risk management. As firms navigate stricter rules, demand will increase for executives who can build robust frameworks for regulatory compliance, safeguard digital assets, and ensure consumer protection. Leaders with experience in adapting to regulatory shifts, particularly in highly regulated sectors, will be essential to manage these new obligations efficiently.

                This need for specialised knowledge will intensify competition for talent with both technical and strategic regulatory expertise. Making digital regulatory acumen a critical asset for leadership roles in FinTech.

                Customer-Centric Innovators to Build Seamless Experiences

                FinTech companies are prioritising leaders capable of harnessing Banking-as-a-Service (BaaS) to innovate in customer experience and streamline cross-sector collaborations. As BaaS becomes a cornerstone of FinTech innovation, firms will seek executives who are adept at using this model to create seamless, customer-centric solutions that simplify interactions and integrate financial services more deeply into everyday life.

                This shift reflects a clear message from the industry: customer experience is no longer a single department’s responsibility; every leader is expected to bring a customer-first approach to the table.

                Leaders who can foster strategic collaborations across sectors – such as retail, healthcare, and technology – will be valued, as these partnerships drive BaaS innovations that embed financial services within various digital ecosystems. Consequently, the demand for leaders with a balance of technical insight, strategic partnership skills, and a strong customer-focused ethos will shape hiring trends, with companies competing for leaders who can bridge the gap between FinTech capabilities and elevated, customer-centred experiences.

                Shaping the Future: Agility and Insight in FinTech Leadership

                As FinTech technologies and sectors continue to merge, FinTech leaders must demonstrate learning agility. Their ability to adapt past experience to new contexts will be crucial to their leadership effectiveness.  

                Equally important will be their curiosity in understanding the evolving landscape. And their interpersonal savvy in navigating relationships with diverse stakeholders – both of which will significantly influence their impact in the FinTech space.

                The most effective way to identify leaders with these capabilities is through leadership team competency profiling. This approach offers data-driven insights into team composition and critical skill gaps, aligning leadership competencies with the specific strategic objectives of the FinTech firm. By tailoring this process to the firm’s current phase of growth, FinTech companies can ensure they have the right leaders to successfully navigate the challenges of a highly disruptive market.

                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Cybersecurity in FinTech
                • Digital Payments

                ClearBank, the enabler of real-time clearing and embedded banking, recently announced its partnership with Airwallex. A leading global Digital Payments and…

                ClearBank, the enabler of real-time clearing and embedded banking, recently announced its partnership with Airwallex. A leading global Digital Payments and financial platform for modern businesses. Through this collaboration, Airwallex will leverage ClearBank’s agency banking solution to enhance its UK offering with virtual business accounts, GBP collections, and Confirmation of Payee (CoP) functionality.

                Partnering for Digital Payments with ClearBank

                ClearBank has enabled the global FinTech to issue virtual accounts and IBANs under its own brand identity. This reinforces Airwallex’s robust financial platform, while also allowing the company to maintain seamless customer branding. Moreover, through the partnership, Airwallex will have access to UK payment schemes. These include Faster Payments, BACS, and CHAPS. Accelerating Airwallex’s strategic goal of helping businesses simplify their global Digital Payments and financial operations, unlock new opportunities, and grow without limits.

                “Our priority is to provide businesses with fast, flexible and seamless financial services. ClearBank’s agency banking solution aligns perfectly with our vision, allowing us to enhance our product offering in the UK while maintaining our brand identity. The team’s deep understanding of our business needs and their speed of execution have been invaluable throughout the partnership development and integration process.”

                Vivien Cheung, Head of Financial Partnerships – EMEA, Airwallex

                The partnership is founded on the companies’ shared ambition to utilise innovative technology to bring streamlined financial services to more customers in new markets. Furthermore, it highlights a growing demand for innovative financial solutions that combine the flexibility of FinTech with the security of traditional banking. ClearBank’s cloud-based approach allows for efficient integration, enabling Airwallex to deliver the features and functionality businesses need to make Digital ayments faster and more cost-effective.

                “We’re proud to partner with Airwallex as the business enters its next phase of growth. Our unique combination of innovation and security was essential in supporting the premium customer experience that Airwallex is looking to provide. We look forward to deepening our relationship with Airwallex as we explore further opportunities for collaboration.”

                John Salter, Chief Customer Officer, ClearBank

                About Airwallex 

                Airwallex is a leading global financial platform for modern businesses, offering trusted solutions to manage everything from Digital Payments, treasury, and spend management to embedded finance. With our proprietary infrastructure, Airwallex takes the friction out of global payments and financial operations, empowering businesses of all sizes to unlock new opportunities and grow beyond borders. Proudly founded in Melbourne, Airwallex supports over 100,000 businesses globally and is trusted by brands such as Brex, Rippling, Navan, Qantas, SHEIN and many more. For more information, visit http://www.airwallex.com

                About ClearBank 

                ClearBank is a purpose-built, technology-enabled clearing bank. Through its banking licence and intelligent, robust technology solutions, ClearBank enables its partners to offer real-time payment and innovative banking services to their customers. For more information, visit www.clear.bank

                • Digital Payments

                According to a new report published by WiseGuy Reports (WGR), The Insurtech Insurance Technology Market was valued at $ 31.05 billion in…

                According to a new report published by WiseGuy Reports (WGR), The Insurtech Insurance Technology Market was valued at $ 31.05 billion in 2024 and is estimated to reach $322.7 billion by 2032. It is set for growth at a CAGR of 33.99% from 2025 to 2032.

                InsurTech revolution gathers pace

                The insurtech insurance technology market is revolutionising the traditional insurance sector by integrating advanced technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning (ML), blockchain, and data analytics. InsurTech solutions streamline operations, improve customer experiences, and enable data-driven decision-making. These technologies cater to various aspects of insurance, including underwriting, claims processing, and policy management.

                The market has witnessed robust growth due to the rising demand for digital solutions and personalised insurance products. With startups and established insurers collaborating, the industry is becoming more agile and competitive, creating new opportunities for innovation in risk assessment and fraud prevention.

                InsurTech’s key players

                The InsurTech insurance technology market features a dynamic mix of startups and established players. Key companies include Lemonade, Metromile, and Hippo, known for their innovative approaches to insurance delivery. Traditional insurers such as AXA and Zurich are also investing in InsurTech partnerships to modernise their operations.

                Companies like Policybazaar and Root Insurance are leveraging AI and big data to enhance customer engagement. Furthermore, tech giants like Amazon and Google are exploring the sector, further intensifying competition. Moreover, these players focus on integrating advanced technologies and developing user-centric platforms to stay ahead in a rapidly evolving market.

                • InsurTech

                Stuart Cheetham, CEO at MPowered Mortgages, on how AI-powered technology allows mortgage lenders to fully underwrite loan applications in minutes

                AI technologies are about to have a huge impact on the mortgage market… In November last year the founders of Revolut announced plans to launch a “fully digital, instant” mortgage in Lithuania and Ireland in 2025. Details were sketchy but the company said that mortgages will be part of a “comprehensive credit offering” it intends to build.

                Neobanking progress with AI

                Digital only banks, like Revolut and Monzo, are renowned for using the power of technology and data science to create efficiencies and improve customer experience. The reason neobanks have been so successful is because they provide a modern, convenient and cost-effective alternative to traditional banking. This is done a transparent way, through fast onboarding, 24/7 app access and instant notifications. All with a user-friendly interface.

                While many financial services sectors have embraced financial technology in the way Revolut and Monzo have for the retail banking sector, the mortgage sector has struggled to make a real breakthrough here. Why hasn’t the mortgage industry caught up one might ask? Mortgages are complex financial products, existing at the intersection of justifiably stringent regulation. They represent the single biggest financial commitment people make in their lifetimes. Financial advisors who source mortgages on behalf of borrowers are hindered at every stage by outdated systems and inadequate or commoditised product offerings.

                Disrupting the Mortgage Market

                The mortgage industry is one financial services sector that has been yearning to be shaken up by the FinTech industry for some time. While it’s encouraging to see a successful brand like Revolut enter this market, what is less known is that huge progress is being made already by smaller and less well known FinTech disruptors.

                For example, the mortgage technology company MQube has developed a “new fast way” of delivering mortgage offers using the cutting edge of AI technology and data science. Today, it still typically takes several weeks to get a confirmed mortgage offer. This is one of the major reasons the homebuying process can be so time consuming and stressful for brokers and borrowers. The mortgage process is characterised by bureaucracy, paperwork, delays and often frustratingly opaque decision-making by lenders. This leads to stress and uncertainty for consumers, and their advisors. And at a time when they have plenty of other property-purchase related challenges to contend with.

                Our proprietary research shows us, and this will come as no surprise, that the biggest pain point for borrowers and brokers about the mortgage process is that it is time consuming, paperwork heavy and stressful. Imagine a world where getting a mortgage is as quick and as easy as getting car insurance. This is MQube’s vision.

                MQube – AI-powered Mortgages

                MQube‘s AI-powered mortgage origination platform allows mortgage lenders to fully underwrite loan applications in minutes. MPowered Mortgages is MQube’s lending arm and competes for residential business alongside the big banks. It uses MQube’s AI-driven mortgage origination platform and is now able to offer a lending decision within one working day to 96% of completed applications.

                The platform leverages state-of-the-art artificial intelligence and machine learning to assess around 20,000 data points in real-time. This enables lenders to process mortgage applications in minutes, transforming the industry standard of days or weeks. It automates the entire underwriting journey, from application to completion. This helps to provide a faster service, reduce costs, mitigate risks, and to make strategic adjustments quickly and effectively. By assessing documents and data in real-time during the application, it is able to build a clearer and deeper understanding of a consumers’ circumstances and specific needs. Applicants are never asked questions when MQube can independently source and verify that data, leading to a streamlined and paperless experience. Furthermore, this whole process reduces dependency on human intervention.

                The benefits of AI

                More and more lenders are seeing the benefits AI and financial technology can bring to their business. They are beginning to adopt such AI-driven financial systems which are scalable and serve to address systemic problems in this industry. The mortgage industry is still some way behind the neobanks, but what’s hugely exciting to see is the progress that has been made so far. Moreover, if FinTechs continue to innovate this sector and if lenders continue to embrace financial technology and use at scale, then getting a mortgage could genuinely become a quick, easy and stress free process. At this point, the mortgage industry could begin to see a shift in consumer perception and change in consumer behaviour. A new frontier for the mortgage industry is upon us.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Neobanking

                Plumery, a digital banking experience platform for customer-centric banking, today announced it has launched Digital Lending. The fully end-to-end digital…

                Plumery, a digital banking experience platform for customer-centric banking, today announced it has launched Digital Lending. The fully end-to-end digital loan origination journey allows bank customers to go from application to disbursement in 180 seconds.

                Digital Lending

                Plumery Digital Lending offers market-leading speed with banks, digital lenders and other financial institutions who are able to launch their new lending products in as little as 18 weeks. Moreover, allowing firms to triple their loan portfolio and capacity while maintaining the same staffing levels.

                Many financial institutions are still unable to offer a fully digital loan origination process to customers. This forces them to partially complete a process online before finalising with human intervention. Yet, firms need to move quickly to stay competitive in today’s fast-paced world and benefit from the highest interest rates in a decade. 

                Transforming the loan process

                “By transforming the loan origination process into a fully digital experience, banks and other financial institutions can meet the demand for seamless and efficient customer journeys. Firms can configure every aspect of the process, safe in the knowledge they are on top of bank-grade security and infrastructure.”

                Ben Goldin, Founder and CEO of Plumery

                Digital Lending includes:

                • Digital application through web and mobile interfaces
                • Secure capture and storage of customer information
                • Streamlined, compliant onboarding experience
                • Automated application processing and data collection
                • Integration with external data sources for accurate scoring and vindication
                • AI/machine learning driven credit decisioning with customisable rules
                • Digital document generation and e-signatures
                • Loan disbursement and integration with core banking or loan management systems

                With customer journeys built on the Plumery platform, firms can align with their unique workflows or adapt to changing regulatory requirements – and continue making rapid improvements from there. Plumery offers tools which both developers and business users can employ to make final adjustments, ensuring fast and affordable automation.

                About Plumery

                Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery’s mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide, regardless of size, to craft distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences.

                Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. This blend has been cultivated through years of experience at start-ups, scale-ups, and established financial institutions, and most notably at globally leading financial technology companies, where they were instrumental in creating disruptive digital banking solutions and platforms that now serve 300+ banks globally. 

                Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric platform provides banks with the foundation for success beyond fast-time-to-market by expediting the development of their digital front ends while significantly cutting costs compared to in-house initiatives or solutions with high total cost of ownership (TCO).  

                • Neobanking

                Ben Hunter, Senior Director of Financial Services at Gigamon, on the impact of the Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) and what financial institutions can do to ensure lasting compliance

                The Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) came into force on January 17th. It’s high time for financial institutions to refine their compliance and Cybersecurity efforts. This regulation isn’t just another box-ticking exercise. It represents a shift in the financial services industry that touches everyone in the ecosystem. And every corner of the organisations within it. From IT teams to the board, every department must pull together under a cohesive cyber strategy to meet the challenge. It’s not simply about systems and software. DORA demands a cultural shift toward organisation-wide cyber resilience.

                At this stage, the big changes should already be in place. However, the focus now must be on the finer details. The overlooked pieces that could potentially make or break compliance and prove extremely costly. Organisations must tweak processes and ensure every element of their plan works seamlessly and aligns with the broader goal of operational resilience. Here are three areas of focus to perfect preparedness and ensure DORA compliance is not just a box checked but a new standard embraced by the whole organisation.

                Criticality of third-party Cybersecurity management

                One of DORA’s requirements is reducing reliance on single ICT service providers. This is designed to safeguard financial institutions against concentrated risk. By now, all structural changes should already be in place, with organisations diversifying their ICT providers. Or improving internal capabilities to reduce their external dependencies. However, compliance doesn’t end with restructuring. The focus must now shift from restructuring to managing these relationships effectively. Organisations should be looking to perfect their third-party risk assessment, monitoring, and due diligence strategies. They must ensure their processes for vetting ICT service providers are not just in place but are meticulously detailed. Contracts need to leave no room for ambiguity, with explicit terms outlining providers’ security and risk management strategies. These agreements must be revisited and stress-tested to confirm they align with DORA’s standards.

                Equally critical is ironing out the specifics of ongoing monitoring and oversight. Institutions should be finalising the structure and frequency of their performance reviews and audits. Ensuring these mechanisms are robust enough to identify and address any emerging vulnerabilities. Moreover, by focusing on the details now, organisations can build a resilient operational framework that doesn’t just meet DORA’s requirements but builds resilience into their core operations for years to come.

                Global efficiency through multi-cloud environments

                Adopting a multi-cloud strategy has become essential for financial institutions operating on a global scale. It mitigates concentrated risk by avoiding dependence on a single provider and allows organisations to address the unique regulatory and operational challenges of different regions. However, the complexity of multi-cloud environments brings its own challenges. Particularly in ensuring the visibility and control required under DORA. This is why it’s crucial for organisations and their third parties to refine the tools and processes that support this level of visibility and allow the security teams to continuously monitor their environments.

                According to recent data, 50% of CISOs say their confidence in risk management hinges on having full visibility into all data in motion, including encrypted and lateral traffic across both on-premises and cloud environments. This underscores the importance of advanced monitoring capabilities to effectively manage the complexities of multi-cloud infrastructures. While DORA mandates comprehensive visibility, the benefits go beyond just meeting compliance requirements. Deep observability strengthens organisations’ ability to detect vulnerabilities in real-time, ensuring seamless operations across regions and providers, and service continuity. For multi-cloud strategies to be effective, they must be paired with the right network-level monitoring capabilities. It’s important to build resilience from the inside out.

                Organisational alignment to demonstrate Cybersecurity compliance

                Demonstrating compliance isn’t just about avoiding fines and ticking regulatory boxes. It’s about preserving trust and protecting the organisation’s reputation. Reputational damage and financial penalties hit the top of the organisation hardest. This makes board-level engagement essential to ensuring Cybersecurity efforts are prioritised and aligned with broader business objectives. Boards must recognise that Cybersecurity is not a siloed function; it’s a key aspect of business resilience.

                While security leaders are responsible for designing and implementing security strategies, their ability to deliver is directly tied to the board’s involvement. Board members control the decisions that shape an organisation’s Cybersecurity posture, from budget allocation to strategic priorities. Without their active engagement, security leaders may lack the resources, influence, or organisational buy-in necessary to implement comprehensive security measures. This can lead to significant gaps in compliance efforts and overall resilience.

                To demonstrate compliance effectively, organisations need a unified approach to gathering, standardising, and presenting evidence to regulatory authorities. This includes aligning on consistent formats for documenting key areas like risk assessments, incident management, security testing, and third-party oversight. By finalising internal policies and leveraging automation tools, institutions can ensure their compliance evidence is regulator-ready and accessible. Such coordination not only satisfies DORA’s demands but also signals a strong, unified commitment to operational resilience. One that must come from the top and ripple throughout the entire organisation.

                With penalties for non-compliance reaching up to 2% of global annual turnover, financial institutions cannot afford to be anything less than fully aligned on their compliance strategies going forward. Furthermore, as the broader compliance frameworks are now finalised, the focus must shift to perfecting the finer details that will ensure long-term resilience and success.

                About Gigamon

                Gigamon offers a deep observability pipeline that efficiently delivers network-derived intelligence and insights to your cloud, security, and observability tools. This eliminates security blind spots, optimises network traffic and reduces tool costs. Therefore, enabling you to better secure and manage your hybrid cloud infrastructure.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Industry leaders join forces to host groundbreaking event during ETHDenver 2025 where Stablecoin innovation meets B2B finance

                PayPal, Deloitte, and Bitwave will co-host On-Chain B2B Payments Day. A transformative event dedicated to accelerating the global adoption of Blockchain powered B2B payments.

                Exploring Blockchain technologies

                On-Chain B2B Payments Day will bring together hundreds of senior financial leaders, accountants, auditors, and enterprise executives on February 27 at ETHDenver. They will explore how stablecoins and Blockchain technologies are reshaping the future of payments for businesses.

                “With the broader adoption of blockchain networks and digital assets, stablecoins play a critical role,” said Deloitte Tax LLP Partner, Global Tax Leader – Blockchain & Digital Assets, Rob Massey. “Business transactions take on a whole new dynamic when these ‘programmable’ funds interact with the software applications on a near real time basis. Furthermore, with that, we end up with unique tax, accounting and risk considerations.”

                Redefining payments with Blockchain

                The Blockchain event will be presented alongside ETHDenver – the annual conference for Ethereum developers and Blockchain advocates. On-Chain B2B Payments Day kicks off with a networking brunch and panel discussion featuring some of the leading voices in payment innovation. The event is sponsored by NetSuite alongside other key industry contributors.

                “Stablecoins offer an unprecedented opportunity to transform payment operations for global business,” said Bitwave Co-Founder and COO, Amy Kalnoki. “At Bitwave, we expect to see on-chain payments become one of the fastest-growing areas of Blockchain adoption in 2025. Moreover, this event will provide financial leaders with insights into how on-chain technology will redefine cross-border payments, liquidity management, and real-time reporting.”

                Why Attend On-Chain B2B Payments Day?

                • Gain Practical Insights: Learn from financial experts about accounting, tax, and regulatory frameworks for building a compliant and future-ready payment practice.
                • Discover Real-World Use Cases: Explore how stablecoins are transforming B2B payments, from accounts receivable (AR) to accounts payable (AP) and beyond.
                • Engage with Industry Leaders: Connect with top decision-makers from leading enterprises, institutions, and crypto-native organisations advancing on-chain payments between vendors and payers.

                Bonus: Take the “Bitwave Vendor Payment Pledge” and join an exclusive network of business partners accepting stablecoin invoice payments.

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Ben Goldin, Founder & CEO of Plumery, on how Digital Banking innovations are reshaping the financial landscape, creating a greener future and new opportunities for millions

                Digital banking is making waves in emerging markets, evolving beyond simple transactions to deliver rapid access to credit, broaden economic inclusion, and support sustainable solutions. As smartphone adoption rises and AI reshapes lending processes, digital banking is significantly expanding in underbanked regions, enhancing financial inclusion for people and businesses while minimising environmental impact.

                According to McKinsey, several trends have accelerated this Neobanking evolution in emerging markets. The pandemic drove a shift from cash to contactless and digital payments. E-commerce grew significantly – global transaction volumes increased by 25% from 2019 to 2020 and are expected to continue growing at 12-15% annually. Governments introduced cashless payment systems like Wave in Côte d’Ivoire, UPI in India, and Pix in Brazil to enhance interoperability and improve aid distribution. Furthermore, investor interest surged, with payments-focused fintechs receiving nearly 40% of the $5.2 billion in tech startup capital in Africa in 2021.

                Together, these factors have fuelled innovation in digital finance. This has helped meet rising demand and enabled AI-driven, mobile-first platforms to deliver fast access to capital, fostering financial empowerment in underserved communities.

                Additionally, smartphone penetration is set to reach 88% in Sub-Saharan Africa by 2030. Setting the stage for even greater financial inclusion. Combined with a growing focus on sustainability, digital banking in these regions is positioned to offer services that are both inclusive and environmentally conscious. Here’s a look at how digital banking is breaking down barriers, expanding financial empowerment, and building a greener future across emerging markets.

                The evolution from basic transactions to fully-fledged Digital Banking

                Digital banking initially gained traction by providing essential services like balance checks, peer-to-peer (P2P) transfers, and bill payments. This bridged gaps left by limited banking infrastructure. However, with evolving needs, digital banks and fintech companies now offer advanced products such as digital lending. This is among the most transformative aspects of digital banking in emerging markets.

                Traditional access to credit was often challenging due to strict requirements, physical infrastructure, and extensive documentation. Digital lending platforms eliminate these barriers, enabling users to apply for loans directly through mobile devices, often receiving decisions within minutes.

                AI-driven credit assessment models leverage alternative data points like mobile usage, purchase history, and digital wallet activity. This allows customers to secure funds without a formal credit record. Quick access to capital can be a lifeline for small business owners. Allowing them to act on opportunities as they arise. Digital lending thus meets immediate financial needs and supports broader economic growth by empowering local businesses.

                Banking on a sustainable tomorrow

                As digital banking expands, the need for environmentally sustainable operations becomes critical. The infrastructure supporting digital banking requires significant energy, especially as usage grows. To address this, financial institutions in emerging markets are adopting cloud-based platforms and energy-efficient data centres, reducing resource consumption while scaling services.

                Cloud-based solutions are not only more scalable but also more energy-efficient, enabling banks to expand their reach responsibly. Automated processes further enhance energy efficiency, allowing Neobanking providers to serve more customers while minimising their environmental impact. This focus on sustainability aligns with broader goals of economic development and environmental stewardship, especially in regions vulnerable to climate change. For instance, Nubank in Brazil has achieved significant milestones by focusing on digital-only services, reducing the need for physical branches and their associated environmental impact.

                Bridging gaps and expanding reach

                Financial inclusion remains at the heart of digital banking’s impact in emerging markets. Digital platforms provide an entry into the formal financial system for millions. This allows them to save, invest, and plan for their futures. For small businesses, mobile applications and digital wallets offer essential tools for growth, empowering them to compete and contribute to local economies.

                Digital platforms are also helping bridge the documentation gap by offering digital identity verification. This allows individuals without formal identification to open accounts and access financial services. Moreover, this approach is critical in regions where many people lack traditional IDs, which has historically excluded them from banking. By incorporating digital identification and security measures, financial institutions extend their reach, supporting resilience and inclusion.

                Pioneering financial access through Digital Banking innovation

                Emerging technologies like Blockchain, AI, and Biometrics are another factor in redefining digital banking in emerging markets. Blockchain provides a secure and transparent transaction method, which is particularly valuable in regions with less stable financial systems. AI enables credit assessment using alternative data, while biometrics and electronic Know Your Customer (e-KYC) simplify account creation. This makes it easier for individuals in remote areas to access financial services without physical documentation.

                These technologies not only broaden financial access but also ensure that digital banking systems are efficient, secure, and scalable. By integrating these advanced tools, banks and fintech companies can provide reliable services to underserved populations, raising the standard for accessibility and security. An example of this in action is Moniepoint, a Nigeria-based FinTech. It has secured significant funding to enhance digital payments and banking solutions across Africa. By applying advanced technologies it reaches many who still lack access to banking services.

                The future: Empowerment, Inclusion, and Sustainability

                The future of digital banking in emerging markets holds great potential. With rising smartphone and internet connectivity, even remote areas gain access to financial services, breaking down traditional barriers to inclusion. This evolution goes beyond technology, creating pathways for financial empowerment and economic resilience.

                A new generation of digital banking solutions is enabling financial institutions to extend their reach into emerging markets with a comprehensive range of services. From account management to lending. Designed with flexibility in mind, these platforms support customisation, allowing banks to tailor services to local needs through open APIs and modular infrastructure. By embracing sustainable practices and sustainable technology, these solutions not only broaden financial access but also foster growth in underserved regions in an environmentally responsible manner.

                • Neobanking

                Yuno and PayPal team up to simplify Digital Payments for merchants with flexible options to broaden market reach and unlock new revenue streams

                Yuno a leading payment orchestration platform, has announced a strategic collaboration with PayPal, a global leader in Digital Payments processing. This collaboration significantly enhances Yuno’s offering, giving merchants seamless access to PayPal’s vast active user network. This now surpasses 400 million worldwide.

                Unlocking revenue streams with Digital Payments

                Yuno-powered merchants can now effortlessly offer PayPal’s secure and flexible payment option, broadening their market reach and unlocking new revenue streams. Trusted by millions worldwide, PayPal allows users to make purchases, transfer funds, and pay bills in a fast, easy, and secure way, without the need to repeatedly enter card payment information, contributing to reducing digital footprint and providing the security users are looking for. 

                Including this partnership, Yuno now supports over 300 global payment methods via its intuitive, user-friendly interface, making it easy for merchants to scale quickly by offering the most popular and locally-relevant payment methods in each market. Yuno’s platform also provides access to other innovative features. These include one-click checkout, advanced fraud protection, and optimised payment routing. This boosts transaction success rates and prevents lost sales in the wake of outages at a payment provider.

                Catherine Kaupert, Global Head of Partnerships of Yuno, commented: “We’re thrilled to team up with PayPal, a well-known and trusted name in Digital Payments processing globally. This integration further strengthens Yuno’s capabilities, allowing our merchants to tap into PayPal’s extensive network and drive growth with ease. Together, we are simplifying payments, making them more secure, and enabling businesses to scale without friction.”

                Paola Fuentes, Head of Partnerships for Hispanic Latam at PayPal, added: “Our affiliation with Yuno integrates our entire product portfolio. Including PayPal Checkout and credit and debit card payment processing to provide cutting-edge payment solutions for both customers and businesses. By joining forces, we are expanding the benefits of both companies’ offerings, giving consumers the option to select the payment method that suits them best and take advantage of instalments. According to recent data from AMVO, this is one of the main incentives for Mexican consumers to make purchases through the digital channel”.

                Last year, Yuno secured $25 million in a Series A round led by Andreessen Horowitz, Tiger Global, DST Global Partners, Kaszek Ventures, and Monashees, fuelling its expansion across Asia, Europe, the Middle East, and Africa.

                About Yuno

                Yuno has emerged as a dominant force in global payment orchestration. Its core mission is to empower global commerce by enabling businesses of all sizes to accept and disburse Digital Payments anywhere in the world. Furthermore, fostering financial inclusion.

                Yuno enables businesses to access over 300 payment methods worldwide. As well as innovative features including one-click checkout, smart routing, and robust anti-fraud tools via a single unified, easy-to-use interface. Yuno serves a global customer base that includes McDonald’s, inDrive, Rappi and other renowned brands across more than 80 countries.

                About PayPal 

                PayPal has been revolutionising commerce globally for more than 25 years. The company creates innovative experiences that make moving money, selling, and shopping simple, personalised, and secure. PayPal empowers consumers and businesses in approximately 200 markets to join and thrive in the global economy.

                • Digital Payments

                Simon Ellis, Head of Operations, EMEA at the global payment platform Airwallex, with his key FinTech predictions for 2025

                This past year has truly solidified FinTech’s role as an indispensable part of the financial landscape. From the sleek banking apps that have become a daily staple for millions to the invisible financial infrastructure powering seamless payments… FinTech is no longer just a buzzword – it’s the new norm. It’s not just about innovative startups anymore. It’s about how traditional financial institutions are embracing and integrating these technologies to stay relevant and meet the evolving needs of their customers. In essence, FinTech has become synonymous with modern banking, driving continuous innovation and transformation across the entire industry.

                But what’s next? 2025 promises to be transformational in many ways. Businesses are accepting AI as the reality of our future. Consumers are becoming more accustomed to flexibility and choice. And now more than ever, both seek agile and seamless solutions for their financial needs.

                Here are the trends we at Airwallex expect to see play out over the next twelve months:

                Coopetition with traditional banks and FinTechs

                Coopetition will become a firm reality in 2025. Many of the conventional fears associated with FinTechs will no longer be a salient presence. Increased collaboration between FinTechs and banks will facilitate further innovation on a mass scale. These giants will insert themselves into new industries and access a new generation of customers. The prerequisite for this is the correct compliance and controls but firms are committed to getting this right to ensure they maintain the right to operate.

                A path to Hyper-Personalisation

                Over the past year, we’ve witnessed the emergence of an increasingly educated payments buyer, mindful of what they need today and into the future as they scale. In 2025, we’ll see payment providers take more direction from their customers. Payment providers will need to be more flexible as merchant customer preferences shift.

                For ambitious and progressive businesses, particularly those looking to operationalise in new markets at pace, convenience remains king. Navigating multiple vendors can quickly create friction. However, this is where FinTechs bundling their solutions comes into play. Having a single point of contact that provides a range of services – whether that’s foreign exchange (FX), multi-currency digital accounts, expense management or payouts – isn’t just about convenience. Moreover, it saves on crucial costs that can be reinvested back into the business to spur growth.

                The days of taking a one-size-fits-all product approach will no longer suffice. Hyper-Personalisation will reign supreme as businesses fight for customer attention and brand loyalty.

                The continued rise of Embedded Finance

                In seeking to accommodate the growing need for flexibility, the year ahead will see Embedded Finance become more commonplace across a range of industries. Consumers have most likely all experienced the seamless process of making an embedded payment, whether it’s ordering through a food delivery app or paying for a ride. Usually, it’s through digital-first services, but 2025 will be the year that we see more traditional industries embrace embedded payments to keep pace with the broader innovation taking place in their sectors. This will also help businesses stand out in an ever-changing and overcrowded market. Embedded Finance will help end users maintain their dominance while also driving product stickiness.

                AI is here to stay

                To accelerate this transformation, 2025 will see FinTechs and banks persist in the use of AI to improve decision-making and customer engagement. AI is already being used to automate and expedite previously long and complex processes. For example, Generative AI (GenAI) will continue to help financial institutions enhance the speed and efficacy of know-your-customer (KYC) and customer onboarding processes. Furthermore, at the same time, it will detect unusual activity and fraud. We’ll also continue to see a focus on AI’s use to improve the ongoing customer experience with personalised insights and advice.

                As a result, modern financial services will become more accessible to businesses of all sizes and across sectors. Allowing for easier and more cost-effective management of global operations.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Digital Payments
                • Embedded Finance

                Bharat Mistry, Director – Product Management at Trend Micro, on why attack surfaces are more difficult to mange than ever and the need for greater Cybersecurity controls to tackle the problem

                Some surprising news emerged in mid-December. A Freedom of Information request sent to the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) revealed that the number of c

                Cybersecurity attacks reported to the regulator by large financial institutions fell 53% from the previous year. Reported data breaches also fell, by 29%. While welcome news, there are some big caveats.

                The fall in reports could signify attacks are getting more sophisticated and harder to spot. The reporting periods also didn’t quite align, meaning two-and-a-half months of possible regulatory reports weren’t included in 2024’s figures. In fact, we’re seeing attacks and breaches at financial services industry (FSI) firms surging. In line with these organisations ramping up investment in digital transformation and IT modernisation projects.

                Threat actors are grasping the opportunity with both hands. To keep them at bay, IT and cybersecurity leaders in the sector may need to rethink their approach to cyber risk management.

                Cybersecurity controls are urgently required

                Digital transformation is on an inexorable path. Driven by customer demand for seamless cross-channel experiences, and the quest for more streamlined business processes and productivity gains. Cloud adoption, mobile and app-centric services, remote workforces, and expansive supply chains are the result. However, this rapid change comes at a price. Research warns that half (49%) of global FSI leaders believe their attack surface is spiralling out of control.

                Put simply, the ‘attack surface’ is the total expanse of all the IT and OT systems in a business that could theoretically be hacked. It includes everything from on-premises desktops and servers to cloud containers and even employees. Vulnerabilities and misconfigurations across these systems and services are inevitable. And the more assets there are, the more chance there is that a determined threat actor will find a weakness. This allows them to compromise the corporate network or a critical cloud account.

                Heeding the warning

                The likelihood of them doing so is increasing all the time. Not just because the typical FSI attack surface is increasing, but also because cybercriminals and nation-state operatives are getting better at using AI to their advantage. The National Cyber Security Centre (NCSC) warned back in January 2024 that AI “will almost certainly increase the volume and heighten the impact of cyber-attacks over the next two years”. It’s right. Generative AI in particular lowers the bar for budding threat actors by enabling them to create highly effective social engineering campaigns. And perform reconnaissance at scale to find weaknesses in organisations’ attack surfaces. In some cases, these weaknesses may exist in AI tools brought in by workers themselves. One report claims over a third of firms are struggling with shadow AI.

                Our adversaries are also aided by the sheer complexity and interconnectivity of modern digital environments. APIs, microservices and third-party integrations -including frequently buggy or downright malicious open source components – expand the attack surface yet further.

                Why it’s time for change

                Managing risk across these environments should be a priority for obvious financial and reputational reasons. Open Banking rules and the growth of FinTech have made it easier for dissatisfied customers to jump ship. Furthermore, providing more options for those looking for a new provider. A serious breach could be the catalyst for a mass exodus. It’s also expensive in other ways. FSI is the second-top sector overall in terms of the average cost of a data breach. This is estimated to be over $6m per incident, assuming no more than 113,000 records are compromised.

                However, there’s increasingly a regulatory imperative for FSI firms to rethink their Cybersecurity strategy. Any operating in the EU now has to comply with a rigorous new set of requirements in the EU Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA). From January 1, 2025, those in the UK deemed to be critical third parties (CTPs) will be required to put in place a number of “technology and cyber risk management and operational resilience measures”.

                A new mindset

                So what does this mean in practice? Modern technology environments are dynamic, with new assets appearing and disappearing. Furthermore, new vulnerabilities are emerging and fresh misconfigurations surfacing on a daily or even hourly basis. Managing risk across this vast, incredibly volatile and highly distributed environment requires a new approach. Traditional perimeter defences are no longer sufficient.

                Instead, FSI firms need continuous monitoring of risk across their entire attack surface. From endpoints and networks to servers and cloud workloads. Ideally, such a platform will flag areas of concern and either suggest improvements or automatically remediate. It could be something as simple as changing an insecure password, or patching a critical vulnerability newly published by a key vendor. This is the way to build resilience for the long term.

                But there’s more. Some threats will always sneak through corporate defences. That’s why it’s also vital to expand security operations capabilities with AI-driven analytics and cross-layer detection and response (XDR). The goal is to correlate threat data across multiple layers and automatically prioritise alerts for stretched analyst teams. Robust incident response processes are also key here, to ensure no time is wasted in containing the threat and minimising any damage caused.

                More broadly, it’s about fostering a culture of cyber resilience. Continuous improvement, proactive defence, and a willingness to adapt are ingrained in the corporate mindset. More Cybersecurity regulations are promised by the government in 2025. The clock’s ticking.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Industry thought leaders from Marqeta, the global modern card issuing platform, offer a detailed outlook of the fintech industry for 2025, with predictions around personalisation, digitalisation and the evolving regulatory landscape

                Payments will turn fully personal, with tailored credit, rewards, and BNPL at scale in 2025

                In my opinion, a major global payment trend of 2024 has been hyper-personalisation. A new generation of customers is driving a shift toward personalisation at scale, expecting their FinTech services to be unique and tailored to individual needs. Modern consumers want a future where financial services integrate seamlessly into their digital lives and keep pace with their evolving needs. 

                As a result, we are seeing trends, such as personalised credit offerings and rewards booming. In an industry with increasingly low consumer loyalty, brands and financial institutions must go beyond traditional interactions with FinTech. For example, the recent Marqeta State of Credit report found that of UK consumers who use more than one credit card, 43% confirmed that they would use a credit card more frequently if better rewards were offered. By moving to a dynamic, rather than set rewards structure, consumers can earn benefits tailored to their spending habits and preferences in real time. 

                Increasingly with innovations like Buy Now Pay Later (BNPL), consumers are guided to credit options specifically suited to them and their needs. In 2025, we will increasingly see personalised BNPL payment plan options being offered in real time. Often within existing payment apps and products we already use daily. We are also seeing B2B payments emerging as a strong trend. Ensuring gig workers, sellers and partners get paid efficiently while offering robust expense management and financing. I anticipate we’ll see more demand for innovative B2B payment solutions that enable seamless money management across 2025.    

                Marcin Glogowski, SVP Managing Director for Europe and UK CEO

                2025 will be a year of rapid innovation in financial services  

                In today’s digital-first world, traditional payment infrastructure is no longer enough to keep up with the demands of consumers. The front door of a bank is now an app, digital wallet usage is increasing. New, flexible services have a growing prevalence on the market. In 2025 and beyond, customers will continue to drive a shift toward modern services which keep up with the rate of digital and mobile innovation.

                The ramifications of changing consumer trends could lead to the traditional roles of banks, such as ATMs and as physical branches, disappearing. To ensure continued customer loyalty, all financial service providers will be forced to innovate and offer consumers the embedded, seamless and instantaneous services that they desire. 

                Consequently, across 2025, we are likely to see new technology and solutions being offered to reduce unnecessary friction for consumers trying to pay and get paid. We are already seeing increased demand for Accelerated Wage Access (AWA). A Marqeta study shows that 74% of gig workers ages 18-34 would be interested in an employer who offered an option to get paid immediately. As businesses and workers grow tired of cash flow restrictions and having to wait for monthly pay slips in an otherwise instant, digital world. As new services evolve, competition in Fintech will be enhanced and the financial industry will be forced to grow and evolve. 

                Nicholas Holt, Head of Solutions and Delivery, Europe

                Proactive compliance strategies will lay the foundation for fintech in 2025

                With banking and FinTech partnerships under increasing regulatory scrutiny, the stakes around compliance have never been higher. In this environment, Fintechs can no longer afford a reactive approach to compliance. Instead, they should adopt proactive compliance strategies that go beyond simply seeking to avoid fines and that are embedded into the everyday makeup of their culture and product strategies, helping to build trust, ensure stability, and foster sustainable growth. 

                At Marqeta, we’re committed to embedding compliance into our company’s culture, helping to mitigate risks and create a foundation for long-term success for us and our customers. Proactive compliance strategies allow organisations to leverage advanced tools and position themselves to adapt to shifting regulatory demands while showcasing a genuine commitment to transparency. 

                Alan Carlisle, Chief Compliance Officer

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech
                • InsurTech

                Alex Mifsud, CEO of Embedded Finance platform Weavr, on the outlook for Banking-as-a-Service (BaaS)

                If any FinTech trend is painfully making its way through the archetypical Gartner hype cycle, it is Banking-as-a-Service or BaaS. At its core, BaaS is an API-driven platform enabling third-parties to develop financial products that make use of the banking and payments capabilities, and the regulatory permissions, of financial institutions that offer it.

                This means non-regulated businesses can, in effect, make financial services available to customers without having a banking or financial licence themselves. The bank gets to monetise their licence efficiently, while FinTechs bring ingenuity, market insight and usually, superior digital experiences to customers. It sounds wonderful in concept, but the reality is far more complex. The recent collapse of Synapse, a prominent BaaS provider, as well as the sheer number of regulator interventions across many developed world economies, has highlighted critical vulnerabilities in the BaaS model.

                The BaaS Model

                While no one, including regulators, seems to be denying the opportunity to create customer value, it is increasingly evident that the BaaS model as it has developed over the past five years will not survive in its present form. There are several evolutionary directions that are being talked about for BaaS, even if not yet established. Here, I would like to present a specific variant. The European regulatory model not only makes this possible, but also presents a strong win-win opportunity for banks to collaborate with non-bank financial institutions like e-money institutions and payment institutions (I’ll use the acronym “EMI” to mean either of these). In this model, banks get access to the benefits of BaaS with minimal exposure to the now-better-understood risks. Moreover, EMIs get access to the powerful capabilities and economics that are the sole preserve of banks as deposit-taking institutions.

                These collaborations – in effect, a multi-tier approach to BaaS – should offer safer exposure to Embedded Finance for banks. And richer capabilities available to embedders, and ultimately, end-customers.

                Antipattern Matching

                Recent announcements that Clearbank, a digitally-savvy clearing bank now promoting itself as an embedded finance platform, has hit profitability is a welcome tonic to investors despairing of the stream of bad news hitting BaaS players in the US and Europe. Even JP Morgan, one of the most respected global banks, has shown that size is no obstacle to ambitious, or even radical, innovation, as it also offers Embedded Finance. And at the other end of the size scale, Griffin announced earlier this year that, having secured a banking licence specifically to offer BaaS and embedded finance, it is now ready to start operating.

                In the face of the mentioned challenges that EMI BaaS players have faced with regulators in Europe, some in the investment community have been proclaiming that, to do BaaS effectively, a financial institution needs to have a banking licence. An e-money or payment institution licence simply won’t cut it.

                While such pattern matching and extrapolation is understandable, it is not necessarily correct, so let’s look at an alternative view: both EMIs and banks are viable financial institutions to support Embedded Finance, but each have strengths and weaknesses. Better still, by working together in a multi-tiered configuration, each type of financial institution can play to its strengths enabling the combination to deliver high capability, highly adaptive delivery models of Embedded Finance.

                Banks doing Embedded Finance

                While a banking licence does confer specific advantages – mainly, that deposit-taking provides one of the most attractive financing models for financial institutions to raise funds for lending – there are also disadvantages to being a bank compared to being an EMI. In the UK, for instance, banks need to hold more capital than EMIs, and perhaps more importantly, banks are supervised by both the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the Prudential Regulatory Authority (PRA), the latter of which does not supervise EMIs.

                Navigating innovative operating models like Embedded Finance with two regulators can create greater risk aversion and therefore slow down or even discourage the experimentation that is required to find the right risk-value formula that works. We know from recent experience that getting the balance right between great customer value and sustainable compliant operations can be a delicate balance.

                The Benefits

                One way to square the circle is for banks to provide wholesale financial services to EMIs which then serve end customers on their own licences in turn. While this doesn’t completely insulate the bank from censure in the event that the rules are broken – for instance, if money laundering occurs – it does place the biggest share of the burden of the customer on-boarding and monitoring compliance on the EMI. Given that EMIs were created initially to support money-related activities for a digital world, it may be easier for them by working with a single regulator to achieve the right balance. It also allows large banks with cumbersome on-boarding processes designed for large corporations to get access, via the EMI, to a community of small and medium sized business customers that, in aggregate, represent meaningful business volumes for the bank.

                There is a strong win-win in this kind of bank-EMI collaboration, especially for banks which are used to dealing with other financial institutions as customers. EMIs, in turn, can source a range of wholesale financial services from multiple banks: foreign exchange from one, and lending capacity from one or more others.

                A New Pattern: Multi-Tiered Banking with BaaS

                The future of BaaS lies in collaboration. A multi-tiered banking model allows institutions to combine their strengths strategically. Such a model not only optimises the use of resources but also enhances the value proposition of BaaS by incorporating the strengths of various financial entities. EMIs, with their ability to offer commercial cards, credit lines, and foreign exchange services, reduce the risk for larger institutions and open doors for broader innovation.

                • Embedded Finance

                Simon James, CEO of PayComplete, on why 2024 was a pivotal moment for cash and what the future holds

                After several years of doom and gloom and many proclaiming the death of cash, the last 12 months have well and truly put that idea to bed. Despite many expecting the COVID pandemic to be the last nail in the coffin, four years later, cash is still in widespread use. The future looks bright. Recent figures from the British Retail Consortium (BRC) underscore the story of 2024… Cash is no longer on the way out and is set to remain a critical part of the payment ecosystem and economy for the foreseeable future.

                What happened with cash?

                The resilience and ongoing importance of cash to payments, finance, and the economy is down to two factors. Firstly, it’s clear now that consumers care. Recent research from PayComplete’s ‘Why won’t cash just die?!’ report found 89% of consumers view the ability to pay in cash as important to customer satisfaction. More importantly, when it is removed as a payment option, only 26% of consumers comply. Meanwhile, an even larger group (36%) vote with their feet and walk away without making a purchase.

                It’s not just customer experience that’s impacted by the absence of cash as a payment option. Brand perception also suffers. Research findings discovered nearly half (47%) of consumers believe organisations that don’t accept it are putting profits ahead of customer satisfaction. Moreover, when denied the opportunity to pay in cash, respondents felt a range of emotions, including inconvenience (54%), outright annoyance (52%) and, for those who walked out without making a purchase, anger (16%). Failure to offer this payment choice is a big risk for businesses. It can negatively impact customer satisfaction, brand reputation, and lead to outright anger from customers.

                However, the value consumers place on cash goes beyond it being a way of completing a transaction. It is also seen as critical to supporting local communities. Interestingly, the research found 65% of consumers know card payments incur charges for businesses, resulting in nearly a quarter (22%) actively choosing to pay in cash instead. In fact, over half (57%) of consumers want to help businesses save money by paying in cash, which jumps to 71% for small businesses, tipping, and personal services. Paying with cash, therefore, is not simply a way of transacting with a company. For many shoppers, it’s a sign of support.

                Regulators and lawmakers protect cash

                However, consumers continuing to care is only part of the story. Furthermore, an important factor has been the steps regulators and governments have taken to protect access to cash. In the UK, 2024 was the year that the FCA’s Access to Cash came into force. This made it a legal requirement for banks and building societies across the UK to provide a minimum level of access to cash. Across the pond, similar measures have been taken by Connecticut, Massachusetts, Colorado and Tennessee as US states move to enshrine access to cash into law. With lawmakers realising its importance, and creating regulations to protect access to it, the long-term future of cash is now secure.

                What does it all mean?

                2024 has been a watershed year for cash and its future. No longer are there debates and discussions about a cashless society. Instead, it is here to stay, and, with that certainty, it makes it far easier for businesses to plan for their own future. Businesses waiting to see what would happen with cash before deciding if it was part of their future now have a conclusive answer and can plan accordingly. Moreover, those who have already taken steps to move towards a cashless future will need to reverse course or risk facing consumer wrath.

                The rise of CashTech

                The good news for businesses is that cash management and handling technology hasn’t stood still these past few years. There is a combination of smart hardware and software to finally unify management, processing, and handling. CashTech is a new set of solutions that make it quicker, easier, and more efficient than ever before for businesses to handle cash. Combining hardware and software, CashTech solutions enable enterprises to digitise their handling. Making it easy to assess business-critical areas like cash flow management and better support accounting and business management processes. By automating handling, businesses can also avoid the unnecessary costs of discrepancies and inefficiencies from manual processes.

                In the coming years, when we look back on 2024, we will see it as the year the future for cash was confirmed. Talk of a cashless future and the death of hard currency was wide of the mark. While cash may not usurp debit and credit card payments, neither will they bring about its end. With the future now clear, it’s time for businesses to adopt CashTech in 2025 and turn inefficient processes into a game-changing competitive advantage.

                About PayComplete

                PayComplete is the global leader in cash management solutions, combining bleeding edge hardware solutions with game changing software, unifying cash management with other key payments and operational systems. Dedicated to innovating self-service experiences and operations for both consumers and employees, The PayComplete IoT platform is made up of an adaptable set of SaaS and machine software, intelligent devices, and professional, technical and merchant services. PayComplete Connect unifies the management of transactions, users, devices, and data across the enterprise, bringing digital precision to cash transactions and systems. PayComplete serves a broad range of industries, including retail, transportation, financial services, vending, cash centers, mints and more.Industry leaders, work with PayComplete to make their cash transaction-based businesses more innovative, agile, and efficient.

                • Digital Payments

                Glenn Fratangelo, Head of Fraud Product Marketing & Strategy at NICE Actimize, on financial services fraud prevention in 2025.

                2024 marked a turning point in financial crime management with the advent of Generative AI (GenAI). McKinsey estimates GenAI could add a staggering $200-340 billion in annual value to the global banking sector. A potential revenue boost of 2.8 to 4.7%. This underscores the transformative potential of GenAI. IT IS rapidly evolving from a futuristic concept to a powerful tool in the fight against financial crime. However, 2024 was just the prelude. 2025 promises to be the year GenAI truly comes into its own. Unlocking transformative capabilities in combating increasingly sophisticated threats. 

                This evolution is not merely desirable, it is essential. The Office of National Statistics (ONS) reported a concerning 19% year-over-year increase in UK consumer and retail fraud incidents in 2024, reaching approximately 3.6 million. This stark reality underscores the urgent need for financial institutions (FIs) and banks to bolster their defences against financial crime. In 2025, leveraging the power of GenAI is no longer a luxury, but a necessity for protecting customers and safeguarding the financial ecosystem. 

                The evolving GenAI-powered fraud landscape

                Fraudsters have embraced GenAI as a potent weapon in their arsenal. This technology’s ability to create realistic fakes, automate attacks and mimic customers creates a significant threat to the financial landscape.

                Deepfake technology has become a particularly insidious tool. By generating highly realistic voice and facial fakes, fraudsters can bypass remote verification processes with ease. This opens doors to unauthorised access to sensitive information, enabling account takeovers and other fraudulent activities.  

                In addition, the rise of synthetic identities further complicates the challenge. By blending real and fabricated data, fraudsters can create personas that seamlessly infiltrate legitimate customer profiles. These synthetic identities are extremely difficult to detect, as they appear indistinguishable from genuine customers. Making it challenging for institutions to differentiate between legitimate and fraudulent activities.

                Phishing scams have also undergone a dramatic evolution, becoming more sophisticated and personalised. AI-driven techniques allow fraudsters to craft personalised, convincing emails that mimic legitimate communications, resulting in significant data breaches.

                Harnessing GenAI

                GenAI is being used by criminals – presenting a significant challenge in the realm of fraud. It requires advanced AI capabilities such as real-time behavior analytics that use machine learning to continuously analyse all entity interaction and transaction patterns. This can identify subtle deviations from a customer’s typical behaviour. It allows for initiative-taking and the flagging of suspicious activity before any damage occurs. Moreover, providing a significant advantage over traditional, rigid rule-based systems that often fail to detect nuanced threats.

                Fraud simulation and stress testing using GenAI can also empower institutions to proactively assess the resilience of their systems. By simulating potential fraud scenarios, financial institutions can identify vulnerabilities and train detection models to recognise emerging tactics. Furthermore, this proactive preparation ensures that defences remain ahead of fraudsters’ evolving methods, creating a more robust and adaptable security infrastructure.

                Low volume high value fraud, such as BEC or other large value account to account transfers usually lack the quantity of data needed to optimise models. GenAI can address this by creating synthetic data that mimics real-world scenarios. This approach significantly improves the accuracy and robustness of detection models, making them more effective against new and unforeseen threats.

                GenAI has the potential to transform the investigation process by automating tasks such as generating alerts and case summaries, as well as SAR narratives. This automation not only minimises errors but also frees analysts from mundane tasks, allowing them to focus on higher-value activities. The result is a significantly accelerated financial crime investigation process, enabling institutions to respond to threats with greater speed and efficiency.

                The battle against fraud in 2025 and beyond

                The battle against financial fraud in 2025 and beyond is an undeniable arms race. Fraudsters, wielding generative AI as their weapon, will relentlessly seek to exploit vulnerabilities. To counter this evolving threat, financial institutions must embrace AI to outmanoeuvre fraudsters and proactively protect their customers.

                The future of fraud and financial crime prevention hinges on our ability to innovate and adapt. Institutions that view GenAI not just as a challenge, but as an opportunity, will emerge as leaders in this fight. AI is a force multiplier for institutions striving to combat fraud and financial crime, empowering them with smarter, faster, and more adaptive defences, we can create a more secure and trustworthy financial ecosystem. The choice to innovate in the face of adversity will define the path forward and shape the future.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Martin Greenfield, CEO of Quod Orbis, on a troubling paradox within the cybersecurity landscape: despite substantial investments in security infrastructure, confidence levels and actual capabilities remain worryingly misaligned.

                Financial institutions face concrete regulatory pressure on Cybersecurity with the European Union’s Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) coming into force in February. This landmark regulation demands robust ICT risk management and comprehensive security monitoring. Currently, many organisations continue to rely on disparate tools and spreadsheets that may leave them vulnerable to sophisticated threats. These include AI-powered deep fakes and targeted spear phishing campaigns.

                This challenge transcends the financial sector as organisations across all industries face mounting pressure to demonstrate both security effectiveness and regulatory compliance. Our research reveals a stark reality. Organisations typically maintain an average of 19 security solutions per team. However, a surprising 41% still cite insufficient technology as the primary obstacle to maintaining a robust security posture.

                This misalignment points to a fundamental issue. Organisations must recognise effective cybersecurity isn’t achieved through quantity of tools, but through strategic selection of the right solutions. Furthermore, perhaps most concerning is the false sense of security prevalent among IT decision-makers. While 93% express confidence in their infrastructure visibility tools, an alarming 95% acknowledge difficulties in accessing specific digital assets over the past year. This creates dangerous blind spots leaving organisations exposed to both security breaches and compliance shortfalls.

                Understanding the Cybersecurity challenge

                Today’s enterprise infrastructure resembles a tapestry of critical assets, connections and endpoints. To put this complexity into perspective: IT teams now manage an average of 31 endpoints per person across their organisation. For a company of 1,000 employees, this translates to more than 30,000 devices requiring constant monitoring and protection. This challenge intensifies with the widespread adoption of cloud services, hybrid working arrangements and an ever-growing ecosystem of connected devices.

                Scale amplifies these difficulties markedly. Our research reveals organisations with more than 1,250 employees demonstrate the lowest confidence in their existing tools (88%) and face the greatest challenges in accessing critical assets (97%). Moreover, these larger enterprises typically wrestle with an unwieldy combination of legacy systems, bespoke solutions and modern platforms. This results in notably lower visibility rates (79%) compared to their smaller counterparts.

                Perhaps most revealing is the stark confidence gap between technical and compliance teams. While 94% of information security directors express confidence in their system visibility, merely 66% of compliance directors share this outlook. This disparity exposes a crucial misalignment between technical capabilities and compliance requirements. One that poses serious operational risks as regulatory frameworks increasingly demand continuous monitoring. Organisations clinging to manual compliance processes face an unstable burden. Teams are stretched thin handling routine tasks while regulations grow more complex. Embracing automated technologies to handle routine monitoring requirements will allow compliance teams to pivot from being reactive box-checkers to strategic risk managers.

                Moving from reaction to prevention

                The impulse to combat emerging threats by rapidly acquiring new security solutions has led many organisations to create sprawling, inefficient systems. These often compound the very problems they aim to solve.

                This reactive approach has trapped organisations in a costly cycle of diminishing returns. Despite substantial technology investments, nearly 40% of firms report a troubling lack of actionable intelligence, while 37% struggle with budget limitations. This paradox is increasingly drawing board-level scrutiny. And rightfully so. After years of approving emergency technology purchases to plug cybersecurity gaps, boards are now questioning the value of new investments. Furthermore, tthis creates a dangerous stalemate: organisations need smarter, not just more, technology investment.

                However, a more strategic approach is gaining traction through integrated system monitoring platforms. These comprehensive solutions unite previously disconnected tools under a single dashboard. This can offer real-time visibility across the entire cybersecurity landscape. This unified approach enables teams to identify and address vulnerabilities before they evolve into security incidents. A capability that resonates with the 82% of organisations who recognise enhanced visibility would substantially strengthen their cybersecurity posture.

                It’s encouraging that 72% of IT teams have secured increased budgets over the past three years. However, the path forward requires more than mere financial investment. Organisations must shift from reactive spending to strategic deployment. Although this presents its own challenge: convincing board members that additional tooling represents an investment in comprehensive visibility rather than merely plugging security gaps.

                The path forward

                The transformation from fragmented security to comprehensive oversight demands more than technological upgrades. It requires a fundamental reimagining of how organisations approach cybersecurity monitoring and compliance.

                The advantages of this strategic shift are compelling and quantifiable. Our analysis reveals security teams anticipate multiple efficiency gains: 38% expect automation to streamline document creation, 37% foresee improved board pack preparation, and 36% anticipate dedicating more time to strategic security assessments. Perhaps most significantly, 35% predict a reduction in human error alongside enhanced data accuracy. The efficiency gains are substantial. Teams could reclaim up to 60 hours annually per member on board reporting alone, time better invested in strategic security initiatives.

                With regulatory frameworks growing increasingly sophisticated across sectors, including the forthcoming DORA regulation, maintaining current practices is no longer viable. The disparity between perceived and actual security capabilities poses a tangible risk that organisations must address proactively.

                About Quod Orbis

                Quod Orbis is the single source of truth across security, risk and compliance, providing an orchestration layer for the entire tech stack whether in the cloud, on-premise, legacy or bespoke. Founded in 2018, Quod Orbis became part of Dedagroup, one of the leading Italian IT players, in 2024.

                A pioneer in Continuous Controls Monitoring (CCM), Quod Orbis provides complete and constant visibility into a company’s cybersecurity, compliance and risk posture. Quod Orbis’ ability to connect with every piece of technology within a business, unrivalled automation capabilities and continual support enables the company to serve a global client base across a wide variety of industries.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                ‘FlyEasy’ parametric cover is now available on Zurich Indonesia’s Travel Product: offering real-time lounge access for delayed flights

                Blink Parametric, in partnership with Zurich, has launched flight disruption assistance solution ‘FlyEasy’. Coverage is on the Zurich Indonesia direct channel via the Zurich Edge platform. Leveraging parametric technology, the proposition has been designed to instantly activate coverage benefits upon confirmation of a flight delay. This seamless, fully-digital approach provides ultimate convenience to customers, relieving them of traditional claims processes and allowing them to enjoy their travels with greater peace of mind.

                The expansion is part of the agreement signed in January 2024. The award-winning flight delay solution can now be offered to Zurich’s customers across Asia Pacific via the Zurich Edge Platform.

                Zurich Asia Pacific Network

                This integration is the second rollout this year under the framework agreement to offer Blink Parametric solutions to Zurich Asia Pacific network partners and customers across Singapore, Hong Kong, Malaysia, Indonesia and Japan. The first was with Singapore-based OTA Klook in March.

                Once a customer registers their flight details pre-travel, Blink Parametric monitors that flight in real-time. Also, in the event of a flight delay of two-hours, the customer will automatically be offered real-time assistance of complimentary access to a VIP airport lounge. The lounge pass will have extended validity with a shelf-life of six-months if not used on the day of disruption. The benefit will be applicable for single trip and annual multi-trip executive and premier international travel plan insurance customers. No claims filing or application processing is required.

                Sukma Darman, Head of Digital, Zurich Indonesia commented, “One of Zurich Edge’s key objectives is to bring a fresh perspective on insurance to our partners and customers. We can then deliver personalised, customer-centric solutions using next-gen technology. Blink Parametric have helped us to achieve successful travel insurance integrations for the Asia Pacific region throughout this year. This includes delivery of innovative real-time assistance for our valued customers when they need us.”

                “This latest Zurich Indonesia integration coincides directly with our strategic move to further expand and support our business development and partner activities across the APAC region,” says Richard Pollard, Director of Strategic Accounts, Blink Parametric. “Furthermore, our work with the Zurich team this year has been significant, with two successful launches to date. It’s now possible for Zurich partners to tap into the Zurich Edge platform and deploy our real-time travel assistance solution under the FlyEasy brand with speed and efficiency. Exactly how it should be!”

                Blink Parametric is recognised as one of the most innovative and successful providers of travel InsurTech solutions to insurers world-wide. It offers real-time assistance and service choices to travellers impacted by flight disruption events. Blink Parametric travel solutions are fully customisable and designed to deliver operational efficiency. Moreover, processing high frequency, low value travel insurance claims when the traveller needs immediate real-time claim resolution.

                • InsurTech

                Benjamin Avraham, CEO and Founder at Okoora – the creators of Automated Business Currency Management, on Embedded Finance in global trade and the challenges of FX risk in global expansion

                Embedded Finance is rapidly emerging as a transformative force in cross-border payments, reshaping how businesses handle transactions across borders. By making payments more efficient and accessible, it is becoming a key tool for companies navigating the complexities of global trade. While the concept isn’t entirely new, its adoption has accelerated, with the sector projected to generate an estimated $230 billion in revenue by 2025.

                • Embedded Finance is poised to reshape cross-border payments. It offers innovative solutions to address inefficiencies and create experiences with reduced friction for businesses and consumers alike. 
                • A key trend is the integration of multi-currency wallets. These enable real-time currency conversion and support localised payment methods tailored to specific regions. This not only reduces transaction delays but also enhances accessibility for global users. At the same time, embedded risk management tools are gaining traction. These provide businesses with automated FX hedging options and predictive analytics to better manage currency volatility.
                • Super apps with embedded cross-border capabilities are becoming more prevalent. These offer all-in-one solutions for payments, investments, and FX management. These apps are especially impactful in promoting financial inclusion, allowing underserved markets to access cross-border payment systems with ease. 

                The Challenge of FX Risk in Global Expansion

                For businesses aiming to expand globally and remain competitive, understanding and managing foreign exchange (FX) risk is paramount. Currency volatility, intricate markets, and hidden costs remain significant hurdles for companies operating internationally. Moreover, the solution lies in leveraging embedded currency risk management, which integrates FX tools directly into business workflows to streamline and mitigate these challenges.

                Historically, small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs) have relied on traditional banks for cross-border payment services. However, slow, opaque, and cumbersome banking processes often fail to meet the modern demands for a frictionless experience. SMBs today require more than just service providers—they need trusted partners who truly understand their unique needs and can deliver tailored solutions. Embedded Finance levels the playing field by giving SMBs access to financial tools previously reserved for larger corporations, empowering them to compete effectively in global trade.

                On a parallel track, larger players such as payment institutions, corporates, and banks are increasingly recognizing the potential of embedded finance to unlock new market opportunities and enhance the financial ecosystem. According to a recent report by Publicis Salient, embedded finance revenues are expected to grow by 40% annually in the coming years, underlining its critical role in the evolution of global financial services. This is encouraging organizations without in-house capabilities to actively seek partnerships with fintech providers to deliver integrated, relevant, and accessible financial services, while also creating new revenue streams.

                Key features of Embedded Finance for Cross-Border Transactions

                As businesses continue to navigate the complexities of cross-border transactions, Embedded Finance offers an array of powerful features that streamline processes, enhance efficiency, and mitigate risks. By integrating financial tools directly into business systems, companies can improve operations, reduce costs, and gain greater control over their international payments and currency management.

                Below are the key features that make Embedded Finance a game-changer for businesses engaged in global trade:

                Streamlining Payments

                Frictionless Transactions: Embedded finance integrates payment processing directly into business systems, enabling businesses to send and receive funds across borders without needing separate third-party platforms.

                Localised Payment Methods: It supports local payment systems, ensuring businesses can transact with customers and partners in their preferred currencies and payment formats.

                FX Risk Management

                Automated Hedging: Embedded tools can automatically hedge against currency fluctuations, reducing financial exposure and safeguarding profit margins.

                Predictive Analytics: Advanced analytics help businesses anticipate and respond to currency market threats and opportunities.

                Reducing Costs & Delays

                Lower Fees: By bypassing traditional banking intermediaries, embedded finance platforms often reduce transaction costs.

                Faster Settlements: Transactions are processed more quickly, enabling businesses to manage cash flow and working capital more efficiently.

                Enhancing Transparency

                Clearer Pricing: Embedded finance platforms provide real-time insights into exchange rates and transaction costs, ensuring businesses have full visibility into cross-border payment processes.

                Regulatory Compliance: Built-in compliance tools streamline adherence to local regulations, reducing administrative burdens and risks of non-compliance.

                Access to Financing

                Embedded Credit & Loans: Businesses can access trade financing or working capital loans directly within platforms, supporting growth and smoothing cash flow challenges during cross-border trade.

                Supply Chain Support: Financing solutions embedded in procurement platforms help businesses manage large international purchases with ease.

                Simplifying Tax & Regulatory Compliance

                Automated Tax Calculations: Embedded tools help businesses calculate duties, taxes, and other levies for cross-border transactions.

                Built-in Compliance Checks: Solutions automatically ensure compliance with local and international regulations, saving time and reducing risks.

                The road ahead for Embedded Finance

                The evolution of embedded finance holds the potential to unlock new market opportunities and enhance the global financial ecosystem. Through strong collaboration among fintech companies, regulators, and technology providers, the industry can pave the way for embedded finance to deliver  highly relevant financial services in an accessible manner to  meet the needs of businesses globally.

                About Okoora

                Okoora is a leading fintech provider, offering businesses worldwide the financial infrastructure needed to scale their international operations. Recognized by CNBC and Statista as one of the world’s top 250 fintechs, the company’s automated platform, API, and embedded finance solutions empower businesses to collect and send payments, manage multi-currency accounts, and hedge FX risks. Okoora enables seamless operations in over 100 currencies and 180 countries.

                • Embedded Finance

                Nick Merritt, Executive Director at Designit, on six developments shaping the future of banking in 2025

                Retail banks are entering 2025 with a heady mix of ambition and trepidation. A bewildering blend of technological wizardry and ever-shifting customer expectations has forced banks into a relentless cycle of adaptation. To stay ahead, six key areas are emerging as the lodestars guiding their strategies for the coming year.

                Digital Transformation and Automation – Predicting Your Needs Before You Have Them

                Imagine a world where banks predict your needs before you’ve even realised them. From AI-driven chatbots that never sleep to robo-advisors whispering bespoke investment tips into your ear, automation is rewriting the rulebook on customer interaction. But the magic isn’t confined to the shiny front-end; back-office systems are also getting a makeover. Robotic Process Automation (RPA) is busy in the engine room, banishing inefficiencies and sidestepping human error with quiet efficiency.

                And then there’s the matter of personalisation—a concept that banks are finally treating as more than a marketing buzzword. Armed with advanced data analytics, banks are no longer just responding to customer needs—they’re predicting them. Pre-approved loans or a savings plan tailored to your Friday night wine habit? No problem.

                Cybersecurity: Evolving as Fast as the Threats

                With this digital power comes a greater need for vigilance. Cybercriminals are evolving just as quickly, turning cybersecurity into a battlefield. AI-driven fraud detection tools now scan for anomalies with hawk-like precision, while biometric authentication methods—fingerprints, faces, even voices—transform our bodies into passwords.

                Cyber resilience has become essential, ensuring banks bounce back swiftly from attacks. Trust, in banking as in life, remains hard-won and easily lost.

                Sustainability: ESG as a Competitive Advantage

                Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) criteria have transitioned from being a footnote to taking centre stage. Customers are no longer content with bland promises of responsibility—they’re demanding action. Enter green loans with their tempting interest rates, ESG investment funds that let you save the planet while saving for retirement, and carbon-neutral pledges that make you feel virtuous about your overdraft.

                It’s not just a moral imperative; it’s good business sense. In a world increasingly attuned to sustainability, ESG is a differentiator. Banks that can convincingly wear the green badge of honour are more likely to attract eco-savvy customers and forward-thinking investors alike.

                Embedded Finance & Partnership Models

                Embedded Finance might sound like jargon, but it’s quietly reshaping how we interact with money. Why go to a bank when the bank can come to you—disguised as a “Buy Now, Pay Later” button on your favourite shopping app or as a seamless payment option in your rideshare app? Banks are waking up to the fact that ecosystems, not high-street branches, are where the action is.

                Partnerships with fintech firms are unlocking new avenues for growth. Whether it’s integrating loans into car dealership platforms or powering payments for subscription services, embedded finance is giving banks a chance to slip into customers’ lives in ways they barely notice—but deeply appreciate.

                Cryptocurrencies: Cautiously Testing the Waters

                And then there’s the crypto conundrum. Once the domain of tech evangelists and speculative investors, cryptocurrencies are elbowing their way into the mainstream. Bitcoin ETFs have made it easier for traditional investors to dip a toe into the crypto waters, while Ethereum and Ripple (XRP) are offering solutions that align with real-world banking needs.

                Ripple’s laser focus on cross-border payments could revolutionise international money transfers, slashing costs and speeding up transactions. Ethereum’s smart contracts, meanwhile, promise to simplify complex processes like loan approvals. And Bitcoin, the poster child of the crypto world, is slowly gaining traction as a viable payment method.

                Yet, it’s not all smooth sailing. Volatility, scalability issues, and a regulatory environment that can best be described as “uncertain” are significant hurdles. Still, with pro-crypto voices gaining ground, 2025 might just be the year retail banks cautiously dip their toes into the digital currency pool.

                Personalisation: The Age of “Me”

                Customers expect their banks to understand more than just account numbers; they want personalised interactions that anticipate their ambitions. Advanced analytics are turning this into reality, moving banking from transactional to relational.

                Imagine a bank that adjusts your credit card rewards for your travel habits or nudges you toward your dream car before you even start shopping. Personalisation isn’t just a service upgrade—it’s a survival strategy.

                Looking Ahead to 2025 and Beyond…

                The opportunities for retail banks in 2025 are as immense as they are complex. Digital transformation is reinventing customer experiences, ESG is aligning institutions with the values of an increasingly conscientious public. Meanwhile, Embedded Finance is quietly rewriting the rules of engagement. Cryptocurrencies, for all their challenges, are becoming harder to ignore, while data-driven personalisation is making banking feel more like a partnership than a transaction.

                For banks willing to embrace these shifts, the rewards are clear: deeper customer loyalty, stronger revenue streams, and a reputation for innovation. Standing still is no longer an option.

                • Digital Payments
                • Neobanking

                Ripple, a leading provider of digital asset infrastructure for financial institutions, has announced Ripple USD (RLUSD) will be available on…

                Ripple, a leading provider of digital asset infrastructure for financial institutions, has announced Ripple USD (RLUSD) will be available on global exchanges. RLUSD is an enterprise-grade, USD-denominated stablecoin. Created with trust, utility, and compliance at its core, it is backed by Ripple’s years of experience working with crypto and the existing financial system.

                RLUSD will be initially available on Uphold, Bitso, MoonPay, Archax, and CoinMENA. Additional listings will be made on platforms such as Bullish, Bitstamp, Mercado Bitcoin, Independent Reserve, Zero Hash and others in the coming weeks. Each RLUSD token is fully backed by U.S. dollar deposits, government bonds, and cash equivalents. Designed to ensure its stability, reliability, and liquidity. To maintain the highest standards of transparency, Ripple will publish monthly, third-party attestations of RLUSD’s reserve assets, conducted by an independent auditing firm.

                “Early on, Ripple made a deliberate choice to launch our stablecoin under the NYDFS limited purpose trust company charter. Widely regarded as the premier regulatory standard worldwide,” said Brad Garlinghouse, Ripple’s CEO. “As the U.S. moves toward clearer regulations, we expect to see greater adoption of stablecoins like RLUSD. They can offer real utility and are backed by years of trust and expertise in the industry.”

                A Growing Ecosystem Supporting Global Adoption

                Key RLUSD partners include leading global exchanges, market makers, and payment providers. They are set to drive adoption and usage across the Americas, Asia-Pacific, UK, and Middle East regions. RLUSD is ideal for financial use cases and allows institutions to:

                • Facilitate instant settlement of cross-border payments.
                • Access liquidity for remittance and treasury operations.
                • Seamlessly integrate with decentralised finance (DeFi) protocols.
                • Reliably bridge between traditional fiat currencies and the crypto ecosystem. Ensuring a seamless and efficient transition when entering (on-ramping) or exiting (off-ramping) the crypto space.
                • Provide collateralisation for trading tokenised real-world assets such as commodities, securities, and treasuries onchain.

                Early next year, Ripple Payments will use RLUSD to facilitate global payments on behalf of its enterprise customers. Ripple Payments has served $70 billion in payments volume and counting. Furthermore, it has near-global coverage with 90+ payout markets. Moreover, this represents over 90% coverage of the daily FX market. RLUSD is available on both the XRP Ledger and Ethereum blockchains, offering flexibility and scalability for a broad range of financial use cases.

                RLUSD: Raising the standard for Stablecoins

                Raghuram Rajan, former Governor of the Reserve Bank of India, and Kenneth Montgomery, former First Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, will join the RLUSD advisory board. They will provide strategic guidance on regulatory, financial, and operational aspects to support RLUSD’s stability and growth.

                Rajan and Montgomery join the ranks of the existing advisory board including former Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) Chair Sheila Bair, Vice Chairman of Partners Capital and former CENTRE Consortium CEO David Puth, and Ripple co-founder and Executive Chairman Chris Larsen.

                “Stablecoins could become the backbone of private payments by offering a secure, scalable, and efficient alternative to traditional systems. With its focus on compliance and reliability, RLUSD aims to establish new standards for trust and to play a pivotal role in shaping the future of payments. Joining the Advisory Board provides me an opportunity to counsel RLUSD as it embarks on its journey in the rapidly evolving financial landscape,” said Raghuram Rajan, former Governor of the Reserve Bank of India.

                “I am excited to join Ripple’s advisory board at such a pivotal moment for digital finance,” said Kenneth Montgomery, former First VP and COO at the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. “Stablecoins are rapidly emerging as a cornerstone of the payments landscape. They are delivering the speed, efficiency, and cost-effectiveness that traditional systems often struggle to achieve. I look forward to collaborating with the Ripple team to support the global growth and adoption of RLUSD. Unlocking new opportunities for financial inclusion and modernising the future of payments.”

                Ripple: modernising the future of payments

                RLUSD sets the standard for stablecoins, combining innovative functionality with the regulatory rigor and credibility of an NYDFS-issued New York limited purpose trust company. Furthermore, this highlights Ripple’s leadership in fostering trust and transparency in digital assets.

                Ripple’s President Monica Long commented on X: “The release of RLUSD marks a new chapter – both for the XRP Ledger, as well as Ripple, for use in our $70B payments flows. Combining our 10+ years in the business; the rigour and compliance required with stablecoin issuance by a NYDFS chartered company; and an experienced Advisory Board – RLUSD is launching from day one with credibility, utility and a whole host of partners ready to support it!”

                • Digital Payments

                FICO’s use of Blockchain for AI model governance wins Tech of the Future: Blockchain and Tokenisation award

                Global analytics software leader FICO has won the Tech of the Future – Blockchain and Tokenisation award. The Banking Tech Awards in London recognised FICO for its innovative work using Blockchain technology for AI model governance. FICO’s use of blockchain to advance responsible AI is the first time blockchain has been used to track end-to-end provenance of a machine learning model. This approach can help meet responsible AI and regulatory requirements.

                More information: https://www.fico.com/blogs/how-use-blockchain-build-responsible-ai-award-winning-approach-0

                FICO: Blockchain Innovation

                FICO’s AI Innovation and Development team has developed and patented an immutable blockchain ledger. It tracks end-to-end provenance of the development, operationalisation and monitoring of machine learning models. The technology enforces the use of a corporate-wide responsible AI model development standard by organisations. It demonstrates adherence to the standard with specific requirements, people, results, testing, approvals and revisions. In addition to the Banking Tech award, Global Finance recognised FICO’s blockchain for AI technology with The Innovators award last year.

                Responsible AI

                “The rapid growth of AI use has made Responsible AI an imperative,” commented Dr. Scott Zoldi, chief analytics officer at FICO. “FICO is focused on technologies that ensure AI is used in an ethical way, and governance is absolutely critical. We are proud to receive another award for our groundbreaking work in this area.”

                FICO is well-known as a leader in AI for financial services. Its FICO® Falcon® Fraud Manager solution, launched in 1992, was the first fraud solution to use neural networks. Today it manages some four billion payment cards worldwide. FICO has built advanced analytics capabilities into FICO® Platform, an applied intelligence platform for building decision management solutions.

                See the full list of Banking Tech Award winners for 2024.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Adam Zoucha, MD EMEA at FloQast, on how businesses will modernise financial processes in 2025

                With 45% of accountancy firms and in-house finance teams facing talent shortages, 2025 is going to be a critical year for many. Financial transformation is going to be the watchword. The conditions companies are facing will push them to speed up the transformation of their operations, modernising their financial processes while strengthening their company culture and vision.

                The year ahead will likely see a continuation of the current period of instability, posing serious challenges for accounting teams looking to grow their business. The impact of global geopolitics is hard to predict which, twinned with the UK economy’s persistently slow growth rate, means companies will need to innovate to succeed – embracing automation, AI, and cutting-edge compliance processes.

                It’s not all about the macro trends, though. On an individual level, our research this year has shown that employees are feeling the strain, and business leaders will need to take that seriously in 2025. The talent shortage is a vicious cycle – the harder it is for companies to find and retain talent, the more pressure remaining team members end up having to shoulder. The right technology can play a crucial role in reducing that stress and breaking the cycle.

                Alongside those real challenges, there are real opportunities. The accounting business is changing fast, and it’s a great time to be in the industry. As we draw 2024 to a close, here are five key things accounting firms can expect to see in the new year.

                Financial Transformation moving up the agenda

                We’ve already looked at some of the reasons why financial transformation is going to be critical in 2025, but that doesn’t mean every CFO and accountant in the business is rushing to deliver. Based on our research  60% of accountants and CFOs still do not consider it a top priority – mainly because most don’t truly know what it means for their business, so education is key.

                In essence, companies should aim to align their finance functions more closely with their organisational goals, enabling accountants to bring their expertise and insight to the decision-making process. As the finance function’s strategic role grows, there will be an urgent need for agile, digital tools that enhance collaboration and efficiency. For CFOs, embracing this transformation is essential to navigate new complexities with precision and effectiveness.

                Accountancy teams will embrace new tools for the future

                The talent gap present in the industry is unlikely to change any time soon. It takes time to train people, and accounting has a bit of a PR problem – its status as a secure, skilled job is battling with perceptions of stress and burnout.

                As a result, in 2025, leaders will increasingly look to keep accountants motivated, engaged, and fulfilled as the declining population of new candidates continues to heap pressure on accounting teams—a trend that’s unlikely to reverse anytime soon. 

                It’s essential that business leaders retain their finance professionals by fostering a fulfilling work environment. They can help by upskilling accountants and adopting technologies to reduce mundane and repetitive tasks. CFOs can play a key role by equipping their teams with future-focused skills, blending technology with strategic insight to drive real value within their organisations.

                AI will power Tansformation in 2025

                Transformation in 2025 won’t be limited to removing internal silos and improving staff retention, crucial though those things are. We’re also going to see AI helping accountants become key players in driving business success. The real value of AI will become apparent this year. For finance teams, it will act as a copilot, automating routine tasks and giving time back to accountants to become strategic assets for their organisations.  

                This shift will help the industry tackle talent shortages with agility, turning challenges into opportunities for growth. Embracing AI isn’t just about keeping pace; it’s about unlocking accountants’ full potential as key players in driving business success.

                Compliance will become a value-generating asset rather than a tick-box exercise

                Compliance and risk, when managed properly, can drive real value for organisations. In 2025, the nuanced relationship between compliance, reputation, and risk means it’s likely to move up the corporate agenda. 

                Technology can be a real driver here, and compliance strategies are fundamental to the larger accounting transformation journey. By taking a more holistic approach to compliance, rather than treating it as a mere check-box exercise, compliance can become a valuable asset. Currently, only 16% of organisations take this strategic view, revealing a significant opportunity for those willing to innovate and elevate their compliance efforts.

                Overall, accounting businesses may be facing rough seas, but with the right tools and investments in place, they can unlock new value in 2025: transforming financial processes, improving employee satisfaction, and stepping further into their growing role as strategic advisors.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Digital Payments

                Bryan Daugherty, Global Public Policy Director at the BSV Association (BSVA) and Co-Founder at SmartLedger Solutions, on how blockchain technology provides the accountability and cybersecurity needed to prevent widespread IT catastrophes across sectors

                By Embracing Blockchain, We Can Create a Safer Digital Future

                The rapid increase in cyberattacks poses a severe threat to businesses. These attacks are becoming more sophisticated and costly by the day. The average cost of a data breach in the UK is £3.58 million, and in the US now $9 million. It typically takes 200 days for organisations to detect a breach, followed by another 70 days to contain it. These delays expose significant vulnerabilities in traditional data management systems. They rely heavily on third parties, making them prime targets for cybercriminals.

                Blockchain technology offers a transformative solution to these challenges by creating a secure, decentralised model that can effectively mitigate risks. It provides an opportunity for both individuals and organisations to take control of their data. Therefore, improving cybersecurity and ensuring operational resilience.

                The Problem with Centralised Systems

                Traditional cybersecurity systems are built on centralised models, where data is stored in one location or through third-party intermediaries. This structure makes them attractive targets for cybercriminals, creating a “honeypot” of information that can be breached. A concerning statistic is that, for over a decade, organisations have taken an average of 200 days to detect breaches. Despite claims from cybersecurity vendors that they provide “instant detection,” real-world results show significant gaps in protection, putting data at risk for extended periods.

                Blockchain: Game-Changing Cybersecurity Features

                Blockchain’s decentralised model provides a powerful alternative. By distributing data across a global network of nodes rather than a central location, blockchain makes it exponentially harder for cybercriminals to compromise large datasets. Even if one node is breached, the entire system remains intact. This eliminates the single point of failure that centralised systems suffer from.

                Another key feature of blockchain is its immutability. Once data is recorded on a blockchain, it cannot be altered or erased, making tampering nearly impossible. Therefore, this ensures any unauthorised access is immediately detectable, enabling quicker response times and minimising damage.

                Real-Time Threat Detection with CERTIHASH

                Blockchain’s potential in cybersecurity is already being realised through solutions like CERTIHASH’s Sentinel Node. A blockchain-based tool that provides real-time threat detection. Built on the BSV blockchain, CERTIHASH can detect breaches within 10 seconds or less, offering a proactive approach to cybersecurity. This is a significant improvement over traditional systems, which often take months to identify breaches, leaving organisations vulnerable to prolonged data exposure.

                By leveraging blockchain, cybersecurity shifts from being reactive to proactive. This gives organisations the tools they need to stay ahead of evolving threats and safeguard data more effectively.

                Overcoming Misconceptions About Blockchain

                Despite the clear advantages of blockchain, many organisations remain hesitant to adopt the technology, often due to misconceptions. Furthermore, some still associate blockchain with cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin, which have been linked to ransomware. This outdated view overlooks blockchain’s real potential as a secure, decentralised data management tool.

                Blockchain is not just about crypto; it’s about creating a new standard for data integrity and security. Moreover, it offers decentralised, tamper-proof records that give users control over their own identity and data, reducing reliance on vulnerable third-party systems.

                A Decentralised, Secure Future

                As global reliance on centralised systems grows, so do the vulnerabilities they present. A single point of failure can lead to widespread outages, as seen in numerous cyberattacks and technical malfunctions. Blockchain, with its decentralised architecture, offers a robust alternative that enhances the security and resilience of critical systems. By distributing data across multiple nodes, blockchain ensures continuity even during attacks or outages.

                Conclusion

                Investing in blockchain cybersecurity is no longer optional. With cyber-attacks growing in scale and sophistication, organisations must adopt cutting-edge technologies to protect their data, operations, and customer trust. Blockchain’s decentralised and tamper-proof architecture offers the key to building a safer, more secure digital future. One where businesses and individuals alike can operate with confidence, free from the constant threat of cybercrime.

                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Paul O’Sullivan, Global Head of Banking and Lending at Aryza, on the rise of AI in banking

                The banking sector stands at the crossroads of technological innovation and operational transformation. AI is taking centre stage in reshaping how financial institutions operate. The banking sector is beginning to recognise AI’s potential. It can address challenges, enhance operational efficiency, and deliver more personalised customer experiences.

                The Current State of AI in Banking

                Research reveals that while a number of banking organisations have yet to fully integrate AI into their operations, key areas such as debt recovery are leading the charge. The slower pace of adoption can be attributed to the highly regulated environment of banking. Because transparency, compliance, and customer trust are non-negotiable. However, despite this cautious approach, banks that have implemented artificial intelligence are already seeing significant benefits, particularly in risk management.

                AI’s Role in Risk Management

                Effective risk management is a cornerstone of the banking sector. AI is proving to be a powerful tool in this area. By analysing vast amounts of data and providing predictive insights, AI enables banks to mitigate risks early. They can strengthen customer portfolio stability, and make data-driven lending decisions. These capabilities are essential in a landscape where financial risks can escalate rapidly.

                Beyond the expected benefits, banks have also reported enhanced customer insights as an unexpected advantage. By leveraging AI to analyse customer behaviours and preferences, banks can tailor their products and services more effectively. Furthermore, they can improve customer satisfaction and experience, whilst fostering long-term loyalty.

                Challenges to Adoption

                Although organisations are experiencing a multitude of advantages, the integration of AI in banking is not without its hurdles. Legacy IT systems, stringent regulatory requirements, and concerns around data privacy pose significant challenges to widespread adoption. Banks must ensure AI-driven decision-making processes are effective. Moreover, they must also be fully transparent and compliant with industry regulations. Further highlighting the importance of a gradual, strategic approach to AI implementation.

                Opportunities Ahead

                The potential for AI in banking extends far beyond risk management. From streamlining operational workflows to enhancing customer personalisation and improving decision-making. AI is set to drive innovation across the sector. For example, AI-powered chatbots and virtual assistants transform customer service by providing instant, 24/7 support. They can handle complex interactions, enhancing customer satisfaction. At the same time, advanced analytics enable banks to analyse behaviour patterns, predict trends, and personalise product offerings. Furthermore. enhancing cross-selling opportunities and driving deeper customer engagement. These tools are becoming strategic enablers for innovation in the financial landscape.

                A Call to Action

                For banks to fully realise the benefits of AI, they must address the digital transformation gap, modernising outdated infrastructures and fostering a culture of innovation. This includes investing in technologies that align with their strategic goals, ensuring robust data security measures alongside maintaining compliance with evolving regulations.

                As the banking sector continues its journey towards digital maturity, AI will play a pivotal role in defining its future. By overcoming current barriers and embracing AI-driven solutions, banks can not only enhance operational efficiency but also deliver the seamless, personalised experiences that customers now expect in an increasingly digital world.

                About Aryza

                At Aryza know that in today’s highly regulated world, there is huge value in quickly guiding your customers through the product that best fit their immediate needs, through a seamless journey that is tailored to their specific circumstances.

                We created smart platforms, responsible and compliant products, and a unique system of companies and capabilities so that businesses can optimise their customers’ journey through the right product at the right time.

                For our teams across the globe, the growth of Aryza is a good news story and a testament to our clear vision and goals as an international business.

                And also front of mind as we build a global footprint is our impact on the environment. Aryza is committed to reducing its carbon impact through the choices it makes and we are pleased to say that we follow an active roadmap.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Misplaced confidence in visibility tools leaves organisations vulnerable amidst record high data breaches, according to latest research

                A new report from Quod Orbis highlights that 95% of businesses are at risk of a cybersecurity blindspot. A reported 93% of UK organisations have confidence in their system visibility. However, nearly all (95%) of them have struggled to access critical assets in the last year, according to the research.

                Over a third (38%) actually rank lack of visibility as one of their biggest challenges, further highlighting the gap between respondents’ perceptions and the reality of their situation. This comes at a time when data breaches this year have already surpassed one billion stolen records.

                Quod Orbis Cybersecurity Research

                Martin Greenfield, Quod Orbis CEO, comments: “Businesses are suffering from a blind spot that’s leaving them exposed. Misplaced confidence in existing cybersecurity tools means these same organisations are susceptible to data breaches and non-compliance fallout. This results in potentially crippling financial and reputational consequences.”

                Quod Orbis commissioned a research study with international research house, Censuswide, to poll 500 board executives and IT decision makers, across enterprises of 500+ employees in the UK.

                Cybersecurity Tech Stacks

                Cybersecurity tech stacks are growing exponentially in the face of rising threats. The average team manages 19 security solutions at any one time. However, 41% still report a lack of technology as being their biggest challenge when it comes to maintaining a robust cybersecurity posture.

                As 72% of IT teams have had their IT budget increased in the past three years, Greenfield urges businesses to break free from the typical cycle of throwing money at a problem and hoping something sticks. “It’s not about the biggest investment, it’s about the right investment.”

                A quarter (26%) of IT decision makers are yet to allocate budget to basic security tools like asset visibility technology. This is despite 40% reporting a lack of actionable data.

                It’s clear though that businesses recognise the advantage of implementing the right technology. More than eight in 10 (82%) agree that greater visibility over digital assets will greatly improve business security. This is a huge leap from the 93% of respondents who believe their businesses already provide them with the necessary tools.

                According to the data, most upcoming IT investments will be allocated to Continuous Controls Monitoring (32%), privileged and identity access management (30%) and zero trust (29%).

                The Future

                Greenfield concludes: “Digital infrastructure has reached a level of complexity that not only warrants, but demands, complete visibility. Now is not the time to gamble with your company’s security. Furthermore, organisations need to stop adding layers of unnecessary technology as a way of solving the immediate problem. Instead, they must take a step back and think holistically about how to resolve their issues.

                “Tools like CCM, powered by automation, help teams see and understand their security and risk posture in real time. This offers peace of mind that all of their data is relevant and up to date. This level of insight provides early awareness of potential problems and empowers teams to take a proactive approach to security, instead of being forced back into the same reactive position they’ve been in for years.”

                About Quod Orbis

                Quod Orbis is the single source of truth across security, risk and compliance, providing an orchestration layer for the entire tech stack whether in the cloud, on-premise, legacy or bespoke. Founded in 2018, Quod Orbis became part of Dedagroup, one of the leading Italian IT players, in 2024.

                A pioneer in Continuous Controls Monitoring (CCM), Quod Orbis provides complete and constant visibility into a company’s cybersecurity, compliance and risk posture. Quod Orbis’ ability to connect with every piece of technology within a business, unrivalled automation capabilities and continual support enables the company to serve a global client base across a wide variety of industries.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Innovative Systems, a leading provider of enterprise data, compliance, and integration solutions, has launched FinScan Marketplace

                The platform will serve as a one-stop shop for anti-money laundering (AML) compliance. It offers a streamlined approach to managing compliance risk and unified case management via a central hub for all related activities. FinScan Marketplace positions itself as a trusted partner for organisations navigating today’s complex, global regulatory landscape.

                Removing the complexity of AML compliance

                “Our goal with FinScan Marketplace is to remove the complexity of AML compliance. We bring everything organisations need into one unified platform,” said Deborah Overdeput, Chief Marketing Officer at Innovative Systems. “This launch reflects our commitment to delivering solutions that simplify processes. We empower compliance teams to work smarter, and ensure organisations remain vigilant. And fully aligned with evolving regulatory requirements in a rapidly changing landscape.”

                FinScan Marketplace revolutionises how organisations manage their AML portfolio. It provides a single, easy-to-navigate interface. Customers can seamlessly access a comprehensive suite of tools. These include sanctions screening, KYC checks, adverse media screening, payment screening, and risk scoring, with additional features continually in development.

                FinScan Marketplace

                At the heart of FinScan Marketplace is its unified case management system. This integrates all critical AML processes into a cohesive workflow. From performing due diligence checks to monitoring transactions and investigating potential risks, customers can manage everything within a single platform. This integration saves time, reduces errors, and ensures compliance efforts remain seamless and effective.

                FinScan Marketplace provides customers with a clear vision of the platform’s evolution. Its intuitive interface lets users view in-progress product developments, register interest in upcoming features. Furthermore, they can participate in design feedback sessions. This approach ensures future enhancements align closely with real-world compliance needs.

                “We are not just delivering tools; we are creating partnerships with our customers by building solutions that adapt to their challenges,” Overdeput added. “Transparency and collaboration are key pillars of the FinScan Marketplace.”

                Innovative Systems for AML

                FinScan Marketplace reflects Innovative Systems’ dedication to becoming a trusted partner for a host of organisations. These include financial institutions, insurance companies, fintechs, casinos and gaming entities, charities and non-profits, government agencies, and other organisations it serves. By continuously delivering value, anticipating industry needs, and prioritising customers’ feedback in its development process, the company demonstrates its commitment to supporting effective and reliable AML compliance.

                Innovative Systems delivers enterprise data, compliance, and integration solutions through the company’s leading FinScan®, Enlighten®, and PostLocate® brands. These solutions offer actionable insights and enable organizations to identify the hidden opportunities or risks in their data. We have pioneered best-in-class data quality, data management, and risk and compliance solutions in thousands of applications across more than 65 countries. Our cloud-based (SaaS), on-premise, and hybrid offerings deliver dramatic, measurable improvements in accuracy, cost, and time to production over alternatives. Learn more at innovativesystems.com

                About FinScan


                Trusted by hundreds of organisations worldwide, Innovative Systems, Inc.’s FinScan offers advanced Anti-Money Laundering (AML) compliance technology and consulting solutions. Built on decades of experience in data management and proprietary matching technologies, FinScan provides a data-first, risk-based approach to ensure unparalleled accuracy and efficiency in identifying and reducing risk, accelerating AML compliance workflows, and optimising team productivity. FinScan’s comprehensive, integrated platform includes Know Your Customer (KYC), unparalleled sanctions screening, risk scoring, data quality, and advisory services for implementing a holistic compliance program. FinScan offers flexible deployment including SaaS, on-premise, and hybrid options. FinScan’s SaaS clients are screening more than 300 billion names a year. Learn more at finscan.com


                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Alex Mosher, Chief Revenue Officer at Armis, on why businesses are prioritising their cybersecurity budgets, ensuring they have the resources needed to counteract emerging threats

                Cybersecurity is no longer optional. In 2025, we expect a significant uptick in overall spending. With threats becoming more sophisticated, organisations recognise the imperative to invest adequately in cybersecurity measures. This trend is driven by the growing awareness that the cost of a cyber-attack far outweighs the investment required to prevent it.


                Shift Toward Comprehensive Cybersecurity Solutions

                In 2025, there will be a marked shift toward comprehensive security solutions that offer integrated functionalities. Companies will increasingly seek platforms that provide threat detection, incident response, and compliance management within a single solution. This trend arises from the need to simplify security management and reduce complexity. Siloed solutions are ineffective, expensive and reduce the efficiency of security teams with finite resources. Furthermore, by consolidating various security functions into a unified platform, businesses can streamline their processes and enhance their overall security posture. Integrated solutions offer a holistic approach to cybersecurity, addressing multiple aspects of an organisation’s security needs. The move toward comprehensive solutions also reflects a broader understanding of the interconnectedness of cybersecurity elements. A unified solution that addresses multiple areas provides a more robust defence against potential breaches.

                Emphasis on Automation and AI

                Automation and artificial intelligence (AI) are revolutionising the cybersecurity landscape. Organisations increasingly prioritise spending on AI-driven security solutions to enhance threat detection and response capabilities. The focus will be on tools that streamline incident response, reduce manual workloads, and enable security teams to focus on more strategic initiatives. Moreover, the trend will also include spending on analytics tools that help organisations understand and mitigate risks based on the current threat landscape. Threat intelligence and analytics play a pivotal role in enhancing an organisation’s security posture.

                AI technologies offer a proactive approach to cybersecurity, allowing organisations to identify and mitigate threats in real-time. By leveraging machine learning algorithms and data analytics, businesses can gain deeper insights into potential vulnerabilities and respond swiftly to emerging threats. The emphasis on automation and AI is driven by the need to enhance efficiency and effectiveness in cybersecurity operations. By automating routine tasks and employing AI for advanced threat detection, businesses can optimise their resources and achieve a more robust security posture.

                Investment in Cloud Cybersecurity Solutions

                The migration to cloud environments continues to accelerate, driving the need for robust cloud security solutions. Key investment areas will include cloud security posture management (CSPM) and cloud workload protection platforms (CWPP). The emphasis on cloud security reflects the growing reliance on cloud services for business operations. Moreover, organisations recognise that securing their cloud environments is paramount to safeguarding digital assets and ensuring regulatory compliance. Investments in cloud security solutions also align with the broader trend toward digital transformation. Businesses are leveraging the cloud to drive innovation and agility. This neessitates a strong security framework to protect their evolving digital ecosystems.

                Enhanced Budgeting for Compliance and Regulatory Needs

                Data protection and privacy regulations are becoming increasingly stringent worldwide. Also, this necessitates enhanced budgeting for compliance-related cybersecurity solutions. I expect organisations to allocate more resources to auditing tools, risk management platforms, and solutions that help them meet regulatory requirements such as GDPR, CCPA, and HIPAA.

                The emphasis on compliance reflects a growing awareness of the legal and reputational risks associated with non-compliance. Investing in compliance-related solutions also aligns with the broader trend toward data-driven decision-making. Moreover, by implementing tools that ensure alignment with regulatory requirements, organisations can demonstrate their commitment to ethical data practices and build trust among stakeholders.

                Growth in Cybersecurity Insurance Expenditures

                Cyber insurance is becoming an essential component of an organisation’s risk management strategy. The growth in cybersecurity insurance expenditures reflects a broader awareness of the financial implications of cybersecurity threats. Investing in cyber insurance aligns with the emphasis on accountability in cybersecurity spending. By securing coverage for potential losses, businesses can demonstrate their commitment to protecting their assets and ensuring business continuity in the face of unforeseen events.

                By understanding the key cyber spending patterns outlined here, businesses can make informed decisions. They can enhance their security posture to protect their valuable assets and ensure business continuity as we move into 2025.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech
                • InsurTech

                Yuno enables organisations to transform online checkout experiences, allowing customers to pay securely without the need for passwords

                Yuno, a leading global payment orchestrator, announces that Mastercard’s Click to Pay at checkout is now available to all Yuno clients.

                Click to Pay helps improve customer experience by ensuring purchases can be made securely and quickly with just a few clicks. It significantly decreases the instances of cart abandonment that plague the e-commerce industry. According to Mastercard research, nearly two-thirds of shoppers still struggle through manually entering their card details. Around 25% of carts are abandoned because checkout is too complex or slow. The average online shopping cart abandonment rate worldwide reached 70.19% in 2023, according to Statista. This resulted in an estimated $260 billion recoverable loss in e-commerce sales annually in the US and EU alone. Plus, fraud rates are seven times higher online than in stores. Criminals exploit exposed card numbers, creating headaches for cardholders and huge losses for merchants and card issuers.

                Click to Pay with Yuno and Mastercard

                Yuno’s single-click Click to Pay integration, which is enabled in 40 markets across the world, goes beyond just reducing cart abandonment. It also translates to increased sales and conversions for merchants with digital payments. Yuno offfers a secure and familiar digital checkout option trusted by millions of cardholders worldwide. It empowers businesses to boost customer confidence and improve the shopping experience. Yuno’s ability to offer Mastercard Click to Pay access to merchants is especially crucial for businesses expanding into new markets, where brand recognition can be a challenge. With Yuno, merchants can offer a globally recognised payment solution that eliminates friction at checkout almost anywhere in the world.

                Yuno

                Juan Pablo Ortega, Co-Founder and CEO at Yuno, commented: “At Yuno, we are constantly seeking out the best solutions to streamline payment processes and enhance security, while delivering speed. Making Mastercard’s Click to Pay at checkout feature easy to integrate for all of our customers supports our commitment to removing barriers to global commerce. We’re making sure our customers can focus on running their businesses without any unnecessary headaches.’’

                Mastercard

                Diego Szteinhendler, Senior Vice-President, Fintechs, Merchants and Digital Platforms, Mastercard Latin America and the Caribbean, added: “Digital consumers expect an intuitive, frictionless and secure experience. To support this demand, we’ve built a robust digital infrastructure with a suite of acceptance and payment services, including Click to Pay. Through partnerships like the one with Yuno these are becoming available to millions of consumers across Latin America and beyond.”

                Yuno’s clients, including Viva Aerobus, Bacu, and Habibs, have already begun taking advantage of Mastercard Click to Pay at Checkout via Yuno. It is helping them deliver a secure and convenient user experience for their customers across the globe.

                About Yuno

                Yuno has emerged as a dominant force in global payment orchestration, with a core mission to empower global commerce by enabling businesses of all sizes to accept and disburse payments anywhere in the world, fostering financial inclusion. It enables businesses to access over 300 payment methods worldwide as well as innovative features including one-click checkout, smart routing, and robust anti-fraud tools via a single unified, easy-to-use interface. Yuno serves a global customer base that includes McDonald’s, inDrive, Rappi and other renowned brands across more than 80 countries.

                • Digital Payments

                Waheed Mahmood, Financial Services Lead at Rackspace Technology, on how cloud is elevating CX in the financial services industry

                The importance of customer experience (CX) in financial services is growing. In July 2023, the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) published its Consumer Duty guidelines, designed to set clearer standards of protection for consumers of financial services. The Consumer Duty was created to ensure that financial institutions (FIs) act fairly, while preventing customers from making poor financial decisions.

                Despite the guidelines being implemented over a year ago, some FIs are still struggling to meet customers’ needs and are not working hard enough to protect them. In October 2024, for example, the FCA fined TSB Bank Plc £10,910,500 for failing to ensure that customers in arrears were treated fairly between 2014 and 2020.

                According to Forrester, there has also been a significant decline in EU bank customer experience (CX) quality in 2024. This matters, because as CX quality declines, so does customer loyalty. Financial service executives must step up their game if they want to stay competitive and earn this loyalty. FIs that leverage technology can increase customer satisfaction, reduce the cost to serve and boost conversion rates and profitability. As we look ahead, here are some ways FIs can harness technology to drive customer satisfaction in 2025 and beyond.

                Driving CX through the Cloud

                The Consumer Duty’s objective was to guide individuals toward sound financial decisions. To achieve this, FI’s must leverage data and analytical insights. However, legacy systems often hinder effective data sharing and analysis, limiting the ability to provide personalised guidance.

                Private cloud technology empowers banks to modernise their legacy systems. This can increase agility with the delivery of new services and products, enabling them to create and deliver enhanced CX. This includes offering seamless digital experiences, from smart self-service options and instant transaction tracking to tailored financial guidance and decision-making. Banks can also use cloud analytics to spot user pain points and service disruptions early, directly improving both customer satisfaction and profitability.

                The integration of cloud services with existing banking systems also enhances data flow and interoperability. Real-time analytics platforms, such as Azure Stream Analytics help process and analyse vast amounts of data. This can reveal valuable insights into customer behaviour and preferences. Banks can then offer personalised advice and services, boosting customer satisfaction and interaction.

                To maximise these benefits, FI’s need to ensure these customer insights are shared across departments. Eliminating departmental silos can drive improvements in product development, marketing strategies, and customer service protocols. Success requires integrating design expertise and data capabilities – involving teams from every business function to build a data framework and platform. This integration will help convert customer insights into actionable improvements.

                Double down on service innovation for CX

                Before leveraging cloud technology, FIs must evaluate their current technology stack to identify weak points before embarking on digital transformation initiatives. Legacy systems, which many FIs still depend on put them at a disadvantage as customer demands and expectations grow. This outdated infrastructure is particularly vulnerable, leaving sensitive customer data exposed to risk.

                By updating their technology stack, FIs can improve customer interactions while streamlining critical systems for transaction handling and personalisation. These work together to deliver an experience that aligns closely with individual customer needs. 

                FIs are also leveraging machine learning to gain insights into customer spending patterns, enabling them to offer personalised financial advice and recommendations. Additionally, GenAI is reshaping CX; AI-driven chatbots, for example, offer instance guidance and assistance, freeing up human staff to focus on more complex issues. However, to maximise the benefits of GenAI, FIs need robust infrastructure in place. GenAI models require high-quality, well-structured data for training and precise forecasting.

                A cloud-based platform is particularly well-suited for FIs with specific demands around control, security and workload customisation. By adopting this approach, institutions can meet the high storage and encryption requirements of GenAI, thereby, enhancing both system performance and data security – key factors in scaling these technologies.

                To respond to a continued decline in customer experience quality, financial service providers must make this a strategic priority. Delighting and engaging customers on a personal level has become vital and institutions that satisfy these expectations will be best equipped to attract new clients and build enduring loyalty.

                • Neobanking

                Mastercard collaborates with Qover to offer embedded return service for hassle-free shopping in Belgium and Luxembourg

                Qover, a leading insurtech company committed to building a global safety net, and Mastercard are joining forces to improve the online shopping experience for Mastercard credit cardholders in Belgium and Luxembourg. Furthermore, with Qover’s platform, Mastercard now offers a return shipping cost protection service that refunds shipping fees when retailers don’t provide free returns. Available now on mastercard.be and mastercard.lu, this protection is unique in Belgium and Luxembourg.

                Easy protection for Mastercard credit cardholders

                This new protection arrives as nearly 9 out of 10 Belgians shopped online in early 2024, with clothing remaining the top category. Moreover, Mastercard’s return protection, available to all credit cardholders, provides reimbursements on shipping costs for returns. Also, it offers coverage up to €30 per return and a maximum of three claims or €90 per cardholder annually.

                “Embedded protection is becoming a strategic tool for businesses to enhance customer value and build loyalty. We’re honoured by Mastercard’s trust and are excited to bring this innovative solution to their cardholders.”

                Quentin Colmant, CEO and Co-founder of Qover

                Technology driving customer-first experiences 

                Using its AI-driven platform, automations and advanced data extractions, Qover makes return protection easy and accessible. Also, users can quickly find coverage details or submit a claim in just a few clicks. “Customers receive instant updates on the status of their claim, keeping them informed every step of the way”, explains Parker Crockford, Chief Revenue Officer at Qover. 

                For Mastercard, this technology strengthens loyalty and sets its credit cards apart in a competitive market. The solution is designed for digital-first users who want simple, personalised services.

                “We’re excited to unveil this new solution in collaboration with the rising star of European insurtech, Qover. This unique protection reinforces the value of Mastercard credit cards for online purchases and enhances the online shopping experience for our Belgian and Luxembourg cardholders.”

                Henri Dewaerheijd, Country Manager, Mastercard Belgium and Luxembourg

                This initiative is a key step for Qover in delivering hyper-personalised embedded solutions to meet diverse consumer needs. Qover aims to expand this tech-driven solution across Europe.

                • InsurTech

                Mastercard integrates its Multi-Token Network (MTN) for tokenized deposits and tokenized assets with Kinexys Digital Payments (formerly JPM Coin)

                Mastercard’s blockhain Multi-Token Network (MTN) has connected to Kinexys Digital Payments as a payment settlement solution. This will enhance the availability of B2B cross-border payments to business applications on MTN.

                Kinexys Digital Payments is a next-generation payment rail powering real-time value transfer. Also, it uses commercial bank money and is offered through Kinexys by J.P. Morgan, the firm’s Blockchain business unit.

                Mastercard’s MTN Blockchain meets JP Morgan’s Kinexys

                Mastercard’s MTN brings together a set of API-enabled, blockchain-based tools and standards for innovative business models under one platform.

                Kinexys by JP Morgan and Mastercard are respectively providing solutions designed to improve the efficiency of commercial transactions. Furthermore, these solutions aim to improve the cross-border payment experiences common for such transactions. They will achieve this by providing greater transparency and faster settlement as well as reducing time zone friction.

                By integrating Mastercard MTN’s connectivity with Kinexys Digital Payments, mutual customers of MTN and Kinexys will be able to settle B2B transactions through a single API integration.

                Kinexys – JP Morgan’s Blockchain business unit

                “At Kinexys, we believe our solutions can play a transformative role in the ecosystem for digital global commerce and digital assets, where the value proposition of commercial transaction venues is enhanced by the availability of commercial bank payment rails that can natively integrate with any digital marketplace or platform. We look forward to supporting our clients engaging with the MTN ecosystem and collaborating further with Mastercard in the digital space.”

                Naveen Mallela, Co-Head of Kinexys by JP Morgan

                MTN – Mastercard’s Multi-Token Network

                “For years, both Mastercard and Kinexys by JP Morgan have been committed to innovating for the future of digital asset and commercial infrastructure. By bringing together the power and connectivity of Mastercard’s MTN with Kinexys Digital Payments, we are unlocking greater speed and settlement capabilities for the entire value chain. Moreover, we are excited about this integration and the new use cases it will bring to life, leveraging the strengths and innovations of both organisations.”

                Raj Dhamodharan, executive vice president, Blockchain and Digital Assets at Mastercard

                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Digital Payments

                Ozge Celik, Head of Product at Turkey’s largest FinTech Papara, on how personalisation is making everyday financial transactions more manageable and embedded into our lifestyles

                With unlimited choice from a global marketplace, customer expectations are continuing to reach new heights. Undeniably, we are seeing financial services – being led by the FinTech sector – undergoing a seismic shift towards personalisation and catering to this new form of demand. Users are no longer content with generic services. Furthermore, they want tailored, hyper personalised experiences that reflect their individual needs and preferences. This is particularly true for their banking experiences. Yet, many traditional banking institutions are struggling to keep up with these demands due to their legacy systems and traditional cookie-cutter approach. Whereas the FinTech industry, with its agile frameworks and state-of-the-art technologies, is demonstrating its capability to rapidly position solutions that cater to this demand.

                The growing trend for personalisation

                Personalisation in consumer services is not a novel concept, but its application within the financial sector is a relatively recent development. Despite its infancy, its impact on the industry is profound. Banking has always been a cornerstone of our daily lives, from withdrawing cash to transferring funds. As such, it is unsurprising that users increasingly view their financial services as an extension of their personal identity.

                Over the past decade, we have seen the introduction of customisable physical bank cards, personalised digital tools on mobile banking apps and instant messaging services. Banks and fintechs are striving to meet users’ needs, reshaping the loyalty landscape that has traditionally favoured established banks. These institutions, with their often rigid and cumbersome systems, are being compelled to re-evaluate their user engagement strategies and the solutions they offer.

                Leading the customisation charge

                Startups and FinTechs are riding the crest of this wave of customisation. Traditional financial institutions frequently overestimate the costs associated with data collection and the development of meaningful personalised tools. FinTechs, on the other hand, harness their technological capabilities to sift through vast amounts of data, identifying individual preferences and behaviours. This insight enables them to better create personalised products and services that resonate with consumers on a deeper level. Offering such tailored experiences is not merely a competitive advantage; it is quickly becoming essential to attract and retain users.

                The rise of the super app

                The emergence of the super app epitomises this new paradigm. The inconvenience of managing multiple mobile banking apps is becoming a thing of the past as consumers increasingly favour a unified platform that addresses all their financial needs. This demand extends beyond financial services. The success of super apps like Alipay and WeChat Pay, which integrate services from ride-hailing to grocery shopping, illustrates how this model has become ingrained in everyday life. While the same level of adoption may not be universal due to various market factors, FinTechs are taking note and developing intuitive apps that combine financial and non-financial functions to deliver a seamless and efficient user experience.

                FinTech’s personalisation extends to every facet of the financial journey. From customised budgeting tools and investment portfolios, to personalised insurance products and bespoke lending solutions, providers are redefining what it means to have a financial service that truly fits the individual.

                The implications for personalisation in traditional banking

                To stay relevant, banks must embrace digital transformation and consider partnerships with FinTechs or face the risk of further falling behind. Collaboration between established financial institutions and FinTech disruptors can yield the best of both worlds: the trust and scale of traditional banks combined with the innovation and agility of fintech.

                As FinTechs continue to meet and exceed the hyper-personalised needs of consumers, they are establishing a new benchmark in the financial services industry. By making everyday financial transactions more manageable and integrated into our lifestyles, they are not merely responding to consumer demands but are also anticipating them. As this trend progresses, we can expect to witness further disruption, with fintechs at the helm, steering us towards a more personalised and accessible financial future for all.

                About Papara

                We are not a Bank; we are Papara, we are here for you.

                We are a financial technology company that offers a new financial application experience. Keeping the user in mind against the traditional financial solutions, we strive to build the next generation financial super app. Our amazing community always suggest features and gives us constant feedback.

                We integrate the most innovative technology to help our users control their money while being completely transparent.

                In 2015,we started our services with the permission we received from the Banking Regulation and Supervision Agency to operate as an “Electronic Money Institution”.

                Papara is the first non-bank to issue a Mastercard logo prepaid card in Turkey and currently a Mastercard, Visa, and Interbank Card Center member. In our seventh year of operation, we have acquired 21 million users and expanded our team to 1.000 happy people dedicated to creating the best financial experience.

                Today, millions of our users choose Papara’s innovative products to make millions of transactions every month.

                Image credit: www.dubaisims.com

                • Neobanking

                Jamil Jiva, EVP at Linedata, on compliance in asset management following the EU AI act

                AI’s value-add has shifted from speculative to tangible in recent years. For consumers, it’s brought convenience; for businesses, invaluable timesaving. In the asset management space however, its impact is transformative. It can help assess choice, trust, and risk in seconds. AI isn’t just improving efficiency, it’s fundamentally reshaping decision-making processes.

                It’s clear artificial intelligence is achieving widespread adoption among asset managers. Linedata’s recent global survey showed that 36% of asset management companies have already integrated AI into their operations. A further 37% are preparing to introduce it.

                However, adopting new and evolving technology can prove to be a long-term challenge. Asset managers have to adapt to regulation as it changes. For example, the newly enacted EU AI Act is designed to regulate high-risk uses. It seeks to ensure safety, transparency, and accountability. With new regulations arriving thick and fast, companies should avoid rushing their implementation or cutting corners. Compliance should be their first and last thought.

                AI can bring immediate benefits in optimising efficiency, streamlining operations, and boosting decision-making capabilities. The newly enacted EU AI Act will push firms planning to take a more measured approach to deploying artificial intelligence. This will necessitate a long-term, compliance-driven approach.

                The New Compliance Landscape

                The EU AI Act marks a turning point for AI governance. For the financial sector, the act will put explainability at the fore of AI-augmented decisions. For asset management firms, which increasingly rely on AI to drive decisions related to market forecasts, risk modelling, and portfolio management, the act mandates a robust approach to accountability.

                Asset management firms that use AI must now prioritise governance or risk severe penalties and long-term reputational damage. As firms adjust to the EU AI Act, they must recalibrate their AI strategies and implement future-proof frameworks that blend innovation with security and ethical standards.

                Hybrid AI Systems: Creativity and Control

                One promising approach to the new regulatory environment is hybrid AI. Hybrid systems marry proprietary data with third-party models. With a blended strategy firms retain full oversight over sensitive tasks – such as decision-making models . Meanwhile, outsourcing less critical functions like data analysis or back-office automation to third-party vendors.

                However, hybrid systems bring their own challenges under the EU AI Act. The new regulation imposes strict requirements for transparency. This means firms must ensure that any external solutions they adopt meet the same high standards of risk management and documentation. This necessitates a more in-depth vetting process for third-party providers and ongoing oversight to guarantee compliance. Effective governance, therefore, hinges not just on internal processes but also on the integrity and transparency of external systems and partners.

                Despite these complexities, hybrid AI presents an opportunity for asset managers to continue innovating without compromising on compliance. By carefully managing these systems, firms can position themselves to harness the full potential of artificial intelligence while mitigating the risks associated with regulatory breaches.

                Building a Sustainable AI Strategy

                While the EU AI Act certainly raises the bar for compliance, it also presents an opportunity for firms to create more sustainable, future-proof strategies. Much like how the GDPR transformed data governance, the AI Act could drive a more comprehensive approach to artificial intelligence oversight, encouraging firms to adopt stronger ethical frameworks while staying ahead of regulatory shifts.

                For asset managers, investing in adaptable AI infrastructures is one way to navigate these regulatory demands. By focusing on systems that are both flexible and scalable, firms can ensure they remain compliant with evolving regulations without sacrificing the pace of innovation. In particular, areas like predictive analytics, ESG reporting, and portfolio management stand to benefit from such advancements, provided firms integrate transparency and accountability into their strategies.

                Asset managers who view regulatory challenges as opportunities – rather than obstacles – will emerge as leaders, showcasing a commitment to ethical AI that can ultimately build trust with clients and regulators alike. While the EU AI Act may seem daunting at first, for those who embrace the changes, it offers a chance to redefine how artificial intelligence can shape the future of asset management.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Zachary Scott, Managing Director at Publicis Sapient on Buy Now Pay Later demand in the UK and the changing nature of CX in 2025 and beyond…

                In the dynamic world of consumer Embedded Finance, Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL) services have become a game-changer. They offer shoppers greater flexibility and convenience. BNPL allows consumers to make immediate purchases while spreading payments over time, often without interest. Its popularity skyrocketed during the pandemic. Fuelled by the e-commerce surge, it continues to play a pivotal role in shopping habits. Recent surveys reveal that 39% of U.S. consumers plan to use BNPL within the next six months.

                This growth isn’t confined to the U.S. It’s a global phenomenon. U.S. fintech giant Affirm recently launched its BNPL services in the UK, marking its first international expansion. Affirm selected the UK due to strong demand from merchants eager to incorporate flexible payment options into their offerings.

                The BNPL boom reflects a broader trend in Embedded Finance, which integrates financial services seamlessly into non-financial interactions. BNPL, for instance, embeds financing directly into the retail experience. This allows consumers to access payment plans as part of their shopping journey. This integration simplifies the traditionally separate processes of purchasing and financing, creating a smoother, more user-friendly experience.

                Optimising customer experience for Embedded Finance

                The value case for Embedded Finance is based on this seamless customer experience and the opportunities it offers to enhance the services offered. Partner companies are able to provide financial services without having to maintain extensive and complex financial infrastructure, leveraging technology to facilitate these offerings instead.

                Already, several opportunities are emerging that are poised to propel the growth of embedded finance into new sectors and applications. Banks and retailers should be prepared to seize opportunities from embedded insurance products, embedded wallets in non-financial apps, and new forms of embedded lending that go beyond the existing BNPL instalment model.

                Consolidating Services

                However, to succeed in this next phase, financial service providers and their partners will have to keep pace with and be ready to adapt to changing consumer preferences and requirements. Staying ahead of the curve takes more than just improving individual interactions. It involves curating a comprehensive journey that aligns with consumers’ expectations for simplicity, transparency, and flexibility. People are increasingly seeking a mobile-first platform that caters to both their financial and non-financial needs in a single, unified space. Driving further consolidation of customer journeys through Embedded Finance is likely to be a critical strategy for industry leaders in the next wave of adoption.

                Advancements in open banking protocols and the rise of new FinTech ventures are setting the stage for more integrated financial and non-financial services, further blurring the boundaries between these two traditionally distinct customer journeys. Emerging trends in Generative AI and conversational banking will also contribute to the enhanced customer experience. These technologies are set to shape consumer expectations, with more and more people looking to access support and services through conversational experiences. Embedded Finance is no exception.

                New Opportunities

                For financial service providers, embracing these trends opens myriad possibilities. Leading the charge in Embedded Finance can contribute to customer acquisition, generate direct revenue from the new services offered, and enable cross-selling of other financial products.

                For partners within the Embedded Finance ecosystem, the opportunities are equally substantial. As well as driving Net Promoter Score (NPS), they can unlock new referral or commission-based revenue streams.

                It’s clear that the future of consumer finance is deeply linked to the progress of Embedded Finance. As more offerings beyond BNPL emerge, the boundary between financial services and non-financial experiences can become increasingly blurred. For providers and partners ready to embrace this change and leverage it to meet evolving customer needs, this represents a substantial opportunity.

                Learn more about Embedded Finance from Publicis Sapient

                • Embedded Finance

                FinTech Connect shapes the future of financial services with the UK’s only full FinTech ecosystem event at London’s Excel December 4-5

                Join us as FinTech Connect welcomes world leading Fintechs, Financial Institutions, Challenger Banks, Merchants, Scale-Ups and StartUps, Investors, Accelerators and Media to The ExceL, London. 

                FinTech Connect

                Each year we welcome visionaries from the UK, Europe and beyond all looking to innovate within the market, expand their footprint and drive businesses forward. The event brings all this under one roof, over two insight-packed days, sparking ideas, forging partnerships and accelerating change. 

                Tackling the hottest topics and biggest challenges in the fintech market. Including: embedded finance, Web3, cross-border payments, investment, scaling, Gen AI, crypto, regulation, digital innovation and customer experience (CX).

                Our mission is to connect the global thought leaders across the FinTech ecosystem in an event like no other. Set yourself up for a strong 2025 by signing up for the UK’s only full FinTech ecosystem event and join 2,000+ fintech leaders in London.

                Insights from FinTech’s biggest names

                We’ll be asking the big questions… What AI elements do financial institutions need to follow? Build, buy or partner? What opportunity works best in the modern ecosystem? How are banks advancing their digital transformations in 2024? Who owns the CX?

                Gain insights on these topics and more from some of the biggest names in financial services. Speakers include Victoria Cleland, Executive Director – Payments, Bank of England; Rory Tanner, Head of UK Government Affairs at Revolut and Nick Kerrigan, Managing Director, Swift. Thought leaders will also be taking to the stage from HSBC, DZ Bank, Lloyds Banking Group, BT and a host of other leading institutions.

                Keep up to date with the latest speakers, discussions and more. Download the full agenda here.

                Book your place now!

                Visit Fintech Connect to book your place at The Excel now.

                For a 20% discount use the code: FS20

                The Global FinTech Ecosystem. Connected.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Event Newsroom
                • Neobanking

                Seth Ruden, Director of Global Advisory at BioCatch, on how the UK’s financial institutions can be better prepared to deal with authorised push payment (APP) scams

                The focus on authorised push payment (APP) fraud scams – where scammers impersonate reputable individuals or institutions – has increasingly shifted to whether banks should reimburse customers for funds stolen by scammers. We can gain valuable insights from the approaches taken by financial institutions in the UK. They are leading the way with their cybersecurity efforts compared to their counterparts in other regions.

                First, British banks established a standardised reporting system and typology. This is a fundamental first step that every financial institution should take to grasp the full scope of how financial fraud affects banking consumers. Banks may disclose the type of fraud, the amount of money stolen, and the bank measures used to prevent the scam from occurring. This centralised view brings the true scope of the totality of scams into focus.

                Three ways the UK’s financial institutions are leading in the fight against fraud

                Second, the UK has developed strategies to identify specific scams and reduce their losses. The regulator added a slew of new controls to banks, including confirmation of payee, scam and transaction-specific interventions, and money mule account controls for those receiving the illicit funds. Before regulation, not every financial institution had implemented these controls, providing an uneven playing field and allowing scams to flourish. Banks outside the UK should not wait for regulators to mandate controls like these. They should do it on their own accord to prove they realise the magnitude of the scam problem and the severity of its impact on bank customers.

                Improved consumer financial scam controls should be a minimum requirement for financial institutions in 2024. These controls should cover: authorised push payment behavioural analysis, money mule behaviour around both account opening and account activity, and analysis of both inbound and outbound transactions. Furthermore, detecting and then closing money mule accounts – used by fraudsters as an intermediate stop between the victim’s account and the final destination for the stolen funds – is absolutely critical, as they serve as the backbone for every consumer-based financial scam.

                The third? Getting involved. Banks need to integrate themselves and participate with industry and trade associations – such as the FS-ISACs and GASA (Global Anti Scam Alliance). These associations provide opportunities to network with peer institutions and others in the fraud value chain to share scam information and learn from each other.

                Effective Fraud Prevention: A practical assessment of Key Strategies

                Many banks today use precision anomaly detection and behavioural biometrics to notify them when a fraudulent transaction takes place. Financial institutions in the UK often issue actionable alerts to clients in real-time. Santander UK, for example, now asks customers if they have seen the item in person before approving a payment through Facebook Marketplace. For online account opening, there are good solutions for bot-detection to prevent automated bots from opening new accounts, behavioural biometrics to detect suspicious patterns of data entry, and solutions that can analyse the customer KYC data. A secondary benefit of strong account opening controls is the reduction of operational costs to close bogus accounts.

                For detecting existing money mule accounts, traditionally it required tracking the circulation of funds, both the inbound and outbound transaction activity and looking for anomalies (e.g. high value in and then immediately transferred out). Now, user behaviour anomalies – such as changes in the user’s input/output device activity or navigation preferences – may indicate a change in account control before the suspicious transactions take place.

                Protecting Customers: What the future holds for Financial institutions

                Since the UK’s introduction to faster payments, the region has become a centre of research for the rest of the world. However, eliminating threats to UK customers and their money has remained difficult despite an increase in regulation. While Governments and international groups are starting to identify and take down some of these organisations there are still hundreds of thousands of scammers and coerced individuals involved in these intricate schemes. A key challenge for financial institutions is understanding how scammers get their customers to initiate authorised payment. However, these challenges can be combatted by understanding the psychology behind how scammers work which can be a prominent factor in tackling the problem. Financial institutions must ensure that, in a few years’ time, they can confidently answer ‘yes’ to the question: Did we do enough to help eliminate consumer financial scams?

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Ozone API has provided Open Banking Limited (OBL) with an updated model bank as the model bank provider for OBL to reflect v4.0 of the Open Banking standards 

                The global open banking leader, Ozone API, has launched an updated platform for Open Banking Limited (OBL) in line with the UK’s latest standards. It is the first major update since the introduction of VRPs. 

                Ozone API has successfully updated the model bank to support the rollout of the UK’s Open Banking Standards v4.0. This positions Ozone API as the first provider to deliver fully compliant APIs, facilitating the transition for financial institutions and third-party providers (TPPs) operating in the UK. 

                Open Banking Standards

                The changes were announced by OBL in early July. OBLv4 introduces some mandatory updates for the UK’s CMA9 banks, with some required to be completed by as early as 31st December 2024. Additionally, ISO 20022 is set for implementation by 31st March 2025. Alongside the Bank of England’s publication of mandatory updates to payment regulations. These proposed changes have been driven by several significant factors, including the deprecation of key security standards such as FAPI 1 Implementers Draft 2.  

                While the UK open banking standard was initially mandated just for the CMA9 banks, it has become the de facto standard for the UK market. However, many UK banks remain on old versions of the standard.   

                The OBL model bank serves as a critical testing ground for banks and financial institutions, enabling them to experiment with and refine their API implementations in a controlled and secure environment. It will serve as a vital resource for banks, fintechs, and other TPPs by providing a safe space to develop and test their APIs in alignment with the new OBLv4 standards. It is designed to help institutions comply with the regulatory changes. 

                Ozone API 

                “We’re delighted to confirm that we’re the first provider to launch a platform that reflects v4.0 of the Open Banking Standards for Open Banking Limited. We’re excited to work with our partners to support fast and high-quality API changes, ahead of the first legislative deadlines coming into force later this year. Ensuring a smooth transition to the updated standards is critical for banking players who want to stay at the forefront of open banking industry changes into 2025 and beyond. We are extremely proud that our market-leading platform is ready to support our customers and partners as they transition to v4.0. I’m pleased that we’re able to support the entire UK financial ecosystem to start their OBLv4 journey by providing the OBL’s model bank. Our founding team were closely involved during their time working with the Open Banking Implementation Entity in the development of the UK Open Banking Standards, and we remain committed to enabling UK banks to make the most of open banking now and into the future.”  

                Huw Davies, CEO of Ozone API

                Open Banking Limited

                “Open Banking Limited is not only committed to maintaining the open banking standard, but also supporting the ecosystem by helping participants with their journey to version 4. This includes upgrading the model bank to v4 to provide as much support and coverage to participants as possible including the FCS, Standards and technical guidance.” 

                Henk Van Hulle, CEO, Open Banking Ltd

                Ozone API has launched a comprehensive guide and a series of educational resources to accompany the new OBLv4 standards, aimed at helping banks and FIs navigate the changes smoothly and efficiently. The guide and resources provide actionable insights and best practices for institutions of all sizes.   

                Since the UK Government announced it would revisit the Data Protection and Digital Information Bill in July 2024, it is anticipated that the UK will see more regulatory changes related to open banking, smart data and the open data economy.   

                Ozone API is also supporting banks in the US market this year, following the US Government announcing new open banking legislation regulations under Section 1033 of the Dodd-Frank Act.  

                • Neobanking

                Other key findings include surge of info-stealers and botnets, an increase in evasive malware and a rise in network attacks across the Asia Pacific

                WatchGuard® Technologies, a global leader in unified Cybersecurity, today released the findings of its latest Internet Security Report. The quarterly analysis details the top malware, network, and endpoint security threats observed during the second quarter of 2024. 

                Among the report’s key findings was that 7 of the Top 10 malware threats by volume were new this quarter. Furthermore, this indicates threat actors are pivoting toward new techniques. The new top threats included Lumma Stealer. This advanced malware is designed to steal sensitive data from compromised systems. Also, a Mirai Botnet variant, which infects smart devices and enables threat actors to turn them into remotely controlled bots. And a LokiBot malware, which targets Windows and Android devices and aims to steal credential information. 

                Cybersecurity fears for Blockchain

                WatchGuard’s Cybersecurity Threat Lab also observed new instances of threat actors employing “EtherHiding”. A method of embedding malicious PowerShell scripts in blockchains such as Binance Smart Contracts. In these instances, a fake error message linking to the malicious script appears on compromised websites, prompting victims to “update your browser”. Malicious code in blockchains poses a long-term threat. As blockchains are not meant to be changed, theoretically, a blockchain could become an immutable host of malicious content. 

                “The latest findings in the Q2 2024 Internet Security Report reflect how threat actors tend to fall into patterns of behaviour. Certain attack techniques become trendy and dominant in waves,” said Corey Nachreiner, CSO, WatchGuard Technologies. “Moreover, the report illustrates the importance of routinely updating and patching software and systems to address security gaps and ensure threat actors cannot exploit older vulnerabilities. Adopting a defence-in-depth approach, which can be executed effectively by a dedicated managed service provider, is a vital step toward combating these cybersecurity challenges successfully.”

                Additional key findings from WatchGuard’s Report include: 

                • Malware detections were down 24% overall. This drop was caused by a 35% decrease in signature-based detections. However, threat actors were simply shifting focus to more evasive malware. Moreover, in Q2 2024, the Threat Lab’s advanced behavioural engine that identifies ransomware, zero-day threats, and evolving malware threats, found a 168% increase in evasive malware detections quarter-over-quarter. 
                   
                • Network attacks increased 33% from Q1 2024. Across regions, the Asia Pacific accounted for 56% of all network attack detections, more than doubling since the previous quarter.
                   
                • An NGINX vulnerability, originally detected in 2019, was the top network attack by volume in Q2 2024. It had not appeared in the Threat Lab’s Top 50 network attacks in previous quarters. The vulnerability accounted for 29% of total network attack detection volume, or approximately 724,000 detections across the US, EMEA, and APAC. 
                   
                • The Fuzzbunch hacking toolkit emerged as the second-highest endpoint malware threat detected by volume. The toolkit serves as an open-source framework that can be used to attack Windows operating systems. It was stolen during The Shadow Brokers’ attack of the Equation Group, an NSA contractor, in 2016. 
                   
                • Seventy-four percent of all browser-initiated endpoint malware attacks targeted Chromium-based browsers, which include Google Chrome, Microsoft Edge, and Brave.
                   
                • A signature that detects malicious web content, trojan.html.hidden.1.gen, came in as the fourth most-widespread malware variant. The most common threat category caught by this signature involved phishing campaigns. These gather credentials from a user’s browser and deliver this information to an attacker-controlled server. Curiously, the Threat Lab observed a sample of this signature targeting students and faculty at Valdosta State University in Georgia. 
                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                UBS Digital Cash aims to increase efficiency, transparency and to enable the programmability of money movements for corporate and institutional clients

                Cross-border payments often lead to delayed settlements. As a result, this creates a fragmented view of liquidity positions for companies. The aim is to increase transparency and security with blockchain-based payments via UBS Digital Cash. Moreover, this should in turn facilitate timely payment processing. In addition, companies should be able to manage intraday-liquidity and adjust liquidity buffers on their accounts more easily in the future. This is thanks to greater visibility of their total cash positions.

                USB Digital Cash with Blockchain

                Andy Kollegger, Head UBS Institutional & Multinational Banking, says: ”UBS Digital Cash going forward aims to enable our clients to make cross-border payments in a much more efficient and transparent way. Furthermore, Blockchain-based payment solutions for cross-border payments are a strategic focus for UBS. With the successful UBS Digital Cash pilot, we have reached another important milestone.”

                In the pilot, transactions with multinational clients and banks were successfully carried out. These included domestic transactions within Switzerland and cross-border payments in US dollars, Swiss francs, Euros and Chinese yuan. Additionally, the pilot also included the transfer of liquidity between various UBS companies. UBS plans to expand and develop its UBS Digital Cash offering in further steps.

                The advantages of Blockchain-based payments solutions

                Pilot participant Janko Hahn, Head Treasury Operations at Autoneum, says: “The UBS Digital Cash pilot showcased the key advantages of blockchain-based payment solutions. They make cross border transactions faster, on time and provide a seamless traceability, which is a huge benefit when operating in a global market.”

                Xiaonan Zou, UBS Head Digital Assets, Group Treasury, adds: ”We see the interoperability between UBS Digital Cash and other digital cash initiatives as key for the financial industry. In addition to their role in correspondent banking, they also have the potential to streamline and simplify the settlement of tokenised assets in the capital market.”

                How does UBS Digital Cash work?

                For the payment process, UBS Digital Cash uses a private blockchain network to which only the permissioned clients have access. The settlement is performed via smart contracts, which, for example, automatically execute payments as soon as predefined conditions are met. Client transfers at UBS are recorded and processed in a digital system for recording transactions. They are independent of currency, practically in real time and around the clock. UBS Digital Cash complements UBS’s involvement in a wide range of market initiatives. These include the Swiss National Bank-led project Helvetia for real wholesale Swiss franc Central Bank Digital Currency (wCBDC), as well as the Agorá project, led by the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) together with seven central banks, to unlock central bank money and tokenised deposits from commercial banks in the cross-border payment context.

                About UBS

                UBS is a leading global asset manager and the leading universal bank in Switzerland. In addition, the company offers diversified wealth management solutions and focused investment banking functions. With the acquisition of Credit Suisse, UBS has assets under management of $5.7 trillion as of the fourth quarter of 2023. UBS supports its clients in achieving their financial goals through personalised advice, solutions and products. Headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland, the company operates in more than 50 markets around the globe. UBS Group AG shares are listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange.

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                additiv, a global leader in fintech and digital transformation, has announced the launch of an InsurTech solution with AXA Switzerland

                AXA Switzerland has successfully launched its addProtect bancassurance offering, powered by additiv’s technology platform. Furthermore, this innovative InsurTech solution allows banks to directly protect their mortgage customers against key risks with a simple plug-and-play solution.

                addProtect InsurTech solution from additiv

                As a seamless plug-and-play solution, addProtect gives banks direct access to the platform without the need for additional integration with existing IT systems. Its user-friendly and intuitive design allows banks to effortlessly integrate the platform into their day-to-day business operations. With the death and payment protection insurance, bank advisors have easy-to-understand products at their disposal. These offer added value to customers beyond the existing offering. The addProtect platform is now available for banks, and an initial pilot will be launched in collaboration with PostFinance.

                Samuel Peter, Head of Partnerships at AXA Switzerland, stated:

                “With addProtect, AXA is responding to the growing need of customers and banks for appropriate insurance solutions where and when they are needed. The solution creates additional advisory potential and better protection for the customers of our partners’ banks. We look forward to making the solution available to other partners.”

                Dieter Lützelschwab, General Manager Switzerland at additiv, added:  

                “When developing addProtect, we focused on the user experience for the customer and the bank advisor. In addition, our platform provides an easily configurable, modular insurance solution that covers the entire value chain from quotation to claims processing.”

                About additiv

                additiv empowers the world’s leading financial institutions and brands to create new business models and transform existing ones. additiv’s API-first cloud platform is one of the world’s most powerful solutions for wealth management, banking, credit, and insurance. The InsurTech technology, together with the global ecosystem of regulated financial services providers, opens up new opportunities for banks, insurance companies, asset managers, IFAs and consumer brands to quickly and flexibly offer their own and third-party financial solutions through existing or new customer channels.

                Headquartered in Switzerland, with regional offices in Singapore, UAE, Germany, and the UK, and more than 250 employees, additiv serves over 400 financial institutions (banks, insurers, asset managers, pension providers, IFAs, etc.) and brands worldwide.

                • InsurTech

                Bitget announces $100k seed funding through ‘Pitch n Slay’ roadshow competition

                Bitget has launched the ‘Pitch n Slay’ roadshow competition, aiming to provide financial support, professional guidance and exposure for female entrepreneurs. This will be delivered through collaborations with organisations such as World of Women, Women in Web3, Bitget Wallet, Foresight Ventures and Morph. The initiative is designed to help female leaders expand their projects.

                Bitget Blockchain boost for female entrepreneurs

                The final will be held during DevCon in Bangkok, Thailand on November 15. The shortlisted “Pitch n Slay” project contestants will present their optimised projects to investors and a jury panel. The jury members include Gracy Chen – CEO of Bitget; Taya A – CEO of World of Women; Min Xu – Partner at Foresight Ventures; along with other outstanding Web3 leaders. Three winners will have the opportunity to share $100k seed funding.

                Blockchain4Her

                Bitget is the third largest exchange for crypto derivatives with a user base, surpassing 20 million registered accounts globally. Furthermore, it is one of the largest platforms for cryptocurrency copy trading. Meanwhile, the daily trading volume on Bitget exceeds 10 billion USDT, reflecting its significant market presence.

                “Bitget is committed to gender inclusivity with women making up more than 45% of our management team. We are also dedicated to creating an inclusive culture for the LGBT community. Through the Blockchain4Her program we hope to create more growth opportunities for women-led startups We’ll continue to expand this platform, creating pathways for growth and amplifying women-led startups in Web3.”

                Gracy Chen, CEO, Bitget

                About Bitget

                With a background in traditional finance, Bitget’s founding team discovered blockchain technology in 2015. But it was viewed as “tulip mania” by the industry back then. In 2018, we became intrigued by cryptocurrency after studying the Bitcoin whitepaper and Ethereum ecosystem. We believed that cryptocurrency would play an important role in the future and even benefit the unbanked groups.

                Born in a bear market, Bitget insists on putting users first, focusing on product innovation, and advocating long-term development with the spirit of earnestness. The company aims to inspire people to embrace crypto and improve the way they trade, one at a time.

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                New collaboration between Plumery and Payment Components
                will enable financial institutions to adopt instant payments without overhauling existing core banking infrastructure

                Plumery, a digital banking experience platform for customer-centric banking, has announced a new partnership with Payment Components, a leader in payments and open banking solutions. By decoupling digital experience and payments processes from legacy systems, institutions can now innovate more flexibly and efficiently. They can streamline operations while maintaining their existing core banking frameworks.

                Progress for Payments

                By leveraging Plumery’s innovative approach and Payment Components’ expertise, this partnership allows clients to accelerate time-to-market and future-proof operations against regulatory shifts such as the Instant Payments Regulation (IPR). Financial institutions can offload the burden of implementing new digital channels and instruments, such as real-time payments, without altering their core systems.

                The IPR aims to make instant payments fully accessible to consumers and businesses across the EU. Currently only a minority of service providers support instant payments. While such regulatory changes usually impact core banking infrastructure, the Plumery and Payment Components partnership ensures these systems remain unaffected.

                “This partnership is crucial for institutions needing to rapidly modernise without overhauling their entire infrastructure. Together, we offer a powerful, flexible solution that enables our clients to embrace innovation while staying ahead of regulatory changes like the IPR. Adding Payments Components to our partner ecosystem solidifies our commitment to creating cutting edge solutions that embrace digitisation.”

                Ben Goldin, Founder and CEO of Plumery 

                This global partnership offers a streamlined path to modernisation, enabling financial institutions to stay compliant, competitive and responsive to ongoing market shifts with solutions ready to support firms as they navigate the evolving financial landscape.

                “Our collaboration with Plumery will empower financial institutions to seamlessly adopt modern payment technologies, addressing the complexities of regulatory changes, all while minimising disruptions to existing systems. We wanted to work with Plumery because both our company’s share a similar approach, work ethic and most importantly because of the compatibility of our products.”

                Sotirios Nossis, Founder and CEO of Payment Components

                Plumery

                Headquartered in the Netherlands, Plumery’s mission is to empower financial institutions worldwide, regardless of size, to craft distinctive, contemporary, and customer-centric mobile and web experiences.

                Plumery operates with a diverse team that embodies a unique combination of seasoned expertise and vibrant innovation. This blend has been cultivated through years of experience at start-ups, scale-ups, and established financial institutions, and most notably at globally leading financial technology companies, where they were instrumental in creating disruptive digital banking solutions and platforms that now serve 300+ banks globally.   

                Plumery’s Digital Success Fabric platform provides banks with the foundation for success beyond fast-time-to-market by expediting the development of their digital front ends while significantly cutting costs compared to in-house initiatives or solutions with high total cost of ownership (TCO). 

                Payment Components

                At Payment Components, we’re reshaping the fintech landscape on a global scale. Today, our solutions are essential for more than 65 banks and financial institutions across 25 countries. We provide componentized solutions in a range of domains, including AI banking, open banking, account-to-account payments, and financial messaging technology. We achieve this through continuous innovation, building software components that help financial institutions become digital champions and deliver richer payment services to their clients. Our name reflects our belief: complicated processes in the financial industry will be replaced by AI-assisted dedicated components. We stand for simplicity, speed, and constant innovation

                • Digital Payments
                • Neobanking

                UnaFinancial study identifies cybersecurity as most influential factor driving FinTech growth

                A recent study from UnaFinancial has identified cybersecurity as the most influential factor driving the development of FinTech worldwide, with a 63% significance. The second most impactful factor is the average hourly wage rate, with a 13% significance.

                The study showed that FinTech growth in Europe, America, and globally has the strongest correlation with the size of the cybersecurity market, with correlation coefficients of 0.8714, 0.9762, and 0.8607, respectively.

                In Asia, however, FinTech growth was more closely tied to the size of the consumer electronics market (0.9403). Meanwhile in Africa, it correlated with consumer spending volumes (0.7427). Therefore, globally, cybersecurity emerges as the most significant driver of FinTech growth. More vital protection facilitates a more robust FinTech environment.

                Economic Disparities with Cybersecurity: High Income vs Low Income Economies

                Economic status also plays a crucial role in shaping FinTech dynamics. High-income countries display pronounced correlations with various factors. Notably, the size of the cybersecurity market (0.6923), consumer electronics market (0.5839), average wage rates (0.6237), and consumer spending volumes (0.6971) are all significantly linked to FinTech growth.

                Conversely, low-income economies exhibit no substantial correlations with these factors, highlighting a disparity in FinTech development influenced by financial resources and technological infrastructure.

                Middle-income countries show a more nuanced relationship, with FinTech volumes correlating with nominal GDP (0.5373), the cybersecurity market (0.5727), consumer electronics (0.5637), fintech hubs (0.5409), and consumer spending volumes (0.6136). This suggests that while multiple factors impact middle-income countries, cybersecurity remains a vital component.

                Quantifiable Cybersecurity Impact on FinTech

                Furthermore, another interesting finding was the measurable impact of various factors on FinTech transactions. For example, for every $1 million increase in the global cybersecurity market, FinTech transactions per adult are expected to rise by $31.6. Similarly, a $1 increase in the average hourly wage could boost FinTech transactions by $67.5. The establishment of just one more FinTech hub could increase global FinTech transactions per capita by $839.

                Remarkably, as a country’s income grows, the correlation between FinTech growth and two factors—cybersecurity market size and average wage rates—becomes stronger. This means these factors may indeed influence the development of FinTech across a country.

                A deeper non-linear analysis further validated the significance of these factors. It revealed that the cybersecurity market is the most influential driver of FinTech growth, with 63% of significance, followed by the average wage rate (13%). As we advance into an increasingly digital future, the investment in and enhancement of cybersecurity will remain a cornerstone of FinTech innovation and expansion.

                UnaFinancial Study

                The UnaFinancial study considered data from 2022 for 146 countries, which were grouped into four regions: Asia, Europe, Africa and America. The potential factors under consideration included gender ratio, nominal GDP per capita, Internet penetration, cybersecurity market volumes per capita, consumer electronics market volumes, number of FinTech hubs per 100,000 people, average hourly wages, consumer spending per capita, direct investment as a share of GDP, unemployment rates, trade volume relative to GDP, and share of urban population.

                The study not only illuminates the integral role of cybersecurity but also provides a roadmap for understanding how various factors interplay to influence the global FinTech landscape. In this digital age, safeguarding financial transactions and technologies is as critical as ever. Moreover, ensuring that FinTech continues to flourish amidst evolving challenges and opportunities.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Money20/20, operates the world’s leading fintech events in Europe, Asia and USA and is “the place where money does business”….

                Money20/20, operates the world’s leading fintech events in Europe, Asia and USA and is “the place where money does business”. Money20/20 USA has unveiled seven startups poised to transform the financial sector. The selected startups are Brightwave, Casap, Eisen, Footprint, NALA, Ntropy, and Zumma. They were revealed during the Startup Media Session on October 29th in Las Vegas. The Startup Media Session was designed as part of the event’s goal to support startups at the intersection of finance and business.

                “Money20/20 USA is focused on what drives the conversations most relevant to the FinTech industry. From economic and regulatory uncertainty to the future of payments and the impact AI will have on money moving forward. We are proud to highlight the work these startups are doing to move this industry forward.”

                Scarlett Sieber, Chief Strategy and Growth Officer at Money20/20

                Brightwave

                Brightwave is the leading AI platform for financial services. It delivers accurate and insightful financial research enabling finance professionals to make better decisions faster. Its purpose-built AI systems synthesize insights across thousands of pages of primary sources. It can automate the most tedious parts of investing workflows and help users spot opportunities others have missed.

                “Being named one of the Top 7 Startups at Money20/20 is a strong acknowledgment of the strides we’ve made in transforming how investment research is done. We’re also excited to announce our $15 million Series A funding at the world’s premier show for financial innovation. At Brightwave, we’re tackling one of the hardest problems in finance. We’re making sense of vast amounts of data to uncover deeper insights and relationships that others miss,” said Mike Conover, Founder and CEO at Brightwave.

                Casap

                Casap is an AI-powered disputes automation and fraud prevention platform. With built-in regulatory expertise and network integrations, Casap’s intelligent automation identifies fraudulent claims early. It delivers fast, frictionless dispute and chargeback resolution at a fraction of today’s cost.

                “Money20/20 was the first conference I attended after starting Casap last year and it played a pivotal role in validating our vision. The connections, conversations, and insights I gained were invaluable. Exactly a year later, we’re back and launching out of stealth with live customers. We’re addressing some of the most pressing challenges in scaling payments. We’re starting with automating chargebacks and combating first-party fraud. We’re deeply grateful to Money20/20 for this opportunity to reach so many in the industry and help drive meaningful change in how payments are operated at scale,” said Saisi Peter, Co-founder of Casap.

                Eisen

                Eisen is the first escheatment automation solution that proactively manages the offboarding of dormant accounts, stale checks, wind-downs, and more. Financial institutions rely on Eisen to simplify the complex landscape of regulatory outreach, disbursement, and escheatment requirements. It ensures compliance while reducing operational risk.

                “Money20/20 has been a cornerstone for Eisen since 2021, where the very idea for our company first sparked in the halls of the Venetian. It all started with conversations about the hardest challenges in FinTech. Each year, it’s helped us refine our vision and better serve our customers. For us, Money20/20 isn’t just about growth — it’s where Eisen began,” said Allen Osgood, CEO of Eisen.

                Footprint

                Footprint is a Series A identity company that has raised $20M from funds such as QED and Index Ventures. The company provides a single SDK that automates onboarding – KYC/KYB, fraud, security, and authentication – into an easy-to-integrate solution. Footprint works with leading companies across the Banking, Auto, and Real Estate sectors. Its technology portabalises identity, creating a centralised database of de-duplicated authentic identities.

                “Money20/20 is at the vanguard of innovation. We’ve tried to be different at Footprint. Whether that be through our recent fraud indemnification program or our approach to labeling good actors. Some may think these are crazy ideas. But it is great to see Money20/20 continue to be where crazy can get a spotlight. That is how I would like to think true innovation happens,” said Eli Wachs, Co-founder and CEO of Footprint.

                NALA

                NALA is a global cross-border payments fintech company based in the US doing cross-border payments to emerging markets like Africa and Asia. It has two products, a consumer FinTech product enabling migrants to send money home and an infrastructure business called Rafiki, building payment rails for Africa. NALA recently became profitable and raised a $40m series A after achieving 10x revenue growth in 12 months.

                “At NALA, we are on a mission to build payments for the next billion. Emerging markets are often overlooked but shouldn’t be underestimated as these regions have seen the fastest economic growth in the world. We have big ambitions for what we would like to achieve and have exciting plans in the pipeline in the coming years,“ said Benjamin Fernandes, Founder and CEO of NALA.

                Ntropy

                Ntropy is on a mission to organise the world’s financial data. 80% of the world’s financial data is unstructured and locked in transactions, documents, PDFs, and images. This means it is under-leveraged and cannot be used by models at scale. Ntropy was founded to solve this problem for any type of financial data, in any language, any geography, powering humans and more recently agents and agentic workflows in finance.

                “Ntropy is processing hundreds of millions of transactions and documents weekly with over 98% accuracy, in under 100ms, 1000x faster, and cheaper than any other provider on the market. You can access Ntropy via our API-s directly, and more recently via NVIDIA NIM-s. This collaboration enables flexibility in deployment and allows our customers to scale immediately. This year’s Money20/20 has been about demonstrating the real value of GenAI and we have been very fortunate to have this exposure together with our partners at NVIDIA, Oracle, and AWS, who are accelerating Ntropy’s mission,” said Naré Vardanyan, Co-founder and CEO of Ntropy.

                Zumma

                Zumma is a financial copilot that automates and simplifies financial processes for Latin American businesses by leveraging existing tools they already use such as WhatsApp to save them time and money. The company is starting with automating expense management and expense invoicing processes, saving their customers more than $4,000 per employee per year in tax deductions.

                “Being part of Money20/20’s Startup Media Session helps us spread the word about our product to the fintech community. The Money20/20 team has been key in our growth by connecting us to key players in the industry,” said Daniela Lascurain, COO and Co-founder of Zumma.

                Launched by industry insiders in 2012, Money20/20 is the heartbeat of the global fintech ecosystem. Moreover, some of the most innovative, fast-moving ideas and companies have found their feet (and funding) on its show floor. From J.P. Morgan, Stripe, and Airwallex to HSBC, Deutsche Bank, and Checkout.com, Money20/20 is the place where money does business.

                • Digital Payments
                • Event Newsroom
                • Neobanking

                Scott Zoldi, Chief Analytics Officer at FICO considers whether the current AI bubble is set to burst, the potential repercussions of such an event, and how businesses can prepare

                Since artificial intelligence emerged more than fifty years ago, it has experienced cycles of peaks and troughs. Periods of hype, quickly followed by unmet expectations that lead to bleak periods of AI-winter as users and investment pull back. We are currently in the biggest period of hype yet. Does that mean we are setting ourselves up for the biggest, most catastrophic fall to date?

                AI drawback

                There is a significant chance of such a drawback occurring in the near future. So, the growing number of businesses relying on AI must take steps to prepare and mitigate the impact a drawback or complete collapse could have. Research from Lloyds recently found adoption has doubled in the last year, with 63% of firms now investing in AI, compared to 32% in 2023. In addition, the same study found 81% of financial institutions now view it as a business opportunity, up from 56% in 2023.

                This hype has led organisations to explore AI use for the first time. Often with little understanding of the algorithms’ core limitations. According to Gartner, in 2023 less than 10% of organisations were capable of operationalising AI to enable meaningful execution. This could be leading to the ‘unmet expectations’ stage of the damaging hype/drawback cycle. The all-encompassing FOMO of repeating the narrative of the incredible value of AI does not align with organisations’ ability to scale, manage huge risks, or derive real sustained business value.

                Regulatory pressures for AI

                There has been a lack of trust in AI by consumers and businsses alike. It has resulted in new AI regulations specifying strong responsibility and transparency requirements for applications. The vast majority of organisations are unable to meet these in traditional AI, let alone newer GenAI applications. Large language models (LLMs) were prematurely released to the public. The resulting succession of fails fuelled substantial pressure on companies to pull back from using such solutions other than for internal applications. It has been reported that 60% of banking businesses are actively limiting AI usage. This shows that the drawback has already begun. Organisations that have gone all-in on GenAI – especially those early adopters – will be the ones to pull back the most, and the fastest.

                In financial services, where AI use has matured over decades, analytic technologies exist today that can withstand regulatory scrutiny. Forward-looking companies are ensuring they are prepared. They are moving to interpretable AI and backup traditional analytics on hand while they explore newer technologies with appropriate caution. This is in line with proper business accountability, vs the ‘build fast, break it’, mentality of the hype spinners.

                Customer trust with AI

                Customer trust has been violated by repeated failures in AI, and a lack of businesses taking customer safety seriously. A pull-back will assuage inherent mistrust in companies’ use of artificial intelligence in customer facing applications and repeated harmful outcomes.

                Businesses who want their AI usage to survive the impending winter need to establish corporate standards for building safe, transparent, trustworthy Responsible AI models that focus on the tenets of robust, interpretable, ethical and auditable AI. Concurrently, these practices will demonstrate that regulations are being adhered to – and that their customers can trust AI. Organisations will move from the constant broadcast of a dizzying array of possible applications, to a few well-structured, accountable and meaningful applications that provide value to consumers, built responsibly. Regulation will be the catalyst.

                Preparing for the worst

                Too many organisations are driving AI strategy through business owners or software engineers who often have limited to no knowledge of the specifics of algorithm mathematics and the very signifiicant risk in using the technology.

                Stringing together AI is easy. Building AI that is responsible and safe is a much harder and exhausting exercise requiring model development and deployment corporate standards. Businesses need to start now to define standards for adopting the right types of AI for appropriate business applications, meet regulatory compliances, and achieve optimal consumer outcomes.

                Companies need to show true data science leadership by developing a Responsible AI programme or boosting practices that have atrophied during the GenAI hype cycle which for many threw standards to the wind. They should start with a review of how regulation is developing, and whether they have the standards, data science staff and algorithm experience to appropriately address and pressure-test their applications and to establish trust in AI usage. If they’re not prepared, they need to understand the business impacts of potentially having artificial intelligence pulled from their repository of tools.

                Next, these companies must determine where to use traditional AI and where they use GenAI, and ensure this is not driven by marketing narrative but meeting both regulation and real business objectives safely. Finally, companies will want to adopt a humble approach to back up their deployments, to tier down to safer tech when the model indicates its decisioning is not trustworthy.

                Now is the time to go beyond aspirational and boastful claims, to have honest discussions around the risks of this technology, and to define what mature and immature AI look like. This will help prevent a major drawback.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Alexandra Mousavizadeh, CEO and Co-Founder of Evident, on how global banks are stepping up their AI comms in the face of growing investor scrutiny

                In the big banks’ Q2 earning calls this year, a critical milestone was reached. For the first time, half of the 50 major banks we track in the Evident AI Index fielded questions from equity analysts concerning risks and opportunities specific to artificial intelligence (AI).

                External scrutiny of the banks’ AI progress is steadily increasing. This is in line with the huge sums institutions have pumped into originating, developing, rolling out and scaling AI use cases. Banking leaders we’ve spoken to aren’t expecting to register meaningful bottom line business impacts from AI investments for at least another 24-36 months. Meanwhile, investors need satisfying that progress is being made, and that ROI will be forthcoming,

                Against this backdrop, the way in which banks communicate around AI is becoming increasingly important.

                Just 12 months ago, many banks were making only sporadic, broad-brush or conceptual references to AI. However, our recent AI Leadership Report revealed every bank in the Evident AI Index now has a communications and marketing strategy. Furthermore, the majority are referencing AI across multiple communications channels. These include annual reports, press releases, company LinkedIn posts, and media interviews.

                Banks need to ‘talk the walk’

                It’s not just the volume of comms, but the substance that is increasing. More banks are now willing to reveal specifics around internal use cases already in production. Moreover, they are sharing the results of these efforts and tangible information about what they are doing to scale artificial intelligence.

                Last year, only 6 of 50 Index banks identified AI as a strategic priority in investor relations materials, and clearly described specific use cases in production alongside their ROI. This year, this number increased 2.5x to 15 banks.

                These substantive communications help to reassure and placate investors. Furthermore, if a bank is perceived to be at the leading edge of AI adoption, the easier it becomes to attract, retain and inspire the talent needed to make organisation-wide transformation a reality

                The C-Suite needs to engage in the AI debate

                To achieve cut through in the debate, banks are mobilising their C-level leaders to publicise their ongoing efforts. They are setting out their vision for becoming AI-first organisations.

                Of the 50 banks, 45 now have at least one C-Suite executive that has engaged on the topic of AI in external media in the last year. Furthermore, 15 of the 50 banks have two spokespeople on AI, while six banks (CaixaBank, DBS, Goldman Sachs, Intesa Sanpaolo, JPMorgan Chase, and NatWest) are engaging with four or more spokespeople across the Executive team.

                As the primary owner of the bank’s strategic vision, the CEO should arguably lead from the front when it comes to market communications around AI. Meanwhile, JPMorgan Chase leads the pack across a host of AI maturity metrics. The efforts of Jamie Dimon to set the agenda and relentlessly beat the drum should not be understated.

                Over the past 12 months, Dimon has been quoted in the media on AI topics around 10x more than any other banking chief. He continuously reaffirming his institution’s dominant position in the eyes of investors. This is an intentional, coordinated AI communications strategy that other banks would be well advised to follow.

                Communicating tangible AI gains is vital as operational realities bite

                Every potentially game-changing new technology follows a well-established hype cycle. In the case of AI, we’re now seeing the inflated expectations of Generative AI – arguably the most significant technology innovation of the past decade – being tempered by the realities (and difficulties) of operationalisation.

                A recent memo from leading venture capital firm Sequoia Capital highlighted the elephant in the room. Namely, that the gap between what’s being spent to build out AI (mostly by tech companies) and the actual revenue realised by that investment has risen to $600 billion this year, up from $200 billion in September 2023. Investors are starting to probe for detail on when and where the ROI is coming from and, like Big Tech, the world’s leading banks will find it impossible to duck the difficult questions.

                A delicate balance must be struck. Overpromising on AI today and underdelivering further down the line could prove disastrous. And yet, banking leaders know that in the highly contested race for artificial intelligence supremacy, failing to communicate their plans and progress also carries reputational risk.

                Of the 50 banks we track, 38 announced at least one AI use case in the last year. Meanwhile, only 21 reported any outcomes associated with those use cases. And of those, only two – JPMorgan Chase and DBS – went so far as to specify their total actual realised $ return on AI spend last year.

                With investor scrutiny only likely to intensify in the year ahead, individuals at the top of every bank must set forth a clear vision. They must establish frameworks for measuring the effectiveness of their AI efforts and the ROI being realised. And, crucially, provide consistent and clear communication every step of the way.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Nicholas Holt, Head of Solutions and Delivery, Europe, Marqeta on how AI has the potential to revolutionise payments

                The financial services sector has witnessed a profound transformation over the past two decades. It has been propelled by technological advancements. From online banking to mobile-first platforms like Revolut and Monzo, the industry is continuously evolving. The integration of Artificial Intelligence (AI) into financial services is set to push the boundaries even further. Offering enhanced convenience and changing how we manage our money.

                AI offers the ability to process and analyse vast amounts of data in real-time. It promises to make financial services intuitive, intelligent, and personalised to individual needs. And it can also help to make it more secure.

                AI-Powered Personalisation

                AI can interpret a consumer’s transaction history and spending patterns to create tailored financial recommendations. These include optimising payment methods, choosing better reward programmes, or suggesting savings opportunities. This degree of personalisation is far more sophisticated than the broad, one-size-fits-all approach currently offered by banks.

                The technology can enable ‘predictive cards’ to leverage machine learning algorithms to set personalised credit limits and rewards based on an individual’s financial behaviour. By predicting future needs, AI-powered tools can offer a more holistic view of one’s finances. They can improve financial literacy and promote better financial decision-making.

                Consumers are increasingly warming to the idea of AI in financial services. According to Marqeta’s 2023 Consumer Pulse Report, 36% of consumers in the US and the UK expressed interest in using AI tools to help manage their finances. This figure rose to over 50% for consumers under 50, indicating a clear demand for personalised AI-driven solutions.

                Unlocking Access to Credit

                Access to credit is a significant factor in financial inclusion. AI has the potential to expand this access by transforming how creditworthiness is assessed. Traditionally, credit approval processes have relied heavily on limited data points, such as a person’s credit score and income. However, AI can analyse a broader range of data, from spending patterns to social media behaviour. This can provide a more nuanced assessment of an individual’s creditworthiness.

                By using advanced machine learning models, AI can process this data at incredible speeds. This allows more people to be approved for credit faster and with greater accuracy. It can be particularly beneficial for individuals who may have struggled to secure credit through traditional methods, such as younger consumers or those without a lengthy credit history.

                Generative AI (GenAI), which builds upon traditional AI by predicting and creating entirely new behaviours and patterns, also holds promise in this area. As the use of GenAI tools grows, we can expect more tailored financial products that respond to each consumer’s unique needs. Moreover, this could include personalised loan offerings or dynamic credit options that adapt in real-time to a person’s financial situation.

                Fighting Fraud

                While personalisation is one of AI’s most exciting applications, its ability to detect and prevent fraud is another crucial benefit. Fraud detection is a near constant battle across financial services, with millions of transactions processed every minute across the globe. Identifying suspicious activities quickly and accurately is essential for maintaining trust and security.

                Machine learning algorithms are adept at spotting irregularities that might be missed by human analysts or even traditional software. Additionally, these systems can identify patterns that indicate potential fraud and alert financial institutions instantly, allowing them to take swift action.

                Furthermore, as fraud techniques evolve, AI systems will continuously learn and adapt, staying one step ahead of cybercriminals. This capacity to evolve will make AI an invaluable asset in the fight against fraud.

                AI and Embedded Finance

                Embedded Finance, the process of integrating financial services into non-financial platforms, has already begun reshaping how consumers and businesses interact with money. AI is set to accelerate this trend, enhancing the capabilities of embedded financial tools with real-time data processing and hyper-personalisation.

                For instance, businesses could use AI-powered embedded finance solutions to offer tailored payment options at checkout based on a customer’s purchasing behaviour. This could include personalised financing options, such as Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL) services, or optimised rewards based on previous transactions. Companies like Marqeta are already exploring AI’s potential to elevate embedded finance, making these interactions seamless and highly personalised.

                The Future of Finance

                Financial services in 20 or just 10 years from now will likely be unrecognisable compared to today. AI will play a central role in shaping this evolution. Consumers and businesses can expect a future where financial products are deeply integrated into everyday life. However, not as separate, standalone services, but as seamless, invisible enablers of transactions and financial management.

                GenAI will become increasingly sophisticated, offering predictive insights that can help consumers manage finances with greater precision. For businesses, AI-driven solutions will enable more efficient operations, cost reductions, and enhanced customer engagement through personalised offerings.

                In this future, consumers will enjoy unparalleled convenience and flexibility. Payments, credit, and financial planning will be customised to fit the individual, with AI continuously learning and adapting to offer better recommendations and insights. This will lead to greater financial literacy, broader access to credit, and improved financial security. Additionally, financial service providers will gain much greater control over fraud and other security challenges.

                Fred Fuller, Global Head of Banking at Endava, on how banks can effectively communicate AI advancements and demonstrate ROI to investors

                There is no single solution, AI or otherwise, that can prepare financial institutions for the modern world. To build a bank capable of successfully navigating the challenges of the future, a long-term digital transformation strategy is required. Especially relevant in the wake of recent IT outages,

                At present, according to Endava’s Retail Banking Report 2024, 67% of banks are still heavily reliant on legacy systems. This leads to wasted budget and decreased efficiency. With limited resources available to modernise their tech stack, company leaders are often forced to choose which technology-type to prioritise. When doing this, 50% have chosen artificial intelligence (AI).

                Is AI alone enough?

                Can AI overhaul archaic processes or are there too many hurdles in the way? The first hurdle to successful digital transformation in financial services is overcoming the employees’ perception of the process. Time and time again, corporations have failed in the goal to integrate solutions that successfully feed into a long-term tech strategy. Often, this is due to wide-spread change fatigue. When exhausted by continuous efforts to change their day-to-day, workers become resistant to transformation. The best way to overcome change fatigue, and drive digital transformation in financial institutions, is through overhauling legacy systems. And adopting solutions that will stand the test of time.

                Legacy Systems

                Across the world, outdated legacy systems are holding financial institutions back and costing them billions. From 2022 to 2028, this expense is expected to grow at a rate of 7.8%. Not only do these archaic processes cost money, but they force banks to contend with a multitude of siloes. From departments to data. We live in a world where neobanks are growing in popularity. They are able to provide a frictionless customer experience using their modern tech stack. Traditional organisations must rid themselves of siloes to enable all areas of the business to leverage AI. In turn, this will provide them with strong data collection and support from departments who are agreed on next steps.

                At present, three quarters of financial institutions feel they need to modernise their core. Without this change, they lack the secure, data-driven foundation necessary to utilise AI and see return on their technical investments.

                The benefits of AI integration

                Once a strong foundation has been laid, it becomes easier to see the practical benefits of integrating AI. For example, when data is no longer siloed by legacy systems, using chat bots to support customers with simple queries creates an efficient consumer experience. There are internal benefits too. AI can spot potentially suspicious activity, flagging it before it is too late. Or analysing data to ensure risk management and process automation. Despite its wide-reaching capabilities, AI alone is not the only option for financial institutions…

                Routes to the future

                Endava’s Retail Banking Report also showcased the variety of solutions that banks are using to improve their tech stack. 45% of respondents recognised data analytics, in and of themselves, as a top area for investment. Meanwhile 30% flagged IoT, and 14% the Metaverse.

                There’s a reason for the emphasis on strong data. It not only supports the integration and use of AI-fuelled capabilities, but it is the driving force behind numerous functions of the bank itself. Of those surveyed, 37% aimed to use data to improve customer service. 34% to strengthen security, and 33% to personalise products and improve the customer experience.

                As well as attracting and retaining consumers, business leaders can benefit from their access to strong data by attracting and retaining talent. With 39% of failed digital transformations viewing lack of employee buy-in as a factor, financial institutions are encouraged to educate workers on their technology integration plans, and ensure solutions are user-friendly. Fortunately, looking ahead, 20% of banks surveyed seek to use data to improve the workplace.  

                A bank’s priority – looking ahead

                More than ever, banks are reliant on data to keep operations running smoothly. From providing customers with a personalised experience to improving the workplace in the competition for talent, there are a multitude of reasons to ensure the foundations of your tech stack are strong.

                Doing so makes integration of new technology a smoother experience for all. To this end, it’s no shock that 50% of banks are keen to embrace AI, using it to benefit customers and speed up processes. However, with many hampered by the legacy technology and the ever-looming threat of change fatigue, integration of any technology should be carefully planned, customer focused and data led.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Lucian Daia, CTO at Zitec, on the rise of embedded finance driving customer loyalty across financial services

                The frenzy of Christmas and Halloween marketing is already in full swing, with date reveals of Christmas market returns to pumpkin patch locations. Retailers are gearing up to execute their strategies as the Golden Quarter approaches. This year, however, retailers have another string to their bow, another key message to snag a customer: ‘Buy Now, Pay Later’ (BNPL).

                Business is booming in the BNPL game, with the market quadrupling in size since 2020. It is expected to hit a record level of £30bn in 2024. The payment option is fast becoming a staple in the digital wallets of millions for the major retail milestones of the year.

                Halloween is the first major retail moment in the run-up to the festive season as Britain settles back into its winter routine. However, the rise of BNPL points to consumer behaviour that’s fast evolving and anything but predictable.

                But BNPL is just one piece of the puzzle. The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) estimates that it’s likely more than half of UK adults are now using digital wallets. Furthermore, it’s expected to comprise half of all e-commerce spend (£203.5 billion) by 2027. Instant payments are also a growing part of the payment mix, with the innovation expected to represent 10.8% of overall payments by 2028. Retailers must navigate a wave of new technologies that are redefining check-out and payment processes.

                Allowing new payment innovations like BNPL

                Retailers sink or swim based on the customer experience they deliver. From the rise of omnichannel strategies to speedy same-day deliveries, click and collect options, and attention-grabbing immersive experiences… There’s no shortage of initiatives to drum up customer loyalty. Now, payment solutions are part of the equation. Embedded Finance is front and centre of this change, integrating financial services (like loans, insurance, debit cards etc.) into businesses that don’t usually handle finance.

                Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) offer a “Plug and Play” type functionality. Retailers can offer seamless payment solutions like BNPL or digital wallets directly on their systems. This integration keeps shoppers on the site and reduces the tiresome friction of third-party pop-up systems. Moreover, it offers features like zero-interest point-of-sale loans or app-based rewards. Of course, it allows them to check-out as easily and as quickly as possible too.

                Bye-bye Velcro

                Bye-bye Velcro, hello snazzy digital wallet that holds payment cards and bank account details all in one place. Digital wallets have become essential components of modern payments and offer a convenient and less risky way for shoppers to buy their items.

                Gone are the days of searching for physical cards under stashes of files or keying in repetitive digits on a keyboard. Digital wallets also offer a reduced risk of fraud because of advanced encryption and tokenisation technologies. Beyond security, digital wallets provide retailers with valuable consumer insights.

                For instance, if a customer buys a Halloween costume and decorations, retailers can use this data to target them with personalised offers. Such as a discount on     themed candy bowls or matching spooky accessories. This level of personalisation is make or break for retailers today. Customers are setting a higher bar than ever for personalised content, offers and experiences that meet their needs and interests.

                Speeding up cash flow with BNPL

                Another innovation retailers need to have on their radar is instant payments. Unlike traditional systems that mean transactions can take hours or even days to complete, instant payments ensure funds are transferred within seconds.

                For retailers, especially those operating on thin margins or managing high transaction volumes, the speed at which funds are made available can be make or break. The quick availability of cash means retailers can better manage their finances, buy new stock and address operational costs at pace.

                Contrary to common belief, Brits don’t love queuing; in fact, they hate it. Faster payment options in-store have been pivotal in giving customers the speedy experience they demand so they can get on with their day. Quick transactions not only improve cash flow and reduce delays but enhance the customer experience. Making it ideal for those who’ve left their shopping too late, or forgotten an item on their list. As a result, customers walk away with the right impression.

                Ditch the lines and pay with a tap

                Retailers should be equipped with mobile point-of-sale (mPOS) systems that allow customers to make payments through their smartphones or other mobile devices, cutting down on wait times and speeding up the checkout process.

                Retailers also stand to benefit from digital receipts, detailed sales reports, and real-time inventory management from having this system in place. This efficient processing not only improves cash flow but also provides valuable data for managing stock levels and customer preferences.

                Beyond the Golden-Quarter

                As retailers prepare for the Golden Quarter and beyond, understanding and leveraging FinTech payment innovations can seriously pay dividends. By adopting technologies such as embedded finance, digital wallets, instant payments, and mobile payments, retailers can improve their operational efficiency, enhance customer experiences, and position themselves for future growth in a digital-first world. Indeed, in recent years marked by economic shocks, huge tech advancements – especially with AI – and increasingly unpredictable consumer behaviour, it is crucial for retailers to stay ahead of payment options.

                Providing consumers with flexibility, choices, and ultimately, ways to manage their outgoings and spread the cost will be key. Retailers will need to take a view on which innovations align best with the changing expectations of their customers and who they partner with to help them remain competitive.

                • Embedded Finance

                Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) responds to FinTech innovations in Neobanking to protect customers

                The top US watchdog agency for consumer financial protection has unveiled long-awaited rules, reports Reuters. These rules are intended to drive a shift toward open banking. And spur competition, allowing consumers to control and share their own data when shopping for services.

                The new rules also aim to govern relations between the burgeoning world of financial technology companies that offer consumer apps for an expanding array of services. And the sometimes competing interests of traditional banks that can be hesitant to grant access to their customers’ accounts and data.

                Financial Protection across Open Banking

                US Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) Director Rohit Chopra has commented on the transition to the new rules. These allow mobile phone users to switch providers while keeping the same number. He said the coming change should help bring US payments systems more in line with advances in other developed countries. He also said the rule incorporates strong privacy protections and consumer choices. “A company that ingests (a) consumer’s data can use the data to provide the product or service the consumer asked for, but not for unrelated purposes the consumer doesn’t want.”

                New banking rules from the CFPB

                First proposed a year ago, the new regulations were 14 years in the making. They were originally called for in the 2010 Wall Street reforms enacted following the 2008 financial crisis.

                According to the CFPB, as the rules take effect, consumers will be able to transfer their data between banks free of charge and without obstacles. They will also be able to borrow on better terms. For example, by allowing lenders to issue loans using data held by other financial institutions. And to make payments directly from their bank accounts rather than by card – using open banking.

                Neobanking consumers will also be able to revoke access to their data immediately, according to the CFPB. Ahead of the announcement, CFPB officials said the agency had made some changes to the version originally proposed in response to concerns from industry and public comment. It is now sparing banks with less than $850 million in assets from having to provide data, for example.

                Companies will have more time than originally proposed to come into compliance. Larger financial technology companies will have until 2026, while the smallest will have until 2030.

                • Neobanking

                DBS Token Services, marks new milestone in financial services with blockchain

                DBS has announced the introduction of DBS Token Services. The new suite of banking services integrates tokenisation and smart contract-enabled capabilities with award-winning banking services. It aims to unlock new transaction banking capabilities and operating efficiencies for its institutional clients with blockchain.

                DBS Token Services via Blockchain

                DBS Token Services unlocks instant, 24/7 real-time settlement of payments. It integrates the bank’s Ethereum Virtual Machine-compatible permissioned blockchain. This is the core payment engine and multiple industry payment infrastructure for DBS. In addition, smart contracts enable programmability for institutions to govern the use of funds according to predefined conditions. Enhancing security and transparency. Using a permissioned blockchain provides DBS full control over these services. It enables the bank to harness the benefits of blockchain technology while adhering to compliance standards.

                The project is the culmination of several years of industry collaborations and experimentation in digital money innovations. The suite of solutions includes Treasury Tokens, Conditional Payments, and Programmable Rewards. It exemplifies how established financial institutions can leverage blockchain technology and smart contracts to deliver new client experiences.

                Lim Soon Chong, Group Head of Global Transaction Services, DBS Bank

                “To capture the massive shift of human and corporate activity to on-demand digital services, companies and public sector entities are reimagining their operating models and customer engagement strategies. A new generation of ‘always-on’ banking services is essential to support this shift and transformation.

                “By leveraging tokenisation and smart contract capabilities, DBS Token Services enables companies and public sector entities. They can optimise liquidity management, streamline operational workflows, strengthen business resilience, and unlock new opportunities for end-customer or end-user engagement. It marks a significant step forward in transaction banking. It demonstrates how established financial institutions can leverage blockchain technology to deliver new ground-breaking features and experiences.”

                DBS: Shaping the future of finance with Blockchain

                Since 2016, DBS has been a driving force in several industry initiatives led by the Monetary Authority of Singapore. It has been exploring the potential of blockchain technology in enhancing Singapore’s financial landscape. Key initiatives include Project Ubin, Project Orchid and Project Guardian.

                DBS Token Services continues to explore broader applications of blockchain enabled solutions. These include the tokenisation of securities and digitalisation of trade finance. These innovations reflect DBS’ ongoing commitment to building a more robust and innovative banking landscape..

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Amelia Lowe, Vice President of Operations at SquareTrade, on the potential for AI to revolutionise InsurTech

                We have all witnessed the growth of AI in the past year. It’s quickly becoming an innate part of how we work. In the UK alone, the number of AI registered companies has increased by over 600% in under a decade. While the size of the AI market is expected to grow to over £800 billion by 2035. AI holds the power to radically reshape the way we live, learn, and conduct business. It can unlock possibilities we once only imagined. In the past two years, we’ve witnessed this transformational potential come to life. It’s driving innovation and redefining industries at an unprecedented pace.

                We stand on the brink of a new era. AI is poised to become an integral force that not only enhances our daily lives but also paves the way for a more effective way of doing business and connecting with customers. AI holds the key to supercharging the customer experience, by creating seamless, intelligent customer journeys. So how do we do it?

                In today’s highly competitive world, great customer service is essential. Customers do not want to feel like just another number. They want their individual needs to be recognised and addressed with personalised responses.

                At SquareTrade, we aim to engage with our customers in ways that feel authentic and personal, even when they are engaging with AI. Our objective is to deliver a level of personalised interaction that was once thought of as unattainable with automated systems. Furthermore, ensuring every customer feels appreciated and understood in each exchange.

                Enhancing customer experiences with AI for seamless, intelligent journeys

                At the core of any customer relationship is the confidence that issues will be resolved quickly and effectively. Your team, and the people behind your company, play a pivotal role in delivering that trust across all customer touchpoints.

                When integrating AI into a business, it is essential to align the technology with the company’s core objectives. For us, the focus has been on driving innovation and streamlining processes while ensuring customer service remains uncompromised. Our goal is to ensure, no matter how AI is implemented, the customer experience feels personal and authentic. Even with automated systems, we want to provide a level of personalised interaction that was once unimaginable. We see AI as an extension of our team. In light of that we apply the same values and principles to those we apply to our team, which focus on trust, transparency and respect.

                Have you met Sally?

                We now live in a world where AI tools and customer experience must work in harmony. According to Statista, 73% of consumers believe AI can enhance customer experience, with 80% reporting positive interactions with AI so far. Clearly, AI has reached a point where customers can appreciate its benefits during their times of need. It can seamlessly recognise and addresses issues productively.

                When businesses explore integrating AI solutions, it’s crucial to align them with their unique standards, customer service approach, and company culture. No two AI solutions are alike. For us, it was vital that any AI implementation seamlessly complemented our existing operations. A key example of how we’ve achieved this is through the introduction of Sally, our AI chatbot. Sally provides one of the quickest and most efficient ways for customers to engage with us when visiting our website. This enhances the user experience while staying true to our service values.

                We are already witnessing the benefits of introducing Sally. She consistently achieves high success rates in resolving customer incidents autonomously. By deploying her in a strategic and targeted manner, we can reserve human interactions for more complex queries and claims.

                AI Training for Operational Excellence

                AI’s potential goes beyond customer interactions. It is increasingly being leveraged for training and education within organisations. In an industry like insurance, where no two claims are the same, InsurTech companies need training systems that prepare team members to adapt to a wide variety of scenarios.

                Given that individuals learn in diverse ways and at varying speeds, the ability to create personalised learning experiences is immensely valuable. We see AI training tools as the equivalent of providing each employee with a personal tutor. Moreover, one that can adapt to their unique strengths, challenges, and learning styles.

                And the learning doesn’t stop when the training does. AI-powered platforms can now continuously assess performance in real-time. If an employee is struggling in a particular area, the AI can automatically adjust the learning program to address those needs. This ensures ongoing growth and development tailored to each individual.

                Fraud Detection

                AI is poised to revolutionise fraud detection and prevention. It is becoming an invaluable asset to the teams that monitor for suspicious activity. In the insurance industry, AI can be deployed at multiple levels to enhance fraud detection. For example, through intelligent automation that swiftly analyses large datasets and flags potentially fraudulent claims for further investigation. This can save valuable time and resources.

                AI can also enable the creation of predictive models that forecast fraud based on historical data and emerging trends. This helps insurance players to stay one step ahead of evolving threats. These models improve risk assessment accuracy by reducing false positives and allowing us to focus more effectively on genuine risks.

                Looking ahead, the potential for AI in fraud detection is immense. AI is breaking new ground in areas where traditional rule-based systems fall short. Its ability to process vast amounts of data in real time, identify patterns and anomalies that would be nearly impossible to detect manually, makes it a game-changer in tackling complex problems.

                Embracing AI Advancements

                AI has the potential to revolutionise countless industries, but its impact is particularly profound in InsurTech. Given the critical role insurance plays in people’s lives, the opportunities for innovation and improvement are vast.

                As an industry, it’s essential we recognise AI’s ability to transform customer experiences. As early adopters, we have witnessed its potential firsthand. We will continue to leverage these advancements to enhance personalised and automated processes. We can bridge language barriers, and create new methods of interaction.

                However, our focus must always be on finding the right balance. Identifying where these solutions can deliver the greatest impact in serving customer needs quickly and effectively. Moreover, also ensuring that we retain the opportunity for human connection whenever it is needed. As well as ensuring compliance and security are a core part of how we think about implementing solutions to enhance business operations.

                • InsurTech

                WaveBL Completes a new groundbreaking network connectivity Proof of Value (POV) with Swift, the participation of five global banks, and leading ocean carrier eBL Issuer MSC

                WaveBL, the leading blockchain based electronic Bill of Lading (eBL) platform, has completed a groundbreaking Proof of Value (POV). It worked with Swift and the participation of five global banks. Lloyds, Emirates NBD Bank, Federal Bank Limited, and other banks. Furthermore, MSC Mediterranean Shipping Company (MSC), a leading ocean carrier acted as an eBL issuer on WaveBL.

                The POV successfully demonstrated the transfer of structured electronic document presentations (including eBLs) originated on the Platform. They were sent to and between Swift members, and back to the Platform, all as part of a Letter of Credit (LC) transaction. The process was executed utilising a series of Swift FIN messages and FileAct transfers from WaveBL to the different banks. The process maintained possession and title management of the electronic trade documents on WaveBL’s ledger of issuance.

                Describing the Flow of the POV with WaveBL

                The POV involved two eBLs – one straight and one negotiable – both issued by MSC on the WaveBL platform. The eBLs were first sent to an exporter on the WaveBL platform. Here, commercial documents like a packing list, invoice, and certificate of origin were added. These were then sent to the advising bank by the platform over the secure and resilient Swift network, using an MT message and a FileAct document transfer. In turn, the advising bank and the issuing bank exchanged the presentation between them while WaveBL’s ledger maintained the tracking of possession and title of the contained eBLs.

                Ultimately, the issuing bank released the documents to the LC applicant, who is the importer, including the endorsement of the negotiable eBL from the issuing bank to the order of the importer on the Platform. All of which was instructed to the platform through a Swift MT message. This streamlined process allows for payments to be received within hours, rather than days. This is often the case with transactions that involve the physical transfer of documents. Similarly, with the eBLs surrendered back to MSC on the platform, the importer was able to collect the goods at the port of destination without delay.

                Strengthening the supply chain-trade finance connectivity: The WaveBL Swift gateway

                This groundbreaking POV underscores WaveBL’s dedication to making its network fully integrated with the financial system. This allows customers to seamlessly interact with Swift members and among participants themselves. For Swift members, electronic trade documents could soon be exchanged via WaveBL using their existing Swift infrastructure. And without requiring the installation or use of any specialised software or service.

                WaveBL anticipates that the concept led through this POV will further its mission of creating seamless connectivity between the supply chain and financial markets. It will drive the shift towards 100% adoption of eBLs, as outlined in the FIT Alliance Declaration of September 2023. WaveBL is also looking forward to becoming the first electronic trade document provider to achieve full connectivity with the entire Swift community. This allows all banks a simple, standardised way to receive and send electronic bank presentations originated on the platform.

                Innovative approach by leading banks

                The participating banks have all previously demonstrated exceptional innovation by using WaveBL as their entry point to the eBL market. They gained experience by exchanging electronic trade document presentations in live commercial transactions. As part of the POV, WaveBL, Swift and the banks established a joint working group. This was aimed at analysing the methodologies and structure of the Swift MT messages and the electronic presentations proven during the POV. Moreover, their involvement highlights a commitment to advancing trade finance through digitisation and cutting-edge technologies for document exchange. WaveBL is eager to continue working with the joint working group as its expected integration with the Swift network unfolds.

                Boaz Lessem, Chief of Legal Regulation and Partnerships, WaveBL:


                “As the eBL market continues to grow, this POV solidifies our vision of seamless connectivity between WaveBL and Swift, providing a new, standardised solution for banks that prefer not to use the platform’s interface directly. By leveraging Swift’s trusted infrastructure, banks will now be able to exchange electronic trade documents with ease. Enabling greater flexibility and efficiency in trade finance. I believe this connectivity will lead the way to an increased value proposition for the electronic transformation to eBLs. I thank the Swift team for its ongoing leadership and support as part of this POV, driving forward this important initiative in trade finance digitisation.”

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Gabe Hopkins, Chief Product Officer at Ripjar, on how GenAI can transform compliance

                Generative AI (GenAI) has proven to be a transformational technology for many global industries. Particularly those sectors looking to boost their operational efficiency and drive innovation. Furthermore, GenAI has a range of use cases, and many organisations are using it to create new, creative content on demand – such as imagery, music, text, and video. Others are using the new tools at their disposal to perform tasks and process data. This makes previously tedious activities much more manageable, saving considerable time, effort, and finances in the process.

                However, compliance as a sector has traditionally shown hesitancy when it comes to implementing new technologies. Taking longer to implement new tools due to natural caution about perceived risks. As a result, many compliance teams will not be using any AI, let alone GenAI. This hesitancy means these teams are missing out on significant benefits. Especially at a time when other less risk-averse industries are experiencing the upside of implementing this technology across their systems.

                To avoid falling behind other diverse industries and competitors, it’s time for compliance teams to seriously consider AI. They need to understand the ways the technology – specifically GenAI – can be utilised in safe and tested ways. And without introducing any unnecessary risk. Doing so will revolutionise their internal processes, save work hours and keep budgets down accordingly.

                Understanding and overcoming GenAI barriers

                GenAI is a new and rapidly developing technology. Therefore, it’s natural compliance teams may have reservations surrounding how it can be applied safely. Particularly, teams tend to worry about sharing data, which may then be used in its training and become embedded into future models. Moreover, it’s also unlikely most organisations would want to share data across the internet. Strict privacy and security measures would first need to be established.

                When thinking about the options for running models securely or locally, teams are likely also worried about the costs of GenAI. Much of the public discussion of the topic has focussed on the immense budget required for preparing the foundation models.

                Additionally, model governance teams within organisations will worry about the black box nature of AI models. This puts a focus on the possibility for models to embed biases towards specific groups, which can be difficult to identify.

                However, the good news is that there are ways to use GenAI to overcome these concerns. This can be done by choosing the right models which provide the necessary security and privacy. Fine-tuning the models within a strong statistical framework can reduce biases.

                In doing so, organisations must find the right resources. Data scientists, or qualified vendors, can support them in that work, which may also be challenging.

                Overcoming the challenges of compliance with AI

                Despite initial hesitancy, analysts and other compliance professionals are positioned to gain massively by implementing GenAI. For example, teams in regulated industries – like banks, fintechs and large organisations – are often met with massive workloads and resource limits. Depending on which industry, teams may be held responsible for identifying a range of risks. These include sanctioned individuals and entities, adapting to new regulatory obligations and managing huge amounts of data – or all three.

                The process of reviewing huge quantities of potential matches can be incredibly repetitive and prone to error. If teams make mistakes and miss risks, the potential impact for firms can be significant. Both in terms of financial and reputational consequences.

                In addition, false positives – where systems or teams incorrectly flag risks and false negatives – where we miss risks that should be flagged, may come from human error and inaccurate systems. They are hugely exacerbated by challenges such as name matching, risk identification, and quantification.

                As a result, organisations within the industry quite often struggle to hire and retain staff. Moreover, this leads to a serious skills shortage amongst compliance professionals. Therefore, despite initial hesitancy, analysts and other compliance professionals stand to gain massively by implementing GenAI without needing to sacrifice accuracy.

                Generative AI – welcome support for compliance teams

                There are numerous useful ways to implemented GenAI and improve compliance processes. The most obvious is in Suspicious Activity Report (SAR) narrative commentary. Compliance analysts must write a summary of why a specific transaction or set of transactions is deemed suitable in a SAR. Long before the arrival of ChatGPT, forward thinking compliance teams were using technology based on its ancestor technology to semi-automate the writing of narratives. It is a task that newer models excel at, particularly with human oversight.

                Producing summarised data can also be useful when tackling tasks such as Politically Exposed Persons (PEP) or Adverse Media screenings. This involves compliance teams performing reviews or research on a client to check for potential negative news and data sources. These screenings allow companies to spot potential risks. It can prevent them from becoming implicated in any negative relationships or reputational damage.

                By correctly deploying summary technology, analysts can review match information far more effectively and efficiently. However, like with any technological operation, it is essential to consider which tool is right for which activity. AI is no different. Combining GenAI with other machine learning (ML) and AI techniques can provide a real step change. This means blending both generalised and deductive capabilities from GenAI with highly measurable and comprehensive results available in well-known ML models.

                Profiling efficiency with AI

                For example, traditional AI can be used to create profiles, differentiating large quantities of organisations and individuals separating out distinct identities. The new approach moves past the historical hit and miss where analysts execute manual searches limiting results by arbitrary numeric limits.

                Once these profiles are available, GenAI can help analysts to be even more efficient. The results from the latest innovations already show GenAI-powered virtual analysts can achieve, or even surpass, human accuracy across a range of measures.

                Concerns about accuracy will still likely impact the rate of GenAI adoption. However, it is clear that future compliance teams will significantly benefit from these breakthroughs. This will enable significant improvements in speed, effectiveness and the ability to respond to new risks or constraints.

                Ripjar is a global company of talented technologists, data scientists and analysts designing products that will change the way criminal activities are detected and prevented. Our founders are experienced technologists & leaders from the heart of the UK security and intelligence community all previously working at the British Government Communications Headquarters (GCHQ). We understand how to build products that scale, work seamlessly with the user and enhance analysis through machine learning and artificial intelligence. We believe that through this augmented analysis we can protect global companies and governments from the ever-present threat of money laundering, fraud, cyber-crime and terrorism.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                The AXA Group aims to protect over 20 million customers through inclusive insurance globally by 2026

                AXA Egypt and Post for Investment (PFI), the investment arm of Egypt Post, are establishing the first micro-insurance company in Egypt. This strategic collaboration is made possible by leveraging the new insurance law and aims to revolutionise the insurance landscape in the country.

                Financial Inclusion

                This initiative is fully aligned with AXA´s conviction that postal networks play a crucial role in global financial inclusion. Over a quarter of the world’s adult population accesses formal financial services through their post office. AXA notably signed a partnership with the Universal Postal Union (UPU) in May 2024. Moreover, this collaboration with UPU includes a research program. It will showcase successful postal insurance models and the establishment of the Postal Insurance Technical Assistance Facility (PITAF). This will promote financial inclusion and risk mitigation among underserved populations. Through this partnership, AXA is pushing the boundaries of insurance to better protect all. Solidifying its dedication to inclusive insurance practices worldwide.

                The Egypt Post, who will be the main distribution channel of this JV, is a well-respected organisation. It has a strong nationwide presence, renowned for its last mile distribution capabilities and robust brand credibility. Additionally, with over 4000 branches, kiosks, and mobile trucks across all governorates, Egypt Post is an integral part of the country’s infrastructure. It caters to the population with unparalleled reach.

                “We believe in the power of collaboration to create lasting change, and this joint venture is a testament to our commitment to inclusive insurance. Together, we are revolutionising the insurance landscape in Egypt to better protect and empower communities, setting new benchmarks for millions seeking reliable and accessible insurance protection.”

                Garance Wattez-Richard

                Micro-insurance from AXA

                The product categories will include both retail and group offerings. Embedded and voluntary options will cater to diverse needs. The range of products will cover various areas. These include hospital cash, personal accident, term life, payment protection, credit life, livestock, and group protection, ensuring comprehensive coverage for the customers.

                The ambitious goal is to reach 12 million customers within the first decade of operation. Therefore, underlining the commitment to making a significant impact on the lives of Egyptians through tailored insurance solutions.

                This collaboration between AXA EssentiALL, AXA Egypt and PFI/Egypt Post marks a significant milestone in the local insurance industry. It paves the way for inclusive and impactful micro-insurance offerings that have the potential to transform the socio-economic landscape of Egypt. As the first of its kind, this micro-insurance company is poised to set new benchmarks. Furthermore, it can become a beacon of hope for millions of Egyptians seeking reliable and accessible insurance protection.

                • InsurTech

                SemFi by HSBC will deliver innovative embedded finance solutions for businesses

                HSBC has launched its new jointly owned venture, SemFi by HSBC. It aims to deliver Seamless Embedded Finance solutions to business clients.

                The new technology company is a joint venture between HSBC and B2B global trade network Tradeshift. Furthermore, SemFi will embed HSBC payment, trade and financing solutions across a range of e-commerce and marketplace venues, including Tradeshift’s own B2B network.

                SemFi will deliver its solutions in the UK to begin with. Furthermore, it will enable SME suppliers on e-commerce venues to access digital invoice financing from HSBC. Via a seamless experience it also aims to offer SMEs greater flexibility and security in their spend management through the bank’s virtual card solutions.

                SemFi by HSBC

                “Businesses are increasingly looking for seamless financial solutions that are embedded within their e-commerce journeys. So they can access these when and where they need them.

                “SemFi by HSBC aims to deliver such embedded capabilities to help businesses grow. It will seek to bring the best of both worlds to our business customers and e-commerce partners. A startup technology mindset coupled with the global scale and expertise, of an international bank.”

                Vinay Mendonca, Chief Executive Officer

                The new venture is led by senior leadership drawn from HSBC. This includes Vinay Mendonca as CEO and Shehan Silva as Chief Operating Officer (COO). Additionally, Jo Miyake, Interim CEO of Global Commercial Banking, joins the SemFi board.

                HSBC has been steadily building its capabilities and presence in embedded finance. It is driven by business customers seeking connected financial journeys to e-commerce venues.

                • HSBC supports around 1.3 million businesses worldwide. Moreover, it is the world’s largest trade bank, facilitating over $800 billion of trade flows annually.
                • Tradeshift supports over $260 billion of annual gross merchandise value for a million business users on its platform.
                • The global embedded finance market is estimated to be worth USD 82.48 billion in 2023  It is predicted to grow by 35% on annual basis over the next five years.
                • SemFi is intended to be a technology company and will not operate as a banking entity. Clients will be onboarded by the bank and the bank’s balance sheet will be leveraged for financing.
                • Embedded Finance

                Sejal Mehta and Andrew Rodgers from Odgers Berndtson’s Global FinTech Centre of Excellence and Randy Bean, a Senior Advisor to Odgers Berndtson and industry author, explore the dynamics shaping leadership in the UK fintech sector

                The UK FinTech sector is undergoing a significant transformation, marked by maturation, consolidation, and a more selective investment landscape. Funding is increasingly funnelled towards profit-generating scale-ups, and away from newer entrants.  

                At the same time, the sector is shaped by a multi-generational workforce with varied perspectives. Meanwhile rapid advancements in AI foster apprehension and excitement. These converging factors make FinTech one of the most dynamic and competitive spaces to work in today. This presents both challenges and opportunities for its leaders.

                From our perspective as global FinTech executive search and leadership advisors at Odgers Berndtson these shifts are reshaping the demands placed on leadership. They are also influencing what it takes to lead effectively in this fast-changing sector. Here, we explore the leadership trends that are emerging as a result.

                Ethical FinTech leadership

                Venture capital funding is now more selective and private equity investors are increasingly targeting fintechs with solid exposure. This is creating a difficult environment for new start-ups. Those attracting funding are typically cash-positive scale-ups.

                Amidst these challenges, more FinTech firms are opting to list on the NASDAQ rather than the London Stock Exchange, as the UK navigates more stringent regulation. The need for payments licences, extensive reporting, and compliance demands weigh heavily on FinTech leaders.

                In this landscape, we’re seeing leaders with experience in regulated financial services bring a valuable skillset. The ability to operate within defined regulatory frameworks while generating growth. FinTech boards are looking for leaders with high authenticity and who can make ethical decisions. And while balancing ambition and growth with the realities of working in a highly regulated space.

                Founder replacements

                We are in the midst of the FinTech sector’s maturation. Start-ups are transitioning into scale-ups, requiring different leadership competencies. For many, this requires the founder to step down or step into a board role and appoint a CEO who can take the business through its next stage of growth.

                This requires leaders who are commercially driven, capable of shaping market strategies, and adept at understanding customer needs and product-market fit. Navigating risk and regulation becomes crucial, while the founder’s creative, opportunity-led approach typically no longer dominates the new operational and strategic demands.

                Boards and investors are looking for CEOs with a broader skillset and deep regulatory expertise. These leaders must also be able to attract and retain the type of talent that can sustain growth and innovation, while maintaining the ‘DNA’ that made the business so attractive in the first place.

                A multi-generational workforce

                Intergenerational divides are becoming more pronounced for all businesses and noticeably in sectors like FinTech. Here, younger generations with fresh perspectives are working alongside older, more experienced professionals – often from traditional financial services backgrounds.

                This diversity in age, experience, and approach can be a powerful asset, but only if integrated effectively. Typically, Gen Z and Millennials prioritise flexibility, technological integration and experimentation. Meanwhile, Boomers bring valuable expertise in regulatory environments and operational effectiveness, but may be more accustomed to traditional structures and leadership styles.

                Increasingly, we see FinTech leaders attempt to bridge these divides by emphasising open communication, promoting mentorship opportunities, and encouraging cross-generational collaboration. With less funding and more regulation, FinTech leaders recognise the need to identify and capitalise on the strengths of a multigenerational workforce if they are to succeed.

                Leadership team dynamics

                As FinTech companies scale, leadership is no longer just about the capabilities of individual leaders but about the dynamics of the entire executive team. Successful scale-ups understand the importance of assembling a leadership team that brings a diverse mix of skills, and generational perspectives to the table.

                We are starting to see FinTech companies think about leadership team dynamics as they scale up. Boards are looking for a blend of strategic, operational and ethical considerations. As well as how well team members work together. Do they solve problems cohesively? Are there any unresolved tensions or conflict? Are they aligned and equipped to collectively deliver on the leadership mandate?

                Many leadership teams are not optimising their potential due to misalignment of strengths. For example, we recently worked with a FinTech creating an executive team profile to identify the leadership competencies needed to deliver their mandate. This exercise enabled the team to reallocate executive responsibilities for strategic initiatives based on the required strengths, regardless of traditional job roles.

                Polarising views on Gen AI

                Leading organisations are experiencing a transformational moment due to accelerated interest in AI and Generative AI. 89.6% are increasing their investments in AI, while 64.2% of companies have indicated that AI will be the most transformational technology in a generation. In response, organisations are hiring for the data and AI leadership roles required to prepare their companies for an AI future.

                However, this integration of Gen AI has sparked both excitement and nervousness, particularly around issues of data protection and privacy. Generational differences are especially noticeable. Younger professionals are often less concerned about data privacy, while older generations remain cautious about the security implications.

                This divergence in attitudes can create tension within the organisation, as leaders grapple with how best to leverage Gen AI while ensuring compliance with stringent data protection regulations. For some FinTechs, AI is seen as a specialised area requiring dedicated focus. Meanwhile, others believe AI represents a fundamental shift in how business can be conducted and AI strategy should be woven into the fabric of every leader’s responsibilities.

                This divide in attitudes reflects the broader challenges we see FinTech companies face in incorporating AI. Leaders must now navigate the balance between embracing innovation and safeguarding sensitive information. They must also ensure AI is not seen as a siloed function. It must be an integral part of their commercial and strategic vision. Given the fundamental changes in the sector, the emphasis on leadership capabilities is changing for both the individual and executive team.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • InsurTech

                Wirex Pay announces pioneering step forward for cryptocurrency payments with new app integrating traditional finance with blockchain

                Wirex Pay, a leading decentralised payment network incubated by Wirex, has announced early access to its innovative crypto payment app. Now live for select whitelisted users. This exclusive opportunity offers early adopters a chance to experience the next era of crypto payments. It can seamlessly integrate digital assets into everyday transactions – all directly from a non-custodial wallet.

                With Wirex Pay, users can enjoy full financial autonomy, conducting secure, fast transactions in over 200 countries, whether shopping online or in-store. Designed to remove intermediaries, Wirex Pay ensures users maintain total control over their assets while making crypto payments easier than ever.

                Key Features of Wirex Pay:

                • Seamless Crypto Payments: Effortlessly pay with digital assets in real-time
                • Full Control: Manage and spend crypto directly from non-custodial wallet
                • Security & Privacy: Enjoy full ownership of assets with no intermediaries

                Pavel Matveev, Co-Founder of Wirex Pay, commented:

                “Wirex Pay represents a significant step forward in the evolution of crypto payments. We’ve removed the barriers between crypto and everyday transactions, giving users the power to spend their assets freely and securely. We’re thrilled to offer this exclusive early access to our community and can’t wait for everyone to experience the future of payments.”

                Wirex Pay offers a safe, decentralised payment solution, with built-in ID verification to ensure account protection while allowing users to control their digital assets fully. The platform bridges the gap between blockchain technology and real-world spending, empowering users to make instant, secure transactions worldwide.

                About Wirex Pay

                Wirex Pay is a pioneering modular payment chain, incubated by Wirex and powered by Polygon’s advanced Zero Knowledge (ZK) technology. This innovative platform seamlessly integrates traditional finance with blockchain, providing a decentralised, gasless, and on-chain payment infrastructure. Wirex Pay enables users to make instant, secure payments using a wide range of cryptocurrencies, all while maintaining full control over their assets.

                • Blockchain & Crypto
                • Digital Payments

                As businesses increasingly turn to AI to drive efficiencies in customer service operations, James Towner, Chief Growth Officer at ArvatoConnect, explores how businesses can strike the right balance of using digital technologies that empower successful human interactions.

                Generative AI continues to transform how businesses engage with their customers. Buy-now-pay-later-giant Klarna is the latest to grab headlines for integrating an AI customer service chatbot that manages the equivalent workload of 700 employees. Klarna’s bosses have hailed AI as delivering superior experiences for their customers, saying its chatbot has a customer satisfaction score similar to human agents. However, studies find AI is no panacea for customer service success just yet.

                AI vs the human touch

                AI can undoubtedly play a major role in automating more routine queries. It provides a dynamic augmentation to the agent’s role by providing consistent, relevant information to the agent’s fingertips. But in many instances human interaction is an invaluable part of the customer experience.

                In addition, customers have a variety of needs not least when it comes to those with vulnerabilities. The latest report from ArvatoConnect found how consumers that self-identify as being vulnerable said they prefer some level of human interaction when seeking help from a business. AI tools are unlikely to fully understand their unique needs.

                A separate study by Smart Money People also highlights that nearly half of financial services customers (48%) are frustrated by a lack of access to human support. And an over-reliance on chatbots (24%) from firms. This epitomises the challenge facing customer services transformation projects in financial services and other categories. How can businesses get the right balance between AI and the human touch to optimise the customer experience? And what are the risks to getting the balance wrong?

                Humanising the digital, digitising the human

                Undoubtedly businesses can drive efficiencies in customer service operations with the help of technologies. These include AI, machine learning for analysing customer data, and robotic process automation (RPA) for handling repetitive tasks like extracting data from financial documents and using next generation chatbots. They allow human agents to focus on more complex issues, bringing empathy and creativity to their interactions.

                Combining AI and human agents can then enable what we call ‘humanising the digital and digitising the human’. It represents a hybrid approach. For example, live speech AI analytics can provide helpful prompts or insights for agents, during conversations with customers, while freeing up their time.

                Automating quality assurance and using generative AI to summarise customer interactions is helping to boost agents’ productivity while driving upskilling and training. Sentiment analysis and conversation analytics can also help agents to identify triggers for vulnerability. This can help them to provide the right level of support customers need and identify the next best action to take.

                Developments of these customer service technologies will continue to drive transformation. Advanced tools can assess past and present customer data, suggest personalised next steps and guide agents through complex interactions. This helps ensure they deliver the right outcomes quickly and effectively to all customers.

                Addressing the imbalance

                Encouragingly, addressing the balance of AI and human agents is on the radar of businesses. Nearly a third (29%) of financial services businesses told us in a separate study that they planned to move the focus away from AI to human contact.

                However, this compares to 51% in our study saying they planned to introduce more technology, such as AI and automation, to support the customer experience.

                Understandably, many businesses see such technology as a route to saving money. But cost savings can still be reaped by empowering human agents with the right digital tools.

                Companies can set clear goals for which processes need improvement, design solutions that meet those specific needs, and take a people-first approach. What this means, is using technology at the right times, in the right places – what we call ‘digital orchestration’ – and always knowing why it’s being used and what it’s expected to deliver.

                Supporting vulnerable customers with AI

                This is even more important when it comes to vulnerable customers, tailoring options like access to a human, to avoid the risk of alienating a large customer base

                Nearly half (47%) of people in the UK identify as vulnerable, according to the Financial Conduct Authority. These individuals may face one or more of a wide range of unique challenges like mental or physical health issues, or have experienced difficult life events like bereavement.

                Our study, which polled 250 individuals who self-identify as vulnerable, found that more than three-quarters (78%) of vulnerable consumers said that they prefer some level of human contact when seeking help, as many feel AI tools fail to fully understand their unique needs, leading to delays and frustration.

                Nearly half (48%) of those who identify as vulnerable also admitted to avoiding businesses entirely when they do not provide adequate support tailored to their needs: largely in the form of inadequate human interaction.

                However, 56% of those surveyed felt that AI and technology could meet their needs just as well as a human could. This reflects a growing acceptance of digital solutions, indicating that while many still prefer human contact, there is an openness among some vulnerable customers to engage with AI-driven assistance, as the impact of this advancing technology continues to permeate all in society.

                Critically, in striking the right balance between humans and AI, businesses need to understand the preferences of their customers and how they want to interact with the organisation.

                Looking ahead

                Many business leaders will be turning to their IT and customer experience directors to see how they can replicate the apparent success of businesses like Klarna in adopting AI while reducing agent capacity. Yet any customer service transformation project must consider the risks of failing to balance AI and the human touch and what impact it might have on customers.

                Businesses have the most to gain by using technology in a way that supports and enhances the human experience, for both the agents and the customer – creating personalised and genuine interactions that solve customer issues in the shortest amount of time.

                James Towner, Chief Growth Officer, ArvatoConnect

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Berkley Egenes, Chief Marketing & Growth Officer at Xsolla, on the legislation changing financial services

                The European Union’s Digital Market Act has sent tremors through digital payments. The legislation is designed to stop Big Tech’s monopoly over vital online services, from search engines to messaging apps. But beneath the surface, one of the most fascinating battlegrounds is how the Digital Markets Act will impact the lucrative world of digital payments. A space long dominated by a few influential players. This will affect how industries, including the video game industry, monetise these services.

                Big tech’s digital tollbooth

                For years, the platform owners have controlled much of the infrastructure around digital payments. Major platforms have tightly controlled access, charging app developers and merchants fees for every transaction processed. Furthermore, they take hefty cuts from each purchase through their ecosystem. The impact of the Digital Markets Act may vary across different platforms. Some companies will need to adjust their models to fit the legislation. Others may push back or delay changes through legal and regulatory channels. 

                The Digital Markets Act specifically targets a select group of ‘gatekeepers’, defined by their user base, revenue, and platform reach. Not every platform or company will be obligated to follow the Digital Markets Act’s rules. However, companies like Apple and Google, fall under the Digital Markets Act’s direct scope. The legislation now obliges these companies to open their platforms. This will allow smaller players and third-party services to operate without being strangled by eye-watering fees or exclusionary policies. 

                The impact on monetisation with Digital Payments

                The big question is how this will impact the business models of the gatekeepers and the developers who rely on these platforms. For years, the mobile platforms have depended on hefty commission fees. Often as high as 30%, these monetise digital payments within their ecosystems. These fees have been a central sticking point for developers, particularly video game studios, which sometimes generate billions in revenue through in-app purchases and microtransactions. 

                Free-to-play mobile games specifically rely heavily on players making in-game purchases, from cosmetic skins to virtual currency. Under the current system, a significant chunk of that revenue is siphoned off by platform holders. They collect commissions on every transaction. This has forced game developers to either raise prices or accept slimmer margins while operating within the confines of strict payment policies. 

                The Digital Markets Act is disrupting this current model. Game developers have been fighting the ability to direct players to alternative payment methods. They may now have the freedom and access to offer alternative ways to market and monetise their game while still having the player experience on the mobile phone. As a result, for the first time, consumers may be able to choose alternative payment processors. This potentially reduces costs for players and developers alike. 

                For video game developers, particularly indie studios, the Digital Markets Act could represent a long-awaited relief from the large hold of app store economies. Developers can now distribute, market and sell their digital items and bundle packs through their online web shop or mobile SDK. By exploring these alternative options, developers will be retaining more of the profit per transaction. They could invest in better content or offer custom promotions to players – a win for both creators and consumers in the gaming industry across Europe.

                Don’t ignore the challenges

                The Digital Markets Act ushers in a brave new world of competition and choice for consumers, but it’s not all plain sailing. While the Digital Markets Act is designed to promote competition, the actual implementation of its provisions is still subject to regulatory developments and potential litigation. This means the full impact of the Digital Markets Act could take time to materialise. Moving towards a more open payment system demands a mountain of technical tweaks and a watchful eye from regulators. The real headache will be getting all these different payment systems to talk to each other while keeping security watertight. 

                Consumers also have to consider how they will adapt to these changes. While there are many benefits, changing habits takes work. The success of the Digital Markets Act will depend on effective communication, education, and transparency to ensure consumers are aware of the new options and their benefits.

                A new era for Digital Payments?

                While the Digital Markets Act promises greater choice and a more level playing field, the road ahead will be anything but smooth. While the Digital Markets Act’s potential to break down monopolistic practices is significant, its effects may not be felt immediately. Regulatory processes, litigation, and slow consumer adoption could mean the transition to a more open digital payments landscape occurs gradually over time. Gatekeepers have maintained a firm grip on payment infrastructure for years, charging high fees that have eaten into developers’ profits. But with the Digital Markets Act tearing down some of these walls, game studios may have the flexibility to finally bypass gatekeepers and offer cheaper in-game purchases, subscriptions, and services directly to consumers.

                While the Digital Markets Act opens doors for smaller developers and alternative payment options, it also forces companies to rethink their monetisation strategies. This could potentially pass new costs onto consumers in other ways. What is clear is that the digital payments landscape is in flux. How the tech giants, game developers, and consumers adapt to this new reality will define the future of monetisation in the digital economy. The game is far from over, and the real winners have yet to be decided.

                Berkley Egenes, Chief Marketing & Growth Officer, Xsolla

                • Digital Payments

                FinTech Strategy spoke with Ryan O’Holleran, Head of Sales, Enterprise, EMEA at Airwallex, to learn about the global payments and financial infrastructure provider

                Airwallex, a financial infrastructure provider, offers a range of services. Including multicurrency accounts, payment acceptance card issuing, foreign exchange (FX) payouts, treasury and expense management. In addition to supporting small and medium-sized businesses, the company also provides APIs and a software layer for direct access to enterprise businesses. As well as an enterprise platform product called Scale. Airwallex has found success working across various industries. It works with the likes of Bird (formerly MessageBird) to handle global accounts and backend treasury, and partners with Qantas to offer financial tools for their business partners.

                The company also enables faster and more efficient payments through its patchwork network of financial partnerships and licenses. Airwallex has experienced significant growth even during economic downturns. As of August this year, Airwallex globally processed transactions worth more than $100 billion annually and saw a 73 percent year-on-year increase. It is now focused on embedded finance solutions and global expansion.

                At Money20/20 Europe, FinTech Strategy spoke with Airwallex’s Head of Sales, Enterprise, EMEA, Ryan O’Holleran, to find out more…

                Tell us about the genesis of Airwallex?

                “Our co-founder, Jack Zhang, started a coffee company in Melbourne, Australia, which is still around today, with a few friends from university. And while they were building out this coffee shop, they were buying beans from abroad, along with supplies and packaging. They found how hard it was to actually pay for services, send funds abroad and deal with multiple currencies. So, they saw an opportunity to help streamline the financial infrastructure for small businesses. That’s when Jack and his co-founders put Airwallex together and built out an initial SME’s use case to allow multicurrency accounts and FX payouts. Since then, the business has really expanded…

                Today, Airwallex provides a set of APIs – we’re really providing financial infrastructure to move money globally. On those APIs, we also have a layer of software that we can offer direct access to enterprise businesses. The third part of this, which is kind of the new product over the last three years, is our enterprise platform product called Scale. Scale allows you to embed those financial services into a product as well as a platform or marketplace. So, you kind of think about it as a direct treasury product, APIs and a platform product.”

                Tell us about your role at Airwallex?

                “I’m originally from San Francisco, grew up in the Bay area, started in tech, did a couple of startups, and I actually got into payments via Stripe. I joined Stripe back when there were about 200 employees in San Francisco. Spent some time in Chicago and then moved to the UK initially with Stripe. I was there for about five and a half years, as we went from 200 staff to 6,000. At that point, I wanted to get back to something a little bit different. To help more cross-functioning with product and help scale businesses. The opportunity with Airwallex came along where I saw the company addressing many things my customers at Stripe were asking for.

                So, the FX piece, mass payouts, treasury, all complimented what Stripe is doing with acquiring. Since I joined the team three years ago, we’ve been scaling across EMEA. We now have offices in London, Amsterdam, Vilnius and just last year launched our office in Tel Aviv to cover Israel. And we have teams in the Americas and APAC where Airwallex was founded.”

                What are some of the key challenges financial institutions are facing that you can help them with? What problems are companies asking you to solve? In doing so, what are the challenges for Airwallex?

                “We work in different areas. This is where I think we have differentiated the business and also where I see the industry moving. If you look back over the last five, 10 years, there was this approach where you had Stripe and all the major players coming in and saying, we can do things and we can do it really well and you only need to use us, you don’t need to use a patchwork of providers. I think that is starting to shift. You see this with orchestration layers like Primer or Gravy, allowing people to be agnostic on PSPs. And then you’re seeing people think about redundancy. So, the heads of payments we’re talking to this week are looking at two or three providers because they need redundancy or want to use the best provider in each region. They don’t want to be siloed.

                Airwallex can be used in a segmented approach. So, if you just need us for payouts, you can do that. If you just need us for FX, you can do that. If you just need us for acquiring, you can do that. Or we could do that globally and you can adjust as you see fit. So, the flexibility of Airwallex I think is one of our superpowers.”

                Tell us about some of the successful partnerships Airwallex has been involved in…

                “The interesting thing about Airwallex is that since we’re providing financial infrastructure, there’s a huge variety of customers we work with. One of the local ones is Bird (a cloud communications platform that connects enterprises to their global customers). Using our software product they are creating global accounts, handling backend treasury, payroll, suppliers and more. We’ve also worked with Qantas to build out an SMB solution embedding all of the Airwallex financial services and they call it Qantas Business Money.          

                Elsewhere, Brex in the US were looking for a provider to help with their payout rails. One of the things Airwallex has done is rebuilt the Swift network via local rails. So, we have a patchwork network of financial partnerships and licences where if you are located, let’s say in the US, but you want to pay somebody out in the UK, you get access to faster payment rails having never set foot in the UK or separate rails via Europe having never set foot in the EU. So, you get this mass payoff solution of local rails, which is faster, cheaper, and more efficient than using something like Swift.”

                “I think where we’re seeing a lot of opportunities, in EMEA specifically, in B2B, vertical, SaaS, travel and marketplaces, is this embedded finance solution. It was kind of a buzzword a few years ago and now we’re actually starting to see it develop. I view it as actually embedding all of these financial services – whether it be a wallet, issued cards, or local multi-currency accounts – and being able to monetize that. So, we’re seeing this with a lot of our customers actually wanting to white label our products, embed that and bring payments on platform.”

                And what’s next for Airwallex? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?

                “The growth of Airwallex, specifically on a global scale, over the last few years is one thing I’m very proud of because it’s happened during one of the worst economic downturns we’ve experienced. FinTech was almost retracting in terms of budgets and investments. You’re starting to see the tide turn, but we were able to grow over 100 percent year on year, through some of the toughest times for business. And now we’re really starting to see that pick up because the businesses, who actually decided this is going to be a building year for us now, they’re going live, they’re accelerating, they’re growing.

                And so we’re seeing the ROI of that investment. It’s a testament to the global financial infrastructure we’ve built. Meanwhile, Airwallex became cash flow positive in 2023. It now processes more than $100 billion in annualised transaction volume. The company now employs over 1,500 people worldwide working across 23 international offices.”

                Why Money20/20? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to showcase what you do? How has the response been to Airwallex?

                “The great thing about Money20/20, here in Europe, and in Asia and the US, is the good division between buyers and sellers. So, you have all these service providers like Airwallex, Amex, etc… And then you have the Heads of Payments from companies like Booking.com, Vinted and SumUp who are coming here with their teams to meet with providers. If you think about that from a sales perspective, those meetings are very hard to get outside of this environment. But over a week you get 15 different meetings each day that would normally take months to arrange. So, the ROI from this week is really powerful just from being able to have these conversations. Three years ago, we first came to suss out the event and as we’ve grown the response has grown. People are being proactive and keen to engage with us which is exciting to see.”

                • Digital Payments
                • Embedded Finance
                • Together in Events

                Finch Capital report shows UK FinTech sector dominant across Europe

                The latest annual State of European Fintech report by FinTech growth capital firm Finch Capital has been published. It shows the UK dominating Europe with 65% of deals in H1 2024. The UK is maintaining its dominance amid declining funding across the continent.

                Highlights include:

                • Funding in UK FinTech increased 3% year-over-year to £2.3bn, highlighted by Monzo’s £500m deal.
                • UK sectors such as insurance set to gain from AI adoption, with 80% of actuaries using it for improved risk analysis.
                • FinTech sector beginning to see jobs market recover in Europe, up 10% YoY.

                “The next wave of fintechs is shifting from unicorns to ‘half-a-corns,’ with £500m valuations becoming the new benchmark” Aman Ghei, Partner at Finch Capital

                The UK has increased its dominant role in Europe’s FinTech sector. It now accounts for two thirds of the total volume of deals reached across the continent in the first half of this year. According to a new annual report analysing the sector, with investment and M&A anticipated to grow this year and into 2025. 

                The annual State of European Fintech 2024 report found the UK is strengthening its position at the forefront of the European FinTech sector, despite an overall decline in funding across the continent. 

                The report highlights the ongoing challenges faced by the sector. It notes that higher interest rates, a focus on cost efficiency and increased scrutiny on the sustainability of business models have driven the UK to account for around 65% of fintech deals in Europe.

                Funding in the UK FinTech sector rose 3% YoY to £2.2bn compared with £1.9bn in H1 of last year. The largest deal done in Europe in H1 was UK’s Monzo, which raised £500m in equity. 

                The European FinTech Picture

                Overall, the 9th edition of the annual report,  authored and compiled by leading fintech growth capital firm Finch Capital, found that although it remains a challenging  environment for European FinTechs, there are clear signs of brighter prospects ahead.  

                While the UK leads the way, the Netherlands showed resilience, with investment volumes holding steady. Meanwhile, Ireland, Germany, and France all saw major government-backed initiatives aimed at fostering growth through 2025. Signalling strong long-term commitment to the local technology ecosystems. 

                Despite a notable contraction in funding across Europe, some key sub-sectors helped by higher interest levels, such as  challenger banks like Revolut and Monzo, are beginning to show profitable growth. 

                Higher Rates and Boosted Profits

                The report revealed that total capital invested in European fintechs in the first half of 2024 fell by 25% YoY, from £3.2 billion in H1 2023 to £2.4 billion in H1 2024. 

                However, profitability in sub-sectors like banking is driving larger funding rounds. The top challenger banks are generating close to £600m in profit in 2024 compared to a £125m loss in 2023. 

                As these banks emerge as success stories, the UK has become a hub for profitable growth, while other European nations work to adapt, the report found. 

                Mid-Market Fintech M&A Thrives

                The report also highlighted the increasing activity in the mid-market M&A space across Europe. Particularly in the UK, which is benefiting from consolidation in the sector. 

                Funding rounds for fintech unicorns have slowed, the findings show, with investors prioritising companies with solid financial fundamentals and avoiding overly ambitious valuations based on hyper growth and unproven profitability.

                European exits under £500 million now account for 32% of global M&A activity, although the market remains 2-3x smaller than the US for larger deals, according to the report.  

                AI Creating Efficiency 

                The report also found that, as a leader in fintech innovation, the UK is expected to benefit significantly from the adoption of AI technologies in the coming years, particularly in the insurance sector.

                According to research, 4 out of 5 actuaries are now using AI to improve risk analysis and  pricing models and 65% of executives say they will invest more than $10 million in AI in  the next 3 years, making the industry more efficient. 

                Commenting on the findings, Aman Ghei, Partner at Finch Capital, said:

                “The challenges that fintech faced in 2023 were necessary for the sector to mature and become more sustainable. While funding may be down overall, and unicorn chasing has  slowed, there is plenty of opportunity for companies that are capital efficient and have a clear path to profit. With AI transforming the industry and significant dry powder still available, the next 12-18 months will mark a turning point for fintech in Europe. The next wave of fintech success stories will likely be built on sound financials rather than rapid revenue growth alone.”

                • Digital Payments
                • Neobanking

                Hugo Farinha, Co-founder and CTO at Virtuoso QA on why AI is driving organisational change across financial services

                We’ve seen an enormous amount of discussion concerning all aspects of AI since the emergence of Chat GPT made it headline news. However, most articles and conversations focusing on its business impact seem to wilfully ignore the ‘elephant in the room’. Namely, the inevitable organisational change AI will usher in, especially for employees.

                AI technology driving change

                To ignore change is folly, and likely to have the exact opposite effect that businesses and AI technology vendors want. We can’t pretend workforces won’t be disrupted by such a seismic technological advance. Certain job roles will become obsolete. Business leaders can’t run the risk of creating a culture of fear and uncertainty among employees who are unlikely to be fooled.

                It’s true AI could lead to leaner operations, particularly in insurance and finance companies, with fewer employees needed for routine tasks, but only half the story. Smart businesses will almost certainly reinvest cost savings into new growth areas that require specific human talent. Companies that maintain a strong human element in customer service and personalised offerings will differentiate themselves in a crowded market. The rise in AI-driven, agile companies will create faster market shifts and greater competition.

                While AI has the potential for productivity and efficiency gains, and even to do the same with less if needed, I actually don’t predict major job culls in the next few years. AI is particularly good at data processing and data analytics, in insurance for example. So, when more data can be processed and analysed, human intervention can make better informed decisions as a result. In the short to medium term, data analysis and decision making will remain firmly in the human realm. But powered by AI.

                The Future for Artificial Intelligence

                Meanwhile, the technology is still evolving, and organisations need to build a model that layers over the top of AI – powered by it, rather than replaced by it. Despite the hype, we are still a long way from AI becoming an entity that can lead, implement and operate itself to a purposeful end. But it will increasingly power applications overlaid by strategic, human-led frameworks.

                To achieve this, leaders must bring their teams with them on the journey. In the field of testing for example, developers have traditionally written code as part of their role. This is a very time consuming and laborious task. Historically skills gaps have led to delays in progress. But the ability to ‘outsource’ to AI has freed up the time of those developers to focus on the purpose of that code in relation to the product. And, ultimately, the customer. Similarly, leaders in all fields need a broader understanding of AI use cases such as these to make effective strategic decisions. For example, on hiring. Understanding when to bring in more people and when to bring in new technology to complement the skills of your existing team means understanding AI’s strategic implications, technical capabilities and limitations.

                An Evolving Job Market

                From the perspective of the employee, the job market will continuously evolve alongside AI advancements. It will require ongoing adaptation and learning to stay relevant. Skills such as empathy, communication, and negotiation will remain vital. These are differentiators and difficult for AI to replicate. Understanding AI tools and data analysis will be increasingly important, even for non-technical roles. The ability to adapt to new technologies and continuously learn will be essential. Moreover, as AI becomes more integrated, the need for professionals who understand the ethical implications and regulatory requirements will grow exponentially.

                Driving growth and job creation in this new world will require a different mindset to the current received wisdom. From both employees and leaders. In addition to the advances and changes already discussed, AI also has the potential to level the playing field, enabling smaller or newer companies to compete more effectively with, and even seriously threaten, established players. With many traditional barriers to entry such as burdensome start-up costs removed, new business models are likely to emerge. In much the same way as they did in the early days of the internet. Investors will be on the lookout for the next ‘giant killer’.

                This will create opportunities for those with the foresight to upskill, as well as for those looking to start their careers. Although those opportunities and the jobs of tomorrow may not yet be completely clear. What is clear, however, is that established businesses cannot afford to be complacent. Change is inevitable and empires can be toppled overnight by technology as disruptive as AI. By embracing it early, leaders in those businesses will have the opportunity to spot and fix the gaps and redundancies in their business models that the technology and its capabilities exposes before the market does so more painfully and publicly.

                Our mission is to enable and lead the world’s quality-first revolution. QA tools haven’t kept up with the demands of the testing world. Virtuoso is here to deliver with AI-powered, low-code/no-code test automation to support the modern business.

                “Virtuoso technology represents the foundation for software quality in the digital world, and we are proud to be a critical, guiding force in the era of AI.”

                Darren Nisbet, CEO, Virtuoso

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                AXA UK has launched new online InsurTech tools to enable customers to notify claims digitally for both home and car insurance

                AXA customers can now benefit from a new and improved digital service when making an insurance claim. They can use InsurTech tools that allow them to notify losses online. The improved online service allows customers to notify AXA of their claim online anytime they choose. Not only will it be more convenient, but it will also make for a more efficient claims experience. This allows AXA to offer support and resolve claims in a timely manner. 

                AXA Online Insurance Tools

                Car insurance customers can register claims for road traffic accidents, theft of vehicle, lost or stolen keys, misfuelling, storm or flood damage and malicious damage. Using this service gives customers the option of an end-to-end digital notification experience. It offers a broader choice in the ways they can interact with customer service teams.

                Home insurance customers can also use the tools to register claims online for theft, escape of water, flood, storm, accidental damage and accidental loss. This is then picked up by the customer service team to take the claim forward.

                Making an impact with customers

                The improved service is already making an impact with customers. A recent home insurance claim was reviewed and a supplier was instructed within two hours of being registered online. Motor insurance customers have also been able to book in their vehicle for repairs within minutes of notifying AXA of a claim.

                “We know that our customers’ expectations have evolved in recent years. They want the claims process to be quick, clear and simple. That’s why we’ve worked hard to ensure that these enhanced digital claims tools offer customers fast and seamless journeys. At a time when they need it most as well as offering increased flexibility and improving their overall experience.”

                Suzy Tiffany, Retail Claims Director at AXA UK

                Headshot of Suzy Tiffany, AXA Retail Claims Director

                AXA has focused on how it can improve customers’ experiences and interactions by providing digital capabilities where possible across its claims journeys. The claims submission service can also be accessed by brokers, enhancing the claims journey for them and their clients.

                However, all the usual channels will still be available for brokers and customers to contact the claims teams. Even if they have notified a claim online, they can still pick up the phone and speak to someone if they prefer.

                • InsurTech

                Philipp Buschmann, co-founder and CEO of AAZZUR on how the customer becomes the investor with Embedded Finance at the heart of the wealth management revolution

                Wealth management has traditionally been a game for the well-off. It often requires large sums of money just to get started. For decades, the idea of “investing” conjured up images of Wall Street brokers managing hefty portfolios for a small group of elite individuals. But, thanks to Embedded Finance, times are changing and the barriers to investing are coming down. The technology is reshaping how people handle their money. Here’s what it can do for you.

                Tackling the investment problem

                Historically, investing hasn’t been easy. Most brokers require a significant minimum deposit to open an account, often in the thousands. Fees and commissions on trades can add up quickly, and if you don’t have a large amount of capital, these costs can erode your profits. For many, these hurdles were enough to keep them from even thinking about investing. It simply didn’t feel like something for “ordinary” people with average incomes.

                Even with the rise of online brokers, the stock market has remained intimidating to a lot of people, many of whom felt like they lacked the knowledge or resources to get involved.

                On top of the classical challenges we must also discuss the upcoming wealth transfer. The next generation of users have no interest in sitting with wealth managers; at the same time they don’t have the knowhow to trade or invest.

                Imagine being able to not only excite your customers but empower them as well. That’s what embedded finance solutions promise. As companies strive towards more inclusive messaging, adopting embedded finance tools has never been more valuable. One of the great perks is that it doesn’t require a complete overhaul of IT infrastructure, instead, it involves a seamless experience that even junior employees can understand and implement.

                Embracing the solution with Embedded Finance

                I’ve said it’s easy – but how easy? Embedded finance works by bridging the gap between traditional financial systems and the average consumer. By integrating financial services directly into everyday apps and platforms, it makes it possible for people to start investing without even realising they’re doing it. Monzo is an example of it in action. They used embedded finance solutions to enable customers to invest directly in the bank during its fundraising rounds. They raised millions by allowing users of the app to seamlessly invest and become shareholders, a great example of how “the customer becomes the investor”.

                Think about how your business manages its money. You most likely use an app to track accounts and make payments. This is no different to customer budgeting, and it’s a window of opportunity for you to tap into. That app can offer you the ability to automatically invest any leftover money at the end of the month into a diversified portfolio. Customers don’t need to download a separate app or set up an account with a brokerage firm. Everything is integrated into the website they’re shopping on. This is the beauty of embedded finance – it makes financial services a natural part of your daily life.

                For younger people just starting out on lower salaries and learning how to invest sensibly, there has never been a greater time to be innovative and branch out into financial services.

                The second vector for investment is to centre it around a new social frame. Investment’s can be around supporting your ideals, for the environment, or for technologies sake. This means that there are apps/club/activities that can become another home for investment. The same way country clubs aren’t just for food, golf and banter. Embedded finance opens the door for classically aligned companies and charities to think about expanding their business model. I could imagine Greenpeace offering embedded investing. So, could the country club co-invest in art that is displayed (but also invested) in.

                Equalising opportunity with Embedded Finance

                Embedded finance allows financial services to be delivered in a more personalised, user-friendly way. Apps can now provide personalised investment recommendations based on a user’s spending habits, savings goals, and risk tolerance. And thanks to automation, these services are becoming more affordable and scalable. Instead of paying for an expensive financial advisor, users can rely on AI-driven tools to offer similar advice for a fraction of the cost, or even for free. Wealthfront does this by offering automated financial planning and investment management with AI-driven recommendations and tax optimisation strategies.

                GoHenry is another example of a company taking the initiative and embracing its solutions. They allow customers to invest in the company using the Crowdcube platform. People can invest in as little as they want and become shareholders with ease. As a result, loyalty is enhanced and capital surges.

                Another example is fractional investing. In the past, buying a single share of a company like Amazon or Tesla might have been out of reach for someone with limited funds. However, this no longer has to be the case as companies like Robinhood allow customers to invest in big stocks like Tesla for as little as £1, making it possible for anyone to grow their wealth without having to stretch themselves and get into debt.

                What does the future hold?

                As embedded finance continues to evolve, we can anticipate even more innovations in the world of micro-investing and wealth management. The lines between financial services and everyday life will continue to blur, making it easier than ever for people to manage their money, invest, and build wealth – all without needing a financial background or a large amount of capital.

                Philipp Buschmann is co-Founder and CEO at AAZZUR, a one-stop-shop for smart embedded finance experience.  Recognised as a rising star in the FinTech space, AAZZUR’s mission is to build profitable banking whilst at the same time empowering consumers to have access to better informed financial choices.

                Philipp is a serial entrepreneur with extensive experience of working in Challenger Banking, Financial Services, IT and Energy across the world.  He took one of his business’s public – Ignis Petroleum was publicly listed in the US and Germany. 

                Having started as a developer in Financial Services, Philipp has first-hand experience of the banking revolution from both a technology and financial perspective. His interest in behavioural economics helped inspire AAZZUR’s revolutionary work on customer centricity in banking.

                Philipp holds an MBA from the London Business School. He is passionate about entrepreneurship and loves exchanging ideas, insights and discussing FinTech’s future.  He has spoken at major Fintech events including Money 20/20, MoneyLive, Finovate, Fintech Matters, and the Future of Retail Banking.

                • Embedded Finance

                Cullen Zandstra, CTO at FloQast on mitigating the risks of AI to deliver benefits to financial services

                There’s a lot of buzz around Generative AI (GenAI). What’s not always heard beneath the noise are the very real and serious risks of this fast-developing AI tech. Let alone ways to mitigate these emerging threats.

                Currently, one quarter (26%) of accounting and bookkeeping practices in the UK have now adopted GenAI in some capacity. That figure is predicted to grow for many years to come.

                With this in mind, and as we hit the crest of the GenAI hype cycle, it’s critically important that leaders focus closely on the potential risks of AI deployment. They need to proactively prepare to mitigate them, rather than picking up the pieces after an incident.

                Navigating the risky transition to AI

                The benefits of AI are well-proven. For finance teams, AI is a powerup that unlocks major performance and efficiency boosts. It significantly enhances their ability to generate actionable insights swiftly and accurately, facilitating faster decision-making. AI isn’t here to take over but to augment the employees’ capabilities. Ultimately improving leaders’ trust in the reliability of financial reporting.

                One of the most exciting aspects of AI is its potential to enable organisations to do more with less. Which, in the context of an ongoing talent shortage in accounting, is what all finance leaders are seeking to do right now. By automating routine tasks, AI empowers accountants to focus on higher-level analysis and strategic initiative, whilst drawing on fewer resources. GenAI models can help to perform routine, but important tasks. These include producing reports for key stakeholders and ensuring critical information is effectively and quickly communicated. It enables timely and precise access to business information, helping leaders to make better decisions.

                However, GenAI also represents a new source of risk that is not always well understood. We know that threat actors are using GenAI to produce exploits and malware. Simultaneously levelling up their capabilities and lowering the barrier of entry for lower-skilled hackers. The GenAI models that power chatbots are vulnerable to a growing range of threats. These include prompt injection attacks, which trick AI into handing over sensitive data or generating malicious outputs.

                Unfortunately, it’s not just the bad guys who can do damage to (and with) AI models. With great productivity comes great responsibility. Even an ambitious, forward-thinking, and well-meaning finance team could innocently deploy the technology. They could inadvertently make mistakes that cause major damage to their organisation. Poorly managed AI tools can expose sensitive company and customer financial data, increasing the risk of data breaches.

                De-risking AI implementation

                There is no technical solution you can buy to eliminate doubt and achieve 100% trust in sources of data with one press of a button. Neither is there a prompt you can enter into a large language model (LLM).

                The integrity, accuracy, and availability of financial data are of paramount importance during the close and other core accountancy processes. Hallucinations (another word for “mistakes”) cannot be tolerated. Tech can solve some of the challenges around data needed to eliminate hallucinations – but we’ll always need humans in the loop.

                True human oversight is required to make sure AI systems are making the right decisions. We must balance effectiveness with an ethical approach. As a result, the judgment of skilled employees is irreplaceable and is likely to remain so for the foreseeable future. Unless there is a sudden, unpredicted quantum leap in the power of AI models. It’s crucial that AI complements our work, enhancing rather than compromising the trust in financial reporting.

                A new era of collaboration

                As finance teams enhance their operations with AI, they will need to reach across their organisations to forge new connections and collaborate closely with security teams. Traditionally viewed as number-crunchers, accountants are now poised to drive strategic value by integrating advanced technologies securely. The accelerating adoption of GenAI is an opportunity to forge links between departments which may not always have worked closely together in the past.

                By fostering a collaborative environment between finance and security teams, businesses can develop robust AI solutions. They can boost efficiency and deliver strategic benefits while safeguarding against potential threats. This partnership is essential for creating a secure foundation for growth.

                AI in accountancy: The road forward

                The accounting profession stands on the threshold of an era of AI-driven growth. Professionals who embrace and understand this technology will find themselves indispensable.

                However, as we incorporate AI into our workflows, it is crucial to ensure GenAI is implemented safely and does not introduce security risks. By establishing robust safeguards and adhering to best practices in AI deployment, we can protect sensitive financial information and uphold the integrity of our profession. Embracing AI responsibly ensures we harness its full potential while guarding against vulnerabilities, leading our organisations confidently into the future.

                Founded in 2013, FloQast is the leading cloud-based accounting transformation platform created by accountants, for accountants. FloQast brings AI and automation innovation into everyday accounting workflows, empowering accountants to work better together and perform their tasks with greater efficiency and accuracy. Now controllers and accountants can spend more time delivering greater strategic value while enjoying a better work-life balance.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Will Rolph, Business Development Manager at Clear Junction, takes a closer look at the tech making digital remittances possible

                Digital remittances are one of the main forces driving financial inclusion. Over 200 million migrant workers send money home every year. FinTech as a force for good can create positive changes for individuals and businesses; remittances are a prime example. Their role in facilitating financial inclusion cannot be underestimated. By increasing people’s purchasing power, raising per capita incomes, and feeding into local and national economic growth.

                By 2027 remittances could reach $1.2 trillion, with the potential to unleash profound transformations in their recipient societies. Many factors are driving this growth. These include increasing waves of migration, none are as influential as the proliferation of innovative technology making remittances easier to send and receive. And at much lower cost than traditional money transfer channels beset by high FX fees and sluggish settlement times.

                For decades, remittances were dominated by a few players including Western Union and MoneyGram. They have enviable global reach and networks. However, recipients – especially those in rural and remote locations – were faced with a lack of physical offices on the ground where they could collect their remittances. It was common for recipients to have to travel long distances to get their money. The loss of time and convenience is obvious. These often arduous journeys also came with increased risk of theft or loss of funds along the way.

                The lack of physical infrastructure soon became a problem that tech was perfectly placed to solve. It did so in a way that allowed mobile payments to leapfrog legacy infrastructure issues with ease.

                What’s powering digital remittances?

                The tech behind digital remittances is a complex ecosystem that has evolved significantly over time. Furthermore, the pace of innovation shows no sign of slowing down. There are several key technologies and methods involved in advanced remittance solutions.

                Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) is a method of transferring money from one bank account to another electronically. Remittance services often utilise EFT to move funds between the sender’s bank account and the recipient’s bank account or designated payout location.

                Payment gateways are another crucial component. These online platforms facilitate the transfer of funds between parties. They securely process transactions, verify payment information, and transfer funds between the sender and the recipient.

                Remittance providers often integrate with banks, payment gateways, and other financial institutions via APIs (application programming interfaces). This facilitates access to banking infrastructure and fund transfers. The APIs enable real-time transaction processing, status updates, and seamless connectivity between the remittance platform and other financial services.

                Security is paramount when it comes to remittance transactions. Remittance platforms employ encryption tech to secure data transmission and storage. This protects sensitive financial information and prevents fraud. Secure Socket Layer (SSL) encryption, Transport Layer Security (TLS), and multi-factor authentication are commonly used to safeguard transactions and user data.

                These technological advances have all played their part in helping remittances to proliferate. People who were out of reach can now access a wide array of sophisticated financial services all from their phone thanks to the neobanking revolution.

                Super Apps

                The main innovation that has sent remittances skyrocketing is the phenomenal adoption of smartphones, which has paved the way for the rise of money transfer super apps.

                The importance of the smartphone in the global remittance market cannot be understated. By necessity, apps need to be user-friendly and easy to navigate to succeed. Apps play a crucial role in improving the remittance process. They offer the speed, cost efficiency, and security that users have come to expect. Furthermore, remittance apps often provide features that allow users to track their transfers in real-time and manage their transaction history easily. This helps in budgeting and financial planning, especially for those who send remittances regularly.

                Most importantly, 4G or 5G networks mean such apps can reach users in remote or underserved areas where access to broadband internet infrastructure or traditional banking services is limited or non-existent. This accessibility is in turn driving inclusivity and promoting financial participation and empowerment among a broader segment of the population.

                Eastern Europe serves as a good example of where this technology is particularly life changing. Across the continent, banking penetration rates range between 44% in Albania to 92% in Croatia. So, a key challenge and focus for banks, governments, and tech solution providers is driving greater financial inclusion, and improving remittance flows are key to this.

                Blockchain

                Just as cryptocurrencies use blockchain technology to track assets, some remittance providers are now leveraging the same technology to streamline the transfer process and enhance security.

                Blockchain technology enables secure, transparent, and immutable record-keeping of transactions. This reduces the risk of fraud, enhancing trust between parties. Cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and stablecoins are sometimes used for remittance purposes, leveraging blockchain technology for fast and low-cost digital cross-border transfers.

                It’s easy to see the attraction of blockchain technology for remittance providers. Moreover, it is a fully encrypted, decentralised, and immutable ledger, and as such cannot be altered in any way. Also, because blockchain technology is decentralised, no intermediary bank or financial institution can get involved. For these reasons, blockchain could become crucial to the remittance industry in the coming years.

                Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning

                There are few industries not being impacted by AI and ML technologies. Both are increasingly being employed in remittance services to detect fraudulent activities, improve compliance with regulatory requirements, and enhance user experience. Furthermore, these technologies analyse transaction patterns, identify anomalies, and provide insights to prevent fraudulent transactions and ensure regulatory compliance.

                Why all of this digital transformation matters

                Remittances play a vital role in both individual livelihoods and broader economic development efforts. This makes them an essential aspect of global economic relations and poverty alleviation strategies. Additionally, we can see the tangible, life-changing differences that payment technology evolution can achieve. Moreover, through increased household purchasing power, accessing formal and cheaper financial services, and indirectly through increased revenues for remittance service providers and the businesses people buy from.

                Clear Junction is a global payments solutions provider that was established in 2016. The company was founded by a veteran team of financial professionals with many years of experience in cross-border payments and banking. Over the years, we have worked tirelessly to build and develop our own proprietary technology to facilitate an end-to-end regulated payments solution. We are licensed and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority and have offices in multiple locations across the UK and Europe, including London, Poland and Latvia.

                • Neobanking

                Russ Rawlings, RVP, Enterprise, UK&I at Databricks, on the future of AI in FinTech

                Strict regulation, along with time and cost restraints, means financial services must take a measured approach to technological advancements. However, with the emergence of GenAI, particularly large language models (LLMs), organisations have an opportunity to maximise the value of their data to streamline internal operations and enhance efficiencies. 

                Embracing GenAI has never been more important for organisations looking to stay ahead of the curve. 40-60% of the global workforce will be impacted by the growth of AI. Moreover, global adoption of GenAI could add the equivalent of $2.6tn to $4.4tn in value annually to global industries. The banking sector stands to gain between $200-340 billion.

                But whilst the financial services industry can gain incredible benefits from GenAI, adoption is not without its challenges. Financial organisations must prioritise responsible data management. They must also navigate strict privacy regulations and carefully curate the information they use to train their models. But, for companies that persevere through these obstacles, the benefits will be substantial. 

                Building customised LLMs for financial services 

                Consumer chatbots have brought GenAI to the mainstream. Meanwhile, the true potential of this transformative technology lies in its ability to be tailored to the unique needs of any organisation, in any industry. Including the financial sector. 

                Risk assessment, fraud prevention, and delivering personalised customer experiences are some of the use cases of custom open source models. Created using a company’s proprietary data, these models ensure relevant and accurate results. And are more cost-effective due to their smaller datasets. For instance, banks can use a customised model to seamlessly analyse customer behaviour and flag up any suspicious or fraudulent activities. Or, a model can leverage sophisticated algorithms to assess an individual’s eligibility for a loan.

                Another huge benefit of these tailored systems is trust and security. Deploying a custom open-source model eliminates the need to share sensitive information with third parties. This is crucial for organisations operating within such a highly regulated industry. This approach also democratises the training of custom models. Furthermore, it allows organisations to harness the power of GenAI whilst retaining control and compliance.

                Using data intelligence to boost AI’s impact

                To truly harness the power of GenAI, organisations must cultivate a deep understanding of data across the entire workforce. Every employee, regardless of how technical they are, must grasp the importance of proper data storage. Also how data can be used to improve decision-making.

                Organisations can use a data intelligence platform to help implement this. Built on a lakehouse architecture, a data intelligence platform provides an open, unified foundation for all data and governance. It operates as a secure end-to-end solution tailored to the specific needs of the financial services industry. By adopting such a platform, businesses can eliminate their reliance on third party solutions for data analysis. They can create a streamlined approach to data governance and accelerate data-driven outcomes. Users across all levels of the business can navigate their organisation’s data, using GenAI to uncover important insights.

                The future of AI in the financial sector

                The path to success lies in embracing GenAI as a canvas for crafting bespoke solutions. Whilst no two financial institutions are exactly the same, the industry’s tools must strike a delicate balance between supporting specific use cases and addressing broader requirements, Customised, open source LLMs and data intelligence platforms hold the key, sparking transformative change across the sector. These tailored solutions will empower financial businesses to integrate cutting-edge innovations and ensure  security, governance and customer satisfaction. Organisations that embrace this change will not only gain a competitive edge, but also pave the way for larger transformations, re-shaping the financial landscape and setting new standards for the industry.

                Databricks is the data and AI company with origins in academia and the open source community. Databricks was founded in 2013 by the original creators of Apache Spark™, Delta Lake and MLflow. As the world’s first and only lakehouse platform in the cloud, Databricks combines the best of data warehouses and data lakes to offer an open and unified platform for data and AI.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                PayPal Ventures, the global venture capital arm of PayPal, announced additional investment in Chaos Labs. This investment underscores PayPal Ventures’ confidence…

                PayPal Ventures, the global venture capital arm of PayPal, announced additional investment in Chaos Labs. This investment underscores PayPal Ventures’ confidence in Chaos Labs’ potential and their blockchain products.

                Chaos Labs: Edge

                Chaos Labs’ recent launch of Edge, a new decentralised oracle protocol, has garnered significant attention within the industry. Edge has already secured a remarkable $30 billion over the last 2 months. It has been adopted by leading exchanges such as Jupiter, the top perpetuals exchange on Solana. And also by GMX, the leading exchange on Arbitrum.

                Edge offers a comprehensive, low-latency oracle solution. It combines accurate price data with actionable market intelligence. Its advanced architecture ensures the security and efficiency of DeFi applications. Furthermore, providing insights into market dynamics and security risks. Edge monitors the market for specific risk signals, performs the offchain data parsing and computation, and outputs one actionable data point.

                Omer Goldberg, CEO and Founder of Chaos Labs on the PayPal Ventures investment

                Omer Goldberg, CEO and Founder of Chaos Labs, said, “We’re excited to receive the strong confidence and additional support from the PayPal Ventures team. Edge by Chaos is the culmination of our entire company’s work and expertise. Edge Price, Risk, and Proofs deliver meaningful and unmatched contextualised risk and price data for assets including stablecoins and other real-world-assets. In addition to the crypto assets and venues that provide access to them.”

                Last month, Chaos Labs announced a $55 million Series A funding round led by Haun Ventures, including prominent new investors such as F-Prime Capital, Slow Ventures, and Spartan Capital, and existing investors including PayPal Ventures. Chaos Labs has experienced significant growth, tripling its customer base and securing billions in trading volume, loans, and incentives.

                PayPal committed to Blockchain

                PayPal Ventures’ investment aligns with PayPal’s ongoing commitment to the blockchain ecosystem. In May 2024, PayPal launched its stablecoin, PYUSD, on the Solana blockchain.

                Amman Bhasin, Partner at PayPal Ventures, said, “Our continued investment in Chaos Labs reflects our belief in their vision to create a safer crypto ecosystem. And move more financial services on chain. Chaos Labs has emerged as a leading risk authority in the sector and we are thrilled to witness their evolution as they launch innovative products like Edge to mitigate oracle vulnerabilities.”

                About Chaos Labs

                Chaos Labs leads the blockchain risk management industry with innovative solutions for the evolving onchain financial landscape. It enables protocols to verify stability across all market conditions, merging offchain observability with onchain risk parameter adjustments. Backed by leading venture capital firms, Chaos Labs continues to set new standards for security and responsiveness in onchain finance. Founded in 2021, Chaos Labs is headquartered in New York City.

                About PayPal Ventures

                PayPal Ventures is the global corporate venture arm of PayPal. We invest for financial return in companies at the forefront of innovation in fintech, commerce enablement, digital infrastructure, and crypto/blockchain technologies. Through the expertise, experience, and vast network of PayPal Ventures – and the companies we invest in – we are helping to bring transformative solutions to market faster. For more information, please visit: www.paypal.vc 

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Adam Edwards, Product and Growth Director at Satago on how embedded finance is helping drive digitisation for the B2B financial space

                Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) are at the heart of the UK economy. They contribute significantly to local employment and revenue across a wide array of sectors. However, the current economic landscape and consistently high inflation are inhibiting them from reaching their full potential.  

                Three key challenges which prevent SMEs from investing in growth are tight cash flow, poor access to capital and the late payments crisis. With over £32 billion in late payments plaguing them, SMEs need longer-term, meaningful policy action from the government, alongside better Working Capital solutions. 

                Investing in Embedded Finance

                With a growing SME market needing better support than ever from lenders, banks are rapidly investing in IT adoption. Particularly, Embedded Finance tools, to better serve this sector. Indeed, analysts have forecast a staggering 148% growth in the Embedded Finance market. It is predicted to reach a revenue of $228 billion by 2028.  

                Banks have been quick to offer flexibility to consumers in the business-to-consumer (B2C) Embedded Finance space. Offering lots of options for flexible finance in response to high demand. However, the business-to-business (B2B) market has in many ways been slower.  

                There are certainly challenges here – but the opportunities are huge for the lenders that get this right to go on and serve the SME space. So, what can the B2B space learn from how Embedded Finance has succeeded in the B2C sector? And what are some of the benefits and new challenges that this investment could pose?  

                The role of Embedded Finance in supporting SMEs and founders 

                Embedded Finance emerges as an innovative approach to bolster SME support. It integrates financial services directly into non-financial platforms. This integration empowers SMEs to seamlessly access critical financial services. These include instant credit, streamlined payments processing, and optimised cash flow management. This enhances operational efficiency and financial resilience. 

                When we look at B2C financial services, we can see traditional banks working hard to catch up with challenger banks. These competitors have presented consumers with entirely new means to access digital banking, improve their visibility on financial information, and manage their funds and savings with secure API access.  

                This has forced traditional banks to digitise quickly in the B2C space to remain competitive and keep up with customer expectations. Embedded tools have become a key part of this. While the B2B financial services industry hasn’t traditionally faced the same level of market pressure to innovate – this is now starting to change. We will start to see the impact in a couple of ways.  

                I predict we will begin to see rapid growth in the number of partnerships between FinTech companies and B2B lenders. Where banks such as Barclays have already been partnering with the likes of Amazon on the consumer side for a long time to offer flexible payment capabilities, we will see a lot more similar partnerships starting to take place in the B2B space, to support the growing SME market. As a result, I anticipate a rise in the number of online marketplaces dedicated to the B2B lending space. We will also see increasingly niche market areas – such as agriculture and dedicated equipment manufacturers, for example.  

                The opportunities and challenges with Embedded Finance

                There are several opportunities to be capitalised on via Embedded Finance in the B2B space. Lenders that have been held back by legacy systems in the past will now be able to offer a more flexible suite of digital finance options to customers, especially SMEs. SMEs, which may be run by a single founder or a small group of stakeholders, are likely to be used to an agile structure. They can take big decisions quickly and will be keen to be able to flexibly access financial tools. Through integration with expert providers, lenders can also benefit from new origination channels and access new pools of customers for bank accounts, financial consultancy and more.  

                For the fintech partners and integrators, including those providing white-labelled products to banks, there’s a chance to take advantage of the trust customers have in their banking providers. And the lenders’ brand reputations can increase their own revenue and future opportunities for sale.  

                Meanwhile, SMEs are set to reap the benefits of being able to offer better user and payment experiences to their own customers further up chain. They too, will benefit from better cash flow management, improved financial visibility and increased flexibility via different working capital tools. Just like consumers are able to – all of which will be facilitated by better digital tools.  

                However, it is worth acknowledging that as the B2B space grows, heightened concerns around fraud risk associated with financial transactions are also likely to emerge. Going forwards, we’ll see more analytics and artificial intelligence built into Embedded Finance. This will feed into underwriting models and support fraud checks. With more complex transactions and shared financial data via Embedded Finance partnerships, the risks of non-compliance could become more perilous. Therefore, there are certainly challenges ahead.   

                A competition for innovation in the B2B space 

                For SMEs to thrive, sustained and reliable access to cash flow is essential. Collaborative efforts between the government and the financial services industry are critical. Establishing robust regulatory frameworks and fostering innovation in Working Capital solutions will be vital. 

                The Embedded Finance market in over the next year and beyond can expect to see significant emphasis on B2B players, such as banks and corporate lenders. They are looking to catch up with the consumer market and serve SME customers with the most secure – and flexible – lending options.   

                Consumers have realised the benefits of seamless, digital financial services for themselves. We’ll now see demand growing as SMEs expect the same innovation and experience when it comes to their B2B financing. Lenders and banks that want to satisfy this growing pool of customers hungry for flexibility and sustainable lending support, will need to be willing to evolve and digitise, or risk missing out on the competition.   

                Satago is a leading fintech that enables lenders and corporates to streamline operations, boost revenue, and enhance their business customer experiences. This is achieved through cloud-native Working Capital and Cash Flow solutions, powered by real-time data, Open Banking, and API technology. 

                • Embedded Finance

                Luke Gall, Product & Engineering Director at Access PaySuite, part of the Access Group, on the open banking opportunity for FinTechs


                In the rapidly evolving landscape of financial services, Open Banking is no longer a futuristic concept but a present-day reality. Recent findings reveal that the adoption of Open Banking payments has surged, with 32% of financial services businesses and an impressive 58% of fintechs now offering this innovative payment method to their customers.

                This uptake signifies a noteworthy shift for fintechs. Open Banking payments have overtaken Direct Debits (54%) and card payments made over the phone (4%) in terms of availability. The sector continues to expand at a remarkable pace. There are over 26,000 startups currently in operation globally. Understanding and leveraging Open Banking has become an increasingly crucial consideration for organisations to stay ahead in a competitive market.

                The rise of Open Banking

                Open Banking allows third-party financial service providers to access banking data and initiate digital payments on behalf of customers, provided they have explicit consent. This model not only enhances convenience for users, but also fosters greater competition and innovation within the financial sector. The growing adoption rates reflect a broader acceptance of this technology. It is driven by the potential to streamline payments, enhance user experiences, and offer personalised financial services.

                In the UK, FinTech adoption is particularly robust – 84% of individuals use FinTech services daily. The push towards Open Banking is both a response to consumer demand and a strategic move for FinTechs to differentiate themselves. The rise in Open Banking adoption is a signal that financial services must adapt swiftly. For FinTechs, staying ahead involves more than just adopting new technology. It’s about leveraging tech to redefine and enhance service offerings.

                Why FinTechs must embrace Open Banking

                Today’s consumers demand seamless and efficient financial transactions in order to complete their purchases. Open Banking meets these expectations by enabling quicker and more secure payments. FinTechs can provide this to their customers by integrating Open Banking into their services. This significantly enhances customer satisfaction and fosters loyalty.

                The rapid adoption of Open Banking by FinTechs highlights its growing importance. Those that hesitate or overlook this trend risk falling behind. Early adopters of Open Banking have the opportunity to leverage its capabilities to introduce distinctive features. These include instant account verification, real-time payments, and enhanced financial insights. It’s a crowded marketplace for FinTechs, but these advancements can deliver a competitive edge.

                By granting access to banking data, Open Banking creates the possibility for FinTechs to work with other financial service providers in a collaborative environment. Around 82% of FinTech startups say this helps them to innovate more quickly and effectively. The ability to partner with others in the industry can encourage the development of novel solutions and services. These can be pecifically tailored to evolving consumer needs.

                The role of third-party payment providers

                Third-party payment providers play a crucial role in helping FinTechs adopt Open Banking. They do this by offering the infrastructure and expertise needed to integrate with banks and other financial institutions. These providers facilitate secure access to customer data through APIs. This enables FinTechs to deliver innovative services like personalised financial management and account aggregation. And all without the need to build costly systems from scratch.

                By leveraging the established networks and compliance frameworks of third-party providers, FinTechs can more easily meet regulatory requirements. Such as those outlined in the Revised Payment Services Directive (PSD2). This allows them to scale faster and focus on enhancing the customer experience. By prioritising simplicity and convenience, FinTechs can not only improve user satisfaction but also ensure their Open Banking offerings meet the high expectations of today’s consumers.

                However, FinTechs must recognise not all customers are familiar with the nuances of Open Banking. To ensure a smooth transition and maximise the benefits of this technology, financial service providers, including FinTechs, should invest in educating their customers about its advantages and functionality. This will empower users to confidently engage with Open Banking and fully leverage its potential.

                At the same time, safeguarding sensitive financial data is critical to building and maintaining this trust. Robust security measures, such as strong encryption protocols like Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) and Data Encryption Standard (DES), are essential to protect data during transmission and storage. Regular security audits help identify and address vulnerabilities. Meanwhile, transparent privacy policies demonstrate a commitment to data protection.

                The future of Open Banking

                The trajectory of Open Banking is set to continue its upward trend, as more financial institutions and FinTechs embrace its potential. For FinTechs, this is an opportunity to lead the charge in transforming financial services. By understanding and addressing the key factors associated with adoption, FinTechs can not only stay relevant, but also drive the future of financial technology.

                Embracing Open Banking is not just about keeping up with industry trends… It’s also about positioning yourself at the forefront of a financial revolution. The ability to offer innovative, secure, and user-centric services will define the next wave of FinTech success. In this dynamic environment, staying ahead of the curve requires foresight, adaptability, and a commitment to leveraging technological advancements. FinTechs that navigate these considerations effectively will not only thrive but also shape the future of financial services.

                Why Access PaySuite? Getting paid should be simple – and that’s where we come in! Backed by The Access Group a top 5 UK software company, Access PaySuite is led by a team of payments experts with over 20 years’ of experience in the industry. Access PaySuite is a reliable, resilient solution that helps your business thrive with every payment.

                • Neobanking

                FinTech Strategy spoke with Zak Lambert, Product Lead for Plaid in Europe, to find out more about the world-leading data network and payments platform

                Plaid offers the world’s largest open finance platform. Plaid specialises in bank connectivity and provides a single API for customers to integrate with banks around the world. They have had innovative success stories working with companies like Western Union and MoneyBox. Plaid see opportunities around current trends such as account-to-account payments, variable recurring payments, and cash flow underwriting for businesses and consumers.

                At Money20/20 Europe, FinTech Strategy spoke with Plaid’s Product Lead for Europe, Zak Lambert, to learn more…

                Tell us about Plaid…

                “I work in product management for Plaid in Europe. We’re the world’s largest open finance platform operating across 20 markets in Europe and North America. Back in 2019 when we first launched in Europe our bread and butter was bank connectivity. Integrating with over 10,000 banks through a single API. We still provide that connectivity in one API for our customers. Millions of users go through that journey every day for a number of different use cases.

                Building on the core bank connectivity capabilities, we’ve spent the last few years building localised value added services. We launched underwriting services to help companies such as YouLend provide more credit with less risk. We optimised our Pay by Bank offering so companies like Western Union can provide instant transfers with higher thresholds, and companies like PokerStars can provide seamless and instant payouts.

                Tell us about your role at Plaid?

                “I was part of the team that started Plaid in New York and opened the office there. I did a variety of things from helping customers integrate, building new products, working with sales teams, and anything else that would help us grow, About a year after that, I moved over to London to be the first person on the ground there. Fast forward five years and I’m delighted to be the head of product in Europe. I’ve been with the company for about five and a half years. Overall, it’s just been an exciting journey from a hundred people to more than a thousand now.”

                Talk about some of the successful integrations Plaid is involved in…

                “We recently announced that we’re working with Western Union across Europe to fund transfers, whether that’s someone depositing in the UK and Germany, Italy or Spain. Plaid is powering account to account payments for Western Union across their various use cases. Particularly when you look at the growing trend around account-to-account payments and pay by bank, we’re thrilled to be working with brands of that caliber. Since launch we’ve seen hockey stick growth for their customer adoption of pay by bank. This shows trust and reliability of the open banking ecosystem which we’re excited to be a part of. We are also delighted to be supporting MoneyBox, one of the largest fintechs in the UK. They handle millions of transactions to fund and create ISAs. Moneybox have launched VRP (Variable Recurring Payments) through Plaid in order to optimise their customer flows and have more reliability in customer recurring payments. With our new flow, users can go through the journey once, set up their consent, and then money can move in the background. It’s like a card on file with a bank account. We see this as a significant trend in the coming years in the UK specifically, and then across Europe as that product set develops.”

                The UK has always been an early adopter of open banking but we’re now seeing a surge in demand from mainland Europe. We are currently live in 18 markets in Europe and continue to focus on our reliability and depth in each market to ensure we can meet that demand.

                This year, we’ve learned more about how our customers want to use VRP (Variable Recurring Payments). In June, we launched Moneybox’s VRP proposition to enable them to relaunch their Payday Boost offering which was previously restricted by direct debit limitations. Every week we’re having more and more conversations on VRP use cases. 

                We’re also excited about how open banking and fintech more broadly can help make financial access more inclusive. For example, open banking can help the underserved get more access to credit by using real-time data to inform underwriting decisions. At Plaid, we’ve built specific products to do this such as the Financial Insights Report that companies such as Capital on Tap are already using to inform their decisioning programmes.

                And what’s next for Plaid? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?

                “There are three areas I would highlight… First, pay by bank globally for Plaid. You look at Western Union, they’re probably not the first company to adopt something, but the second they adopt something it probably is about to hit mainstream. That’s significant volume. They’re one of the world’s oldest companies. They’ve been fantastic to work with. So, as that trust and familiarity start coming into play, people that aren’t Western Union come and say, okay, we’ve seen this experience. It was really good. We want it now. We’re working with our teams across the globe to bring that to life for North America and Europe in the simplest way possible. It’s really exciting.

                “Second, we have the significant opportunity to bring lending into the 21st century. Particularly because of the third thing, which is the Plaid network. We’ve touched hundreds of millions of consumers. We’ve spent a long time building products to make payments easy and to make underwriting easy. And now we’re in the third phase… We have all of these users, this large network, so how can we make this even simpler for people? And just giving smoother experiences when the user is actually in the workflow. So, boosting conversion, delivering network style experiences in the same way that other network businesses do.”

                Why Money20/20? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to showcase what you do? How has the response been to Plaid?

                “This is my sixth straight Money20/20 and it gets busier every year! It’s great to learn more about the ecosystem at large. You can see developing trends each year, and it’s always a little bit different. You build relationships at Money20/20 that stay with you for the rest of your life. And it’s a perfect opportunity to meet people in the flesh that you might normally only see on screen. You can get a pretty direct read on what they’re working on and it’s exciting to be here making new connections.”

                • Digital Payments
                • Together in Events

                Henry Balani, Global Head of Industry & Regulatory Affairs at Encompass Corporation, on meeting the demand for improved risk management, operational efficiency, and customer service with pKYC

                The traditional banking and finance industry is evolving. Processes are experiencing a digital transformation as a result of perpetual Know Your Customer (pKYC). The pKYC approach enables modern banks to continuously update and verify customer information in real time. Banks are moving away from the reliance on periodic reviews. This change is driven by technological advancements. And the increasing demand for dynamic and responsive regulatory compliance mechanisms.

                Perpetual KYC

                Conventional KYC processes commonly involve periodic reviews of customer information at fixed intervals. These reviews are typically conducted every one, three, or five years. While these reviews are thorough and comprehensive, they are also static. This can result in outdated information, potentially overlooking changes in customer risk profiles or new compliance requirements.

                On the other hand, perpetual KYC is dynamic and event driven. Through its continuous and automated approach, pKYC enables financial institutions to address risks and compliance needs in real-time. These risks can be determined by continuously monitoring customer activities. Furthermore, automatically updating profiles in response to specific triggers, including changes in personal information, significant transactions, or alterations in beneficial ownership.

                Gaining a competitive advantage with pKYC

                By leveraging pKYC, banks, and other regulated financial institutions can take advantage of a range of benefits. These are crucial in the modern digital era to gain a competitive edge. Through continuous monitoring, pKYC enables financial institutions to identify and address potential risks promptly. This real-time approach helps mitigate risks associated with financial crimes. Moreover, it ensures compliance with the latest regulatory standards.

                pKYC will lead to operational efficiency and cost reduction. By automating many of the manual processes involved in KYC, pKYC significantly reduces the time and resources needed for compliance. This allows financial institutions to focus their efforts on high-risk cases, rather than conducting blanket reviews for all customers, resulting in substantial cost savings.

                This process also enables many banks to improve their customer service and management. It also enhances the customer’s experience. With pKYC, customers are not subjected to frequent, intrusive reviews if their profiles remain stable. This results in a smoother and more positive customer experience, potentially increasing overall customer satisfaction and loyalty. Additionally, automated systems minimise human error and ensure consistency in applying KYC policies. This enhances overall regulatory compliance and reduces the risk of non-compliance penalties.

                Perpetual KYC implementation: Challenges and considerations

                Implementing a pKYC operating model is not straightforward. It requires the right blend of infrastructure and operating process. Every firm’s pKYC journey and ecosystem will be unique and cut across people, processes and technologies.

                Data is central to the success of pKYC as reviews based on event changes (aka event driven triggers) will not be effective if client information is outdated, missing or incorrect. Without consistent access to relevant and accurate client information, pKYC is impossible. Corporate Digital Identity (CDI) is fast emerging as a foundation for ensuring valid customer information is collected for successful pKYC operations.

                Being able to leverage this data requires an ecosystem of technology, which may be developed in house, utilising third-party RegTech providers, or a combination of both. This technology should drive how data is stored, structured and accessed so that pKYC triggers can be comprehensively managed. Customer lifecycle management systems (CLMs) are particularly relevant to pKYC as they connect all components along the workflow processes.

                Importantly, overarching executive sponsorship is needed to ensure a successful outcome in transformation initiatives. Recognising the structural and cross departmental challenge, influential sponsors will align the multiple stakeholders involved in driving this change and will champion a firm’s pKYC strategy and approach to regulators and other key stakeholders.

                Ultimately, pKYC must be future-proof and scalable, ready to adapt in line with business strategy and regulation to keep firms competitive.

                The future of pKYC

                The adoption of pKYC is growing, driven by regulatory pressures and the increasing complexity of financial crimes. Financial institutions are recognising the benefits of a proactive, real-time approach to compliance and risk management. The move towards pKYC is seen as a necessary evolution to stay ahead in a highly regulated and competitive financial environment.

                As the technological landscape continues to evolve, integrating advanced technologies such as blockchain and further developments in AI and ML will likely enhance pKYC systems’ capabilities. Ensuring higher levels of compliance and risk mitigation, these technologies are able to provide more robust and secure mechanisms for customer verification and monitoring.

                Blockchain technology can be utilised to further improve the initial customer authentication and validation process. As a result, we can expect improvements and advancements in the quality of customer data collected during initial customer onboarding processes. Financial institutions can then leverage AI-enhanced tools that can identify and collect the necessary attributes during document processing stages. This ensures that pKYC will utilise relevant, accurate, and up-to-date data. Perpetual KYC represents a significant departure from traditional, periodic KYC, as it offers a wide range of benefits in real-time risk management, operational efficiency, and customer experience. Although the implementation of pKYC poses certain challenges, it also provides numerous advantages, making it an increasingly attractive solution for financial institutions aiming to enhance their compliance and risk management frameworks and maintain a competitive edge in a rapidly evolving regulator landscape.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Tetyana Golovata, Head of Regulatory Compliance at IFX Payments, on builidng compliance into business culture

                Regulation plays a critical role in shaping the fintech landscape. From Consumer Duty and FCA annual risk reporting to APP fraud, the tectonic plates of the sector are shifting. Whether you consider these regulations as benefiting or hindering the industry, businesses are struggling to keep up. 

                According to research by fraud prevention fintech Alloy, 93% of respondents said they found it challenging to meet compliance requirements. In a new study by Davies a third of financial leaders (36%) said their firms had been penalised for compliance breaches in the year to June. The FCA brings in its operational resilience rules in March 2025. So, it is more important than ever to ensure your company makes the grade on compliance. 

                Learning lessons from history

                Traditionally, FX has struggled with the challenge of reporting in an ever-developing sector. As regulatory raise the bar on compliance, responsible providers must help the industry navigate the changes and upcoming deadlines.

                Fintechs and payments companies are entering uncharted waters. They face pressure to beat rivals by offering more innovative products. Regulators have struggled to keep up in the past. Gaps in legislation have allowed some opportunists to slip between the net, as seen in the collapse of FTX. Because of this, implementation and standardisation of the rules is necessary. This ensures innovation remains seen as a force for good, and to help identify and stamp out illegal activity.

                Culture vs Business

                Culture has become a prominent factor in regulatory news. We have seen cases of large fines and public censure relating to cultural issues. FCA COO Emily Shepperd observed in a speech to the finance industry, “Culture is what you do when no one is looking”.

                Top-level commitment is crucial when it comes to organisational culture. Conduct and culture are closely intertwined. Culture is not merely a tick-box exercise. It is not defined by perks like snack bars or Friday pizzas. Rather, it should be demonstrated in every aspect of the organisation, including processes, people, counterparties, and third parties.

                In recent years, regulatory focus has shifted from ethics to culture. Recognising its crucial role in building market reputation and ensuring compliance with rules and regulations. Furthermore, boosting client confidence, and retaining employees. The evolving regulatory landscape has significantly impacted e-money and payments firms. Moreover, regulations are strengthening each year. Each regulation carries elements of culture, as seen in:

                • Consumer duty: How do we treat our customers?
                • Operational resilience: How can we recover and prevent disruptions to our customers?
                • APP fraud: How do we protect our customers?

                Culture Drivers

                Key drivers of culture include implementing policies on remuneration, conflicts of interest, and whistleblowing. However, for it to become embedded it must touch employees at every level.

                This is showcased by senior stakeholders and heads of departments facilitating close relationships with colleagues across a company’s Sales, Operations, Tech and Product teams to build a collaborative environment. 

                Finance firms must recognise the trust bestowed on them by their customers and ensure the protection of their investments and data is paramount. Consumer Duty may have been a wake-up call for some companies, but progressive regulation must always be embraced and their requirements seen as a baseline rather than a hurdle.

                Similarly, the strengthening of operational resilience rules and the upcoming APP fraud regulation in October are to be welcomed, increasing transparency for customers. 

                Compliance vs Business 

                Following regulatory laws is often viewed as a financial and resource drain, but without proper compliance, companies are vulnerable to situations where vast amounts of money can be lost quickly.

                A case in point is the proposed reimbursal requirement for APP fraud, which will mean payment firms could face having to pay compensation of up to £415,000 per case.

                Complying not only safeguards the client and their money, but also the business itself. About nine in ten (88%) financial services firms have reported an increased compliance cost over the past five years, according to research from SteelEye.  Embedding compliance earlier in business cultures can be beneficial in the long run, cutting the time and money needed to adapt to new regulations and preventing the stress of having to make wholesale changes rapidly. 

                Building a cross-business compliance culture 

                Compliance is a key principle at IFX Payments, and we strive to be a champion in this area. In response to these challenges, the business restructured, establishing dedicated risk and regulatory departments, along with an internal audit function. 

                Regulatory compliance aims to support innovation by developing and using new tools, standards, and approaches to foster innovation and ensure product safety, efficacy, and quality. It has helped the firm to navigate the regulatory landscape while driving growth and maintaining high standards.

                This organisational shift allowed each business line to own its own risk, with department partaking in tailored workshops designed to identify existing, new, and potential risk exposure. Shared responsibility for compliance is the only way to create a culture which values it. We see this as a great way for organisations to drive innovation while sticking to the rules. 

                • Digital Payments

                Pat Bermingham, CEO of B2B digital payment specialist Adflex, asks what impact will Artificial Intelligence really have on B2B payments?

                Visit any social media newsfeed and countless posts will tell you AI means “nothing will ever be the same again”. Or even that “you’re doing AI wrong”. The volume of hyperbolic opinions being pushed makes it almost impossible for businesses to decipher between hype and reality.

                This is an issue the European Union’s ‘AI Act’ (the Act), which came into force on 1 August 2024, aims to address. The Act is the world’s first regulation on artificial intelligence. It sets out how to govern the deployment and use of AI systems. The Act recognises the transformative potential AI can have for financial services, while also acknowledging its limitations and risks.

                Within the debate about AI in financial services, B2B payments are an area where AI has huge potential to accelerate digital innovation. Let’s go beyond the hype to provide a true perspective on what AI really means for B2B payments specifically.

                Understanding what AI is, and what it isn’t

                AI is a system or systems that can perform tasks that normally require human intelligence. It incorporates machine learning (ML). ML has been used by developers for years to give computers the ability to learn without being explicitly programmed. In other words, the system can look at data and analyse it to refine functions and outcomes.

                A newer part of this is ‘deep learning’, which leverages multi-layered neural networks. This simulates the complex decision-making power of our brains. The deep learning benefits outlined later in this article are based on Large Language Models (LLMs). LLMs are pre-trained on representative data (such as payment/transaction/tender data). Deep learning AI does not just look at and learn patterns of behaviour from the data. It is becoming capable of making informed decisions based on this data.

                Before we explore what this means for B2B payments, let’s make one caveat clear: human supervision is still needed to ensure the smooth running of operations. AI is a supporting tool, not a single answer to every question. The technology is still maturing. You cannot hand over the keys to your B2B payments process quite yet. Manual processes will retain their place in B2B payments. AI tools will help you learn, adapt and improve more quickly and at scale.

                The AI Act – what you need to know

                The Act attempts to categorise different AI systems based on potential impact and risk. The two key risk categories include:

                1. Unacceptable risk – AI systems deemed a threat to people, which will be banned. This includes systems involved in cognitive behavioural manipulation, social scoring, and real-time biometric identification.
                2. High risk – AI systems that negatively affect safety or fundamental rights. High-risk AI systems will undergo rigorous assessment and must adhere to stringent regulatory standards before being put on the market. These high risk systems will be divided into two further categories:
                3. AI systems that are used in products falling under the EU’s product safety legislation, including toys, aviation, cars, medical devices and lifts.
                4. AI systems falling into specific areas that will have to be registered in an EU database.

                The most widely used form of AI currently, ‘generative AI’ (think ChatGPT, Copilot and Gemini), won’t be classified as high-risk. However, it will have to comply with transparency requirements and EU copyright law.

                High-impact general-purpose AI models that might pose systemic risk, such as GPT-4o, will have to undergo thorough evaluations. Any serious incidents would have to be reported to the European Commission.

                The Act aims to become fully applicable by May 2026. Following consultations, amendments and the creation of ‘oversight agencies’ in each EU member state. Though, as early as November 2024, the EU will start banning ‘unacceptable risk’ AI systems. And by February 2025 the ‘codes of practice’ will be applied. 

                So, with the Act in mind, how can AI be used in a risk-free manner to optimise B2B payments?

                AI will transform payment data analysis

                Today’s B2B payment platforms are not one-size-fits-all solutions; instead, they provide a toolkit for businesses to customise their payment interactions.

                AI-based LLMs and ML can be used by payment providers to rapidly understand and interpret the extensive data they have access to (such as invoices or receipts). By doing this, we gain insights into trends, buyer behaviour, risk analysis and anomaly detection. Without AI, this is a manual, time consuming task.

                One tangible benefit of this data analysis for businesses comes from combining payment data with knowledge of a wide range of vendors’ skills, products and/or services. AI could then, for example, identify when an existing supplier is able to supply something currently being sourced elsewhere. By using one supplier for both products/services, the business saves through economies of scale.

                Another benefit of data analysis comes from payment technology experts. Ours have been training one service to extract data from a purchase order or invoice, to flow level 3 data, which is tax evident in some territories. This automatically provides the buyer with more details of the transaction, including relevant tax information, invoice number, cost centre, and a breakdown of the products or service supplied. This makes it easy and straightforward to manage tax reporting and remittance, purchase control and reconciliation.

                AI-driven data analysis isn’t just a time and money-saver, however. It also adds new value by enabling providers to use the data to create hyper-personalised payment experiences for each buyer or supplier. For example, AI and ML tools could look out for buying and selling opportunities, and perform a ‘matchmaking supplier enablement service’ that recommends the best payment methods – and the best rates – for different accounts or transactions. The more personalised a payment experience is, the happier the buyer and more likely they are to (re)purchase.

                Efficient data flows mean stronger cash flows

                Another practical application of AI is to help optimise cash management for buyers. This is done by using the data to determine who is strategically important and when to pay them. It could even recommend grouping certain invoices together for the same supplier, consolidating them into one payment per supplier, reducing interchange fees and driving down the cost of card acceptance.

                AI can also perform predictive analysis for cash flow management, rapidly analysing historical payment data to predict cash flow trends, allowing businesses to anticipate and address potential challenges proactively. This is particularly valuable in the current economic climate where cashflow is utterly vital.

                By extracting value-added, tax evident data from a purchase order or invoice, AI can rapidly analyse invoices and receipts to enable efficient, accurate automation of the VAT reclaims process. Imagine: the time comes for your finance team to reclaim VAT on recent invoices and receipts, but they don’t have to manually go through every receipt or invoices and categorise them into a reclaim pile or not reclaimable. It sounds like a dream but it will be the reality for business everywhere: AI does the heavy lifting and humans verify it, saving significant time and resources.

                Quicker, more accurate invoice reconciliation

                The third significant benefit of AI is automated invoice reconciliation. By identifying key information from an invoice and recognising regular payees, AI can streamline and automate the review process. This has the potential to significantly speed up transactions and enable more efficient payment orchestration.

                Binding together all supporting paperwork, such as shipping, customs, routes, and JIT (just-in-time) requirements can also be done by AI, and it’s likely to be less prone to human error.

                This provides an amazing opportunity to make B2B payments faster, reduce costs and increase efficiency.  Businesses know this: 44% of mid-sized firms anticipate cost savings and enhanced cash flow as a direct result of implementing further automation within the next three years. According to American Express, 48% of mid-sized firms expect to see payment processes accelerate, with more reliable payments and a broader range of payment options emerging.

                When. Not if.

                There are significant opportunities to leverage AI in B2B payment processes, making it do the heavy lifting. It is, however, essential to view these opportunities with a balanced understanding of the limitations of AI.

                While all the opportunities for AI in B2B payments outlined here are based on relatively low-risk AI systems, human oversight of these systems is still essential. However, with all the freed-up time and resource achieved through the implementation of AI, this issue can be avoided.

                AI in B2B payments is not an if, but a when. The question is, when will you make the jump, hand in hand with technology, rather than fearing it or passing full control over to it.

                In order to grow, it is essential for users to see the tangible benefits. For example, by enhancing efficiencies in account payable (AP), businesses can reallocate time and resource previously spent in AP to other areas. Early adopters are starting to test the water but only time will tell how much of an impact AI will make.

                Most businesses will likely wait for the early adopters to fail, learn and progress. If something goes wrong in B2B payments, it can have a huge impact on individuals, businesses and economises. Only when the risk is clearly defined and manageable will AI truly become the gamechanger in B2B payments that all the hype claims.

                Adflex has been at the heart of the B2B fintech revolution from the beginning. We are known for fostering innovation and helping companies harness the power of digital payments. Our technology and expertise bring together buyers and suppliers to make transactions fast, cost-effective and straightforward to manage. We take the pain out of the supply chain by delivering seamless and secure payment integration that adds value to both buyers and merchants.”

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • Digital Payments

                Mayank Sharma, Senior Product Marketing Manager, FinScan on managing the changing face of risk in financial services

                Today, companies are expected to have a holistic view of financial crime risk. They must consider the entire ecosystem of their counterparty relationships including suppliers, vendors, employees, and customers. Failure to do so can result in organisations breaching regulatory requirements, leading to fines and reputational damage. Assessing complex ownership structures, expanding overseas operations, and managing increasing amounts of data places strain on limited resources and capabilities.

                Many businesses grapple with multiple systems housing different data and information. Without an integrated view or calculation of risk or the ability to dynamically obtain data to update risk ratings, compliance and onboarding teams are operating ineffectively. What obstacles do businesses face in reaching a comprehensive view of their risk exposure? And how can technological advances help companies take a more proactive approach to financial crime risk management?

                The changing face of risk

                The last decade has seen a notable shift in how companies are expected to understand and manage risk. Traditionally, the focus was on performing due diligence on new customers during onboarding and at discrete intervals over the customer lifecycle. Today, companies are expected to adopt a more comprehensive perspective and take into account their entire network of counterparty relationships. This includes assessing extended relationships, encompassing customers, beneficial owners, customer’s customers, suppliers, employees, and other stakeholders. This includes distributors and other counterparties.

                It also entails understanding the nature of the geographies reached, the products and services used, and from whom they send and receive funds. For example, a community bank might have domestic customers with clear backgrounds but are exposed to indirect sanctions and money laundering risks through the customers’ supplier or vendor relationships based on sanctioned geographies or beneficial owners.

                Organisations must monitor sanctions and suspicious activity risk for direct and indirect client relationships. Failure to do so can result in large financial penalties. As seen in the high-profile examples of companies receiving fines for having customer or vendor relationships in sanctioned jurisdictions, and from overall weaknesses in their AML controls. However, the larger issue, from a risk perspective, especially in the context of geo-political changes and complex ownership structures, is even beyond AML and sanctions that bleeds over to reputational risk, i.e., who you are doing business with.

                Companies need to develop their financial crimes analysis and risk assessment processes across all risk monitoring systems. They need to make sure they identify all the parties down to the level necessary to determine the compliance risk of doing business. Such an analysis “future proofs” the organisation from undue reputational damage. It also keeps them proactively compliant with sanctions and AML failures.

                Process and technology challenges

                From a technological standpoint, AML and sanctions risk from customers, vendors, employees, and supply chains are typically distributed across multiple processes. These include onboarding, due diligence, screening, and monitoring, which use different systems that are not integrated. This makes it difficult to get a holistic overview of the risk exposure.

                Furthermore, many models are not sufficiently robust and fail to consider the relevant elements at the appropriate times. Most due diligence is performed at the point of onboarding. This presents a snapshot in time but does not accommodate dynamic updates such as alerts to situational changes, potentially impacting a customer’s risk score. There may be periodic Know Your Customer (KYC) updates or event-driven triggers, which influence the risk rating. However, these are typically retrospective, driven by customer interactions, and prioritised by the current rating. As such, low-risk customers who start displaying high-risk activity, which is not part of the trigger events, would not even be subject to an updated review based on that activity. Rather, they would only be reviewed at the next scheduled update for that batch of low-risk customers. This could be some years after they were first onboarded or last reviewed.

                Consequently, risk ratings may misclassify customers, pushing up operating costs. A study from McKinsey & Co found that banks changing approaches to reviewing low-risk customers based on trigger events, rather than a schedule, reduced KYC operating costs by 20 percent.

                Adopting an integrated and dynamic approach

                As the understanding and expectations surrounding risk change, so does the technology supporting risk scoring. Integrated risk scoring dynamically calculates a score from all critical source systems used by compliance and business functions. These include external sources such as news outlets and social media. This provides a robust approach more valuable for financial institutions as it uncovers scenarios not driven by interactions with the customer. This also has an impact, perhaps a more significant one, on a customer risk rating. Adverse media or changes in beneficial ownership, for example, will not necessarily be items brought to the financial institution by the customer. But these can impact the nature of the ongoing customer relationship.

                Artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) are also likely to play an increasingly important role. As regulators become more open to innovative approaches and technologies, AI and ML will be used to enable real-time checks, such as integrated adverse media or identification checks. However, caution must be exercised regarding explainability, and the decision-making process must be understandable to human operators. Organisations must maintain clear documentation of how AI models work and the criteria they use for risk scoring. They must also monitor for and mitigate any biases in the AI models. They must enusre deployment doesn’t lead to unfair treatment of any ethnic or racial groups. Ultimately, new technology should realise a net reduction in residual risk.

                Facilitating a proactive approach to risk

                Companies are faced with an increasingly complex risk landscape. Today, they are expected to have a detailed understanding of their business relationships and assess the risks these relationships present. With geopolitical turmoil increasing, a wave of new sanctions, and the resulting implications for AML checks, companies need to ensure they have robust profiling processes and systems. To enable this, businesses should look for integrated solutions that bring together the various indicators and allow for dynamic updates of risk profiles.

                FinScan offers advanced Anti-Money Laundering (AML) compliance technology and consulting solutions. Built on decades of experience in data management and proprietary matching technologies, FinScan provides a data-first, risk-based approach to ensure unparalleled accuracy and efficiency in identifying and reducing risk, accelerating AML compliance workflows, and optimising team productivity.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Michael Donnelly, Head of Client Success at BlueFlame AI, on how to prepare your firm to attract and retain the next generation of AI talent

                In the fast-paced world of financial services, a new generation is stepping in with high expectations for generative artificial intelligence (AI) in the workplace. Recently, BlueFlame AI conducted a specialised training session for one of our private equity clients, aimed at their newly hired summer intern class. The experience was eye-opening for us. Furthermore, it also provided a great lesson in the growing importance of AI in the industry and the expectations today’s young professionals have as they enter the workforce

                AI & LLMs

                The comprehensive training session covered vital areas such as AI and Large Language Models (LLMs), a review of the most popular use cases the industry has adopted, and hands-on practical training in prompt engineering. Moreover, our goal was to show this next generation the skills they’ll need to leverage these tools effectively. New roles could revolutionise alternative investment management processes like due diligence, market analysis, and portfolio management.

                We also used this as an opportunity to survey the group about their experience of and expectations for AI use in the workplace – and it yielded some striking insights. A significant 50% of the interns reported using ChatGPT daily, with 83% utilising it at least weekly. Furthermore, these numbers suggest young professionals expect these tools to be available to them in their professional lives. In the same way they are available in their personal lives and set to become as commonplace as traditional software in the workplace. The interns’ expectations regarding AI’s impact on their work efficiency are even more telling. An overwhelming 94% believe these tools will enhance their productivity, indicating strong faith in the technology’s potential to streamline tasks and boost performance.

                These high expectations have key implications for employers. A significant 89% of interns expect their employers to provide enterprise-grade AI/LLM access. This statistic is a wake-up call for companies that have yet to invest in AI technologies, highlighting the need to stay competitive not just in terms of products and services but also in workplace technology provision.

                Talent Acquisition & Retention

                Perhaps most important is AI’s potential impact on talent acquisition and retention. One-third (33%) of interns surveyed indicated they would reconsider their choice of employer if they didn’t offer access to enterprise-grade AI/LLM tools. A response that could throw a serious wrench into any Financial Services firm’s hiring plans.

                The message is clear for businesses looking to stay ahead of the curve when it comes to supporting their employees. Investing in AI technologies and training is no longer optional. Firms must be ready to meet the expectations of the incoming workforce. They need to provide them with the best technology to maintain a competitive edge in an increasingly AI-driven business landscape. Companies that embrace AI and provide their employees with the tools and training to harness its power will likely see significant productivity, innovation, and talent retention advantages.

                AI Revolution

                Private and public investment firms stand to benefit greatly from this AI revolution. As this new generation brings its enthusiasm and expectations for technology tools into the workplace, firms that are prepared to meet these expectations will be better positioned to tap into fresh perspectives, drive innovation and reap significant efficiency and productivity gains. And if firms can take a proactive approach to training and commit to developing a forward-thinking, AI-enabled workforce, they will be able to enhance their teams’ capabilities and shape the future of work in the financial sector.

                Generative AI and the workplace expectations it has created mark a new paradigm in the market. The next generation of professionals is not just ready for AI – they’re demanding it. Firms that recognize and act on this trend will be well-positioned to lead the pack when it comes to innovation, efficiency and talent acquisition.

                Founded in 2023 BlueFlame AI is the only AI-native, purpose built, LLM-agnostic solution for Alternative Investment Managers.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Neobanks are transforming the financial sector as digital-only institutions that offer a comprehensive range of banking services through mobile apps…

                Neobanks are transforming the financial sector as digital-only institutions that offer a comprehensive range of banking services through mobile apps and online platforms. These services encompass current and savings accounts, payments, loans, and investments — all managed seamlessly through digital channels.

                With cutting-edge financial technology, neobanks provide faster, more affordable, and more convenient solutions for both customers and businesses. The surge in mobile phone use, cloud computing, and artificial intelligence has fuelled rapid growth. 

                The neobanking market is even expanding rapidly, with a projected market volume of $10.44 trillion by 2028, according to Statista. This represents a 13.15 percent growth rate from 2024 to 2028.

                Innovative Business Models

                To offer a broader range of services and better customer experiences, neobanks leverage application programming interfaces (APIs). This model involves integrating various financial applications and services using APIs. It will allow them to manage Know Your Customer (KYC) verifications, do instant refunds, and arrange collections efficiently.

                Then, the significant source for neobanks is interchange fees. This model involves charging transaction fees for every transaction and earning a portion of the fees from payment networks like Visa.

                Furthermore, credit card business models use credit as a foundation, generating revenue from transaction fees and interest on carried balances to drive growth and profitability. This model starts with credit card services and later offers a bank account. 

                Other models allow neobanks to offer high-yield savings accounts and certificates of deposits (CDs). Revenue will come from earning interest on the assets and charging fees for services related to these accounts, such as maintenance fees.

                Technology Integration

                Neobanks have redefined the banking landscape through a digital-first approach, prioritising customer experience, and leveraging technology to deliver innovative financial services. This combination sets them apart from traditional banks and allows them to offer unique and competitive financial services.

                A core characteristic of neobanks is their digital-only operations. By eliminating physical branches, they significantly reduce overhead costs. These savings translate into lower fees for customers and increased competitiveness.

                Furthermore, neobanks harness the power of cloud computing, data analytics, and artificial intelligence to deliver personalised financial solutions. These technologies enable them to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, allowing for tailored product offerings and improved operational efficiency.

                Neobanks have also pioneered innovative revenue streams. Unlike traditional banks heavily reliant on interest income, they generate revenue through various channels, including interchange fees and partnerships.

                Finally, many neobanks embrace open banking principles. This collaborative approach allows third-party developers to create new financial products and services that complement the neobank’s offerings. By collaborating with third-party developers, neobanks create additional value and broaden their reach.

                The Global Neobanking Innovators

                Advapay expected the total number of neobanks users to increase to 3.6 billion worldwide by 2024. Moreover, they spread relatively evenly across the main regions. For example, neobanks in North America, LATAM, APAC, and the UK each now accumulate a total price tag of 50 billion dollars or more per region. 

                Revolut, a UK-based neobank, stands as a leading example of digital banking innovation. Expanding its services to over 30 countries, Revolut offers multi-currency accounts, currency exchange, stock trading, and insurance.

                The neobank employs various innovative business models including API integration, transaction fees, credit card services, high-yield savings, and certificates of deposit. Revolut’s software as a service (SaaS) approach enhances flexibility, scalability, and rapid product development.

                Beyond Revolut, Nubank from Latin America showcases innovation through robust security features, diverse financial products, and blockchain-based loyalty programs. Meanwhile, WeBank in China excels in digital lending, mobile payments, and alternative credit scoring.

                Future Prospects

                The neobanking industry is rapidly evolving, with 278 neobanks operating globally as of March 2023. This intense competition forces neobanks to continuously innovate to differentiate themselves. 

                As a result, traditional banks face increased pressure to adapt to these new market dynamics. Neobanks have the potential to drive financial inclusion, foster creativity, prioritise customer needs, and expand globally.

                Looking ahead, neobanks can expect a surge in competitors. This will force incumbent banks to either adapt their strategies to defend their market share or become digital attackers themselves to stay competitive in the evolving market.

                With competition growing and attention spans shrinking, innovative product launches aren’t something neobanks should do once. Instead, creating agile solutions that are in tune with current consumer needs must be an essential part of their growth strategy.

                • Neobanking

                Technological innovation is disrupting traditional business models, and customers now expect faster, more convenient service. Personalisation is crucial, with customers…

                Technological innovation is disrupting traditional business models, and customers now expect faster, more convenient service. Personalisation is crucial, with customers wanting insurance tailored to their specific needs. Enter InsurTech.

                Digital transformation is a must for insurance companies. Early adopters reap benefits, while others risk falling behind. We explore five key benefits of digital transformation in insurance, highlighting strong reasons for companies to embrace the InsurTech revolution.

                The digital transformation of the insurance industry is creating a more streamlined and customer-centric experience. Here’s how…

                Benefit 1: Improved Efficiency

                Digital transformation helps businesses improve workflows and empowers employees to work more efficiently and effectively. Adopting a digital culture can significantly cut down on time spent on tasks, eliminate manual processes, and introduce new features. Even basic automation of important steps can lead to substantial savings on overhead costs. 

                Research by the Harvard Business Review shows that over 89 percent of large companies worldwide are already implementing digital transformation initiatives, with projections of a 31 percent increase in revenue and a 25 percent reduction in costs.

                An example of how digital transformation fosters innovation is the collaboration between Fingent and the California law firm Sapra & Navarra. Together, they developed Ambit, an artificial intelligence (AI) tool that streamlines workers’ compensation claims management. By using AI, Ambit speeds up the claims process and reduces associated costs. 

                Benefit 2: Enhanced Customer Experience

                Improving customer experience and engagement is a key benefit of digital transformation. Data analysis helps insurers understand their customers better. This allows them to develop personalised products and improve customer service.

                An example is XYZ Insurance. The company created a digital sales app for agents, launched an online e-commerce platform, and built a self-service app for customers on smartphones. This digital ecosystem streamlines the entire insurance process, from getting quotes and completing applications to uploading documents and making payments.

                Benefit 3: Data-Driven Insights

                For underwriting, digital transformation means unlocking new ways to analyse data and make decisions. AI is a key player in this change. AI can analyse massive amounts of data using algorithms and predictive analytics. This helps uncover patterns and connections that human underwriters might miss. These insights benefit both insurance companies and policyholders.

                AI helps assess risk more accurately. By pinpointing potential problems with greater precision, AI allows underwriters to set appropriate premiums. This reduces the risk of setting premiums too low or too high, leading to a healthier insurance portfolio for the company.

                Benefit 4: Increased Agility

                Predictive analytics is a powerful tool at the core of digital transformation. It uses complex algorithms and machine learning to analyse massive datasets. This helps insurers uncover valuable patterns and trends to make better decisions in various areas of their business.

                One key benefit is risk mitigation. Analysing historical data and current trends lets insurers better assess risk profiles and price policies more accurately. Additionally, predictive modelling helps them simulate future scenarios, such as a major weather event’s impact on their business. This foresight enables proactive adjustments and risk-reduction strategies.

                Benefit 5: Improved Compliance

                Regulatory technology (RegTech) helps insurance companies navigate compliance challenges. It provides smarter ways to analyse information. This allows them to see potential risks across a much larger dataset than ever before.

                Insurers used to check a small sample of policies to find problems with sales or pricing. This took a lot of resources and only covered a tiny fraction of customers. RegTech, combined with advanced data analysis, can streamline this process. By looking at all their policies, insurers can identify potential issues more efficiently.

                Conclusion

                The traditional insurance industry faces pressure to keep pace with a rapidly changing digital world. Rising customer demands and innovative competitors threaten their position, but digital transformation offers a powerful set of tools to overcome these challenges and unlock new growth.

                Digital technologies can streamline internal processes, making them more efficient and cost-effective. This translates to a smoother experience for customers with faster processing times and simpler interactions. Additionally, digital tools let insurers analyse data more effectively and improve risk management and regulatory compliance.

                By investing in innovation, insurers can develop new products and services that meet evolving customer needs. This proactive approach strengthens their market position and lays the foundation for long-term, sustainable growth.

                • InsurTech

                Nada Ali Redha, Founder of PLIM Finance, on flexibility, consolidation, and the evolution of digital payments

                Embedded finance, the integration of financial services into non-financial platforms, is no longer a niche trend. It has become a defining characteristic of modern commerce. Consumers are increasingly drawn to the convenience and flexibility it offers, leading businesses across industries to adopt embedded finance solutions. The rise of these platforms, combined with shifting consumer expectations, presents both opportunities and challenges for traditional banks and fintech players.

                Customer-centricity with Embedded Finance

                At the heart of this transformation is a desire for simplicity. Consumers are opting for solutions that allow them to bypass the inconvenient processes associated with traditional banking. They are avoiding excessive paperwork, account opening delays, or hidden charges. Instead, they are drawn to platforms that offer seamless integration of services. Enabling them to make purchases, manage their finances, and access credit without ever leaving the ecosystem of their preferred brands.

                E-commerce giants like Amazon have been quick to recognise this trend, embedding financial services directly into their platforms. This allows them to offer a one-stop solution that caters to all their customers’ needs, from browsing products to making payments or accessing credit options. The appeal is clear: customers stay within the same digital environment, enjoying a frictionless experience that saves them time and effort. This development, however, raises the stakes for standalone payment providers like PayPal and Klarna, as they are increasingly excluded from these in-house ecosystems.

                Shifting financial services

                For legacy banking providers, this shift presents a major challenge. Traditionally, these institutions have relied on their extensive networks, trusted brands, and regulatory backing to maintain a dominant position in the financial landscape. But as businesses integrate financial services directly into their offerings, banks are no longer the first point of contact for many consumers. A growing number of businesses are bypassing traditional banks altogether, embedding payment and lending options at the point of purchase or within their own apps. This trend highlights a fundamental shift in how consumers interact with financial services, often without even realising it.

                In response, payment providers and fintechs must find innovative ways to remain competitive. One potential strategy is for these companies to develop their own marketplaces. By creating an ecosystem of services that includes not only payments, providers can capture more customer loyalty and engagement. This would enable fintechs and payment solution companies to offer a holistic, embedded finance solution. Rather than relying on external platforms or partnerships.

                PLIM Finance

                A case study for this would be PLIM Finance’s marketplace, which offers a highly customised experience. PLIM connects consumers with their desired services in a way that prioritises personalisation and convenience. As a platform built with user-centric design at its core, it allows consumers to search for treatments based on location, type, and specific clinics, giving them the ability to make informed decisions effortlessly. This is achieved through a search engine that filters results to suit each individual’s exact needs. Enhancing the user experience by eliminating irrelevant options for a streamlined experience. PLIM’s marketplace also encourages partners to create detailed profiles, showcasing their services, reviews, and credentials, which enhances visibility and attracts new clients. By fostering a direct connection between consumers and clinics, PLIM’s marketplace stands out in the embedded finance space. Ensuring a seamless, personalised customer experience​ that is simple and easy-to-use.

                Strategic partnerships

                Another potential strategy is deeper collaboration with external partners. By integrating their services into a wide range of businesses, payment providers can continue to capture market share. Without needing to create their own consumer-facing platforms. Strategic partnerships can expand the reach of these payment solutions, allowing them to tap into user bases they might otherwise miss. For example, smaller or mid-sized businesses may benefit from embedding a well-established payment solution into their website or app rather than developing their own in-house system.

                However, not every provider will be able to meet the demands of this rapidly changing landscape on their own. As the embedded finance space continues to mature, industry consolidation becomes a very real possibility. Larger players may acquire smaller fintech companies. Integrating their innovative solutions into existing platforms can offer a more comprehensive suite of services. This would mirror the broader trend in the tech sector, where big players often absorb disruptive startups to maintain their competitive edge. Consolidation offers both challenges and opportunities. While smaller companies risk losing their independence, they also gain access to the resources and customer base of their new parent companies.

                Evolving financial landscape

                This evolving landscape is also occurring at a time of significant economic uncertainty. Financial stress often pushes consumers to reevaluate their spending and financial habits, with many looking for greater control over their cash flows. This is where embedded finance stands out. The flexibility it offers allows consumers to manage their money more efficiently, whether through payment deferrals, buy-now-pay-later (BNPL) options, or quick access to credit. These features are particularly valuable when budgets are tight or income is uncertain.

                Moreover, embedded finance solutions empower consumers by giving them more control over how they manage their transactions. For example, BNPL options give individuals the freedom to split payments over time, making larger purchases easier to manage without the immediate financial burden. This level of control resonates with modern consumers, who increasingly seek transparent, flexible financial solutions that can be tailored to their personal circumstances.

                For businesses, this presents an opportunity to strengthen customer loyalty by offering embedded finance services that align with consumer needs. By removing barriers to purchasing, businesses can enhance the customer experience, which, in turn, can drive increased sales and long-term engagement. As a result, companies that adopt embedded finance solutions can gain a competitive edge, particularly in sectors like e-commerce, where convenience is king.

                Conclusion

                In conclusion, embedded finance represents a fundamental shift in how consumers interact with financial services. As more businesses adopt these solutions, traditional banking institutions and standalone payment providers will need to adapt or risk being left behind. Whether through developing their own marketplaces, forging deeper collaborations, or pursuing mergers and acquisitions, the financial services landscape is poised for continued transformation. Embedded finance, with its focus on flexibility and convenience, is likely to become an integral part of the future of commerce—benefiting both consumers and businesses alike.

                • Embedded Finance

                Digital banking offers increased convenience and accessibility. However, this growth also exposes banks to heightened cybersecurity risks. Protecting data and…

                Digital banking offers increased convenience and accessibility. However, this growth also exposes banks to heightened cybersecurity risks. Protecting data and information is crucial to maintaining customer trust and preventing financial loss.

                Cybercrime poses a significant threat to the digital banking industry. According to Cybercrime Magazine, cybercrime costs will increase by 15% over the next five years and reach $10.5 trillion by 2025. These attacks target sensitive information and funds, causing substantial damage to banks.

                To mitigate these risks, banks must implement robust cybersecurity measures to safeguard digital systems and data.

                1. Strong Authentication

                The Payment Services Directive (PSD2) mandates strong customer authentication (SCA) to reduce fraud and enhance online payment security. This directive imposes specific requirements on market participants to meet new obligations. The European Banking Authority (EBA) developed regulatory technical standards (RTS) based on the Commission’s authority under PSD2. 

                The RTS aims to protect consumers and create a level playing field within the evolving financial technology market. To achieve this, the RTS establishes security measures for payment service providers — including banks and other financial institutions — when processing payments or offering payment-related services. 

                2. Encryption

                Unencrypted data is a common cyber threat. Hackers can easily access this data type and give severe consequences for banks. According to Statista, the average cost of a data breach worldwide is $4.45 million dollars. However, data breaches not only cause substantial financial loss for recovery and ransom payments but also damage a bank’s reputation.

                To prevent these issues, all digital banking data must be encrypted. This safeguards information and makes it difficult for cybercriminals to access even if stolen. Encryption transforms data into a coded format that requires a specific key to decipher. Only individuals with the correct key can view the original data. 

                Encryption involves using an algorithm and a key to convert plain data into encrypted data. The original data can only be recovered by decrypting the ciphertext with the correct key.

                3. Regular Cybersecurity Audit

                A security audit is a thorough examination of an organisation’s IT infrastructure. This process verifies the effectiveness of security policies and procedures. Security audits assess how well an institution’s cybersecurity program operates. This includes reviewing policies, testing controls, and checking compliance with industry standards and regulations.

                Banks and financial institutions face increasingly complex cyber threats. Regular security audits help identify vulnerabilities in systems. By discovering weaknesses, banks can strengthen defences with firewalls, antivirus, and antimalware software. A cybersecurity audit should be conducted by an independent expert to ensure objectivity.

                4. Employee Training

                The World Economic Forum reports that 95% of cyberattacks involve human error. This means hackers often exploit employee mistakes. They use tactics like phishing to deceive employees into revealing sensitive information. This can lead to data breaches and financial loss. For example, employees might click on malicious links, disclose confidential data, or leave devices unattended.

                Therefore, bank employees must have training to recognize that cyberattacks are a constant threat. Moreover, the consequences of a breach can be severe for employees, customers, and the bank’s reputation. Cybercriminals operate in a lucrative industry, for that reason, it is imperative to equip employees with the knowledge to safeguard against these threats.

                5. Incident Response Planning

                An incident response plan is a formal document approved by bank leadership to guide the organisation before, during, and after a potential or confirmed security incident. The plan aims to reduce the impact of security events, limiting operational, financial, and reputational damage.

                A successful incident response plan should be established before a security attack occurs and assigned to specific team members. IBM research shows companies with well-developed and tested response plans save an average of $2.66 million compared to those without such protocols. 

                To create an effective incident response plan, banks can reference established frameworks. For specific incident handling steps, The National Institute of Standards and Technology’s SP-800-61 and SANS’s Incident Handlers Handbook provide detailed blueprints. Aligning the incident response plan with these resources ensures a focused and effective approach to managing cybersecurity incidents.

                Importance of Cybersecurity Measures 

                The increasing reliance on digital platforms exposes individuals and organisations to growing cybersecurity risks. Malicious actors exploit security weaknesses to steal personal information and compromise digital assets. Forbes reported a staggering increase in cyberattacks in 2023, impacting over 343 million people, with data breaches soaring by 72 percent from 2021 to 2023. These striking figures highlight the urgent need for state-of-the-art cybersecurity in digital banking.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                The 2008 global financial crisis exposed vulnerabilities in the traditional financial system. In response, blockchain technology emerged, offering a solution. …

                The 2008 global financial crisis exposed vulnerabilities in the traditional financial system. In response, blockchain technology emerged, offering a solution. 

                With its ability to address these weaknesses, blockchain holds significant potential to transform the banking industry. This article will explore how blockchain can be used in banking and the benefits it offers for a more secure and efficient financial industry.

                Introduction to Blockchain in Banking

                Blockchain technology is changing the way data is stored and shared. It’s a digital record spread across a network of computers. This system uses cryptography for security, allowing authorised participants to update the records without needing a central authority.

                Once information is added to the blockchain, it’s impossible to alter or erase. To add new entries, network participants verify transactions using complex algorithms.

                Traditionally, banks and payment systems rely on intermediaries to facilitate transactions. However, blockchain’s distributed network allows for direct consensus and verification between participants, streamlining the entire process.

                Blockchain Case Study: Payment Processing

                Central and commercial banks around the world are exploring blockchain for payment processing. This interest extends to cross-border payments, traditionally dominated by companies like SWIFT and Western Union.

                Several successful blockchain implementations in banking serve as case studies. In 2015, Commonwealth Bank of Australia (CBA) teamed up with Ripple, a fintech company specialising in blockchain solutions for international payments. Their goal was to build a system using blockchain to speed up settlement processes between CBA’s different branches.

                Westpac, another major Australian bank, followed suit in 2016 by partnering with Ripple to create a cost-effective system for cross-border payments using blockchain.

                Blockchain Case Study: Trade Finance

                Trade finance, handling all aspects of domestic and international commerce, relies heavily on banks to facilitate transactions. Traditionally, this involves managing risk, providing credit, and allowing both exporters and importers to participate. However, the system often suffers from slow and outdated paper-based documentation.

                Recognising this need for improvement, leading institutions like Standard Chartered and HSBC have joined groups exploring blockchain technology for trade finance. One example is Voltron, a platform designed by R3 and CryptoBLK to digitise letters of credit. 

                Pilot projects across 14 countries with over 50 companies and banks participating yielded notable results, reducing letter of credit processing time from five days to less than 24 hours. Building on this success, Voltron rebranded as Contour in 2020, launching a digital trade finance network with R3 and other banks as supporters. 

                Blockchain Case Study: KYC

                Know Your Customer (KYC) processes are a slow hurdle in banking as they can take weeks to complete. The system also suffers from wasted effort, as each bank asks new clients for the same information. 

                This inefficiency creates high costs for banks. Compliance burdens are heavy, and penalties for not following the rules are significant. The constant changes in regulations make it difficult for banks to stay compliant.

                Chris Huls of Rabobank proposed a solution—storing KYC information on a blockchain. This secure and transparent technology acts as a shared platform for customer data. Once a bank completes KYC, a summary can be uploaded to the blockchain. Authorised institutions can then access this information, eliminating repetitive checks.

                Benefits Realised

                Blockchain technology offers a new way to store and manage data. Unlike traditional databases, blockchain spreads data across a network of computers and creates a public record that’s difficult to tamper with. 

                Any attempt to change a record in one place would be caught by other computers in the network. This system eliminates the possibility of any single entity manipulating information.

                Furthermore, blockchain promotes transparency. Transactions are visible to anyone who wants to see them, with tools allowing real-time tracking. This can lead to faster processing times for consumers, potentially reducing transaction completion to minutes, regardless of location or time.

                Inter-bank transfers can also benefit from blockchain’s efficiency and security. Large sums involved in these transactions come with risk and cost during the current multi-day settlement process.

                Lessons Learned and Future Outlook

                These case studies demonstrate the technology’s ability to streamline transactions, reduce friction, and enhance security. The technology also promotes transparency and immutability of data.

                However, a major challenge remains—ensuring customer data privacy. Public blockchains, with their inherent openness, create obstacles. Permissioned blockchains with strong encryption offer some solutions, but cybersecurity concerns still exist. Building trust and widespread adoption requires addressing these data privacy issues.

                Regulatory uncertainty presents another hurdle. Currently, there’s no central authority overseeing and regulating blockchain protocols. The need for some form of governance is apparent, but careful consideration will need to be given to the distribution of power within such a system.

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Financial institutions are increasingly turning to artificial intelligence (AI) to gain a competitive edge. AI tools streamline operations, improve customer…

                Financial institutions are increasingly turning to artificial intelligence (AI) to gain a competitive edge. AI tools streamline operations, improve customer support, and automate processes, making banks more efficient and customer-focused.

                Research by McKinsey shows that over 20 percent of an organisation’s digital budget goes towards AI. The study links significant investments in AI to a 10-20 percent increase in sales. AI will play a central role in boosting efficiency, customer service, and overall banking productivity.

                Introduction to AI in Personalised Banking

                Delivering personalised experiences is crucial for customer satisfaction and retention. AI helps banks achieve this by collecting and analysing customer data. This data is then used to create recommendations, product offerings, and even financial advice tailored to each customer’s needs.

                AI tools can optimise workflows through a technique called prescriptive personalisation, using past data to predict future behaviour. Real-time personalisation takes this further, incorporating current information alongside historical data. 

                This allows banks to deliver highly customised virtual assistants and real-time recommendations powered by natural language processing (NLP) models. These AI-powered assistants not only build trust and user engagement but also simplify interactions with the bank.

                Tool 1: Predictive Analytics

                Predictive analytics, powered by AI tools, unlock a new level of customer personalisation in banking. These tools analyse data to uncover hidden patterns and trends that traditional methods might miss. This knowledge reveals sales opportunities, possibilities for cross-selling, and ways to improve efficiency.

                Predictive analytics use past data to forecast customer behaviour and market trends. This foresight allows banks to tailor marketing strategies and sales approaches to meet changing customer needs and capitalise on emerging opportunities.

                Tool 2: Chatbots and Virtual Assistants

                One key advantage of chatbots is their constant availability. This is especially helpful for customers who need assistance outside of regular operating hours.

                AI chatbots learn from every interaction, improving their ability to understand and meet individual customer needs. By integrating chatbots into banking apps, banks can provide personalised banking experiences and recommend financial products and services that fit a customer’s specific situation.

                Erica, a virtual assistant developed by Bank of America, handles tasks like managing credit card debt and updating security information. With over 50 million requests handled in 2019 alone, Erica demonstrates the potential of chatbots as efficient assistants for customers.

                Tool 3: Recommendation Engines

                Banks use AI tools to analyse vast amounts of customer data, including purchases, browsing habits, and background information. This deep understanding helps banks recommend products that truly fit each customer’s needs.

                These personalised recommendations extend beyond credit card suggestions. AI can identify potential investments or loans that align with a customer’s financial goals. By providing customers with relevant information, banks allow them to make informed financial decisions. 

                Tool 4: Sentiment Analysis with AI

                AI sentiment analysis translates written text into valuable insights. AI uses NLP to understand emotions and opinions in written communication. By examining things like customer feedback, emails, and social media conversations, banks gain a much clearer picture of customer sentiment.

                Tool 5: Voice Recognition

                AI-powered voice assistants offer a convenient way to handle everyday banking tasks. From checking balances to paying bills, all a customer needs are simple voice commands.

                These assistants use NLP to understand customer requests and respond accurately. Voice authentication adds another layer of security by verifying customer identity during transactions.

                Tool 6: Process Automation

                Robotic Process Automation (RPA) automates repetitive tasks, boosting operational efficiency. It tackles up to 80 percent of routine work and frees up workers for more valuable tasks requiring human judgement.

                RPA bots can handle tasks like issuing and scheduling invoices, reviewing payments, securing billing, and streamlining collections – all at once. NLP empowers these bots to extract information from documents, simplifying application processing and decision-making. 

                Tool 7: Facial Recognition with AI

                Facial recognition helps banks verify customer identities during tasks like opening accounts, accessing information, and making transactions. Compared to traditional passwords, facial recognition offers stronger security and greater convenience. It eliminates the need for remembering complex passwords or worrying about stolen credentials, making banking interactions smoother and less error-prone. This technology also helps prevent fraud by identifying attempts to impersonate real customers.

                Capital One AI Case Study

                Capital One demonstrates how AI can personalise banking. Their AI assistant uses NLP to understand customer questions and provide immediate answers. Capital One also incorporates AI into fraud detection. Machine learning and predictive analytics help pinpoint suspicious credit card activity to strengthen security measures.

                Conclusion

                AI tools offer a significant opportunity for banks to improve customer experiences and achieve long-term success. By personalising banking services with AI, banks can better meet individual customer needs. This leads to higher satisfaction and loyalty, which enhances the bank/customer relationship.

                AI has the potential for an even greater impact. As banks integrate more advanced AI capabilities, they can create even more engaging and personalised interactions. This focus on ‘hyper-personalisation’ could be the next big step for financial institutions to set them apart in a competitive market.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Neobanking is different from traditional banking which is operated through physical intermediaries. By implementing an interface and various advanced features,…

                Neobanking is different from traditional banking which is operated through physical intermediaries.

                By implementing an interface and various advanced features, this type of bank can change people’s views on managing finances by keeping up with rapid technological advances.

                In the US, many people have been underserved by traditional banks, facing high fees and a lack of branches. To help, some companies offered prepaid debit cards with checks for bill payments, but these were limited.

                The 2010s fintech revolution introduced mobile-first banking through neobank apps. These apps allowed quick account signups with no minimum balance or overdraft fees and offered small, interest-free loans to keep people away from payday lenders.

                This model attracted millions of customers, with neobanks profiting from higher interchange fees. However, they also faced challenges such as higher fraud and disputes, impacting their profitability.

                In this article, we will discuss the five main benefits of neobanks: convenience, lower fees, a better user experience, faster transactions, and innovative financial products. These advantages will explain why customers are switching to this type of bank.

                Convenience

                One of the main advantages of neobanks is their ease of access. Customers do not need to visit the bank physically and can carry out all banking transactions anytime and anywhere.

                This convenience extends to all processes, from opening an account to transferring money to the destination account. These tasks can be completed in minutes via a mobile phone.

                Lower Fees

                Apart from accessibility advantages, neobanking offers a competitive fee structure with relatively lower admin fees than traditional banks. This is because traditional banks incur overhead costs to maintain physical branches, while neobanks do not.

                As a result, neobanks can pass on savings to customers through lower service rates. Additionally, neobanks save on costs by not requiring workers to operate physical branches.

                Enhanced User Experience

                Neobanks prioritise user experience by designing intuitive interfaces—making banking straightforward and accessible. They also offer personalised financial insights for each customer.

                Neobanking’s mobile applications simplify financial management with budget tools and real-time transaction notifications. These features empower consumers to make informed financial decisions and maintain better control over their finances.

                Faster Transactions

                Neobanking offers convenience and lower costs while speeding up transactions with advanced technology. This allows users to manage their finances in real time.

                For example, customers can quickly transfer money between local and international banks, thanks to the efficient systems deployed.

                Innovative Financial Products

                Not only are neobanks useful for fast transactions, but they also provide innovative financial products. One such innovation is automatic investment, which allows users to allocate and manage portfolios via a mobile app.

                Additionally, neobanks offer unsecured loan products with a quick and transparent application process. This approach not only provides efficiency but also aligns with consumer behaviour in interacting with financial services.

                Conclusion

                The advantages of neobanking go beyond convenience and cost savings; they also include a consumer-oriented banking approach. By leveraging powerful digital innovations, neobanks offer an accessible and customisable banking platform.

                This approach enhances the consumer experience with more innovative financial products and alternative solutions. Neobanking also implements financial transparency policies, allowing consumers to explore and benefit from various banking options.

                In the future, neobanks may have a significant opportunity to attract high-value customers who manage large deposits. A mobile app could integrate all their accounts from different banks into one, simplifying deposit management. Additionally, neobanks could use AI to deliver personalised customer service and a premium experience.

                • Neobanking

                Fuelled by the Covid-19 pandemic and a projected market size of $166.4 billion by 2030, InsurTech companies are revolutionising the…

                Fuelled by the Covid-19 pandemic and a projected market size of $166.4 billion by 2030, InsurTech companies are revolutionising the insurance industry. 

                These firms offer digital alternatives in a typically slow-to-change industry. Furthermore, their innovative solutions have empowered traditional insurers to accelerate digitalisation and streamline processes. 

                These are the leading firms that have helped this traditional field both adapt and start rapidly catching up to efficiency trends associated with more dynamic industries.

                Introduction to InsurTech Innovation

                The insurance industry is undergoing a transformative shift fuelled by InsurTech. 

                Innovating technologies for insurers is about finding novel solutions to longstanding challenges and harnessing emerging trends to shape the future of the industry. 

                Insurance leaders are almost unanimous in recognising that innovation as not just important, but critical to future success. Moreover, insurers who fail to embrace InsurTech advances, and the wave of digital insurance products and opportunities they represent, risk falling behind in an increasingly competitive and dynamic industry. 

                Oscar Health

                Oscar Health built itself from the ground up with a tech-first approach focused on member service. This unique strategy aims to make healthcare more accessible and affordable for all Americans.

                Oscar’s commitment to exceptional service is reflected in its sky-high Net Promoter Score (NPS) of 50 and a near-perfect 97% member satisfaction rate for virtual care. With a presence in over 577 counties across 20 states, Oscar Health’s impact on the InsuTech industry is undeniable.

                NEXT Insurance

                A leader in small business insurance, NEXT Insurance offers easy-to-understand, digital coverage designed specifically for the self-employed. Also, their recently launched Copilot tool empowers agents to serve micro-businesses efficiently. Copilot streamlines the process for both sides. Business owners can get quotes and bind coverage online instantly, while agents gain a simplified workflow to boost revenue. 

                Vouch

                Since 2018, Vouch has emerged as a prominent force in the InsurTech space by transforming the way business insurance serves high-growth companies. Vouch recently launched AI Insurance, a groundbreaking product specifically designed to mitigate risks for AI startups in this rapidly developing field. 

                Hippo

                Hippo stands out for its proactive approach to homeowners insurance. Partnering with homeowners to implement smart home devices and personalised safety recommendations, Hippo prioritises preventing hazards before they occur. This commitment has secured their position as a top InsurTech firm, protecting over 200,000 homes across most US states.

                Bestow

                Bestow prioritises simplifying insurance and boosting financial security for everyone. It believes the process shouldn’t be daunting, so they leverage cutting-edge technology and data throughout the entire value chain to streamline everything. Furthermore, its commitment to innovation is evident in the recent launch of permanent life insurance and the addition of AI features to its underwriting workbench.

                QuanTemplate

                Founded in 2011, QuanTemplate uses machine learning and big data to empower businesses through digital transformation. Its core offering, a data integration, automation, and analytics platform, equips insurance professionals with the tools to unlock valuable insights and gain a deeper understanding of market dynamics.

                Dinghy

                Dinghy caters to the changing insurance needs of freelancers and businesses with its innovative pay-as-you-go model and focus on online and mobile accessibility. 

                This focus on accessibility is further enhanced through its partnership with ARAG, providing ‘Freelance Assist’. This is a unique package combining Dinghy’s flexible insurance with ARAG’s online legal resources tailored for freelance professionals.

                CoVi Analytics

                CoVi Analytics tackles both regulatory compliance and operational efficiency for insurers. Its AI-powered CORE platform automates complex reporting for evolving regulations, while the app suite featuring Policy 2.0 simplifies risk incident capture and boosts operational efficiency.

                ManyPets

                ManyPets, formerly known as Bought By Many, has emerged as a leading pet insurance provider by taking a unique approach to customer needs. 

                Born from a focus on analysing social media commentary, ManyPets uses customer feedback to shape its insurance policies. This customer-centric approach extends to its technology focus, making ManyPets the first pet insurance company to offer form-free online claims.

                Shift Technology

                Shift Technology provides a suite of AI-powered Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) solutions specifically designed to address the insurance industry’s needs. Its focus lies in fraud detection, empowering insurers with robust protection against financial losses, reputational damage, and cyber threats. 

                Key Factors for InsurTech Success

                Several key factors have fuelled the recent surge in InsurTech innovation. Digitisation plays a crucial role by speeding up information processing, leading to cost reductions, efficiency gains, and the development of new, customer-centric products.

                Additionally, personalisation is another key factor, enabling insurers to tailor services to individual needs and preferences. They consider factors like age, location, and lifestyle before providing quotes. Finally, advanced analytics capabilities provide valuable insights into consumer behaviour, allowing insurers to better target customers, while also offering real-time risk assessment data.

                • InsurTech

                The automotive industry is transforming vehicles into mobile banking centres with the introduction of embedded finance. This allows drivers to…

                The automotive industry is transforming vehicles into mobile banking centres with the introduction of embedded finance. This allows drivers to seamlessly pay for fuel, tolls, parking, and electric car charges without leaving their cars.

                Embedded banking or embedded finance is a technology that is used on many websites for easy transactions. It integrates financial services like payments, accounts, or lending into non-financial products or services. That technology can also be brought into your car.

                It turns banking into a part of driving, creating an efficient experience for drivers. With this new system, drivers can easily manage all of these payments automatically making for seamless transactions.

                Benefits of Using Embedded Banking

                Built-in banking does more than just make payments easier. It can also help drivers choose the right car based on how they drive. For example, if someone often drives long distances, the system might suggest a fuel-efficient car. If another driver drives mostly around town, a smaller car might be recommended. This intelligent system can make buying a new car easier and more personal.

                Insurance companies can also benefit from this technology. They can see how people drive and adjust their premiums accordingly. For example, a cheaper insurance premium may be given to a driver with a clean driving record. On the other hand, a driver who has a history of speeding or traffic accidents may get a more expensive premium. This makes insurance fairer and more personalised to each driver.

                Car companies that are the first to add built-in banking will have a big advantage. Buyers will want to buy cars with this new and convenient feature, giving these companies an edge. In addition, this technology allows car companies and banks to increase revenue. They could offer special deals or services to drivers who make frequent use of the in-car payment system.

                Enhanced Financing Options

                Embedded finance simplifies vehicle financing by integrating financial services into the car-buying process. Furthermore, customers can apply for and manage loans directly through their vehicle’s interface, with loan options personalised to their financial profile and driving habits. This innovation improves user experience by making payments, financing, and insurance easier and more secure.

                Embedded banking turns cars into mobile banking hubs, leveraging data from modern vehicles to customise financial products. Moreover, insurance premiums can adjust based on driving behaviour, financing can match vehicle usage, and payments for charging or tolls can be automated, enhancing efficiency and customer satisfaction.

                Seamless Transactions

                Embedded finance simplifies transactions by allowing drivers to pay for services like fuel, tolls, and parking directly through their vehicle’s system. This integration eliminates the need for physical payment methods, making the driving experience smoother and more convenient.

                In the automotive industry, embedded finance also transforms how customers handle car purchases and financing. By integrating banking, lending, and insurance services into the vehicle’s interface, automotive companies can offer a more seamless and convenient experience. Using APIs from specialised providers, this approach opens new revenue streams and enhances overall customer satisfaction.

                Increased Sales

                Automotive companies that adopt embedded finance technologies can experience a significant boost in sales and revenue. By offering integrated financial services, car manufacturers can attract customers looking for modern, convenient solutions.

                According to McKinsey, embedded finance can boost sales by increasing conversions, average purchase amounts, and customer loyalty. Research by RBC Capital Markets shows that buy now, pay later (BNPL) options can raise checkout conversion rates by 20-30 percent and lead to higher spending per transaction.

                A major global retailer has found that customers using their embedded lending services spend 20 percent more. However, the solution must be easy to use; otherwise, abandonment rates can be high.

                The Collaboration of Industries for Embedded Banking

                This new technology also encourages teamwork between different industries. For it to work well, car companies, technology companies, and banks need to work closely together. They need to create strong security measures to protect users from potential online threats. This collaboration is important to ensure that the system is secure and reliable.

                By connecting cars and financial services, embedded banking will accelerate innovation. It will help create a future where driving and banking are connected. This will lead to a more efficient and customer-friendly world.

                New Technology Leaders

                Mercedes-Benz is already leading the way with this technology through its partnership with Mastercard. In Germany, Mercedes-Benz customers can start the fueling process from their car and pay with their fingerprints. This is the first time in-car payments have been used at gas stations.

                When a driver arrives at a connected service station, the Mercedes Me Fuel & Pay service starts automatically. The driver selects the gas pump, and the system calculates the cost. Payment is made with a fingerprint. After refuelling, the invoice appears on the screen and is emailed to the driver, allowing them to leave without visiting the checkout.

                Future Prospects

                This new technology will help both the automotive and banking industries. It makes life easier for drivers and promises to change the way we drive by enabling easy payments on the go.

                Once all car companies start using built-in banking, the current system of driving will change forever. This technology will turn cars into more than just vehicles to get from one place to another; they will become smart, connected hubs that make life easier for drivers. The future of driving begins with the implementation of embedded finance.

                • Embedded Finance

                WatchGuard’s Threat Lab cybersecurity research team forecast headline-stealing hacks involving LLMs, AI-based voice chatbots and VR/MR headsets. They also assess…

                WatchGuard’s Threat Lab cybersecurity research team forecast headline-stealing hacks involving LLMs, AI-based voice chatbots and VR/MR headsets. They also assess the impact of the war on talent, AI spear phishing and QR codes.

                Watchguard leading on Cybersecurity

                WatchGuard Technologies, a global leader in unified cybersecurity, offers an annual batch of predictions covering the most prominent attacks and information security trends that the WatchGuard Threat Lab research team believes will emerge each year. This year, these include malicious prompt engineering tricks targeting large language models (LLMs), managed service providers (MSPs) doubling down on unified security platforms with heavy automation, ‘Vishers’ scaling their malicious operations with AI-based voice chatbots, hacks on modern VR/MR headsets, and more…

                “Every new technology trend opens up new attack vectors for cybercriminals,” said Corey Nachreiner, chief security officer at WatchGuard Technologies. “In 2024, the emerging threats targeting companies and individuals will be even more intense, complicated, and difficult to manage. Therefore, with an ongoing cybersecurity skills shortage, the need for MSPs, unified security, and automated platforms to bolster cybersecurity and protect organisations from the ever-evolving threat landscape have never been greater.”

                Cybersecurity predictions

                The following is a summary of the WatchGuard Threat Lab team’s top cybersecurity predictions for 2024:

                Prompt Engineering Tricks Large Language Models (LLMs)

                Companies and individuals are experimenting with LLMs to increase operational efficiency. However, threat actors are learning how to exploit LLMs for their own malicious purposes as well. During 2024, the WatchGuard Threat Lab predicts that a smart prompt engineer ‒ whether a criminal attacker or researcher ‒ will crack the code and manipulate an LLM into leaking private data.

                MSPs Double Down on Security Services Via Automated Platforms

                There are approximately 3.4 million open cybersecurity jobs, and fierce competition for available talent. More SMEs will turn to trusted managed service and security service providers, known as MSPs and MSSPs, to protect them in 2024. To accommodate growing demand and scarce staffing resources, MSPs and MSSPs will double down on unified cybersecurity platforms with heavy automation using artificial AI and Machine Learning.

                AI Spear Phishing Tool Sales Boom on the Dark Web

                Cybercriminals can already buy tools on the underground that send spam email, automatically craft convincing texts, and scrape the Internet and social media for a particular target’s information and connections. However, a lot of these tools are still manual and require attackers to target one user or group at a time. Well-formatted procedural tasks like these are perfect for automation via AI and machine learning. This makes it likely that AI-powered tools to combat cybersecurity will emerge as best sellers on the dark web in 2024.

                AI-Based Vishing Takes Off in 2024

                Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) and automation technology make it easy to mass dial thousands of numbers. Once a potential victim has been baited onto a call, it still takes a human scammer to reel them in. This system limits the scale of vishing operations. But in 2024 this could change. The combination of convincing deepfake audio and LLMs capable of carrying on conversations with unsuspecting victims will greatly increase the scale and volume of vishing calls. What’s more, they may not even require a human threat actor’s participation.


                VR/MR Headsets Allow the Recreation of User Environments

                Virtual and mixed reality (VR/MR) headsets are finally beginning to gain mass appeal. However, wherever new and useful technologies emerge, criminal and malicious hackers follow. In 2024, cybersecurity researchers forecast that either a researcher or malicious hacker will find a technique to gather some of the sensor data from VR/MR headsets to recreate the environment users are playing in.


                Rampant QR Code Usage Results in a Headline Hack

                Quick response (QR) codes provide a convenient way to follow a link with a device such as a mobile phone. They have been around for decades, but mainstream usage has exploded in recent years. Furthermore, Threat Lab cybersecurity analysts expect to see a major, headline-stealing hack in 2024 caused by an employee following a QR code to a malicious destination.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                The growth of international trade and global mobility has fueled the demand for efficient cross-border payments solutions. Legacy systems are…

                The growth of international trade and global mobility has fueled the demand for efficient cross-border payments solutions. Legacy systems are often slow and expensive, with multiple middlemen and complicated procedures.

                With its decentralised and secure nature, blockchain technology offers a compelling alternative. Furthermore, as the cross-border payment market is expected to reach $290 trillion by 2030, blockchain and digital payments are emerging as strong contenders to streamline international transactions.

                Introduction to Blockchain in Cross-Border Payments

                While blockchains are not designed exclusively for payments, they offer a powerful foundation for streamlining cross-border transactions. Unlike traditional banking systems restricted by national borders, blockchains are global by nature. Also, in a blockchain payment system, payers and payees use a shared network with common data formats. This enables direct transactions to and from anywhere.

                Traditional card and banking networks are controlled by individual institutions. Blockchains distribute this authority. Anyone with an internet connection can participate in these permissionless networks. Moreover, this removes the control of centralised systems, making them more accessible for both merchants and customers.

                Benefit 1: Speed

                Traditional reliance on central authorities can slow down transaction processing. For example, depositing a check on a Friday might not show up in the recipient’s account until Monday because of limited bank hours.

                Blockchain technology operates 24/7 and enables much faster settlement times. On some blockchain networks, transactions can be finalised in minutes. This efficiency is especially beneficial for cross-border payments.

                Benefit 2: Cost Savings

                A report by Jupiter Research shows that by 2030, banks could save over $27 billion in cross-border settlements. This efficiency comes from blockchain eliminating the need for intermediaries. Also, consumers often pay banks or notaries for verification, but blockchain removes this dependency and its fees.

                Benefit 3: Security

                Traditional and centralised databases use a single point of access, making them vulnerable to cyberattacks. Blockchain technology offers a stronger alternative. It distributes encrypted data across a network of interconnected computers.

                This system, called a distributed ledger, makes tampering very difficult. Any change would need to be reflected across the entire network at once. Additionally, blockchain allows controlled access. Only authorised participants can see or modify specific data. This granular control significantly reduces the risk of unauthorised access and fraud.

                Benefit 4: Transparency

                A key strength of blockchain technology is its transparency. This comes from a fully traceable and tamper-proof transaction record. Therefore, every transaction on the blockchain is permanent and unchangeable.

                Once verified by the network, it cannot be altered or deleted. This permanence applies even to attempts to modify a transaction. Moreover, hanging it would require altering every single block after it in the chain, a nearly impossible task.

                Benefit 5: Improved Liquidity Management

                Liquidity describes how easily you can buy or sell something without affecting the price. For digital currencies, more liquidity means steadier prices with less fluctuation.

                Blockchain technology has the potential to change how companies handle liquidity. By offering real-time information on a company’s financial health and available cash, blockchain helps treasurers. They get a complete picture of the company’s cash across all entities, departments, bank accounts, and locations, accessible at any time.

                Transparency from blockchain technology empowers treasurers to make more accurate cash flow forecasts. It also helps them allocate cash resources more efficiently, for example, in supply chain finance and refinancing activities.

                Benefit 6: Reduced Error Rates

                Unlike traditional systems where human errors can occur, blockchain uses a network of computers for verification. Thousands of computers on this network work together to confirm each transaction, making errors much less likely.

                Even if one computer makes a mistake, it only affects its copy and is rejected by the rest of the network. This strong verification process creates a highly accurate record of information.

                Benefit 7: Better Compliance

                Financial regulations create a complex compliance challenge for institutions. Blockchain technology offers a solution with its secure, transparent, and permanent record of transactions. It simplifies compliance processes for regulators, who can monitor and audit transactions more easily.

                Blockchain can also streamline customer onboarding and anti-money laundering (AML) efforts. Secure identity management using blockchain streamlines these procedures and guarantees accurate records.

                Conclusion

                Blockchain technology promises a future of secure, efficient, and streamlined cross-border payments. With its shared record of transactions, it significantly reduces fraud and data breaches. By removing middlemen, blockchain also allows for faster, cheaper transactions with greater transparency throughout.

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Banks are adopting artificial intelligence (AI) technology to provide more personalised experiences. A study by the AI Development Company projects…

                Banks are adopting artificial intelligence (AI) technology to provide more personalised experiences. A study by the AI Development Company projects that 75 percent of financial institutions will invest $31 billion in integrating AI into their existing systems by 2025. The trend is driven by customer demand for faster and more convenient banking options.

                AI excels at analysing enormous amounts of data. This lets banks find patterns and trends to personalise customer service and boost efficiency. For example, AI-powered chatbots offer 24/7 help with basic questions, freeing up customer service staff for trickier issues. AI can also analyse customer behaviour to predict their needs and suggest relevant services or support, from personalised investment options to flagging suspicious account activity.

                Benefit 1: Increased Efficiency

                Long wait times and impersonal interactions often leave customers frustrated with traditional bank customer service. Fortunately, AI streamlines the experience by providing quick and accurate answers. It eliminates the need to navigate complex phone menus.

                AI personalises interactions and saves customers from endless button-pressing and long hold times. AI in customer service can also analyse vast amounts of customer data. The data helps banks anticipate customer needs and recommend tailored solutions, preventing problems before they arise. This results in higher customer satisfaction and a smoother banking experience.

                Benefit 2: Personalisation

                AI can analyse vast amounts of customer data, including purchases and browsing habits, to create detailed customer profiles. These profiles help banks recommend relevant products and services that fit individual needs.

                For instance, a customer who often pays bills online might be recommended a new budgeting tool. Similarly, someone who regularly saves for travel could receive information about travel insurance or currency exchange. These personalised suggestions can come through various channels, like the bank’s website, email alerts, or chatbots.

                Benefit 3: Cost Savings

                Cost savings are a major advantage of AI-powered customer service in banking. One key way AI achieves this is through automation. Chatbots powered by AI can handle many routine customer inquiries, freeing up human agents for complex issues. This reduces labour costs while also improving response times.

                AI also helps with better staffing management. It can analyse past data to predict how many calls are coming in. Banks can then ensure they have the right number of agents available, avoiding overstaffing or understaffing that can significantly impact costs.

                Benefit 4: 24/7 Support

                Traditionally, reaching a support agent often meant waiting on hold during peak hours. However, AI in customer service is transforming the industry by offering immediate assistance through chatbots. These virtual assistants provide instant support the moment a customer reaches out.

                Unlike human agents with limited working hours, chatbots are available 24/7. This ensures customers get help whenever they need it, regardless of location or time zone. This is especially valuable in the globalised world, where customers might need support outside of regular business hours.

                A great example of this success is Photobucket, a media hosting service. After implementing a chatbot, they offered 24/7 support to international customers. This results in a three percent increase in customer satisfaction scores along with a 17 percent improvement in resolving issues on the first try.

                Benefit 5: Multilingual Support

                AI-powered chatbots offer multilingual support, breaking down language barriers and creating a positive banking experience. These chatbots can figure out a customer’s preferred language at the start of a conversation. This ensures clear communication, no matter what language the customer speaks.

                Conclusion

                A study by Global Market Insights predicts the conversational AI market will reach $57.2 billion by 2032. This technology is making big strides in banking, particularly by automating routine tasks and inquiries. By taking care of these repetitive tasks, AI frees up human agents to focus on more complex customer issues. This improves efficiency and helps banks manage their operating costs. A streamlined customer service experience builds trust and loyalty, which can lead to business growth for financial institutions.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                A revolutionary trend has emerged and revolutionised the banking sector. Neobanking has changed market demand and become a consumer favourite….

                A revolutionary trend has emerged and revolutionised the banking sector. Neobanking has changed market demand and become a consumer favourite.

                Neobanks, or digital banks, offer banking services without physical presence. Unlike traditional banks, which require customers to access services on-site, neobanks can process all services online.

                These solutions address the challenges of extensive physical infrastructure and aim to offer more user-centric services. Neobanking offers 24/7 operational access, lower fees, higher interest rates, enhanced customer service, innovative features, and more.

                One of the many advantages is seamless digital wallet experiences. Customers can use international payments with competitive exchange rates and lower fees than traditional banks. Another advantage of neobank services is instant loans. This feature makes credit more accessible, including to those traditionally underserved.

                Cryptocurrencies and blockchain adoption are growing in neobanking. Digital banks integrate blockchain for secure transactions and smart contracts. Cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and Ethereum enable global transactions without intermediaries. As regulators adapt, neobanking harnesses blockchain’s potential for decentralised finance (DeFi) and offers access to lending, staking, and yield farming.

                Technological Advancements

                Neobanks apply the latest technological developments to enhance their services, utilising advancements like Artificial Intelligence (AI) to create personalised systems. Through machine learning, neobanks leverage algorithms for credit scoring, risk assessment, and fraud detection, improving their decision-making processes.

                These technologies also strengthen customer service through chatbots, enhance risk assessment and credit scoring, and provide personalised financial advice. Furthermore, AI-driven insights enable neobanks to offer more relevant products and services, boosting customer satisfaction and loyalty.

                Market Dynamics

                The neobanking market is expected to grow at a CAGR of 35.8 percent during 2023-2030 due to increasing financial digitalisation, as predicted by UnivDatos. The neobanking market is expected to grow at a CAGR of 35.8 percent during 2023-2030 due to increasing financial digitalisation, as predicted by UnivDatos.

                The growth can be attributed to the convenience neo-banks offer, such as 24/7 access to services through mobile apps, allowing customers to manage their finances anytime, anywhere. Neobanks have lower operating costs, due to the lack of physical branches, also contribute to their appeal.

                Furthermore, supportive government regulations and investor confidence are crucial to this growth. Governments have introduced regulatory sandboxes to foster fintech innovation, encouraging entrepreneurs and investors to enter the market. The success of companies like Stripe, Chime, and Revolut highlights the potential of neobanks to meet the demand for efficient and cost-effective financial solutions.

                The market is characterised by dynamic and rapidly evolving trends driven by technological advancements. For instance, some neobanks are exploring blockchain technology for secure transactions and offering cryptocurrency services. This technology caters to the growing interest in digital assets.

                Future Directions

                The future of neobanking is poised for transformative growth. Neobanks will increasingly target international markets, adapting services to local regulations and consumer preferences. Moreover, this expansion is set to broaden financial inclusion and capture diverse customer bases.

                Machine learning algorithms optimise product recommendations and credit assessments. This technology will also grow the adoption of advanced security measures such as biometric authentication, multi-factor authentication (MFA), and real-time fraud detection systems.

                Partnerships and ecosystem expansion will become key to sustained neobanking. Collaborations with fintechs, e-commerce platforms, and traditional banks will broaden offerings. Additionally, this ecosystem integration will offer customers access to various financial and non-financial services.

                Conclusion

                Neobanking is a disruptive force in the financial industry. It enhances financial management by providing a seamless system. Customers can quickly meet their various needs within reach, from transactions in diverse payments to cryptocurrencies and blockchain. These banks utilise the latest technology to provide data-driven services and products to ensure customer satisfaction.

                The market is rapidly evolving, driven by technological advancements and changing consumer preferences. Therefore, as neobanks continue to innovate and adapt, they make financial services more inclusive and accessible.

                • Neobanking

                McKinsey & Co. is seeing an increase in the number of clients seeking artificial intelligence-linked projects, reports Bloomberg. Faster adoption…

                McKinsey & Co. is seeing an increase in the number of clients seeking artificial intelligence-linked projects, reports Bloomberg. Faster adoption of the technology is helping the consulting titan and its peers boost revenue, across industries like Insurtech, following a period of tumult.

                About 40 per cent of the New York-based firm’s client projects involve the technology. The number of AI-related customers in the past 12 months is approaching 500, Rodney Zemmel, senior partner and head of the firm’s digital business, said in an interview.

                “We believe the long- or the medium-term economic implications are very real,” Zemmel said. He was a final candidate in the recent global managing partner leadership elections at the firm. According to people familiar with the matter, who asked not to be identified discussing confidential information.

                Though there’s some degree of hype around AI, “we’re seeing the organisations that are doing that are getting value from it,” Zemmel said. “It’ll be a little longer, and maybe, a little harder than people think, but we’ve got no doubt that the value is there,” he added.

                AI adoption across Insurtech

                Among those deploying automation rapidly are the traditional and regulated industries such as banking and insurance, Zemmel said. In a June report, Citigroup Inc. said AI is poised to upend consumer finance and make workers more productive. Additionally, with a high potential for 54 per cent of jobs across banking to be automated. Citi also said that the technology could add $170 billion to the industry’s coffers by 2028.

                JPMorgan Chase & Co. Chief Executive Officer Jamie Dimon has called AI “critical” to his company’s future success. He also noted the technology can be used to help the firm develop new products, drive customer engagement, improve productivity and enhance risk management.

                The surge in automation has come as a relief for the broader consulting industry. It has been battling a slowdown in demand for its traditional services. McKinsey, Ernst & Young and PricewaterhouseCoopers have been cutting jobs to weather the slump. Furthermore, Accenture Plc shares tumbled in March after the company warned it’s seen financial-services customers, including Insurtech, rein in spending on its software.

                AI’s rise is also diverting some budgets toward specialist consultancies. Although AI-focused units like McKinsey’s QuantumBlack are growing rapidly, according to Zemmel.

                McKinsey – QuantumBlack

                McKinsey, which has advised everyone from the U.S.’ Pentagon to China’s Ping An Insurance Group Co., currently has about 2,000 people working across QuantumBlack. It has 7,000 staff in total in tech-related fields, according to Zemmel’s estimates. McKinsey’s headcount stood at about 45,000 globally as of 2023 and revenues were at a record $16 billion.

                Zemmel said that the firm is still evaluating how the use of AI will impact its own headcount over the longer run. McKinsey had earlier warned about 3,000 of its consultants that their performance was unsatisfactory and will need to improve.

                “We’re certainly planning on being agile about it,” Zemmel said. “One thing that’s clear is everybody in our organization’s going to need to know how to use AI and incorporate in their day-to-day work if they’re going to remain relevant to their clients.”

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech
                • InsurTech

                Alloy, the identity risk management company trusted by over 600 leading banks, credit unions and fintech companies, has released its…

                Alloy, the identity risk management company trusted by over 600 leading banks, credit unions and fintech companies, has released its 2024 State of Embedded Finance Report.

                The Report examines the year’s top trends in embedded finance risk management and compliance. Alloy surveyed more than 50 professionals at financial institutions operating bank sponsorship programs in the United States to learn how their businesses are responding to compliance challenges.

                The Report is being published at a time when sponsor banks in the US are facing  increased regulatory scrutiny. A reported 25.6% of the FDIC’s formal enforcement actions have been directed at sponsor banks since the beginning of 2024.

                Alloy’s report found that while embedded finance programs drive significant revenue (over 50%) for sponsor banks, a majority (80%) of respondents reported that meeting embedded finance compliance requirements as a sponsor bank is challenging in the current environment.

                “Running a sponsor bank program is inherently complex because you have banks who are highly regulated working with companies that are often new, fast-growing, and creating entirely new ways for consumers to interact with money,” said Tommy Nicholas, CEO and co-founder of Alloy.

                “Despite the challenge, we’re already seeing sponsor banks respond to regulatory developments by investing in better controls, training, and adding to their compliance tech stack.”

                State of Embedded Finance Report 2024

                Here are five of the key findings from Alloy’s State of Embedded Finance Report:

                1. Over half of sponsor banks’ deposits and revenue come from embedded finance partnerships.

                Partnerships between banks and fintechs are a cost-efficient approach to catalyze growth through increased deposits, seamless UI, and accelerated innovation.

                2. As regulatory scrutiny grows, embedded finance partnerships are becoming harder to maintain.

                The embedded finance boom resulted in many banks testing the waters of bank sponsorship programs. As the complexity of managing these programs grows, we may see sponsor banks with less sophisticated embedded finance programs and tech stacks leave the space entirely.

                3. Respondents cite reputational damage as the top consequence of compliance violations.

                Reputational damage often results in increased regulatory scrutiny, including more frequent examinations and document requests. This heightened oversight can strain resources and pose ongoing operational challenges.

                4. 90% of financial institutions face challenges when meeting compliance requirements as a sponsor bank.

                Lack of control and audibility over fintech partners’ policy controls were cited as top challenges to meeting compliance requirements. Managing compliance across multiple jurisdictions and adapting to evolving regulatory changes were also top concerns.

                5. 94% of respondents say they plan to invest in new compliance technology to help them manage their embedded finance partnerships.

                As attention surrounding compliance missteps has grown over the past few years, there are new tech solutions available to help bridge the gap between sponsor banks and fintechs.

                Download the Report

                Respondents included 51 decision-makers from financial institutions operating bank sponsorship programs in the United States.

                Surveys were conducted by The Harris Poll, a leading survey platform for over 60 years.

                For further insights you can download the full report here

                • Embedded Finance

                As digital payments continue their rapid ascent, understanding the accompanying cybersecurity challenges has never been more critical. Furthernore, with Statista…

                As digital payments continue their rapid ascent, understanding the accompanying cybersecurity challenges has never been more critical. Furthernore, with Statista forecasting a robust 9.52 percent annual growth rate for digital payments from 2024 to 2028, the urgency to address these security concerns intensifies.

                While this growth brings unparalleled convenience, it also introduces new security vulnerabilities that must be addressed. Cybersecurity is fundamental in safeguarding confidential data against hacking, fraud, and data breaches. Implementing effective cybersecurity measures can also maintain trust between businesses and clients while preventing financial loss. To optimise cybersecurity, identifying the current threats to digital payment systems is a must for businesses and consumers.

                Current Cybersecurity Threats

                Digital banks face various threats that continually evolve as technology advances. By addressing these challenges head-on, banks can protect their users and continue the growth of digital payment.

                Many types of cyber threats can disrupt digital payment systems:

                Phishing attacks: These attacks use deceptive emails, phone calls, or texts to trick victims into revealing personal information, such as login credentials and financial details. The scam can lead to other types of cyber threats.

                Malware: Malicious software that infiltrates systems to steal data, monitor activities, or lock accounts. Various forms of malwares have different functions, such as Trojans, Worms, and Spyware.

                Man-in-the-Middle (MitM) Attacks: intercept communications between the user and the bank allowing attackers to steal sensitive information or funds.

                Data breaches: Unauthorised access to digital bank databases exposes vast amounts of sensitive information, including personal and financial data.

                Ransomware: It is an attack that employs malware to infiltrate computer systems to steal data, monitor activities, or lock accounts. The attackers then demand payment and keep disrupting the devices/websites until they are paid.

                Credential stuffing: Attackers use stolen usernames and password combinations from other breaches to gain unauthorised access to accounts.

                DDoS and DoS attacks: Distributed Denial-of-Service (DDoS) attacks overwhelm the bank’s servers, making online services unavailable to customers. Unlike the Denial-of-Service (DoS) attack where a single source is used to flood the target, DDoS use multiple sources of compromised devices (botnets).

                Insider threats: Employees or contractors with access to sensitive information may intentionally or unintentionally cause data breaches or other security incidents.

                Social engineering: Manipulating individuals into divulging confidential information through psychological manipulation.

                Zero-Day Exploits: Attacks that exploit previously unknown vulnerabilities in software or hardware before patches are available.

                Cybersecurity Measures

                Encrypting data is essential to convert the personal information into a secure format. This encrypted data can only be accessed with the correct key or description. This ensures that the data remains secure and unreadable after interception.

                Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) adds a layer of security by requiring some form of verification before granting access to the platform. Tokenisation replaces critical payment data with a unique or random token that cannot be hacked once intercepted.

                Biometric verification, such as fingerprint and facial recognition, provides additional security by utilising unique physical characteristics. These include the shape of the face and the outline of a fingerprint, both of which are difficult to replicate.

                Financial institutions have also innovated to improve cybersecurity by implementing artificial intelligence (AI). For example, JPMorgan Chase has implemented an AI-driven fraud detection system. This application is used for monitoring transaction activity in real-time. It can also detect potential threats or fraudulent transactions using the data analytics tool.

                Regulatory Requirements

                Financial companies are obligated to meet regulatory compliance. It is important to build customers’ trust and avoid legal or financial penalties. For global financial institutions, regulatory issues might be more complex as each country has its version of rules. As cyber threats evolve, regulators continuously update and enforce these requirements to address new challenges in digital payment systems.

                For instance, UK regulations have set strict rules to ensure the security of digital payments. These include data protection measures, and companies that do not prioritise cybersecurity will face substantial fines. Similar regulations have been implemented across European Union (EU) Member States, compelling financial institutions to enhance cybersecurity to create a safe digital payments environment for consumers.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech
                • Digital Payments

                FinTech Strategy met with Stiven Muccioli, Founder & CEO at BKN301, to discuss digital payment services connecting North Africa, the…

                FinTech Strategy met with Stiven Muccioli, Founder & CEO at BKN301, to discuss digital payment services connecting North Africa, the Middle East, and Europe.              

                BKN301 Group is a London based fintech provider that offers Banking-as-a-Service, connecting North Africa, the Middle East, and Europe. The company aims to address the financial inclusion gap in these regions. It provides digital payment and banking platforms to unbanked populations. BKN301 has successfully partnered with fintechs in Egypt and Qatar, serving millions of customers and providing access to financial services. They are also focused on expanding their market in Europe. The company aims to become a leader in the industry and bridge the gap between Europe and the Middle East.

                At Money20/20 Europe, FinTech Strategy spoke with BKN301 Founder & CEO Stiven Muccioli to find out more…      

                Tell us about the genesis of BKN301…

                “I launched the company in 2021 with the vision to create the biggest tech provider for a digital banking service connecting North Africa, the Middle East, and Europe. We are looking at the demographic sheet of the world… In Europe, we are overserved by the banking system and it’s quite tough to create new projects in the FinTech space. It’s hard to scale past Europe, into the Middle East and North Africa. Ours is an operation in its early stages. There is a huge penetration with mobile devices in the Middle East and North Africa, but at the same time there are a huge amount of people unbanked.

                So, we have created the platform to allow digital banks to start fast and with low cost. Basically, we are the ‘backbone’ for the new digital banking era in the Middle East and North Africa. We also work with many companies across Europe. However, we are very focused on the connection between the Middle East, North Africa and Europe. Also, we are focused on the remittances business and cross-border payments because many working abroad in Europe don’t have access to the banking system in Europe. And there are many digital banks in Europe trying to fulfil this gap for new customers.”

                Tell us about your career journey…

                “I began 15 years ago in the startup business and founded two other companies. The first one, Tippest, was a copycat of Groupon in Italy. This was founded with a group of friends in 2011 and we were able to scale successfully, leading to its sale in 2015. Following that, I moved to the US where I spent some time as an angel investor. In 2016 I came back to Italy to start a new company. It was a corporate venture operation inside of the Iccrea Bank, one of the biggest banking groups in Italy. We created a company named Ventis. It delivered the first super application that merged e-commerce and the digital bank.

                We created a platform capable of delivering an e-commerce service, and at the same time digital banking services, payment cards, accounts and more. We managed this part of the business for the Group and reached good numbers. In 2020, we sold the company and today it is the third biggest payment player in Italy.”

                Tell us about some of the successful partnerships BKN301 has been involved in…

                “We have seen great successes with key partners such as Damen. Damen is a e-payment company in Egypt serving 18 million customers. Thanks to our technology, they are able today to provide a digital payment application to millions of Egyptians. They are now connected and have access to a range of financial services to save money and receive remittances from Europe and across the Gulf. A very successful story in terms financial inclusion.

                It’s the same in Qatar where we serve a partner that provides service to labourers and construction workers – there are around 700,000 such workers in Qatar. A good example of financial inclusion because we provide the platform for a low-cost digital banking platform connecting unbanked people to Europe.”

                What are some of the key challenges financial institutions are facing that you can help them with? What problems are companies asking you to solve?

                “At BKN301, we’re focused on our technology and building an ecosystem based on APIs so we’re able to provide those APIs to digital banks – with us, they save time and money. So, the integration cost is far less than a traditional integration cost. They’re able to work multi-market because we are in different markets and they won’t have any legacy agreement with big corporates. We provide APIs so they can develop and use them for core banking and processing.”

                “Every year there is a new wave of news, but we don’t know how long each trend will it last… A couple of years back blockchain was at the core and everyone want to add a feature, sometimes without any reason. Now it’s the same with AI. To build a concrete platform on AI or on blockchain, you need many years, and a lot of investment, to be focused. I don’t believe companies that come out after six months saying they are now AI based. It’s impossible to build a real platform based on AI that quickly. We need to define the real companies. So, which one has the mature technology. It’s a good wave and I think there is a huge need. For example, anti-money laundering controls driven by AI could be a game changer.”

                And what’s next for BKN301? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?

                “This year we want to get more established in the market in Europe, so we will be focused on expansion. The goal for us is to become the door, the access bridge, between Europe and the Middle East. We aim to become a backbone for the new financial ecosystem across the region.”

                Why Money20/20? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to showcase what you do?

                “Every year there is a new wave of news… A couple of years ago blockchain was at the core and everyone wanted to add some feature on blockchain, sometimes without any reason. And now it’s the same with AI. To build a concrete platform on AI, or on blockchain, you need to be focused for years and have a lot of investment – it can’t be done in six months. So, as with blockchain, we need to define the companies making real progress with established technology based on AI, the same as we did with blockchain. It’s a good wave that can meet a huge need, for example with anti-money laundering controls, and Money20/20 is a great place to learn more about where the industry is at today.”                                                                           

                • Digital Payments
                • Together in Events

                The insurance sector is witnessing a growing adoption of digital insurance solutions. Machine learning (ML), artificial intelligence (AI), and embedded…

                The insurance sector is witnessing a growing adoption of digital insurance solutions. Machine learning (ML), artificial intelligence (AI), and embedded insurance are at the forefront of this wave across InsurTech.

                According to Acumen Research and Consulting, the InsurTech market is expected to reach $166.4 billion by 2030. This projection is reinforced by a high compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 39.1 percent anticipated between 2022 and 2030. This growth is attributed to a surge of insurance technology innovations.

                Introduction to InsurTech

                InsurTech, short for “insurance technology,” combines traditional insurance practices with cutting-edge advancements in AI and blockchain. It plays a key role in transforming the insurance industry by making it more efficient, transparent, and accessible. Furthermore, automation, improved risk assessment, and tailored coverage options ensure the digital insurance industry meets evolving consumer demands.

                Digital Transformation

                InsurTech is a driving force behind the digital transformation of the insurance industry. This transformation isn’t just about software upgrades or automation. It’s a strategic shift that revamps core operations and how insurers deliver value to customers.

                Today’s consumers demand personalisation, speed, and convenience in everything, including insurance. They expect instant access to policy details and quick claims resolution—areas where traditional systems struggle. InsurTech empowers insurers to meet these changing demands by enabling customised interactions and faster service.

                Customer Experience

                InsurTech companies are transforming customer interactions with insurance. Convenience, speed, and personalisation are now priorities.

                This change is driven by a focus on improved customer experience. Digital platforms and mobile apps from InsurTech firms make buying policies, managing them, and filing claims easier. Self-service tools and chatbots provide instant support and assistance, reducing the need for traditional customer service channels.

                Efficiency gains with InsurTech

                A crucial element of InsurTech’s contribution to the insurance industry lies in claims management. InsurTech streamlines insurance claims by automating tasks with AI and ML. This means faster claim assessments, processing, and payouts for policyholders.

                InsurTech also boosts efficiency for insurers by automating tasks, which can lead to lower operating costs. These lower costs could potentially translate to reduced premiums for consumers. Consequently, digital insurance becomes more accessible and cost-effective.

                Case Studies

                Several insurance companies are demonstrating success through innovative InsurTech solutions. Chapter, for instance, uses online tools to connect users with advisors and advocates. These experts help people navigate the complexities of enrollment. They ensure people understand their options, deadlines, and how to choose the right plan for their needs.

                Health plan selection is another area where InsurTech is making a difference. GoHealth utilises a sophisticated platform powered by ML algorithms to match consumers with plans tailored to their unique needs. Licensed agents and dedicated telecare teams offer support throughout the selection process and beyond.

                Future Prospects

                InsurTech presents a future brimming with possibilities for the insurance industry. However, as more processes become digital, security concerns come into focus. Future Processing’s InsurTech survey revealed that 81 percent of respondents believe insurers need stronger cybersecurity policies.

                This underlines the need to revisit cybersecurity practices as digital transformation progresses. Looking forward, developments in AI and tools like ChatGPT, along with data privacy concerns, suggest quality will be the foundation of InsurTech’s future. By focusing on high-quality data and strong security, insurers can gain deeper customer insights and significantly improve the customer experience.

                • InsurTech

                Embedded finance is transforming e-commerce for the better. It enables online businesses to offer payment processing, lending, insurance, and other…

                Embedded finance is transforming e-commerce for the better. It enables online businesses to offer payment processing, lending, insurance, and other financial services within their own platforms as a non-finance platform. The convenience and efficient shopping experience offered is changing the way people shop and how e-commerce businesses operate.

                The companies that implemented embedded finance have seen significant growth in conversion rates of up to 12 percent, the average order value of up to 30 percent, and as much as a 7 percent incremental revenue. Brain & Company’s 2022 report also projected the embedded finance market value to grow to $7 trillion by 2030, indicating an increasing demand for this service. 

                Embedded Finance benefits

                Embedded finance offers integrated payment solutions for e-commerce businesses. Customers can access financing options at the point of sale without switching to other platforms. This seamless experience makes it easier for buyers to complete their purchases, ensuring revenues for the businesses.

                This integration provides better access for financial products, especially digital banking. Commonly, digital bank accounts are easier to set up than their traditional counterparts. It allows non-banking populations can easily make their purchase in e-commerce platforms.

                Embedded finance opens new sales and revenue stream opportunities for e-commerce businesses. They provide sellers with working capital loans based on sales data, enabling them to earn additional revenue through interest and fees. The integration also increases customer retention as they are less likely to switch to competitors. This leverage offers long-term success in a competitive market.

                Personalisation is another embedded finance’s strong suit. E-commerce businesses can use the customer’s data from their platforms to offer financial products tailored to their needs, creating a better customer experience.

                Accenture found that 63 percent of consumers are more likely to buy a financial product from non-financial platforms that they trust. This report emphasises the importance of personalised embedded finance in generating more financial product sales.

                Case Study: Amazon

                One of the e-commerce platforms that successfully uses embedded finance is Amazon. In 2007, it launched Amazon Pay, allowing users to make purchases on external sites using their Amazon account details. This move not only expanded Amazon’s revenue opportunities but also strengthened customer loyalty.

                Over the years, Amazon has continued evolving its embedded finance offerings, including one-click payments, buy now pay later, and lending services. Their latest venture involves a cash advance program in partnership with fintech company Parafin, which provides select sellers easy access to capital without interest or collaterals.

                Case Study: Shopify

                Shopify also creates a good embedded finance ecosystem with its various financial products. The Canadian e-commerce platform launched Shopify Payments in 2013 to simplify payment. This was followed by Shopify Capital in 2016, a lending product now available in four countries. The latest addition is Shopify Balance, a financial product offering a bank account and a debit card for managing financial activities.

                Shopify earns most of its revenue from “merchant solutions” rather than just e-commerce software. This segment, which includes financial and fulfilment services, is growing much faster than its SaaS offerings — 29 percent compared to 8 percent as of Q4 2022, according to the company’s financial report.

                Future Outlook for Embedded Finance

                The future of embedded finance seems promising, with experts projecting an increase in demand and market share. As customers expect better integrated financial solutions, many companies will continue to adopt this system.

                Embedded finance will also continue evolving with new technological advancements like artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML). Both AI and ML are projected to play a significant role in increasing efficiency, security, and sales for embedded finance in the future.

                To maximise the benefits of embedded finance, financial institutions and e-commerce businesses should collaborate to anticipate possible hurdles. Regulatory and compliance challenges are one of the complex issues that may hamper its development.

                E-commerce platforms should also ensure their new sophisticated solutions are scalable. As new financial technology is adopted, the platforms should be capable of managing increasing transaction volumes without sacrificing performance or security.

                • Embedded Finance

                With the growing popularity of digital payments, cybercriminals have found a lucrative target. Cybersecurity data breaches rose sharply by 72%…

                With the growing popularity of digital payments, cybercriminals have found a lucrative target. Cybersecurity data breaches rose sharply by 72% in 2023 compared to the previous record-breaking year. This shows the need for financial technology companies to implement strong banking security.

                While digital payments offer benefits, businesses must protect themselves and their customers from cyber threats. Understanding the common cyber threats and implementing effective countermeasures are key to long-term success.

                The Importance of Cybersecurity for Digital Transactions

                With the increasing reliance on online platforms for financial activities, the risk of cyberattacks has grown exponentially. These attacks can lead to significant financial losses, damage to reputation, and erosion of customer trust. From identity theft to data breaches, the consequences of compromised security can be severe.

                To prevent such consequences, cybersecurity measures are required for every financial institution. By applying cybersecurity best practices such as encryption, strong authentication, and regular security audits, organisations can protect customer data, prevent fraud, and maintain operational resilience.

                Threat Landscape

                Cybercriminals employ various tactics to exploit vulnerabilities in digital systems. Phishing attacks, a common method, deceive users into divulging sensitive information through fraudulent emails or websites. Another prevalent threat is ransomware, where cybercriminals encrypt a victim’s data and demand payment for decryption.

                Additionally, unauthorised access to accounts through stolen credentials can lead to financial loss. These cyber threats highlight the need for a security framework to protect digital transactions against malicious activities.

                Best Practice 1: Encryption

                Cybercriminals can easily exploit vulnerable systems, leading to substantial financial losses and reputational damage. A data breach can cost millions of dollars to rectify, including expenses for recovery and ransom payments. A recent IBM report indicates that the average global cost of a data breach exceeds $4.45 million. 

                Encryption safeguards sensitive information by transforming it into an unreadable format, accessible only to authorised parties possessing the correct decryption key. This cryptographic process employs complex algorithms and keys to safeguard data integrity and confidentiality.

                Best Practice 2: Multi-Factor Authentication

                Cybercriminals can easily steal passwords and pins through brute-force attacks, systematically testing numerous combinations until successful. Multi-factor authentication (MFA) offers a robust defence against this threat.

                Requiring users to provide multiple forms of identification strengthens account security. This authentication combines different types of verification. This includes information only the user knows, like passwords, items the user possesses, such as security tokens, and unique physical traits, like fingerprints.

                By requiring multiple verification steps, banks and financial institutions create a formidable barrier against unauthorised access to sensitive information and funds. Additionally, multi-factor authentication enhances user account management by requiring unique authentication factors for each individual.

                Best Practice 3: Employee Training

                Organisations with regular cybersecurity training experience a 40% reduction in security incidents compared to those without, according to  This emphasis on employee education is justified as human error remains a primary target for cybercriminals.

                Hackers frequently exploit employee vulnerabilities through tactics like phishing, social engineering, and other deceptive methods. By training employees to recognize these threats, financial institutions can mitigate the risk of data breaches and financial losses.

                Such incidents can result in substantial financial losses and damage to an institution’s reputation. Consequently, comprehensive cybersecurity training is essential for all bank employees to mitigate these risks.

                Best Practice 4: Regular Security Audits

                A security audit is an evaluation of an organisation’s digital infrastructure, designed to identify vulnerabilities that could compromise digital transactions. This process involves examining security policies, testing safeguards, and ensuring compliance with industry regulations.

                Given the escalating complexity of cyber threats, financial institutions must prioritise regular security audits. Banks can uncover weaknesses before malicious actors exploit them by scrutinising systems and processes.

                Regular security audits empower organisations to proactively strengthen defences by implementing essential safeguards such as firewalls, antivirus software, and antimalware solutions. To ensure impartiality and objectivity, it is essential to engage an independent expert to conduct these assessments.

                Best Practice 5: Incident Response Planning

                As the frequency and sophistication of cyber threats continue to rise, the need for robust defences becomes increasingly critical. Safeguarding digital transactions requires a proactive approach, including a well-defined incident response plan.

                An incident response plan is a crucial component of any organisation’s cybersecurity strategy. This formal document outlines strategies for preventing, detecting, and responding to security breaches that could compromise financial data. By establishing clear protocols and assigning specific responsibilities, banks can minimise the impact of cyberattacks and protect both their reputation and customers’ assets.

                To be effective, an incident response plan must be established in advance and assigned to specific teams. By following established frameworks, such as those provided by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) and SANS, organisations can develop comprehensive plans. These resources offer detailed guidance on handling various types of security incidents to ensure a coordinated and efficient response.

                Conclusion

                Protecting digital transactions requires a multi-faceted approach. Implementing cybersecurity measures is essential for protecting sensitive financial data and maintaining customer trust.

                Encryption and multi-factor authentication are foundational elements of a strong security posture. Encryption safeguards data by rendering it unreadable to unauthorised individuals, while multi-factor authentication adds an extra layer of protection by requiring multiple forms of verification. These are just two examples of critical best practices financial institutions should adopt.

                Financial institutions must prioritise cybersecurity to maintain customer trust and protect their bottom line. By investing in advanced security measures and staying vigilant against emerging threats, organisations can effectively mitigate risks and ensure the integrity of digital transactions.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                The growing complexity of financial markets presents new challenges for asset and wealth managers. Therefore, to navigate this evolving environment,…

                The growing complexity of financial markets presents new challenges for asset and wealth managers. Therefore, to navigate this evolving environment, many are embracing artificial intelligence (AI) for assistance with investment decisions. AI acts as a powerful tool, improving efficiency and effectiveness across various aspects of asset management.

                From analysing market trends to building diversified portfolios, AI’s strength lies in processing massive amounts of data. Furthermore, it uncovers hidden patterns empowering managers to make data-driven investment choices across financial services.

                Introduction to AI in Asset Management

                Asset management involves managing investment portfolios for individuals, institutions, and businesses. This includes stocks, bonds, real estate, and other financial assets. The main goal is to grow value over time while minimising risk and meeting client goals.

                AI is transforming asset management with its data processing and analytics capabilities. Additionally, AI algorithms can quickly analyse massive amounts of financial data, market trends, and economic indicators. This helps uncover hidden patterns and connections that human analysts might miss. A data-driven approach empowers asset managers to make better investment decisions and develop more accurate market forecasts.

                Portfolio Management

                AI is transforming asset management by offering powerful tools for better decision-making. Moreover, machine learning (ML), AI analyses vast amounts of historical market data to identify patterns and predict future trends, providing valuable insights for building portfolios.

                Natural language processing (NLP) lets computers understand human language. NLP can unlock information from unstructured sources like news articles, social media, and analyst reports. The algorithms then analyse sentiment and extract key information that feeds into portfolio decisions.

                AI optimisation algorithms help construct optimal portfolios. These algorithms consider risk tolerance, return goals, and investment limitations. By using these tools, portfolio managers can create portfolios designed to maximise returns while minimising risk.

                Risk Management

                AI is changing how investment decisions are made. The AI algorithms can analyse massive amounts of historical market data and complex risk models.

                The analysis provides a deeper understanding of individual asset risk and the overall portfolio’s exposure. With this knowledge, investment managers can proactively identify potential risks and develop strategies to lessen them.

                AI offers real-time risk monitoring. An AI-powered system continuously tracks portfolio performance, alerting managers to any significant changes in risk. This allows for swift adjustments as market conditions evolve.

                Automated Trading

                Traditional automated trading tools execute trades based on pre-programmed instructions from human traders. These tools function within the parameters set by the user and can’t analyse markets on their own.

                AI offers truly independent systems with tools that can analyse markets using technical and fundamental analysis with minimal human input.

                AI uses sentiment analysis, ML, and complex algorithms to process vast amounts of information and identify trends. This data-driven approach removes the emotional bias that can affect human traders.

                Case Studies

                The asset management industry is seeing a rise in firms using AI to improve performance. A recent example is Deutsche Bank’s collaboration with NVIDIA. This multi-year project aims to integrate AI across their financial services. This includes virtual assistants for easier communication and AI-powered fraud detection. The bank expects faster risk assessments and improved portfolio optimisation.

                Morgan Stanley is also making strides in AI adoption. Partnering with OpenAI, their financial advisors now have access to a massive research library at high speed. Advisors can explore client portfolio strategies and find relevant information in seconds, leading to better-informed advice.

                Future Prospects

                A PwC report predicts artificial intelligence will significantly boost global GDP, contributing up to $15.7 trillion in 2030. This advancement could reshape asset management in the coming years, leading to entirely new business models and investment strategies.

                One future possibility involves fully automated investment platforms powered by AI. These platforms would manage investment portfolios with minimal human involvement and use real-time data analysis to create personalised investment plans.

                Moreover, AI could pave the way for more dynamic investment strategies that respond to market changes. By constantly analysing market conditions, AI can automatically adjust investment portfolios to optimise returns and minimise risks. This could lead to more resilient and adaptable investment systems that are better equipped to navigate various market environments.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Standard Chartered has joined a suite of other institutional investors in the Digital Transformation platform United Fintech United Fintech is…

                Standard Chartered has joined a suite of other institutional investors in the Digital Transformation platform United Fintech

                United Fintech is a London headquartered neutral Digital Transformation platform. It acquires and forms partnerships with fintech companies in the capital markets space. It is creating a fintech one-stop-shop to innovate with businesses. This is driven by collaboration with other cutting edge technology providers for the benefit of banks, hedge funds and asset managers.

                Digital Transformation

                The investment supports Standard Chartered’s ambitions to contribute to the advancement of digital transformation. Furthermore, these solutions work across capital markets, wholesale banking and wealth management, and the broader financial services arena.

                As part of the investment Standard Chartered has been granted Board observer rights and subject to fulfilment of certain pre-conditions, will be offered a rotational Board seat. Additionally, this will enable it to share existing expertise and contribute to decisions around the platform’s strategic direction.

                Stabdard Chartered

                “We have been impressed by the growth in United Fintech’s portfolio of innovative, engineering-led technology companies. Standard Chartered share their vision for how technology can transform and disrupt market structure and infrastructure,” said Geoff Kot, Global Head, CIB Business Platforms & Partnerships at Standard Chartered. “We look forward to partnering with them as we continue on our journey of digital transformation.”

                United Fintech

                “The investment underscores Standard Chartered’s commitment to accelerate digital transformation. Also, it highlights their forward-thinking approach to collaborative innovation,” said Christian Frahm, CEO and Founder of United Fintech. “We are an Asia-focused multinational bank with an expansive footprint in Asia, Africa, Middle East, Europe and Americas. We are thrilled to have them complete our circle of global investors, joining Citi and BNP Paribas. They initially invested in February 2024, as well as Danske Bank, who followed in May.”

                About United Fintech

                Founded in 2020, United Fintech is an industry-neutral Digital Transformation Platform. Here, global financial institutions and cutting-edge technology providers come together to unleash their full potential and enable the future of finance.

                “The financial services sector is a large part of any nation’s economy. Moreover, this sector to continue to thrive, we want to match the knowledge and expertise of our financial service providers with data-driven innovation to create an efficient symbiosis between customers, banks, and technology.”

                • Digital Payments

                From AI to multi-factor authentication, here are 7 cybersecurity solutions keeping financial institutions’ critical data secure.

                Data belonging to 20.4 million UK citizens was affected by cyberattacks made against financial institutions at the end of 2023. This represents a 143% increase from the 8.4 million individuals affected in the previous year. The demand for robust cybersecurity is ever-increasing in financial institutions.

                Financial Institutions encompass a wide range of businesses dealing with financial and monetary transactions, including banks, insurance companies, and brokerage firms. These institutions are pivotal for a functioning capitalist society, simplifying transactions, enabling individuals and entities to seek investment or lend money, and assisting in managing assets.

                The increasingly digitalised nature of the economy, including the rise of online-only financial institutions like challenger banks, has accelerated the development of financial technologies and their adoption in the market. As a result, Software as a Service (SaaS) for finance, such as digital banking, electronic payment, online investment, and other online-based services, makes financial services more accessible to the consumer. But, with the ease of access technologies provided, new challenges have also emerged, especially regarding cybersecurity.    

                Financial institutions are enticing targets for cybercriminals. Therefore, cybersecurity has become integral to banking security in protecting data from malicious attacks. 

                Here are seven top cybersecurity solutions to secure data from online threats.

                1. AI-Powered Threat Detection

                The ability for AI models to perform pattern recognition on large amounts of unstructured data is opening up an exciting new frontier in threat detection for cybersecurity teams. AI tools can potentially flag subtle differences, anomalies, and patterns that could point to a zero-day threat or the presence of a bad actor in the system. 

                Some industry experts believe that AI-powered threat detection will be pivotal in helping cybersecurity teams respond to rapidly evolving cyberattack strategies that are increasingly difficult to combat — somewhat ironically, this uptick in the frequency and sophistication of attacks is at least partially due to the availability of AI tools, which hackers are also putting to use. 

                AI’s adaptive learning and advanced recognition capabilities enable automated responses to threats and can predict future risks by analysing past patterns. This helps reduce false positives and saves security teams time on assessments.

                2. Multi-Factor Authentication

                Multi-factor authentication has quickly become the standard in security and identity protection as more and more people bank, shop, and administer their lives entirely online. Put simple, it’s a multistep account login in which more information besides username and password must be provided. 

                Typically referred to as “something you have, something you know”, multi-factor login procedures drastically reduce account hacking, allowing security teams to detect suspicious activity that occurs in the logging processes. 

                3. DDoS Mitigation

                Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) is a coordinated cyberattack that overwhelmingly sends a request to the server simultaneously, which makes the server slow down or even go offline. DDoS mitigation is important for banking service security to prevent the interruption of vital services. 

                Cynersecurity teams can perform DDoS mitigation by implementing a load balancer, restricting requests from certain places, and blocking communication from outdated or unused ports, protocols, and applications.

                4. Compliance

                Compliance is vital to both ensure the security of systems and organisations against cyber attack, but also to prevent legal penalties and repercussions if an organisation is found to be in breach of existing regulations. These regulations ensure that an organisation’s cybersecurity set up is in line with the security and data protection laws in the countries where it operates, with the end goal of mitigating risk to the consumer — or just people in general whose data is collected and kept by the company. 

                There can be serious legal and financial risks associated with non-compliance — tied to both finance and cybersecurity. For example, in 2021, Natwest was fined over £264 million by the FCA for its extended failure to identify and prevent money laundering. Since the FCA was established, there has not been a year when its total fines issued have been less than £1 million. In the UK, other financial and cybersecurity compliance regulations are DPA 2018, UK GDPR, NIS regulations, and the Computer Misuse Act 1990.

                5. Database Activity Monitoring

                Database Activity Monitoring refers to any set of tools that monitors and analyses database activity. The goal of this monitoring is to flag and report deceptive, illegal, or undesired behaviour taking place within a system. Ideally, these tools run and operate without any serious impact on user experience.

                Because most databases don’t monitor or flag suspicious activity by default, unless you have a tool that handles activity monitoring, making third party solutions a necessity in many cases. According to monitoring software solutions vendor Cyral, most systems also don’t collect enough data to enable “a full forensic investigation of historical breach events.” Also, databases that do often log and store this information inside the database itself. Any attacker that gains access to the database can then, supposedly, have write access to the full collection of tables (as is often the case), meaning they can easily delete any activity rows associated with their presence and theft of data.

                6. SQL Injection Prevention

                SQL injection is a code injection technique attackers use to steal, spoof, and manipulate data. An effective SQL injection attack can result in attackers gaining unapproved access to sensitive data like including credit card information, PINs, or other private information. In banking security, a failure to prevent SQL injection can result in attackers altering balances, voiding transactions, and even transferring money to their bank accounts. 

                Cyberattackers inject malicious SQL code into the backend of a target system when they discover defenceless user inputs in a web application or web page. The hackers can then use this opening to locate the IDs of other users within the database, impersonating these users — usually those with data privileges such as the database administrator — to run malicious code within the system. 

                7. Regular Risk Assessment and Training

                Perhaps most importantly, the best defence against the rising tide of cybercrime is a cybersecurity conscious culture. Financial institutions should conduct regular risk assessments manually to identify potential vulnerabilities and threats to their systems and networks. 

                They should regularly evaluate and revise systems and networks based on analytics and assessments to prioritise cybersecurity initiatives and protect vital assets. Security teams shouls also conduct periodic security awareness training, which can strengthen cyber-readiness among finance personnel. This is particularly important given the rise in generated AI-driven phishing campaigns and other technologically democratised forms of cyber crime.  

                Case Study – Cybercriminals in UK Businesses

                An investment article from IFA magazine reported 300,000 cybersecurity breaches in finance institutions across the UK in 2022 alone, making them the second-highest number of data breaches from all industries after the IT sector. Reports estimate losses in the region of £27 billion per year, with small businesses in the UK affected the most by cyberattacks, usually phishing. 

                The UK authority encourages its citizens to be more aware of the possibility of cyberattacks, especially phishing and fake charity emails, as online threats are growing exponentially. Ledi Sallilari from the SEO consulting firm Reboot also suggested that more complex passwords can help prevent account breaches. 

                The rapid expansion of internet usage brings new challenges for cybersecurity. Proper knowledge and awareness about cyber criminals should become mandatory for all Internet users to protect their online data.

                Financial institutions, responsible for managing customer funds, need to implement strong cybersecurity measures. With more secure backend systems, they can protect assets and maintain customer trust in an increasingly digital world.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                The financial technology sector is witnessing a surge in the adoption of blockchain technology, particularly for its transformative capabilities in customer verification.

                Traditional methods of identity authentication often face limitations in security and reliability, exposing user data to potential breaches. Blockchain, however, offers a compelling solution. This article explores how blockchain technology is changing the way industries approach customer verification.

                Blockchain and Identity Verification and Management

                Customer verification is critical in ensuring the security of accounts and transactions. Traditional identity management systems relied on trusted authorities to issue and manage credentials. This centralised nature makes them lack transparency and vulnerable to data breaches.

                Blockchain presents a transformative solution for this issue. This distributed ledger technology offers a secure and transparent way to store and manage data. Each piece of information is cryptographically linked within a chain of blocks. Each block in the chain contains a unique cryptographic hash, acting as a digital fingerprint. And, lastly, each block’s hash incorporates the hash of the preceding block. 

                This makes it virtually impossible to tamper with the data once recorded. Any attempt to alter information in a previous block would change its hash, triggering a cascade of changes throughout the chain and exposing the tampering. This inherent security significantly reduces the risk of identity theft and fraud compared to traditional methods.

                Another core strength of blockchain technology lies in its inherent transparency. Blockchain technology permanently records every transaction and instance of data entry on a shared ledger, accessible to all participants in the network. This fosters trust by promoting accountability and facilitating immediate verification for activities like dispute resolution.

                How Blockchain Improves Efficiency

                Customer onboarding for financial institutions hinges on verifying a customer’s identity. Traditionally, this involves multiple document submissions across various institutions. Blockchain technology streamlines this process.

                One approach involves storing encrypted personal information (PII) like passports or driver’s licences on the blockchain. Customers would then grant permission to specific institutions to verify their identity. This eliminates the need to repeatedly submit documents for each new financial relationship. 

                It also creates a more reliable data source for institutions since everyone would be referencing the same information. Additionally, customer control over access simplifies compliance with privacy regulations.

                Case Studies

                One example of how financial institutions are leveraging blockchain technology for customer verification is Tradle, a Know-Your-Customer (KYC) platform built on blockchain. This platform utilises bots to scan relevant customer information, such as financial data and employment history, providing banks with verifiable background checks to streamline loan approvals. 

                The gathered information is then secured on the blockchain for both internal bank transfers and external data sharing, ensuring its immutability and trustworthiness. This approach offers financial institutions a secure and efficient way to conduct KYC checks, potentially reducing processing times and fraud risks.

                Future Outlook

                The future of digital identity management appears to be closely linked with the potential of blockchain technology. A report by Market Research Future predicts a surging market, reaching a valuation of $17.81 billion by 2030, driven by government initiatives that promote blockchain development worldwide.

                Blockchain’s core strengths—security and transparency—offer a compelling alternative to traditional identity management systems. Ongoing advancements in blockchain technology and a growing focus on digital identity security point towards a promising future.

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Data analysis is critical for predicting risks and returns. The ever-growing size of data has overwhelmed human capacity. This is where artificial intelligence (AI) comes in.

                AI is transforming the financial sector by automating routine tasks and efficiently analysing large and complex data sets. It can analyse vast amounts of data with unprecedented speed. The instant but comprehensive insights that this capability provides lead to significantly improved accuracy.

                Introduction to AI in Financial Forecasting

                Financial forecasting can be challenging for smaller businesses. They often rely on assumptions and human judgement. This can result in inaccuracy, especially when unexpected events occur.

                AI can analyse massive amounts of data to find hidden patterns that drive revenue. It automates routine tasks and enables a more detailed analysis than humans can achieve on their own.

                Predictive Analytics

                By automating data processing and interpretation, AI empowers financial teams to make informed decisions based on a strong analytical foundation. It goes beyond basic analysis by employing advanced algorithms and machine learning (ML) to extract valuable insights from data.

                This not only improves the accuracy of forecasts but also unlocks a deeper understanding of market complexities that were previously out of reach.

                Risk Assessment

                AI algorithms use advanced data processing to spot patterns, unusual activities, and connections that traditional methods might miss. 

                By training ML models on past data, AI can learn to identify patterns associated with fraud. These models then analyse new transactions, compare features, and flag potential problems in real-time.

                Real-time Data Analysis

                Slow reporting and analysis have hindered companies’ ability to adapt. AI-powered systems overcome these issues by enabling real-time analysis and decision-making.

                AI’s ability to process massive amounts of real-time market data helps financial experts identify opportunities and adapt to market shifts quickly. This translates to increased resilience and competitiveness for businesses.

                Case Studies

                Financial institutions are increasingly using AI to improve their forecasting and data analysis for managing operational risk. This trend is likely to continue as IndustryARC expects the AI market to reach US$400.9 billion by 2027, growing at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 37.2% during the forecast period of 2022–2027.

                Deutsche Bank‘s collaboration with NVIDIA on “Financial Transformers” shows the potential of AI for early risk detection. These models can identify warning signs in financial transactions and speed up data retrieval, helping banks address potential problems quickly and ensure data quality.

                AI also plays a key role in anti-money laundering (AML) efforts. By analysing transaction patterns, customer behaviour, and risk indicators, AI can identify suspicious activities for investigation. This not only improves detection rates but also streamlines the process. Google Cloud’s AML AI is a prime example; it helped HSBC find many more real risks while significantly reducing false positives, saving them time and resources.

                Future Prospects

                AI in finance is expected to significantly reshape financial forecasting. Analysts and executives will see widespread AI adoption for tasks like data analysis, pattern recognition, and automation. This trend is driven by the projected growth of global AI in the finance market. A report by Research and Markets predicts it will reach $26.67 billion by 2026, growing at a rate of 23.1% each year. 

                For investment firms, AI can make highly accurate forecasts and execute complex trading strategies, optimising investment decisions and returns. Banks will also benefit from AI’s capabilities. AI-powered data analysis can give banks a deeper understanding of their customers, enabling personalised financial services. Chatbots and robo-advisors used for customer service and financial planning will continue to evolve, becoming more advanced and even more human-like in their interactions.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Cost-effectiveness and digital-first strategies are positioning neobanks as genuine challengers to established financial institutions.

                The financial services industry is experiencing a seismic organisational shift. Increasingly, growth is moving away from traditional brick and mortar banking and towards digital-first banking experiences. Neobanks, financial institutions that operate entirely online and forego physical branches, are at the forefront of this shift.

                Catering to a tech-savvy generation, these institutions prioritise convenience and user-friendliness. They focus on providing innovative features, often powered by the latest technological advancements. 

                How Neobanks work

                Neobanks are financial technology companies that provide banking services entirely through mobile apps and websites. 

                They prioritise a user-friendly experience with features like real-time transaction alerts, budgeting and investment tools, and faster account opening.  Neobanks may also offer access to a wider range of trading markets, including cryptocurrencies and stock exchanges.

                Their cost-effective model is a key driver of their growth. Consumers benefit from lower or nonexistent monthly fees on core banking services and potentially faster loan approvals with lower interest rates, all managed through user-friendly mobile apps. These factors are fueling the significant growth of neobanks within the financial market.

                Current State of Neobanks

                Over the past decade, neobanks have carved a significant niche in the financial services industry. Their growth shows no signs of slowing down.

                Statista predicts a user base of 376.9 million globally by 2027. This represents a remarkable twenty-fold increase from the 18.95 million users reported in 2017. While the full impact on traditional banking remains to be seen, these trends highlight a shift in the financial services sector.

                Successful neobanks typically offer low or no fees on essential banking services like account maintenance, deposits, and withdrawals. They often stand out with faster loan approvals and funding compared to traditional banks, along with competitive interest rates. Additionally, these digital banking features are conveniently accessible through user-friendly mobile apps.

                The outlook for neobanking is promising, driven largely by its core strengths – a fully digital experience and streamlined services. Neobanks empower customers to manage their finances entirely online and eliminate the need for physical branches. 

                While traditional banks have embraced digitalisation to an extent, neobanks offer a more comprehensive online-only solution that attracts a growing customer base.

                Several factors are fueling this growth. The massive adoption of smartphones has created a mobile-first generation comfortable with managing finances through apps. Moreover, collaborations between traditional banks and fintech companies are blurring the lines between the two sectors, potentially leading to a more dynamic and competitive banking environment.

                Opportunities for Growth

                Neobanks are poised to disrupt the financial services industry with their innovative technology and focus on customer-centricity.  These new financial institutions offer an attractive alternative to traditional banks. However, success in this competitive environment requires a smart strategy.

                For neobanks to gain traction, it’s important for them to maintain strong customer acquisition and retention plans. Offering appealing account opening incentives and rewarding loyalty programs can encourage customers to switch or make neobanks their main financial partner.

                Ultimately, neobanks that prioritise security, transparency, and excellent customer service while providing innovative digital banking features are best positioned for long-term success in the neobanking industry.

                Challenges Ahead

                Despite their emergence, neobanks face several challenges that could hinder their future growth. Cybersecurity remains a top concern, as the financial sector is a prime target for cyberattacks due to the sensitive information it handles. Data breaches can have severe consequences for both neobanks and their customers.

                Building brand recognition is also a hurdle for new neobanks. Many consumers are unfamiliar with these digital banking options, therefore it’s hard for new players to establish themselves in a crowded market.

                Additionally, relying too heavily on third-party partnerships can introduce risks. Conflicts of interest and less control over the customer experience can arise. This lack of control further hinders brand recognition efforts. 

                Conclusion

                Neobanks are no longer a futuristic concept, but a defining feature of the present financial landscape. This is evident in two key trends. First, mobile apps are becoming increasingly sophisticated. Second, traditional banks are witnessing a global decline in branch networks as they shift focus to online services.

                Looking forward, the future of neobanks appears promising. Grand View Research predicts a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 47.7 percent for the neobanking industry between 2021 and 2028. 

                However, a key obstacle to wider adoption lies in the varying levels of technological comfort among different age groups. While younger demographics readily embrace mobile applications, older generations may require more time to adapt.

                • Neobanking

                A closer look at how artificial intelligence, machine learning, blockchain, IoT, and more technologies are transforming the InsurTech space.

                Customer expectations are changing fast. Great digital experiences set the standard, no matter the industry. This means insurance companies are no longer competing only with each other, but with every positive digital experience customers encounter daily.

                Many companies are actively exploring new technologies and partnering with InsurTech firms to develop innovative tools. Others strategically shift resources to move successful pilot projects from idea to implementation. Regardless of their approach, many insurers are seeking ways to accelerate their digital transformation plans.

                Technology is changing how the InsurTech space serves its customers

                Technologies like artificial intelligence (AI), the Internet of Things (IoT), and cloud computing revolutionise insurance. Outdated systems are being replaced with modern solutions, which offer greater efficiency, security, and data-driven insights. 

                This digital transformation enables a new generation of insurance services. For example, automated claims processing uses AI to speed up workflows and payouts. Additionally, AI helps detect fraud to protect both insurers and policyholders. 

                Insurance technology is also improving the customer experience. From personalised plans to user-friendly interfaces, digitalisation is making insurance more accessible and convenient.

                AI and Machine Learning

                People want more personalised experiences with insurance products and services. InsurTech advances, powered by AI and machine learning (ML), can help insurers meet this demand.

                ML algorithms analyse massive amounts of customer data, including behaviour and habits. This allows insurers to tailor insurance products and services to individual needs and create unique customer journeys.

                Beyond personalisation, AI has the potential to streamline core insurance processes. AI can speed up claim processing and streamline underwriting. Faster data access and reduced human error lead to more accurate and efficient reporting.

                A report by McKinsey suggests that AI could significantly change the insurance industry. It could shift the focus from reacting to problems to preventing them. This proactive approach would benefit everyone involved—brokers, consumers, and insurers.

                Blockchain Technology

                Blockchain technology offers a powerful solution for data security. It stores vital insurance information, such as claims and payments, in secure blocks on a shared ledger. Any attempt to alter this data would change the entire chain and make tampering easily detectable.

                A study by Boston Consulting Group shows 60 percent of insurance companies are actively investing in blockchain. Additionally, 80 percent of C-suite executives in these companies believe blockchain has the potential to significantly improve efficiency.

                IoT and Telematics

                Many consumers are now willing to share personal data for lower insurance costs. This willingness unlocks the potential of the IoT in the insurance industry. 

                IoT automates data collection from various sources, like smart home devices, car sensors, and wearables. This data becomes a key source of real-world information for insurance technology. By analysing it, insurers can improve risk assessment accuracy and refine pricing based on individual behaviour.

                Telematics devices take personalised insurance a step further, particularly in car insurance. These devices, equipped with GPS and motion sensors, track driving habits in real time. They collect data on speed, location, time of day, and other factors linked to accident claims. This comprehensive data allows insurers to create even more tailored insurance policies.

                Case Studies

                Several insurance companies are already using InsurTech advances to streamline processes and improve risk assessment.

                For example, FRISS uses AI software to quickly detect suspicious claims. Their system analyses data to find possible fraud networks and hidden patterns. With this, FRISS cuts claims handling time by 66 percent and saves insurers money.

                Chubb Insurance is another example that shows the value of combining IoT devices with data analysis tools. By constantly monitoring environmental factors with sensors, Chubb can predict potential property damage. This proactive approach lets them offer personalised premiums based on risk profiles, ultimately helping policyholders avoid expensive incidents.

                Future Prospects

                Grand View Research projects the global InsurTech market size to expand at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 52.7 percent from 2023 to 2030. This rapid transformation will be driven by advancements in various technologies, each presenting both opportunities and challenges.

                As more insurance processes become digitalised, concerns around cybersecurity naturally rise. A Future Processing survey underscores this concern, revealing that 81 percent of respondents believe insurers need stronger cybersecurity policies.

                The quality of data and security practices will be the cornerstones of successful InsurTech implementation. AI relies heavily on data, while strong security protects sensitive customer information. By prioritising these aspects, insurers can unlock deeper customer understanding and improve the customer experience.

                • InsurTech

                Drawn by increased flexibility and convenience, retailers are embracing embedded finance solutions in the hope of opening up new revenue streams.

                Embedded finance is gaining significant traction among retailers. The term refers to the integration of financial services into non-financial applications and platforms. For example, an app that offers cashback on large purchases, or pay later features with zero interest. This new crop of digital tools is enabling retailers to strengthen customer relationships. 

                Retailers can create a more convenient shopping experience by providing features like flexible payment options and personalised financial advice directly within their platforms. This approach not only builds customer loyalty but also opens doors to new revenue streams from integrated financial services. 

                Enhancing Customer Shopping Experience

                Embedded finance can keep customers engaged in the retail environment and enhance the customer shopping experience. By embedding payment options directly into their platforms, retailers can offer a faster and more convenient payment process. Customers do not need to leave the retail environment to complete a transaction.

                One of the most significant benefits of embedded finance is the ability to offer point-of-sale financing. Customers can apply for funding at the time of purchase, rather than having to apply for credit separately. 

                Referred to as BNPL (buy now and pay later), this feature makes purchasing decisions easier and more flexible. This flexibility is driving customer loyalty. A study by Vodeno found that 40% of respondents would only choose brands offering BNPL and similar financial technology features like cashback. This number jumps to 50% for young adults.

                Increasing Sales

                Research by Natwest and BCG shows promising results for businesses that adopt embedded finance. Retailers saw conversion rates jump by 12%, average order value increase by 30%, and revenue rise by 7%.

                Embedded finance can be a strategic tool for maximising revenue. Instead of just processing transactions, retailers can offer additional financial services for a fee. For example, a procurement platform could charge for automated reconciliation. This will save businesses time and generate new income.

                Successful Implementation and Future Innovations

                Several retail companies have successfully implemented embedded finance. These include Amazon with its Amazon Pay. The feature allows customers to use their payment information stored on various platforms. Another example is Walmart‘s mobile app. This platform provides customers with a variety of financial services, from paying for their groceries to managing their Walmart MoneyCard.

                John Lewis has also integrated its financial services, offering customers credit cards, insurance, and personal loans directly through their retail platform. There’s also Tesco Bank, which provides a range of financial products, including savings accounts, loans, credit cards, and insurance products.

                According to KBV research, the global embedded finance market is expected to reach $384.8 billion by 2029, reflecting a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 30%. Parallel to the growth, retailers will continue to innovate, offering more integrated financial services. These can include more sophisticated loyalty programmes, personalised financial advice, new payment options, and enhanced data analytics to better understand and serve customers.

                Retailers must embrace these innovations to remain competitive and meet the ever-increasing expectations of modern shoppers. By integrating financial services into non-financial products or services, retailers not only create added value for customers but also increase customer loyalty. In addition, embedded finance also presents opportunities for retailers to increase profits.

                • Embedded Finance

                Digital payments enable access to financial services by underserved members of society at a time when the digital divide is widening.

                The United Nations emphasises financial inclusion as a driver for economic development, including it as component eight of the Sustainable Development Goals for 2030. The World Bank defines financial inclusion as crucial economic development and social progress that ensures equal access to financial products and services. 

                In recent years, accessibility to financial services has improved rapidly as financial technology has advanced. The 2022 World Bank report revealed that 71 percent of people in developing countries had access to a bank account in 2021, a 42 percent jump from a decade earlier. 

                The key driver of this development in financial inclusion is the growth of digital payments, which surged during the COVID-19 pandemic, according to the CFA Institute

                Role of digital payments 

                Digital payment technologies, such as digital wallets, online mobile banking apps, and contactless transactions, contribute to the growth of financial inclusion. Compared to traditional methods, digital payments offer multiple benefits.

                Reduced costs are one reason digital payments have become a significant cause of economic growth. They allow lower barriers to entry for underserved people. 

                With more people having digital financial accounts, the underprivileged can receive wages, government benefits, or remittances more easily. 

                Digital transactions provide a safer alternative to physical cash transactions. The digital records for each transaction help people manage their finances and increase transparency in businesses. They also help mitigate the risks of theft or fraudulent activities. 

                Accessibility

                Digital payment solutions significantly improve accessibility to financial services. They eliminate geographical barriers for people living in remote areas as long as there is internet access. 

                Online platforms make it easier for people to conduct transactions, pay bills, and access credit and insurance services from anywhere. They also allow instant payments that happen in seconds without the need for third parties. 

                The accessibility of digital payments extends to people with disabilities. Mobile banking apps often include features such as voice commands, screen readers, and accessible interfaces that cater to them. 

                Case Studies

                Many digital payment initiatives have successfully promoted financial inclusion in marginalised communities. 

                One of them is India’s Jan Dhan-Asdhar-Mobile (JAM) Trinity initiative, which was launched in 2014. The Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana programme aims to provide universal access to banking facilities with at least one basic banking account for every household. This programme promotes financial inclusion in rural areas by offering zero-balance accounts with debit cards.  

                Meanwhile, the Aadhar programme introduces a biometric digital identity for Indian residents, simplifying access to financial services. Lastly, the Mobile Network programme focuses on growing mobile network infrastructure to facilitate digital payments. 

                Challenges and Solutions 

                Still, the challenges of achieving financial inclusion through digital payments persist. In 2022, 1.4 billion adults remained unbanked. Meanwhile, increased accessibility also comes with the consequence of more people becoming prone to potentially unscrupulous lending practices, especially since the underprivileged often lack sufficient financial knowledge to avoid such schemes. 

                Thus, financial education is crucial so that more people can effectively protect their wealth. The government should initiate financial literacy programmes for the people. The programmes could also be conducted through online platforms to reach more communities. 

                In addition, increasing security technology is also important to overcome the risk of fraudulent activities. AI technology might solve this problem, as it can efficiently detect suspicious patterns and mitigate fraud schemes. 

                Future Outlook

                Digital payments’ future role in driving financial inclusion will become more prominent as mobile and internet penetration increases. Governments should prioritise investment in telecommunications and internet infrastructure to reach their optimal potential. 

                AI-powered solutions are expected to continue to develop and offer many ways to accelerate digital finance adoption. With the advancement of technology, security and customer experience will also improve. 

                • Digital Payments

                AI, real-time monitoring, and machine learning are helping fintech firms stay ahead of growing cyber threats.

                The financial sector faces a growing threat—cybercrime.

                Cybersecurity Ventures predicts a significant rise in cybercrime costs, with the total impact of hacks, breaches, and data theft potentially reaching as high as $10.5 trillion a year by 2025. As attacks become more common and more severe, mitigating these risks and preventing fraud is paramount for financial institutions and financial technology companies alike.

                Luckily, ongoing advancements in technology offer fintech organisations a powerful arsenal of weapons to combat cybercrimes. Adaptive fraud prevention systems use artificial intelligence (AI) to detect and prevent fraudulent activity in real-time. These intelligent systems continuously learn from new data, allowing them to identify evolving patterns and improve cybersecurity.

                Introduction to cyber fraud protection

                Cybersecurity is crucial in the financial services industry, where sensitive financial data and transactions are a prime target for cybercriminals. Moreover, cyber attacks can inflict significant financial losses, not just through direct theft but also via hefty regulatory fines, legal costs, and reputational damage.

                Financial institutions have a responsibility to safeguard customer trust by implementing robust cyber fraud protection measures. This includes advanced technologies like network security, intrusion detection systems, and malware protection.

                By securing financial transactions and customer data, these measures not only deter cyberattacks but also mitigate their impact, fostering customer confidence in the bank’s security posture.

                Common types of Cyber fraud

                The financial sector occupies a bull’s-eye for cybercriminals, ranking second only to healthcare in global cybercrime costs according to the IBM Cost of a Data Breach Report 2023. Financial institutions face an average loss of $5.9 million per cyber incident, highlighting the critical need for robust cyber fraud protection measures.

                These attacks come in various forms. One of the most common isphishing scams. These are attempts to trick people into surrendering sensitive information. Meanwhile, ransomware attacks aim to disrupt operations or extort money by encrypting critical data. Distributed Denial-of-Service (DDoS) attacks overwhelm systems with traffic, making essential services unavailable to legitimate customers.

                Advanced cybersecurity technologies

                The fight against cyber fraud necessitates sophisticated tools, and advanced technologies like AI and machine learning (ML) are playing an increasingly crucial role.

                AI fraud detection uses ML algorithms to identify fraudulent activities within vast datasets. These algorithms are trained to recognise patterns and anomalies that deviate from typical user behaviour and transaction patterns. Once the patterns are identified, attackers can be purged from the system before they have a chance to steal anything of value. Cybersecurity systems powered by ML can drastically reduce the amount of time bad actors spend inside a system.

                ML algorithms excel at identifying patterns and trends that might signal potential fraud. Also, by analysing big data, these algorithms can adapt quickly to evolving fraud tactics.

                They can detect and alert security teams within seconds of suspicious behaviour, such as unusual purchases or login attempts from unfamiliar locations. Thanks to continuous data analysis, businesses can gain an immediate advantage, allowing them to swiftly identify and respond to suspicious activity, ultimately minimising potential losses.

                Case studies

                The financial sector is actively exploring the potential of AI to combat cyber fraud. Mastercard’s Decision Intelligence technology exemplifies this trend. By analysing historical spending habits, this AI solution creates a personalised baseline for each cardholder’s behaviour.

                This approach is a significant improvement over traditional, one-size-fits-all methods, which often lead to false declines. AI’s contextual analysis of transactions allows it to bypass common triggers for false positives, ultimately enhancing fraud detection accuracy.

                Future prospects

                The future of cyber fraud protection hinges on the continued evolution of technology. One promising area lies in adaptive technologies, such as behavioural biometrics. Additionally, these systems move beyond static passwords or fingerprints, creating a unique user profile based on a person’s interaction patterns.

                These patterns are ‘behavioural fingerprints’ that include typing style, mouse movements, and even how an individual holds their phone. Over time, the system learns user habits, building a digital identity that can detect deviations indicative of unauthorised access.

                This approach is particularly effective because it’s nearly impossible for hackers to replicate one’s unique behavioural traits, even if they steal the password. This adds a crucial layer of security that traditional methods cannot provide.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                Customer service significantly influences the overall customer experience and brand reputation. Artificial intelligence (AI) has taken customer service to new…

                Customer service significantly influences the overall customer experience and brand reputation. Artificial intelligence (AI) has taken customer service to new heights, including in the insurance industry.

                Financial technology development has offered a better customer experience with enhanced accessibility and convenience. Mobile banks and digital wallets make it possible to contact the customer service team through online platforms. With the help of AI, FinTech companies escalate their services by offering more personalised, prompt, and efficient service.

                AI Chatbots and Virtual Assistants

                Conversational AI, which focuses on creating human-like interactions like chatbots and virtual assistants, improves customer service efficiency.

                Chatbots are automated programmes that promptly address customer service queries. They can assist customers with inquiries and provide support for product information, account balances, or transaction details. AI-powered chatbots can give an immediate response and handle multiple customers at the same time.

                Meanwhile, virtual assistants are voice-activated apps that can comprehend and carry out tasks based on users’ commands. These assistants offer personalised support by understanding the customers’ needs. For instance, they can deliver investment guidance tailored to customers’ risk tolerance and financial objectives.

                These AI solutions can also assist human assistants by handling routine tasks, allowing them to focus on more complex work. Thus, the employment of AI assistants can reduce operational costs and effectively allocate resources to more important tasks.

                Personalised interactions with AI

                This approach can provide more personalised interactions by using algorithms and predictive tools to understand and respond to each customer’s preferences. AI algorithms can analyse large datasets of customers’ past interactions, browsing behaviour, and demographic information.

                Meanwhile, predictive analytics tools can be used to anticipate customer needs and offer relevant financial products or services. These recommendations are constantly updated based on real-time client interactions and feedback.

                24/7 Support

                AI-powered customer service has the benefit of around-the-clock availability. It can operate continuously without being bound by office working hours like human-based customer service. Faster response times and enhanced availability help FinTech companies improve overall customer satisfaction.

                Case Studies

                Paypal, a digital wallet company, is one of the FinTech companies that has successfully used AI to improve its customer service. After implementing chatbots, PayPal experienced a 20 percent decrease in customer support costs and a 25 percent increase in user engagement. These chatbots can handle routine inquiries, resolve issues, and make personalised product recommendations.

                Another example is Citi, a US retail bank that developed an AI-powered Customer Analytic Record (CAR). This programme can consolidate customer data, including financial records, used products, and interactions across online banking. The data is linked to automated decision-making AI software for analysis. The system can then recommend personalised offers to customers via text and mobile banking.

                Future prospects

                According to David Griffiths, Citigroup’s chief technology officer, AI has the potential to revolutionise the banking industry and improve profitability. With the continuous development of AI technology, the fintech industry can further improve its customer service.

                Ronit Ghose, another executive at Citigroup, predicts that in the future, every client will have an AI-powered device in their pocket. This innovation will improve their financial lives with enhanced AI in customer service.

                However, there are still concerns about AI’s scalability limitations in handling vast amounts of tasks. In addition, AI’s access to customers’ data makes security an important area to ensure its credibility. FinTech companies should ensure digital compliance to earn customers’ trust.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Blockchain technology has elevated transparency and accountability in the finance industry. By ensuring the integrity and security of financial data,…

                Blockchain technology has elevated transparency and accountability in the finance industry. By ensuring the integrity and security of financial data, blockchain transforms how financial reporting is done, helps prevent fraud, and secures transactions.

                Integrating blockchain into financial systems promotes trust among stakeholders, from investors to regulators. This potential stems from blockchain’s transparency, immutability, and security.

                The technology offers investors clarity and security. It provides a transparent view of transaction histories and asset ownership, which reduces the risk of fraud and increases investor confidence.

                For regulators, blockchain serves as a tool to improve monitoring and enforcement of compliance with regulations. Moreover, the immutable nature of blockchain records ensures accurate and permanent logging of financial transactions. Additionally, aiding in audit trails and regulatory oversight, particularly in areas like anti-money laundering and know your customer (KYC) rules.

                Securing transactions with immutable ledgers

                Blockchain’s immutable ledger ensures that once data is recorded, it cannot be easily altered or tampered with. Each piece of information, like transaction details, is stored in blocks and protected by unique hash values.

                Hash values are alphanumeric strings generated for each block, linking it securely to the previous block. This chaining ensures that any attempt to change data in one block would invalidate the entire chain. Therefore, making tampering detectable and preventing unauthorised alterations.

                The security of blockchain is reinforced by its decentralised nature. Copies of the blockchain are stored across multiple computers in a network, and consensus among these nodes ensures the integrity and originality of the data.

                This robust system not only enhances security but also supports applications like smart contracts. These automate and enforce agreements based on set conditions.

                Blockchain for real-time auditing

                Blockchain technology enables real-time auditing, thanks to its decentralised and transparent nature. This ensures auditors can verify the authenticity and integrity of financial data without relying on centralised authorities or intermediaries.

                This capability not only improves audit efficiency but also strengthens trust and confidence in financial reporting. Furthermore, auditors can track transactions from their inception through to completion in real-time, reducing the risk of errors. By eliminating the need for manual reconciliation and audit trails, blockchain reduces the time and resources traditionally required for auditing processes.

                Meeting regulatory demands with blockchain

                The technology helps businesses meet complex regulatory requirements more effectively. As data entries are permanent and secure once recorded, blockchain ensures information cannot be altered or deleted. It provides a reliable way to consolidate and verify data needed for regulatory reporting.

                For regulators, blockchain simplifies oversight by offering a shared platform where transaction details are transparent and accessible in real-time. Moreover, this decentralised approach eliminates the need for extensive manual checks and balances, making it easier to monitor and enforce compliance across various stakeholders.

                The ability to streamline regulatory reporting is particularly evident in industries like reinsurance. Here, blockchain facilitates faster and more accurate reporting among insured parties, insurers, brokers, and regulators.

                Case Studies

                Several financial institutions have demonstrated improved transparency through their adoption of blockchain technology. For example, J.P. Morgan offers a prominent use case, which launched its Quorum blockchain platform in 2016.

                Quorum, based on Ethereum, has been used for various applications like debt issuance and financial transaction settlements. Moreover, this platform enhances transparency by providing a secure and decentralised way to record and verify transactions, reducing the risk of errors and fraud in financial operations.

                Similarly, the African Development Bank Group (AfDB) partnered with BanQu to develop the Supply Chain Finance Blockchain. Additionally, this platform aims to streamline supply chain finance for SMEs in Africa, making transactions more transparent and efficient. Also, by leveraging this tech, AfDB improves visibility across the supply chain, ensuring funds are allocated and tracked accurately, thereby enhancing transparency in financial operations.

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                FinTech Strategy met with Merusha Naidu, Global Head of Partnerships at Paymentology, to discover more about the global issue processor.

                Banks, digital banks and fintechs, around the world, trust Paymentology to issue and process all forms of cards and transactions, at scale. Paymentology offers a cloud-based platform, rich data, a global footprint and proven track record powering industry leaders and game-changers.

                A global issuer processor with on the ground teams in 50+ countries across 14 time zones, Paymentology’s founders saw that the payments industry was stagnant and limited, in both capability and ambition.

                In March 2021, Tutuka and Paymentology merged, resulting in a ‘payments and card processing powerhouse’. The merger combined the ultra-advanced, multi-cloud platform of Paymentology with the global reach and experience of Tutuka to revolutionise cloud-based processing globally. 

                Tutuka was traditionally a financial services company, that provided payment processing technologies, software and services, and application programming interfaces (APIs) for e-commerce and digital transacting across countries in Africa, Latin America, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East, while Paymentology processed for legacy banks in Europe and the UK. The merger enabled banks and fintechs to integrate into a single API, go live and issue cards almost anywhere in the world.

                At Money20/20 Europe, FinTech Strategy spoke with Global Head of Partnerships, Merusha Naidu, to find out more…

                Tell us about the genesis of Paymentology?

                “Paymentology is a global neo processor. We work with banks and fintechs to help them issue their own cards, whether prepaid, debit or credit, virtual or physical. The beauty of the platform is that it’s fully cloud native. So, we’re scalable. We’re focused on speed to market so when you are working with a fintech, or a digital bank, it’s all about two things. How do you innovate? And then how do you go live quickly? Those are two areas of the business that we really focus on. Not only is our tech state of the art, with everything built in the cloud, all of our infrastructure is also in the cloud, including things like our connection to schemes.

                We were the very first issuer processor to connect to Visa Cloud Connect, via cloud endpoints in Europe. Being first in embracing modern practices, we ensure our processes are next-generation, thanks to our fully cloud-native and digital infrastructure.

                What makes us different? We operate across UK, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and Asia Pacific; we are truly global, operating across all five regions. One of the things that makes that possible is our tech. A customer can integrate with us once and then launch across five regions if they wanted to, or multi-market rollouts. We offer a huge ability to scale using integration. Our customers are able to replicate that digital first experience across every single jurisdiction. So, whether it’s Kenya and Dubai and then Saudi Arabia and Portugal, they can have the same experience across the world.”

                Tell us about your role at Paymentology?

                “I’ve been with Paymentology for 14 years. Prior to taking up my current role as Global Head of Partnerships, I was the Regional Head of Asia Pacific. So, when you look at partnerships, I was asked a question recently at a talk: ‘What would my message be to issuers across the industry?’ My message is that you can’t do it alone. If you want to create truly scalable, innovative solutions, you’ve got to work with partners and collaborate with the best in class. We know we are best in class when it comes to issuer processing, but we also create ecosystem partners that close the gap when it comes to creating really valuable payment ecosystems.

                Whether it’s top core banking providers, leading cloud services, or premier card manufacturers, these are the partners we collaborate with. This allows us to confidently assure our customers that we work with the best, to deliver the best, across the entire value chain.”

                Tell us about some of the successful partnerships Paymentology has been involved in…

                “We were the first company to deliver flip card technology for our client Mox. Paymentology embedded its global processing capability into the platform, to enable Mox to launch its ground-breaking feature to ‘flip’ between debit and credit spending on the all-in-one Mox card. This allows you to have one physical card, one virtual card number, but in the background, we link it to two different accounts.

                It gives the customer real flexibility around how they can spend, because if it’s everyday purchases, they can use their debit account or their prepaid account. If they have larger purchases, they can switch in the app and use their credit facility. So, it really gives customers flexibility and choice – two things at the heart of what we do.

                “Cross-border payments for us is key. Meanwhile, everyone talks about being digital first. For us, tokenisation has helped and we have a superior partner, MeaWallet, to help us deliver this. Elsewhere, crypto has been seen as a sore point but it’s coming back and people again want that flexibility. So, having a way for customers to spend their crypto, converting crypto to free apps and making sure that data is at the heart of all that. It’s about learning about our customers, understanding what our customers want and using our data to make informed decisions, or giving our customers data so that they can make the decisions.”

                And what’s next for Paymentology? What future launches and initiatives are you particularly excited about?

                “We’re excited about being able to deliver flexibility, control, agility. Because the Paymentology platform is so agile, in the future you will be able to plug in even more different components into the offering. So, a customer can add in rewards and loyalty points. For example, airlines have a platinum MasterCard product, so it opens them up to all of the MasterCard loyalty rewards, airport lounges, all of those benefits. It’s all about being innovative and keeping up with that innovation and growing with customers.”

                Why Money20/20? What is it about this particular event that makes it the perfect place to showcase what you do? How has the response been to Paymentology?

                “Paymentology is headquartered in the UK so it’s important for us to make sure we’re representing business across Europe. This is the centre of the world for banking innovation. People look to this event to really learn about what’s happening in the industry globally and discover what trends are going to come up. What should we be doing? How can we innovate together and learn from each other? That’s one of the things I really love about Money20/20; the talks in all of the panels are so interesting and I always leave knowing more. Being in the payments industry, and especially being an issuer processor, it’s important for us to learn from the industry and understand where we need to move so that we can stay at the forefront of developments.”

                • Digital Payments
                • Together in Events

                Sage, the leader in accounting, financial, HR, and payroll technology for small and mid-sized businesses (SMBs), has announced an expansion…

                Sage, the leader in accounting, financial, HR, and payroll technology for small and mid-sized businesses (SMBs), has announced an expansion of its partnership with a leading neobank. What’s more, Stripe offers a financial infrastructure platform for businesses, to help improve cashflow management and payment processing for SMBs. The partnership is key to helping businesses to move money easier and faster

                Sage partners with neobank Stripe

                Stripe is trusted by millions of businesses around the world, ranging from startups to enterprises. The partnership with Stripe provides Sage customers with more options to pay and get paid quickly. Additionally, leveraging Stripe’s financial infrastructure, Sage will offer its customers a trusted solution to help ease cashflow and simplify financial processes. From streamlined checkout and payment processing, to Tap to Pay contactless payments, and auto-reconciling bank transfers.

                Also, in partnership with Stripe, Sage intends to expand its payments ecosystem. Therefore, ensuring that a growing number of its customers have access to services that will help them to manage their cashflow.

                “This partnership signifies a shared vision between Sage and Stripe. To transform how SMBs pay and get paid, helping our customers to simplify cashflow management,” said Walid Abu-Hadba, Chief Product Officer, Sage. “Furthermore, we are committed to harnessing the power of technology to drive innovation, enhance efficiency, and pave the way for growth.” 

                Addressing cashflow problems

                Supporting customers globally, Stripe’s integration into Sage is currently available in the UK through Sage Accounting, Sage 50 and Sage 200. Also, Stripe is fully integrated into Sage Network, enabling customers to easily plug into the broader Sage ecosystem. Moreover, they can choose additional applications and features such as Sage Connect, automating AR and AP processes to help manage their cashflow and payments.

                The expansion of the partnership will see customers benefits including:

                Streamlined checkout and payment processing: SMBs with cash trapped in outstanding invoices can make it easier for customers to review their accounts. They can pay with Sage Connect’s customer account portal and Stripe Checkout.

                Multiple payment methods: Accept payments from customers through different methods including digital wallets, cards and bank transfers. Additionally, Stripe uses machine learning to surface the most relevant payment methods for customers depending on their location.

                Unified payments experience: Collect payments online and in person through Tap-to-Pay, for seamless, in-person, contactless payments No terminal hardware required.

                A safe and secure payment experience: Leveraging Stripe’s advanced security protocols and compliance with global financial regulations. Customers can be assured transactions are protected against fraud and data breaches. Providing peace of mind for both businesses and their clients.

                Auto-reconciling bank transfers: Saving time with automatic reconciliation. Finally, bank transfers enable customers to pay invoices via bank transfer, streamlining the payment and reconciliation process.

                “Sage understands the importance of innovating for its customers. We’re thrilled to be part of its journey,” said Eileen O’Mara, Chief Revenue Officer at Stripe. “Stripe is building a suite of software-defined financial services. Ultimately, we can enable leading platforms like Sage to provide integrated features that make their customers’ lives easier.”

                Lastly, this partnership adds to the broad range of payments and banking partners within Sage’s ecosystem.

                • Neobanking

                The financial services industry is witnessing a shift towards digital-first solutions. Advancements in technology and infrastructure have fuelled the rise…

                The financial services industry is witnessing a shift towards digital-first solutions. Advancements in technology and infrastructure have fuelled the rise of neobanking. It offers convenient, cashless transactions through digital banking features.

                From just 12 neobanks operating globally in 2015, the number has skyrocketed to 300 as of 2023. Juniper Research expects neobank users to reach 850 million by 2030.

                Introduction to Neobanking

                Neobanks are digital-only banks. They rely on mobile apps and web interfaces to deliver their services. Customers access and manage their accounts, conduct transactions, and receive support from their devices. This approach allows neobanks to offer lower fees and greater convenience compared to traditional banks. There are ten key features differentiating successful neobanks.

                Feature 1: User-Friendly Interface

                Neobanks prioritise user-friendly and intuitive interfaces within their core platform—the mobile app. The app lets customers conduct all essential banking functions directly from their smartphones.

                Neobanks eliminate traditionally time-consuming processes. Account openings are conducted entirely digitally. They also offer near-instant identity verification, funding, and activation of debit cards and accounts.

                Feature 2: Personalised Services

                Neobanks leverage artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML). This data-driven approach helps them understand their customers better. They analyse spending habits and financial behaviours to provide personalised financial advice. This empowers customers to make informed decisions about their money.

                Neobanks also use customer data to create targeted marketing campaigns. These campaigns align with individual interests and financial goals. Neobanks’ real-time, personalised approach enhances customer satisfaction and strengthens customer retention and loyalty.

                Feature 3: Robust Security Measures

                Security is essential for neobanks, as they handle sensitive customer data and countless transactions. Neobanks embrace advanced technologies like AI-powered fraud detection and blockchain encryption. Multi-factor authentication (MFA), encryption protocols, and biometric identification form the first line of defence against cyberattacks.

                By prioritising robust security, neobanks can offer the innovative digital banking features customers expect from financial technology. This also ensures they stay ahead of constantly evolving threats and vulnerabilities in the digital banking sector.

                Feature 4: Innovative Products

                Traditionally, launching new banking features took years. Now, with ML models analysing large amounts of customer data, neobank teams can develop and launch new digital banking features in just weeks. Moreover, this allows them to stay ahead of market trends and meet customer demands quickly.

                Feature 5: Seamless integration with other services

                According to PYMNTS, consumers are increasingly interested in super apps, with nearly 70 percent wanting a one-stop platform for managing digital finances. This demand pushes banks to embrace open banking.

                Neobanks can collaborate more effectively by sharing their APIs with financial technology companies, digital payment providers, and other platforms. Open APIs grant access to a wider customer base, fostering partnerships between banks and e-commerce firms. This integration allows them to meet consumer demand for a more comprehensive digital banking experience.

                Feature 6: Low Fees

                One key advantage of neobanks over traditional institutions is their cost structure. Without the burden of physical branches, neobanks benefit from lower overhead expenses. This translates to a competitive edge in terms of fees and rates.

                Neobanks can charge zero fees for services that typically incur charges at traditional banks. Additionally, they can also provide more attractive interest rates on savings accounts. These factors can be appealing to cost-conscious consumers.

                Feature 7: 24/7 Customer Service

                The use of AI and chatbots helps neobanks deliver 24/7 customer support. Customers do not have to wait on hold or schedule branch appointments. Instead, they can receive prompt answers to inquiries or resolve issues at any time.

                Feature 8: Hassle-Free Account Onboarding

                Neobanks are known for their swift account opening experiences. This is achieved through leveraging advanced technology. Intuitive mobile apps and web platforms let customers open accounts remotely within minutes. Also, technologies like AI-powered identity verification and digital document submission expedite the onboarding process.

                Feature 9: Automated Saving Feature

                One of the unique features offered by many neobanks is automated savings functionality. This functionality allows customers to set up automatic transfers from their checking accounts to their savings accounts. Additionally, these transfers can be triggered by various events, such as on payday or when a certain balance is reached in the checking account.

                Feature 10: Cryptocurrency Services Integration

                To expand their offerings and cater to a growing interest in digital assets, some neobanks are integrating cryptocurrency services into their platforms. Also, customers can manage their cryptocurrency holdings directly within their neobanking app and simplify the process of buying, selling, and sending these digital assets.

                Case Studies

                A successful example of neobanks is Revolut. The bank that allows users to buy, sell, and transfer cryptocurrency directly within their app. Revolut also removes any hidden fees associated with traditional cryptocurrency exchanges.

                Conclusion

                Neobanks’ core strength lies in its focus on flexibility and user convenience. Furthermore, designed specifically for the digital age, they prioritise a seamless user experience. Their focus on mobile-first design and intuitive interfaces makes banking easier and more convenient. This approach allows neobanks to offer a wider range of digital banking features compared to traditional banks’ online platforms.

                • Neobanking

                An efficient and timely claims process is important in the insurance sector. Many companies use insurance technology or InsurTech innovations…

                An efficient and timely claims process is important in the insurance sector. Many companies use insurance technology or InsurTech innovations to streamline this complex process.

                The traditional insurance claim process is commonly stressful, lengthy, and vulnerable to fraud. However, by embracing digital innovations, such as AI, big data analysis, and machine learning, insurance companies can simplify this process and give a more positive customer experience.

                Role of InsurTech

                InsurTech solutions streamline claims processes by using user-friendly mobile apps or websites. Customers do not need to make cumbersome phone calls, paperwork, or office visits. Instead, claims can be initiated and managed seamlessly through the digital platforms.

                InsurTech accelerates the claims process, reduces turnaround time, and minimises customers’ stress. It also provides an opportunity for immediate insurance claim submission, such as after a car accident.

                Automation

                Digital insurance employs advanced technology like AI and automation, unlocking many benefits for customers’ claim processes. Reporting automation tools play an important role in claims processing by simplifying and accelerating the process.

                An automated system can be applied for data entry and extraction. AI algorithms can scan and extract document details from police or medical reports and automatically fill out digital claim forms.

                Meanwhile, automated chatbots allow customers to access around-the-clock services. Policyholders can ask questions, report claims, and get information more conveniently using this feature rather than relying on office time-bound human employees.

                Fraud Detection

                InsurTech enhances fraud detection in claims processing by using predictive analytics tools. Fraud detection is important for insurance providers to avoid false claims or exaggerated losses that can lead to significant financial losses.

                AI machine learning tools can detect suspicious patterns from a vast amount of data, allowing insurers to identify potential fraud.  This helps insurance companies reduce losses from fraud and mitigate potential risks.

                InsurTech Case Studies

                PwC reveals that 57 percent of insurance companies have invested in AI and machine learning technologies to enhance operational efficiencies.

                Lemonade, a digital insurance company for renters and insurance, has successfully used AI to underwrite policies and claims. The company achieved a faster and more transparent claim process for customers. The digital automated process also reduces the processing time and keeps costs down.

                Meanwhile, Metromile, an InsurTech company that provides pay-per-mile car insurance, offers AI-assisted automated claims named AVA. AVA can give guidance through damage photo collection and verify coverage. This system can also connect customers to repair shops and offer the option of reserving a vehicle if they have rental coverage.

                Future Prospects

                InsurTech’s potential impact on claims processing is expected to make a significant shift in the future. AI will be more integrated into the financial industry and will reshape the claim processes.

                According to McKinsey’s prediction, claims processing will be largely automated by 2030, with advanced algorithms handling initial routing. IoT sensors and emerging technologies like drones will replace traditional methods for reporting claims. Policyholders will also use video streaming for damage assessments that AI can immediately assess to detect fraudulent activities.

                Automated customer chatbots will manage most interactions, while human involvement will only be for complex claims and risk management. Integrated IoT and data aggregation will allow insurers to file accurate claims rapidly during major disasters.

                • InsurTech

                Small businesses are the backbone of the global economy. The World Trade Organisation reports that small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs)…

                Small businesses are the backbone of the global economy. The World Trade Organisation reports that small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) make up over 90 percent of all businesses, employ 60 to 70 percent of the workforce, and contribute 55 percent of GDP in developed economies. Despite their significance, they may face barriers to accessing financial services. Embedded finance services offer small businesses innovative solutions to traditional financial hurdles.

                Embedded finance combines financial services with non-financial experiences. Technology companies partner with banking institutions to offer these services directly within their platforms. This means customers can access financial tools, like making payments or managing accounts, without leaving the platform.

                Analysts at Global Market Insights predict the embedded finance market will reach a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of over 29 percent between 2023 and 2032. A key driver of this growth is the increasing demand for faster and easier transactions.

                Embedded finance allows businesses to offer sophisticated payment and banking services directly to their customers and suppliers. This removes many of the frictions associated with business-to-business (B2B) payments, especially as these transactions are typically made in real-time.

                By embedding financial services into their offerings, businesses can increase customer loyalty, increase revenue opportunities, and become more competitive in the market. This integration allows customers to access various financial services without hassle, creating a seamless customer experience.

                It also offers small businesses innovative solutions to traditional financial hurdles, such as cross-border commerce and evolving security and privacy requirements. Embedded finance also helps businesses provide services such as loans, insurance, debit cards, and investments through their platforms.

                Access to credit

                Getting credit remains a major challenge for many small and medium-sized businesses. A Goldman Sachs report found that 70% of small businesses struggle to access funding for daily operations, inventory management, and growth. According to the same report, this lack of financing hinders 76% of SMBs.

                Embedded finance offers a potential solution. Businesses can integrate financing options, like credit cards, directly into their services. This provides much-needed financial flexibility for their small business customers. Improved cash flow for small businesses strengthens the partnership between both parties. The larger company becomes a key player in the small business’s growth journey.

                Improved cash flow with Embedded Finance

                Cash flow is a significant challenge for small businesses as many operate on thin margins. Embedded finance can help small businesses overcome that by integrating payment processes and real-time financial data into business operations.

                For example, point-of-sale (POS) systems with embedded payment options allow businesses to receive funds instantly. Meanwhile, automated invoicing and payment reminders can reduce the time and effort required to chase down payment payments.

                Enhanced Customer Experience

                By integrating payment solutions directly into their platforms, businesses can offer features like one-click payments, installments, and digital wallets. This streamlines the checkout process and boosts customer satisfaction.

                Loyalty programmes also become more attractive with embedded finance. Businesses can reward returning customers with discounts, cashback, or exclusive offers, strengthening brand loyalty and driving repeat business.

                For example, Deliveroo’s ‘Deliver Money’ feature streamlines food delivery by enabling real-time payments. This eliminates the need for cash and waiting for change, speeding up transactions and creating a smooth checkout experience. Faster access to earnings empowers small businesses to fulfil orders quicker and potentially offer special promotions.

                • Embedded Finance

                The digital banking industry faces cybersecurity challenges. A Statista report shows a 10 percent jump in global malware attacks in…

                The digital banking industry faces cybersecurity challenges. A Statista report shows a 10 percent jump in global malware attacks in 2023, reaching 6.06 billion incidents.

                Cybercriminals are growing more skilled, leading to more frequent data breaches that expose vulnerabilities in banking security. Moreover, effective risk management and strong network protocols are essential to securing digital banking operations.

                Introduction to Cybersecurity in digital banking

                As online transactions become the norm, strong cybersecurity measures become more crucial. Banks keep sensitive financial data and handle high-value transactions, making them prime cyberattack targets.

                Effective cybersecurity is a multi-layered approach. Also, it combines advanced technology, strict policies, and constant monitoring to fight cyber threats. These security measures shield not only a bank’s finances but also customer personal information.

                For that reason, cybersecurity is the foundation of trust and reliability in finance. Without strong security protocols, the balance between innovation and managing risk is disrupted, potentially shaking customer confidence in digital banking.

                Early Cybersecurity practices

                The rise of the internet gave birth to a new genre of malicious activity. Cybercriminals emerged to target this new frontier. They launched worms, malware, and phishing attacks.

                In response to these escalating threats, the 1990s saw the introduction of firewalls and antivirus software. Additionally, these early security measures acted as barriers between networks to protect systems from unauthorised access.

                Cybercriminals constantly develop new viruses and threats. Likewise, antivirus companies continuously create new software patches and signature updates to stay ahead. Despite that, the possibility of new threats slipping through these defences remains a challenge.

                Technological advancements

                Fraud is a major challenge for financial institutions. Artificial intelligence (AI) has emerged as a powerful weapon in the fight against this threat.

                This technology excels at detecting various types of fraud. AI algorithms can detect suspicious activity in real time, helping prevent fraud before it happens.

                AI solutions go beyond simple detection. By creating detailed profiles of each customer and tracking their activities, AI can predict potential risks and prevent fraud proactively.

                Current Best Practices

                A strong foundation is critical to banking security. This includes constantly checking for weaknesses through risk assessments. Digital banks must update their security protocols regularly to keep pace with changing risks. Collaborations with other financial institutions and government agencies help banks stay informed about the latest threats and how to respond.

                Data classification is also essential. Banks need strict controls on who can access sensitive information. Employee security training must be regular to make them aware of threats.

                Case Studies

                The digital bank Starling Bank partnered with cybersecurity firm HackerOne in 2019. This partnership created a streamlined system for anyone to report weaknesses found in its apps and website.

                The initiative initially focused on specific areas and common vulnerabilities. This collaboration revealed valuable insights into weaknesses often missed during standard testing. The project’s findings allowed Starling to develop automated detection tools that proactively prevent security issues.

                A report by Statista predicts the global cybersecurity market will hit $271.90 billion in 2029, highlighting the growing need for strong defences in digital banking. While still new, quantum computing presents a future hurdle. Its ability to crack current encryption methods means new, quantum-resistant cryptography needs to be developed for banking security.

                However, machine learning and AI are expected to be adopted more widely in cybersecurity. Beyond just reacting to threats, financial institutions will also increasingly focus on proactive threat hunting. This means identifying and stopping potential vulnerabilities before they can be exploited.

                • Cybersecurity in FinTech

                The banking industry is slowly adopting artificial intelligence (AI) technology. It offers many benefits for financial institutions, from upgrading customer…

                The banking industry is slowly adopting artificial intelligence (AI) technology. It offers many benefits for financial institutions, from upgrading customer experience to automating menial tasks. However, many are still cautious about using AI in certain areas, such as regulatory compliance management.

                Given the continuously evolving legal requirements, good regulatory compliance management is crucial for banks. AI solutions can help effectively manage compliance by automating repetitive tasks, detecting suspicious activity, and providing real-time insights.

                Automated compliance monitoring with AI

                Artificial intelligence allows banks to perform continuous tasks around the clock with automated compliance monitoring. The previously labour-intensive work can be done more efficiently to ensure the bank follows all regulatory obligations.

                The bank’s compliance teams usually handle monitoring processes, but AI automation can reduce costs. The compliance team can also focus on more important tasks rather than repetitive work.

                The increased efficiency also means reduced compliance risk and non-compliance damage like fines.

                Risk management

                Financial institutions face regulatory compliance risks in various areas, which can lead to legal sanctions, financial loss, or a bad reputation. Advanced AI solutions can aid in risk management by identifying and mitigating risks more effectively.

                AI-powered solutions can develop more accurate risk models and provide real-time responses. Many banks use this technology to help streamline compliance while improving the security of sensitive financial data. Furthermore, AI can detect compliance gaps and ensure adherence to laws and regulations.

                Data analysis

                AI can quickly analyse large volumes of data, a novel capability in the industry. A data analysis system can be designed to keep track of the latest regulatory changes and ensure the bank remains compliant.

                Machine learning models can identify suspicious patterns and detect anomalies to report any breach of regulation. They can also analyse historical data and predict compliance risks. These allow banks to mitigate risks and address compliance issues before they escalate.

                Case studies

                Several banks have successfully used AI for regulatory compliance solutions. HSBC, for instance, uses AI-powered Know Your Customer (KYC) verification. This system can analyse customer data quickly, identify potential risks, and alert compliance officers for investigation. This bank also used Google Cloud’s Anti Money Laundering (AML) AI to combat and detect fraudulent activities in real-time. With these, HSBC has reduced the verification time by 80 percent and experienced a significant reduction in false positives.

                Meanwhile, Danske Bank has also earned benefits from using fraud detection AI. The bank witnessed a 60 percent reduction in false positives and a notable decrease in fraudulent activities.

                Future outlook for AI in regulatory in compliance

                AI solutions are predicted to fundamentally change financial institution compliance management in the next five years, according to McKinsey. In the future, implementation for regulatory compliance in banks will be more widespread. Over 80 percent of C-level executives who participated in an Accenture survey planned to commit 10 percent of their AI budget by 2024 to address regulatory compliance.

                AI offers many benefits, and as accessibility to this financial technology increases, more financial institutions will be inclined to adopt it, according to the Financial Stability Review.

                Technology will evolve, giving better automation capabilities, more extensive data analysis, and enhanced interpretation. This could further reduce the manual effort required in the banking industry.

                As adoption increases, ensuring the AI systems used are ethical and unbiased is necessary. Thus, banks need to provide transparency for AI in banking and adherence to guidelines.

                • Artificial Intelligence in FinTech

                Blockchain payments are becoming more popular. In 2023, the adoption of blockchain payments like cryptocurrencies reached a new height of…

                Blockchain payments are becoming more popular. In 2023, the adoption of blockchain payments like cryptocurrencies reached a new height of 420 million users globally, per a Triple-A report. This number is an 800 percent increase compared to the previous year.

                Blockchain is a decentralised digital ledger that records and verifies transactions through a network of computers. Unlike traditional payment methods, blockchain payments occur directly between parties. Each transaction is stored in a ‘block’ linked to previous blocks, forming a chronological chain.

                The technology provides enhanced security and speed for cross-border payments. International payments used to be a complex process due to the different currencies and banking systems involved. However, the technology can simplify transaction processes significantly.

                Speed and efficiency

                Blockchain payments revolutionised traditional cross-border payments by enabling faster and more efficient transfers.

                The decentralised network used in blockchain eliminates the need for a central authority. It simplifies the verification for transactions and avoids process delays. The technology also allows direct peer-to-peer transactions with no extra parties.

                Thus, settlement speeds are much faster than in traditional banking systems. Unlike traditional ones, blockchain payments can be made within minutes instead of lengthy periods of days.

                Cost reduction

                Blockchain cross-border transactions come with significantly lower transaction fees than traditional systems. This is mainly due to the absence of intermediaries.

                It also allows users to get lower currency fees than traditional modes. Moreover, cryptocurrency options offer no currency fees at all.

                Security enhancements with blockchain

                The security systems used by traditional banks involve third parties, which often means heightened vulnerability. The additional parties might experience operational issues that can affect the banks. Each third-party involvement adds possible risks to the main payment system. Blockchain payments remove the need for additional parties and enhance security with better transparency.

                They use a decentralised network where multiple network participants verify and record each transaction. This makes it nearly impossible for system manipulation incidents to happen.

                The technology also allows the use of smart contracts. These are digital contracts stored in a blockchain that automatically enforce themselves when specific conditions are met. These AI-powered contracts reduce reliance on transaction intermediaries and avoid potential fraud or errors. This contrasts with traditional systems, which require third parties to safeguard information

                Case studies

                Some financial institutions have already used blockchain for cross-border payments. Ripple is a prime example of blockchain technology’s effect on cross-border transactions. Its native cryptocurrency, XRP, plays an important role in this. Cryptocurrency can aid faster and cheaper international transactions. Moreover, its worldwide network of financial institutions allows a near-instantaneous settlement.

                In the trade finance sector, cross-border payments play an important role. Platforms like Marco Polo have included blockchain payment options in their services.This simplifies and better secures trade financing transactions.

                E-commerce platforms also included these payment options, like Bitcoin, to increase global sales. One of the online platforms that accept Bitcoin payments is CheapAir, an online travel agency. Another one is NewEgg, an e-commerce platform for computer parts and consumer electronics.

                Future prospects for blockchain payment systems

                Blockchain technology is still evolving and more companies will likely adopt blockchain payment systems. The rising need for faster and more secure global payments is expected to drive the broader adoption of blockchain payments.

                Among the future trends that involve blockchain payments for cross-border transactions is the rise of central bank digital currencies (CBDCs). CDBCs are a digital version of national currency that is more efficient for cross-border transactions.

                More blockchain-based platforms will emerge and further streamline international trade finance processes. These platforms will facilitate end-to-end trade finance, including documentation, tracking, and payment.

                The security for blockchain transactions will continue to develop, as zero-knowledge proofs and advanced encryption are increasingly used.

                Partnerships with traditional financial institutions and global payment networks will expand. This can further enhance the accessibility and adoption of blockchain payments.

                • Blockchain & Crypto

                Episode Six (E6), a global provider of payment processing and digital ledger infrastructure, has announced that its cloud-based solution offering…

                Episode Six (E6), a global provider of payment processing and digital ledger infrastructure, has announced that its cloud-based solution offering payments-as-a-service, is now available on the Amazon Web Services (AWS) Marketplace.   

                Episode Six on AWS Marketplace

                AWS Marketplace is a curated digital catalog, Customers can use it to find, buy, deploy, and manage third-party software, data, and services to build solutions and run their businesses. By listing the E6 solution on the AWS Marketplace, E6 is extending its technology offerings to a vast network of over 330,000 active AWS Marketplace customers. Furthermore, it provides them with a seamless way to find, purchase, and deploy its configurable card issuance and virtual accounts platform.  

                E6, who have created and operate a globally distributed issuer processor and digital ledger infrastructure, will now be available in AWS Marketplace. E6 operates across 14 AWS availability zones including regions such as the United States, Europe, Singapore, Australia, Japan and Indonesia.  

                AWS customers will be able to simplify how they engage third-party cloud-based technologies to modernise their payment technology, and build digital-first products while using existing AWS committed spend.  

                 Cloud-native platform

                E6’s cloud-native platform, TRITIUM®, provides a real-time ledger that can work with an organisation’s existing infrastructure. This empowers AWS clients to build and launch any modern card product, without constraints of legacy technology.   

                Said Brian Muse-McKenney, Chief Revenue Officer at Episode Six said: “One of the biggest challenges our industry is facing right now is providing critical payment systems with high availability to prevent downtime, while simultaneously having the flexibility and power to quickly deploy feature-rich products. Our cloud-based solution offers AWS customers the assurance that there’s availability, scalability and extensibility, allowing us to enhance our clients’ services, without impacting their core banking systems.”  

                In addition, AWS customers can now access advanced payment solutions more conveniently, through the AWS Marketplace. This will provide banks, technology companies and brands with greater cost efficiency, helping them stay competitive in their respective markets.  

                Modernising digital payments

                John Mitchell, CEO & Co-Founder at Episode Six, said: “At E6, we’re committed to working with customers to modernise their payment services. This listing is an important development in our partnership as it allows AWS customers the ability to find and deploy the E6 cloud solution seamlessly. The AWS Marketplace is another new channel we’re proud to open to offer customers access to our technology, and to allow them to leverage their AWS committed cloud spend more easily.”  

                As an AWS ISV Accelerate Partner, E6 is actively co-selling with AWS, and driving accelerated sales cycles as part of connecting with the AWS Sales organisation to support leading FSIs and tech companies that are modernising their payments on AWS. 

                   

                • Digital Payments

                Neobanks, the digital-first financial institutions operating without physical branches, have emerged as a potent force in the financial services industry….

                Neobanks, the digital-first financial institutions operating without physical branches, have emerged as a potent force in the financial services industry. Leveraging cutting-edge banking technology and a laser focus on customer experience, they are challenging traditional banks’ dominance.

                Neobanks operate entirely online, offering a suite of financial services—from current accounts and debit cards to money transfers and budgeting tools—all seamlessly integrated through user-friendly mobile apps. Their core value proposition lies in:

                • Convenience: With their 24/7 access to banking services, they eliminate the need for physical branch visits.
                • Lower Fees: Decreased overhead charges for maintaining accounts and conducting transactions.
                • Seamless User Experience: Intuitive mobile apps prioritise user experience with streamlined account management and personalised financial tools.
                • Financial Inclusion: Neobanks can foster financial inclusion by offering services to those with limited access to traditional banking.

                Neobanking benefits

                Compared to traditional banks, neobanks excel in user experience and fees. Neobanks offers quick and paperless online applications and a mobile-first approach, allowing customers to access services quickly anytime, anywhere. Their services incur lower fees, with transparent pricing structures.

                Consumers, particularly the tech-savvy generation, are increasingly drawn to neobanks due to the accessibility and convenience they bring to the table. The ability to manage finances anytime, anywhere resonates with nowadays on-the-go lifestyles. They are also cost-efficient, offering lower charges that result in direct savings for consumers.

                Neobanking in numbers

                In 2020, the global neobank market was valued at US$ 18.6 billion, according to a report by Mordor Intelligence. It is expected to record US$ 333.4 billion in 2026. This figure represents a CAGR of 50.6 percent. With a user penetration of 3.89 percent in 2024, the average transaction value per user is US$21,110 in 2024, according to Statista. In 2028, it is predicted that there will be 386.30 million neobank users worldwide.

                Some of the biggest neobanking names include Chime. Serving 14.5 million users in 2022, around nine million relied on Chime as their primary bank., as reported by Forbes. In 2024, the number of users grew to 22 million, more than that of SoFi, Dave, MoneyLion, Varo Bank, and Current combined, also as reported by Forbes.

                The aforementioned names are not small players either. Varo, for example, managed over 7 million accounts in 2023. Likewise, SoFi recorded 8.1 million users using its services in the first quarter of 2024, a 2.5 million, or 44 percent, increase from 2023’s last quarter.

                Another big player is Revolut. The neobank had 40 million users per March 2024, a massive increase from 1.5 million customers in February 2018. It ticked the 30 million mark in 2023.

                Impact on Traditional Banks

                The rise of neobanks has forced traditional banks to re-evaluate their strategies. Many banks have undergone a digital transformation, investing in mobile banking platforms and improving user experience to compete with neobanks’ digital agility. Traditional banks are also securing partnerships and acquiring neobanks to absorb expertise and expand service offerings.

                Future Outlook

                The future of financial services may see a more collaborative landscape between neobanks and traditional banks. Neobanks may find value in partnering with established institutions for broader reach and access to a wider range of financial products. Conversely, traditional banks may leverage neobanks’ technological expertise and customer focus to enhance their offerings.

                • Neobanking